<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!-- These are here for a reason, please leave them. -avc -->
<!--
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" 
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [

<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" 
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [

<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN" 
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
-->
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
<!ENTITY gnum "<application>Gnumeric</application>">
<!ENTITY appversion "1.12">
<!ENTITY devversion "1.13">
<!ENTITY manrevision "1.12">
<!ENTITY date "July 2012">
<!ENTITY file-format-open "Gnumeric XML, 
                             Microsoft Excel 95/97/2000/2003/XP/2007, 
                             Open Document Format (ODF 1.0 &amp; 1.1), 
                             Microsoft Office Open XML,
                             Text: comma separated value CSV; tab separated value TSV,
                             Applix,  
                             Lotus 1-2-3, 
                             Quatro Pro,  
                             HTML,
                             SYLK,
                             DIF,
                             SC,
                             GNU oleo">
<!--	Some extra entities to help validation.

	Even though entities like pound, mdash, and nbsp are defined within
	DocBook, they are not available by default and need to be imported.
	Without these imports, xmllint (without dash dash valid) will fail
	with errors like "parser error : Entity 'nbsp' not defined".

	For details on the entities defined within DocBook, refer to the
	"DocBook Character Entity Reference" section of "DocBook: The
	Definitive Guide", http://www.docbook.org/tdg/ .
  --><!-- =================================================================== --><!-- Import the character entities we need to avoid the mess in
       bug 790226.  --><!ENTITY nbsp "&#x00A0;">
<!-- NO-BREAK SPACE --><!ENTITY ldquo "&#x201C;">
<!--  --><!ENTITY rdquo "&#x201D;">
<!-- RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK --><!ENTITY lsquo "&#x2018;">
<!--  --><!ENTITY rsquo "&#x2019;">
<!-- RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK --><!ENTITY hellip "&#x2026;">
<!-- HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS --><!ENTITY mdash "&#x2014;">
<!-- EM DASH --><!ENTITY yen "&#x00A5;">
<!-- YEN SIGN --><!ENTITY pound "&#x00A3;">
<!-- POUND SIGN --><!ENTITY curren "&#x00A4;">
<!-- CURRENCY SIGN --><!-- =================================================================== --><!-- Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Organization for the Advancement of Structured
     Information Standards (OASIS).

     $Id: iso-grk1.ent,v 1.2 2002/06/13 17:39:20 nwalsh Exp $

     Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this entity set
     and its accompanying documentation for any purpose and without
     fee is hereby granted in perpetuity, provided that the above
     copyright notice and this paragraph appear in all copies. The
     copyright holders make no representation about the suitability of
     the entities for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without
     expressed or implied warranty. --><!ENTITY agr "&#x03B1;">
<!--  --><!ENTITY Agr "&#x0391;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA --><!ENTITY bgr "&#x03B2;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA --><!ENTITY Bgr "&#x0392;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER BETA --><!ENTITY ggr "&#x03B3;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA --><!ENTITY Ggr "&#x0393;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA --><!ENTITY dgr "&#x03B4;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA --><!ENTITY Dgr "&#x0394;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA --><!ENTITY egr "&#x03B5;">
<!--  --><!ENTITY Egr "&#x0395;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON --><!ENTITY zgr "&#x03B6;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA --><!ENTITY Zgr "&#x0396;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ZETA --><!ENTITY eegr "&#x03B7;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA --><!ENTITY EEgr "&#x0397;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA --><!ENTITY thgr "&#x03B8;">
<!--  --><!ENTITY THgr "&#x0398;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA --><!ENTITY igr "&#x03B9;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA --><!ENTITY Igr "&#x0399;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA --><!ENTITY kgr "&#x03BA;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA --><!ENTITY Kgr "&#x039A;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER KAPPA --><!ENTITY lgr "&#x03BB;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA --><!ENTITY Lgr "&#x039B;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA --><!ENTITY mgr "&#x03BC;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER MU --><!ENTITY Mgr "&#x039C;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER MU --><!ENTITY ngr "&#x03BD;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER NU --><!ENTITY Ngr "&#x039D;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER NU --><!ENTITY xgr "&#x03BE;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER XI --><!ENTITY Xgr "&#x039E;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI --><!ENTITY ogr "&#x03BF;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON --><!ENTITY Ogr "&#x039F;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON --><!ENTITY pgr "&#x03C0;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER PI --><!ENTITY Pgr "&#x03A0;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI --><!ENTITY rgr "&#x03C1;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO --><!ENTITY Rgr "&#x03A1;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER RHO --><!ENTITY sgr "&#x03C3;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA --><!ENTITY Sgr "&#x03A3;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA --><!ENTITY sfgr "&#x03C2;">
<!--  --><!ENTITY tgr "&#x03C4;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU --><!ENTITY Tgr "&#x03A4;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER TAU --><!ENTITY ugr "&#x03C5;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON --><!ENTITY Ugr "&#x03A5;">
<!--  --><!ENTITY phgr "&#x03C6;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI --><!ENTITY PHgr "&#x03A6;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI --><!ENTITY khgr "&#x03C7;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI --><!ENTITY KHgr "&#x03A7;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER CHI --><!ENTITY psgr "&#x03C8;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI --><!ENTITY PSgr "&#x03A8;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI --><!ENTITY ohgr "&#x03C9;">
<!-- GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA --><!ENTITY OHgr "&#x03A9;">
<!-- GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA --><!-- =================================================================== --><!ENTITY legal SYSTEM "legal.xml">
<!ENTITY welcome SYSTEM "welcome.xml">
<!ENTITY manual-usage SYSTEM "manual-usage.xml">
<!ENTITY quick-start SYSTEM "quick-start.xml">
<!ENTITY gui-overview SYSTEM "gui-overview.xml">
<!ENTITY gui-menus SYSTEM "gui-menus.xml">
<!ENTITY gui-toolbars SYSTEM "gui-toolbars.xml">
<!ENTITY gui-other-elements SYSTEM "gui-other-elements.xml">
<!ENTITY gui-mouse SYSTEM "gui-mouse.xml">
<!ENTITY data-overview SYSTEM "data-overview.xml">
<!ENTITY data-types SYSTEM "data-types.xml">
<!ENTITY data-entry SYSTEM "data-entry.xml">
<!ENTITY data-entry-adv SYSTEM "data-entry-advanced.xml">
<!ENTITY data-entry-extern SYSTEM "data-entry-external.xml">
<!ENTITY data-selections SYSTEM "data-selections.xml">
<!ENTITY data-move-copy SYSTEM "data-move-copy.xml">
<!ENTITY data-delete SYSTEM "data-delete.xml">
<!ENTITY data-insert SYSTEM "data-insert.xml">
<!ENTITY data-format SYSTEM "data-format.xml">
<!ENTITY data-format-conditional SYSTEM "data-format-conditional.xml">
<!ENTITY data-filter SYSTEM "data-filter.xml">
<!ENTITY data-modify SYSTEM "data-modify.xml">
<!ENTITY data-generate SYSTEM "data-generate.xml">
<!ENTITY data-commentNlink SYSTEM "data-commentNlink.xml">
<!ENTITY f-worksheets SYSTEM "worksheets.xml">
<!ENTITY f-workbooks SYSTEM "workbooks.xml">
<!ENTITY graphics-overview SYSTEM "graphics-overview.xml">
<!ENTITY graphics-plots SYSTEM "graphics-plots.xml">
<!ENTITY graphics-images SYSTEM "graphics-images.xml">
<!ENTITY graphics-widgets SYSTEM "graphics-widgets.xml">
<!ENTITY graphics-drawings SYSTEM "graphics-drawings.xml">
<!ENTITY files-overview SYSTEM "files-overview.xml">
<!ENTITY files-formats SYSTEM "files-formats.xml">
<!ENTITY files-opening SYSTEM "files-opening.xml">
<!ENTITY files-textopen SYSTEM "files-textopen.xml">
<!ENTITY files-saving SYSTEM "files-saving.xml">
<!ENTITY files-textsave SYSTEM "files-textsave.xml">
<!ENTITY files-email SYSTEM "files-email.xml">
<!ENTITY files-ssconvert SYSTEM "files-ssconvert.xml">
<!ENTITY printing SYSTEM "printing.xml">
<!ENTITY config-overview SYSTEM "configuration-overview.xml">
<!ENTITY config-toolbars SYSTEM "configuration-toolbars.xml">
<!ENTITY config-preferences SYSTEM "configuration-preferences.xml">
<!ENTITY config-plugins SYSTEM "configuration-plugins.xml">
<!ENTITY config-localization SYSTEM "configuration-localization.xml">
<!ENTITY analysis-overview SYSTEM "analysis-overview.xml">
<!ENTITY analysis-statistical SYSTEM "analysis-statistical.xml">
<!ENTITY analysis-complexNum SYSTEM "analysis-complexNumbers.xml">
<!ENTITY analysis-solver SYSTEM "analysis-solver.xml">
<!ENTITY analysis-simulation SYSTEM "analysis-simulation.xml">
<!ENTITY analysis-scenarios SYSTEM "analysis-scenarios.xml">
<!ENTITY analysis-goalseek SYSTEM "analysis-goalseek.xml">
<!ENTITY morehelp SYSTEM "morehelp.xml">
<!ENTITY bugs SYSTEM "bugs.xml">
<!ENTITY getting-involved SYSTEM "getting-involved.xml">
<!ENTITY installing SYSTEM "installing.xml">
<!ENTITY compiling SYSTEM "compiling.xml">
<!ENTITY extending-overview SYSTEM "extending-overview.xml">
<!ENTITY extending-functions SYSTEM "extending-functions.xml">
<!ENTITY extending-python SYSTEM "extending-python.xml">
<!ENTITY extending-plugins SYSTEM "extending-plugins.xml">
<!ENTITY programing SYSTEM "programing.xml">
<!ENTITY documenting SYSTEM "documenting.xml">
<!ENTITY about-history SYSTEM "about-history.xml">
<!ENTITY about-authors SYSTEM "about-authors.xml">
<!ENTITY about-license SYSTEM "about-license.xml">
<!ENTITY function-ref SYSTEM "functions.xml">
<!ENTITY appendix-keybindings SYSTEM "appendix-keybindings.xml">
<!ENTITY appendix-glossary SYSTEM "appendix-glossary.xml">
]>
<!-- 
      (Do not remove this comment block.)
  Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
  http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp
  Template version: 2.0 beta
  Template last modified Feb 12, 2002
  
-->
<!-- =============Document Header ============================= -->
<book id="index" lang="sv">
<!-- please do not change the id; for translations, change lang to -->
<!-- appropriate code -->
  <title>Handbok för Gnumeric, version 1.12</title>

  <bookinfo>

<!-- 
    <abstract>
      <para>
        This manual describes &gnum;, a
        spreadsheet produced by the GNOME project. The manual provides
        a brief introduction to spreadsheets, describes exhaustively
        all of the elements of the program and explains how to use the
        program.
      </para>
    </abstract>
-->

    <copyright><year>2012</year> <year>2010</year> <year>2009</year> <holder>Andreas J. Guelzow. </holder></copyright>
 

    <copyright><year>2007</year> <year>2006</year> <year>2005</year> <year>2004</year> <holder>Adrian Custer, Ray Dassen, Jody Goldberg, Andreas J. Guelzow, Louis Luangkesorn. </holder></copyright>
  <!-- translators: uncomment this:
    <copyright>
      <year>2003</year>
      <holder>ME-THE-TRANSLATOR (Latin translation)</holder>
    </copyright>
   -->

    <copyright><year>2003</year> <holder>Kevin Breit, Adrian Custer, Ray Dassen, Jody Goldberg, Andreas J. Guelzow, Jon K. Hellan, Jukka-Pekka Iivonen, Alexander Kirillov, Charles Twardy, Sebastian Klost, Thomas Miesbauer. </holder></copyright>

    <copyright><year>2002</year> <holder>Jody Goldberg, Andreas J. Guelzow, Wayne Schuller, Adrian Custer, Kevin Breit, Aaron Weber, Alexander Kirillov, Eric Baudais, Gregory Leblanc. </holder></copyright>

    <copyright><year>1998</year> <year>1999</year> <year>2000</year> <year>2001</year> <holder>Miguel de Icaza, Thomas Canty, Jukka-Pekka Iivonen, Almer S. Tigelaar, Morten Welinder. </holder></copyright>

    <publisher> 
      <publishername>Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME</publishername> 
    </publisher> 

    <!-- This file  contains link to license for the documentation 
         (GNU FDL), and other legal stuff such as "NO WARRANTY" 
         statement. Please do not change any of this. 
    -->
       <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
         <para>Tillstånd att kopiera, distribuera och/eller modifiera detta dokument ges under villkoren i GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), version 1.1 eller senare, utgivet av Free Software Foundation utan standardavsnitt och omslagstexter. En kopia av GFDL finns att hämta på denna <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:fdl">länk</ulink> eller i filen COPYING-DOCS som medföljer denna handbok.</para>
          <para>Denna handbok utgör en av flera GNOME-handböcker som distribueras under villkoren i GFDL. Om du vill distribuera denna handbok separat från övriga handböcker kan du göra detta genom att lägga till en kopia av licensavtalet i handboken enligt instruktionerna i avsnitt 6 i licensavtalet.</para>
 
         <para>Många av namnen som används av företag för att särskilja deras produkter och tjänster är registrerade varumärken. I de fall dessa namn förekommer i GNOME-dokumentation - och medlemmarna i GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet är medvetna om dessa varumärken - är de skrivna med versaler eller med inledande versal.</para>
 
         <para>DOKUMENTET OCH MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET TILLHANDAHÅLLS UNDER VILLKOREN I GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE ENDAST UNDER FÖLJANDE FÖRUTSÄTTNINGAR: <orderedlist>
                 <listitem>
                   <para>DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
                     WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR
                     IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES
                     THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
                     DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR
                     A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE
                     RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE
                     OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
                     DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR
                     MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT,
                     YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY
                     CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY
                     SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER
                     OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS
                     LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED
                     VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER
                     EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND
                   </para>
                 </listitem>
                 <listitem>
                   <para>UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL
                        THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),
                        CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR,
                        INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY
                        DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION
                        OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH
                        PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY
                        DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
                        CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER
                        INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS
                        OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR
                        MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR
                        LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE
                        DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT,
                        EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF
                        THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
                   </para>
                 </listitem>
           </orderedlist></para>
   </legalnotice>
 

    <authorgroup> 
      <author><firstname>Eric</firstname> <surname>Baudais</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Kevin</firstname> <surname>Breit</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Thomas</firstname> <surname>Canty</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Adrian</firstname> <surname>Custer</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Ray</firstname> <surname>Dassen</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Jody</firstname> <surname>Goldberg</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Andreas J.</firstname> <surname>Guelzow</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Jon K.</firstname> <surname>Hellan</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Miguel</firstname> <surname>de Icaza</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Jukka-Pekka</firstname> <surname>Iivonen</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Alexander</firstname> <surname>Kirillov</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Sebastian</firstname> <surname>Klost</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Gregory</firstname> <surname>Leblanc</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Louis</firstname> <surname>Luangkesorn</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Thomas</firstname> <surname>Miesbauer</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Wayne</firstname> <surname>Schuller</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Almer S.</firstname> <surname>Tigelaar</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Charles</firstname> <surname>Twardy</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Aaron</firstname> <surname>Weber</surname></author>
      <author><firstname>Morten</firstname> <surname>Welinder</surname></author>
   <!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
          maintainers,  etc. Commented out by default.
     <othercredit role="translator">
       <firstname>Latin</firstname> 
       <surname>Translator 1</surname> 
       <affiliation> 
          <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname> 
          <address> <email>translator@gnome.org</email> </address> 
       </affiliation>
       <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>
     </othercredit>
   -->
    </authorgroup> 


    <revhistory>
      <revision><revnumber>Handbok för Gnumeric: Version 1.12</revnumber> <date>Juli 2012</date> <revdescription> 
          <para role="author">Gnumeric-utvecklarna</para>
          <para role="publisher">Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>Handbok för Gnumeric: Version 1.8</revnumber> <date>November 2007</date> <revdescription> 
          <para role="author">Gnumeric-utvecklarna</para>
          <para role="publisher">Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>Handbok för Gnumeric: Version 1.4</revnumber> <date>November 2004</date> <revdescription> 
          <para role="author">Gnumeric-utvecklarna</para>
          <para role="publisher">Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>Handbok för Gnumeric: Version 1.2</revnumber> <date>September 2002</date> <revdescription> 
          <para role="author">Gnumeric-utvecklarna</para>
          <para role="publisher">Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>Handbok för Gnumeric: Version 1.0</revnumber> <date>Januari 2002</date> <revdescription> 
          <para role="author">Gnumeric-utvecklarna</para>
          <para role="publisher">Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME</para>
         </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>Handbok för Gnumeric: Tidigare versioner</revnumber> <date>1998-2001</date> <revdescription> 
          <para role="author">Gnumeric-utvecklarna</para>
          <para role="publisher">Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
    </revhistory>

    <releaseinfo>Denna handbok beskriver version 1.12 av Gnumeric</releaseinfo> 
    <legalnotice> 
      <title>Återkoppling</title> 
      <para lang="en">
        To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the <application>Gnumeric</application>
        application or this manual, follow the directions in
        <xref linkend="chapter-bugs"/>.

      </para>
<!-- Translators may also add here feedback address for translations -->
    </legalnotice> 
  
    <othercredit class="translator">
      <personname>
        <firstname>Anders Jonsson</firstname>
      </personname>
      <email>anders.jonsson@norsjovallen.se</email>
    </othercredit>
    <copyright>
      
        <year>2019</year>
      
      <holder>Anders Jonsson</holder>
    </copyright>
  </bookinfo>

<!-- ============= Index         ============================= -->
<!--
  <indexterm> 
    <primary>Gnumeric</primary> 
  </indexterm>
  <indexterm> 
    <primary>GNOME Spreadsheet</primary> 
  </indexterm> 
  <indexterm> 
    <primary>Office</primary> 
  </indexterm> 
-->

<!-- ============= Document Body ============================= -->
    <!-- Note: keep the chapter introductions presented here 
         synched up with those in manual-usage.xml -->

  <chapter id="chapter-welcome">
    <title>Välkommen!</title>

    <!-- 
  This is at the top level to avoid any chapter TOC.
-->

<para lang="en">
  <application>Gnumeric</application> is a spreadsheet, a computer
  program used to manipulate and analyze numeric
  data. <application>Gnumeric</application> can help you keep track of
  information in lists, organize numeric values in columns and rows,
  perform and update complex calculations by defining each step of the
  calculation and modifying particular steps subsequently, create and
  display or print graphical plots of data using bar plots, line
  graphs, pie charts or radar charts, implement complex optimization
  modeling or perform many other tasks involving numbers, dates,
  times, names or other data.
</para>

<para lang="en">
  The features of <application>Gnumeric</application> make it
  versatile and powerful. The screenshot (picture) of
  <application>Gnumeric</application> shown in <xref linkend="fig-gnumeric-power-example"/> demonstrates the main
  program window and some of the features currently available.

  <figure id="fig-gnumeric-power-example">
    <title lang="en">An example of what Gnumeric can do.</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/gnumeric-power-example.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>An image of <application>Gnumeric</application>
          showing the use of complex formatting and several graphical
          plots.</phrase>
        </textobject>
	<caption>
	  <para lang="en">
	    An example of <application>Gnumeric</application>, shrunk to fit in this document.
	  </para>
	</caption>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  <application>Gnumeric</application> currently supports a full
  complement of calculation functions, formatting options, graph
  types and drawing options.
  </para>

<para>
      
</para>

<para lang="en">
  <application>Gnumeric</application> aims to be the best
  spreadsheet available. It has been developed over many
  years to become mature and mathematically
  correct. <application>Gnumeric</application> was created and is
  maintained by the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnome.org/">GNOME</ulink> project.  This manual
  describes version 1.12 of <application>Gnumeric</application>.
</para>
<note>
  <para lang="en">
    Releases of <application>Gnumeric</application> in the 1.12 series have numbers starting
    with 1.12 but with extra numbers afterwards, such as 1.12.0 or
    1.12.3. These are stable releases which are only changed with minor
    improvements and fixes for problems (bugs) in the program. These
    releases can be considered safe for use in a production
    environment.
  </para>
</note>

<warning>
  <para lang="en">
    The 1.13 series of releases are unstable releases meant for
    developer testing. If you want a stable release get the most recent
    release from the 1.12 series.
  </para>
</warning>


<para lang="en">
  <emphasis role="bold">Goals of Gnumeric</emphasis>
</para>
<para lang="en">
  <application>Gnumeric</application> is developed with a specific set of
  goals in mind.
  <itemizedlist>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<emphasis role="bold">Stability</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        <application>Gnumeric</application> has undergone significant
        amounts of testing. A diverse group of users evaluates
        <application>Gnumeric</application> in a wide variety of
        environments. Testing workbooks are used to assess the
        mathematical correctness of the calculations and to validate
        the quality of the file importers.
      </para>

    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<emphasis role="bold">Accuracy</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        Calculating the correct answer is important, and <application>Gnumeric</application>
	has worked hard to surpass the competition.  Recent
	<ulink type="http" url="http://www.csdassn.org/software_reports.cfm">reports</ulink>
	indicate that it has done so.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<emphasis role="bold">File compatibility</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        Transparent access and manipulation of files from other
        applications is vital in a modern office. The
        <application>Gnumeric</application> file format is simply
        compressed XML which can be decompressed using
        <application>gunzip</application>, the GNU
        <application>gzip</application> program's decompression utility, into
        text. <application>Gnumeric</application> can open files from
        several well known proprietary and free spreadsheets including
        MS Excel<trademark/>, Lotus 1-2-3<trademark/>,
        Applix<trademark/>, OpenOffice.org<trademark/>,
        Psion<trademark/>, Sylk<trademark/>, XBase<trademark/>,
        Oleo<trademark/>, PlanPerfect<trademark/>, Quattro
        Pro<trademark/> and HTML. <application>Gnumeric</application> 
        can save files to several versions of the MS Excel<trademark/> file
        format and can save tables into LaTeX
        <markup>\longtable</markup>, HTML, and roff
        files. <application>Gnumeric</application> also benefits from
        a highly configurable text importer and exporter which ensures
        that data can be transferred smoothly, and allows new formats
        to be added easily as plug-in software routines.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Minimal cost of transition</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        Learning new and unfamiliar interfaces is an expensive and
        frustrating process. <application>Gnumeric</application>
        attempts to present itself so that a user's familiarity with
        other applications will still apply and to offer new features
        in an intuitive manner.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<emphasis role="bold">Extensive feature set</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        <application>Gnumeric</application> now has enough of the
        features that users expect in a spreadsheet to provide for the
        vast majority of user needs. However, new features are
        constantly being added. People often quote the statistic that
        most users only need 20% of the features of the software they
        use. This statistic does not mean that only 20% of the
        features are needed but, rather, that most users share a
        common need for 10% of the features and require distinct
        features for the rest of their
        work. <application>Gnumeric</application> attempts to provide
        full implementations of the features it offers, leaving
        features unimplemented until a robust and complete
        implementation exists.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Internationalization</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	<application>Gnumeric</application> has been translated into
	46 languages, and is being used by people around the globe with the
	symbols and date/monetary conventions appropriate for their local
	setting.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<emphasis role="bold">Scalability</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        The core architecture is designed to ensure that
        <application>Gnumeric</application> can comfortably scale to
        moderately large loads (1 million cells) while remaining
        usable on older hardware.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<emphasis role="bold">Openness</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        <application>Gnumeric</application> is <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.html">free
        software</ulink> in the sense of giving its users several
        freedoms related to the program including the freedoms to use,
        modify and redistribute the program. These freedoms are
        explained at the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">Free Software Foundation</ulink> web
        site page on the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.html"> philosophy
        of free software</ulink>. In order to maintain these freedoms
        for everyone, certain restrictions are required which prevent
        anyone limiting these freedom for others.
        <application>Gnumeric</application> is therefore released
        under a particular license agreement;
        <application>Gnumeric</application> is licensed under the
        terms of the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html">GNU GPL</ulink>.
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        One of the consequences of these freedoms, is that everyone
        can have access to the source code used to create
        <application>Gnumeric</application>. This code is explicitly
        maintained and documented to make it easy for anyone to modify
        in any way they choose. This makes it possible to modify the
        spreadsheet, write custom routines or extend
        <application>Gnumeric</application> for special needs.
      </para>
    </listitem>

  </itemizedlist> 
</para>


<para lang="en">
  <emphasis role="bold">The Gnumeric 1.13 Series of Releases for Developers</emphasis>
</para>

<para lang="en">
  The <application>Gnumeric</application> 1.13 series of releases are
  developer releases. These releases are kept as stable as
  possible. However, each release in this series includes changes and
  improvements some of which may be quite large. These new changes may
  cause the program to crash and lose data. Do not use these releases
  if you cannot afford to lose any data or work. However, these
  releases include many new features that can be helpful. If you use
  this series, backup your data often, not just by saving files but by
  renaming them and checking that they can be reopened. If you
  experience mistakes or crashes while you are using this version,
  please report these using the GNOME project's bug reporting
  interface as detailed in <xref linkend="chapter-bugs"/>.
</para>

<!--
<para>
  In this version of &gnum;, we have been patching bugs, and working on the 
  following features:

  <itemizedlist>
    <listitem>
      <para>
        <emphasis role="bold">...Topic...</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para>
	Comment...
      </para>
    </listitem>
  </itemizedlist>
</para>
-->

<para lang="en">
  <emphasis role="bold">New features introduced in the Gnumeric 1.12 release
  series:</emphasis>
</para>

<para lang="en">
  The 1.12 series of <application>Gnumeric</application> is primarily a port of <application>Gnumeric</application> to version 3 of the GTK library. It alos includes some other improvements over the versions in the 1.10 series.

  <itemizedlist>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Improved OpenDocument Format (ODF) support</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	Both ODF import and export have been improved.
      </para>
    </listitem>
  </itemizedlist>
</para>


<para lang="en">
  <emphasis role="bold">New features introduced in the Gnumeric 1.10 release
  series:</emphasis>
</para>

<para lang="en">
  The 1.10 series of <application>Gnumeric</application> includes
  numerous improvements over the versions in the 1.8 series.

  <itemizedlist>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Adjustable Sheet Size</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	Sheets are no longer restricted to 256 columns of 65536 rows.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Improved OpenDocument Format Import and Export</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	Basic import and export support for the
	<ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ODF"> OpenDocument Format </ulink> ("ODF")
	format was added, focussing on standard spreadsheet content and charts. Gnumeric also supports 
	nearly all functions in the large group of functions in the current OpenFormula Draft.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Improved Microsoft OfficeOpenXML import and export</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	Import and export of
	<ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ooxml"> Office Open XML </ulink> ("OOXML")
	format files was significantly improved.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">New and Improved Graphs</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">New plot types for surfaces and probability plots have been added. Moreover, when an axis 
	is a date or time axis, reasonable places for tick marks will 
	now be picked. Trend lines have 
	also been improved
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Conditional Formatting</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en"><application>Gnumeric</application> now supports conditional formatting of cells. <application>Gnumeric</application>'s
      conditional formatting supports an arbitrary number of conditions.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Faster Evaluation</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">Evaluation of some fairly common sheets with
	large numbers of calls to HLOOKUP, or similar functions,
	over the same database have been improved from “rather
	slow” to “instant”.  Similar improvements have been
	implemented for farms of RANK or PERCENTILE calls.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Reduced Memory Usage</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">The memory usage for large sheets has been decreased significantly.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Added Statistical Analysis Tools</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">The statistical analysis tools have been improved and
	there are quite a few new ones, for example Kaplan Meier Estimates, 
	Normality Tests, Principal Component Analysis, Sign Tests, 
	improved Exponential Smoothing, various basic non-parametric tests, etc.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Improved Sheet Objects</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	Support for sheet objects (lines, arrows, widgets, …) has been improved.
      </para>
    </listitem>
  </itemizedlist>
</para>


<para lang="en">
  <emphasis role="bold">New features introduced in the Gnumeric 1.8 release
  series:</emphasis>
</para>

<para lang="en">
  The 1.8 series of <application>Gnumeric</application> includes
  numerous improvements over the versions in the 1.6 series.

  <itemizedlist>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Improved .gnumeric and export</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	<application>Gnumeric</application> now uses the faster SAX based parser by default for parsing
	<literal>.gnumeric</literal> files. The schema was improved and
	additional features were added.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Microsoft OfficeOpenXML import and export</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	Basic import and export support for the
	<ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ooxml"> Office Open XML </ulink> ("OOXML")
	format was added, focussing on standard spreadsheet content. 
	Charts and embedded objects are not yet supported.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">New value formatting engine</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	Improved compatibility and performance.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Use new Gtk based Printing</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	The printing infrastructure was changed to use Gtk based printing
	instead of the deprecated libgnomeprint libraries.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Improved in-cell drop downs</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	In cell validation lists, and improved finger feel for autofilters.
      </para>
    </listitem>
  </itemizedlist>
</para>

<para lang="en">
  <emphasis role="bold">New features introduced in the Gnumeric 1.6 release
  series:</emphasis>
</para>

<para lang="en">
  The 1.6 series of <application>Gnumeric</application> included
  numerous improvements over the versions in the 1.4 series.

  <itemizedlist>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Better Charting: </emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	Several new types of charts have been added, and many features, such as
	regression lines, have been added.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Improved Accuracy: </emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	  While <application>Gnumeric</application> 1.4 was already the best available source for accuracy
	  in statistical calculations, <application>Gnumeric</application> 1.6 is even better. We are
	  continuing our behind-the-scenes cooperation with The R Project to
	  make this happen. We have also added a new plugin supplying
	  consistently named probability density, cumulative density, and
	  reverse cumulative density functions to <application>Gnumeric</application>. The new function
	  names mirror their R counterparts.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">The Port to Microsoft Operating Systems</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	  Our "Windows" port is now mature enough for everyday use. We have
	  improved the theming support of our custom widgets, so Gnumeric now
	  looks and feels slightly more like a native application. The build
	  might still have a few rough edges, but those are being worked on.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Right-to-Left Support: </emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	  We now support right-to-left orientation of the sheets as well as
	  for text within cells.
      </para>
    </listitem>
  </itemizedlist>
</para>

<para lang="en">
  <emphasis role="bold">New features introduced in the Gnumeric 1.4 release
  series:</emphasis>
</para>
        
<para lang="en">
  The 1.4 series of <application>Gnumeric</application> included
  numerous improvements over the versions in the 1.2 series.

  <itemizedlist>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">The Port to Microsoft Operating Systems</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        The port of the core of <application>Gnumeric</application> to
        the GTK+ libraries will enable the application to be run on
        the series of operating systems sold by Microsoft and
        colloquially known as "Windows".
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Improved Analytics</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        The analytical correctness of
        <application>Gnumeric</application> is a primary concern of
        the team. The precision and correctness of the analytics are
	constantly being evaluated and improved.  Updated versions of the
	solver libraries (lp_solve and GLPK) were added.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Improved Charting</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        The graphical system is improving rapidly with new types of
        graphs, such as radar plots.  There is now support for error bars
	and additional styles.  The plots also look significantly sharper on
	screen, and off thanks to some pixel tuning.  The axes now support
	various mappings (logarithmic, inverse), and there are a wider
	selection of markers.  There is also support for formatting individual
	points in a plot.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Rich Text In Cells</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        The ability to use Rich Text has been added in this
        version. This allows a single cell to contain text with mixed
        formatting including bold, italic and other formats.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Improved Microsoft Excel Compatibility</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        The file format used by the Microsoft Excel<trademark/> 
        spreadsheet is commonly used to exchange spreadsheet
        documents. The <application>Gnumeric</application> team spends
        a considerable effort reverse engineering that file format to
        ensure that <application>Gnumeric</application> can read and
	write files in that format.  This release now supports all forms of
	'array formula' and adds export support for charts, rich text, and images.
	More compatibility accelerator keys were added to simplify transition,
	and improve the finger feel.  There is better support for hyperlinks.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Printing</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	Using <application>Pango</application> throughout the printing subsystem
	improves the consistency between on screen and resulting paper.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Improved Analytics:</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        This version of <application>Gnumeric</application> includes
        470 sheet functions including all of the functions from the
        North American edition of Microsoft Excel 2000 (TM). This
        version also includes numerous new functions and statistical
        routines imported from the <application><ulink type="http" url="http://www.r-project.org/">R</ulink></application>
        statistical language, from the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/software/gsl/">GNU Scientific
        Library</ulink>, and from other sources. The random number
        generation has been updated to include Beta, Cauchy,
        Chi-Squared, Exponential power F, Gamma, Geometric, Laplace,
        Levy alpha-Stable Logarithmic, Logistic, Log-normal, Pareto,
        Rayleigh Rayleigh tail, T, Type I Gumbel, Type II Gumbel,
        Weibull Gaussian Tail, Landau, and Uniform integer
        distributions. The derivative valuation routines have been
        expanded to include Black-Scholes (and sensitivities), Garman
        Kohlhagen, Merton Jump Diffusion process, Bjerksund and
        Stensland (American options), Forward Starts, Simple and
        Complex Choosers, Exchange Options, options on future spreads,
	and most favourable state payouts. The solver has been improved with
	new linear and quadratic programming routines.  There were improvements
	in the T-Test, Z-Test, and F-Test.  More accuracy for GEOMDIST,
	BINOMDIST, BETADIST, BETAINV, FINV, CAUCHY, FDIST, FTEST, HYPGEOMDIST,
	ERF, FISHER, EFFECT, NOMINAL, MIRR, IRR, XNPV, NPV, PMT, RATE, PV, FV,
	IPMT, PPMT, ZTEST, EXPM1, LN1P.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Import/Export</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	The xml exporter is now much faster and lighter for 
	<literal>.gnumeric</literal> files,
	and the GNOME enabled <application>Gnumeric</application> supports gnome-vfs
	and drag-n-drop images and files.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">GTK+ Port</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        One of the principal aims of this developers series is to make
        <application>Gnumeric</application> work using only the GTK+
        libraries. These libraries, following their 2.4.0 release,
        have all the functionality needed for the core of
        <application>Gnumeric</application>. This work will remove all
        dependencies in the core code on GNOME libraries although a
        version with the more complete features included in GNOME will
        still exist.
      </para>
    </listitem>

</itemizedlist>

</para>


<!--

    <listitem>
      <para>
        <emphasis role="bold">Improved File Import and Export:</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para>
        The ability to import and export files of different formats
        has been greatly improved. &gnum; 
        now supports Applix<trademark/>, Excel<trademark/> 1997, 2000
        and XP formats (possibly encrypted), Lotus<trademark/>,
        OpenOffice.org<trademark/>, Plan Perfect<trademark/>, and
        Quattro Pro<trademark/>. These file tools have been made more
        robust by using the GNOME Structured File library.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para>
        <emphasis role="bold">Improved Graphing:</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para>
        The earlier versions of &gnum; 
        relied on the <application>Guppi</application> program for
        graphing. This has been changed in the current version which
        uses a newer framework for the production of graphs. This
        newer framework should provide quicker graphs and will be a
        better platform for future development.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para>
        <emphasis role="bold">Improved Structure based on GTK 2.0:</emphasis>
      </para>
      <para>
        This version of &gnum; is based
        on the second version of the Gimp Tool Kit (GTK+), the basic
        libraries of computer code used to build GNOME
        applications. This second version improves on the first and
        provides a sound basis for future programming. Users will
        benefit greatly from this second version of the GTK+
        libraries. &gnum; is now able to
        produce characters from a much larger range of languages, has
        improved icons, is better integrated with GNOME and has other
        visual improvements like anti-aliased
        fonts. &gnum; can also now be
        used without problem on a machine with several screens. The
        transition to GTK+ 2.0 has also greatly improved performance.
      </para>
    </listitem>

  </itemizedlist>

</para>

-->

<para lang="en">
    The 1.4.x release is dedicated to the memory of lost colleagues, <emphasis role="bold">Chema (Grandma) Celorio</emphasis> who helped make
    <application>Gnumeric</application> as stable as it is,  and <emphasis role="bold">Mel Seder</emphasis> who kept us smiling.  They'll be missed.
</para>

<para lang="en">
  For more details on the changes in
  <application>Gnumeric</application>, refer to the file; named NEWS in
  the source code distribution.
</para>

<para>
      
</para>

<para lang="en">
  <emphasis role="bold">Known Issues in Gnumeric:</emphasis>
</para>
        
<para lang="en">
  The current list of all known and reported problems with
  <application>Gnumeric</application> is maintained in the GNOME
  bugzilla database. This list can be accessed using <ulink type="http" url="https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnumeric/-/issues">this
  bugzilla query</ulink>. 
</para>
        
<!--  LocalWords:  modyfing
 -->


  </chapter>



  <chapter id="chapter-manual-usage">
    <title lang="en">How to Use This Manual</title>

    <!--
    Note: This is all in the top level to skip any chapter TOC. 
-->

  <para lang="en">
    There are several ways to use this manual depending on what kind
    of user you are. 
    <itemizedlist>

     <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><emphasis role="bold">New users</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          If you are new to computers or to spreadsheets consider
          reading <xref linkend="chapter-quick-start"/>, titled "A
          Quick Introduction", which explains the basics of
          spreadsheets in general and
          <application>Gnumeric</application> in particular.
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><emphasis role="bold">Users who want specific help</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          Quickly finding help for a particular question can be quite
          hard. We suggest first reading the explanations of the
          contents of each chapter which are given below to try to
          figure out where your question might be answered, and then
          go directly to that section.
<!-- TODO: when index is added, add the sentence below.
	  Alternatively, the text of the manual can be searched by
          using the index. 
--> 
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The chapters of this version of the
    <application>Gnumeric</application> manual are organized as
    follows:

    <!-- Note: keep this synched up with the chapter introductions
         presented in gnumeric.xml -->
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-quick-start"/>: 
              <emphasis role="bold">A Quick Introduction</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          The best way to learn how to use
          <application>Gnumeric</application> is to begin exploring
          the program yourself. This chapter will help you get started
          trying new things and seeing what happens. The chapter
          explains the fundamentals of spreadsheets in general and of
          <application>Gnumeric</application> in particular. The
          chapter attempts to help new users get started with
          <application>Gnumeric</application> and provides background
          for the more detailed explanations given in the rest of the
          manual.
        </para>
      </listitem>

      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-gui-elements"/>:
              <emphasis role="bold">Gnumeric Elements</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          This chapter describes all of the pieces of
          <application>Gnumeric</application> which a user can
          manipulate. The chapter provides explanations for each of
          the menus, menu entries, toolbar buttons and other elements
          of the graphical user interface.
	</para>
      </listitem>

      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-data"/>: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Working with Data</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          This chapter explains the core functionality of
          <application>Gnumeric</application> including the basic
          types of data manipulated by
          <application>Gnumeric</application>, the methods of
          entering, altering and formatting data, and the basic
          tools for analysis of these data. More advanced analysis is
          described in <xref linkend="chapter-advanced-analysis"/>.
	</para>
      </listitem>

      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-advanced-analysis"/>: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Advanced Analysis</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          This chapter explains the advanced analytic tools
          available in <application>Gnumeric</application> including linear algebra calculations,
          the goal seek tool,
          simulation analysis, and scenarios.
	</para>
      </listitem>

      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-solver"/>: 
              <emphasis role="bold">The Solver</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          This chapter explains how to use <application>Gnumeric</application>'s linear programming 
	  Solver.
	</para>
      </listitem>

       <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-stat-analysis"/>: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Statistical Analysis</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          This chapter explains the various statistical analysis tools
          available in <application>Gnumeric</application> including tools to create descriptive
	  statistics, as well as parametric and non-parametric hypotheses
	  tests.
	</para>
      </listitem>

       <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-graphics"/>: <emphasis role="bold">Graphics:
              Images, Widgets, and Drawings</emphasis> 
	</para> 
	<para lang="en"> 
	  This chapter explains how to add graphical elements to a
          <application>Gnumeric</application> worksheet, including
          images from external
          files, graphical user interface widgets which interact with
          worksheet data, and simple drawing elements. 
	</para> 
      </listitem>

       <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-graphs"/>: <emphasis role="bold">Graphs
	</emphasis> 
	</para> 
	<para lang="en"> 
	  This chapter explains how to add data graphs to a
          <application>Gnumeric</application> worksheet, that can be used to plot worksheet data. 
	</para> 
      </listitem>

      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-worksheets"/>: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Using Worksheets</emphasis>
        </para>

        <para lang="en">
          This chapter explains the use and manipulation of worksheets
          in <application>Gnumeric</application>. The chapter explains how to move around a
          worksheet, how to alter the appearance and display organization of
          the worksheet contents, how to manipulate entire worksheets
          and how to protect worksheet contents.
	</para>
      </listitem>

      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-workbooks"/>: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Workbook Settings</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          This chapter explains the contents of a
          <application>Gnumeric</application> workbook which are not
          part of the worksheets. This includes several settings which
          apply to the workbook and are saved in the
          <application>Gnumeric</application> file. Settings which
          apply to the <application>Gnumeric</application> program
          itself are called `preferences' and are explained in <xref linkend="chapter-configuring"/>.
	</para>
      </listitem>

      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-configuring"/>: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Configuring Gnumeric</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          This chapter explains how to change the default behaviour of
          <application>Gnumeric</application> including the startup
          behaviour and default locale (language and number display).
	</para>
      </listitem>

      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-files"/>: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Working with Files</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          This chapter explains how to use files in <application>Gnumeric</application>. The
          chapter provides an extensive description of the file
          formats used by <application>Gnumeric</application>. The chapter also explains how to
          open files, import data from text files, save files, export
          data to text files, send data to others via electronic mail,
          and convert files from one format to another.
	</para>
      </listitem>

      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-printing"/>: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Printing</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          This chapter explains how to print spreadsheets, tables and
          plots from <application>Gnumeric</application> to a printer
          directly or into PostScript or PDF (both are page
          description languages).
	</para>
      </listitem>

      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-morehelp"/>: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Getting More Help</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          This chapter describes other sources of help which are
          available to users including the
          <application>Gnumeric</application> web site, the mailing
          list, and the internet relay chat (IRC) discussion
          channel. The chapter also explains how to tell the project
          about a problem with the program.
	</para>
      </listitem>

      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-bugs"/>: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Reporting a Problem</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
           This chapter explains how to report a problem with
           <application>Gnumeric</application> so that the problem can
           be fixed. The same procedure can be used to file a report
           requesting an enhancement or a new feature.
	</para>
      </listitem>
<!--
      <listitem>
	<para>
	  <xref linkend="chapter-getting-involved" />: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Getting Involved</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para>
           This chapter explains how to get involved in the &gnum; project,
           the GNOME project, or other free software projects.
	</para>
      </listitem>
-->

<!--
      <listitem>
	<para>
	  <xref linkend="chapter-installing" />: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Installing &gnum;</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para>
           This chapter explains how to install &gnum; using previously
           compiled and bundled files. 
	</para>
      </listitem>
-->
<!--
      <listitem>
	<para>
	  <xref linkend="chapter-compiling" />: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Compiling &gnum;</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para>
           This chapter explains how to compiling the &gnum; source
           code into a working program. The chapter explains how to
           obtain the source code for the &gnum; program, how to
           create a correct environment for compilation, and the steps
           involved in compilation.
	</para>
      </listitem>
-->
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="chapter-extending"/>: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Extending Gnumeric</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          This chapter explains how to go about extending
          <application>Gnumeric</application> to provide extra
          functionality. Because <application>Gnumeric</application>
          is Free Software this is quite easy to do.
	</para>
      </listitem>
<!--
      <listitem>
	<para>
	  <xref linkend="chapter-programing" />: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Programing &gnum;</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para>
           This chapter explains how to work programing the internals
           of &gnum;. This includes explaining the different parts of
           the code base, the tools that can be used to help and other
           useful information.
	</para>
      </listitem>
-->
<!--
      <listitem>
	<para>
	  <xref linkend="chapter-documenting" />: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Improve this manual</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para>
           This chapter explains how to help improve this manual by
           editing the text from which the manual is build. This
           includes explaining the GNOME Documentation Project,
           DocBook and other relevant information.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
	<para>
	  <xref linkend="chapter-about" />: 
              <emphasis role="bold">About Gnumeric</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para>
          This chapter provides some background information on the
          creation and distribution of
          &gnum;.
	</para>
      </listitem>
-->

      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="function-reference"/>: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Function Reference</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          This appendix provides a list of all the functions which are
          currently defined in <application>Gnumeric</application>.
	</para>
      </listitem>

      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <xref linkend="keybinding"/>: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Keybinding Reference</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          This appendix lists the keyboard shortcuts which are defined
          by default in <application>Gnumeric</application>.
	</para>
      </listitem>

<!--
      <listitem>
	<para>
	  <xref linkend="glossary" />: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Glossary</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para>
          This appendix defines certain terms used in this manual.
	</para>
      </listitem>
-->

<!--
      <listitem>
	<para>
	  <xref linkend="index" />: 
              <emphasis role="bold">Index</emphasis>
        </para>
        <para>
          The index provides a link to the concepts used in this manual.
	</para>
      </listitem>
-->

    </itemizedlist>
  </para>






  </chapter>



  <chapter id="chapter-quick-start">
    <title lang="en">A Quick Introduction</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The best way to learn how to use
      <application>Gnumeric</application> is to begin exploring the
      program yourself. This chapter will help you get started trying
      new things and seeing what happens. The chapter explains the
      fundamentals of spreadsheets in general and of
      <application>Gnumeric</application> in particular. The chapter
      attempts to help new users get started with
      <application>Gnumeric</application> and provides background for
      the more detailed explanations given in the rest of the manual.
    </para>

    <note>
      <para lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">Getting started with computers</emphasis>
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Unfortunately, this manual cannot teach you the very basics of
        interacting with a modern computer. If you have never used
        computers, don't know the names of the hardware components
        (the pieces you can touch) or don't know the names of the
        elements you see on the screen (like windows or the mouse
        pointer), you will probably want to get some basic advice from
        someone you know or read the manuals which came with your
        machine or your operating system. It's all pretty easy but, in
        order to understand this manual, you will need to know some
        basic terminology and have some basic computing skills.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        If you are using the GNOME desktop environment, you can read
        the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide">the GNOME
        Desktop User Guide</ulink> for help in getting started with
        computers.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        If you are using the another desktop environment such as
        <ulink url="http://www.kde.org/">KDE</ulink> or another
        operating system, please see the instructions from the web
        site linked with either your desktop environment, your
        operating system, your software distribution source or the
        people who provided you with your computer. There are also
        many books providing good introduction to computers.
      </para>
    </note>

    <sect1 id="sect-quick-start-top">
  <title lang="en">Working with <application>Gnumeric</application></title>

  <para lang="en">
    Using a spreadsheet generally involves several steps. First the
    application is started to obtain an empty workbook, which
    generally has several empty worksheets. Next, data and formulas
    are entered into one or several sheets. The data may be entered by
    hand or imported from external files. The formulas are generally
    entered by hand, possibly with the help of various tools. The data
    may be formatted to appear in particular ways and to clarify the
    structure of the data in the worksheet. A user may also create
    several graphical plots. Certain parts of the spreadsheets may be
    printed out as tables. The work is then usually saved into a file
    which can be re-opened later to add or modify the contents of the
    workbook.
  </para>

  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      A spreadsheet file contains a
      workbook and possibly some other information about the
      file. Because a spreadsheet file contains exactly one workbook,
      the files themselves are often called workbooks. A
      workbook contains one or more worksheets. A worksheet
      consists of a number of cells, usually arranged in a two
      dimensional grid made up of columns and rows. 
      We introduce the names of the parts of 
      <application>Gnumeric</application> in
      <xref linkend="quick-parts-of-gnumeric"/> and explain the parts 
      further in <xref linkend="chapter-gui-elements"/>.
    </para>
  </note>

</sect1>








<sect1 id="sect-quick-starting-gnumeric">
  <title lang="en">Starting Gnumeric the First Time</title>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> can be started in several ways, depending
    on your computer operating system and desktop environment.
    The approaches described below are equivalent; they result in a
    <application>Gnumeric</application> window appearing on your monitor as shown below.
  </para>

  <figure id="fig-gnumeric-first-start">
    <title lang="en">The Gnumeric spreadsheet when first opened</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/gnumeric-empty.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <para lang="en">
            This screenshot depicts Gnumeric when first opened.
          </para>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      We assume that <application>Gnumeric</application> is already installed on your machine.
      Installing <application>Gnumeric</application> depends
      on the particular operating system and distribution used on your
      machine and is therefore beyond the scope of this manual. If
      <application>Gnumeric</application> is not already installed on your
      machine, read the manuals that came with your distribution or
      look at your distribution vendor's web site.
<!-- TODO: ref- add a link to the installation section. -->
    </para>
  </note>

  <sect2 id="sect-quick-starting-gnumeric-gnome">
    <title lang="en">Starting Gnumeric from the GNOME desktop</title>

    <para lang="en">
      If you are a GNOME user, you should have a ‘panel’ somewhere on
      your desktop. This panel contains icons and at least two menus.
      One of these menus is called <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> and
      has an icon which looks like the outline of a foot. If you click
      on this menu name, a menu will appear. Drag the cursor down to
      the <guisubmenu>Office</guisubmenu> sub-menu name, and a sub-menu
      will appear. Drag the cursor into the sub-menu and then release
      the mouse button when the cursor is on the entry which reads
      "Gnumeric Spreadsheet." This will start the program and the main
      window of <application>Gnumeric</application> will appear as
      shown in <xref linkend="fig-gnumeric-first-start"/>.
    </para>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-quick-starting-gnumeric-unixdesktop">
    <title lang="en">Starting Gnumeric from another *NIX desktop</title>

    <para lang="en">
      If you run a UNIX-like operating system (called *NIX in this
      manual) such as GNU/Linux, GNU on some other kernel, or a
      commercial UNIX (TM) system, or if you use a commercially
      distributed version of GNOME, KDE (K Desktop
      Environment), or a similar desktop system, you will have to
      find a way to launch <application>Gnumeric</application>
      yourself. Hunt around the menus until you find something named
      "Gnumeric", possibly with the
      <inlinemediaobject>
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/gnumeric-icon-24.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <para lang="en">
            This image depicts the menu icon of Gnumeric.
          </para>
        </textobject>
      </inlinemediaobject>
      icon, and then click on that menu entry.
    </para>
    <warning>
      <para lang="en">
        On UNIX-like operating systems, <application>Gnumeric</application> 
        requires the X window system to run.
      </para>
    </warning>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-quick-starting-gnumeric-unixshell">
    <title lang="en">Starting Gnumeric from a *NIX terminal</title>

    <para lang="en">
      You can also start <application>Gnumeric</application> from the
      command line in an <application>xterm</application> window or
      equivalent terminal emulator. Open a terminal. At the shell
      prompt type:
      <screen lang="en">
gnumeric &amp;</screen>
      This will start the program and send it into the background, which
      means that you can run other commands in the terminal window or
      close it while <application>Gnumeric</application> runs in its own window.
    </para>
    <warning>
      <para lang="en">
        On UNIX-like operating systems, you must be running the X window system to run
        <application>Gnumeric</application>.
      </para>
    </warning>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-quick-starting-gnumeric-doze">
    <title lang="en">Starting Gnumeric from a Microsoft desktop</title>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application>, starting with the 1.4 series, can be run as a native
      application on the Microsoft Windows operating systems. On those
      operating systems, The <guilabel>Start</guilabel> menu should
      contain an entry which will launch <application>Gnumeric</application>. The actual location
      of the menu item depends on the choices made during
      installation. 
    </para>

    <sect3 id="sect-quick-starting-gnumeric-dozePrompt">
      <title lang="en">Starting Gnumeric from a Microsoft command prompt</title>

      <para lang="en">
        You can also start <application>Gnumeric</application> from a
        shell window by finding the directory with the program itself
        which will be called <filename>gnumeric.exe</filename>. You
        can either move to that directory and type:
        <screen lang="en">
gnumeric</screen>
        or you can type the whole name of the path and file, which
        will be something like:
        <screen lang="en">
c:\Program Files\Gnome-Office\gnumeric</screen>
        either of which should start the program.
      </para>
    </sect3>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="quick-start-by-file">
    <title lang="en">Starting from a Spreadsheet file</title>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> can also be opened using a
      spreadsheet file directly. If there is a spreadsheet file on the
      desktop or in a file manager like
      <application>Nautilus</application>, it may be possible to click
      or double-click with the mouse pointer on the file and have
      <application>Gnumeric</application> open the file
      automatically. Alternatively, you may be able to right click on
      the file and get a pop-up menu that will allow you to select
      <application>Gnumeric</application> as the application to use to
      open the file.
    </para>
  </sect2>
    
  <sect2 id="quick-start-other">
    <title lang="en">Other sources of help</title>

    <para lang="en">
      If you are still stuck, ask a friend or someone who knows your
      machine. Unfortunately, getting started is often the hardest
      part of learning to use a new program but it is also the one
      place a manual such as this one cannot really help.
    </para>

  </sect2>

</sect1>


<sect1 id="quick-parts-of-gnumeric">
  <title lang="en">The Parts of Gnumeric</title>

  <para lang="en">
    After opening, <application>Gnumeric</application> appears as was
    shown in <xref linkend="fig-gnumeric-first-start"/> but is shown
    below with the major components labeled. The open
    application contains a menubar at the top, two toolbars below the
    menu bar, and below these, on the left, the object toolbar, and,
    on the right, the data entry area above the cell grid area which
    itself is above the list of worksheets and the information
    area.
  </para>

  <figure id="fig-quick-parts-gnumeric-labelled">
    <title lang="en">The parts of Gnumeric</title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata fileref="figures/gnumeric-labelled.png" format="PNG"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    The part names are listed below along with a reference to
    the section that discusses that element. If you are reading this document
    on a computer, you may be able to click on a reference to jump to
    that section of the manual.
  </para>
  
  <variablelist>
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis>
	  The menubar
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">The menubar provides access to the core
	  functions of GNOME. Almost everything that you can
	  do in <application>Gnumeric</application>
	  you can do through the menus. We discuss the menus and
	  menubar in <xref linkend="sect-gui-menus"/>. </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis>
	  The standard toolbar
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  The standard toolbar provides shortcuts for the most used
	  items in the menus. We discuss the toolbars in <xref linkend="sect-gui-toolbars"/> and this toolbar in particular in
	  <xref linkend="std-toolbar"/>.
	</para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">3</emphasis>
	    The format toolbar
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  The format toolbar changes the display properties of data in
	  the workbook. We present it in <xref linkend="fmt-toolbar"/>, part of the general discussion of toolbars in <xref linkend="sect-gui-toolbars"/>.
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
   
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">4</emphasis>
	  The object toolbar
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">This toolbar enables you to draw graphic elements
	on the sheet, such as text labels, big red circles or thin
	green arrows. You can use these to bring attention to a
	particular part of a worksheet. We explain the object toolbar in
	<xref linkend="obj-toolbar"/> in the <xref linkend="sect-gui-toolbars"/> portion of this manual.</para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">5</emphasis>
	    The data entry area
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">The data entry area is useful for the
	  modification of complex formulas. We discuss it in
	  <xref linkend="data-entry"/>. </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
      
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">6</emphasis>
	  The cell grid area
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">The cell area lies in the middle of all the rest. The
	cell area includes the row and column labels, the scrollbars
	and the tabs below. We explain the use of these elements in
	<xref linkend="cell-grid"/>.</para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">7</emphasis>
	  The information area
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">This area is used by
	  <application>Gnumeric</application> to give you
	  feedback on the status of certain
	  operations. We explain this information in
	  <xref linkend="info-area"/>. </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    
  </variablelist>

  <para lang="en">
    For a detailed explanation of each of these elements, see
    <xref linkend="sect-gui-overview"/>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    By default, <application>Gnumeric</application> opens a workbook
    with three worksheets and a file name of
    <filename>Book1.gnumeric</filename>.
  </para>

</sect1>






<sect1 id="quick-commands">
  <title lang="en">Using Commands</title>

  <para lang="en">
    You can access the commands provided by
    <application>Gnumeric</application> using several methods.
    These methods are explained here. The most important commands are
    explained in the rest of this chapter. We explain all of the commands 
    in later chapters of this manual.
  </para>

  <sect2 id="quick-commands-menu">
    <title lang="en">Using Menu Commands</title>
    <para lang="en">
      The menus provide the simplest way for you to get to all of the commands
      provided by <application>Gnumeric</application>. These menus
      work like those in any GNOME application: you click on the menu to
      open it, you drag the mouse cursor onto the menu and then release the
      mouse button (or click again) while the cursor is above a menu entry 
      to execute that command. For further information, see <xref linkend="sect-gui-menus"/>.
    </para>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="quick-commands-toolbar">
    <title lang="en">Using Toolbar Button Commands</title>
    <para lang="en">
      The buttons on the toolbars are quite simple to use. You simply
      place the mouse cursor above one of the buttons and press
      the left mouse button to perform the command and it will either
      execute immediately or open a dialog window to obtain further
      information first. For further information on the toolbar button
      commands, see <xref linkend="sect-gui-toolbars"/>.
    </para>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="quick-commands-context">
    <title lang="en">Using Context Menu Commands</title>
    <para lang="en">
      In many situations, <application>Gnumeric</application> provides
      a menu right under the mouse cursor if the right hand mouse
      button is clicked. This menu contains different entries
      depending on where the mouse cursor is when you click the right
      hand mouse button. For further information, see <xref linkend="context-menu"/>.
    </para>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="quick-commands-keyboard">
    <title lang="en">Using Keyboard Shortcut Commands</title>
    <para lang="en">
      You can trigger certain common commands by using a combination of
      keys. The menu entries are often followed by a combination of
      keys which you can use to trigger that command. For instance,
      to save the file which you are currently using, you can 
      jointly type the control key and the s key
      (i.e. <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>).
      For further information, see <xref linkend="keybinding"/>.
    </para>
  </sect2>

</sect1>





<sect1 id="quick-data">
  <title lang="en">Data in Gnumeric</title>

  <para lang="en">
    The main purpose of spreadsheets like
    <application>Gnumeric</application> is to collect information in a
    coherent manner, perform calculations on the information and then
    be able to update those calculations easily if the original
    numbers change. The use of a spreadsheet therefore requires a
    substantial understanding of the types of information which can be
    entered into the spreadsheet and the methods which can be used to
    manipulate that information. This section explains how you can use
    data in <application>Gnumeric</application>.
  </para>

    <sect2 id="quick-data-datatypes">
    <title lang="en">The Types of Data in a Spreadsheet</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Spreadsheets like <application>Gnumeric</application> treat
      information by separating the data into separate cells and
      considering the data in each cell to be separate elements. Each
      cell in the spreadsheet has both a value, which is what
      <application>Gnumeric</application> manipulates, and a
      representation, which is what is actually shown. Understanding
      this distinction is complicated and make take some time if you are new
      to spreadsheets.
      This distinction between value and representation is one of the
      reasons spreadsheets are so useful.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The cells of the spreadsheet are contained in the cell grid
      area. The cell grid area is the area with a white background and
      grey grid lines. The grid lines separate this area into separate
      cells. Each cell has a unique reference name which is the
      combination of the letters of the name of the column and the
      number of the row. For instance, the top, leftmost cell is the
      cell named "A1" and the cell two over to the right and four rows
      down is named "C4" because it is in the column labelled "C" and
      in the fourth row. Each of these cells can contain only one
      single datum.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The datum contained in any cell will have one of five types: a
      text string type, a number type, a formula type, a boolean type
      or an error type. These five types of data values can then have
      various display formats so that, for instance, a number value
      can be displayed as a number, a monetary amount, a date or a
      time. Text strings are sequences of characters and punctuation
      marks and could, for example, contain textual information such
      as people's names. Number values are simply numbers but may be
      input and displayed in various formats including decimal
      numbers, dates, times, and numbers in scientific
      notation. Formulas are instructions to
      <application>Gnumeric</application> to calculate a result. The
      power of spreadsheets comes from these formulas because the
      results of the calculation can depend on the contents of other
      cells. Boolean values are either TRUE or FALSE and can be used
      in logical statements. Error values are usually the result of
      mistakes or impossible calculations.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      For more advanced information on the types of data usable in
      <application>Gnumeric</application>, see <xref linkend="sect-data-types"/>.
    </para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="quick-data-input">
    <title lang="en">Putting Data into the Spreadsheet</title>

    <para lang="en">
      In order to enter data into the spreadsheet, you must first
      select a cell in which to place the information and then
      actually type the information on the keyboard. Once you have
      entered the information, <application>Gnumeric</application>
      attempts to figure out both the appropriate data value type to
      assign to the cell and the appropriate data format in which to
      display this data value. Because this process is quite complex,
      you may occasionally need to actively select these
      parameters of the cells, which we explain in <xref linkend="quick-format"/> below. The next two sections explain
      how to get data into a cell, by first moving the selection box
      to a desired cell and then typing the data.
    </para>

    <sect3 id="quick-data-input-moveselection">
      <title lang="en">Moving the selection box</title>
      <para lang="en">
        In order to enter data into
        <application>Gnumeric</application> you must place the selection box
        over the appropriate cell. The selection box appears on
        the cell grid as a double lined rectangle with a small grey
        square in the lower right corner of the box. By default the
        selection box surrounds the top, leftmost cell in the cell
        grid area.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The simplest way to move the selection box is to use the
        mouse. If the mouse cursor is placed over the cell "C3" (the
        cursor will be represented as a thick white cross) and the
        left mouse button then clicked, the selection box will move to
        cell "C3". Note that the selection box can cover more than one
        cell if the mouse is dragged while being clicked. The use of
        these larger selections is explained below in <xref linkend="quick-complex-select"/>.
      </para>

      <tip>
        <para lang="en">
          The location of the selection box also causes the column and
          row headers to change slightly.
          The letters and numbers turn bold, and colors of the headers
          (the text color and the header background color) change in ways
          that depend on the version of <application>Gnumeric</application>.
          This helps indicate what is currently selected.
        </para>
      </tip>

      <para lang="en">
        You can also move the selection box with the keyboard arrow
        keys. For instance, typing the right arrow twice and the down
        arrow once will move the selection box from the cell "C3" to
        the cell "E4".
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The selection box can be moved in other ways and will move in
        response to certain actions. These movements become intuitive
        after using <application>Gnumeric</application> for a little
        while.
      </para>
    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="quick-data-input-input">
      <title lang="en">Data input</title>

      <para lang="en">
        To enter data into a selected cell, you can simply
        start typing. The characters will then become part of the
        spreadsheet when you change the selection either by pressing the
        <keycap>Enter</keycap> key, which moves the selection down one
        cell, by pressing the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key, which moves the
        selection one cell to the right, or by selecting any other
        cell with the mouse.
        If the cursor is in the cell and not in the data entry area,
        pressing any of the cursor movement keys also causes <application>Gnumeric</application> to
        record the data in the cell and select another cell.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        For example, you could use the mouse to select the cell four
        columns over (Column D) and three rows down (Row 3). Then you
        could type "Hello, this is a line of text." and then press
        the <keycap>Enter</keycap> key. The text would then appear in
        cell "D3" and, if the cells to the right are empty, would span
        into those cells so that the whole entry is visible. The
        selection box moves to cell “D4” when you press
        <keycap>Enter</keycap>, ready
        for the input of more data.
      </para>

      <note>
        <para lang="en">
          Note that as the data text is entered it appears in both the
          cell and the data entry area (the area below the toolbars
          and to the right of the equals (=) sign).
        </para>
      </note>

      <para lang="en">
        You can correct mistakes you make during data entry by
        using the <keycap>Backspace</keycap> key or the
        <keycap>Delete</keycap> key. Finer control can be obtained if
        the cursor is moved to the data entry area by clicking
        with the mouse in the box to the right of the equals (=) sign.
        Editing in the data entry area lets you use the arrow keys
        to move backward and forward in the text.
        You can also use the mouse to move the cursor.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        To change the contents of a cell, select the
        cell again and either type the new contents or edit the
        existing contents of the cell in the data entry area.
      </para>

      <note>
        <para lang="en">
          If the content of the cell is too large for the size of the
          cell, the entry may span over the edge of the cell into the
          empty cells to the right. If the cell is a number, the cell
          grid area may display hash marks (######) to indicate the
          cell has content which is too large to display in the given
          cell width.
        </para>
      </note>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="quick-data-input-recognition">
      <title lang="en">Automatic data recognition</title>

      <para lang="en">
        As you enter data into the spreadsheet,
        <application>Gnumeric</application> interprets the information
        in order, first, to assign it to a data category and, second,
        to give it an appropriate data display format. The entry will
        be assigned to one of the basic data types and possibly to a
        sub-type. Entries which start with an apostrophe (') are
        considered to be text no matter what the rest of the
        contents. Entries which start with an equals sign (=) are
        automatically considered to be a formula. Entries which are
        single numbers or which fall into commonly used patterns for
        dates or times will be considered to be numbers.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        <application>Gnumeric</application> usually figures out
        correctly both the type and the appropriate display format for
        the data being entered. Occasionally, you will have to
        force <application>Gnumeric</application> to consider the data
        to be a different data type than
        <application>Gnumeric</application> would guess by
        default. We explain the details of this process in greater
        detail in the extended chapter on data, <xref linkend="chapter-data"/>.
      </para>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="quick-data-input-text">
      <title lang="en">Entering text</title>

      <para lang="en">
        To enter text, select the appropriate cell,
        type the text, and then press the <keycap>Enter</keycap> key. If the
        text is too large to fit in its own cell, and the cell to its
        right is empty, the text will span into the cell on the
        right. By default, <application>Gnumeric</application> uses a
        display format for text in which the contents are shown left
        justified.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        For more information about text elements, see <xref linkend="sect-data-text"/>.
      </para>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="quick-data-input-numbers">
      <title lang="en">Entering numbers</title>

      <para lang="en">
        To enter a number, select the appropriate cell,
        type in the number and then press the <keycap>Enter</keycap>
        key. <application>Gnumeric</application> recognizes several
        types of information to be numbers.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The simplest kind of input which
        <application>Gnumeric</application> recognizes as numbers are
        standard numeric values. Technically, these are contiguous
        sequences of digits which may have a separator symbol between
        the thousands and another symbol indicating the decimal
        separator. These symbols follow the English convention by
        default (comma as thousand separator, period as decimal
        symbol) but will adopt the symbols appropriate for a different
        locality if <application>Gnumeric</application> is launched in
        a particular way (see <xref linkend="sect-configuration-localization"/>).
        For instance, in a French setting the period
        is the thousand separator symbol and the comma the decimal
        separator symbol.
        By default, <application>Gnumeric</application> displays
        numeric values lined up against the right side of the
        cell.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Several other types of input are recognized as numeric values
        which means that calculations can be performed on the values
        in the cells.
      </para>

      <itemizedlist mark="circle">
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            Dates in the standard format of the locale (see
            <xref linkend="sect-configuration-localization"/>) are recognized
            as numbers. By default, 11/21/1970 will be
            recognized as the twenty-first of November of the year
            nineteen seventy. <application>Gnumeric</application>
            stores the value as the number of days since the first day
            of January in 1900.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            Time values, such as 10:34 or 11:23:45 PM, are recognized
            as number values. These values are stored in
            <application>Gnumeric</application> as fractions of the
            whole day. 
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            You can input percentage values simply by appending the
            percent symbol (%) to the value.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            Fractions and mixed numbers are recognized as numbers.
            For example, “1 1/2” is equivalent to 1.5.
            Note that a simple fraction, such as “3/12”,
            may be interpreted by <application>Gnumeric</application> as a date. You can prevent
            that by including a sign (for example, “+3/12”)
            or by entering the fraction as a formula (“=3/12”).
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            You can also input numeric values using scientific notation. For
            instance, 1.003e+6 will be recognized as the value one
            million three thousand.
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>

      <para lang="en">
        For more information on numbers, see <xref linkend="sect-data-numbers"/>.
      </para>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="quick-data-input-boolean">
      <title lang="en">Entering a Boolean</title>
      <para lang="en">
        To enter a boolean value, select the appropriate
        cell, type in either "TRUE" or "FALSE" and then press the
        <keycap>Enter</keycap> key.
      </para>
    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="quick-data-input-formula">
      <title lang="en">Entering a formula</title>

      <para lang="en">
        To enter a formula, select a cell and type the
        equals sign (=) followed by a valid formula. If
        <application>Gnumeric</application> cannot understand the
        formula which is entered, it will open a dialog box which may
        have an explanation and gives you a chance either to
        re-edit the expression or to accept the entry as a text entry
        instead of a formula. The second choice makes it easy to
        re-edit the entry into a valid formula simply by fixing the
        formula and removing the leading apostrophe (') before the
        equals sign.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Formulas can be quite complex since the power of spreadsheets
        comes from these formulas. A simple example of the use of a
        formula is as follows: first, select cell B2 and input the
        value "3" into that cell. Second, select cell D4 and input
        (without the quotes) "=B2+2" and then type the
        <keycap>Enter</keycap> key. Cell D4 should display the value
        "5". If the value of cell B2 is changed from "3" to "100",
        <application>Gnumeric</application> will automatically update
        the value of cell D4 to "102".
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        A valid formula can be a simple arithmetic expression such as
        <screen lang="en">
=3+4-1</screen>
        which uses a formula to make the cell equal to the value
        6.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Formulas may include calls to functions. These are statements
        which indicate that more complex operations should be
        performed. For instance, a formula could be "=EXP(24)" which
        would give the value of e (the base of the natural logarithm)
        raised to the 24th power. The cell would then display
        "2.6489e+10".
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Certain functions return not just a single value but an array of
        values. To enter such a function, first select a range of cells
        to receive the result, then enter the formula to generate the
        array, and then press the key combination
	<keycombo>
          <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
          <keycap>Shift</keycap>
          <keycap>Enter</keycap>
        </keycombo>
	rather than just the <keycap>Enter</keycap> key. For more
	details see <xref linkend="sect-data-formulas-array"/>.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        As was shown in the example above, formulas may contain
        references to the contents of another cell. In the example
        given above, the contents of the cell in the second column and
        the second row was used in a calculation by using the cell
        name "B2". These references mean that complex calculations can
        be automatically updated when one of the original values
        change. 
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        You can make references to the cells in other worksheets and
        even to those in other workbooks (files). The basic format of
        a complete reference is made of the name of the file the
        reference is in, enclosed by square brackets, followed by the
        name of the sheet, followed by an exclamation point, followed
        by the letter(s) of the column name, followed by the number of the
        row. For example, a complete reference could be
        "[my_file.gnumeric]Sheet3!C3". These complete references can
        be shortened if the filename or sheet names are the same as
        that of the reference. "AE34" would refer to the cell in the
        current file, in the current worksheet which is in column "AE"
        and in row "34".
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        References can identify a contiguous range of
        cells. For instance, the reference "A1:E5" refers to all the
        cells from the top left corner of the current sheet to the
        cell five rows down and five rows over. This can be useful in
        a formula which uses a function such as MAX(). The formula
        "=MAX(A1:E5)" would display the value of the largest number
        value in this range of cells.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        For more information on references see the complete discussion
        in <xref linkend="sect-data-formulas-references"/> later on in this
        manual.
      </para>


      <para lang="en">
         For more on the use of formulas see <xref linkend="sect-data-formulas"/> later in this manual. For a
         list of the functions available, see the function reference
         appendix, <xref linkend="function-reference"/>, or click on
         the toolbar button with the symbol "f(x)" on it for an
         organized list of functions.
      </para>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="quick-data-input-error">
      <title lang="en">Entering an error value</title>

      <para lang="en">
        Error values are almost never entered into the spreadsheet
        directly but generally arise when formulas cannot calculate
        valid results. The only error value occasionally entered is
        "#N/A". It can be either typed in directly or created via "=na()".
      </para>

    </sect3>

  </sect2>
</sect1>


<sect1 id="quick-format">
  <title lang="en">Cell Formats</title>

  <para lang="en">
    The data in <application>Gnumeric</application> are stored in the
    cells of the spreadsheet, each of which has a cell format which
    dictates how the data will be displayed, whether the cell will
    have borders and other information. Cell formatting can be quite
    confusing at first because it combines simple changes, such as the
    colour of the characters being displayed, with more complex ideas,
    such as how future changes to the cell will be interpreted.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    All of the cell formatting commands can be reached through a
    context menu by right clicking on a cell and selecting the
    <guilabel>Format Cells...</guilabel> menu entry. This will open a
    dialog window with tabs which group together similar types of
    formatting. Clicking on the <guilabel>Font</guilabel> tab allows
    you to change the font family, style, size and colour. For
    instance, if the cell B2 contained the text "Hello, this is my
    first spreadsheet" then you can make this text bigger by
    selecting a larger font size.
  </para>

  <sect2 id="quick-format-simple">
    <title lang="en">Simple Cell Formatting</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Simple changes to the format of a cell include changing the
      alignment of the characters, changing the font type or colour,
      changing the border, and changing the colour or pattern of the
      background.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The <guilabel>Alignment</guilabel>, <guilabel>Font</guilabel>,
      <guilabel>Border</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Background</guilabel>
      tabs are simple to understand simply by playing around with the
      settings and looking at the effect on a cell which contains
      text.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The <guilabel>Protection</guilabel> and
      <guilabel>Validation</guilabel> tabs are advanced functionality
      which you can ignore at the beginning. For explanations of these
      tabs, see the advanced description in <xref linkend="sect-data-format-validation"/>.
      </para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-quick-format-number">
    <title lang="en">Formatting the Display and Entry Data Types</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Cell formats are most difficult to understand when they address
      the type of data stored and the visual display of that
      data. This only arises with the options selected in the
      <guilabel>Number</guilabel> tab of the <guilabel>Format
      Cells</guilabel> dialog. While these ideas are complex, 
      you need to understand them early on as they are fundamental
      to spreadsheet use.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      When you enter data into <application>Gnumeric</application>,
      the spreadsheet interprets the entry based on the input format
      of the cell. The default format of empty cells is the
      <guilabel>General</guilabel> format which instructs
      <application>Gnumeric</application> to guess both the type of
      the data being entered and a suitable display format for that
      data type. However, you can change the <guilabel>General</guilabel>
      format to a specific format in order to alter both the way
      <application>Gnumeric</application> interprets any future data
      input to the cell and the way data in the cell are displayed.
    </para>

    <note>
      <para lang="en">
        Changing the format does not alter the data type of data
        already in a cell but does alter the display format of that
        data. This means that the input format will only affect future
        input whereas the display format will affect both the data
        currently in the cell and any data placed later into the cell.
      </para>
    </note>

    <para lang="en">
      For example, if you enter "12/25/2000" (without the quotes),
      <application>Gnumeric</application> guesses that this is a date
      and stores the value (serial number) 36885. (Usually, the value
      <application>Gnumeric</application> uses for dates is the number
      of days since January 1st, 1900.)
      <footnote>
	<para lang="en">
        For the sake of compatibility with <application>Excel</application>,
	<application>Gnumeric</application> also assigns a serial number to February 29th, 1900 as if 1900 
	had been a leap year even though it was not. So February 28th, 1900 
	has the serial number 59 and March 1st, 1900 the serial number 61. If 
	you try to format the serial number 60 as a date, <application>Gnumeric</application> recognizes 
	that that date does not exist and shows a sequence of # symbols.
	</para>
      </footnote>
      At the same time, <application>Gnumeric</application> changes the
      display format to display this number as a date, with a numeric
      month, day and year, separated by slashes.
    </para>

    <important>
      <para lang="en">
        The order in which the formatting operations occur is
        critical. It is not possible to alter the type of a datum
        currently in a cell by formatting. To alter the interpretation
        of the data type in a cell, formatting must occur
        <emphasis>prior</emphasis> to the entry of the data.
      </para>
    </important>

    <para lang="en">
      It sometimes becomes necessary to override the "General" type if
      <application>Gnumeric</application> is making an incorrect
      assessment of the data being entered. Postal Zip Codes in the
      United States, for instance, are incorrectly interpreted to be
      numbers. Some of these Zip Codes start with a leading zero which
      the "General" format type drops so the user must
      intervene to keep that zero displayed. In order to input these
      Zip Codes, the following steps must be performed. First, the
      cell must be selected. Next, the cell must be formatted to hold
      a "Text" value. This formatting changes both the interpretation
      of any future data entry into this cell and alters the display
      formatting of the cell. Finally, the Zip Code can be
      entered. Following these steps, the data value will be
      considered to be a "Text" value, any leading zeros will be
      retained and the data will be left justified since this is the
      default display format for "Text" values.
    </para>

    <tip>
      <para lang="en">
        If you need to alter the data type of a whole column prior
        to data entry, you can do this in one formatting
        operation.
        You can click the right mouse button on the column header
        (the letters at the top) and select <guilabel>Format 1 Column</guilabel>
        from the context menu, or you can first select the whole column
        by clicking on the column header, then selecting the
        <guimenu>Format</guimenu> menu and the
        <guimenuitem>Cells...</guimenuitem> menu entry. This quick
        approach to pre-formatting cells can be done for any
        group of selected cells.
      </para>
    </tip>

  </sect2>

</sect1>


<sect1 id="quick-complex-select">
    <title lang="en">Complex Cell Selections</title>
  
    <para lang="en">
      Selections can be more complex than a single cell at a
      time. Selections may describe a continuous rectangular block of
      cells, an arbitrary shaped group of cells or even a discontinuous
      group of cells.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The most common way to select a continuous rectangular block of
      cells uses a click and drag mouse motion. You can select the cells 
      in this continuous block by clicking and holding the left
      mouse button down on one of the corner cells (for instance, the
      top, leftmost cell) and dragging the mouse cursor to the
      opposite corner (for instance, the bottom, rightmost cell)
      before releasing. The selection box will expand to include all
      of the cells in this range.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The most common way to select an arbitrary shaped or
      discontinuous group of cells is to hold down the
      <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key while using the mouse to select
      cells.
      If the cell containing the mouse cursor when you click
      is not part of the selection, it is added, as are any other cells
      enclosed in the selection box when the mouse button is released.
      If the cell initially containing the mouse cursor is already
      selected, the click or click-and-drag action instead removes
      all the enclosed cells from the selection.
      As long as you hold the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key down,
      all of the cells included by a click or a click and drag motion
      will be added to or removed from the selection.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      For example, to perform an operation on all the cells in a
      square area except those on its diagonal, begin by clicking
      and dragging to select the square area. Next press and hold
      the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key and click on each of the cells
      on the diagonal, removing them from the selection. You could
      now use <guimenuitem>Format ▶
      Cells ▶ Format...</guimenuitem> to apply a format
      change to all but the diagonal elements of the square area.
    </para>

    <note>
      <para lang="en">
        There are several operations which cannot be performed with
        odd shaped or discontinuous groups of cells.
      </para>
    </note>

    <para lang="en">
      For more information and other ways to select multiple cells,
      see the complete discussion in <xref linkend="sect-data-selections"/>. 
    </para>

</sect1>


<sect1 id="quick-cut-n-paste">
  <title lang="en">Moving Cell Contents, Inserting New Cells or Deleting Cells</title>

  <para lang="en">
    The contents of cells, both data values and formatting, can be
    moved from one part of a spreadsheet to another so that data do
    not have to be re-entered if the spreadsheet is reorganized. New
    cells can be added to a spreadsheet and old cells removed but
    these latter operations cause the layout of the spreadsheet to be
    altered.
  </para>

  <sect2 id="quick-cut-n-paste-movecontents">
    <title lang="en">Moving Cell Contents</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The simplest way to move cell contents around a spreadsheet
      involves selecting a block of cells containing the contents to
      be moved, either "cutting" or "copying" those cells, selecting
      the location where these contents are to be moved and then
      pasting the data.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Moving data can only be performed with a single selection of
      cells which means that only continuous rectangular blocks of
      cells can be moved. This does mean, however, that columns or
      rows can be moved as a unit. By default,
      <application>Gnumeric</application> moves the entire contents of
      the cells including both the data values and the formatting of
      the cells.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Once you have selected a group of cells, they can be "cut" or "copied"
      either using the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu, the toolbar
      buttons (a pair of scissors or two pieces of paper, respectively),
      the right mouse button context menu or keyboard shortcuts
      (<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>X</keycap></keycombo> or
      <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>
      respectively). If cells are "cut" the contents will be removed
      from the current location. If cells are "copied", the contents
      will be duplicated in the new location. These two operations
      treat cell references in formulas slightly differently. If cells
      are "cut", any references in the cells in the new location will
      remain pointed at the original cells. If cells are "copied", the
      references in the cells in the new location will point to cells
      in the same relative position.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      You can select the new location for the cells in two ways. The
      simplest is to select the top, left cell of the new
      location. Alternatively, you can select the whole new range of cells 
      but the shape of this new range must match exactly the
      dimensions of the original range which is more difficult.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Finally you can "paste" the cell contents in the new location
      using either the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu
      <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> menu entry, the toolbar button
      with a clipboard, the context menu
      <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> menu entry or the
      <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>V</keycap></keycombo>
      keyboard shortcut.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      An alternative way to move cells in a current worksheet involves
      dragging and dropping the original selection. You select the cells to be
      moved as above. You then place the mouse cursor on
      the thick white selection border. If you click and hold the left hand
      button, you can drag the selected cells to a new
      location resulting in the same operation as a "cut" and a
      "paste". If you hold down the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key during
      the click and drag of the mouse, the result is the same as a
      "copy" and "paste" operation and can be repeated several times.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Both the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu and the context menu have
      an extra menu entry called <guimenuitem>Paste
      Special...</guimenuitem> which can be used during a cut and
      paste operation to selectively transfer some of the original
      cell contents or to alter the contents in specific ways. This
      option allows the transfer of only the cell contents, only the
      cell formats or only the calculated values of the cells. The
      transferred contents can also be mathematically combined with the
      current contents of cells in the new location. Alternatively,
      the selection can be transposed. See <xref linkend="sect-movecopy-pastespecial"/> for more information on
      the <guimenuitem>Paste Special...</guimenuitem> command.
    </para>


  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="quick-cut-n-paste-insdel">
    <title lang="en">Inserting and Deleting Cells</title>

    <para lang="en">
      A worksheet can also be altered by inserting or by deleting
      cells. These operations actually alter the locations of cells in
      a workbook.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Inserting and deleting columns and rows are easy to
      understand. If you select a group of columns or rows, selecting
      the <guimenuitem>Column</guimenuitem> or
      <guimenuitem>Row</guimenuitem> menu entries in the
      <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu will add the same number of
      columns to the left of the selected columns or of rows above the
      selected rows. You can also use the context menu for the insert
      operation. The context menu can be used to delete the currently
      selected columns or rows.
    </para>

    <warning>
      <para lang="en">
        Insert operations can result in the loss of data if the last
        columns or rows currently contain information.
      </para>
    </warning>

    <para lang="en">
      Individual cells or contiguous rectangular blocks of cells can
      also be inserted and deleted. During this operation, you are
      asked which way to shift the current cells to allow the
      insertion or deletion of the selected cells. The movement can be
      along the rows or along the columns and will result in the
      relative movement of cells which were previously
      contiguous. This shift is the fundamental difference between
      insert and delete operations compared to cut or copy and paste
      operations.
    </para>

  </sect2>

</sect1>






<sect1 id="quick-sheets">
  <title lang="en">Sheets</title>

  <para lang="en">
    The worksheets in a workbook can be altered in several ways. The
    name of a particular worksheet can be altered. New sheets can be
    added. A current sheet can be duplicated or removed. The sheets
    can be reordered. Other sheets operations can alter the colour of
    the tabs or change the "protection" status of a worksheet to allow
    cells to be locked or hidden.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    To change the name of a worksheet, right-click on its tab to
    access the Worksheets context menu and select <guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem>.
    Edit the New Name field and click on OK to set the new worksheet name.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    You can insert a new empty sheet after the current sheet through
    the <guimenuitem>Sheet</guimenuitem> menu entry in the
    <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu or through the context menu which
    appears when you click the right mouse button on a tab.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Instead of an empty sheet, you can add a copy of the current worksheet 
    to the workbook after the current sheet by selecting the
    <guimenuitem>Duplicate</guimenuitem> menu entry from
    the context menu.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    You can remove the current sheet using the <guimenuitem>Remove</guimenuitem>
    menu entry from the context
    menu. 
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    You can re-order worksheets from the <guilabel>Manage Sheets</guilabel> dialog.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Many of these operations can be performed at once from the
    <guilabel>Manage Sheets</guilabel> dialog which can be opened
    through the <guimenuitem>Manage Sheets...</guimenuitem> menu entry
    in either the <guisubmenu>Sheet</guisubmenu> submenu in the
    <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu or in the sheet tab's context
    menu.
<!-- TODO: add an xref to the 'Manage Sheets' dialog.
    For more information on this dialog, see <xref
    linkend="" />.
-->
  </para>


</sect1>	





<sect1 id="quick-graphing">
  <title lang="en">Graphing</title>

  <para lang="en">
    A major function of moderns spreadsheets is to provide a quick and
    easy way to plot numerical data in graphical charts of various
    kinds. The use of graphs provides users a way to explore data to
    discover relationships and trends in the data values. Graphs also
    provide an effective way to present data so as to demonstrate
    relationships in the data and summarize large amounts of data in
    an effective image. In <application>Gnumeric</application>, both
    of these can be done easily and efficiently. Information on the
    creation of graphical displays of data is
    presented in greater detail in <xref linkend="chapter-graphics"/>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    When graphs are used to explore data, the aim is usually to
    produce a plot quickly with a minimum of effort. These plots are
    not designed to look polished but must present the required
    information as quickly as possible. To produce these graphs, users
    must learn a simple series of operations which will produce the
    desired plots. For speed, the most critical operation involves
    selecting the cells on the spreadsheet which will be used as data
    <emphasis>before</emphasis> starting the graphing process.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Graphs which are used to present data must be carefully crafted to
    communicate effectively. Clarity of communication is the critical
    factor and the plot may include a large amount of work to ensure
    that the visual result of the plot helps to communicate the
    desired result.
    <tip>
      <para lang="en">
        The use of a graph may not be the best way to communicate
        information. A verbal explanation or a simple table are often
        sufficient and, because they are more compact, may be more
        effective ways to communicate.
      </para>
    </tip>
    <application>Gnumeric</application> includes a large number of
    features which allow users to craft the look of a particular graph
    to maximize the effectiveness of the presentation. In
    <application>Gnumeric</application>, it is possible to change the
    fonts, modify the borders of each element, add patterns and images
    to backgrounds, add patterns to plot elements and configure the
    graph in multiple ways. These features will be explained in detail
    below.
    <tip>
      <para lang="en">
        Graphs which use a large number of the graphical features
        available in <application>Gnumeric</application> often appear
        cluttered. The visual richness of such images can often
        obscure the message contained in the presentation of the
        data. Sparse, elegant and direct graphs will communicate
        results most effectively.
      </para>
    </tip>
  </para>

  <sect2 id="quick-graphing-anExample">
    <title lang="en">A Simple Graphing Example</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This section will introduce the process of creating a graph
      by presenting an example of a side-by-side column plot.
    </para>

    <sect3 id="quick-graphing-anExample-data">
    <title lang="en">Data for the examples.</title>
    <para lang="en">
      Because a graph requires data, it is first necessary to create
      some simple data to use in these examples. First we have to
      input these data into a worksheet. The data used are shown in
      <xref linkend="fig-quick-graph-dataPic"/>. For clarity in this
      discussion, the word "Interval" should be in cell A1.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-quick-graph-dataPic">
      <title lang="en">Gnumeric with the data used in this example.</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject>
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/example-data.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <para lang="en">
              This screenshot depicts Gnumeric with the data used in the
              two example graphs.
            </para>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="quick-graphing-anExample-plot">
      <title lang="en">Making the Column Plot </title>

      <para lang="en">
        A column plot presents a series of data points as columns
        whose height depends on the value of each datum. This is a
        useful type of plot to show the number of eggs produced in
        each interval.
      </para>

      <procedure>
        <title lang="en">Making a Column Plot</title>

        <step>
          <para lang="en">
            The quickest way to make a plot starts with the selection
            of the data. Using the mouse, first select the range A1:C5
            which includes the data both for the number of Eggs and
            for the number of Females.
          </para>
        </step>

        <step>
          <para lang="en">
            Next, click on the graphing toolbar button
              <inlinemediaobject>
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/button-graph.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <para lang="en">
                    This image shows the toolbar graphing button.
                  </para>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
             which looks like three colored pillars. This launches a
             new window called the graph guru.
          </para>
        </step>

        <step>
          <para lang="en">
            Next, click on the word "Column" next to the icon with
            vertical colored bars
              <inlinemediaobject>
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/example-columnSelect.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <para lang="en">
                    This image shows the "column" plot type after it
                    has been selected.
                  </para>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
            which will move the selection to that row.
          </para>
        </step>

        <step>
<!--TODO: update button label from "OK" to "Graph"-->
          <para lang="en">
            Click on the "Insert" button. This will make the druid
            disappear and leave the mouse cursor as a thin cross hair.
          </para>
        </step>

        <step>
          <para lang="en">
            Finally, we will place and size the graph on a
            sheet. Click on the sheet and drag downward and to the
            right. As the mouse is dragged, a rectangle will
            expand. When the mouse button is released, a simple column
            chart should appear.
          </para>
        </step>
       
      </procedure>

      <para lang="en">
        The simple graph should look like <xref linkend="fig-quick-graph-colGraph"/>.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-quick-graph-colGraph">
        <title lang="en">The Simple Graph with a Column Plot.</title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/example-colGraph.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <para lang="en">
                This screenshot depicts the simple graph with a single
                chart containing a column plot.
              </para>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="quick-graphing-anExample-simple">
      <title lang="en">Modifying the Simple Graph</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The graph can be customized with titles, extra charts,
        overlaid plots, label boxes and lots of extra information. To
        customize the graph, right click on the plot to open the graph
        custom menu. The graph context menu will appear as shown in
        <xref linkend="fig-quick-graph-contextMenu"/>.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-quick-graph-contextMenu">
        <title lang="en">The context menu which appears on a graph object.</title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-context-graph.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <para lang="en">
                This screenshot depicts the context menu applicable
                to graphs.
              </para>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        This menu provides access to several functions. Users can
        customize the appearance of graphs by selecting the
        <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item, can save the
        graph into PNG or SVG formats using the <guimenuitem>Save as
        image</guimenuitem> menu item, can reorder the various
        graphical elements displayed in the worksheet using the
        <guimenuitem>Top</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Up</guimenuitem>,
        <guimenuitem>Down</guimenuitem>, and
        <guimenuitem>Bottom</guimenuitem> menu items or can delete
        graphical elements with the <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem>
        menu item.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        If we wanted to add a title and a legend to the graph, we
        could use the <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item
        to open the graph editor and customize the graph as follows:
      </para>

      <procedure>
        <title lang="en">Adding a title and legend to the simple graph</title>

        <step>
          <para lang="en">
            Right click on the graph to open the context menu
            and select the <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu
            item. This will open the graph editor.
          </para>
        </step>

        <step>
          <para lang="en">
            The graph editor opens with the top-level "Graph" entry
            selected in the element tree displayed in the top left
            pane of the editor. The top right pane of the editor
            displays a preview of the eventual graph. The bottom pane
            of the editor has a single or several tabs presenting the
            elements which can be modified for the particular item
            selected in the element tree. Click and hold on the
            <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button
              <inlinemediaobject>
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/button-graphEditor-add.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <para lang="en">
                    This image shows the <guibutton>Add</guibutton>
                    button in the graph editor.
                  </para>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
            to open the menu of elements addable to a graph. Note that
            this menu changes depending on the element selected in the
            element tree when the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> is
            clicked. Drag the mouse cursor down until the selection
            highlights the "Title" entry and release the mouse
            button. This will add a "Title" node in the graph element
            tree and change the selection to this "Title" node. The
            bottom pane of the graph editor will also change to
            display the modifiable characteristics of the "Title"
            element.
          </para>
        </step>

        <step>
          <para lang="en">
            In the text field of the tab displayed in the bottom pane
            of the graph editor, add a title such as "Egg Production
            and Female Productivity" and type the
            <keycap>Enter</keycap> key. Note that the title appears at
            the top of the graph in the preview pane.
          </para>
        </step>

        <step>
          <para lang="en">
            In the graph tree, select the node labelled
            "Chart1". Next, click and hold on the add button, drag
            down to the <guimenuitem>Legend</guimenuitem> menu item
            and release. Note that this adds a legend on the right of
            the graph in the preview pane.
          </para>
        </step>

        <step>
          <para lang="en">
            Click on the "Apply" button. The plot should now have a title
            and a legend. Note that
            <application>Gnumeric</application> has used the words in
            the column headers automatically to label the two data
            series in the legend.
          </para>
        </step>
       
      </procedure>
      <para lang="en">
        The modified graph should look like <xref linkend="fig-quick-graph-colGraph-modified"/>.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-quick-graph-colGraph-modified">
        <title lang="en">The Modified Column Graph.</title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/example-colGraph-modified.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <para lang="en">
                This screenshot depicts the example column graph with
                a title and a legend.
              </para>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>

    </sect3>

  </sect2>    

</sect1>


<sect1 id="quick-printing">
  <title lang="en">Printing</title>

  <para lang="en">
    Printing in <application>Gnumeric</application> is quite simple
    and similar to other GNOME applications. Printing can be done
    using the toolbar buttons or can be accessed through the
    <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. Printing usually involves
    configuring the page properties (like the paper type and margins),
    then previewing the document to be printed and finally actually
    printing the document.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    In order to configure a worksheet for printing several parameters
    must be set such as the correct size of the paper sheet, the
    layout of the spreadsheet, headers and footers and such
    information. These parameters can be set once for all of the
    worksheets in a file or separately for each worksheet. The
    <guimenuitem>Page Setup...</guimenuitem> menu entry invokes a
    dialog through which to alter the printing parameters.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The <guimenuitem>Print Preview...</guimenuitem> menu item or
    toolbar button will open a window which shows what will be printed
    with the current configuration. By default, printing only applies
    to the current worksheet but this can be changed in the print
    dialog explained next.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The <guimenuitem>Print...</guimenuitem> menu item or toolbar
    button will open a dialog which allows the user to select whether
    to print to a printer or to a PostScript or PDF file. Various
    printers can be selected and the parameters of the job, such as
    whether to print all the worksheets or only the currently selected
    worksheet, can be altered. Clicking on the
    <guibutton>Print</guibutton> button will perform the printing
    task.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Printing is explained in greater detail in <xref linkend="chapter-printing"/>.
  </para>



</sect1>



<sect1 id="quick-files">
  <title lang="en">File Opening and Saving</title>

  <para lang="en">
    When you first start <application>Gnumeric</application> a new
    workbook will be opened.  To save this workbook into a file, click
    on <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As
    … </guimenuitem></menuchoice>.  This brings up the file
    dialog where you can pick the filename and format for the book you
    are saving.  It is best to save the book in the <guilabel>Gnumeric
    XML file format</guilabel> the first time.  This allows you to
    easily edit the file without worrying about changes in the format
    and look of the book.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Once the file has a name and a file format, saving subsequent
    changes can be done easily either through the
    <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, through the toolbar or through a
    keyboard shortcut. Saving with the menu requires selecting the
    <guimenu>File</guimenu> and then the <guimenuitem>Save
    </guimenuitem> menu item. Saving with the toolbar simply requires
    clicking on 
	<inlinemediaobject>
	  <imageobject>
		<imagedata fileref="figures/button-save.png" format="PNG"/>
	  </imageobject>
	  <textobject>
		<phrase>The "Save File" button</phrase>
	  </textobject>
	</inlinemediaobject>
    in the tool bar. Finally saving with a keyboard shortcut simply
    requires typing
    <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>.
  </para>

    
  <para lang="en">
    Sometimes you want your book to be saved often so you do not lose
    any work. To save the book at intervals click on
    <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Auto Save
    …</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.  The <interface> Auto
    Save</interface> dialog appears.
	<figure id="fig-dialog-autosave">
	  <title lang="en">Auto Save dialog</title>
	  <screenshot>
	    <mediaobject lang="en">
	      <imageobject>
		<imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-autosave.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
		<phrase>The autosave dialog box.</phrase>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
	</figure>
    Click on the <guibutton>Automatic Save Every</guibutton> button
    and enter the number of minutes will pass between each save.  When
    the interval is shorter more of your work will be potentially
    saved, but <application>Gnumeric</application> might appear
    sluggish.  If <application>Gnumeric</application> is sluggish
    increase the time between saves.  The button <guibutton>Prompt
    Before Saving</guibutton> brings up a dialog to ask if you want to
    save the book.
  </para>

  <warning>
    <para lang="en">
      Using the automatic saving feature of
      <application>Gnumeric</application> can save time but is
      dangerous. <application>Gnumeric</application> does not create a
      new file each time a file is saved but instead
      <application>Gnumeric</application> modifies the existing file
      which destroys the previous work. In certain situations, this
      feature can lead to the loss of possibly important work. Users
      are highly recommended to backup their work by copying the
      original file to a new name or by saving files to newly named
      files.
    </para>
  </warning>

  <para lang="en">
    An existing spreadsheet file can be opened in several ways. If the
    file has an icon on the desktop, this icon can be clicked or
    double-clicked with the mouse button. Similarly, if a file
    manager, such as the <application>Nautilus</application> file
    manager, lists the file, then the file name can be clicked and
    opened. If <application>Gnumeric</application> is already opened,
    a file can be opened by clicking on the <guimenu>File</guimenu>
    and selecting the <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem> menu
    item. Alternatively, the "Open file" button on the toolbar,
	<inlinemediaobject>
	  <imageobject>
		<imagedata fileref="figures/button-open.png" format="PNG"/>
	  </imageobject>
	  <textobject>
		<phrase>An image of the "Open File" button.</phrase>
	  </textobject>
	</inlinemediaobject>, 
    can be used or the <keycap>F3</keycap> key clicked.  All three of
    these open the <interface>Open File</interface> dialog.  You can
    then select the spreadsheet file you wish to open.
    <application>Gnumeric</application> can open many different types
    of spreadsheet file formats.
  </para>

  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      If the file has recently been opened in
      <application>Gnumeric</application>, the file name will appear
      in the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu and can simply be clicked to
      re-open the file.
    </para>
  </note>

</sect1>



<sect1 id="quick-closing-gnumeric">
  <title lang="en">Closing Gnumeric</title>

  <para lang="en">
    There are several ways to close
    <application>Gnumeric</application>. The simplest is to select the
    <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu and then the
    <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> menu option at the bottom of the
    <guimenu>File</guimenu>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> can also be closed through the
    window manager by clicking on a close box in the window frame or
    through a pop-up menu. The placement of the box and the invocation
    of the menu depend on the particular window manager and the theme
    being used. If the GNOME panel is running the window list applet,
    clicking with the right mouse button opens a context menu with a
    <guimenuitem>Close</guimenuitem> which can be used to close
    <application>Gnumeric</application>.
  </para>

  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      If any changes have been made to the workbook since the last
      time it was saved, a dialog will open to ask what is supposed to
      happen to the contents of the workbook. At this point the
      contents of the workbook can be saved (Save), the request to
      close gnumeric can be cancelled (Don't Quit) or the most recent
      changes can be discarded (Discard). If the user decides to save
      the content, a second dialog may open requesting a file name,
      location and type for the saved workbook.
    </para>
  </note>

  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      To delete files that were created by <application>Gnumeric</application>
      any graphical file manager (such as the GNOME file manager
      <application>Nautilus</application>) or the shell command
      <command>rm</command> can be used. 
    </para>
  </note>

</sect1>



  </chapter>


<!-- TODO: elements- Split each <sect1> into a separate file. Update. -->
  <chapter id="chapter-gui-elements">
    <title lang="en">Gnumeric Elements</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This chapter describes all of the pieces of
      <application>Gnumeric</application> which a user can
      manipulate. The chapter provides explanations for each of the
      menus, menu entries, toolbar buttons and other elements of the
      graphical user interface.
    </para>

    <sect1 id="sect-gui-overview">
  <title lang="en">Overview</title>

<!-- TODO: add section on "druids" graph/textopen/textsave. -->
<!-- TODO: add section with "dialogs" filein/fileout/sheet/function/preferences/properties... -->
  <para lang="en">
    This part of the <application>Gnumeric</application> manual
    explains the pieces of the software that users can manipulate. The
    menus, the toolbars and the cell grid area comprise what is called
    the graphical user interface of an application because it is an
    interface --- a way to interact with Gnumeric --- which is made of
    graphical elements --- pictures --- designed to be used by human
    users.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> opens by default with a view
    of an empty workbook which is called "Book 1" and which contains
    three worksheets: "Sheet1", "Sheet2", and "Sheet3" as can be seen
    in <xref linkend="fig-gui-overview-gnumeric-labelled"/>. The
    outermost portion of the window is not actually part of
    <application>Gnumeric</application> and may look different on
    different machines. <application>Gnumeric</application> attempts
    to place its name and the name of the workbook on this outer
    portion.
  </para>
  
  <para lang="en">
    The majority of spreadsheet work is done while interacting with
    this view of <application>Gnumeric</application>. All of the
    functions which <application>Gnumeric</application> provides can
    be accessed quickly from here. The graphic elements of
    <application>Gnumeric</application> are made of several
    independent pieces.  <xref linkend="fig-gui-overview-gnumeric-labelled"/> shows a newly
    opened, empty Gnumeric with the principle elements labelled.
  </para>

  <figure id="fig-gui-overview-gnumeric-labelled">
    <title lang="en">The Gnumeric worksheet elements</title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata fileref="figures/gnumeric-labelled.png" format="PNG"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    The elements names are listed below along with a reference to
    the section that discusses that element. Those reading this document
    on their computers may be able to click on the references to jump to
    that section of the manual.
  </para>
  
  <variablelist>
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis>
	  The menubar
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">The menubar provides access to the core
	  functions of GNOME. Almost everything that can
	  be done in <application>Gnumeric</application>
	  can be done through the menus. The menus and
	  menubar are discussed in <xref linkend="sect-gui-menus"/>. </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis>
	  The standard toolbar
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  The standard toolbar provides shortcuts for the most used
	  items in the menus. The toolbars are discussed in <xref linkend="sect-gui-toolbars"/> and this toolbar in particular in
	  <xref linkend="std-toolbar"/>.
	</para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">3</emphasis>
	    The format toolbar
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  The format toolbar changes the display properties of data in
	  the workbook. It is presented in <xref linkend="fmt-toolbar"/>, part of the general discussion of toolbars of <xref linkend="sect-gui-toolbars"/>.
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
   
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">4</emphasis>
	  The object toolbar
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">This toolbar enables the user to draw graphic elements
	on the sheet, such as text labels, big red circles or thin
	green arrows. These can be used to bring attention to a
	particular part of a worksheet. The object toolbar is
	explained in <xref linkend="obj-toolbar"/> in the <xref linkend="sect-gui-toolbars"/> portion of the manual.</para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">5</emphasis>
	    The data entry area
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">The data entry area is useful for the
	  modification of complex formulas. It is discussed in
	  <xref linkend="data-entry"/>. </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
      
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">6</emphasis>
	  The cell grid area
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">The cell area lies in the middle of all the rest. The
	cell area includes the row and column labels, the scrollbars
	and the tabs below. The use of these elements is explained in
	<xref linkend="cell-grid"/>.</para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">7</emphasis>
	  The information area
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">This area is used by
	  <application>Gnumeric</application> to give
	  feedback on the status of certain
	  operations. This information is explained in
	  <xref linkend="info-area"/>. </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    
  </variablelist>
  
  <para lang="en">
    The next chapters will explain each of these elements. <xref linkend="sect-gui-menus"/> will explain the menus, <xref linkend="sect-gui-toolbars"/> will explain the toolbars, <xref linkend="data-entry"/> will explain the data entry area, <xref linkend="cell-grid"/> will explain the cell grid area, and <xref linkend="info-area"/> will explain the information area.
  </para>
  
        <!-- A few of these functions are complicated (and powerful) so
	they are explained in larger sections later in the manual. The next
	section gives references to those detailled so that readers looking
	for advanced information can skip to those sections directly. -->



</sect1>
 




    <sect1 id="sect-gui-menus">
  <title lang="en">Menus</title>

<!-- TODO: add explanation of how to use a menu. -->
<!-- TODO: go over sub-menus and treat consistently. -->
<!-- TODO: add xref to each menu entry for other section of the manual. -->

  <para lang="en">
    This section of the manual describes the use of the menubar and
    the menus themselves. It then explains each entry in every
    <application>Gnumeric</application> menu, submenu or context menu.
  </para>

  <sect2 id="menu-nav">
    <title lang="en">Using Menus</title>    

  <para lang="en">
    A menu is a graphical element within a program which appears with
    a list of options. For instance, almost all applications have a
    <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu through which the user can access the
    computer's filesystem to open or save their work. The main menus
    are on the menubar. The use of these menus is discussed in <xref linkend="menu-bars"/>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> also uses context menus to
    give users a quick way to access certain commands. The context
    menu will open up right under the mouse pointer when one of the
    secondary mouse buttons, usually the rightmost, is clicked. This
    menu is called a context menu because the entries in the menu are
    different depending on the location of the mouse pointer. The
    <guilabel>context</guilabel> menus are discussed in <xref linkend="context-menu"/>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Both the main menus, on the menubar, and context menus may have
    submenus. A submenu is indicated by a small right-pointing
    arrow. To access a submenu, move the pointer
    down to the submenu entry. When the submenu opens, 
    move the pointer directly across into the submenu.
    When there is not enough room to the right
    of the currently open menu, submenus may open to the
    left. Note that the submenu will
    close if the mouse pointer moves into any other menu entry.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    You can also use the keyboard to navigate menus and submenus.
    See <xref linkend="menu-bars"/> to access the main menus using the keyboard.
    Once a menu is displayed, menu entries can be highlighted by pressing the
    down and up arrow keys. When a submenu opens, pressing the right
    arrow key moves the highlight to the first entry of the submenu. When
    a submenu entry is highlighted, pressing the left arrow key removes
    the highlight from the submenu. Pressing the space bar or the <keycap>Enter</keycap>
    key activates the highlighted menu entry.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Menu entries ending with an ellipsis (three dots) open a dialog window which
    asks for more choices.
  </para>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="menu-bars">
    <title lang="en">Menubar</title>    

    <para lang="en">
      The default location of the menubar is at the top of the
      application window.  The menus provide quick and organized access
      to all major commands such as opening files, saving files,
      printing and quitting the application.
    </para>

    <figure id="menubar.png">
    <title lang="en">The Gnumeric menubar.</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menubar.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the <application>Gnumeric</application> menubar.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
    </figure>


    <para lang="en">
      To open a <application>Gnumeric</application> menu, click on the name of the menu in the menu bar.
      Once clicked, the menu will stay open.
      If the mouse pointer is moved to the name of another menu on the
      menubar, the first menu will close and the new menu open up. This is a useful way
      to look in each menu to hunt for a commands. Menus can also be
      opened through the keyboard.
      Pressing and holding the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key causes 
      one of the letters in each menu name to be underlined.
      Press-and-hold <keycap>Alt</keycap> and press the underlined letter
      to open the associated menu.
      Using the keyboard for menu activation or navigation causes
      a letter of each menu or submenu item label to be underlined.
      Press that letter key to activate the menu item.
      Once a menu is open, the arrow keys can be used to move between
      menus or select an entry in a particular menu.
      To close an open menu, click over any other area of the application
      or of the desktop or press the Escape key, <keysym>Esc</keysym>.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Many menu entries are followed by a series of key names. These
      keys can be used to perform the menu action without having to
      open the menu.  These are often combinations of keys involving
      the control key which is labeled as <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, the
      shift key which is labeled <keycap>Shift</keycap> and the
      function keys which are labeled with an <keycap>F</keycap> and
      then a number. For example, to quickly cut a selection
      (accessible through the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu), the user
      can make a selection and then type the control key and the "x"
      key at the same time.
    </para>

  </sect2>




  <!-- ************************  FILE MENU   *************************** -->
  <sect2 id="File-Menu">
    <title lang="en">File Menu</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu is the most important menu in
      <application>Gnumeric</application> because it gives the user
      the ability to interact with the computer operating system. This
      menu allows the user to create files containing all the work
      they have done. It also enables users to print the results of
      their work. Finally, the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu is the
      best way to close <application>Gnumeric</application>.
    </para>

    <figure id="menu-file-labelled.png">
      <title lang="en">The <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu.</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-file-labelled.png"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>An image of the File menu.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      The menu choices are grouped into the following groups:
    </para>


    <para>
      <variablelist>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis>
	    Workbook creation operations.
	</term>

	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">These menu items perform operations on files. Each item is
	  presented below. File operations are critical and are therefore
	  discussed in their own section latter in this manual in <xref linkend="chapter-files"/>. </para>
	 <itemizedlist>

      	    <listitem>
     	      <para lang="en">
     	        <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> — Create a new
                workbook. This opens a new workbook in a new
                window. By default the workbook will be named "Book1"
                or another number if there is already a worksheet with
                that name open. Note that the opened file has not yet
                been saved.
     	      </para>
     	    </listitem>

      	    <listitem>
     	      <para lang="en">
     	        <guimenuitem>New From Template</guimenuitem> — This 
                menu item brings up a submenu from which a template can be selected.
                Rather than creating a new empty workbook, the template 
                specifies some standard content. The new workbook is opened in a new
                window. The name named of the workbook is determined by the name
                of the template. Note that the opened file has not yet
                been saved.
     	      </para>
     	    </listitem>

     	    <listitem>
     	      <para lang="en">
     	        <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem> — The
	        <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem> menu item opens the
	        file chooser dialog to allow the user to pick an
	        existing workbook for <application>Gnumeric</application> to open. Files in many
	        different spreadsheet formats can be opened.
		To open files in  a non-spreadsheet format,
		use the <guimenuitem>Data</guimenuitem> menu described in
		<xref linkend="Data-Menu"/>. See <xref linkend="sect-file-formats"/> for details.  The
	        <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem> menu item creates a
	        new window containing the selected file.  A more
	        extensive discussion is presented in <xref linkend="sect-file-open"/>.
      	      </para>
     	    </listitem>

          </itemizedlist>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis>
	    File creation operations.
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <itemizedlist>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> — The
		<guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> menu item saves the
		current worksheet. If the file has been named and
		saved before, this will silently save the file to the
		current filename. If it has not been saved before,
		this will act as if the <guimenuitem>Save
		As...</guimenuitem> menu item had been called and
		prompt the user for a filename.
              </para>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem>Save As...</guimenuitem> — The
		<guimenuitem>Save As...</guimenuitem> menu item allows
		users to save a file which has not yet been named to a
		named file. This is always used when a user saves a
		file which <application>Gnumeric</application> has named by default.  This menu
		item can also be used to save a newly created file or
		to save an existing file to a new and different
		name. To export data from <application>Gnumeric</application> to a non-spreadsheet format,
		use the <guimenuitem>Data</guimenuitem> menu described in
		<xref linkend="Data-Menu"/>. 
		For an explanation of the file formats which
		<application>Gnumeric</application> supports see <xref linkend="sect-file-save"/>.
              </para>
            </listitem>
          </itemizedlist>
        </listitem>

      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">3</emphasis>
	    Printing operations.
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    These menu items enable
	    <application>Gnumeric</application> to print. Each item is
	    presented below and printing issues are discussed fully in
	    <xref linkend="chapter-printing"/>.
          </para>
	  
	 <itemizedlist>
 	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
 	        <guimenuitem>Page Setup...</guimenuitem> — The
                <guimenuitem>Page Setup...</guimenuitem> menu item
                call the <guilabel>Page Setup</guilabel> dialog. This
                dialog allows the user to set various printing options
                such as paper type, margin sizes and running header
                and footer formats. This dialog is explained in detail
                in <xref linkend="sect-printing-setup"/>.
  	       </para>
  	      </listitem>

 	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
 	        <guimenuitem>Print Area</guimenuitem> — The
                <guimenuitem>Print Area</guimenuitem> menu item
                opens the submenu shown in <xref linkend="menu-file-printarea.png"/>.
                The items in this submenu allow the print area to be set, 
                shown or cleared; and manual page breaks to be set or cleared. 
		The print area of a sheet is that range 
                of the sheet that should be printed. Items outside of the
                print area are usually omitted when printing. When printing
		<application>Gnumeric</application> will usually choose the appropriate page breaks. Manual
		page breaks can be used to force <application>Gnumeric</application> to insert a page break 
		prematurely.
  	       </para>
    <figure id="menu-file-printarea.png">
      <title lang="en">The <guimenu>Print Area</guimenu> submenu.</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-file-printarea.png"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>An image of the Print Area submenu.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
  	      </listitem>
  	      <listitem>
   	      <para lang="en">
   	        <guimenuitem>Print...</guimenuitem> — The
		<guimenuitem>Print...</guimenuitem> menu item allows a
		user to print one or all of the worksheets in a
		workbook. <application>Gnumeric</application> can send files directly to a
		printer or can print to PostScript or portable
		document format files. The <guilabel>Print</guilabel>
		dialog is explained further in <xref linkend="sect-printing"/>.
         </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
         <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem>Print Preview...</guimenuitem> — The
		<guimenuitem>Print Preview...</guimenuitem> menu item
		calls a dialog which presents the current workbook as
		it would be printed with the current <guilabel>Page
		Setup</guilabel> settings. The dialog also permits the
		user to print. This dialog is explained in <xref linkend="sect-printing-preview"/>.
         </para>
        </listitem>

		   
		</itemizedlist>
		
      </listitem>


	
      </varlistentry>



	<!-- summary -->
      <varlistentry>
		<term lang="en">
		  <emphasis role="bold">4</emphasis>
	  Miscellaneous Operations.
	</term>
	<listitem>
	 <itemizedlist>
 	   <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">

 	         <guimenuitem>Send To...</guimenuitem> — The
	         <guimenuitem>Send To...</guimenuitem> menu item call
	         the <guilabel>Send To</guilabel> dialog. This dialog
	         allows the user to send a <application>Gnumeric</application> workbook as an
	         attachment to an email message. This dialog is
	         explained in detail in <xref linkend="sect-files-email"/>.
	  </para> 
	  </listitem>
	  <listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    <guimenuitem>Document Properties...</guimenuitem> — The
	    <guimenuitem>Document Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item calls
	    the <guilabel>Document Properties</guilabel> dialog, a 
        dialog with several tabs that allow many document specific
        settings to be adjusted. The dialog is described in detail in
        <xref linkend="chapter-workbooks"/>.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
	 </itemizedlist>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

	<!-- recent files -->
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
          <emphasis role="bold">5</emphasis>
	  Recently used files.
	</term>
	<listitem>
        <itemizedlist>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The first three menu entries in this section are shortcuts to 
        re-open recently used
	    files.  The list will change dynamically as new workbooks
	    are opened and created.  Clicking on a file name listed
	    here is the same as using the
	    <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem> menu entry and finding the
	    file in the <guilabel>Find File</guilabel> dialog. Note
	    that if the file has been moved since
	    <application>Gnumeric</application> last saved it,
	    <application>Gnumeric</application> will not find the
	    file. To access any recent file not listed, one can use the
	    <guimenuitem>Full History...</guimenuitem> menu item below.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
	  <listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    <guimenuitem>Full History...</guimenuitem> — The
	    <guimenuitem>Full History...</guimenuitem> menu item opens a dialog
        that shows all recently used files.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
	 </itemizedlist>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      
      
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
          <emphasis role="bold">6</emphasis>
          The Close and Quit operations.
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    These menu items either close the current worksheet,
	    <guimenuitem>Close</guimenuitem>, or close all open
	    worksheets, <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem>. <application>Gnumeric</application> will
	    prompt the user with a <guilabel>Save
	    Workbook..</guilabel> dialog for any workbooks that have
	    been changed since the last time they were opened or
	    saved.
	  </para>
	  
	  <itemizedlist>
      	    <listitem>
     	      <para lang="en">
     	       <guimenuitem>Close</guimenuitem> — The
	       <guimenuitem>Close</guimenuitem> menu item allows the
	       user to close the current workbook. If this is the only
	       workbook which this instance of
	       <application>Gnumeric</application> has open, the close
	       operation will also quit
	       <application>Gnumeric</application>. If other workbooks
	       are open, this workbook will close without affecting
	       the others.  If the workbook has unsaved changes,
	       <application>Gnumeric</application> will ask the user
	       if he wants to save the file.
     	      </para>
     	   </listitem>

      	    <listitem>
     	      <para lang="en">

     	       <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> — The
	       <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> menu item will close
	       all the workbooks currently being used by
	       <application>Gnumeric</application> and quit the
	       program. <application>Gnumeric</application> will
	       prompt the user asking if he wants to save any
	       workbooks which has changes which have not been saved.

     	      </para>
     	   </listitem>
		   
		</itemizedlist> 
	  </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
	  
      </variablelist>
    </para>		

  </sect2>


  <!--  ******************************** EDIT MENU    ******************** -->
  <sect2 id="Edit-Menu">
    <title lang="en">Edit Menu</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu is mostly used for operations
      on a worksheet or between worksheets. This menu gives users
      powerful editing operations such as the ability to undo recent
      changes, the ability to cut and paste selections of cells and
      the ability to search for specific cell contents.
    </para>
		
    <figure id="menu-edit-labelled.png">
		    <title lang="en">The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu.</title>
		    <screenshot>
		      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-edit-labelled.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the Edit menu.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
		    </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      The menu choices are grouped into the following groups:
    </para>



  <variablelist>
    
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis>
	  Change History.
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  These menu items allow the user to remove recent changes to
	  a worksheet or re-introduce changes which have been
	  undone. These options give the user control over recent
	  edits. This functionality is often called the "change
	  history" of an application. </para>
	
	<para lang="en">
	  The type of edit has no importance. An edit which deletes
	  the contents of a cell is treated in the same way as an edit
	  which adds contents to a cell. The change history is session
	  specific. The user will not be able to undo changes through
	  the change history if the file is saved and then
	  re-opened. Note also that the list only covers the last few
	  dozen operations. The number of operations which <application>Gnumeric</application>
	  tracks in its history depends on the size and complexity of
	  those operations. You can customize this number using the preference
	  facility described in <xref linkend="chapter-configuring"/>. 
	  There are a few unusual operations which
	  are not yet tracked in this way.
	</para>
	<itemizedlist>
	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en">
	      <guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem> — The
	      <guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem> menu item is used to
	      remove the last few edits from a workbook. The edits
	      must be undone in order. This menu item removes only the
	      last edit from the workbook. The user can also access
	      the undo list through one of the toolbar buttons and its
	      associated menu.  With this menu, the user can undo
	      several operations at once. This is explained in section
	      <xref linkend="std-toolbar"/>.  </para> </listitem>
	  
	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en">
	      <guimenuitem>Redo</guimenuitem> — The
	      <guimenuitem>Redo</guimenuitem> menu item is used after
	      an undo operation to restore the change that was undone.
	      The menu item only restores the last undone
	      operation. Users can also restore edit using a button on
	      the standard toolbar and through the associated
	      menu. The menu allows several operations to be redone at
	      once. It is explained in <xref linkend="std-toolbar"/>.
	    </para>
	  </listitem>
	</itemizedlist>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    
    
    
    
    <!-- Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Special... -->
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
	<emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis>
	  Operations on selected areas.
      </term>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	These menu items enable selected cell contents to be moved
	around a spreadsheet, moved between worksheets or between
	workbooks. Selections are areas of the spreadsheet that have
	been chosen, usually with the mouse, and are usually colored
	pale blue. Selections are explained in greater detail in <xref linkend="sect-data-selections"/>.
	<application>Gnumeric</application> currently only allows
	single range selections for these operations.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  To use these menu items, the user must first select the range
	  of the cut or copy area. When the user then picks these
	  menu items, the contents of the selected areas will be
	  entered into the <application>Gnumeric</application>
	  clipboard and into the X clipboard. The
	  contents of the <application>Gnumeric</application>
	  clipboard can then be inserted into a new region of the
	  spreadsheet, into another worksheet or into a new
	  workbook. The X clipboard holds the space delimited results
	  of each cell: either the text or the result of any
	  calculation. The X clipboard can be pasted into any text
	  area.
	</para>

        <itemizedlist>
	  <listitem>

	    <para lang="en">
	      <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem> — The
	      <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem> menu item is used to
	      remove a selection from the selected area of a currently
	      open workbook. When the menu item is chosen, the
	      selected area will be outlined with a moving dotted
	      line. This is the area which will be moved. The
	      selection will only be removed after it is moved to the
	      new location. Until then cut has not had an effect on
	      the worksheet.
	    </para>
	  </listitem>

	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en">
	      <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> — The
	      <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> menu item allows a user
	      to duplicate a selection. The original data remains
	      where it was and the <application>Gnumeric</application>
	      clipboard (and the X clipboard) has a copy which can be
	      inserted elsewhere.

	    </para>
	  </listitem>

	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en">
	      <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> — The
	      <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> menu item is used to
	      paste the contents of a selection which has been cut or
	      copied. If the selection was cut, it is pasted into the
	      new location unchanged. Cell references will not change
	      in that they will still point to the same cells.
	    </para>
	  </listitem>

	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en">
	      <guimenuitem>Paste Special...</guimenuitem> — The
	      <guimenuitem>Paste Special...</guimenuitem> is used to
	      paste a selection while altering certain
	      characteristics. The <guimenuitem>Paste
	      Special...</guimenuitem> menu item opens a dialog with
	      three categories. The defaults make <guimenuitem>Paste
	      Special...</guimenuitem> act as if it were the
	      <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> menu item.
	    </para>

    <figure id="menu-edit-paste-special.png">
		    <title lang="en">The Paste Special Dialog</title>
		    <screenshot>
		      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-edit-paste-special.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the Paste Special Dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
		    </screenshot>
    </figure>



	    <para lang="en">
	      The first set of choices allow the user to control the
	      data pasted.The user can chose to limit the pasting to
	      only the cell contents (no cell formatting is copied) or ---
	      the opposite --- only cell formats copied (no
	      contents). Furthermore, the user can insert the
	      selection while transforming all the contents into
	      values only. In this case, formulae will not be copied, only the
	      results will be.
	    </para>
	    <para lang="en">
	      A second set of choices allows the user to perform
	      simple mathematical transformations during the
	      paste. The data in the cells being pasted into are
	      modified by the cell contents. For instance, using the
	      divide operation will result in each cell in the zone
	      pasted into being divided by the equivalent cell which
	      was copied originally.
	    </para>
	    <para lang="en">
	      The third set of choices allow the transposition or flip of the
	      original selection. The
	      <guilabel>transpose</guilabel> choice will change the
	      selection by flipping it about the diagonal from top left to 
	      bottom right. Similarly, <guilabel>flip horizontally</guilabel> and 
	      <guilabel>flip vertically</guilabel> paste the selection accordingly.
	    </para>
	    <para lang="en">The <guilabel>skip
	      blanks</guilabel> check box prevents
	      <application>Gnumeric</application> from taking any
	      action for the cells in the selection that are
	      blank. Normally <application>Gnumeric</application> will modify formulae that use relative 
	      addressing to cells outside the selection. The <guilabel>do not
	      change formulae</guilabel> checkbox suppresses this change. (Note that 
	      references to cells within the selection are always preserved.)
	    </para>
	  </listitem>

	</itemizedlist>
	  
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


	<varlistentry>
		<term lang="en">
			<emphasis role="bold">3</emphasis>
			Data entry and removal operations.
		</term>
		<listitem>
			<para lang="en">These operations add or remove data from the worksheet. They
			differ in the type of data modified or removed and the possible
			re-arrangement of remaining data, as explained below. With one
			exception noted below, these operations are like the previous group
			in acting based on the selected cells.
			</para>


		<itemizedlist>
      	    	<listitem>
<!-- Do NOT introduce any whitespace AROUND the <anchor>. -->
     	      	<para lang="en"><anchor id="edit-menu-clear-links" xreflabel="Clear ▶ Formats &amp; Hyperlinks"/><guimenuitem>Clear</guimenuitem> opens a submenu
			with eight choices, organized into two sets of four.
			The first group affects all cells in the selection.
			The second group applies the same actions to just the
			selected cells that are in rows selected by the filter.
			See <xref linkend="sect-data-filter"/>
			for details of setting up a filter.
			</para>
		<para lang="en">
			Choose <guimenuitem>All</guimenuitem> to clear all
			the elements of the cells in the selection: the formats and hyperlinks,
			the comments, and the contents.
			Choose <guimenuitem>Formats &amp; Hyperlinks</guimenuitem>
			to clear the formats and hyperlinks while leaving the data or
			formula in the cell intact.
			This removes any borders, re-sets the cell alignments, changes the
			background colour to white and the text colour to black,
			resets the number format to <guilabel>General</guilabel>, and removes
			the hyperlink associated with each cell, if any.
			Choose <guimenuitem>Comments</guimenuitem> to delete the
			comments for the cells in the selection.
			Choose <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem> to leave the
			cell's formatting in place but remove the formula or data
			contents of the cell.
			</para>
     	   		</listitem>

      	    	<listitem>
      	    	<para lang="en">
      	    		<guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> opens a submenu
      	    		with five choices. They permit deleting a range of rows or
      	    		columns, deleting just the
      	    		selected cells, or deleting just the comments or hyperlinks
      	    		associated with the selected cells.
      	    	</para>
     	      	<para lang="en">
     	      		Choose <guimenuitem>Columns</guimenuitem> or
     	      		<guimenuitem>Rows</guimenuitem> to delete the columns or rows,
			respectively, that cover the cells in the selection.
			Selecting <guimenuitem>Rows</guimenuitem> when the selection
			is one or more columns or <guimenuitem>Columns</guimenuitem>
			when the selection is one or more rows deletes all cells in the
			worksheet.
			The space left by deleted rows is filled by moving lower rows up.
			The space left by deleted columns is filled by moving to the
			left columns which were right of the selection.
			For example, if columns D and E are deleted,
			<application>Gnumeric</application> will move the contents of all columns from F onwards two
			columns to the left.
		</para>
		<para lang="en">
			<guimenuitem>Cells...</guimenuitem>: If the selection is one or more
			columns or one or more rows, <guimenuitem>Cells...</guimenuitem>
			deletes the selected columns or rows as described above.
			If the selection is a block of cells, <guimenuitem>Cells...</guimenuitem>
			opens a dialog asking how to fill in the deleted cells. Blocks of
			cells can be filled in by the columns of cells below the block
			selection or by the rows on the right of the block. 
		</para>

    <figure id="menu-edit-delete-cells.png">
		    <title lang="en">The Delete Cells Dialog</title>
		    <screenshot>
		      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-edit-delete-cells.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the Delete Cells Dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
		    </screenshot>
    </figure>

				 <para lang="en">
				 For example, if the
				 block of cells from E6:G8 is deleted, those cells would be
				 filled in by the cells below E8, F8 and G8 if the <guilabel>Shift cells
				 up</guilabel> option were chosen. The cells to the right
				 of G6, G7 and G8 would fill in the space from the right if the
				 <guilabel>Shift cells left</guilabel> option were chosen. The
				 two <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> choices are the same as
				<guimenuitem>Edit ▶ Delete ▶ Rows</guimenuitem> and
				<guimenuitem>Edit ▶ Delete ▶ Columns</guimenuitem>.
				 </para>
		<para lang="en">
			<guimenuitem>Comments</guimenuitem>: This is the same as
			<guimenuitem>Edit ▶ Clear ▶ Comments</guimenuitem>,
			described above.
		</para>
		<para lang="en">
			<guimenuitem>Hyperlinks</guimenuitem>: This is similar
			to <guimenuitem>Edit ▶ Clear ▶ Formats &amp;
				Hyperlinks</guimenuitem>, as described above, except
			that existing cell formats are not disturbed.
		</para>
     	   		</listitem>
		<listitem>
		  <para lang="en">
		    <guimenuitem>Modify</guimenuitem> opens a submenu with three choices:
		    </para>
		  <itemizedlist>
		    <listitem>
		      <para lang="en">
		        <guimenuitem>Comment...</guimenuitem> opens the
		        <guimenu>Edit Cell Comment</guimenu> dialog.
		        This is the same as the dialog for
		        <guimenuitem>Comment...</guimenuitem> on the
		        <xref linkend="Insert-Menu"/>.
		        See <xref linkend="sect-data-comment"/> for more information.
		        </para>
		      </listitem>
		    <listitem>
		      <para lang="en">
		        <guimenuitem>Hyperlink...</guimenuitem> opens the
		        <guimenu>Hyperlink</guimenu> dialog.
		        This is the same as the dialog for
		        <guimenuitem>Hyperlink...</guimenuitem> on the
		        <xref linkend="Insert-Menu"/>.
		        See <xref linkend="sect-data-link"/> for more information.
		        </para>
		      </listitem>
		    <listitem>
		      <para lang="en">
		        <guimenuitem>Names...</guimenuitem> opens the
		        <guimenu>Define Names</guimenu> dialog.
		        <xref linkend="sect-data-names"/>
		        explains names and describes the dialog.
		        </para>

		      </listitem>
		    </itemizedlist>
			</listitem>
			</itemizedlist>
		</listitem>
	</varlistentry>

	<varlistentry>
		<term lang="en">
	            <emphasis role="bold">4</emphasis>
			Search and replace operations.
		</term>
		<listitem>

	 		<itemizedlist>

      	    	<listitem>
     	      	<para lang="en">
     	       	<guimenuitem>Search...</guimenuitem> — The
			       <guimenuitem>Search...</guimenuitem> menu item opens a dialog
				 to search for cells with particular content. The dialog has
				 three tabs. In the first the user can enter the information
				 the user wants to find and some constraints on the search. The
				 second tab gives some extra choices for the search. When the
				 user has picked the options they prefer, pushing the search
				 button on the first tab will run the search. The third tab
				 will show which cells match the search.
				 </para>
     	   		</listitem>

      	    	<listitem>
     	      	<para lang="en">
     	       	<guimenuitem>Search &amp; Replace...</guimenuitem> — The
			       <guimenuitem>Search &amp; Replace..</guimenuitem> menu item
				 will launch a dialog to find cells with particular
				 characteristics and replace them all with a common content.
				 This dialog is similar to the <guilabel>Search</guilabel>
				 dialog.
				 </para>
     	   		</listitem>

		    </itemizedlist>
		    </listitem>

	</varlistentry>

	<varlistentry>
		<term lang="en">
	            <emphasis role="bold">5</emphasis>
			Other operations on worksheets.
		</term>
		<listitem>

	 		<itemizedlist>
      	    	<listitem>
     	      	<para lang="en">
                  <guimenuitem>Sheet</guimenuitem> — From the
                  <guimenuitem>Sheet</guimenuitem> submenu you can perform operations
                  on the worksheet as a whole. These functions are also available
                  from the worksheet tab context menu. You can create, duplicate,
                  rename, re-order, or delete worksheets. These functions are
                  described in detail in
                  <xref linkend="sect-worksheets-managing-process-contextmenu"/>.
		</para>
     	   		</listitem>

      	    	<listitem>
     	      	<para lang="en">
     	       	<guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem> — The
			       <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem> menu item allows the user
				    to select various portions of the worksheet. When selected
                    it opens a submenu.
 				 </para>

    <figure id="menu-edit-select.png">
		    <title lang="en">The Select Submenu</title>
		    <screenshot>
		      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-edit-select.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the Select Submenu.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
		    </screenshot>
    </figure>


	            <itemizedlist>
     	   		  <listitem>
				    <para lang="en">The
				      <guimenuitem>All</guimenuitem> item provides a quick way to
				      select the entire worksheet. 
				    </para>
     	   		</listitem>

      	    	<listitem>
				    <para lang="en">
				      The <guimenuitem>Row</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Column
                      </guimenuitem>
				      items allow the user to select all the rows or columns 
				      spanned by the current selection.
				    </para>
     	   		</listitem>

      	    	<listitem>
				    <para lang="en">
				      The <guimenuitem>Array</guimenuitem> menu item allows a
				      user to select all the cells which are part of the same array
				      as the current cell. 
				    </para>
     	   		</listitem>

      	    	<listitem>
				    <para lang="en">
				      The <guimenuitem>Depends
                      </guimenuitem> 
				      menu item selects all the cells which contain formula that
				      reference data in the current cell. 
				    </para>
     	   		</listitem>

      	    	<listitem>
				    <para lang="en">
				      Similarly, the <guimenuitem>Inputs
                      </guimenuitem> 
				      menu item selects all the cells whose data is referenced
                      by the formula in the current cell. 
				    </para>
     	   		</listitem>

      	    	<listitem>
				    <para lang="en">
				      The <guimenuitem>Next Object
                      </guimenuitem> 
				      menu item selects the next sheet object on the current sheet.
                      If no object is selected it will select the object locate at
                      the front.
				    </para>
		</listitem>

		<listitem>
		  <para lang="en">
		    The <guimenuitem>Go to Top</guimenuitem>,  
		    <guimenuitem>Go to Bottom</guimenuitem>,
		    <guimenuitem>Go to the First</guimenuitem>, 
		    <guimenuitem>Go to the Last</guimenuitem>,
		  menu items move the selection within a rectangular block of data cells.
		  the front.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
		
      	    	<listitem>
     	      	<para lang="en">
     	       	<guimenuitem>Goto cell...</guimenuitem> — The
			       <guimenuitem>Goto cell...</guimenuitem> menu item opens up a
				   dialog which allows the user to type the name or address of 
                    a cell in
				   the worksheet. The current view will then change to ensure
				   that the selected cell is in the current view and the
				   selection will cover that cell.
				 </para>
     	   		</listitem>
	            </itemizedlist>
     	   		</listitem>

      	    	<listitem>
     	      		<para lang="en">
     	       		<guimenuitem>Recalculate</guimenuitem> — The
			       	  <guimenuitem>Recalculate</guimenuitem> menu item forces
					the workbook to recalculate its results. This is useful
					if a formula in the current worksheet depends on a cell in
					a different workbook. <application>Gnumeric</application> will not necessarily know
					when that data has been updated so a user can force
					<application>Gnumeric</application> to recalculate all the cells in the current
					workbook.
     	      		</para>
     	   		</listitem>
	  </itemizedlist>
	</listitem>
	</varlistentry>

	<varlistentry>
		<term lang="en">
	            <emphasis role="bold">6</emphasis>
			General Configuration of
            <application>Gnumeric</application>.
		</term>
		<listitem>
                <para lang="en">
                    <guimenuitem>Preferences...</guimenuitem> — The
                    <guimenuitem>Preference...</guimenuitem> menu item calls
                    the <guilabel><application>Gnumeric</application> Preferences</guilabel> dialog 
                    explained in detail in <xref linkend="chapter-configuring"/>
                </para>
	    </listitem>
	</varlistentry>

  </variablelist>
</sect2>


  <!-- *************************** View Menu *********** -->
  <sect2 id="View-Menu">
    <title lang="en">View Menu</title>

 


    <para lang="en">
      The <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu is 
    </para>
		
    <figure id="menu-view-labelled.png">
      <title lang="en">The <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu.</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-view-labelled.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the View menu.</phrase>
            </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
	
    <para lang="en">
      The menu choices are grouped into the following groups:
    </para>



    <variablelist>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis>
          Alternative views of the current document.
        </term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            These menu items allow the user to open multiple views of
            the same document. 
          </para>

          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem>New View...</guimenuitem> — The
                <guimenuitem>New View...</guimenuitem> menu item opens
                up a new window with the current workbook visible.
                and where both windows are open to the same section of
                the workbook. If the user starts editing a different
                part of the sheet in one view, the other view moves
                automatically to that portion of the
                worksheet. Similarly, if the user changes to a
                different worksheet in one view, the other view
                changes also.
<!-- TODO: are views 'shared' or 'unshared'? To what extent? -->
              </para>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem>Freeze Panes</guimenuitem> — The
                <guimenuitem>Freeze Panes</guimenuitem> menu item is
                used to freeze the top-most and leftmost visible
                portion of the worksheet. This is useful to be able to
                line up portions of the worksheet which are not
                usually together. For instance, if a user had a very
                large table with the titles of each column of data on
                row 12, the user could select row 13 and select this
                menu item.  If the user scrolled through each data
                row, the data would line up underneath each header.
              </para>
              <para lang="en"> There are 3 ways to determine which rows and/or 
                columns should be frozen.
              </para>
              <itemizedlist>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">
                    If the selection is at least partially visible and does
                    not include the cell
                    A1, <application>Gnumeric</application> freezes the
		            portion of the worksheet above or to the left of the 
                    current selection. 
                 </para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">
                    If the selection is at least partially visible, 
                    includes cell A1, and does not consist
                    of whole rows or columns,
                    <application>Gnumeric</application> freezes all rows or columns intersecting the
                    selection.
                 </para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">
                    If the selection is at least partially visible, 
                    includes cell A1, and consists
                    of whole rows or columns,
                    <application>Gnumeric</application> freezes those rows or columns.
                 </para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">If the
		            selection is not visible at all, then <application>Gnumeric</application> freezes those 
                    rows and columns to the left or above the sixth visible column
                    and tenth visible row.
                  </para>
                </listitem>
              </itemizedlist>
              <para lang="en">In all cases, the region of the worksheet above or to the left
                of the currently visible region will become inaccessible until the
                view is unfrozen.
              </para>
<!-- TODO: menu elements, freeze only row/col. -->
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem>Windows</guimenuitem> — The
                <guimenuitem>Windows</guimenuitem> menu item provides
		access to a submenu which lists all of the windows
		which are currently open. This provides an easy way to
		jump between all the different instances and views of
		<application>Gnumeric</application> documents.
              </para>
            </listitem>


          </itemizedlist>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>



      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis>
          Changes to the current view.
        </term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            These menu items alter the display of the current view.
	  </para>
        <itemizedlist>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> — The
                <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> menu item provides
                a submenu which lists each <application>Gnumeric</application> toolbar. The
                toolbars in this submenu which have a check mark in
                front of their name will be shown. The display status
                of each toolbar can be changed by selecting the menu
                item with that toolbar's name. 
              </para>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem>View Statusbar</guimenuitem> — The
                <guimenuitem>View Statusbar</guimenuitem> menu item
                determines whether to display the status bar and
                information area at the bottom of each
                worksheets. Selecting the menu item toggles the check
                mark in front. When this menu item has the checkmark,
                <application>Gnumeric</application> will display the statusbar.
              </para>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem>Full Screen</guimenuitem> — The
                <guimenuitem>Full Screen</guimenuitem> menu item
                changes the display of <application>Gnumeric</application> from a window based
                display to a display which occupies the whole
                screen. In full screen mode, the window borders will
                not be displayed nor will the toolbars. The key
                <keysym>F11</keysym> toggles between full screen and
                regular display mode. When this menu item has the checkmark,
                <application>Gnumeric</application> is in <guimenuitem>Full Screen</guimenuitem> mode.
              </para>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem>View Properties...</guimenuitem> — The
                <guimenuitem>View Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item opens the 
                <guimenuitem>View Properties</guimenuitem> dialog.
                </para> 

                <figure id="menu-view-properties-dialog.png">
                <title lang="en">The <guimenu>View Properties</guimenu> dialog</title>
                    <screenshot>
                        <mediaobject lang="en">
                            <imageobject>
                            <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-view-properties-dialog.png"/>
                            </imageobject>
                            <textobject>
                            <phrase>An image of the View Properties dialog.</phrase>
                            </textobject>
                        </mediaobject>
                    </screenshot>
                </figure>

                <para lang="en">The <guimenu>View Properties</guimenu> dialog has four tabs.
                    <guimenu>Auto Completion </guimenu>is described in 
                    <xref linkend="sect-worksheets-settings"/>, 
                    <guimenu>Protection</guimenu> in
                    <xref linkend="sect-worksheets-settings-protection"/>.
                </para>

                <figure id="menu-view-properties-dialog-cm.png">
                <title lang="en">The <guimenu>View Properties</guimenu> dialog, <guimenu>Cell Markers</guimenu> tab</title>
                    <screenshot>
                        <mediaobject lang="en">
                            <imageobject>
                            <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-view-properties-dialog-cm.png"/>
                            </imageobject>
                            <textobject>
                            <phrase>An image of the Cell Markers tab of the View Properties dialog.</phrase>
                            </textobject>
                        </mediaobject>
                    </screenshot>
                </figure>

                <para lang="en">The check boxes on the <guimenu>Cell Markers</guimenu> tab shown in 
                    <xref linkend="menu-view-properties-dialog-cm.png"/> determine
                    whether cells are shown with indicators that they contain formulae and/or 
                    that they have clipped content.
                </para>

                <para lang="en">The check boxes on the <guimenu>Widget</guimenu> tab shown in 
                    <xref linkend="menu-view-properties-dialog.png"/> determine
                    whether the notebook tabs, the horizontal scrollbar and/or 
                    the vertical scrollbars are shown in this view.
                </para>
            </listitem>
              </itemizedlist>
            </listitem>
	  </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <emphasis role="bold">3</emphasis>
        </term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guimenuitem>Zoom...</guimenuitem> opens a dialog where you can set
            the magnification of one or more worksheets in the current workbook.
          </para>
        </listitem>
	  </varlistentry>


	</variablelist>
  </sect2>


  <!--  *********************************** INSERT MENU ********************* -->
  <sect2 id="Insert-Menu">
    <title lang="en">Insert Menu</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu is 
    </para>

    <figure id="menu-insert-labelled.png">
      <title lang="en">The <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu.</title>
        <screenshot>
	  <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-insert-labelled.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the Insert menu.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
	 </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      The menu choices are grouped into the following groups:
    </para>

    <variablelist>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis>
	  Insert into workbook.
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    These menu items alter the cells available in a workbook. 
	  </para>
	  <itemizedlist>

	   <listitem>
	     <para lang="en">
	       <guimenuitem>Cells...</guimenuitem> — The
	       <guimenuitem>Cells...</guimenuitem> menu item opens a
	       dialog asking the user how the sheet should be altered
	       when new cells are inserted. The dialog lists four
	       choices. The user can choose one of these by clicking
	       the mouse pointer on one of the four dots.  Only one
	       choice is possible and the currently selected choice
	       has a black dot in front.
	     </para>
	     <para lang="en">
	       The <guilabel>Shift cells right</guilabel> will insert
	       a region of new cells of the size of the current
	       selection. Cells which are on the same row as the
	       selection and within or to the right of the selection
	       will shift over to the right to accommodate the new
	       cells. The <guilabel>Shift cells down</guilabel> choice
	       will also insert a region of new cells the same size as
	       the current selection. With this choice, cells which
	       are in the selection or below the selection will move
	       down to accommodate the new cells. The two other
	       choices will act as if the user had chosen to insert
	       rows or columns. These actions are explained above.
	     </para>
	   </listitem>

	   <listitem>
	     <para lang="en">
	       <guimenuitem>Columns</guimenuitem> — The
	       <guimenuitem>Columns</guimenuitem> menu item will
	       insert columns to the left of the current
	       selection. The number of columns inserted will equal
	       the number of columns spanned by the current selection.
	     </para>
	   </listitem>

	   <listitem>
	     <para lang="en">
	       <guimenuitem>Rows</guimenuitem> — The
	       <guimenuitem>Rows</guimenuitem> menu item will insert
	       rows above the current selection. The number of rows
	       inserted will be equal to the number of rows spanned by
	       the current selection.
	     </para>
	   </listitem>

	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        <guimenuitem>Sheet</guimenuitem> — The
		<guimenuitem>Sheet</guimenuitem> menu item allows the
		user to insert a worksheet immediately following the
		current sheet.
	     </para>
	   </listitem>

	 </itemizedlist>
       </listitem>
     </varlistentry>

<!-- TODO: add a separtor to insert menu. Sep. sheet obj. from cell content. -->

     <varlistentry>
       <term lang="en">
         <emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis>
	 Insert an object into the worksheet or content into the current cell.
       </term>

       <listitem>
         <para lang="en">
	   The menu items insert sheet objects into the worksheet or
	 insert content into the current cell.
	 </para>
	 <itemizedlist>

	   <listitem>
	     <para lang="en">
	       <guimenuitem>Graph...</guimenuitem> — The
	       <guimenuitem>Graph...</guimenuitem> menu item will
	       allow a user to insert a graphic plot of data. This
	       menu item will launch the graph druid. Graphing in
	       <application>Gnumeric</application> is explained in
	       <xref linkend="chapter-graphs"/>.
	     </para>
	   </listitem>

	   <listitem>
	     <para lang="en">
	       <guimenuitem>Image...</guimenuitem> — The
	       <guimenuitem>Image...</guimenuitem> menu item will
	       allow a user to insert a graphic object containing the
	       image from an external file. The use of images in
	       <application>Gnumeric</application>  is explained in
	       <xref linkend="sect-graphics-images"/>.
	     </para>
	   </listitem>

<!-- TODO: bonobo build where are insert obj/ins. shaped obj. ? -->
<!--
	   <listitem>
	     <para>
	       <guimenuitem>Object...</guimenuitem> &mdash; The
	       <guimenuitem>Object...</guimenuitem> menu item launches
	       a dialog with the objects which
	       &gnum; is currently able
	       to embed in a worksheet. The user simply picks one of
	       the objects in the list, and then inserts the object
	       into the worksheet. These objects are not part of
	       &gnum; but are provided by
	       other programs in the GNOME project.
	     </para>
	   </listitem>

	   <listitem>
	     <para>
	       <guimenuitem>Shaped Object...</guimenuitem> &mdash; The
	       <guimenuitem>Shaped Object...</guimenuitem> menu item
	       allows user to insert more complicated objects into a
	       worksheet. This is currently not used but will provide
	       more extended functionality for the future.
	     </para>
	   </listitem>
-->

	   <listitem>
	     <para lang="en">
	       <guimenuitem>Function</guimenuitem> — This menu item
		opens a dialog to allow the user to enter a
		mathematical formula into the cell. The function
		dialog includes the names and a brief explanation of
		all the available functions.
	     </para>
	   </listitem>
	   <listitem>
	     <para lang="en">
	       <guimenuitem>Function Wrapper</guimenuitem> — 
	       Selecting an item from the submenu shown in <xref linkend="menu-insert-fw.png"/>
	       replaces every rectangular region in the current selection with an array function
	       in which the appropriate function is wrapped around an array version of the 
	       current content. This can be used to create a self-sorting data region. 
	     </para>
    <figure id="menu-insert-fw.png">
      <title lang="en">The <guimenu>Function Wrapper</guimenu> submenu.</title>
        <screenshot>
	  <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-insert-fw.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the Function Wrapper submenu.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
	 </screenshot>
    </figure>
	   </listitem>

	   <listitem>
	     <para lang="en">
	       <guimenuitem>Name...</guimenuitem> opens a dialog with a 
	       list of all defined names that can be pasted into
	       the current cell.
	       The dialog is similar to the <guimenu>Define Names</guimenu> dialog
	       opened by choosing <guimenuitem>Modify ▶ Names...</guimenuitem>
	       from the <xref linkend="Edit-Menu"/>.
	       See <xref linkend="sect-data-formulas-names"/> for details.
	     </para>
	   </listitem>

	   <listitem>
	     <para lang="en">
	       <guimenuitem>Comment...</guimenuitem> opens a dialog where
		you can enter or edit a comment for the active cell. 
		The dialog is described in <xref linkend="sect-data-comment"/>.
	     </para>
	   </listitem>

	   <listitem>
	     <para lang="en">
	       <guimenuitem>Hyperlink...</guimenuitem> opens a dialog for entering the
	       location of a link. The dialog is described in <xref linkend="sect-data-link"/>.
	       </para>
	   </listitem>

	   <listitem>
	     <para lang="en">
	       <guimenuitem>Special</guimenuitem> opens a submenu from which
	       you can insert predefined content into a cell.
	       You can insert the current date, the current time, or both.
	     </para>
	   </listitem>

	 </itemizedlist>
       </listitem>
     </varlistentry>
   </variablelist>


</sect2>













  <!--  ************************************FORMAT MENU ********************* -->
  <sect2 id="Format-Menu">
    <title lang="en">Format Menu</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The <guimenu>Format</guimenu> menu allows users to control the
      formats of cells, columns, rows, worksheets and the
      workbook. This menu also gives users access to templates of
      standard formats.
    </para>

    <figure id="menu-format-labelled.png">
      <title lang="en">The <guimenu>Format</guimenu> Menu and Its <guimenu>Cells</guimenu>
      Submenu.</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-format-labelled.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the Format menu and its Cells submenu.</phrase>
            </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <!-- the list of format menu items -->
    <variablelist> 
      <varlistentry>
       <term lang="en"><guimenu>The Format Menu</guimenu> offers these menuitems:</term>


       <listitem>
       <para>
         <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
           <para lang="en">
            <guimenuitem>Cells</guimenuitem> — The
	    <guimenuitem>Cells...</guimenuitem> menu item opens a submenu
	    with choices to allows the user to modify the formatting of the
	    selected cells.
	   </para>

	  <para>
	    <itemizedlist>
	      <listitem>
		<para lang="en">
		  <guimenuitem>Format...</guimenuitem> — The
		  <guimenuitem>Format...</guimenuitem> menu item opens the
		  cell format dialog. This dialog is used to set cell data
		  types and formats. It is explained in <xref linkend="sect-data-format"/>.
		</para>
	      </listitem>
	      <listitem>
		<para lang="en">
		  <guimenuitem>Conditional Formatting...</guimenuitem> — The
		  <guimenuitem>Conditional Formatting...</guimenuitem> menu item 
		  opens the
		  conditional format dialog. This dialog is used to set cell data
		  types and formats that depend on values in the workbook.
		  It is explained in <xref linkend="sect-data-format-conditional"/>.
		</para>
	      </listitem>
	      <listitem>
		<para lang="en">
		  <guimenuitem>Merge</guimenuitem> —
		  This menu item combines the current selection into a single
		  large cell.
		</para>
	      </listitem>
	      <listitem>
		<para lang="en">
		  <guimenuitem>Unmerge</guimenuitem> —
		  This menu item divides a merged selection into the original
		  cells.
		</para>
	      </listitem>
	      <listitem>
		<para lang="en">
		  <guimenuitem>Auto Fit Height</guimenuitem> —
		  This menu item makes <application>Gnumeric</application>
		  automatically choose the optimal row heights to display
		  all of the text in the current selection.
		</para>
	      </listitem>
	      <listitem>
		<para lang="en">
		  <guimenuitem>Auto Fit Width</guimenuitem> —
		  This menu item makes <application>Gnumeric</application>
		  automatically choose the optimal column widths to display
		  all of the text in the current selection.
		</para>
	      </listitem>
	    </itemizedlist>
	  </para>
	  </listitem>

        <listitem>
         <para lang="en">

          <guimenuitem>Column</guimenuitem> — The
	  <guimenuitem>Column</guimenuitem> menu item opens a submenu
	  with choices to allows the user to modify the view of the
	  selected columns.
        </para>
    <figure id="menu-format-column.png">
      <title lang="en">The <guimenu>Column</guimenu> Submenu.</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-format-column.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the Column submenu.</phrase>
            </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

        <para>
	 <itemizedlist>
	   <listitem>
	     <para lang="en">
	     <guimenuitem>Width...</guimenuitem> — The
	     <guimenuitem>Width...</guimenuitem> menu item opens a
	     dialog to enable the user to adjust the size of the
	     columns which hold the current selection. The dialog has
	     a single entry box in which the user can change the
	     current size of the column in points.
	   </para>
	 </listitem>
	 <listitem>
	   <para lang="en">
	     <guimenuitem>Auto Fit Width</guimenuitem> —
	     This menu item makes <application>Gnumeric</application>
	     automatically choose the optimal column size to display
	     all of the text in the current selection.
	   </para>
	 </listitem>
	 <listitem>
	   <para lang="en">
	     <guimenuitem>Hide</guimenuitem> — The
	     <guimenuitem>Hide</guimenuitem> menu item will hide the
	     columns containing the current
	     selection. <application>Gnumeric</application> still
	     holds these columns in memory and will save them to a
	     file but will not display those columns. The only
	     indication that a user has that columns have been hidden
	     is that the column header names are not sequential.
	   </para>
	 </listitem>
	 <listitem>
	   <para lang="en">
	     <guimenuitem>Unhide</guimenuitem> — This menu item
	     will show columns which are hidden if the selection spans
	     the two columns on either side of the selection. If
	     columns D, E, and F have been hidden, the selection must
	     span at least across columns C and G for this menu item
	     to unhide columns D, E, and F.
	   </para>
	 </listitem>
	 <listitem>
	   <para lang="en">
	     <guimenuitem>Standard Width</guimenuitem> — This
	     menu item allows the user to resize the columns which
	     hold the selection to the standard size. At 100 percent
	     zoom this is 48 points or 64 pixels.
	   </para>
	 </listitem>
	 </itemizedlist>
	</para>
	</listitem>
	
	
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    <guimenuitem>Row</guimenuitem> — The 
	    <guimenuitem>Row</guimenuitem>
	    menu item provides the same functions as the 
	    <guimenuitem>Column</guimenuitem>
	    menu item but operates on rows.
	    <itemizedlist>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
		  <guimenuitem>Height...</guimenuitem> — This menu item 
		  opens a
		  dialog which allows the user to type in a row height in pixels.
		</para>
	      </listitem>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
		  <guimenuitem>Auto Fit Height</guimenuitem> — This menu
		  item
		  changes the rows which hold the selection to the optimal height
		  to hold the text in the selection. 
		</para>
	      </listitem>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
		  <guimenuitem>Hide</guimenuitem> — The 
		  <guimenuitem>Hide</guimenuitem> menu item will hide the rows
		  in the selection. The workbook still contains the data in the
		  hidden rows but those rows are not shown. 
		</para>
	      </listitem>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
		  <guimenuitem>Unhide</guimenuitem> — This menu item will 
		  make
		  hidden rows visible. The selection must span the rows which are
		  hidden for this menu item to unhide the hidden rows.
	        </para>
	      </listitem>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
		  <guimenuitem>Standard Height</guimenuitem> — This menu item 
		  resizes the rows back to the default height of 12.75 points or
		  17 pixels (at 100 percent zoom).
	        </para>
	      </listitem>
	    </itemizedlist>
	  </para>
        </listitem>
	

        <listitem>
<!-- Do NOT introduce any whitespace AROUND the <anchor>. -->
        <para lang="en"><anchor id="format-menu-sheet" xreflabel="Format ▶ Sheet"/><guimenuitem>Sheet</guimenuitem> opens a submenu where you can change
          properties of the current worksheet.
          With the exception of <guimenuitem>Manage Sheets...</guimenuitem> and
          <guimenuitem>Zoom...</guimenuitem>,
          all operations on this submenu apply to just the current worksheet.
        </para>
    <figure id="menu-format-sheet.png">
      <title lang="en"><guimenu>Sheet</guimenu> Submenu</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-format-sheet.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the Sheet submenu.</phrase>
            </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <variablelist>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis>
          Sheet Management
	</term>
	<listitem>
        <para lang="en">
            These items are also on the worksheet tab context menu, accessed
            by clicking
	       (usually with the right mouse button) on one of the
	       worksheet tabs.
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          <guimenuitem>Manage Sheets...</guimenuitem> opens a dialog from
          which the names and many properties of all the sheets can be
          managed. Properties that can be managed from this dialog include
          locking, worksheet visibility, column display order (left to right
          or right to left), sheet name, sheet order, and sheet tab appearance.
          From this dialog you can also add new worksheets and duplicate
          or remove existing worksheets.
          For more information, see <xref linkend="sect-worksheets-managing-process-dialog"/>.
        </para>
              <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem>Rename...</guimenuitem> opens the <guilabel>Rename
                Sheet</guilabel> dialog. Edit the sheet name in the <guilabel>New
                Name:</guilabel> field and press <keysym>Enter</keysym> or click
                <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to change the worksheet name.
	        </para>
	      </listitem>
        </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis>
            Sheet Display Toggles
	</term>
	<listitem>
        <para lang="en">The second section contains various toggles that control how
            a worksheet is displayed.
            If a toggle is enabled, a small check mark is displayed to the left
            of the menu item.
        </para>
        <para>
		<itemizedlist>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guimenuitem>Display Formulas</guimenuitem> — When this property
                  is enabled, the worksheet will show the actual formulae for all cells
                  with formulae, instead of showing the calculated result.
                  You can use this property to quickly determine which cells contain data
                  and which contain formulae.
                </para>
	      </listitem>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guimenuitem>Use R1C1 Notation</guimenuitem> — When this property
                  is enabled, <application>Gnumeric</application> uses R1C1-style notation to address cells,
                        rather than A1 notation.
	        			</para>
	      </listitem>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guimenuitem>Hide Zeros</guimenuitem> — When this property
                  is enabled, <application>Gnumeric</application> displays all cells which would display a zero
                  value as empty cells.
                  This can be used to more easily find cells with non-zero data in
                  sheets with many zero results.
	        			</para>
	      </listitem>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guimenuitem>Hide Gridlines</guimenuitem> — When this property
                  is enabled, <application>Gnumeric</application> does not draw the grid lines that ordinarily separate
                  cells.
	        			</para>
	      </listitem>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guimenuitem>Hide Column Headers</guimenuitem> — When this property
                  is enabled, <application>Gnumeric</application> does not display the column headers, which leaves room
                  in the cell grid for roughly one more row of cells of default height.
	        			</para>
	      </listitem>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem>Hide Row Header</guimenuitem> — When this property
                is enabled, <application>Gnumeric</application> does not display the row headers, which leaves
                slightly more room to display the contents of cells.
	        			</para>
	      </listitem>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guimenuitem>Direction</guimenuitem> — When this menu item
                  is selected, <application>Gnumeric</application> switches between left-to-right sheets and
                  right-to-left sheets. If row headers are displayed, they are moved
                  to the right-hand side of the cell grid when the worksheet
                  is displayed right to left.
	        			</para>
	      </listitem>
		</itemizedlist>
	    </para>
	      </listitem>
        </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
          <emphasis role="bold">3</emphasis>
          Zoom...
        </term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guimenuitem>Zoom...</guimenuitem> opens a dialog where you can set
            the magnification of one or more worksheets in the current workbook.
          </para>
        </listitem>
	  </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
         <para lang="en">
           <guimenuitem>Autoformat...</guimenuitem> — This menu item
	   opens the autoformat dialog to give user access to a list
	   of format templates.  Format templates are useful for users
	   who are often filling out tables in a particular
	   format. The user picks an area of the worksheet into which
	   they want to apply the template. Most templates define
	   headers and footers so the selection area must be big
	   enough to fit those template elements and the user's
	   data. The template will not affect data which has already
	   been input into a worksheet.
	 </para>
	 <para lang="en">
	   The dialog has two tabs: <guilabel>Preview</guilabel> and
	   <guilabel>Template Details</guilabel>. The details are
	   simply information about the template. The
	   <guilabel>Preview</guilabel> tab has three main options: a
	   <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> menu, an
	   <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> menu and a category chooser. The
	   settings menu allows a user to pick what parts of the
	   template they want to copy into the worksheet. The edit
	   menu will be used to create new templates. Currently
	   templates are written as text into an extensible markup
	   language (XML) format. The category chooser gives the user
	   access to different groups of templates.  Templates in each
	   category are displayed in the middle area of the
	   dialog. Users select the template they want to use by
	   clicking on it.  The currently selected template is
	   highlighted with a red boundary which may be hard to see.
	 </para>
       </listitem>

      </itemizedlist>
    </para>
    </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>

  </sect2>



<!--   ********************* TOOLS MENU ************  -->
<sect2 id="Tools-Menu">
	<title lang="en">Tools Menu</title>

	<para lang="en">The <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu is </para>
		<figure id="menu-tools-labelled.png">
		    <title lang="en">The <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu.</title>
		    <screenshot>
		      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-tools-labelled.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the Tools menu.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
		    </screenshot>
	    </figure>
	<para lang="en">The menu choices are grouped into the following groups:</para>



 <variablelist>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis>
	    Automatic tools
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">These two tools allow the user to make
	  <application>Gnumeric</application> automatically correct
	  typing or automatically save workbooks at periodic
	  intervals.</para>
       <itemizedlist>
		<listitem>
		<para lang="en"><guimenuitem>Auto Correct...</guimenuitem> —
		The <guimenuitem>Auto Correct...</guimenuitem> menu
		item opens a dialog which allows the user to configure
		the way in which <application>Gnumeric</application> automatically corrects text
		which is being entered. The dialog presents the user
		with three tabs. Each of these tabs allows the user to
		correct one type of common spelling mistake, while
		allowing the user to add exceptions to the
		rules. <application>Gnumeric</application> can
		automatically capitalize the names of week
		days. <application>Gnumeric</application> can
		automatically change an entry which starts with two
		capital letters to only start with one and
		<application>Gnumeric</application> can change a
		sentence entry to start with a capital letter.
						</para>
					</listitem>

		<listitem>
		<para lang="en">
		  <guimenuitem>Auto Save</guimenuitem> — The
		  <guimenuitem>Auto Save</guimenuitem> menu item opens
		  a dialog which allows the user to have
		  <application>Gnumeric</application> automatically
		  save the current workbook after a fixed interval of
		  time. The user can also have
		  <application>Gnumeric</application> ask for
		  confirmation before saving so that the user always
		  remains aware of the state the workbook was in when
		  it was saved.
						</para>
					</listitem>
				</itemizedlist>
				</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

<!-- TODO: Split lp and scenarios when the 2 chpt.  are written. -->
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis>
	   Linear programming, scenario generation, simulation and statistical
        analysis tools
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    <application>Gnumeric</application> can be used to solve
	    systems of linear equations and other mathematical
	    problems. These two dialogs enable access to these
	    tools. A full discussion of these tools is presented in
	    <xref linkend="sect-advanced-analysis-solver"/>.
	  </para>
	  <itemizedlist>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">

	      <guimenuitem>Goal Seek</guimenuitem> — The
	      <guimenuitem>Goal Seek</guimenuitem> menu item opens a
	      dialog through which the user can configure
	      <application>Gnumeric</application> to iteratively
	      search for a numeric value which solves a formula. This
	      dialog is explained in <xref linkend="sect-advanced-analysis-goalseek"/>.

	    </para>
	  </listitem>

	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en">
	      <guimenuitem>Solver</guimenuitem> — The
	      <guimenuitem>Solver</guimenuitem> menu item opens a
	      dialog through which the user can configure
	      <application>Gnumeric</application> to solve linear
	      systems of equations.  This is explained in <xref linkend="sect-advanced-analysis-solver"/>.
	    </para>
	  </listitem>

	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en">
	      <guimenuitem>Scenarios</guimenuitem> — The
	      <guimenuitem>Scenarios</guimenuitem> menu item displays
	      a submenu with two entries. The
	      <guimenuitem>View...</guimenuitem> menu item opens a
	      dialog in which the user can select previously defined
	      scenarios. The <guimenuitem>Add...</guimenuitem> menu
	      item opens a dialog in which the user can define the
	      contents of a new scenario.
	    </para>
	  </listitem>

	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en">
	      <guimenuitem>Simulation</guimenuitem> — The
	      <guimenuitem>Simulation</guimenuitem> menu item opens a
	      multipaned dialog allowing the user to configure the
	      parameters for a simulation using linear modeling
	      constraints. 
	    </para>
	  </listitem>

	</itemizedlist>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">3</emphasis>
	    The Plug-ins dialog.
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This entry launches the plug-in management
	  dialog. Plug-ins are programs which are separate from
	  <application>Gnumeric</application> but provide useful
	  functionality.  Some of the core parts of <application>Gnumeric</application>, such as
	  Excel file format support, are actually plugins. This means
	  that a user who never uses Excel files can remove this
	  module from <application>Gnumeric</application> and make
	  <application>Gnumeric</application> use less memory.<!--
	  <xref linkend="Plugins" /> explains plug-ins in greater
	  detail.--></para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


</variablelist>

</sect2>

<!--   ********************* Statistics MENU ************  -->
<sect2 id="Statistics-Menu">
  <title lang="en">Statistics Menu</title>
  
  <para lang="en">The <guimenu>Statistics</guimenu> menu is </para>
  <figure id="menu-statistics-labelled.png">
    <title lang="en">The <guimenu>Statistics</guimenu> menu.</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
	<imageobject>
	  <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-statistics-labelled.png"/>
	</imageobject>
	<textobject>
	  <phrase>An image of the Statistics menu.</phrase>
	</textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <para lang="en">The
  <guimenuitem>Statistics</guimenuitem> menu and its submenus contain
  all available statistical analysis tools. These tools
  are explained in <xref linkend="chapter-stat-analysis"/>.</para>
</sect2>

  <!-- ******************* THE DATA MENU   ************** -->
  <sect2 id="Data-Menu">
    <title lang="en">Data Menu</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The <guimenu>Data</guimenu> menu is 
    </para>

    <figure id="menu-data-labelled.png">
      <title lang="en">The <guimenu>Data</guimenu> menu.</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-data-labelled.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the Data menu.</phrase>
            </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      The menu choices are grouped into the following groups:
    </para>

    <variablelist>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis>
	    Data Field tools.
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    These menu items allow the user to re-organize data.
	  </para>

	  <itemizedlist>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        <guimenuitem>Sort...</guimenuitem> — The
		<guimenuitem>Sort...</guimenuitem> menu item opens a
		dialog which allows users to sort a selection
		according to defined criteria. By default
		<application>Gnumeric</application> sorts the rows in
		a selected area 
		depending on the contents of the cells in a particular
		column of each row. The sort criteria can be extended
		to calculate on the basis of the cells in several
		columns.  <application>Gnumeric</application> can sort
		a selection using any number of rules. Rules can be
		added using the <guibutton>Add</guibutton>
		button. Rules with no column entered will be ignored
		or the user can remove these rules with the
		<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> button.
	      </para>

	      <para lang="en"> 
	        For each rule, the dialog has an entry box in
	        which the column to be sorted must be entered. The
	        dropdown box (the little down pointing arrow) will
	        show a list of appropriate columns.  The user can
	        determine a sort order for the selection. The
	        <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button allows the user
	        to further characterize the sort criteria..
	      </para>

	      <para lang="en"> If the first row of the selection is a header,
	        <application>Gnumeric</application> can be told not to
	        shuffle this row during the
	        sort. <application>Gnumeric</application> can also
	        sort columns based on the contents of cells in
	        specified rows, instead of shuffling rows on the basis
	        of columns, if the user toggles the
	        <guilabel>Sort</guilabel> to act right-left instead of
	        top-down.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>

	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        <guimenuitem>Shuffle...</guimenuitem> — The
		<guimenuitem>Shuffle...</guimenuitem> menu item opens a
		dialog that allows users to shuffle a selection. Shuffling
		means to rearrange the cells in the selection into a random
		order. The dialog allows users to shuffle the data within a
		column, within a row, or within an area.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>

	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        <guimenuitem>Fill</guimenuitem> — The
		<guimenuitem>Fill</guimenuitem> menu item opens a
		submenu that allows various forms of data to be created.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>

	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        <guimenuitem>Filter</guimenuitem> — The
		<guimenuitem>Filter</guimenuitem> menu item opens a
		submenu with three entries: <guimenuitem>Add Auto
		Filter</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Show
		All</guimenuitem>, and <guimenuitem>Advanced
		Filter</guimenuitem> entry. Filters are explained in
		<xref linkend="sect-data-filter"/>.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>

	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        <guimenuitem>Validate...</guimenuitem> — The
		<guimenuitem>Validate...</guimenuitem> menu item opens
		the cell format dialog to the validation
		tab. Validation is a means of constraining the
		contents of a cell either to have a certain value or
		to fall within a certain range.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>


	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        <guimenuitem>Consolidate...</guimenuitem> — The
		<guimenuitem>Consolidate...</guimenuitem> menu item
		opens a dialog box through which a user can create
		derived information based on data in other worksheets.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>

	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        <guimenuitem>Table...</guimenuitem> — 
	      </para>
	    </listitem>

	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        <guimenuitem>Group and Outline</guimenuitem> — The
		<guimenuitem>Group and Outline</guimenuitem> menu item
		provides a submenu through which users can group rows
		or columns into units which can be collapsed to be
		hidden from view. These entries also allow users to
		alter the display of the grouping handles on the
		borders of the worksheet.

	      </para>
	    </listitem>

	  </itemizedlist>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis>
	    Data Modifications or Import.
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    These entries allow user to convert data already in a worksheet or to 
        import external
	    data directly into a worksheet.
	    </para>
	    <itemizedlist>

	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        <guimenuitem>Text to Columns...</guimenuitem> — The
		<guimenuitem>Text to Columns...</guimenuitem> menu item
		opens a dialog box through which a user can create
		derived information based on data in other worksheets.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>

	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        <guimenuitem>Import Data</guimenuitem> — The
		<guimenuitem>Import Data</guimenuitem> menu item
		provides the following submenu:
	      </para>
	      <figure id="menu-data-import.png">
		<title lang="en">The <guimenu>Import Data</guimenu> submenu.</title>
		<screenshot>
		  <mediaobject lang="en">
		    <imageobject>
		      <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-data-import.png"/>
		    </imageobject>
		    <textobject>
		      <phrase>An image of the Import Data submenu.</phrase>
		    </textobject>
		  </mediaobject>
		</screenshot>
	      </figure>
	      <para lang="en">
		The items in this submenu allow the user to import data
		from various non-spreadsheet formats. To open files in  a
		spreadsheet format,
		use the <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem> menu described in
		<xref linkend="File-Menu"/>. See <xref linkend="sect-file-formats"/> for details.  These
	        submenu items create a
	        new window containing the selected file.  A more
	        extensive discussion is presented in <xref linkend="sect-file-open"/>.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>

	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        <guimenuitem>Export Data</guimenuitem> — The
		<guimenuitem>Export Data</guimenuitem> menu item
		provides the following submenu:
	      </para>
	      <figure id="menu-data-export.png">
		<title lang="en">The <guimenu>Export Data</guimenu> submenu.</title>
		<screenshot>
		  <mediaobject lang="en">
		    <imageobject>
		      <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-data-export.png"/>
		    </imageobject>
		    <textobject>
		      <phrase>An image of the Export Data submenu.</phrase>
		    </textobject>
		  </mediaobject>
		</screenshot>
	      </figure>
	      <para lang="en">
		The items in this submenu allows users to export the current
		file or sheet to a non-spreadsheet format. The 
		<guimenuitem>Repeat Export</guimenuitem> menu item repeats
		the last
		export in the current session or, if the file was recently
		imported, exports the file to the original source. 
		To save data from <application>Gnumeric</application> in a spreadsheet format,
		use the <guimenuitem>Save As...</guimenuitem> menu described in
		<xref linkend="File-Menu"/>.
		For an explanation of the file formats which
		<application>Gnumeric</application> supports see <xref linkend="sect-file-save"/>.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>

	  </itemizedlist>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>





  <!--  *********************** HELP MENU *****************-->
  <sect2 id="Help-Menu">
    <title lang="en">Help Menu</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu is quite simple.
    </para>

    <figure id="menu-help-labelled.png">
      <title lang="en">The <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu.</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-help-labelled.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the Help menu.</phrase>
            </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      The <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu connects users to this manual,
      to the list of functions available for use in
      <application>Gnumeric</application> and to the list of people
      who created this wonderful application.
    </para>

<!-- TODO: Split help from bug report. -->
    <!-- the help menu list -->
    <variablelist> 

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis>
	    Entries to find help and report a problem with <application>Gnumeric</application>
	</term>

	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    These menu items allow the user to obtain help from
	    several sources or to report a problem with the program.
	  </para>

	  <itemizedlist>

	    <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem> — This menu
                entry allows the user to launch the local help system
                and display this manual.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>

	    <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem><application>Gnumeric</application> on the Web</guimenuitem> —
                This menu entry allows the user to launch a web
                browser and explore the web site dedicated to <application>Gnumeric</application>
                on the server used by the GNOME project.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>

	    <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem>Live Assistance</guimenuitem> —
                This menu entry allows the user to launch an Internet
                Relay Chat (IRC) client to join the GIMPnet network
                and the #<application>Gnumeric</application> channel. This channel is used by the
                <application>Gnumeric</application> developers. There is generally someone around
                who will, after a few minutes, notice a nice question
                and attempt to answer it.
	      </para>
	      <warning>
	        <para lang="en">
		  Live assistance is provided on a purely voluntary
                  basis. There are no guarantees that your question
                  will be answered or that the answer will be
                  correct. We generally try our best to answer
                  questions when they are asked politely and when the
                  user shows that they have at least looked in the
                  User Manual for an answer.
		</para>
	      </warning>
	    </listitem>

	    <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                <guimenuitem>Report a Problem</guimenuitem> —
                This menu entry allows the user to launch a web
                browser and open the page on GNOME's GitLab issue/
				        bug entry system for the <application>Gnumeric</application> program. This page
                includes instructions on submitting reports of
                problems. The first time a user reports a problem,
                they will be asked to login to the system.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>

          </itemizedlist>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis>
	    The <interface>About <application>Gnumeric</application></interface> dialog.
	</term>

        <listitem>
         <para lang="en">
          <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> —Shows basic
          information about <application>Gnumeric</application>, such
          as the authors' names and the application version number.
         </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>

  </sect2>


</sect1>


<!--  *********************** CONTEXT MENUS *****************-->
<sect1 id="context-menu">
	<title lang="en">Context Menus</title>

<!-- TODO: add info area context menu. -->
<!-- TODO: add text entry context menu. -->

	<para lang="en">Context menus are menus which open up under the mouse pointer and are
	therefore detached from the format graphical structure
	of the application. These menus provide an extra and convenient way to access
	<application>Gnumeric</application> commands. All of the commands in context menus are available
	through the regular menu system. Context menus provide different commands
	depending on the position of the pointer.</para>

	<para lang="en">To activate a context menu, a user simply positions the pointer over
	the appropriate area and clicks one of the buttons on their mouse. Since this
	button is configurable and users have mice with different buttons, it may be a
	different button on any given machine or may even require the combination of a
	keyboard key and a mouse buttons. The user will have to find how to do this
	themselves.</para>

  <para lang="en">
    Currently <application>Gnumeric</application> provides five different context menus. The
    context menu that is called in the central grid area is discussed
    next in <xref linkend="menu-context-grid"/>. The Context menu
    that appears when the pointer is over the row headers or column
    headers is presented in <xref linkend="menu-context-col-row-header"/>. Another context menu
    relates to the worksheet tabs and is explained in <xref linkend="menu-context-tabs"/>. Yet another context menu applies
    to embedded objects or shaped components such as a plot. These are
    shown in <xref linkend="menu-context-object"/>.
  </para>


  <sect2 id="menu-context-grid">
    <title lang="en">The Context Menu for the Cell Grid Area</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The context menu in the cell grid area appears when the pointer
      is over the cell grid area. This menu applies to the cells that
      have been selected, not necessarily the cell underneath the
      mouse pointer.
    </para>
		<figure id="menu-context-grid.png">
		    <title lang="en">The Context Menu for the Cell Grid Area.</title>
		    <screenshot>
		      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-context-grid.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the context menu in the cell grid area.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
		    </screenshot>
	    </figure>
	<para lang="en">
	  The grid context menu merely provides an extra way to access <application>Gnumeric</application>
	  commands. The <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem>, 
	  <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Paste Special</guimenuitem>,
	  <guimenuitem>Delete Cells...</guimenuitem>,
	  <guimenuitem>Clear Contents</guimenuitem>,
	  <guimenuitem>Remove Comment</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Edit Hyperlink</guimenuitem>,
	  and <guimenuitem>Remove Link</guimenuitem>
	  commands are taken from the  <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu and its submenus and are 
	  explained in <xref linkend="Edit-Menu"/>. The
	  <guimenuitem>Insert Cells...</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Add Comment</guimenuitem>
	  menu items are explained in the section on the <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu
	  in <xref linkend="Insert-Menu"/>. The <guimenuitem>Format Cells...</guimenuitem>, 
	  <guimenuitem>Conditional Formatting...</guimenuitem> items as well as the items
	  on the
	  <guimenu>Cell</guimenu>, <guimenu>Column</guimenu>, and <guimenu>Row</guimenu>
	  submenus are explained in the manual section on the <guimenu>Format</guimenu> menu
	  in <xref linkend="Format-Menu"/>.
	</para>
</sect2>


<sect2 id="menu-context-col-row-header">
	<title lang="en">The Context Menu for Column and Row Headers</title>
	<para lang="en">The Context Menu for Column and Row Headers</para>
		<figure id="menu-context-col-row-header.png">
		    <title lang="en">The Context Menu of a Row Header</title>
		    <screenshot>
		      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-context-col-row-header.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the context menu on a row header.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
		    </screenshot>
	    </figure>
	<para lang="en">The context menu which relates to column or row headers is similar to
	the context menu for the grid area. Both insert and delete operations are
	modified to operate explicitly on rows or on columns.
	</para>


</sect2>

  <sect2 id="menu-context-tabs">
    <title lang="en">Context Menu for Worksheet Tabs</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The context menu for worksheet tabs provides access to functions
      that manipulate worksheets as a whole, rather than their contents.
    </para>

    <figure id="menu-context-tabs.png">
      <title lang="en">The Context Menu for Worksheet Tabs</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-context-sheet-tabs.png"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>An image of the context menu of the worksheet tabs.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
    <para lang="en">
      The context menu for the worksheet tabs provides the same functions as the
      <guimenuitem>Sheet</guimenuitem> submenu of the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>
      menu. These functions are explained in
      <xref linkend="sect-worksheets-managing-process-contextmenu"/>.
      There are also two submenus where you can select one of the
      existing sheets, whether its tab is currently visible or not.
      The first submenu lists the sheets in their current order, 
      the second submenu lists them alphabetically.
    </para>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="menu-context-object">
    <title lang="en">The Context Menu for Embedded Objects and Components</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The Context Menu for Embedded Objects and Components.
    </para>

    <figure id="menu-context-object.png">
      <title lang="en">The Context Menu for Graphical Objects</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-context-object.png"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>An image of the context menu on embedded objects.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      All embedded objects, such as drawing elements, graphs and
      images, have a context menu which can be invoked by placing the
      mouse pointer over the element and clicking with one of the
      secondary mouse buttons.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The first menu entry, labeled
      <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>, will open a dialog
      specific to the type of element selected in which the user can
      configure the properties of the element.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The menu entry labeled
      <guimenuitem>Size &amp; Position</guimenuitem>, will open a dialog
      that permits the user to adjust the size and position of the embedded object.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The menu entry labeled
      <guimenuitem>Snap to Grid</guimenuitem>, enlarges the object such that all of
        its corners are located at cell corners.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The menu entry labeled <guimenuitem>Order</guimenuitem>,
      opens a submenu which allows the user to change the visual order
      in which the graphical elements are placed. This order will
      affect the way in which the graphical elements obscure each other.
    </para>

    <figure id="menu-context-object-order.png">
      <title lang="en">The Context Submenu for Graphical Object Order</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-context-object-order.png"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>An image of the context submenu allowing the
            re-ordering of graphical objects.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>


    <para lang="en">
      The menu entries labeled <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem>,
      <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem>, and
      <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem>, allow the user to operate on
      the whole object at once. The <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem>
      menu item allows the user to remove the element from its current
      position and then paste the object in a different location on
      the same sheet, in a different worksheet, in a different
      <application>Gnumeric</application> file, or in a file from a different program entirely. The
      <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> menu item provides the same
      functionality while leaving the original item in place. The
      <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> allows the user to remove the
      graphical element entirely.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The remaining menu item, <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem>, allows just the
      selected object to be printed. 
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      For certain types of objects, a menu entry labeled <guimenuitem>Save
      As Image...</guimenuitem> 
      allows the object to be saved as an image file. This menu item
      is not present in <xref linkend="menu-context-object.png"/> but is shown in 
        <xref linkend="menu-context-graph.png"/> .
    </para>

    <figure id="menu-context-graph.png">
      <title lang="en">The Context Menu for Graphs and Images</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-context-graph.png"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>An image of the context menu for graphs and images.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
        Graphs have a context menu that also contains menu entries labeled <guimenuitem>Open in
        New Window</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Copy to New Graph Sheet</guimenuitem>.
	The <guimenuitem>Open in New Window</guimenuitem> menu item shows the graph by
	itself in a window. The <guimenuitem>Copy to New Graph Sheet</guimenuitem> copies
	the graph to a special sheet in the current workbook that contains only a single graph. 
    </para>



</sect2>

<sect2 id="menu-context-toolbars">
	<title lang="en">The Context Menu for Toolbars</title>
		<para lang="en">The Context Menu for Toolbars</para>
		<figure id="menu-context-toolbars.png">
		    <title lang="en">The Context Menu for Toolbars.</title>
		    <screenshot>
		      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-context-toolbars.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the context menu on the toolbars.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
		    </screenshot>
	    </figure>
	<para lang="en">
	  The context menu for toolbars allows the user to configure toolbars.
	  Each toolbar can be displayed above the sheets, to the left of the sheets,
	  or to the right of the sheets. The context menu can also be used to hide a
	  toolbar. The toolbar can be made visible again via the
	  <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> submenu of the <guimenu>View</guimenu>
	  menu. See <xref linkend="View-Menu"/>.
	</para>

</sect2>

</sect1>


    <sect1 id="sect-gui-toolbars">
  <title lang="en">Toolbars</title>

<!-- TODO: add xrefs from each button to a section of the manual. -->

  <para lang="en">
    The toolbars contain buttons and other elements which can be used
    to perform quickly some the more common operations. Each button
    has an icon intended to provide a mnemonic reminder of the
    operation performed by the button. The toolbar elements are
    intended to provide fast access to the commonly used tools. Almost
    all of these functions are also available through the menu
    system. The specific actions required to use each button vary.
  </para>
  
  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> has four toolbars, the
    standard toolbar, the format toolbar, the long format toolbar, and the 
    object toolbar. The
    three toolbars are shown in <xref linkend="fig-toolbars"/>.
  </para>
  
  <figure id="fig-toolbars">
    <title lang="en">The Four <application>Gnumeric</application> Toolbars</title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata fileref="figures/toolbars.png" format="PNG" width="750px"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    These toolbars will be discussed separately in the subsequent
    sections of this manual. User interaction with each toolbar
    happens in essentially the same way. Similarly, the toolbars can
    be configured in the same way. The next section explains the
    standard behavior of <application>Gnumeric</application> toolbars.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The long format toolbar contains all of the buttons of the format
    toolbar plus a few extra buttons, but in a different order. Users
    will usually choose only one of these toolbars to be displayed.
  </para>
  
  <sect2 id="toolbar-use">
    <title lang="en">General Toolbar Behavior</title>
    
    <para lang="en">
      The toolbar context menu described in <xref linkend="menu-context-toolbars"/>
      can be used to determine where each toolbar (above the sheets, to the left of the
      sheets, or to the right of the sheets) is displayed. The
      <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> submenu of the <guimenu>View</guimenu>
      menu (see <xref linkend="View-Menu"/>) can be used to determine which toolbars are
      visible.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      If the <application>Gnumeric</application> window is too small
      to fit all of the toolbar buttons, <application>Gnumeric</application> displays an
      arrow to indicate that there are more
      options. If the user clicks on this arrow, a window will open
      with the remaining buttons as shown in <xref linkend="fig-toolbar-extension-menu"/>.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-toolbar-extension-menu">
      <title lang="en">The Toolbar Extension Menu</title>
      <mediaobject>
	<imageobject>
	  <imagedata fileref="figures/toolbar-extension-menu.png" format="PNG"/>
	</imageobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </figure>


    <para lang="en">
      Certain toolbar options, such as the zoom box, are combinations
      of a button or text entry area and a downward pointing arrow. If
      the user clicks on the arrow, a list of available options
      appears.
    </para>
    
  </sect2>






<!-- ************************* THE STANDARD TOOLBAR ************** -->
<sect2 id="std-toolbar">
  <title lang="en">The Standard Toolbar</title>
  
  <para lang="en">
    The standard toolbar is shown in <xref linkend="fig-toolbar-standard"/>.
  </para>
  
  <figure id="fig-toolbar-standard">
    <title lang="en">The <interface>Standard Toolbar</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata fileref="figures/toolbar-standard.png" format="PNG"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    The <interface>Standard Toolbar</interface> gives the user access
    to file operations, printing, movement of data blocks, the undo
    system, and to some of the powerful tools like the function
    creator and the graphing system.
  </para>
  



	<!-- The list of standard toolbar objects. -->
    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-new.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "New File"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    New File.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Create a new file.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-open.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Open File"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Open
         </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Open an existing file.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-save.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Save File"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Save
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Save the current worksheet to disk.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

       <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-print.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Print"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Print
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Print the current worksheet or workbook to a file or a
	  printer.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
     
       <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-preview.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Print Preview"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Print Preview
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Display a print preview of the current worksheet.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
     
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-cut.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Cut"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Cut
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
            Copy the cells in the current selection to the clipboard
            buffer and mark them to be deleted from the current
            position. The cells will only be removed if they are
            pasted into a new position.
          </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-copy.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Copy"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Copy
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Copy the cells in the current selection to the clipboard buffer.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-paste.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Paste"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Paste
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Paste the contents of the clipboard buffer into the
	  active cell.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

       <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-undo-and-history.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Undo"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	   Undo 
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
          <para lang="en">Undoes the last operation undertaken.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

        <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-redo-and-history.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Redo"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	   Redo 
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
            This is the reverse of the undo operation, restoring its
            original state.
          </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

     <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-insert-hyperlink.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Insert Hyperlink"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	   Insert a hyperlink 
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
            This button opens a dialog to allow the user to define a
            hyperlink either internally within the spreadsheet or to
            an external resource such as a web page.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

     <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-sum.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Sum"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	   Sum into the current cell 
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
            Starts a simple sum formula in the selected cell with
            <application>Gnumeric</application> simply waiting for a
            selection to be made to complete the sum. The user selects
            the destination cell, pushes this button, enters the range
            to be summed and pushes the confirm button (green arrow)
            in the data entry area or types the
            <keycap>Return</keycap> key.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-function.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Function"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	   The function druid
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This button will start a formula in the current cell using the
	  function druid.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-sort-az.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Sort A to Z"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	   Sort Ascending 
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Sorts the selected region in ascending order based on the 
          first column selected.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-sort-za.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Sort Z to A"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Sort Descending
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Sorts the selected region in descending order based on the 
          first column selected.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-graph.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Graph"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	   Graph
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This button calls the graph druid to create a graph.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

<!--
      <varlistentry>
	<term>
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-insert-object.png" />
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Insert Object"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Insert Object
		</guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>This button will insert a component object into the
	  current worksheet. Components are the way that the GNOME
	  project has chosen to enable certain programs to use others
	  within themselves. &gnum; is
	  able to use the <application>Guppi</application> plotting
	  program and the <application>Dia</application> diagramming
	  program in this way.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      <varlistentry>
	<term>
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-insert-component.png" />
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Insert Component"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	   Insert Shaped Component
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
            This button allows user to insert a component into
            &gnum; that is not a simple
            rectangle but may have an arbitrary shape. This
            functionality is currently not used but provided for
            future needs.
          </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
-->

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-zoom.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the standard toolbar's "Zoom"
              box.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Zoom
		</guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
            The zoom button allows the users to trade-off the extent of
            the worksheet which is visible against the size of the
            visible text and cells.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


    </variablelist>
</sect2>





<!-- ************************* THE FORMAT TOOLBAR ************** -->
<sect2 id="fmt-toolbar">
  <title lang="en">The Format Toolbar</title>

  <para lang="en"> The <interface>Format Toolbar</interface></para>
  
  <figure id="toolbar-format.png">
     <title lang="en">The <interface>Format Toolbar</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata fileref="figures/toolbar-format.png" format="PNG"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>

    <variablelist>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-font-type.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Font"
              selection box.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Font Chooser.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">The user can change the font of a selection either by
	  typing the name of a new font in the text area of this box
	  or by clicking on the little arrow to the right of the text
	  area. This will cause a menu to appear from which a font can
	  be chosen.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-font-size.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Font Size"
              selection box.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Font size
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">The user can change the font size of a selection by
	  typing the number of a different font size or by clicking on
	  the little arrow to the right of the entry box and selecting
	  the preferred size.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-bold.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Bold"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Bold
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Change the style of the current cell or the currently selected 
	  text to be bold, or unbold it if it is already bold.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-italic.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Italic"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Italic
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Change the style of the current cell or the currently selected text to be italicized.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-underline.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Underline"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	   Underline
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Change the style of the current cell or the currently selected text to be underlined.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>





      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-align-left.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Left Justify"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Left justify..
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Justify the contents of the cell to the left of the cell.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-align-center.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Center"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Center
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Center the content of the cells.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-align-right.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Right Justify"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Right Justify
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Justify the content of the cells to the right side of
	  the cells</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>



      
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-center-across-selection.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Center across Selection"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Center across the selection
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Center the content of the cells on the selected cells.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>




      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-merge.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Merge Cells"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Merge Cells
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Merge the selected cells into a single cell.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-split.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Split Merged Cells"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Split Merged Cells
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Split previously merged cells into separate cells.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      


       <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-money.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Money"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Money
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Sets the format of the selected cells to be monetary.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      
        <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-percent.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Percentage"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Percentage
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Sets the format of the selected cells to be a percentage.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      
         <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-thousands.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Thousands Separator"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Thousands separator
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Sets the format of the selected cells to use thousands
	  separator.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-increase-precision.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Increase Precision"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Increase the displayed precision.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Increases the number of decimals shown in the
	  currently selected cell.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-decrease-precision.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Decrease Precision"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Decrease the displayed precision.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Decreases the number of decimals in the currently
	  selected cell.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-decrease-indent.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Decrease Indentation"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Decrease the displayed indentation.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This button decreases the indentation of selected
	  elements.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-increase-indent.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Increase Indentation"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Increase the displayed indentation.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This button increases the indentation of selected
	  elements.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-borders.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Borders"
              button and drop down palette.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Change the display borders.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This button and drop down menu can be used to set the
	  borders of all the cells in the selection.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-fill.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Set background colour"
              button and drop down palette.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Set the Background Colour.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This button and drop down menu can be used to set the back ground
colour.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-text-colour.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the format toolbar's "Set text colour"
              button and drop down palette.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Set the Text Colour
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This can be used to change the colour of the text.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


   </variablelist>
</sect2>



<!-- ************************* THE LONG FORMAT TOOLBAR ************** -->
<sect2 id="fmt-long-toolbar">
	<title lang="en">The Long Format Toolbar</title>

  <para lang="en"> The <interface>Long Format Toolbar</interface></para>
  
  <figure id="toolbar-format-long.png">
     <title lang="en">The <interface>Long Format Toolbar</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata fileref="figures/toolbar-format-long.png" format="PNG" width="750px"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    The <interface>Long Format Toolbar</interface> contains all buttons that the 
    <interface>Format Toolbar</interface> (described in <xref linkend="fmt-toolbar"/>)
    contains, except in a different order.
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    In addition, the <interface>Long Format Toolbar</interface> also contains the following buttons:
  </para>

	<!-- The list of long format toolbar objects. -->
    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-subscript.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the long format toolbar's "Subscript"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Subscript
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Change the style of the current cell or the currently
	    selected text to be subscripted.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-superscript.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the long format toolbar's "Superscript"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Superscript
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Change the style of the current cell or the currently
	    selected text to be superscripted.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

   </variablelist>
</sect2>






<!-- ************************* THE OBJECT TOOLBAR ************** -->
<sect2 id="obj-toolbar">
	<title lang="en">The Object Toolbar</title>


	<figure id="toolbar-object.png">
     <title lang="en">The <interface>Object Toolbar</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata fileref="figures/toolbar-object.png" format="PNG"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
    </figure>
 	<para lang="en"> The <interface>Object Toolbar</interface>. </para>

   <variablelist>

       <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-rectangle.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the object toolbar's "Create a rectangle object"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Box
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Insert a rectangular box containing optionally some text into the worksheet.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-oval.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the object toolbar's "Insert an Ellipse"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Ellipse
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Insert an ellipse or a circle into the worksheet.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-frame.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the object toolbar's "Insert a Frame"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Insert a Frame.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This button allows a user to insert a frame into a worksheet.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-line.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the object toolbar's "Insert a Line"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Line
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Draw a line on the worksheet.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-arrow.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the object toolbar's "Insert an Arrow"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	    Arrow
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Draw a line with an arrow head at one end.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-checkbox.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the object toolbar's "Insert a Checkbox"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Insert a Checkbox.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This button allows a user to insert a check box.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-radio.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the object toolbar's "Insert a Radio Button"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Insert a radio button.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This button allows a user to insert a radio button.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-button.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the object toolbar's "Insert a Button"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Insert a button.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This button allows a user to insert a button.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-scrollbar.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the object toolbar's "Insert a Scrollbar"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Insert a Scrollbar.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This button allows a user to insert a scrollbar.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-spin.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the object toolbar's "Insert a
              spinbutton box" button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Insert a Spinbutton Box.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This button allows a user to insert a spinbutton box.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-slider.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the object toolbar's "Insert a Slider"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Insert a Slider.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This button allows a user to insert a slider.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


      
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-list.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the object toolbar's "Insert a List"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Insert a List.
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This button allows a user to insert a list.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">
	  <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-combo.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the object toolbar's "Insert a Combobox"
              button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
          Insert a Combo Box
	  </guiicon>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">This allows a user to insert a Combo Box.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


    </variablelist>
</sect2>
<!-- end of button bar docs -->
 
</sect1>


    <sect1 id="data-entry">
  <title lang="en">Data Entry Area</title>

  <para lang="en">Immediately above the grid of cells is the data entry
    area as shown in <xref linkend="worksheet-data-1"/>.</para>
  <figure id="worksheet-data-1">
    <title lang="en">The Data Entry area.</title>
    <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/worksheet-data-1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the data entry area.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <para lang="en">This is a small area, which contains a current cell
    indicator, a <guibutton>cancel</guibutton> button, a 
    <guibutton>confirm</guibutton> button, an
    <guibutton>entry</guibutton> button, and an entry area for
    detailed editing of the cell contents. These elements are explained
    individually below.
  </para>
  
<!-- TODO: change through whole file current cell to selection. -->
    <sect2 id="data-entry-currentcell">
      <title lang="en">Current Cell Indicator</title>
	  
      <para lang="en">
        On the far left of the Data Entry area is the current cell
        indicator area.  This area is shown in <xref linkend="worksheet-data-2"/>
      </para>

<!-- TODO: change the screenshot to drop the other two buttons. -->

      <figure id="worksheet-data-2">
	<title lang="en">The Current Cell Indicator.</title>
	<screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/worksheet-data-2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the current cell indicator.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The cell indicator will show the address for the cell at the
        top left of the selected region. This address is listed in the
        standard column:row notation. The alphabetic part indicates
        the column of this top leftmost cell and the numeric part
        indicates the row of this top left cell. For instance, the
        cell which is over three columns and down two rows is
        designated:</para> <blockquote><para>C2</para></blockquote>
        <para lang="en">This designation matches the column and row headers for
        this cell.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        While a region is being selected, the current cell indicator
        will change to show the size of the region which is being
        selected. This information is presented in a row number by
        column number format. For instance, this designation:
      
        <blockquote><para lang="en">15R x 6C</para></blockquote>
      
        would indicate a selection area 15 rows high by 6 columns
        wide. Once the mouse is released at the end of the selection,
        the current cell indicator goes back to giving the address of
        the single top leftmost cell.
      </para>
      
    </sect2>
    
    <sect2 id="data-entry-cancel">
      <title lang="en">The <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> Button</title>
      
    <para lang="en">
      The Cancel button 
      <guibutton>
	<inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/worksheet-data-4.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the cancel button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
      </guibutton>
      can be used to cancel the current edit and to restore the cell
      contents to the previous state. If a user decides in the middle
      of an edit that the data being entered into a cell is not what
      they want, the user can push this cancel button to cancel the
      current data and return the cell to the state it was at before.
    </para>
      
    <para lang="en">
      The most common use of this button is when overwriting the contents
      of a cell with new data. If the user decided to revert the change
      before confirming it, the cancel button is the answer. Note that this 
      button works just like typing the escape key on the keyboard.
    </para>
  </sect2>
  
	
    <sect2 id="data-entry-confirm">
      <title lang="en">The <guibutton>Confirm</guibutton> Button</title>
      
      <para lang="en">The confirm button
      <guibutton>
	<inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/worksheet-data-3.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the enter button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
       </guibutton>.  can be used to finish the edit of a cell and
       enter the edit into the workbook. Note that this button works
       in the same way as the enter key.
	  </para>

    </sect2>
	
	
    <sect2 id="data-entry-equals">
      <title lang="en">The <guibutton>Equals</guibutton> Button</title>
      
      <para lang="en">The equals button 
		<guibutton>
		  <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-equals.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the equals button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
		</guibutton>
	  can be used to start a formula in the currently selected
	  cell. If a user wanted to make cell D10 equal to cell B4,
	  the user could simply click on cell D10, click this equals
	  button, click on cell B4 and type the enter key. Note that
	  this button works the same way as the equals key.
      </para>
      
    </sect2>

<!--TODO: Add <sect2> with discussion of the formula entry field. -->


</sect1>






  
<sect1 id="cell-grid">
    <title lang="en">The Cell Grid</title>
      
    <para lang="en">Most of the work done on a spreadsheet is done to the main
    Cell area, the large grid like part of the worksheet. This is
    where all the formulas and data are entered, and is the center of
    activity for the spreadsheet.</para>

<!-- TODO: change screenshot to fit in 510pixels. -->
    <figure id="cell-grid.png">
      <title lang="en">The Cell Grid area, with cells of different sizes.</title>
      <screenshot>
         <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/cell-grid.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the cell grid area.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
 
 	<para lang="en"><xref linkend="cell-grid.png"/> shows the cell grid
 	area, the column and row headers on the top and left, the
 	scrollbars on the right and bottom and the tab list at the
 	very bottom.
	</para>
	
	<para lang="en"> The figure has a few and shows that cell B3 as being 
	selected. In this figure, the columns and rows have been 
	resized and therefore look uneven. </para>
	
	<para lang="en">Each cell in this area is delimited by a light grey line
	by default.  The current selection is indicated by a
	rectangular box with a little box on the lower right, this
	case cell J12. The view in this figure shows the middle
	portion of a worksheet which is evident in two ways. Firstly,
	the column and row headers do not start at column A and row
	1. Secondly, the scroll thumbs are not at the top and
	left. The thumbs are the boxes within the scroll bars that are
	used to scroll. Note also that cell D19 has a comment within
	it which is shown by the little red triangle at the top right
	corner.</para>
	
	<para lang="en">The size of a cell is determined by the width of the
	column and height of the row that the cell is in. The columns
	and rows can be resized by acting on the header relevant to
	the cell. The user must move the mouse pointer to the edge of
	the header which is either to the right or below the cell.
	With the mouse pointer in this position, the pointer will
	change to a set of opposite pointing arrows. The user must
	then drag this edge away from the top left corner. This takes
	a little practice.</para>
	
	
	<para lang="en">The cell area is the core of Gnumeric. Therefore the
	manual explains the use of cells in much greater detail in a
	separate section. Interested users should read <xref linkend="chapter-data"/>.</para>

	

  <sect2 id="col-row-headers">
    <title lang="en">The Column and Row Headers</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The sheet is bordered by column headers on the top and row
      headers to the left.  Columns are labeled alphabetically running
      horizontally across the top of the sheet as shown in <xref linkend="worksheet-cols-1"/>.

    <figure id="worksheet-cols-1">
      <title lang="en">The column labels at the top of the worksheet.</title>
      <screenshot>
         <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/worksheet-cols-1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the column labels.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    Rows are labeled along the left side of the worksheet. Each label
    is a different integer increasing downward. This is shown in
    <xref linkend="worksheet-rows-1"/>.
    
    <figure id="worksheet-rows-1">
      <title lang="en">The row labels at the left side of the worksheet.</title>
      <screenshot>
         <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/worksheet-rows-1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the row labels.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    </para>

	</sect2>

  <sect2 id="cell-grid-scrollbars">
    <title lang="en">The Scrollbars</title>

<!-- TODO: add screenshot, explain the different parts: thumb, channel... -->
    <para lang="en">
      The cell grid area's scrollbars work like other scrollbars. In
      this case they let the user work on a worksheet which is much
      bigger than what could be shown at any given moment.
    </para>

  </sect2>




  <sect2 id="cell-grid-tabs">
    <title lang="en">The Tabbed Sheet Indicator</title>

<!-- TODO: add a screenshot. Explain selction, drag. -->
    <para lang="en">
      At the bottom of <xref linkend="cell-grid.png"/>, Gnumeric has
      a tabbed sheet indicator. This is the boxes with the labels
      "Guppies", "Turtles", "Mermaids", "seahorses" and so on. In
      workbooks where there are more than one sheet, extra tabs are
      used to indicate how many sheets are there, and also allows the
      user to move to another sheet by clicking the proper tab. Each
      tab is a link to a separate worksheet within Gnumeric. In this
      figure, the "Turtles" tab has been selected. Gnumeric shows this
      by making the "Turtles" since the tab is a little bigger and
      making it overlap the two neighbouring tabs.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      On the far right, the two arrows indicate that there are more
      sheets in the workbook and more tabs for those
      sheets. Unfortunately, there is not enough space to show them
      all so Gnumeric displays these arrows. If all the sheets are
      visible, these arrows will not be displayed. These arrows can be
      used to scroll the tabs and bring tabs that were hidden into
      view. This may be a little difficult to understand and work with
      but becomes easier quickly.
    </para>

  </sect2>
    


</sect1>
 








<sect1 id="info-area">
    <title lang="en">The Information Area</title>
    
    <para lang="en">
      The section at the very bottom of the worksheet view is the
      information area as is shown in <xref linkend="info-area.png"/>.

    <figure id="info-area.png">
      <title lang="en">The Information Display Area.</title>

      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/info-area.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>An image of the information display area.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

      The information area displays information depending on what is
      happening in Gnumeric.
    </para>
	
	<sect2 id="info-area-hint">
		<title lang="en">The Menu Hint Area</title>
	
	<para lang="en">
	The leftmost portion of the information display area, the part
	which reads: "Sort the selected cells" is a hint explaining
	what a menu does. In this case, the Data menu was opened and
	the pointer is hovering above the "sort" menu entry. Gnumeric
	is responding by giving a quick explanation of what that menu
	entry does.
	</para>

	</sect2>

	<sect2 id="info-area-file">
		<title lang="en">The File Status Indicator</title>

		<para lang="en">
		Whenever Gnumeric opens or saves a file, the file
		status indicator appears with a progress bar which
		grows as Gnumeric progresses. In <xref linkend="info-area.png"/>, Gnumeric was just over
		halfway done opening a file.
		</para>
	</sect2>



       <sect2 id="info-area-calc">
      <title lang="en">The Running Calculation Area</title>
      
      <para lang="en">In the bottom right hand corner, is an info area that
      shows some constantly calculated values. The default set is to
      show the Sum of all the currently selected cells.</para>
      
      <para lang="en">There is a right click option that includes a few more
      options.  This can include Sum, Min, Max, Average, Count.</para>
      
      <figure id="worksheet-running-calc-1">
	<title lang="en">The running calculation area.</title>
	<screenshot>
	  <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/worksheet-running-calc-1.png" format="PNG"/></imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the running calculation area.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>
    </sect2>
  </sect1>

<!--end of chapter Other graphical elements.-->


    <sect1 id="sect-gui-mouse">
  <title lang="en">The Mouse Pointers used by Gnumeric</title>

  <para lang="en">
    The shape of the mouse pointer (the pointer which is movable by
    the mouse) changes in different contexts. This indicates that
    different functionality is available and that mouse clicks will
    have different results. The different mouse pointers and the
    actions they indicate are discussed below.
  </para>

  <variablelist>

    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
        <inlinemediaobject> 
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_left.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An arrow pointing to the upper left.</phrase>
            </textobject>
        </inlinemediaobject>
          The left pointing arrow pointer:
      </term>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          The left hand pointing arrow pointer is the standard pointer
          used for most of the interaction with
          <application>Gnumeric</application>. This pointer is used to
          select menus and menu entries, toolbar buttons, columns or
          rows, the scrolling `thumbs' and various other elements.
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
              <inlinemediaobject> 
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_cross_wide.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>A wide white cross with black shading.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
              The cell selection pointer:
      </term>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          This pointer appears over the cell grid area and can be used
          to select cells for editing.
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
              <inlinemediaobject> 
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_text_edit.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>A vertical bar limited at each end by short
                  horizontal stubs.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
              The text editing pointer:
      </term>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          The text editing pointer is used to indicate the location in
          the text where new edits will appear. This cursor can be used
          to change the scale of the zoom, to change the name and size
          of the font currently used or to edit the cell contents in
          the cell entry area (the white area to the right of the
          equals (=) sign.
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
              <inlinemediaobject> 
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_cross_hair.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>A thin cross pointer</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
              The cross hair pointer:
      </term>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          The cross hair pointer can be used to change the cell
          selection area. The pointer appears when the mouse pointer is
          placed over the handle box, the black square at the lower
          right hand side of the selection. When the cross hair pointer
          appear, the selection can be altered by clicking the
          left-hand mouse button and dragging the handle to a new
          position. The cross hair pointer can also be used to insert a
          graphic object, by clicking with the left hand mouse button
          to place one corner and releasing the button to place another
          of the corners.
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
              <inlinemediaobject> 
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_double_vertical_arrow.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>A double ended vertical arrow.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
              <inlinemediaobject> 
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_double_horizontal_arrow.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>A double ended horizontal arrow.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
              The expansion pointers:
      </term>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          These pointers can be used to change the height of rows or
          the width of columns. These pointers appear in certain dialog
          windows to resize the different parts of the dialog. The
          pointers are also used to resize graphical objects as is
          explained below.
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
              <inlinemediaobject> 
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_hand_left.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>A left pointing hand icon.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
              The sheet selection and hyperlink pointer:
      </term>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          This pointer appears above the sheet tabs and can be used,
          by left clicking, to change the currently selected sheet or,
          by right clicking, to obtain the sheet dialog box. This
          pointer also appears above cells which are hyperlinks. Left
          clicking on a hyperlink may change the view to a new
          location, or may open an external file.
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
              <inlinemediaobject> 
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_right.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>An arrow pointing to the upper right.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
              The right pointing arrow pointer:
      </term>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          The right hand pointing arrow pointer is used to select
          graphical objects (such as drawing objects (e.g. arrows,
          ellipses) and graph objects (e.g. charts)).
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
              <inlinemediaobject> 
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_four_way_arrow.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>A four way arrow.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
              The movement pointer:
      </term>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          The movement pointer can be used to move graphical objects
          around a worksheet without resizing the object.
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
              <inlinemediaobject> 
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_double_vertical_arrow.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>A double ended vertical arrow.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
              <inlinemediaobject> 
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_double_horizontal_arrow.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>A double ended horizontal arrow.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
              <inlinemediaobject> 
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_diagonal_resize.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>A diagonal double arrow with center box.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
              The graphical object re-sizing pointers:
      </term>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          These pointers allow the resizing of graphical objects. If the
          mouse pointer is placed over one of the handle boxes of the
          graphical object, the handle box will turn green and the
          pointer will change to one of these forms. When these pointers
          appear, click dragging with the left mouse button will
          resize the graphical object either scaling or stretching the
          object.
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>

<!--
    <varlistentry>
      <term>
              <inlinemediaobject> 
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_zoom_in.png" 
                      format="PNG" />
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>A magnifing glass icon with a plus symbol.
                  </phrase>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
              <inlinemediaobject> 
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_zoom_out.png" 
                      format="PNG" />
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>A magnifing glass icon with a minus symbol.
                  </phrase>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
              The zoom pointers:
      </term>
      <listitem>
        <para>
          These pointers
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
-->

    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en">
              <inlinemediaobject> 
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_resize_multiple.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>Several pointers used to resize dialogs and
                  windows.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </inlinemediaobject>
              The window resizing pointers:
      </term>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          These pointers are used to change the size of
          <application>Gnumeric</application> windows and dialogs.
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>


  </variablelist>


</sect1>
 





  </chapter>



  <chapter id="chapter-data">
    <title lang="en">Working with Data</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This chapter explains the core functionality of
      <application>Gnumeric</application> including the basic types of
      data manipulated by <application>Gnumeric</application>, the
      methods of entering, manipulating and formatting data, and the
      basic tools for analysis of these data. More advanced analysis is
      described in <xref linkend="chapter-advanced-analysis"/>.
    </para>

    <sect1 id="sect-data-overview">
  <title lang="en">Data in Gnumeric Cells</title>
  
  <para lang="en">
    The purpose of a spreadsheet is to manipulate data and perform
    calculations on those data. In order to understand how to use
    <application>Gnumeric</application>, it is necessary to understand
    what types of data are available and how these types can be
    manipulated.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Because all of the data which are entered into a
    <application>Gnumeric</application> workbook can eventually be
    stored in a file, the file contents define the kinds of data which
    can be entered into the spreadsheet. A file contains:
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            metadata about the file contents,
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            global data for the workbook,
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            the actual data contents of each worksheet in the workbook.
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    The metadata include a brief document summary describing the file
    contents and include the settings applicable to the data contents,
    such as the settings for the printing of each sheet and any
    settings for automatically saving the file. The global data for
    the workbook include any names which are defined by the user and
    attributes, such as the protected status of the workbook and
    sheets. The actual data contained in the worksheets include the
    contents of the cells, both data and formatting, and other objects
    such as drawing and charts.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    This chapter describes the information which can be stored in
    spreadsheet cells. This includes the five types of data which cells
    can contain and the formatting which can be applied to each
    cell. The chapter first describes the five data types available,
    then describes the formatting which can be performed on each cell,
    then explains how data can be inserted into a spreadsheet and
    finally describes how to copy and move data around a worksheet
    along with the transformations which can be performed as the data
    are moved. This chapter does not describe other types of data
    which can be stored in a spreadsheet such as drawing elements and
    graphs used to chart data. These are explained in later chapters.
  </para>


</sect1>

    <sect1 id="sect-data-types">
  <title lang="en">The Types of Cell Elements</title>
  
  <para lang="en">
    Each cell in a <application>Gnumeric</application> worksheet can
    contain only a single data element. These elements will have one
    of five basic types: text, numbers, booleans, formulas, or
    errors. During data entry, <application>Gnumeric</application>
    assigns a default data type to the cell based on an analysis of
    the cell contents. This assignment can be changed later if
    <application>Gnumeric</application> makes the wrong
    assignment. For information on how to change the data type of a
    cell, see <xref linkend="sect-data-format"/>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The five basic types of data which can be stored in a spreadsheet
    cell are:
    <variablelist>

       <varlistentry>
         <term lang="en">Text</term>
         <listitem>
           <para lang="en">
              A text element can contain a series of letters, numbers
              or other contents. For example, the first cell in a
              worksheet might contain the characters —This
              worksheet describes the company's income — which
              <application>Gnumeric</application> would interpret to
              be text. In order to distinguish text elements from
              number or formula elements, the text element may start
              with a single quote. For instance, if a cell contained
              only the three digits 345,
              <application>Gnumeric</application> would consider that
              to be the number three hundred and forty five. If this
              cell is intended to be a string,
              <application>Gnumeric</application> will store the cell
              as '345. The newline character cannot be entered
              directly but must be entered as <keycombo>
              <keycap>Alt</keycap>
              <keycap>Enter</keycap></keycombo>. For more information
              on entering and formatting text elements, see <xref linkend="sect-data-text"/>.
            </para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>

        <varlistentry>
         <term lang="en">Numbers</term>
         <listitem>
           <para lang="en">
              A number element can contain a series of digits (425)
              but may include specific text and formatting characters
              to indicate negative numbers (-345), decimal separator
              (34.0567), thousand separators (12,342), currency ($23),
              dates (21-10-1998), times (10:23) or scientific notation
              (2.3e12). Dates may include the names of months or their
              abbreviation. The currency, decimal separator and
              thousands separator symbols vary depending on the locale
              (the language and other location specific behaviour) to
              which <application>Gnumeric</application> has been
              set. See <xref linkend="sect-configuration-localization"/> to understand how to change the locale. If you want a
              number to be displayed as a plain string without any
              number formatting, you can put a single quote (') before
              it. For more information on entering and formatting,
              numeric elements see <xref linkend="sect-data-numbers"/>.
            </para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>


       <varlistentry>
         <term lang="en">Boolean</term>
         <listitem>
           <para lang="en">
              A boolean element can contain one of two values: TRUE
              and FALSE. These are useful as inputs or outputs from
              formulas and for boolean algebra.  More information on
              boolean data elements is presented in <xref linkend="sect-data-boolean"/>.
            </para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>


       <varlistentry>
         <term lang="en">Formulas</term>
         <listitem>
           <para lang="en">
             A formula is an instruction to
             <application>Gnumeric</application> which describes a
             calculation which should be performed
             automatically. These formulas can contain standard
             arithmetic elements but can also contain references to
             other cells. Calculations which depend on other cells are
             usually recalculated when the values of another cell
             changes. Formulas always begin with a special character
             — the equals sign (=). The commercial at symbol (@)
             can be used instead of the equals sign during data entry
             but <application>Gnumeric</application> will convert this
             to an equals sign. Alternatively, an entry which
             describes a calculation and which starts with either the
             plus (+) or minus symbol (-) will be converted to a
             formula starting with an equals sign. For a more complete
             explanation of formulas, see <xref linkend="sect-data-formulas"/>.
            </para>

           <para lang="en">
           A cell reference is the part of a formula which refers to
           another cell.  For example, in the formula to add two cells
           =(A4+A1), both A4 and A1 are cell references. These
           references can be quite complex referring to cells in
           different worksheets or even in different files. See <xref linkend="sect-data-formulas-references"/> for a complete
           explanation of references.
            </para>
 
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>


       <varlistentry>
         <term lang="en">Error</term>
         <listitem>
           <para lang="en">
              An error element describes the failure to calculate the
              result of a formula. These values are rarely entered
              directly by a user but usually are the display given
              when a formula cannot be correctly calculated.  See
              <xref linkend="sect-data-errors"/> for a complete list
              of error values and their explanation.
            </para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>
  </para>

  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      A cell may display a series of hash marks (######). This
      indicates that the result is too wide to display in the cell
      given the current font setting and the current column
      width. When this occurs, the value in the cell can be seen in
      two ways. If the cell is selected, the value will appear in the
      data entry area (to the right of the equals button directly
      above the cell grid). Alternatively, the column containing the
      cell can be widened until the data contents become visible:
      select the whole column (by clicking on the column header)
      and choose 
      <menuchoice>
      <guimenu>Format</guimenu>
      <guisubmenu>Column</guisubmenu>
      <guimenuitem>Auto fit selection</guimenuitem>
      </menuchoice>.
    </para>
  </note>


<sect2 id="sect-data-text">
  <title lang="en">Text Data Elements</title>

  <para lang="en">
    Text elements consist of an arbitrary sequence of characters or
    numbers entered into a cell. Because
    <application>Gnumeric</application> automatically recognizes
    certain sequences as numbers or formulas, certain sequences of
    characters (such as sequences containing only digits or a text
    element which starts with an equals sign) must be treated
    specially to have them considered text. In order to force any
    sequence to be considered text, the sequence can be started with
    an apostrophe symbol (<keysym>'</keysym>). Alternatively, the
    'number' format of the cell can be specified to be 'text' before
    entering the characters, as explained in <xref linkend="number-formatting-overview"/>. Text elements are the
    simplest elements to enter into spreadsheet cells.
  </para>

  <para lang="en"> An example of a spreadsheet cell grid with cells containing
  text is given in <xref linkend="fig-cell-with-text"/>.

  <figure id="fig-cell-with-text">
    <title lang="en">A Text Data Element in a Cell.</title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata fileref="figures/cell-with-text.png" format="PNG"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>

  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Valid text entries include simple words, whole sentences and even
    paragraphs.
  </para>

  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      To include a newline in a cell, a special key combination is
      required. A newline symbol can be inserted with the key
      combination of
      <keycombo><keysym>Alt</keysym><keysym>Enter</keysym></keycombo>.
    </para>
  </note>


</sect2>	  

<sect2 id="sect-data-numbers">
  <title lang="en">Number Data Elements</title>

<!-- TODO: add influence of locale (decimal, thousands sep) on number format. -->

  <para lang="en">
    Number data elements include a variety of data all of which are
    stored and manipulated by <application>Gnumeric</application> as
    numbers. This includes integers, decimal fractions, general
    fractions, numbers in scientific notation, dates, times, and
    currency values.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Data are recognized as numbers when they are entered, dependent on
    the format of the sequence of characters
    entered. <application>Gnumeric</application> attempts to
    intelligently guess the subtype of the data and match the data to
    an existing format for numbered data. If it matches a data format,
    <application>Gnumeric</application> will automatically assign the
    datum to a data type and associate an appropriate display format
    with the cell. The format recognition of
    <application>Gnumeric</application> includes a wide variety of
    data formats which are discussed in detail in <xref linkend="number-formatting-overview"/>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Because <application>Gnumeric</application> automatically guesses
    the data type of a number being entered into a cell, this process
    may have to be over-ridden for certain types of data. For
    example, postal codes in the United States consist of a sequence
    of numbers which <application>Gnumeric</application> interprets as
    an integer. However, U.S. postal codes can start with a leading
    zero which <application>Gnumeric</application> discards by
    default. In order to override the default format, the number
    format of the cell must be specified before the entry of the
    data. This is explained in <xref linkend="number-formatting-overview"/>, below.
  </para>


</sect2>	  

<sect2 id="sect-data-boolean">
  <title lang="en">Boolean Data Elements</title>
  
  <para lang="en">
    Cells can contain boolean data elements. These elements arise from
    Boolean logic which is a branch of mathematics. These elements are
    useful for manipulation of formulas.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Boolean values can be either "TRUE" or "FALSE". If these strings
    are entered into a cell, <application>Gnumeric</application> will
    recognize these as boolean values. These values can then be used
    in formulas. Certain formulas will also return boolean values.
  </para>

<!--
  <example>
    <para>
      An example of a formula expression which uses booleans and
      returns a boolean value:
      <programlisting>
        =

      </programlisting>
    </para>
  </example>
-->


</sect2>	  





<sect2 id="sect-data-formulas">
  <title lang="en">Formula Elements</title>
  
<!-- TODO: add explanation of operator precedence. -->
<!-- TODO: add explanation of stacked division a/b/c. -->

  <para lang="en">
    Formulas are the key to making a powerful spreadsheet. A formula
    instructs <application>Gnumeric</application> to perform
    calculations and display the results. These calculations are
    defined as a formula data elements. The power of these formulas
    arises because these formulas can include the contents of other
    cells and the results of the formulas are updated automatically
    when the contents of any cell included in the formula change. The
    contents of other cells are included using "cell references" which
    are explained below.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Any formula entered into a cell must follow a specific syntax so
    that <application>Gnumeric</application> can interpret the formula
    correctly. This syntax closely follows mathematical notation but
    also includes spreadsheet formulas, object names and cell
    references.
  </para>
    
  <sect3 id="sect-data-formulas-syntax">
    <title lang="en">Syntax</title>
    
    <para lang="en">
      Formulas are distinguished from regular data by starting with an
      equals sign (=) as the first character. Everything following
      this equals sign is evaluated as a formula.
    </para>

    <tip>
      <title lang="en">Alternate Beginnings for Formulas</title>

      <para lang="en">
        To accommodate those more familiar with Lotus spreadsheets,
        Gnumeric recognizes the commercial at symbol (@) as the
        beginning of a formula and substitutes an equals sign.  The
        plus and minus characters (+ and -) may also start formulas
        that involve calculation, but when used in front of a single
        number only indicate the sign of the number.
      </para>
    </tip>

    <para lang="en">
      The simplest formulas just use the standard math operator and
      symbols.  Addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division
      are represented by +, -, *, and /, just as you would expect.
      +,- can be placed in front of numbers to indicate sign, as well.
      
      <example id="standardoperators">
        <title lang="en">Examples of standard operators</title>
        <programlisting lang="en">
=5+5            returns 10.
	
=5-4            returns 1.
	
=-5             returns -5.
	
=5*5            returns 25.

=(5*5)+11       returns 36.
	
=(5*5)+(49/7)   returns 32.
        </programlisting>
      </example>
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Formulas can result in error values in several instances. If a
      formula is entered incorrectly,
      <application>Gnumeric</application> will display a warning and
      allow either the formula to be corrected or will save the
      formula as text for editing later. If a syntactically correct
      formula results in a nonsensical calculation (for instance, a
      division by zero), then an error value will be displayed
      indicating the error.
    </para>

  </sect3>



  <sect3 id="sect-data-formulas-functions">
    <title lang="en">Using Functions</title>
    
    <para lang="en">
      Formulas can also contain functions which denote the use of
      standard mathematical, business, statistical, and scientific
      calculations. These functions take the place of any data element
      in a formula and can therefore be combined with the standard
      arithmetic operators described above.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      These functions have the form:
    
      <example id="basicfunctionsyntax">
        <title lang="en">Basic Function syntax</title>
        <programlisting lang="en">
FUNCTIONNAME(ARGUMENTS)
        </programlisting>
      </example>

      where FUNCTIONNAME indicates the name of a function and
      ARGUMENTS indicates one or more arguments to the function. The
      function arguments are separated by commas (<keysym>,</keysym>).

    </para>

    <tip>
      <para lang="en">
        While the documentation generally refers to functions and to
        cells in capital letters, their use is not actually case
        sensitive.
      </para>
    </tip>

    <para lang="en">
      Some examples of the use of functions are: 

	<example id="functionsyntax">
	  <title lang="en">Some examples of function syntax</title>
	  <programlisting lang="en">
=SUM(A1,A2,A4,B5)
	    
=AVERAGE(A1:A16)
	    
=EXP(1)
	    
=PI()
	    
=3+4*MIN(A1,A2,B6)
	  </programlisting>
	</example>

      The arguments of the functions vary in number from none, as in
      the PI() function, to an unlimited number, as in the SUM()
      function, depending on the type of function.
    </para>

  </sect3>



  <sect3 id="sect-data-formulas-references">
    <title lang="en">Cell Referencing</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Formulas can include the displayed data from other cells. These
      contents are described as `cell references' which are names
      indicating that the contents of other cells should be used in
      the calculation.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Each cell in a spreadsheet is named by its column and row
      labels. By default, the column labels are letters and the row labels are
      numbers. The first cell, therefore, is called A1. One column
      over and two rows down from cell A1 is the cell B3.
      In a worksheet of the default size, the right
      most and bottom most cell is cell IV65536 which is the cell in
      column IV and in row 65536.
      An alternative cell reference notation uses numbers for both row
      and column identification.
      See <xref linkend="sect-data-formulas-references-r1c1"/> below for details.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The value of a cell can be used in a formula simply by entering
      its name where a number value would otherwise occur. For
      example, to have the data in cell B1 appear in another cell,
      enter =B1 into that cell. Other more complex examples include:
  
      <example id="simplecellrefer">
        <title lang="en">Some examples of simple cell reference syntax</title>

        <programlisting lang="en">
=A1+EXP(B1)-(C3/C4)
      
=COS(A2)*SIN(A2)
        </programlisting>
      </example>
    </para>
  
    <sect4 id="sect-data-formulas-references-absolute">
      <title lang="en">Absolute cell referencing</title>

      <para lang="en">
        Cells can be referenced in the default way (relative
        referencing), or by using absolute referencing. Absolute
        referencing means that when the cell is copied, the cell
        reference does not change. Normally, auto-filling a cell range
        or moving a cell will change its cell reference so that it
        maintains a relation to the original cell. Absolute
        referencing prevents these changes.
      </para>

      <tip id="why-bother">
        <title lang="en">When Does Relative Referencing Make a Difference?</title>
        <para lang="en">
          The difference between absolute and relative cell references
          only matters if you are copying or moving cells that contain
          cell references. For cells that are going to remain in
          place, both the relative and absolute references have the
          same result.
        </para>
      </tip>

      <example id="relative-referencing-explained">
        <title>Relativa referenser</title>
          <para lang="en">
            For example, if =A1 is the formula entered into cell B2,
            cell B2 will display the data in cell A1, which is one row
            up and one column left.  Then, if you copy the contents of
            B2 to cell F6, cell F6 will contain the value from E5,
            which is also one row up and one column left.
          </para>

          <para lang="en">
            For the copied cell to still refer to A1, specify absolute
            references using the $ character: $A$1 refers to cell A1,
            no matter where it is copied.
          </para>
        </example>

      <para lang="en">
        The format for absolute cell referencing is to use a '$' in
        front of the cell coordinate that you want to stay
        constant. The column, the row, or both can be held constant.
      </para>

      <example id="cell-refer-absolute-reference">
        <title lang="en">Cell referencing examples</title>

        <para lang="en">
          What happens when a given formula is entered into cell B2,
          then copied to other cells?
	<variablelist>
	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">=A1</term> 
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                =A1 is a normal, or relative, cell reference
                function. When =A1 is entered into cell B2, it refers
                to the value of data one cell up and one cell left
                from the cell with the reference. Therefore, if this
                formula were copied from cell B2 to cell C2, the value
                displayed in cell C2 will be the value of data in cell
                B1.  Copied to cell R19, the formula will display the
                data in cell Q18.
              </para>
            </listitem>
	  </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">=$A1</term>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                In this case, the column value is absolute, but the
                row value is relative.  Therefore, if =$A1 is entered
                into cell B2, the formula refers to the data in column
                A that is one row up from the current location.
                Copied to cell C2, the formula will refer to the data
                in cell A1. Copied to cell R19, it will refer to the
                data in A18.
              </para>
            </listitem>
	  </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">=A$1</term>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                This formula uses a relative column value and an
                absolute row value. In cell B2, it refers to cell A1
                as the data in the cell one column left and in row
                1. Copied to cell C3, the formula will display the
                data in cell B1.
              </para>
            </listitem>
	  </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">=$A$1</term>
            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">
                No matter where this formula is copied, it will always
                refer to the data in cell A1.
              </para>
            </listitem>
	  </varlistentry>
	</variablelist>
        </para>
      </example>
    </sect4>

    <sect4 id="sect-data-formulas-references-r1c1">
    <title lang="en">References using R1C1 Notation</title>
      <para lang="en">
        From the <guimenuitem>Format ▶ Sheet</guimenuitem> submenu you can
        select R1C1 notation for a worksheet.
        This causes all cell references on the sheet to be shown as
        “R<emphasis role="italic">r</emphasis>C<emphasis role="italic">c</emphasis>”,
        where <emphasis role="italic">r</emphasis> is the row number and
        <emphasis role="italic">c</emphasis> is the column number.
        When R1C1 notation is selected, the column headers show numbers rather than letters.
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
        When <emphasis role="italic">r</emphasis> and <emphasis role="italic">c</emphasis>
        are positive integers, as in “R1C1”, the reference is absolute.
        To produce a relative reference, enclose a number in square brackets; if the number
        is zero, it can be omitted along with the brackets.
        For example, “RC[-2]” refers to the cell two columns to the left
        in the current row, while “R[1]C1” refers to the cell in the first
        column of the next row down from the referencing cell.
        The second example combines a relative row reference with an absolute column reference.
      </para>
    </sect4>

    <sect4 id="sect-data-formulas-references-multi">
      <title lang="en">Referencing multiple cells</title>
    
      <para lang="en">
        Many functions can take multiple cells as arguments. This can
        either be a comma separated list, an array, or any combination
        thereof.
      </para>
    
      <sect5 id="sect-data-formulas-references-multi-indiv">
        <title lang="en">Multiple individual cells</title>
      
        <para lang="en">
          A comma separated list of cell references can be used to
          indicate cells that are discontinuous.
        </para>
      
      
        <example id="cellrefermutiplecells">
	  <title lang="en">Some examples of function syntax</title>
	  <programlisting lang="en">
=SUM(A1,B2,C4)
	  
=MIN(A1,B2,C4,C5,D6)
	  </programlisting>
        </example>
      
      
        <screenshot>
	  <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/cells-1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of a worksheet with a function.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>

      </sect5>
    
      <sect5 id="sect-data-formulas-references-multi-region">
        <title lang="en">Referencing a continuous region of cells</title>
      
        <para lang="en">
          For functions that take more than one argument, it is often
          easier to reference the cells as a group. This can include
          cells in sets horizontally, vertically, or in arrays.
        </para>
      
        <para lang="en">
          The ':' operator is used to indicate a range of cells. The
          basic syntax is upper left corner:bottom right
          corner.
        </para>
      
        <example id="cellrefercontin">
	  <title lang="en">Referencing blocks of cells</title>
	  <programlisting lang="en">
=SUM(A1:E1)
	  
=AVERAGE(B4:E7)
	  
=MIN(A1:A5)            
	  </programlisting>
        </example>
      
      
        <screenshot>
	  <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/cells-2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of a worksheet with a function
              referencing a block of cells.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </sect5>
    
      <sect5 id="sect-data-formulas-references-multi-disjoint">
        <title lang="en">Referencing non-continuous regions</title>
	  
        <para lang="en">
          For referencing cells that are in non-continuous regions,
          you can use any combination of the above methods to get the
          needed cells.
        </para>
      
      
	<example id="cellreferdiscontin">
	  <title lang="en">Referencing blocks of cells</title>
	  <programlisting lang="en">
=SUM(A1:E1, B19, L14:L17)
	  
=AVERAGE(A1,A3, A5:C5)
	  </programlisting>
        </example>
      </sect5>
    </sect4>

    <sect4 id="sect-data-formulas-references-tosheets">
      <title lang="en">Referencing cells on other sheets</title>

      <para lang="en">
        It is possible to reference cells which are not part of the
        current sheet.  This is done using the SHEETNAME!CELLLIST
        syntax, where SHEETNAME is an identifier (usually a sheet
        name) and CELLLIST is a reference to a cell or range of cells as described in
        the previous sections.
        If SHEETNAME contains spaces or other special characters, you must
        quote the whole name to allow <application>Gnumeric</application> to recognize it as a single name.
        See the examples below.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        When the reference is to a range of cells, the worksheet name only
        needs to be given with the first cell reference. The ending cell of
        the range is assumed to be on the same worksheet if an explicit sheet
        name is not specified. Note, however, that “Sheet1!A1:Sheet3!C5”
        is a legitimate cell range description. It identifies a range three columns
        wide and five rows deep on each of the worksheets from Sheet1 through Sheet3.
        The preferred form of such a reference is “Sheet1:Sheet3!A1:C5”,
        which is the form <application>Gnumeric</application> will display if you subsequently edit the contents
        of a cell containing such a reference.
      </para>

      <example id="simple-sheet-ref">
        <title lang="en">Referencing cells in other sheets</title>
        <programlisting lang="en">
='Sheet 0'!A1+'Sheet 3'!A5

=SUM(Sheet1!A1:A5)
        </programlisting>
      </example>

    </sect4>

    <sect4 id="sect-data-formulas-references-tofiles">
      <title lang="en">Referencing cells on other files</title>

      <para lang="en">
        It is possible to reference cells in other files. The
        canonical form for these references is
        [<emphasis role="italic">filename</emphasis>]SHEETNAME!CELLLIST.
        The square brackets serve to quote <emphasis role="italic">filename</emphasis>,
        so you should use quotation marks only if they are actually part of the file name.
        Note that the sheet name must be present in references of this form.
      </para>

      <example id="simple-file-ref">
        <title lang="en">Referencing cells in other files</title>
        <programlisting lang="en">
=[Name of the file]'Sheet 0'!A1

=CEIL( [First Version.gnumeric]'Sheet 1'!E20 )
        </programlisting>
      </example>

    </sect4>


  </sect3>



  <sect3 id="sect-data-formulas-names">
    <title>Namn</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Names are labels which have a meaning defined in the spreadsheet or by <application>Gnumeric</application>.
      A name can refer to a numeric value, a string, a range of cells, or a formula.
      For details on defining and using names, see <xref linkend="sect-data-names"/>.
    </para>

    <example id="namesyntax">
      <title lang="en">Examples of name usage</title>

      <para lang="en">
        If myCellRange is defined as '$A$1:$B$500' and my_E_Constant is
        defined as 2.71828182845 then we can have:
      </para>

      <programlisting lang="en">
=VLOOKUP(C1, "gnu", myCellRange, 2, 0)

=LN(my_E_Constant)

=SUM(myCellRange, my_E_Constant)
      </programlisting>
    </example>

  </sect3>

  <sect3 id="sect-data-formulas-array">
    <title lang="en">Array Formulas</title>
    
    <para lang="en">
      It is periodically useful or necessary to have an expression
      return a matrix rather than a single value.  The first example
      most people think of are matrix operations such as
      multiplication, transpose, and inverse.  A less obvious usage is
      for data retrieval routines (databases, realtime data-feeds) or
      functions with vector results (yield curve calculations).
    </para>
    
    <example id="arrayformulacreate">
      <title lang="en">Entering an Array Formula</title>
      <para lang="en">
        An array formula is currently entered by selecting the single
        range in which to store the result, entering the array
        formula, and hitting the key combination,
        <keycombo>
          <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
          <keycap>Shift</keycap>
          <keycap>Enter</keycap>
        </keycombo>.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The result is displayed as:
      </para>

      <programlisting lang="en">
={FUNCTION(ARGUMENTS)}(num_rows, num_cols)[row][column]
      </programlisting>
    </example>

  </sect3>

  <sect3 id="sect-data-formulas-database">
    <title lang="en">Database Formulas</title>
  <para lang="en">
    Solely for compatibility with Excel and ODF files, <application>Gnumeric</application> supports various database functions:
    <xref linkend="gnumeric-function-DAVERAGE"/>,
    <xref linkend="gnumeric-function-DCOUNT"/>,
    <xref linkend="gnumeric-function-DCOUNTA"/>,
    <xref linkend="gnumeric-function-DGET"/>,
    <xref linkend="gnumeric-function-DMAX"/>,
    <xref linkend="gnumeric-function-DMIN"/>,
    <xref linkend="gnumeric-function-DPRODUCT"/>,
    <xref linkend="gnumeric-function-DSTDEV"/>,
    <xref linkend="gnumeric-function-DSTDEVP"/>,
    <xref linkend="gnumeric-function-DSUM"/>,
    <xref linkend="gnumeric-function-DVAR"/> and
    <xref linkend="gnumeric-function-DVARP"/>.
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    Since these functions are quite restrictive on the criteria that can be used, it is often
    easier to use array functions as described in <xref linkend="sect-data-formulas-array"/>.
    Array functions are also useful in the case that a specific database function does not exist:
  </para>

 <example id="dmedian">
   <title lang="en">Simulating <code>DMEDIAN</code> with an Array Function</title>
   <para lang="en">
     As shown in  <xref linkend="dmedian-example-1"/>, instead of using (the non-existing) 
     function <code>DMEDIAN</code> one can use the alternative expression 
     <code>median(if(A1:A20="AA",B1:B20))</code> entered as an array function as described in 
     <xref linkend="sect-data-formulas-array"/>. Multiple conditions can be combined using
     multiplication to obtain <code>AND</code> and addition to obtain <code>OR</code> as in 
     <code>median(if((A1:A20="AA")+(C1:C20="BB"),B1:B20))</code>.
     Using defined names as introduced in <xref linkend="sect-data-formulas-names"/> for 
     <code>A1:A20</code> and <code>B1:B20</code> can make this code very flexible and readable.
   </para>
 </example>
     <note><para lang="en">
     In this case we cannot use <code>if(OR(A1:A20="AA",C1:C20="BB"),...)</code> since the
     OR function would be applied to all 40 equality tests rather than each of the 20 pairs of equality tests.
   </para></note>

  <figure id="dmedian-example-1">
    <title lang="en">Calculating the MEDIAN of Some Data Values</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/formula-dmedian.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Calculating the MEDIAN of some data values.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

 </sect3>

</sect2>
             




<sect2 id="sect-data-errors">
  <title lang="en">Error Elements</title>
  
  <para lang="en">
    Cells can display error values if the formula contained in the
    cell cannot be solved or if other anomalous conditions occur. 
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    In <application>Gnumeric</application> all error values have names that start with <code>#</code>. 
    8 error values are standardized:
  </para>
<!--    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    -->
<table frame="all"><title lang="en">The standard error values of <application>Gnumeric</application></title>
<tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
<colspec colnum="1" colname="col1" colwidth="1*"/>
<colspec colnum="2" colname="col2" colwidth="3*"/>
<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="left">Namn</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Normal Use</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry><code>#DIV/0!</code></entry>
  <entry lang="en">Division by zero occurred.</entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><code>#N/A</code></entry>
  <entry lang="en">Not applicable. This is the result of the 
  <code>=NA()</code> formula.
  </entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><code>#NAME?</code></entry>
  <entry lang="en">An unknown function name or other name was encountered.</entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><code>#NULL!</code></entry>
  <entry lang="en">The result of specifying an intersecting range that in fact does
  <emphasis>not</emphasis> intersect.</entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry><code>#NUM!</code></entry>
  <entry lang="en">A formula could not be evaluated because an invalid number was 
  used as argument, for example <code>=SQRT(-1)</code></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry><code>#REF!</code></entry>
  <entry lang="en">An invalid cell address or reference was encountered.</entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><code>#UNKNOWN!</code></entry>
  <entry lang="en">Usually the result of importing an unrecognized error from a
  different file format.</entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><code>#VALUE!</code></entry>
  <entry lang="en">A formula could not be evaluated because the wrong type of argument
  was used.</entry> 
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
<!--    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    -->

</sect2>


</sect1>

    <sect1 id="sect-data-entry">
  <title lang="en">Data Entry</title>

  <para lang="en">
    There are several ways to add data into a spreadsheet. The
    simplest data entry technique involves typing the data into a
    spreadsheet by hand. This is usually necessary the first time that
    data are introduced into a computer. If the data already exist in
    a computer file of some kind, a simple way might exist to insert
    these data into a <application>Gnumeric</application>
    worksheet. If the data are in a text file, they can be inserted
    into a worksheet rapidly using the text conversion facilities. If
    data exist in a spreadsheet file of a different format,
    <application>Gnumeric</application> may be able to open the file
    and the data can then be copied where they are wanted.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    This section explains how to enter data by hand into a
    spreadsheet. The techniques necessary to obtain data from other
    computer sources are explained in <xref linkend="chapter-files"/> which
    deals with external data sources.
  </para>
    
  <warning>
    <para lang="en">
      If the information being entered into
      <application>Gnumeric</application> cannot be interpreted
      correctly, <application>Gnumeric</application> will display an
      error message. The user may then be forced to edit the data
      before continuing. For example, a formula may be mathematically
      incorrect if the user has two operators in a row (e.g. =3+*4)
      and the dialog will give the user the chance to re-edit the
      entry or accept the entry as text rather than as a formula. When
      the formula is corrected, the leading apostrophe can be removed
      and <application>Gnumeric</application> will re-interpret the
      entry as a formula.
    </para>
  </warning>

  <sect2 id="sect-data-entry-simple">
    <title lang="en">Data Entry by Editing Cells.</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The simplest method to place data in a spreadsheet involves
      selecting the location for the data, typing the data on a
      keyboard and then typing the <keysym>Enter</keysym> key to
      finish the input.
    </para>

    <procedure>
      <title lang="en">Simple Data Entry</title>
      <step>
        <para lang="en">
          Select the cell where you want to enter data by clicking on
          it with the white cross cursor. This will place the thick
          `selection' box around that cell.
        </para>
      </step>

      <step>
        <para lang="en">
          Type in the data or formula. The details of this step are
          presented below for each of the five types of data which can
          be entered.
        </para>
      </step>

      <step>
        <para lang="en">
          Press the <keysym>Enter</keysym> key. This will complete the
          input and move the selection box down one cell which will
          then be able to receive further input.
        </para>
      </step>
    </procedure>

    <tip>
      <para lang="en">
        At any time while entering the data and before the
        <keysym>Enter</keysym> is pressed, the user can cancel the
        data entry by typing the <keysym>Esc</keysym> key. This will
        return the spreadsheet to the selection mode and restore the
        contents previously in the selected cell.
      </para>
    </tip>


    <tip>
      <para lang="en">
        Instead of the <keysym>Enter</keysym> key, other keys can be
        used to input the data in the current cell. These other keys
        will move the selection box to other locations than does the
        <keysym>Enter</keysym> key. The <keysym>Tab</keysym> key
        inputs the entry in the currently selected cell and then moves
        the selection box one cell to the right of the current
        cell. The arrow keys input the entry into the currently
        selected cell and move one cell in the direction of the
        arrow. The <keysym>Enter</keysym> key can also be used in
        conjunction with other keys. Typing the
        <keycombo><keysym>Shift</keysym><keysym>Enter</keysym></keycombo>
        combination will move the selection upwards after
        entry. Typing the
        <keycombo><keysym>Ctrl</keysym><keysym>Enter</keysym></keycombo>
        combination will re-select the currently selected cell.
      </para>
    </tip>


    <sect3 id="sect-data-entry-advanced-editing-mode">
      <title lang="en">Advanced Editing Mode</title>
      
      <para lang="en">
        After selecting the cell and initially entering the data, the
        user is in a limited editing mode. The main key for editing
        mistakes in this mode is the backspace key.
      </para>
    
      <para lang="en">
        For a more complete set of editing options, especially for
        longer entries, there is an advanced editing mode.  To enter
        the advanced editing mode, press the <keycap>F2</keycap>
        function key or click on the editing region. The keyboard
        focus will then shift from the current cell to the editing
        region at the top of the worksheet. There, you can use cursor
        keys to position the cursor within the data in the cell, and
        have all of the capabilities of the data entry area available.
      </para>

       <para lang="en">
         For example, you can use:      
           <variablelist>
	     <varlistentry>
	       <term lang="en"><keycap>Backspace</keycap></term>
	       <listitem><para lang="en">Delete the character to the left of the
	       cursor.</para></listitem>
	     </varlistentry>
	     <varlistentry>
	       <term lang="en"><keycap>Cursor keys</keycap></term>
	       <listitem><para lang="en">Move the cursor appropriately.</para></listitem>
	     </varlistentry>
	     <varlistentry>
	       <term lang="en"><keycap>Ctrl+K</keycap></term>
	       <listitem><para lang="en">Delete to the end of the line</para></listitem>
	     </varlistentry>
           </variablelist>
         See <xref linkend="sect-data-entry"/> For more info on the data
         entry area.
       </para>

      <tip>
        <para lang="en">
          All the normal key bindings for GNOME application entry
          boxes also apply in the data entry box.
        </para>
      </tip>

      <para lang="en">
        After finishing the data entry, pressing the
        <keycap>Enter</keycap> key will input the data entry and move
        the selection box downward just like for the simple editing
        mode.
      </para>

    </sect3>

  </sect2>

<!-- Below is a section for each data type explaining how to enter it. -->

  <sect2 id="sect-data-entry-text">
    <title lang="en">Entering Text Data</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Text can be entered by selecting a cell, typing the text and
      then typing the <keysym>Enter</keysym> key. Anything that is not
      interpreted to be a number, boolean, formula or error will be
      treated as a text field. To prevent
      <application>Gnumeric</application> from interpreting an entry
      as one of these other elements, a leading apostrophe can be
      added to force the entry to be text. Any entry, no matter what
      the contents, which starts with a leading apostrophe (') will be
      considered to be text.
    </para>

    <tip>
      <para lang="en">
        Postal codes in the United States are series of five
        integers. By default, <application>Gnumeric</application>
        interprets these to be numbers. This interpretation means that
        the leading zeros used in the postal codes of the northeastern
        region will be lost by default. To retain these leading zeros,
        either the code should be entered with a leading apostrophe
        (e.g. '02917) or the cells should be formatted as text before
        data entry (see <xref linkend="sect-data-format"/> for an
        explanation of formatting).
      </para>
    </tip>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-data-entry-numbers">
    <title lang="en">Entering Number Data</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Numbers can be entered like other items. First the cell in which
      the number should be entered must be selected, then a valid
      number must be typed in and finally the entry must be inserted
      using the <keysym>Enter</keysym> key. The valid formats for
      numbers are presented in <xref linkend="sect-data-numbers"/>.
    </para>

    <para>
      
    </para>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-data-entry-booleans">
    <title lang="en">Entering Boolean Data</title>

    <para lang="en">
      A boolean can be entered by selecting the cell, typing the
      boolean (either TRUE or FALSE) and then typing the
      <keysym>Enter</keysym> key.
    </para>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-data-entry-formulas">
    <title lang="en">Entering Formulas</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Formulas can be entered simply by typing a syntactically correct
      formula in a cell. The correct syntax for formulas is explained
      in detail in <xref linkend="sect-data-formulas"/>. Formulas
      begin with an equals sign (=) and contain arithmetic symbols,
      functions with their arguments and cell references.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      To enter a formula, first the cell must be selected, then the
      correct formula must be typed, and finally the
      <keysym>Enter</keysym> key must be typed.
    </para>

    <warning>
      <para lang="en">
        If the formula entered into
        <application>Gnumeric</application> cannot be interpreted
        correctly, <application>Gnumeric</application> will display an
        error message giving the user the choice of re-editing the
        formula or saving the formula as a text field to be edited
        later. For example, a formula may be mathematically incorrect
        if the user has two operators in a row (e.g. =3+*4). If the
        formula is saved as text, when the formula is corrected the
        leading apostrophe must be
        removed. <application>Gnumeric</application> will then
        re-interpret the entry as a formula.
      </para>
    </warning>

    <sect3 id="sect-data-entry-formulas-shortcuts-references">
      <title lang="en">Shortcuts for including cell references and ranges in formulas
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        Formulas often include cell references or references to ranges
        of cells as arguments to functions. These references and
        ranges can be entered into a formula simply by typing in the
        proper syntax (see <xref linkend="sect-data-formulas-references"/> for more details).
        But manually entering in cell ranges is slow and
        cumbersome. In order to speed up the entry of these cell
        ranges, the mouse and the keyboard arrow keys can be used to
        select these cell ranges quickly.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        When editing a formula, if the cursor is at a point where a
        cell reference or range would be appropriate, the reference or
        range can be selected using the mouse. If the mouse is used to
        click on a cell, the reference of that cell will be entered
        into a formula. Alternatively, if the mouse is used to drag a
        selection over a range of cells, that cell range will become
        part of the formula. The selected range will be highlighted by
        a border of moving black dashes, commonly called the "marching
        ants" border.
      </para>

  <figure id="fig-editing-cell-selection">
    <title lang="en">The highlighted selection</title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata fileref="figures/cell-selected.png" format="PNG"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>
  
    <procedure>
      <title lang="en">Using the mouse to enter cell references</title>
      <step>
	<para lang="en">
          Begin entering a formula as you would normally. Stop at the
	  point where a cell reference is appropriate. For example,
	  example, type <userinput>=exp(</userinput>
	</para>
	</step>
      <step>
	<para lang="en">
	  Click on the cell you want to reference. Its reference will
	  be entered into the formula.
	</para>
      </step>
      <step>
	<para lang="en">
	  To finish the formula, just type in the closing
	  parenthesis. This will also "unselect" the region.
	</para>
      </step>
    </procedure>
    
    <para lang="en">The mouse can be used to select a single cell, a continuous
    range of cells or several disjoint ranges of cells just like
    regular selections. </para>

    <para lang="en">If entering lots of formulas or even just entering a few
    formulas, it is often quickest to use the keyboard to select cells
    and ranges of cells for use in formulas. Just as reaching a input
    point allows the user to select cells with the mouse, it is
    possible to use the keyboard to select cells. Just use the cursor
    keys and selection modifiers to create a selection.</para>

    <procedure>
      <title lang="en">Using the keyboard to enter cell references</title>

      <step>
	<para lang="en">
	  Select a cell to enter a formula into. For example A1.
	</para>
      </step>
      <step>
	<para lang="en">Enter a formula, but stop the cursor at a point
	  where a cell reference is appropriate. For this example,
	  =SUM( 
	</para>
      </step>
      <step>
	<para lang="en">
	  Move the selection around with the cursor keys. Move the
	  selection cursor to cell B1 to start the selection.
	</para>
      </step>
      <step>
	<para lang="en">
	  Hold down <keycap>Shift</keycap> and move the selection one
	  cell over and one cell down. Cells B1,B2,C1,C2 should now be
	  selected and the formula should show =sum(B1:C2
	</para>
      </step>
      <step>
	<para lang="en">
	  To finish the function, close the parenthesis. The cell should
	  now show =sum(B1:C2). Press enter and the formula is entered.
	</para>
      </step>
    </procedure>

    <para lang="en">To select a range of cell, hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> and
    move over the desired area.</para>

    <para lang="en">To stop entering a selection or to start over, press
    <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
    <keycap>Backspace</keycap></keycombo></para>


    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="sect-data-entry-formulas-list">
      <title lang="en">Entering formulas using the function list</title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

    </sect3>


    <sect3 id="sect-data-entry-formulas-guru">
      <title lang="en">Entering formulas using the formula guru</title>

     <para>
      
    </para>

   </sect3>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-data-entry-errors">
    <title lang="en">Entering Errors</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Errors are almost never entered directly into a spreadsheet but
      usually arise from problems which
      <application>Gnumeric</application> encounters during
      calculations. A list of errors with their meanings is presented
      in <xref linkend="sect-data-errors"/>.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      In an unusual case where it is needed, an error can be entered
      by hand like the entry of other elements. First the cell must be
      selected, then the error must be entered (e.g. #DIV/0!) and
      finally the <keysym>Enter</keysym> key must be pressed.
    </para>

  </sect2>





</sect1>


    <sect1 id="sect-dataentryadv">
  <title lang="en">Advanced Data Entry</title>

  <para lang="en">
    This section describes advanced methods for data entry in
    <application>Gnumeric</application>. This includes techniques
    useful when adding large amounts of data, methods to automatically
    catch mistakes during data entry, using pre-defined templates to
    format data input, obtaining data from external sources and
    generating sequences of random numbers with defined distributions.
  </para>

  <sect2 id="sect-dataentryadv-large">
    <title lang="en">Entering Large Quantities of Data</title>

    <para lang="en">
      It is sometimes necessary to enter large amounts of data by hand
      into a spreadsheet. To facilitate this work,
      <application>Gnumeric</application> provides several techniques
      to facilitate the entry of large amounts of data.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      If data are to be entered into a series of rows or columns, this
      region can be selected ahead of time thereby modifying the
      behaviour of the data entry keys (the <keysym>Enter</keysym>,
      <keysym>Tab</keysym> and arrow keys).
    </para>

    <procedure>
      <title lang="en">Data entry into a region</title>

        <step>
          <para lang="en">
            Select the region with the mouse. For example, the region
            from cell C4 to cell E8 can be selected by clicking with
            the left mouse button on cell C4 and dragging the mouse
            cursor to cell E8. (More information on complex selections
            is presented below.)
          </para>
        </step>

        <step>
          <para lang="en">
            Enter data by typing the data and the
            <keysym>Enter</keysym> key. If this is done repeatedly,
            the fifth time the <keysym>Enter</keysym> key is pressed,
            the selection will not move to cell C9 but will jump up to
            cell D4.
          </para>
        </step>

    </procedure>

    <note>
      <para lang="en">
        The <keysym>Tab</keysym> key can also be used instead of the
        <keysym>Enter</keysym> key to move sequentially through the
        selection.
      </para>
    </note>

  </sect2>




  <sect2 id="sect-dataentryadv-series">
    <title lang="en">Entering a Regular Sequence</title>

        <para lang="en">
          It is often necessary to enter a regular sequence of numbers
          or a repeated sequence of
          text. <application>Gnumeric</application> provides several
          ways to input series and sequences of this kind.
        </para>

        <para lang="en">
          The simplest way to fill a series with the same element
          repeated involves entering the element once and dragging the
          selection box to fill that element repeatedly. For example,
          the text "employee:" could be input into cell C2. That cell
          could then be selected. The selection box is a thick white
          rectangle which surrounds the cell. This selection box has a
          small white square at the bottom right hand corner. If the
          mouse cursor is placed above this square box, it changes to
          a thin cross. If the left hand mouse button is clicked and
          held, and the mouse dragged to cell C10,
          <application>Gnumeric</application> will automatically fill
          all of the cells with the identical string.
        </para>

        <para lang="en">
          An alternative way to enter data into a region involves
          first selecting the region, then typing the value and
          finally typing the
          <keycombo><keysym>Ctrl</keysym><keysym>Enter</keysym></keycombo>
          key combination. This will fill the whole region with the
          identical value which was originally entered.
        </para>

        <para lang="en">
          A similar method is available to fill sequences of
          integers. If the example just given was altered so that cell
          C2 had the number 14 and the <keysym>Ctrl</keysym> key was
          held during the dragging of the selection,
          <application>Gnumeric</application> will automatically fill
          the cells C2 to C10 with the series 14,15,16,...,22.
        </para>

        <para lang="en">
          More complex series and sequences of data can be entered
          with a similar mechanism. 
        </para>

        <para lang="en">
          To do an autofill:
        </para>

        <procedure>
	<step>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Enter a value into the first cell you wish to
	    autofill. For example, the cell C2 could have the number
	    "24" entered.
	  </para>
	</step>

	<step>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Enter a second value into the second cell you wish to
	    autofill. This must be adjacent to the first cell. This
	    sets the increment to use when autofilling the rest of
	    your cells. For example, the cell D2 could have the number
	    "28" entered.
	  </para>
	</step>

	<step>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Select both the cells just entered. At the bottom-right of
	    the selection should be a small box. Your mouse cursor
	    will change to a cross-hair when placed over the box.
	    Press and hold on the box. Drag in the direction, either
	    vertical or horizontal, you wish to increment and release
	    when all the cells are filled. For example, selecting
	    cells C2 and D2, then dragging the bottom right of the
	    selection to cell I2 will fill the cells with the sequence
	    from 24 to 48 with each increment being 4.
	  </para>
	</step>
        </procedure>

        <para lang="en">
          An alternative to the last step involves using the
          menus. Once the first two values have been input, the whole
          range to be filled can be selected using the mouse and then
          the <guimenuitem>Autofill</guimenuitem> selection can be
          made from the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> and
          <guisubmenu>Fill</guisubmenu>. This will automatically
          complete the series in the selected region.
        </para>


        <para lang="en">
	  <application>Gnumeric</application> is able to increment
	  several types of data beyond simple integers. The procedure
	  is the same as described above but involves different
	  starting values. <application>Gnumeric</application> can
	  increment:
	<variablelist>
	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">Integers</term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
		1, 2, 3, etc.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
	  </varlistentry>
	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">Natural Numbers</term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
		1.03, 2.05, 3.07, etc.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
	  </varlistentry>
	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">Weekday Names</term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
		Monday, Tuesday, etc.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
	  </varlistentry>
	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">Weekday Abbreviations</term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
		Mon, Tues, etc.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
	  </varlistentry>
	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">Month Names</term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
		January, February, etc.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
	  </varlistentry>
	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">Month Abbreviations</term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
		Jan, Feb, etc.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
	  </varlistentry>
	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">Strings with Numbers</term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
		Item1, Item2, etc
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
	  </varlistentry>
	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">Dates</term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
		11/14/2001, 11/15/2001, etc.
	      </para>
	      <para lang="en">
		<application>Gnumeric</application> supports
		incrementing the date by month, date, or year.
	      </para>
		<para lang="en">
		  Note that, While <application>Gnumeric</application>
		  will increment days of the month, if you do
		  11/14/2001 and 12/14/2001, it will recognize it as
		  the same day of the month and increment the month so
		  the next value would be to 1/14/2002 instead of the
		  day difference.
		</para>
	    </listitem>
	  </varlistentry>
	</variablelist>
        </para>

        <para lang="en">
          <application>Gnumeric</application> can be explicitly told
          the cells to autofill as in the examples above, but it can
          also guess the number of cells to fill based on the length
          of an adjacent column or row. For example, if the cells B2
          to B10 have information and cell C2 has the integer value
          "1", then selecting cell C2 and double clicking on the
          bottom rightmost box of the selection rectangle will fill
          the value "1" from cell C3 to cell C10.
        </para>

  </sect2>





  <sect2 id="sect-dataentryadv-autocorrect">
    <title lang="en">Automatically Correcting Simple Mistakes</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The entry of large amounts of data into a spreadsheet is tedious
      work which is prone to repeated
      mistakes. <application>Gnumeric</application> provides a tool to
      automatically correct commonly made simple mistakes. The
      corrections are configured and activated using the `AutoCorrect'
      dialog, available via <guimenuitem>Auto Correct</guimenuitem> in
      the <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu.
    </para>

       <figure id="fig-autocorrect-figure">
         <title lang="en">The Auto Correct dialog.</title>
         <screenshot>
           <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-auto-correct.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the auto-correct dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
         </screenshot>
       </figure>

  <sect3 id="sect-dataentryadv-autocorrect-cap-days">
     <title lang="en">Capitalize the Names of Days</title>

     <para lang="en">If this correction rule is activated, the first letter of a
     name of a day is capitalized automatically.  For example, if you
     type `monday', it is automatically replaced by `Monday'.</para>

  </sect3>

  <sect3 id="sect-dataentryadv-autocorrect-init-caps">
     <title lang="en">Correct TWo INitial CApitals</title>

     <para lang="en">A common mistake is to hold down the shift key a little bit
     too long while typing initial letters.  When it happens, you will
     get two initial capitals instead of one.  If this correction rule
     is activated, the second letter of words beginning with two
     capital letters is automatically lowercased.  For example, if you
     type `TOtal' into a cell it is replaced by `Total'.  Note that if
     the word contains two capital letters only, it is not
     replaced.</para>

     <para lang="en">It is possible to specify exceptions to this tool.  For
     example, you do not want the tool to replace the word `PVbonds'
     when it is typed.  To specify exceptions, type `PVbonds' into the
     ``Do not correct'' entry, and press ``Add'' button.  Now the word
     should be included in the list of exceptions.  To remove a word
     from the list, select the word and press the ``Remove'' button.</para>

  </sect3>

  <sect3 id="sect-dataentryadv-autocorrect-first-letter">
     <title lang="en">Capitalize the First Letter of Sentences</title>

     <para lang="en">If this correction rule is activated, the first letter of a
     sentence typed into a cell is capitalized, if it is a lowercase
     letter in the first place.  Only text that ends to a dot is
     considered a sentence.</para>

     <para lang="en">It is possible to specify exceptions to this tool.  For
     example, you do not want the tool to capitalize letters after
     acronym `i.g.'.  To specify exceptions, type `i.g.' into the ``Do
     not capitalize after'' entry, and press ``Add'' button.  Now the
     word should be included in the list of exceptions.  To remove a
     word from the list, select the word and press the ``Remove''
     button.</para>

  </sect3>
     
  </sect2>




  <sect2 id="sect-dataentryadv-templates">
    <title lang="en">Using a Format Template</title>

    <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits.</para>

   </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-dataentryadv-random">
    <title lang="en">Generating Random Number Sequences</title>

  <figure id="random-tool-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Random Number Generation Tool Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-random.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the random number generation
              tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <para lang="en">Use the random number generation tool to generate random
     numbers.  This tool can generate random numbers from various
     probability distributions.</para>

          <para lang="en"> Specify the
     random distribution by selecting one of the items from the random
     distribution list.  The following random distributions are
     supported: Discrete, Normal, Poisson, Exponential, Binomial,
     Negative Binomial, Bernoulli, and Uniform.</para> <para lang="en"> Specify
     the parameters of the selected distribution:</para>

     <variablelist>
     <varlistentry><term lang="en">Discrete Random Distribution</term>
     <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Specify the value and probability input range in the
        <quote><guilabel>Value and Probability Input
        Range:</guilabel></quote> entry box.  The value and
        probability input range is a table consisting of two columns
        and any number of rows.  The first column specifies the
        discrete random values and the second column the probabilities
        for them.  The discrete random values do not have to be
        numbers, for example, strings will do as well.  The sum of the
        probabilities in the second column should be one.  For
        example, if you have the values A, B, C, and D in A1:A4 and
        values 0.1, 0.4, 0.2, and 0.3 in B1:B4, you would specify the
        value and probability input range to be A1:B4.</para>

	<note><para lang="en">If the probabilities do not add to 1, they will be 
	automatically scaled.</para></note>
     </listitem></varlistentry>

     <varlistentry><term lang="en">Normal Random Distribution</term>
     <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Specify the mean and the
	standard deviation.  The default values are 0 for the
	mean and 1 for the standard deviation.</para>
     </listitem></varlistentry>

     <varlistentry><term lang="en">Poisson Random Distribution</term>
     <listitem>
	<para lang="en">Specify the lambda in the
	<quote><guilabel>Lambda</guilabel></quote> entry. Lambda is
	the average number of events in a unit time interval.</para>
	</listitem></varlistentry>

     <varlistentry><term lang="en">Exponential Random Distribution</term>
     <listitem>
	<para lang="en">Specify <parameter>b</parameter> in
	the <quote><guilabel>b Value</guilabel></quote> entry.</para>
     </listitem></varlistentry>

     <varlistentry><term lang="en">Binomial Random Distribution</term>
     <listitem>
	<para lang="en">Specify the
	probability of success (<parameter>p</parameter>) in the 
	<quote><guilabel>p Value</guilabel></quote> entry and  the
	number of trials (<parameter>n</parameter>) in the 
	<quote><guilabel>Number of Trials</guilabel></quote> entry.  
	The Binomial
	distribution is a discrete distribution in which the
	experiment consists of <parameter>n</parameter> identical trials. 
	Each trial is independent of other the trials
	and has two possible outcomes, a success or a failure.  The
	probability of success <parameter>p</parameter> is constant from 
	one trial to another.
	The mean of a random variable that has a Binomial distribution
	is <parameter>E(X) = np</parameter>, and the variance is 
	<parameter>var(X) = np(1-p)</parameter>.</para>
     </listitem></varlistentry>

     <varlistentry><term lang="en">Negative Binomial Distribution</term>
     <listitem>
	<para lang="en">Specify the probability of success
	<parameter>p</parameter> in the <quote><guilabel>p
	Value</guilabel></quote> entry and the number of failures
	<parameter>r</parameter> in the <quote><guilabel>Number of
	Failures</guilabel></quote> entry.  Negative Binomial
	distribution is a discrete distribution in which the
	experiment consists of a sequence of independent trials.  Each
	trial has two possible outcomes, a success or a failure.  The
	probability of success <parameter>p</parameter> is constant
	from one trial to another.  The experiment continues until
	<parameter>r</parameter> failures are observed, where
	<parameter>r</parameter> is fixed in advance.  The mean of a
	random variable that has a Negative Binomial distribution is
	<parameter>E(X) = r(1-p)/p</parameter>, and the variance is
	<parameter>var(X) = r(1-p)/p^2</parameter>.</para>
	</listitem></varlistentry>

     <varlistentry><term lang="en">Bernoulli Random Distribution</term>
     <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Specify the probability of success
        (<parameter>p</parameter>) in the <quote><guilabel>p
        Value</guilabel></quote> entry. <parameter>p</parameter> is a
        probability value between 0 and 1. The Bernoulli distribution
        has two random values 0 and 1, and <parameter>p</parameter> is
        the probability to observe value 1.  The mean of a random
        variable that has a Bernoulli distribution is <parameter>E(X)
        = 1(p) + 0(1-p) = p</parameter>, and the variance is
        <parameter>var(X) = p(1-p)</parameter>.</para>
        </listitem></varlistentry>

     <varlistentry><term lang="en">Uniform Random Distribution</term>
     <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Specify the range of the continuous random variable with
        the <quote><guilabel>Between:</guilabel></quote> and
        <quote><guilabel>And:</guilabel></quote> entries.  The default
        values for these entries are 0 and 1.</para>
        </listitem></varlistentry>
     </variablelist>

     <para lang="en">Specify the number of variables in the <quote><guilabel>
     Number of Variables:</guilabel></quote> entry on the `Options' Page.
     This determines the number of columns of random values to be 
     produced.</para> <para lang="en"> Specify the number of random numbers for 
     each variable in the <quote><guilabel>Size of Sample:</guilabel>
     </quote> entry on the same page. This determines the number of rows 
     of random values to be produced.</para> 

   <figure id="random-example-1">
    <title lang="en">Some Example Data for the Random Number Generation Tool</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-random-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of some example data for use with the
              random number generation tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
 <example id="usingrandomtool"><title lang="en">Using the Random Number Generation Tool</title>
     <para lang="en"><xref linkend="random-example-1"/> shows some example data and 
     <xref linkend="random-example-2"/> the corresponding output.
     </para>
</example>
  <figure id="random-example-2">
    <title lang="en">Random Number Generation Tool Output</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-random-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output from the random number
              generation tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect2>


</sect1>


    <sect1 id="sect-dataentryextern">
  <title lang="en">Obtaining Data from External Sources</title>

  <para lang="en">
    Data are commonly obtained from external sources such as from
    other files, either in a spreadsheet format or in delimited text
    format, from other applications using the mouse to copy and paste
    data or from external applications such as databases or internet
    data streams.
  </para>

  <sect2 id="sect-dataentryextern-files">
    <title lang="en">Obtaining Data from External Files</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Data which already exist in an external file can be imported
      into a workbook first by opening the file into a separate
      instance of <application>Gnumeric</application> and then by
      copying the relevant data into the desired worksheet.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Data contained in external files in the formats of several other
      spreadsheet applications can be opened by
      <application>Gnumeric</application>.
      <application>Gnumeric</application> can open files in
      <application>Applix</application> (TM) format, GNU
      <application>Oleo</application> format, Lotus
      <application>123</application> (TM) format, Microsoft
      <application>Excel</application> (TM) format,
      <application>Multiplan</application> (TM) format, OpenOffice
      <application>Calc</application> or StarOffice
      <application>Calc</application> (TM) format, <application>Plan
      Perfect</application> (TM) format, <application>Quattro
      Pro</application> (TM) format, <application>sc</application> and
      <application>XSpread</application> format or in the
      <application>Xbase</application> format.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Data contained in external text files which are formatted in
      well defined ways can also be opened by
      <application>Gnumeric</application>.
      <application>Gnumeric</application> can open files formatted in
      Data Interchange Format, formatted as HTML tables, or formatted
      in text formats such as comma separated values or tab delimited
      records. The opening of text format files is configurable by the
      user so that text files which contain data formatted in a wide
      variety of schemes can be imported correctly into
      <application>Gnumeric</application>. Obtaining data from these
      files is explained in detail in the section titled <xref linkend="sect-file-open"/>.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Data which are opened into a separate instance of
      <application>Gnumeric</application> can be copied and pasted
      into the current worksheet with the copy and paste commands as
      explained in <xref linkend="sect-movecopy-cutandpaste"/>.
    </para>

   </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-dataentryextern-cutnpaste">
    <title lang="en">Obtaining Data by Cut and Paste</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Data can be obtained from other
      <application>Gnumeric</application> workbooks or other
      applications using the mouse to copy data and paste them into a
      worksheet. This is explained below in the section titled <xref linkend="sect-movecopy-xclipboard"/>.
    </para>

   </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-datasource-database">
    <title lang="en">Getting Data from a Database</title>

    <para>Detta har ännu inte skrivits.</para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-datasource-stream">
    <title lang="en">Getting Data from an Internet Data Stream</title>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> has been connected to
      external data sources such as stock quotation service data
      streams using an experimental plugin. This requires the ability
      to write programming code. Information on extending
      <application>Gnumeric</application> by developing plugins can be
      found in the section called <xref linkend="sect-extending-plugins"/> and the actual computer
      source code can be found in the directory
      <literal>gnumeric/plugins/sample_datasource/</literal> of
      either a distribution of <application>Gnumeric</application> or
      in a code checkout from the revision control 
      repository.
    </para>

  </sect2>


</sect1>


    <sect1 id="sect-data-selections">
  <title lang="en">Selecting Cells and Cell Ranges</title>
  
  <para lang="en">
    By selecting multiple cells at once, common operations can be
    performed on all the cells which have been selected. These
    operations include data entry, copying the cells, and multiple
    other operations .
  </para>

  <warning>
    <para lang="en">
      Some operations cannot be done on selections of arbitrary
      shape. For instance, <application>Gnumeric</application> could
      not correctly reshape a worksheet following the deletion of a
      discontinuous group of cells therefore such an operation is not
      allowed. If users attempt an operation which cannot be performed,
      a warning dialog will appear.
    </para>
  </warning>
 

  <sect2 id="simple-selections">
    <title lang="en">Simple Selections</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The simplest selection involves a single cell. In most cases, simply clicking
      with the left hand mouse button while the mouse cursor is over a
      cell will cause that cell to become selected.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The selected cell is indicated by a dark double line with a small
      square in the bottom right corner. The selected cell is the
      one that is currently in focus and will take any input for the
      keyboard.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-selected-cell">
      <title lang="en">A selected cell.</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/selection-2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of a single selected cell.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      To make a cell become the selected cell, simply move the
      white-cross cursor over the cell and press the left mouse
      button. There is one exception: When on a cell that contains a
      hyperlink, the mouse cursor changes from the white cross to
      a hand and clicking the left mouse button activates the
      link. In that case the cell can be selected by clicking
      the middle mouse button.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-selecting-cell-by-cursor">
      <title lang="en">Selecting a cell with the mouse cursor.</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/selection-1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the cursor selecting a cell.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="selecting-multiple-cells">
    <title lang="en">Selecting Multiple Cells</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Several cells can be selected at once. When multiple cells are
      selected, the selected cells are indicated with a light, "baby"
      blue colour. When a single block of cells is selected, a double
      black line will surround the selection, and all cells except the
      first one to be selected will be shown in light blue.
    </para>

    <figure id="multicellselect">
      <title lang="en">A multi-cell selection</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/selection-3.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of a contiguous selection of cells.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
    
  
  <sect3 id="continuous-selections">
    <title lang="en">Continuous selections</title>
    
    <para lang="en">
      To make a continuous selection of cells, move the white cross
      mouse cursor pointer to the cell at one corner of the block of
      continuous cells, click and hold the primary mouse pointer on
      that cell, drag the pointer to the opposite corner of the block
      of cells and then release the mouse button. The block of cells
      will now be selected.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The arrow keys can also be used to select a continuous block of
      cells. To add cells in this manner, first select the cell in one
      corner of the cell block with the primary mouse button, then
      hold the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key and use the arrow keys to expand
      the selection block.
    </para>
    
    <figure id="multicellsect2">
      <title lang="en">Multiple cells being selected with the cursor.</title> 
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/selection-4.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of a block selection and the mouse cursor.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>

      </screenshot>
    </figure>
  </sect3>

  
  <sect3 id="discontinuous-selections">
    <title lang="en">Discontinuous selections</title>
    
    <para lang="en">
      A discontinuous group of cells can also be selected, by selecting
      cells or block of cells while holding down the
      <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key. To select a discontinuous group of
      cells, first select a cell or a continuous group of cells as
      explained above, then click and hold down the
      <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> while selecting more cells. All of the
      cells which are selected while the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key is
      held down will be added to the selection. All selected cells
      will be displayed with a light blue colour. Cells can be added
      individually or as continuous blocks. This selection process is
      additive with each selected cell added only once so selecting
      cells twice or more simply adds those cells once to the selection.
    </para>
    
    <figure id="dicontselect">
      <title lang="en">A discontinuous selection of cells.</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/selection-5.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of a multiple selection.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
    </sect3>
  </sect2>
  
  
 <sect2 id="data-selections-advanced">
    <title lang="en">Advanced methods of Selection</title>
    
    <para lang="en">
      There are several ways to make selections using the keyboard
      keys directly. These may be quicker than using the mouse
      pointer. As explained above, the simplest of these uses the
      <keycap>Shift</keycap> and <keycap>arrow</keycap> keys to make a
      new selection.
    </para>
    
    <para lang="en">
      To select an entire row of cells, press the combination of
      <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>space</keycap></keycombo>
      keys. This is equivalent to pressing the row label button on the
      left side of the sheet.
    </para>
    
    <figure id="selectrow">
      <title lang="en">An entire row being selected.</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/selection-8.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of a selected row.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
    
    
    <para lang="en">
      To select an entire column of cells, press the combination of
      <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo>
      keys. This is equivalent to pressing the column label button on
      the top of the sheet.
    </para>

    <figure id="selectcol">
      <title lang="en">An entire column being selected.</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/selection-9.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of a selected column.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
    
    <para lang="en">
      To select the entire sheet, press the combination of 
      <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> keys. This
      is equivalent to pressing the button in the top left corner of
      the sheet.
    </para>
    
    <figure id="selectall">
      <title lang="en">The entire worksheet being selected.</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/selection-10.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of an entire worksheet selected.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
    
    <para lang="en">
      The following list summaries keyboard shortcuts which can be
      used to select large cell blocks.
    </para>
    
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Arrow</keycap></keycombo>
	  : Define selection with cursor keys.
       </para>
     </listitem>

      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Arrow</keycap></keycombo>
	  : Jump to the end of the current region.
        </para>
      </listitem>
      
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo>
	  : Select current row. 
       </para> 
     </listitem>

      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo>
	  : Select current column.
        </para>
      </listitem>
      
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo>
	  : Select the entire sheet.
        </para>
      </listitem>
      
      <listitem>
	<para lang="en">
	  <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>/</keycap></keycombo>
	  : Select the array formula around the current edit position.
        </para>
      </listitem>

    </itemizedlist>
  </sect2>
  

  
</sect1>


    <sect1 id="sect-movecopy">
  <title lang="en">Moving and Copying Data</title>

  <para lang="en">
    Data which have been entered once into a spreadsheet can be moved
    to new locations and possibly duplicated. The simplest way to do
    this involves dragging the selection box. A more advanced way
    involves a formal cut or copy operation and then a paste operation
    in the new location. The latter approach allows the data to be
    modified as they are pasted which can be extremely important.
  </para>

  <note>
    <title lang="en">NOTE</title>
    <para lang="en">	
      Currently <application>Gnumeric</application> only supports copying, cutting and pasting
      of simple selections or continuous selections as described
      in <xref linkend="sect-data-selections"/>. You cannot copy,
      cut or paste discontinuous selections.
    </para>
  </note>

  <tip>
    <para lang="en">
      It is frequently necessary to copy the results of complex
      calculations into a new location. This is done by selecting the
      data and using the <guimenuitem>As Value</guimenuitem> command
      from the <guimenuitem>Paste Special...</guimenuitem>
      dialog. This is explained in <xref linkend="sect-movecopy-pastespecial"/> below.
    </para>
  </tip>

  <sect2 id="sect-movecopy-simple">
    <title lang="en">Simple Copy and Move</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The easiest way to move or copy a cell or a group of cells is by
      selecting the cell or cells to be moved or copied, then using
      the mouse to drag the selection box to a new location.
    </para>

    <procedure>
    <step>
	<para lang="en">
	  Select a cell to move by clicking in it. You can also select
	  a range of cells as described in <xref linkend="sect-data-selections"/>. 
	 </para>
      </step>
	<step>
	  <para lang="en">Click <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button on
	    the border of the selection (anywhere except the autofill
	    square in the bottom right corner). Use
	    <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button to move cells
	    or <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<mousebutton>left</mousebutton>
	    mouse button to copy cells.
	  </para>
	</step>
	
	<step>
	  <para lang="en">Drag the selection to the new  location.</para>
	</step>
      
	<step>
	  <para lang="en">Release the mouse button.</para>
	</step>
      </procedure>
    
    <para lang="en">
      The selected cells will be copied or moved to the new
      location. This will move both cells' content and
      formatting. When copying, relative cell references in all
      formulas will change as described in <xref linkend="sect-data-formulas-references"/>; when moving, relative cell
	references will remain unchanged.
    </para>                                 
  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-movecopy-cutandpaste">
    <title lang="en">Cut, Copy and Paste</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Another, more flexible, way to copy or move a selection is to
      use cut, copy, and paste operations. These operations allow the
      user to copy or move selected cells to the clipboard buffer and
      then paste the contents of the clipboard buffer to a different
      location or a different workbook.
    </para>

    <sect3 id="cut">
      <title lang="en">Cutting a Selection to the Clipboard</title>

      <para lang="en">
        To cut a cell or a selection to the clipboard, you should
        select a cell or range of cells as described in <xref linkend="sect-data-selections"/> and then use one of the
        following methods:

        <itemizedlist>
	<listitem><para lang="en">
	  Use keyboard shortcut 
	    <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>X</keycap></keycombo>.
	  </para>
	</listitem>        
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Choose <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem> from the
	    <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu. 
	  </para>
	</listitem>
        <listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Click on 
	    <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-cut.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the cut toolbar button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
           Cut </guiicon> button in the toolbar.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Right-click on the selection and choose
	  <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem> from the context menu. 
	  </para>
	</listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
        The selection will be copied to the clipboard buffer. To
        remind you of this, the border of the selection will be shown
        as "marching ants". The selection will be moved to a new
        location as soon as you choose
        <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command as described below.
      </para>

      <note>
        <title lang="en">NOTE</title>
        <para lang="en">
          Please note that the selection will remain in its current
          location until you paste it. If you want to delete a
          selection without pasting it to a new location, use
          <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> command instead.
        </para>
      </note>
    </sect3><!-- end of "Cut" subsection" -->

<!-- **************** "Copy" subsection *********** -->
    <sect3 id="copy">
      <title lang="en">Copying a Selection to the Clipboard</title> 

      <para lang="en">
        To copy a cell or a selection to the clipboard, you should
        select a cell or range of cells as described in <xref linkend="sect-data-selections"/> and then use one of the
        following methods:

        <itemizedlist>
	<listitem><para lang="en">
	  Use keyboard shortcut 
	    <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>.
	  </para>
	</listitem>        
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Choose <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> from the
	    <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu. 
	  </para>
	</listitem>
        <listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Click on 
	    <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-copy.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the copy toolbar button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
            Copy
	    </guiicon> button in the toolbar.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Right-click on the selection and choose
	  <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> from the context menu. 
	  </para>
	</listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
        The selection will be copied to the clipboard buffer. To
        remind you of this, the selection will outlined by "marching
        ants" border. The selection will be copied to a new location
        as soon as you choose <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command
        as described below.
      </para>
    </sect3><!-- end of "Copy" subsection" -->


    <sect3 id="paste">
      <title lang="en">Pasting the Clipboard</title>

      <para lang="en">
        To paste the contents of the clipboard (i.e., previously cut
        or copied selection) to a new location, just click on a cell
        and use one of the following methods:
        <itemizedlist>
	<listitem><para lang="en">
	  Use keyboard shortcut 
	    <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>V</keycap></keycombo>.
	  </para>
	</listitem>        
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Choose <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> from the
	    <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu. 
	  </para>
	</listitem>
        <listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Click on 
	    <guiicon><inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-paste.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the paste toolbar button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
            Paste
	    </guiicon> button in the toolbar.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Right-click on the cell and choose
	  <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> from the context menu. 
	  </para>
	</listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
        The contents of the clipboard will be pasted in the
        spreadsheet so that the selected cell becomes the top left
        corner of the selection. This will also copy the formatting of
        the original selection.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        If you are pasting a selection which was
        <emphasis>copied</emphasis> to the clipboard buffer, all
        relative cell references in all formulas will change as
        described in <xref linkend="sect-data-formulas-references"/>. The selection remains in the clipboard buffer so that it
        can be pasted again. The original selection will remain
        outlined with "marching ants" border.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        If you are pasting a selection which was
        <emphasis>cut</emphasis> to the clipboard buffer, all cell
        references in all formulas will remain unchanged. The original
        selection will be removed from the workbook and the clipboard
        buffer will be cleared.
      </para>
    </sect3> <!-- end of "Paste" subsection -->

  </sect2>
 


<!-- ****************** Paste special subsection ************** -->
  <sect2 id="sect-movecopy-pastespecial">
    <title lang="en">Paste Special</title>

    <para lang="en">
      All of the methods described above to move or copy data create
      identical copies of the original cells in the new location. This
      means that both the contents and the formatting of the original
      selection are copied to the new location and also means that any
      data present in the new location are deleted. It is frequently
      important either to alter the data before it is pasted or to
      merge the data in the new location with the data being
      pasted. The <guimenuitem>Paste Special...</guimenuitem> command
      enables this.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The <guimenuitem>Paste Special...</guimenuitem> command can act
      exactly like the <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command or may
      selectively paste the cell contents, the cell formats, the
      calculated values of the original cells rather than their
      contents.  described in the previous section copies both
      contents and formatting of the original selection. If you need
      more options, use <guimenuitem>Paste Special...</guimenuitem>
      command.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The <guimenuitem>Paste Special...</guimenuitem> command can be
      accessed, after a selection has been cut or copied as explained
      above, in one of two ways. First, the location where the pasting
      should happen must be selected. The easiest way to do this is to
      select the single cell which will be at the top left hand corner
      of the region of pasted cells. Alternatively, the exact region
      into which the cells will be copied can be selected. After the
      selection is made, the <guimenuitem>Paste
      Special...</guimenuitem> command can be chosen from the
      <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu or the context menu obtained by
      clicking with the right mouse button in the cell area of the
      spreadsheet.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
       The <guimenuitem>Paste Special...</guimenuitem> menu item opens
       a dialog with three categories. By default, <guimenuitem>Paste
       Special...</guimenuitem> acts as if it were the
       <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> menu item.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">The first set of choices allow the user to control the
       data pasted.The user can choose to limit the pasting to only the
       cell contents (no cell formatting is copied) or the opposite
       only cell formats copied (no contents). Furthermore, the user
       can insert the selection while transforming all the contents
       into values only. Formulas will be replaced by their values. 
    </para>

    <para lang="en">A second set of choices allows the user to perform simple
      mathematical operations during the paste. These operations
      use the current contents of the cells in the paste range and the
      contents of the clipboard. For example, if you are pasting a
      cell containing number 5 to a cell that currently contains
      number 10 and choose option <guilabel>Divide</guilabel>, the
      result will be 10/5=2. Choosing option <guilabel>None</guilabel>
      will just replace the previous contents of the cells by the
      contents of the clipboard buffer (this is the default
      behavior). 
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The final choices contains the following options: 
      <itemizedlist>
	<listitem><para lang="en"> <guilabel>Transpose</guilabel>. This option
	    will transpose the selection, i.e.  interchange the rows
	    and columns. Thus, a range with k rows and n columns will
	    become a range with n rows and k columns, so that the firs
	    row becomes the first column, and so on.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
	<listitem><para lang="en"> <guilabel>Skip Blanks</guilabel>. This option
	    prevents <application>Gnumeric</application> from taking
	    any action for the cells in the selection that are
	    blank. For such cells, the existing  contents of the cells
	    in the paste range will be kept. 
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </para>
  </sect2> <!-- end of "Paste Special" section -->



<!-- ****************** Cut and paste with other applications ******** -->
  <sect2 id="sect-movecopy-xclipboard">
    <title lang="en">Cut and Paste Between Gnumeric and Other Applications</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Cut and paste commands described above allow copying and moving
      selections from one location in  a spreadsheet to another, or
      between different spreadsheets. However, you can also use cut
      and paste to exchange information between
      <application>Gnumeric</application> and other applications,
      using so-called X clipboard which is shared by all graphical
      applications. 
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Whenever you cut or copy a selection in
      <application>Gnumeric</application>, it is placed both in
      <application>Gnumeric</application> clipboard and in X
      clipboard. In X clipboard, it is placed as text, with formulas
      replaced by their values and contents of different cells
      separated by spaces. 
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      To paste the selection from X clipboard to an application, click
      with middle mouse button (if you have two button mouse, you can
      emulate the middle mouse button by pressing left and right
      buttons simultaneously). Most applications also allow pasting
      from X clipboard by using keyboard shortcut (usually
      <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>V</keycap></keycombo>) or
      by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu>
      <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">To paste a selection from another application to
      <application>Gnumeric</application>, place this selection in the
      X clipboard. Usually it is done by just selecting it with the
      mouse; some applications also allow you to use keyboard shortcut
      <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>, or
      choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu>
      <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. After this, you
      can paste it in <application>Gnumeric</application> by using
      <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command described <link linkend="paste">above</link>. This command will automatically
      paste the contents of X clipboard if Gnumeric's own clipboard is
      empty.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Pasting X clipboard in <application>Gnumeric</application> will
      automatically launch the <guilabel>Text Import</guilabel> druid
      which will assist you in importing the plain text contents of X
      clipboard into the spreadsheet. The <guilabel>Text
      Import</guilabel> druid is described in <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport"/>.
    </para>

  </sect2>

</sect1>

    <sect1 id="sect-data-delete">
  <title lang="en">Deleting Data</title>
  
  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      This section needs to be written.
    </para>
  </note>

<!--
  <sect2 id="sect-data-delete-">
    <title>ing Data</title>

    <para>
      This section has not yet been written...
    </para>

  </sect2>
-->




</sect1>

    
<sect1 id="sect-data-insert">
  <title lang="en">Inserting New Data Cells</title>
  
  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      This section needs to be written.
    </para>
  </note>

<!--
  <sect2 id="sect-data-delete-">
    <title>ing Data</title>

    <para>
      This section has not yet been written...
    </para>

  </sect2>
-->




</sect1>

    <sect1 id="sect-data-format">
  <title lang="en">Formatting Cells</title>

  <para lang="en">
    This section describes how to format the appearance of data in a cell.
    The section <xref linkend="sect-data-format-conditional"/> describes a more 
    advanced method of formatting where the depends on various conditions
    involving the current cell value and/or the values in other cells.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Cell formats allow you to only change the way cell data appears in the
    spreadsheet. It is important to keep in mind that it only alters
    the way the data is presented, and does not change the value of
    the data.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The formatting options allows for monetary units, scientific
    options, dates, times, fractions,and more. Positive and negative
    values can have different colors and formats for aiding in keeping
    track of values. There are also a large variety of date and time
    formats for virtually any time and date format one can think
    of. Formatting also allows you to set font, background color, and
    borders for selected cells.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Finally, advanced formatting options allow you to lock some of the
    cells so that their values cannot be changed, or restrict the
    range of values that can be entered in the selected cells.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    To change the formatting of a cell or a selection, you can either
    use the <guilabel>Format Cells</guilabel> dialog which holds all
    of the formatting options or use specific formatting elements
    available as buttons on the <guilabel>Format Toolbar</guilabel>.
  </para>


    <para lang="en">
      This dialog, shown in <xref linkend="fig-number-format-dialog"/>, gives you access to all formatting options.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-number-format-dialog">
      <title lang="en">Format Cells Dialog</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/number-format-dialog.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the cell format dialog opened to the "Number" tab.
              </phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      To launch this dialog, select the cell or range of cells you want
      to format (see <xref linkend="sect-data-selections"/> for details
      on selecting cells) and then use one of the following methods:
    </para>

    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          Use keyboard shortcut <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
	    <keycap>1</keycap></keycombo> (this is number one, not
          letter <keycap>l</keycap>). 
	</para>
      </listitem>
      
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Format</guimenu>
          <guimenuitem>Cells...</guimenuitem>
	  </menuchoice>
          in the menubar.
         </para>
       </listitem>
       
       <listitem>
         <para lang="en">
           Click with the right mouse button on the cell grid area and
           choose <guimenuitem>Format Cells...</guimenuitem> from the
           context menu.
         </para>
       </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <para lang="en">
      The <guilabel>Format Cells</guilabel> dialog contains tabs 
      <guilabel>Number</guilabel>, <guilabel>Alignment</guilabel>,
      <guilabel>Font</guilabel>, <guilabel>Border</guilabel>, 
      <guilabel>Background</guilabel>,           
      <guilabel>Protection</guilabel>, and  
      <guilabel>Validation</guilabel>. These tabs are described in
      detail in the subsequent sections.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      To set one of formatting options, select the corresponding tab,
      choose the options you need, and click
      <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. This will apply the options you
      selected (in all tabs) and close <guilabel>Format
      Cells</guilabel> dialog. You can also click on
      <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to apply the and keep the dialog
      open, or on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the dialog
      without applying changes.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
        Some of the most commonly used formatting options, such as
      font, background, and alignment, can also be accessed by using
      the buttons in the <guilabel>Format Toolbar</guilabel>. This
      toolbar is described in detail in <xref linkend="fmt-toolbar"/>, 
    </para>

<!--       ******************************************* -->
<sect2 id="number-formatting-overview">
  <title lang="en">Number Formatting Tab</title>
  <para lang="en">
    This tab allows you to select the format for the cell's
    contents. You can select one of the many preset formatting styles
    which should be more than adequate for the vast majority of cases. If none
    of these meet the needs of the user, it is possible to create your own
    formats. </para>
  
  <para lang="en">To use one of the preset formats, select the format category
   (such as <guilabel>Number</guilabel> or <guilabel>Date</guilabel>) by
    clicking on the corresponding radiobutton  in the left
    side of the dialog. The right side of the dialog will show you how
    the selected cell would look with this format and give more options
    for the selected format. </para>
   <para lang="en">
    The following is a list of all available format categories:
  </para>
  <variablelist>
    <!-- ************* -->
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en"><guilabel>General</guilabel></term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">	A Swiss army knife of a format.  It will attempt
	  to display a value it the 'best' way possible.
	  The choice of format depends on the size of the cell
	  and <application>Gnumeric</application>
	  guess of what 'type' of value is 
	  being displayed (number, date, time ...).
	</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>
 <!-- ************* -->
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en"><guilabel>Number</guilabel></term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Displays numbers with 0-30 digits after the decimal
	  place.  Negatives can be displayed normally, within
	  parentheses, or in  red color.  Optionally a delimiter
	  can be added every third order of magnitude (thousand,
	  million, ...). Both the decimal point and the
	  thousands separator have internationalization support.
	</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    <!-- ************* -->
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en"><guilabel>Currency</guilabel></term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Similar to <guilabel>Number</guilabel>, with the addition of a
	  currency symbol.  Currently known symbols
	  include <literal>$</literal>,
	  <literal>¥</literal>,
	  <literal>£</literal>, 
	  <literal>¤</literal> 
	  and the three letter abbreviations of all major
	  currencies. By default, <application>Gnumeric</application>
	  will use currency symbol  and placement (before or after the
	  number) appropriate for your locale. 
	</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>
 <!-- ************* -->
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en"><guilabel>Accounting</guilabel></term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">A specialization of
	  <guilabel>Currency</guilabel> which pays more attention 
	  to the alignment of negative numbers.  It ensures that
	  a small amount of space is prepended to positive
	  numbers so that they align with negatives.
      </para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>
 <!-- ************* -->
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en"><guilabel>Date</guilabel></term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">This category contains various formats for
	  presenting dates. By default,
	  <application>Gnumeric</application> will use date format
	  appropriate for your locale (country and language setting).  You
	  can also choose one of many 
	  possible date formats shown in the list in the right side of
	  the dialog. The following is an explanation of codes used in
	  these formats: 
	  <itemizedlist>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">
		<guilabel>d</guilabel>: day of month (one or two
		digits). Example: 9.
	      </para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">
		<guilabel>dd</guilabel>: day of month (two
		digits). Example: 09.
	      </para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">
		<guilabel>ddd</guilabel>: day of week. Example: Wed. 
	      </para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">
		<guilabel>m</guilabel>: month (number, one or two
		digits). Example: 3.
	      </para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">
		<guilabel>mm</guilabel>: month (number, two
		digits). Example: 03. 
	     </para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">
		<guilabel>mmm</guilabel>: month (abbreviated
		name). Example: Mar.
	      </para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">
		<guilabel>mmmm</guilabel>: month (full
		name). Example: March.
	      </para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">
		<guilabel>mmmmm</guilabel>: month (first letter). Example: M.
	      </para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">
		<guilabel>yyyy</guilabel>: year (four digits).  Example: 1967.
	      </para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">
		<guilabel>yy</guilabel>: last two digits of year. Example: 67.
	     </para></listitem>
	  </itemizedlist>
	  Some date formats also include time using the codes
	  explained below. Examples of date formatting are shown in <xref linkend="number-format-date-examples"/>.  
      </para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    <!-- ************* -->
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en"><guilabel> Time</guilabel></term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">	This category contains various formats for
	  presenting time of day. You can choose one of many
	  possible time formats shown in the list in the right side of
	  the dialog. The following is an explanation of codes used in
	  these formats: 
	  <itemizedlist>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">
		<guilabel>h</guilabel>: hours.
	      </para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">
		<guilabel>mm</guilabel>: minutes.
	      </para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">
		<guilabel>ss</guilabel>: seconds.
	      </para></listitem>
	  </itemizedlist>
	  Sometimes it is necessary to display more than 24 hours, or
	  more that 60 minutes/seconds without the values incrementing
	  the display unit of the next larger measure (e.g., 25 hours
	  instead of 1 day + 1 hour).  To achieve this, use codes 
	  '[h]', '[mm]', and '[ss]'.  Examples of time formatting are shown in <xref linkend="number-format-time-examples"/>.
	</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>
 <!-- ************* -->
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en"><guilabel>Percentage</guilabel></term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Multiplies a value by 100 and appends a percent.
			Can be used with 0-30 digits after the decimal place.
	</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    <!-- ************* -->
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en"><guilabel>Fractions</guilabel></term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Approximate the value with a rational number with either
	  a specific denominator or with a maximum number of digits
	  in the denominator.
      </para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    <!-- ************* -->
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en"><guilabel>Scientific</guilabel></term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Formats the value using scientific notation,
	  e.g. <literal>5.334 E 6</literal> for
	  <literal>5,334,000</literal>. Allows up to 30
	  digits after the decimal place.  No provision 
	  for controlling the exponent are provided at this time.
      </para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>
<!-- ************* -->
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en"><guilabel>Text</guilabel></term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Treats numeric values as text.  This will show a
	  number with as much precision as available and will
	  lose knowledge of whether it represented a date, or
	  time.
	</para>
	<tip> 
	  <title lang="en">TIP</title>
	  <para lang="en">If your workbook contains serial numbers, ID numbers or
	    other similar entries, choose
	    <guilabel>Text</guilabel> format for them. If you choose
	    <guilabel>General</guilabel> or <guilabel>Number</guilabel>
	    format, <application>Gnumeric</application> will remove leading
	    zeros, so that <literal>01124</literal> will be shown as
	    <literal>1124</literal>. </para>
	</tip>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    <!-- ************* -->
    <varlistentry>
      <term lang="en"><guilabel>Custom</guilabel></term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">
	  This category allows you to define your own
	  format. This is only recommended for advanced users as
	  it requires understanding of the codes internally used
	  by <application>Gnumeric</application> for describing
	  formats. To make it easier, this category provides a
	  list of codes for all predefined formats so you can
	  create our own format by modifying one of them rather
	  than starting from scratch. 
	</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>
   </variablelist>

<!-- ****************** Table: date examples ******************* -->
  <table id="number-format-date-examples">
    <title lang="en">Examples of Date Formats</title>
    <tgroup cols="4" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
      
      
      <colspec colname="Format1"/>
	<colspec colname="Format2"/>
	  <colspec colname="Sample1"/>
	    <colspec colname="Sample2"/>
	      <spanspec spanname="Format" namest="Format1" nameend="Format2"/>
		<spanspec spanname="Sample" namest="Sample1" nameend="Sample2"/>
		  <thead>
		    <row>
		      <entry spanname="Format" lang="en">Format</entry>
		      <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">Sample</entry>
		    </row>
		  </thead>
		  <tbody>
		    <row>
		      <entry spanname="Format" lang="en">General</entry>
		      <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">36068.755</entry>
		    </row>
		    
		    <row>
		      <entry lang="en">m/d/yy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">d/m/yy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">9/30/98</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">30/9/98</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry lang="en">m/d/yyyy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">d/m/yyyy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">9/30/1998</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">30/9/1998</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry lang="en">d-mmm-yy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">mmm-d-yy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">30-Sep-98</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">Sep-30-98</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry lang="en">d-mmm-yyyy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">mmm-d-yyyy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">30-Sep-1998</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">Sep-30-1998</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row> 
		      <entry lang="en">d-mmm</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">mmm-d</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">30-Sep</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">Sep-30</entry>
		    </row> 
		    <row>
		      <entry lang="en">d-mm</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">mm-d</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">30-09</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">09-30</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry lang="en">mmm/d</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">d/mmm</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">Sep/30</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">30/Sep</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row> 
		      <entry lang="en">mm/d </entry>
		      <entry lang="en">d/mm</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">09/30</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">30/09</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row> 
		      <entry lang="en">mm/dd/yy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">dd/mm/yy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">09/30/98</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">30/09/98</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry lang="en">mm/dd/yyyy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">dd/mm/yyyy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">09/30/1998</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">30/09/1998</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry lang="en">mmm/dd/yy </entry>
		      <entry lang="en">dd/mmm/yy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">Sep/30/98</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">30/Sep/98</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row> 
		      <entry lang="en">mmm/dd/yyyy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">dd/mmm/yyyy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">Sep/30/1998</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">30/Sep/1998</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row> 
		      <entry lang="en">mmm/ddd/yy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">ddd/mmm/yy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">Sep/Wed/98</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">Wed/Sep/98</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row> 
		      <entry lang="en">mmm/ddd/yyyy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">ddd/mmm/yyyy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">Sep/Wed/1998</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">Wed/Sep/1998</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry lang="en">mm/ddd/yy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">ddd/mm/yy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">09/Wed/98</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">Wed/09/98</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry lang="en">mm/ddd/yyyy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">ddd/mm/yyyy</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">09/Wed/1998</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">Wed/09/1998</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry spanname="Format" lang="en">mmm-yy</entry>
		      <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">Sep-98</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row> 
		      <entry spanname="Format" lang="en">mmm-yyyy</entry>
		      <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">Sep-1998</entry>
		    </row>
		    
		    <row> 
		      <entry spanname="Format" lang="en">mmmm-yy</entry>
		      <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">September-98</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row> 
		      <entry spanname="Format" lang="en">mmmm-yyyy</entry>
		      <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">September-1998 </entry>
		    </row>
		    <row> 
		      <entry lang="en">d/m/yy h:mm</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">m/d/yy h:mm</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">9/30/98 18:07</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">30/9/98 187:07</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row> 
		      <entry lang="en">d/m/yyyy h:mm</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">m/d/yyyy h:mm</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">9/30/1998 18:07</entry>
		      <entry lang="en">30/9/1998 187:07</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry spanname="Format" lang="en">yyyy/mm/d</entry>
		      <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">1998/09/30</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry spanname="Format" lang="en">yyyy/mmm/d</entry>
		      <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">1998/Sep/30</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry spanname="Format" lang="en">yyyy/mm/dd</entry>
		      <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">1998/09/30</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry spanname="Format" lang="en"> yyyy/mmm/dd</entry>
		      <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">1998/Sep/30</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry spanname="Format" lang="en">yyyy-mm-d</entry>
		      <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">1998-09-30</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry spanname="Format" lang="en">yyyy-mmm-d</entry>
		      <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">1998-Sep-3</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry spanname="Format" lang="en">yyyy-mm-dd</entry>
		      <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">1998-09-30</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry spanname="Format" lang="en">yyyy-mmm-d</entry>
		      <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">1998-Sep-30</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
		      <entry spanname="Format" lang="en">yy</entry>
		      <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">98</entry>
		    </row>
		    <row>
	    <entry spanname="Format" lang="en">yyyy</entry>
	    <entry spanname="Sample" lang="en">1998</entry>
	  </row>
         </tbody>
    </tgroup>
  </table>

 <!-- ****************** Table: date examples ******************* -->
 <table id="number-format-time-examples">
    <title>Exempel på tidsformat</title>
    <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">

      
      <colspec colname="Format1"/>
	<colspec colname="Sample1"/>
	  <thead>
	    <row>
	      <entry lang="en">Format</entry>
	      <entry lang="en">Sample</entry>
	    </row>
	  </thead>
	  <tbody>
	    <row>
   	      <entry lang="en">General</entry>
	      <entry lang="en">36068.755</entry>
	    </row>
	    <row>
	      <entry lang="en">h:mm AM/PM</entry>
	<entry lang="en">6:07 PM</entry>
      </row>
	<row>
	  <entry lang="en">h:mm:ss AM/PM</entry>
      <entry lang="en">6:07:12 PM</entry>
    </row>
      <row>
	<entry lang="en">h:mm</entry>
	<entry lang="en">18:07</entry>
      </row>
      <row>
	<entry lang="en"> h:mm:ss</entry>
	<entry lang="en">18:07:12</entry>
      </row>
      <row>
	<entry lang="en">m/d/yy h:mm</entry>
	<entry lang="en">9/30/98 18:07</entry>
      </row>
      <row>
	<entry lang="en">d/m/yy h:mm</entry>
	<entry lang="en">30/9/98 18:07</entry>
      </row>
      <row>
	<entry lang="en"> mm:ss</entry>
	<entry lang="en">07:12</entry>
      </row>
      <row>
	<entry lang="en">[h]:mm:ss</entry>
	<entry lang="en">865650:07:12</entry>
      </row>
      <row>
	<entry lang="en">[h]:mm</entry>
	<entry lang="en">865650:07</entry>
      </row>
      <row>
	<entry lang="en">[mm]:ss</entry>
	<entry lang="en">51939007:12</entry>
      </row>
      <row>
	<entry lang="en">[ss]</entry>
	<entry lang="en">3116340432</entry>
      </row>
    </tbody>
    </tgroup>
  </table>	      
</sect2>

<!--       ******************************************* -->
<sect2 id="alignmentandothertabs">
  <title lang="en">Alignment, Font, Border, and Background Tabs</title>

  <sect3 id="alignment">
    <title lang="en">Alignment Tab</title>
    <para lang="en">
      This tab allows you to set horizontal and vertical alignment
      and justification options. 
    </para>
    
    <figure id="number-format-justification-dialog">
      <title lang="en">Alignment Tab</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/number-format-justification-dialog-2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the cell format dialog opened to the
              "Alignment" tab.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
   </screenshot>
    </figure>
    
    <variablelist>
      <title lang="en">Horizontal justification options.</title>
      <!-- ********** -->
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en"><guibutton>General</guibutton></term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">The standard default justification. Use 
	    right justification for numbers and formulas, and left
	    justification for  text strings.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <!-- ********** -->
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en"><guibutton>Left</guibutton></term>
	  <listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Left justify all cell contents.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
       <!-- ********** -->
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en"><guibutton>Center</guibutton></term>
	<listitem>
	    <para lang="en">Center all cell contents.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <!-- ********** -->
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en"><guibutton>Right</guibutton></term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Right justify all cell contents.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <!-- ********** -->
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en"><guibutton>Fill</guibutton></term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Fill the cell with the contents. This will repeat
	    the cell's contents as necessary to fill the width of
	    the cell.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <!-- ********** -->
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en"><guibutton>Justify</guibutton></term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">For text, wrap long lines of text and left
	    justify. For other formats, same as 
	    <guilabel>Left</guilabel>.  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en"><guibutton>Center across selection</guibutton></term>
	  <listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Centers the cell's contents so the middle of each line is
	    aligned with the middle of other lines.  This only works
	    with multiple cells.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
    <para lang="en">
      <guilabel>Left</guilabel> and <guilabel>Right</guilabel>
      justification options also allow you to specify indent from left
      (respectively, right) side of the cell. Indent is measured in
      multiples of the current font size: for font size 10, indent 4
      means 40 pts. 
    </para>

    <variablelist>
      <title lang="en">Vertical Justification Options</title>
       <!-- ********** -->
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en"><guibutton>Top</guibutton></term>
	<listitem>
	    <para lang="en">Align the top of the cells contents with the top of
	    the cell.</para>
	  </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <!-- ********** -->
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en"><guibutton>Center</guibutton></term>
	  <listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Center the cells contents vertically. Equally space
	    between the top and bottom.</para>
	  </listitem>
	</varlistentry>
      <!-- ********** -->
	<varlistentry>
	<term lang="en"><guibutton>Bottom</guibutton></term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">Align the contents of the cell with the bottom of
	    the cell.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <!-- ********** -->
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en"><guibutton>Justify</guibutton></term>
	<listitem><para lang="en">For text, wrap long lines and spread lines
	    of text evenly to fill the cell. For other formats (or if
	    the text contains no long lines), same as
	    <guilabel>Bottom</guilabel> justification.</para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </sect3> <!-- ****** alignment tab ******** -->

 <!-- ************************************** -->
  <sect3 id="font">
    <title lang="en">Font Tab</title>
    <para lang="en">This tab allows you to change the font used for cells
      content. 
      <figure id="number-format-font-dialog">
	<title lang="en">The Font Tab</title>
	<screenshot>
	  <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/number-format-font-dialog.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the cell format dialog opened to the
              "Font" tab.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>
      To change cells font, select font family (such as
      <guilabel>Times</guilabel>, <guilabel>Helvetica</guilabel>,
      etc), style (<guilabel>Normal</guilabel>,
      <guilabel>Bold</guilabel>, ...) and size in points.  You can
      also select font color and special effects such as underlining
      or strikethrough. 
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> allows you to use any of the
      fonts known to GNOME printing system,
      <application>gnome-print</application>. The same fonts are used
      for screen display and for printing, assuring that the printed
      document will look identical to the one you see on
      screen. Advanced users can refer to documentation for
      <application>gnome-print</application> package to find out more about
      adding fonts and font management in GNOME. 
    </para>
    <tip>
      <title lang="en">TIP</title> 
      <para lang="en">
	A quicker way to change the selected cells' font is to use
	<link linkend="fmt-toolbar">Format Toolbar</link>.
      </para>
    </tip>
  </sect3>
 <!-- ************************************** -->
  <sect3 id="border">
    <title lang="en">Border Tab</title>
    <para lang="en">
      This tab allows you to choose the border for the selected
      cells. You can select one of many border styles (none, single
      line, double line,...) and colors. You can also have different
      borders on different sides of the cell. 
    <figure id="number-format-border-dialog">
      <title lang="en">Border Tab</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/number-format-border-dialog.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the cell format dialog open to the
              "Border" tab.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
      To choose a border for a cell or a selection, select border
      style and color in the right side of the tab and click on the
      buttons corresponding to the sides of the cells in the left side
      of the tab. In addition to the buttons for left, right, top, and
      bottom sides, you also have buttons for drawing diagonal and
      reverse diagonal of the cell. (Strictly speaking, these cannot
      be called borders, but it is natural to put them in this tab.)
      The lowest row of buttons contains buttons
      <guibutton>None</guibutton> and
      <guibutton>Outline</guibutton>. Clicking on 
      <guibutton>None</guibutton> removes all borders from the cell;
      clicking on <guibutton>Outline</guibutton> puts border on all
      sides of the cell or selection. 
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      Please note that for a selection of cells, the buttons will put
      borders on one of the sides of selection, not of individual
      cells. For example, clicking on <guibutton>Bottom</guibutton>
      button will put the border along the bottom of the selection, so
      only the cells in the bottom row will be affected. In addition
      for selections you have three more buttons in the bottom row:
      <guibutton>Inside vertical</guibutton>,
      <guibutton>Inside</guibutton>, and <guibutton>Inside
      horizontal</guibutton>. <guibutton>Inside vertical</guibutton>
      puts borders on all inside vertical borders in the selection;
      <guibutton>Inside horizontal</guibutton> puts borders on all
      inside horizontal borders in the selection, and
      <guibutton>Inside</guibutton> puts borders on all inside
      borders in the selection, both vertical and horizontal.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      To remove an existing border from one of the sides of a cell or
      selection, click on the corresponding button again. 
    </para>
  </sect3>
 <!-- ************************************** -->
  <sect3 id="background">
    <title lang="en">Background Tab</title>
    <para lang="en">
      This tab allows you to change the background of selected
      cells. You can choose solid color or patterned background. A
      preview of the selected background will be shown in the right
      part of the tab. 
    </para>
  
    <figure id="number-format-color-dialog">
      <title lang="en">Background Tab</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/number-format-color-dialog.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the cell format dialog open to the
              "Background" tab.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
    <para lang="en">
      To select a solid color background, select the color from
      <guilabel>Background Color</guilabel> drop-down box. You can use
      of the standard colors or define your own color by clicking on
      <guibutton>Custom Color</guibutton> button.  
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      To select a patterned background, choose the background color in
      <guilabel>Background Color</guilabel> section. After this,
      choose the pattern color and type in
      <guilabel>Pattern</guilabel> section. Please note that the
      pattern type buttons use  black pattern on white background,
      regardless of the colors you have chosen. 
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      To remove pattern, choose <guilabel>Solid</guilabel> pattern
      type (top left button, looking like a white square). 
    </para>
  </sect3>






</sect2>


<!--       ******************************************* -->
<sect2 id="sect-data-format-protectionandvalidation">
  <title lang="en">Protection and Validation Tabs</title>
  <para lang="en">
    These two tabs are used to control user's access to cells and
    restrict values of data allowed in a cell. Unlike other
    formatting options, these two tabs have no effect on a cells
    appearance. These options are mostly used for writing templates
    and forms to be filled by others. 
  </para>

  <sect3 id="protection">
    <title lang="en">Protection Tab</title>
    <para lang="en">

    <figure id="format-protection">
      <title lang="en">Protection Tab</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/number-format-protection.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the cell format dialog open to the
              "Protection" tab.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

      This tab allows you to see and
      change cell protection in imported Excel
      workbooks. Cell protection has no effect in
      <application>Gnumeric</application>: you can edit cells whether
      or not they are marked as protected. However,
      <application>Gnumeric</application> keeps the protection setting
      of imported Excel workbooks. If you later save your workbook in
      Excel format, <application>Gnumeric</application> will save the
      protection information too. For more information about cell
      protection in <application>Excel</application>, please refer to
      <application>Excel</application> documentation. 
    </para>
 
 </sect3>

  <sect3 id="sect-data-format-validation">
    <title lang="en">Validation Tab</title>
    <para lang="en">This tab allows you to set restrictions on allowed values of
      data in the cells. If you (or someone else) attempts to enter a
      data that does not meet the set criteria, a warning (or an error
      message, depending on the options set in this tab) will be shown. 
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-format-dialog-validation-tab">
      <title lang="en">Validation Tab</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/number-format-validation.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the cell format dialog open to the
              "Validation" tab.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      This tab consists of two part. The first part,
      <guilabel>Criteria</guilabel> is used to set the criteria for
      the cell values. The second part, <guilabel>Error
      Alert</guilabel>, is used to choose  the action when data
      entered does not meet the criteria. 
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      To set the criteria for cell values, follow these steps:
    </para>
      <procedure>
	<step>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Choose the type of data contained in the cells, using the
	    <guilabel>Allow</guilabel> drop-down list. 
	  </para>
	</step>
	<step>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Choose a condition that must be satisfied by the cells
	    value, using <guilabel>Condition</guilabel> drop-down
	    list. In these conditions, <literal>val</literal> stands
	    for the cells value (for text, <literal>val</literal>
	    stands for the length of text string) and
	    <literal>min</literal>, <literal>max</literal>, and
	    <literal>bound</literal> are constants that you need to
	    specify. 
	  </para>
	</step>
	<step>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Enter the values of constants used in condition. For
	    example, if you chose condition
	    <literal><![CDATA[ min<=val<=max ]]></literal>, you need to enter values
	    of constants <literal>min</literal> and
	    <literal>max</literal>.
	  </para>
	</step>
      </procedure>

    <para lang="en">
      After specifying the criteria, you need to specify how
      <application>Gnumeric</application> should respond to incorrect
      cell value. You can choose one of four possible actions from
      <guilabel>Action</guilabel> drop-down list:
      <variablelist>
         <!-- ********* -->  
	<varlistentry>
	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>None</guilabel></term>
	  <listitem><para lang="en">
	      Accept invalid value without any warning. Equivalent to
	      having no validation. 
           </para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
         <!-- ********* -->  
	<varlistentry>
	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Stop</guilabel></term>
	  <listitem><para lang="en">
	      Do not accept the invalid value. Show the user an error
	      message which you need to specify (see below). 
	    </para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
         <!-- ********* -->  
	<varlistentry>
	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Warning</guilabel></term>
	  <listitem><para lang="en">
	      Show the user a warning dialog, giving him a choice
	      whether to accept or reject the invalid value. You need
	      to specify the message to use in the warning dialog (see
	      below). 
           </para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <!-- ********* -->  
	<varlistentry>
	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Information</guilabel></term>
	  <listitem><para lang="en">
	      Accept invalid values but show the user a warning
	      dialog. You need to specify the message to use in
	      the warning dialog (see below).  
	    </para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
      </variablelist> 
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      If you choose one of the options <guilabel>Stop</guilabel>,
      <guilabel>Warning</guilabel>, or
      <guilabel>Information</guilabel>, you must enter the message
      that will be show to the user in the error or warning
      dialog. Otherwise, the dialog will be empty so it will be
      completely useless. You need to enter the title (which will be
      used as the window title for the dialog window) and the message
      itself. For example, the values shown in <xref linkend="sect-data-format-validation"/> will
      produce the dialog shown in <xref linkend="fig-format-validation-warning"/>. 
    </para> 

    <figure id="fig-format-validation-warning">
      <title lang="en">Warning dialog in response to invalid input</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/number-format-validation-warning.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the validation error notification
              box.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
    
  </sect3>
</sect2>
</sect1>

    <sect1 id="sect-data-format-conditional">
  <title lang="en">Conditional Formatting of Cells</title>

  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      This section needs to be written.
    </para>
  </note>

</sect1>

    <sect1 id="sect-data-filter">
    <title lang="en">Filtering Data</title>

    <para lang="en">
      With data filters you can select a subset of rows in the
      worksheet that meet the given criteria.  You can, for example,
      copy rows of a table containing sales of departments whose
      profit has been exceptionally high into a new sheet simply using
      a filter.
    </para>

    <sect2 id="sect-data-filter-auto">
      <title lang="en">Auto Filters</title>

      <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits.</para>
      <itemizedlist>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    <keycombo>
	      <keycap>Alt</keycap>
	      <keycap>Down</keycap>
	    </keycombo>
	    Open the AutoFilter in the current cell.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    <keycap>Down</keycap>
	    and
	    <keycap>Up</keycap>
	    Changes the selected item in an AutoFilter
	  </para>
	</listitem>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    <keycap>Home</keycap>
	    Select the first item [All] in an AutoFilter
	  </para>
	</listitem>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    <keycap>End</keycap>
	    Select the last item in an AutoFilter
	  </para>
	</listitem>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    <keycap>Enter</keycap>
	    or
	    <keycombo>
	      <keycap>Alt</keycap>
	      <keycap>Up</keycap>
	    </keycombo>
	    Apply the current entry in an AutoFilter list, and close the combo-box.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </sect2>

    <sect2 id="sect-data-filter-advanced">
      <title lang="en">Advanced Filter</title>

      <para lang="en">
        To use advanced filter, you should have a few blank rows
        available in your worksheet to be used as a criteria range.
        These rows should not overlap with the rows in the table to be
        filtered.
      </para>

     <para lang="en">Now copy all the column labels from the table you want to
     filter into the first blank row in the criteria range.  Below the
     criteria labels, you can now type the conditions you want to
     match for the particular label.  For example, under a label
     `Profit' you could type `&gt;=1000'.  The tool selects only rows
     that match all the criteria.</para>

     <figure id="fig-advanced-filter-1">
       <title lang="en">Worksheet containing the table to be filtered and a
       simple criteria</title>
       <screenshot>
         <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/advanced-filter-1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of a worksheet and the advanced filter dialog.
              </phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
       </screenshot>
     </figure>

     <para lang="en">It is possible to have many conditions for a single label.
     For example, you can select the departments whose profit is
     either very high or very low.  To do this, type, for example,
     <![CDATA[ `<=0' below the `>=40000' ]]> condition.</para>

     <figure id="fig-advanced-filter-2">
       <title lang="en">Criteria for selecting rows whose `Profit' column is between
       0 and 40000.</title>
       <screenshot>
         <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/advanced-filter-2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of a worksheet with the filter criteria.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
       </screenshot>
     </figure>

     <para lang="en">To start the tool, select ``Advanced Filter'' from the
     ``Data'' menu.  It brings you the advanced filter dialog.  In the
     dialog, select the action you want to take.</para>

     <figure id="fig-advanced-filter-dialog">
       <title lang="en">The Advanced Filter dialog.</title>
       <screenshot>
         <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-filter.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the advanced filter dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
       </screenshot>
     </figure>

     <para lang="en">``Filter in-place'' writes the new table in-place.  Note
     that you will lose all the rows in the table that will not match
     the criteria.  ``Copy to a new location'' copies the selected
     rows into the same sheet but into the specified cell range.  Type
     the cell range into the ``Copy to'' entry if you want this action
     to happen.  The other options let you to copy the selected rows
     into a new sheet or a new workbook.</para>

     <para lang="en">You should then specify the cell range containing the table
     to be filtered in the ``List range'' entry.  The cell range
     containing the criteria is specified in the ``Criteria range''
     entry.  If the original table contains duplicate rows, you may
     also want to specify the ``Unique records only''.  If it is
     checked on, the filter removes all duplicates.</para>

     <para lang="en">To start the tool, you can then click the ``OK'' button and
     you will get the new table.</para>

  </sect2>



</sect1>

    <sect1 id="sect-data-modify">
  <title lang="en">Modifying Data</title>
  
  <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits…</para>

  <sect2 id="sect-data-modify-search">
    <title lang="en">Searching for Data</title>

    <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits…</para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-data-modify-searchreplace">
    <title lang="en">Searching and Replacing Data</title>

    <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits…</para>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-data-modify-sorting">
    <title lang="en">Sorting Data</title>

    <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits…</para>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-data-modify-shuffle">
    <title lang="en">Shuffling Data</title>

    <para lang="en">
      With data shuffling tool you can shuffle data in a given cell
      range.  The tool can be started by selecting ``Shuffle'' menu
      item in ``Data'' menu.  In order to use the tool give the input
      range in which the data to be shuffled is stored.  The tool is
      able to shuffle the contents of the whole cell range, or, also
      shuffle data according to rows or columns. The shuffling method
      is selected under the ``Input Range'' entry. For example, if
      your data is grouped by rows then select ``Shuffle Method''
      ``Rows''.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The default output method is to shuffle in-place. The shuffled
      data can also be written into a new sheet, new workbook, or into
      an existing sheet by giving the output range. If you select the
      ``Autofit Columns'' option, the width of each output column is
      automatically fixed according to the size of data in it.
    </para>

  </sect2>

</sect1>

    <sect1 id="sect-data-generate">
  <title lang="en">Generating Data</title>
  
  <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits…</para>

  <para lang="en">
    ...
  </para>


  <sect2 id="sect-data-generate-filltabulate">
    <title lang="en">Creating a Tabulation of Dependencies</title>

    <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits…</para>

  </sect2>




  <sect2 id="sect-data-generate-fillmerge">
    <title lang="en">Creating Multiple Repeats of Standard Data</title>

    <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits…</para>

  </sect2>




  <sect2 id="sect-data-generate-consolidate">
    <title lang="en">Consolidating a Result from Several Source Regions</title>

    <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits…</para>

  </sect2>




</sect1>

    <sect1 id="sect-data-comment">
  <title lang="en">Comments in Cells</title>
  
  <para lang="en">
    Each cell in a worksheet can have an associated comment.
    Comments are not ordinarily visible.
    Cells having associated comments are marked with a red triangle
    in the top right corner of the cell.
    If you move the mouse cursor over the red triangle, the cursor
    changes to the left-pointing arrow.
    If the cursor remains over the triangle long enough, a pop-up
    window appears, displaying the author's name and the text of
    the comment.
    The pop-up window is removed when the mouse cursor is moved off
    the red triangle.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    To add a comment to a cell, first select the cell.
    Next choose <guimenuitem>Comment...</guimenuitem> from the
    <xref linkend="Insert-Menu"/> to open the <guimenu>New Cell Comment</guimenu> dialog.
    If the cell already has an associated comment, <application>Gnumeric</application> instead opens the
    <guimenu>Edit Cell Comment</guimenu> dialog, which is shown below. The
    only difference is that the <guimenu>Edit Cell Comment</guimenu> dialog
    is initialized with the existing comment and it includes a line identifying
    the author of the existing comment.
  </para>
  <figure id="menu-insert-comment.png">
    <title lang="en">The <guimenu>Insert Comment</guimenu> dialog.</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-insert-comment.png"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>An image of the Insert Comment dialog.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <para lang="en">
    To change the appearance of the comment text, select the
    text to be formatted, then click on one of the character
    attribute selectors above the comment text box. You can
    select italics, strike-through, character weight, and
    underlining. The italics and strike-through selectors toggle the
    character attributes, based on the first character of the
    selected text. For example, if the first character is
    italic, clicking on the italics selector removes the italic
    attribute from all characters of the selected text.
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    The arrows next to the weight and underlining
    selectors open menus from which you can select a
    weight or underline style.
    Selecting a weight or underline style applies it to
    the selected text and makes it the meaning of the
    associated selector. For example, if you select
    <guimenuitem>Light</guimenuitem> from the weight menu,
    the selected text is made light. If you subsequently
    click on the weight selector, the text selected at that
    time is also made light.
    The weights may not all be visibly different,
    depending on the font in use. 
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    "Wrap in properties window" controls word wrap in the comment
    editing box just above it.
    By default, lines are broken at spaces between words to prevent
    a line from exceeding the width of the text box.
    Click on the check-box to toggle word wrap.
    Line breaks occur in the comment pop-up only where you place
    them explicitly by pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap>.
    Turning off word wrap lets you see how the comment will be displayed
    in the pop-up.
  </para>

</sect1>


<sect1 id="sect-data-link">
  <title lang="en">Hyperlinks</title>
  
  <para lang="en">
    Each cell can have an associated hyperlink.
    A hyperlink permits the user of a spreadsheet to go directly to
    a particular cell or group of cells, to access another file on
    the local computer or on the web, or to send an email message
    to an address built into the link.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    To add a hyperlink to one or more cells, first select the cells.
    Next choose <guimenuitem>Hyperlink...</guimenuitem>
    from the <xref linkend="Insert-Menu"/> to open the <guimenu>HyperLink</guimenu> dialog.
  </para>
  <figure id="menu-insert-hyperlink.png">
    <title lang="en">The <guimenu>HyperLink</guimenu> dialog.</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-insert-hyperlink.png"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>An image of the HyperLink dialog.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <para lang="en">
    If the selection includes a hyperlink, the dialog is initialized from
    the existing link.
    If there is more than one hyperlink in the selection, the cell in
    the first row that has a hyperlink, and the first such column of that
    row, is used to initialize the dialog.
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    When you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, the information in the
    dialog is attached to each cell in the selection, replacing any
    previously defined links.
    For any empty cells in the selection, the text of the link is set as
    the contents of the cell.
    For all cells in the selection, the cell format is modified to give
    the contents a distinctive color, and the text is underlined.
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    If the link location text box is empty when you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, 
    no hyperlink is created.
    Instead, if any cells in the selection have existing hyperlinks, those
    hyperlinks are removed.
    The distinctive format applied to links is not removed.
    For that reason it might be preferable to choose
    <xref linkend="edit-menu-clear-links"/>
    from the <xref linkend="Edit-Menu"/> to remove existing hyperlinks.
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> supports four types of hyperlink.
    The first element of the <guimenu>HyperLink</guimenu> dialog, the
    <guimenu>Type</guimenu> menu, selects the type of hyperlink to
    be created.
    The <guimenu>HyperLink</guimenu> dialog varies slightly, depending
    on the selected hyperlink type:
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          Internal Link: The second element of the dialog is a text box
          labeled "Target Range". You can enter a single range, with or 
          without a worksheet name.
          To select the range from the worksheet, click on the button
          at the end of the "Target Range" line. This collapses the
          dialog to a single line and makes it possible to interact with
          the cell grid. Select the desired sheet tab, if necessary,
          then select the desired cells.
          When the selection is complete, click on the button at the
          end of the Target Range input box to open the full
          <guimenu>HyperLink</guimenu> dialog again.
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          When an internal link is activated by clicking on the cell,
          the range of cells given by the link address
          becomes the current selection. The cell closest to A1 in the
          new selection becomes the active cell.
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          External Link: The second element of the dialog is a text box
          labeled "File". Enter the path to a file. You can also enter
          a Universal Resource Locator (URL) here; the URL is accessed
          as described for Web Link below.
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          When an external link is activated by clicking on the cell,
          <application>Gnumeric</application> launches an application to present the file,
          based on its apparent type. For example, "mypic.jpg" would
          be opened in an image viewer, while "myinfo.html" would be
          opened in a web browser.
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          Email Link: The dialog provides text boxes where you can
          enter the destination address and subject line for an e-mail message.
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          When an email link is activated by clicking on the cell,
          <application>Gnumeric</application> launches an e-mail client to send a message. The message
          is initialized with the destination address and
          subject specified in the dialog.
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          Web Link: Enter a Universal Resource Locator (URL) in the
          Web Address text box.
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
          When the link is activated by clicking on the cell,
          <application>Gnumeric</application> launches an application to display the information
          at the specified URL, based on its apparent type. For a
          web address beginning with "http://" or "https://" the application is
          the default web browser.
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    When you move the mouse pointer to a hyperlink in the cell grid,
    a tool tip appears.
    The default tip shows the link address and instructions for
    activating the link or selecting the cell.
    To define a tip specific to the link, select the radio button
    next to "Tip", then enter the tip text in the text box.
    If the link-specific tip is selected and left blank, no tip is displayed
    when the mouse pointer is on the link.
  </para>

</sect1>

<sect1 id="sect-data-names">
  <title lang="en">Defining Names</title>

  <para lang="en">
    Names are labels with a meaning defined in the spreadsheet or by <application>Gnumeric</application>.
    Names can be defined for a whole workbook or for just a single worksheet.
    A name can refer to a numeric value, a string, a range of cells, or a formula.
    A name can be used wherever its meaning could otherwise be used.
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    A name is a sequence of letters, digits, and underscore characters,
    beginning with a letter or underscore.
    A name cannot look like a cell identifier.
    For example, "D7" is not a permitted name, while "D_7" and "_D7" are permitted.
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    To define a name or modify the definition of an existing name:
  </para>
  <itemizedlist>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        If you wish to define or modify a name for use within a single
        worksheet and it is not the current worksheet, click on the
	appropriate worksheet tab at the bottom of the <application>Gnumeric</application> window.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        Open the <guimenu>Define Names</guimenu> dialog by choosing
        <guimenuitem>Modify ▶ Names</guimenuitem> from
        the <xref linkend="Edit-Menu"/>.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        Use the dialog to modify the defined names as desired.
        When your changes are complete, click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton>
        to close the dialog.
      </para>
    </listitem>
  </itemizedlist>
  <figure id="menu-edit-modify-names.png">
    <title lang="en">The <guimenu>Define Names</guimenu> dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-edit-modify-names.png"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>An image of the Define Names dialog.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <para lang="en">
    The <guimenu>Define Names</guimenu> dialog lists the
    names defined in the workbook, organized into two or more groups
    corresponding to the workbook, the active sheet, and the inactive
    sheets, if any. When the dialog is opened, only the names defined
    for the workbook and the active sheet are visible; the definitions
    for any inactive sheets are collapsed into a single line for each,
    identified by the sheet name. The definitions for the workbook or
    a sheet can be exposed or hidden by clicking on the arrow at the
    left end of the workbook or sheet line.
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    The second column of the <guimenu>Define Names</guimenu> dialog can 
    show one of three icons. To define a new name, click on the
    plus sign in the row for the workbook or the active worksheet.
    Names defined under a worksheet name are visible
    only on that worksheet.
    Names defined for the workbook are visible to any
    worksheet that does not have its own definition of the name.
    Names are created as "&lt;new-name&gt;", which must be changed
    before the definition can be used. Click on the new line to select
    it, then click on the name field and type the new name, followed by
    the <keycap>Enter</keycap> key.
    When you press <keycap>Enter</keycap>, the name is fixed.
    Only its value can then be changed.
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    If the second column shows a minus sign, the line is for a
    user-defined name. 
    Click on the minus sign to delete the definition of the name.
    If the second column shows a padlock icon, the definition is created 
    automatically and cannot be modified from this dialog.
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    For user-defined names, the third column of the <guimenu>Define
    Names</guimenu> dialog contains a downward- or upward-pointing arrow.
    Click on the arrow to move the definition down to the worksheet or
    up to the workbook.
    This operation is not permitted if the moved definition would replace
    a name already defined for the destination.
    To do such a replacement, first delete the name in the destination,
    then move the definition.
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    The last column of the dialog shows the value defined for the name. 
    When a new name is created, this field is initialized with an absolute 
    reference to the currently selected cells.
    To modify a definition, click on the value field and edit it as
    desired, then press the <keycap>Enter</keycap> key.
    To define a string value, enclose it in quotation marks, for example,
    'string one' or "string two".
    To specify a range of cells, use absolute references.
    Relative references change in meaning depending on the cell where
    they are used, which is unlikely to produce your intended result.
    You can define a name as a cell or range of cells by clearing its
    existing definition, if any, and then selecting the desired cell or
    cells on the cell grid.
    You can switch worksheets prior to selecting cells.
    The dialog continues to modify names defined for the workbook or the
    worksheet that was displayed when the dialog was opened.
    A reference created by selection in the <guimenu>Define Names</guimenu>
    dialog includes the worksheet name and uses absolute cell coordinates.
    That is, a selection would look like "Sheet1!$A$1:$B$24".
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    Below the display of defined names is a filter box.
    If the workbook or sheet contains many defined names, you can see
    a subset of the names by typing a partial name in the filter box
    and pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap>.
    All names that do not contain the entered string are omitted from the
    display.
    Differences of case are ignored.
    For example, if “real” were entered in the filter box,
    names such as "Real_Value" and "Surreal" would be displayed.
    When you press <keycap>Enter</keycap> in the filter box, contexts that contain
    no matching names are automatically collapsed. You may later need 
    to manually expand the workbook line, for example, if the filter
    string is changed.
    If the line for the workbook or a worksheet begins with a
    right-pointing arrow, it contains names that pass the filter.
    Clicking on the arrow will change it to a downward-pointing arrow
    and make the names visible.
    To see all the defined names, clear the filter by clicking on the
    button at the right end of the filter box.
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    In addition to the names defined by the user, <application>Gnumeric</application> has some pre-defined names
    for useful elements:
  </para>
  <itemizedlist>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        Sheet_Title: The name of the current sheet.
      </para>
    </listitem>
  </itemizedlist>

  <itemizedlist>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        Print_Area: The range of cells set as the sheet's
        print area; undefined if print area is not set.
      </para>
    </listitem>
  </itemizedlist>

</sect1>


  </chapter>


  <chapter id="chapter-advanced-analysis">
    <title lang="en">Advanced Analysis</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This chapter explains many of the advanced analytic tools
      available in <application>Gnumeric</application> including linear algebra calculations,
      the goal seek tool,
      simulation analysis, and scenarios.
    </para>

    <sect1 id="sect-analysis-overview">
  <title lang="en">Advanced Analysis in Gnumeric</title>

  <para lang="en">
    There are several kinds of analysis which can be performed using
    the <application>Gnumeric</application> spreadsheet. These include
    statistical analysis and linear programming methods. These are
    described in this chapter.
  </para>

</sect1>


    <sect1 id="sect-advanced-analysis-complexNumbers">
  <title lang="en">Analysis using Complex Numbers</title>

  <para lang="en">
    Complex numbers can be used in <application>Gnumeric</application>
    but, because they are not fundamental types, all the analysis must
    be done with functions. 
  </para>


</sect1>

    <sect1 id="sect-advanced-analysis-goalseek">
  <title lang="en">Goal Seek Tool</title>

  <para lang="en">Use Goal Seek Tool to search for a value of a single model
  variable that yields a given desired value of another single
  variable.  For example, you can use the Goal Seek to find the
  break-even value for sales (the break-even is the amount of sales
  whose marginal revenue just covers the fixed costs and the profit is
  thus zero).</para>

  <sect2 id="sect-advanced-analysis-goalseek-tool">
    <title lang="en">Using the Tool</title>

    <para lang="en">First, select the ``Goal Seek...''  tool item from ``Tools''
    menu.  Specify the output variable cell (``Set Cell'') by typing
    the cell reference into the entry or by clicking the worksheet
    cell.  If you are searching for the break-even point, for example,
    you should specify the cell reference of the profit calculation
    here.</para>

    <para lang="en">Specify the desired result for the output variable cell into
    the ``To Value'' cell.  In the search for the break-even, specify
    this to be zero.</para>

    <para lang="en">Specify the input variable cell (``By changing cell'') by
    typing the cell reference into the entry or by clicking the
    worksheet cell.  In the search for the break-even, specify the
    cell reference of the sales here.  When you have done this, you
    may want to press the ``Apply'' button to start the tool.</para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-advanced-analysis-goalseek-results">
    <title lang="en">Results</title>

    <para lang="en">Gnumeric will systematically iterate the model by changing
    the input value to achieve the desired result, if possible.  If
    goal seek was successful the tool displays the message ``Goal
    Seeking with cell __ found a solution''.</para>

    <para lang="en">It is possible that Gnumeric does not find a solution that
    generates the desired result.  There may not be such a solution
    for the model, or, it may be too difficult to find.  For example,
    the mathematical function behind the calculation may have many
    non-continuous points.</para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-advanced-analysis-goalseek-range">
    <title lang="en">Desired Value in a Given Range</title>

    <para lang="en">If Gnumeric did not find a solution that generates the
    desired result, you may want to try to specify a range (minimum
    and maximum) in which the value of the output variable should be.
    To do this, specify the ``Minimum'' and ``Maximum''
    entries.</para>

  </sect2>

</sect1>
    
<sect1 id="sect-advanced-analysis-simulation">
  <title lang="en">Simulation Analysis</title>

  <sect2 id="sect-advanced-analysis-simulation-intro">
    <title lang="en">Introduction to simulation analysis</title>
    <para lang="en">A simulation is the imitation of the operation of a real-world process or system.  The behavior of a system is studied by generating an artificial history of the system through the use of random numbers.  These numbers are used in the context of a simulation model, which is the mathematical, logical and symbolic representation of the relationships between the objects of interest of the system.  After the model has been validated, the effects of changes in the environment on the system, or the effects of changes in the system on system performance can be predicted using the simulation model.
    <footnote>
      <para lang="en">Adapted from Banks, Carson, Nelson and Nicol (2001), Discrete-Event System Simulation, 3rd ed.</para>
    </footnote>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">Gnumeric includes a facility for performing Monte Carlo Simulation.  Monte Carlo simulation involves the sampling of random numbers to solve a problem where the passage of time plays no substantive role.
    <footnote>
      <para lang="en">Definition from Law and Kelton (1991), Simulation Modeling &amp; Analysis, 2nd ed, pp. 113.</para>
    </footnote>  In other words, each sample is not effected by prior samples.  This is in contrast to discrete event simulation or continuous simulation where the results from earlier in the simulation can effect successive samples within a simulation experiment.  The Monte Carlo simulation will be enabled through the use of the Random Number functions as described in ??? <!--<xref linkend="CATEGORY_Random_Numbers"/> --> and the results presented along with statistics for use in analysis.    
    <footnote>
      <para lang="en">Gnumeric random numbers are generated using the Mersenne twister MT19937 pseudo-random number generator as implemented in the GNU Scientific Library.</para>
    </footnote>
    </para>
  </sect2>
  <sect2 id="sect-advanced-analysis-simulation-setup">
    <title lang="en">Setting up the simulation model</title>
    <para lang="en">The remainder of this chapter will illustrate use of the simulation tool using an example from Banks et. al.  
      <footnote>
        <para lang="en">Adapted from Banks, Carson, Nelson and Nicol (2001), Discrete-Event System Simulation, 3rd ed. pp. 42-45.</para>
      </footnote> 
    A classic inventory problem is the newsvendor problem.  A newsvendor buys papers for 33 cents each and sells for 50 cents.  Newspapers not sold are sold as scrap (recycled) for 5 cents.  Newspapers are purchased by the paper seller in bundles of 10.  Demand for newspapers can be categorized as “good,” “fair,” or “poor” with probability 0.35, 0.45 and 0.20 respectively, with each day's demand being independent of prior days.  The problem for the newsvendor is to determine the optimal number of papers to purchase when the day's demand is not yet known.</para>
    
    <para lang="en">The daily profit equation for the newsvendor is:</para>
    <informalequation>
     <alt lang="en">Profit = [(Sale revenue) - (Cost) - (Scrap value)]</alt>
     <mathphrase lang="en">Profit = [(Sale revenue) - (Cost) - (Scrap value)]</mathphrase>
    </informalequation> 

    <para lang="en">To set up the model, this example will use two tabs in Gnumeric, a tab labeled 'Profit' to calculate profit, and a tab labeled 'Demand Tables' to store the various tables needed to calculate the demand for any given sampling.</para>

    <para lang="en">For the Profit tab, set up the profit tab as in <xref linkend="fig-simulation-example-profit-table"/>.</para>
    
    <para lang="en">At the top of the Profit' tab, the Profit table will be entered .  There are three variables: Sale revenue, Cost and Scrap value, and they take the per unit coefficients of 0.5, 0.33 and 0.05 respectively.  Enter the coefficients in cells B13 through D13.  In cells B12 through D12, enter the equations for sale revenue, cost and Scrap value that are in the list below.  In cell E12, enter the equation for Profit</para>
    
    <para lang="en">Next, we add the values for the decision variable, which is the amount purchased, and the amount sold.  </para>
    
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem><para lang="en">B12: =B13*min(B16,B20)</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">C12: =C13*B16</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">D12: =D13*max(0,B16-B20)</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">E12: =B12-C12+D12</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">B13: 0.5</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">C13: 0.33</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">D13: 0.05</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">B16: 50</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <figure id="fig-simulation-example-profit-table">
      <title lang="en">Profit table for newsvendor example</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject>
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/analysis-simulation-profit-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <para lang="en">
              This screenshot depicts the profit table from the newsvendor simulation example after the set of entries in cells B12 through E13 and Cell B16 have been filled in.
            </para>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
    
    <tip>
      <title lang="en"> Using SIMTABLE for parameter values.</title>
      <para lang="en">Sometimes, there is a need to try a number of different values for a single parameter. In <xref linkend="sect-advanced-analysis-simulation-simtable"/> the <function>SIMTABLE</function> function will be used to automate the use of a set of values for a parameter such as purchase quantity.  For now, set the purchase quantity to 50 in cell C16.</para>
    </tip>
    
    <para lang="en">Next, create the demand tables from which the demand will be generated.  In the tab 'Demand Tables' enter the values of the probability in cells B4 through B6 (B4: 0.35; B5: 0.45; B6: 0.2).  In cells C4, C5 and C6 enter the cumulative probability values (C4: 0.35; C5: 0.8; C6: 1) as shown in <xref linkend="fig-simulation-example-demand-newsday-type"/>. </para>
		
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem><para lang="en">B4: 0.35</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">B5: 0.45</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">B6: 0.2</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">C4: 0.35</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">C5: 0.8</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">C6: 1.0</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
			
    
    <figure id="fig-simulation-example-demand-newsday-type">
      <title lang="en">Probability distribution for type of newsday</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject>
          <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysis-simulation-demand-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <para lang="en">
              Screenshot depicts Demand Tables tab of simulation worksheet with the cells B4 through C6 filled in with probability distribution for type of newsday.
            </para>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
    
    <para lang="en">The next table is the daily demand for newspapers based on the type of news day.  The table Distribution of Newspapers Demanded is in cells A11 through D18 of the Demand Tables worksheet as shown in <xref linkend="table-analysis-simulation-daily-demand"/> and contains the daily demand distribution values.  The cumulative distribution tables in cells A21 through G29, shown in <xref linkend="table-analysis-simulation-cumulative-demand"/> are derived values from the Distribution of Newspapers Demanded using values in the top Distribution of Newspapers demanded table.</para>

    <table frame="all" id="table-analysis-simulation-daily-demand"> 
      <title lang="en">Daily newspaper demand distribution table in Demand Tables worksheet</title>
      <tgroup cols="4"><tbody>

      <row>
        <entry>
          <para/>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>A</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>B</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>C</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>D</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
      </row>

      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>11</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">Demand</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">Good</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">Fair</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">Poor</para>
        </entry>
      </row>
      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>12</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">40</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.03</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.1</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.44</para>
        </entry>
      </row>
      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>13</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">50</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.05</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.18</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.22</para>
        </entry>
      </row>
      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>14</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">60</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.15</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.4</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.16</para>
        </entry>
      </row>
      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>15</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">70</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.2</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.2</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.16</para>
        </entry>
      </row>
      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>16</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">80</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.35</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.08</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.06</para>
        </entry>
      </row>
      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>17</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">90</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.15</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.04</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0</para>
        </entry>
      </row>
      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>18</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">100</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.07</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0</para>
        </entry>
      </row>
    </tbody></tgroup>
    </table>

    
    <table frame="all" id="table-analysis-simulation-cumulative-demand"> <title lang="en">Cumulative demand distribution table in Demand Tables worksheet</title>
    <tgroup cols="8"><tbody>

      <row>
        <entry>
          <para/>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>A</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>B</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>C</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>D</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>E</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>F</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>G</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
      </row>

  
      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>21</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para/>
        </entry>
        <entry lang="en">
          Cumulative Distribution
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para/>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para/>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">Values</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para/>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para/>
        </entry>
      </row>
  
      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>22</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">Demand</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">Good</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">Fair</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">Poor</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">Good</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
        <para lang="en">Fair</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">Poor</para>
        </entry>    
      </row>
  
      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>23</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">40</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.03</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.1</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.44</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
        <para lang="en">0</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0</para>
        </entry>    
      </row>

      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>24</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">50</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.08</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.28</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.66</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.03</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
        <para lang="en">0.1</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.44</para>
        </entry>
      </row>
  
      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>25</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">60</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.23</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.68</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.82</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.08</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
        <para lang="en">0.28</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.66</para>
        </entry>
      </row>

      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>26</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">70</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.43</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.88</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.94</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.23</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
        <para lang="en">0.68</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.82</para>
        </entry>
      </row>

      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>27</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">80</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.78</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.96</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">1</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.43</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
        <para lang="en">0.88</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.94</para>
        </entry>
      </row>

      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>28</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">90</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.93</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">1</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para/>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.78</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
        <para lang="en">0.96</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">1</para>
        </entry>
      </row>

      <row>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en"><emphasis>29</emphasis></para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">100</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">1</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para/>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para/>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">0.93</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para lang="en">1</para>
        </entry>
        <entry>
          <para/>
        </entry>
      </row>
    </tbody></tgroup>
    </table>
    
    <para lang="en">When these values are entered, the final results will look like <xref linkend="fig-simulation-example-daily-demand"/>.</para>
    
    <figure id="fig-simulation-example-daily-demand">
      <title lang="en">Completed probability distribution tables in Demand Tables worksheet</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject>
          <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysis-simulation-demand-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <para lang="en">
              Screenshot of Demand tab for the newsvendor example with probability distribution for type of newsday in cells A21 through G29.
            </para>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
    
    <para lang="en">Finally, back in the Profit tab, the demand data will be filled in through the use of references to the Demand Tables tab as shown in <xref linkend="fig-simulation-example-profit-sheet"/>. </para>

    <para lang="en">In the following cells, enter the equations below in the 'Profit' tab:</para>

    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem><para lang="en">B17: =rand()</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">C17: =if(B17&lt;'Demand Tables'!C4,"Good",if(C19&lt;'Demand Tables'!C5,"Fair","Poor"))</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">B18: =rand()</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">B20: =lookup($C17,$B23:$D23,$B24:$D24)</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">B21: =E12</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">B24: =lookup(Profit!$B18,'Demand Tables'!E23:E29,'Demand Tables'!$A23:$A29)</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">C24: =lookup(Profit!$B18,'Demand Tables'!F23:F29,'Demand Tables'!$A23:$A29)</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">D24: =lookup(Profit!$B18,'Demand Tables'!G23:G29,'Demand Tables'!$A23:$A29)</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
        
    <figure id="fig-simulation-example-profit-sheet">
      <title lang="en">Profit table for newsvendor example</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject>
          <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysis-simulation-profit-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <para lang="en">
              This screenshot depicts the profit sheet for the newsvendor example after references to demands are included in cells B17 through B21 and cells B24 through D24.
            </para>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
    
    <para lang="en">When done, the Profit spreadsheet will be setup with a profit equation, decision variables, and random events as shown in <xref linkend="fig-simulation-example-profit-sheet"/>.  The <function>rand()</function> functions in cells C17 and C18 return a random value between 0 and 1, which are used by the <function>lookup()</function> functions in cells B20, B24, C24 and D24 to calculate a randomly determined daily demand.  Next, this sheet will be used for analysis through the use of simulation.</para>
  </sect2>
  <sect2 id="sect-advanced-analysis-simulation-running">
    <title lang="en">Running the simulation</title>
    <para lang="en">To run the simulation, from the Gnumeric toolbar, select Tools → Simulation.  In the Risk Simulation dialog box that appears, the first tab is the Variables tab.  There are two entries in the Variables tab:  Input variables and Output variables (<xref linkend="analysis-simulation-variables-dialog"/>).</para>
    

    <figure id="analysis-simulation-variables-dialog">
      <title lang="en">Variables tab in simulation dialog box</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject>
          <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysis-simulation-variables-dialog.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <para lang="en">
              Screenshot of the simulation dialog with input and output variables filled in for the newsvendor example.
            </para>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>    
    
    <para lang="en">Input variables are the cells which hold the functions based on random numbers of the type described in Section A.14.  In this case, they are the cells B17 and B18 in the Profit worksheet, which hold the rand() function.  Later, when the quantity purchased is a parameter set by the <function>SIMTABLE</function> function, cell B16 which holds the purchase quantity will be added to the range of input variables.</para>
    
    <para lang="en">Output variables are the results of interest, or the dependent variable.  In this case, the dependent variables are the demand and the profit, which are in cells B20 and B21.</para>
    
    <para lang="en">The next tab is the Options tab .  There are four settings in the options as shown in <xref linkend="fig-analysis-simulation-options-dialog"/>. </para>
    
    <figure id="fig-analysis-simulation-options-dialog">
      <title lang="en">Options tab in Simulation dialog box for newsvendor simulation example</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject>
          <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysis-simulation-options-dialog.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <para lang="en">
              Options tab in simulations dialog showing Rounds and number of iterations.
            </para>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure> 
    
    <para lang="en">The second pair of options are the number of iterations and the Max time.  In a simulation, each iteration is the equivalent of a sample.  A sample from a random distribution is taken for each of the input values (as specified in the Variables tab) and the resulting output value(s).  The more iterations, the better the estimate of the output value.  However, this also takes more time to run.  A Max time value is specified in seconds where the simulation will end without output if an individual simulation takes longer than the Max time allotted.  If this occurs (see <xref linkend="fig-analysis-simulation-maximumtime-dialog"/>), the options are to either increase the Max time value, or decrease the number of iterations.  A more drastic option is to change the model so that fewer calculations or samples of random numbers need to be made.</para>
    
    <figure id="fig-analysis-simulation-maximumtime-dialog">
      <title lang="en">Maximum time for simulation exceeded message box</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject>
          <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysis-simulation-maximumtime-dialog.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <para lang="en">
              Dialog to warn that the maximum time for the simulation was exceeded.
            </para>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure> 
    
    <para lang="en">The next tab is the Summary.  There are two boxes in this tab, the Simulation Summary and the Summary of results (see <xref linkend="fig-analysis-simulation-summary-dialog"/>).  In simulation summary, there is a description of the simulation parameters.</para>
    
    <note> 
      <para lang="en">Due to the random nature of the simulation, the output may vary between simulation runs). </para>
    </note>
    
    <figure id="fig-analysis-simulation-summary-dialog">
      <title lang="en">Summary tab for simulation tool</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject>
          <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysis-simulation-summary-dialog.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <para lang="en">
              Simulation summary tab inside of simulation dialog box including summary of simulation options and summary of results.
            </para>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure> 
    
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Simulations:  Number of rounds as determined in the Simulation Options box.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">
      Iterations:  Number of iterations in a single simulation round.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">
      # input variables:  Number of random numbers sampled for each iteration. 
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"># output variables:  Number of outputs recorded for simulation</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Runtime: Runtime of simulations in seconds.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Run on: Date and time simulation was run.</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <para lang="en">In the summary of results window, there are summary statistics for each round of the simulation.  If multiple rounds were done, the results of each round can be browsed by using the 'Prev. Sim.' and 'Next Sim.' buttons below the Summary of results box.  For each output and input variable, the summary shows the Min,  Average and the Max value across the iterations for that round of the simulation.  Note that for the input variables, this shows the random number that is the average, max and min.  If the statistics on intermediate values, such as a cost distribution, was desired, these intermediate values should be added to the list of output variables.</para>
    
    <para lang="en">The last tab is labeled 'Output'.  This tab identifies the location where the output table will be generated.  There are two sets of options, first the Output Placement then Output Formatting as shown in <xref linkend="fig-analysis-simulation-output-dialog"/>.</para>
    
    <figure id="fig-analysis-simulation-output-dialog">
      <title lang="en">Output options tab for simulation</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject>
          <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysis-simulation-output-dialog.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <para lang="en">
            Output tab inside of simulation dialog box showing options for output placement and output formatting.
            </para>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure> 
    
    <para lang="en">The default output placement is 'New sheet'.  This will create a new sheet in the Gnumeric workbook labeled 'Simulation Report (1)', where '1' can be replaced with another number if a tab labeled 'Simulation Report (1)' already exists.  The option 'New workbook' creates a Gnumeric workbook named 'Book2.gnumeric' with a tab labeled 'Simulation Report.'</para>
    
    <para lang="en">The third option is to embed the output table into an existing worksheet.  This is done by specifying the 'Output range'.  Note that the output range must be large enough to include the entire table, including heading information.  For a single round this requires 11 rows and 16 columns.  For example, the range Profit!A24:P35 would contain the statistics for one round with the three input variables and two output variables.  As input and output variables change, or the number of rounds of the simulation change, the number of rows required will change.</para>
    
    <para lang="en">For output formatting, their are four options.</para>

    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem><para lang="en">'Autofit columns' automatically makes each column long enough to include the largest entry in that column.  Note that column 'A' in the resulting spreadsheet used to save run information such as date and time and is kept narrow.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">'Clear output range' is in effect if the Output Placement option chosen is Output range.  It clears the selected cells in the spreadsheet before putting the output table in its place.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">'Retain output range formatting' retains formatting for cells such as number formatting.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en">'Retain output range comments' retains comments that have been placed in output cells.  This is most useful when the input and output variables remained the same.</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    </sect2>
    <sect2 id="sect-advanced-analysis-simulation-output">
      <title lang="en">Simulation output</title>
      <para lang="en">The simulation output provides statistics on the output and input variables for each round.  The statistics are calculated over the iterations in a single round of the simulation.  These statistics for each variable are:</para>
      
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Variable type and name - input variables are labeled as '(Input)'.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Min – Minimum value of variable among iterations of round.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Mean – Arithmetic mean of variable among iterations of round.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Max – Maximum value of variable among all iterations of round.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Median – Median of variable among iterations of round.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Mode – Mode value among iterations of round.  For the input variable, this will be “#N/A”.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Std. Dev. - Standard deviation of the variable.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Variance – Second moment of variable.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Skewness -  Third moment of variable.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Kurtosis – Fourth moment of variable.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Range – Difference between min and max of variable among iterations of the round.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Count – Number of iterations in round.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Confidence (95%) - 95% confidence interval of value, centered on mean.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Lower Limit (95%) - Lower limit of 95% confidence interval of the value, centered on the mean.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Upper Limit (95%) - Upper limit of 95% confidence interval of the value, centered on the mean.</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      
			
      <figure id="fig-analysis-simulation-report-screen">
        <title lang="en">Simulation output example</title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject>
            <imageobject>
                <imagedata fileref="figures/analysis-simulation-report-screen.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <para lang="en">
              Simulation output spreadsheet including input and output variable statistics.
              </para>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure> 
      
      <para lang="en">The output will include a heading, then a table for each round of the simulation.  Judicious choice of output variables will also include any intermediate values of interest in the simulation in this table.  Each row of the output table has statistics of the values of a variable over the iterations of the simulation as shown in <xref linkend="fig-analysis-simulation-report-screen"/>. </para>
      
      <para lang="en">The output will be of the input variables and the output variables that were variables tab of the Simulation window .  For the input variables, the output will be the statistics of the random variable used in modeling the input variables.  For the output variables, the statistics will be of the output variable.  These statistics, in particular the standard deviation and confidence interval, should be examined to ensure the simulation was at a precision adequate for the purpose.  Some notes on how to use these statistics for refining the simulation design can be found in <xref linkend="sect-advanced-analysis-simulation-iterations"/>. </para>

    </sect2>
  <sect2 id="sect-advanced-analysis-simulation-simtable">
    <title lang="en">Using SIMTABLE</title>
    
    <para lang="en">The <function>SIMTABLE</function> function is intended to change a variable in the simulation so that each round of the simulation can be used to evaluate a different scenario.  This automates the use of simulation for what-if questions or to create a set of possible outcomes to a situation.</para>
    
    <para lang="en">In this example, we will use the <function>SIMTABLE</function> function to find the optimal quantity of newspapers to buy.  For the purchase quantity in our spreadsheet, we will replace '50' with the following formula in Profit!B16:</para>
    
    <programlisting lang="en">
    Profit!B16 = SIMTABLE(50,60,70,80,90)
    </programlisting>
      
    <para lang="en">Each entry in the list of the <function>SIMTABLE</function> arguments is a value that will be used for the purchased quantity.  Each entry corresponds to one round of simulation, as used in <xref linkend="fig-analysis-simulation-options-dialog"/>.  In this example there are 5 entries to the SIMTABLE list, so '5' will be entered into the 'Last Round #' option in the Options tab of the Simulation dialog. </para>
    
    <figure id="fig-analysis-simulation-simtable-screen">
      <title lang="en">Simulation output example using SIMTABLE and several rounds </title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject>
          <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysis-simulation-simtable-screen.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <para lang="en">
            Simulation output example using SIMTABLE and several rounds.
            </para>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure> 
    
    <para lang="en">When this simulation is run with 5 rounds, the summary of results  will have one entry for each round, with each round using a different entry from the <function>SIMTABLE</function> function for the purchase quantity.  The results for the various rounds can be previewed using the 'Prev. Sim.' and 'Next Sim.' buttons.  The output also has one table for each round of the simulation.</para>
    
    <para lang="en">As seen in <xref linkend="fig-analysis-simulation-simtable-screen"/>, each value in the original SIMTABLE statement corresponds to a simulation round, with the Purchase Quantity taking on the value from the SIMTABLE list.  The analyst can then record the Profit statistics (mean, variance, skewness, kurtosis, 95% confidence intervals) and determine if the simulation results are of sufficient resolution for the analysts purposes.</para>
    
    <para lang="en">The use of SIMTABLE to change parameters within the simulation provides a convenient method to do what-if analysis, and analyze the results as a whole.</para>
  </sect2>
  
  <sect2 id="sect-advanced-analysis-simulation-iterations">
    <title>Avgöra antalet iterationer</title>
    
    <para lang="en">In simulation, one major question is how many iterations are needed to reach a chosen level of precision in the results.  Simulation as a tool provides an approximation of the actual relationship between the input and output variables.  The precision of the approximation is based on the number of iterations of the simulation done.   More iterations in the sample lead to greater precision.  But the relationship between iterations and precision depends on the relationship between the variables in the precision.  In addition, the analyst must decide which output variable is the variable of interest, and what degree of precision is required.  The next step is to determine a sufficiently large number of iterations
      <inlineequation>
        <alt lang="en">$R$</alt>
        <mathphrase lang="en">R</mathphrase>
      </inlineequation> 
    be used to satisfy:    
    <informalequation>
      <alt lang="en">\[ P\left(\left|\left(\widehat{\Theta}-\Theta\right)\right| \leq \epsilon \right) \geq 1-\alpha \]</alt>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/analysis-simulation-confidence-interval-equation.png"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <para lang="en">The probability that the difference between the actual mean and the sample mean is less than epsilon is 1 - alpha.</para>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </informalequation>
    </para>		
    <para lang="en">Where 
    <inlineequation> 
      <alt lang="en">$\widehat{\Theta}$ </alt>
      <mathphrase lang="en">Θ-hat</mathphrase>
    </inlineequation> is the estimate of the mean, 
    <inlineequation>
      <alt lang="en">$\Theta$</alt>
      <mathphrase lang="en">Θ</mathphrase>
    </inlineequation> is the actual mean, ε is the specified error, and (1-α) is the probability that the estimate is within ε of the actual value (i.e. the (1-α) confidence interval). 
    Common values of (1-α) are 95% and 99%. 
    The Simulation Report from Gnumeric includes values for the 95% confidence interval as shown in <xref linkend="fig-analysis-simulation-report-screen"/>.
		</para>
		
    <para lang="en">The general procedure is as follows:<footnote>
    <para lang="en">Adapted from Banks et. al. Discrete-Event System Simulation, 3rd Edition, pp. 414-416.</para>
    </footnote>
    </para>
		
    <orderedlist>
    <listitem><para lang="en">Run simulation for a sample of
    <inlineequation>
      <alt lang="en">$R_0$</alt>
      <mathphrase lang="en"> R<subscript>0</subscript></mathphrase>
    </inlineequation> iterations. 
    The default value in Gnumeric is 1000, set in the options tab of the Simulation menu, <xref linkend="fig-analysis-simulation-options-dialog"/>. </para></listitem>
    <listitem><para lang="en">Take the sample variance
    <inlineequation>
      <alt lang="en">$S_0^2$</alt>
      <mathphrase lang="en"> S<subscript>0</subscript><superscript>2</superscript></mathphrase>
    </inlineequation> from the simulation output spreadsheet and determine the sample standard deviation 
    <inlineequation>
      <alt lang="en">$S_0$</alt>
      <mathphrase lang="en"> S<subscript>0</subscript></mathphrase>
    </inlineequation>
    (see <xref linkend="fig-analysis-simulation-report-screen"/>). </para></listitem>
    
    <listitem><para lang="en">Using
    <inlineequation>
      <alt lang="en">$z_{\alpha/2}$</alt>
      <mathphrase lang="en">z<subscript>α/2</subscript></mathphrase>
    </inlineequation>
    as the z-value of the 
    <inlineequation>
      <alt lang="en">$(1-(\alpha/2))$</alt>
      <mathphrase lang="en">(1-(α/2))</mathphrase>
    </inlineequation> percentile of the standard normal distribution, set the initial estimate of the number of iterations required as the smallest integer 
    <inlineequation>
      <alt lang="en"> $R$</alt>
      <mathphrase lang="en">R</mathphrase>
    </inlineequation> 
    such that 
    <equation><title lang="en">Iterations required for simulation</title>
      <alt lang="en"> $R \geq \left(\frac{z_{\alpha/2}S_0}{\epsilon}\right)^2$</alt>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/analysis-simulation-interations-equation1.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <para lang="en"> R is greater than equal to z of alpha divided by 2, times standard deviation, divided by epsilon.  Quantity squared.
          </para>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </equation>.  Note that if 
    <inlineequation>
      <alt lang="en"> $R_0$ </alt>
      <mathphrase lang="en">R<subscript>0</subscript></mathphrase>
    </inlineequation> is small, it would be more appropriate to use the student's t-distribution of 
    <inlineequation>
      <alt lang="en"> $t_{\alpha/2, R_0}$ </alt> 
      <mathphrase lang="en">t<subscript>α/2, R<subscript>0</subscript></subscript></mathphrase>
    </inlineequation> instead of  
    <inlineequation>
      <alt lang="en"> $z_{\alpha/2}$</alt>
      <mathphrase lang="en">z<subscript>α/2</subscript></mathphrase>
    </inlineequation>.
    </para></listitem>
    
    </orderedlist>
    
    <para lang="en">In this example, to estimate the profit to within
      <inlineequation>
        <alt lang="en">$\epsilon = 0.05$</alt>
        <mathphrase lang="en">ε=0.05</mathphrase>
      </inlineequation>
        , first run the simulation with 1000 iterations and a purchase quantity of 50 results in the following </para>

    <para>
      <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="4"><tbody>
      <row>
      <entry>
      <para/>
      </entry>
      <entry>
      <para lang="en">Mean</para>
      </entry>
      <entry>
      <para lang="en">Variance</para>
      </entry>
      <entry>
      <para lang="en">Confidence (95%)</para>
      </entry>
      </row>
      <row>
      <entry>
      <para lang="en">Demand QUANTITY</para>
      </entry>
      <entry>
      <para lang="en">59.19</para>
      </entry>
      <entry>
      <para lang="en">152.4</para>
      </entry>
      <entry>
      <para lang="en">0.64</para>
      </entry>
      </row>
      <row>
      <entry>
      <para lang="en">Profit QUANTITY</para>
      </entry>
      <entry>
      <para lang="en">7.85</para>
      </entry>
      <entry>
      <para lang="en">2.51</para>
      </entry>
      <entry>
      <para lang="en">0.08</para>
      </entry>
      </row></tbody></tgroup>
      </informaltable>
    </para>
    <para/>
		
    <para lang="en">Taking the variance of the table, and setting
      <inlineequation>
        <alt lang="en">$\epsilon = 0.05$</alt>
        <mathphrase lang="en">ε=0.05</mathphrase>
      </inlineequation>
      and 
      <inlineequation>
        <alt lang="en">$\alpha = 0.05$</alt>
        <mathphrase lang="en">α=0.05</mathphrase>
      </inlineequation>, lookup 
      <inlineequation>
        <alt lang="en">$z_{\alpha/2}$</alt> 
        <mathphrase lang="en">z<subscript>α/2</subscript></mathphrase>
      </inlineequation> from a standard normal table.  
      <inlineequation>
        <alt lang="en">$z_{\alpha/2}=1.96$</alt>
        <mathphrase lang="en">z<subscript>α/2=1.96</subscript></mathphrase>
      </inlineequation> so we have</para>
    <para/>  
    <para lang="en">
    <informalequation>
      <alt lang="en"> $R \geq \left(\frac{1.96 \times \sqrt{2.51}}{0.05}\right)^2 \geq 3856.8$</alt> 
      <graphic fileref="figures/analysis-simulation-interations-equation2.png"/>
    </informalequation>.
    </para>
    <para/>
    <para lang="en">Therefore, the minimum number of iterations is 3857.  The simulation can then be re-run with 3857 iterations to create a 95% c.i for profit where 
    <inlineequation>
      <alt lang="en">$\epsilon \leq 0.05$ </alt>
      <mathphrase lang="en">ε &lt;=0.05</mathphrase>
    </inlineequation>
         
    In this example with 3857 iterations, we get the following Simulation Report table: </para>
    <para/>
    <informaltable frame="all">
    <tgroup cols="4"><tbody>
    <row>
    <entry>
    <para/>
    </entry>
    <entry>
    <para lang="en">Mean</para>
    </entry>
    <entry>
    <para lang="en">Variance</para>
    </entry>
    <entry>
    <para lang="en">Confidence (95%)</para>
    </entry>
    </row>
    <row>
    <entry>
    <para lang="en">Demand QUANTITY</para>
    </entry>
    <entry>
    <para lang="en">59.11</para>
    </entry>
    <entry>
    <para lang="en">163.9</para>
    </entry>
    <entry>
    <para lang="en">0.34</para>
    </entry>
    </row>
    <row>
    <entry>
    <para lang="en">Profit QUANTITY</para>
    </entry>
    <entry>
    <para lang="en">7.72</para>
    </entry>
    <entry>
    <para lang="en">2.88</para>
    </entry>
    <entry>
    <para lang="en">0.04</para>
    </entry>
    </row></tbody></tgroup>
    </informaltable>
    <para/>
    <para lang="en">As expected, the 95% Confidence interval for Profit is less than 0.05. For the newsvendor example, the next step would be to look at the confidence intervals of the profit for all values of purchase quantity, and verify that this confidence interval is adequate for the decision to be made.  </para>
    <para/>
  <para/></sect2>
</sect1>

    <sect1 id="sect-advanced-analysis-scenarios">
  <title lang="en">Analysis using scenarios</title>

  <para>
    
  </para>

  <sect2 id="sect-advanced-analysis-scenarios-adding">
    <title lang="en">Adding new scenarios</title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-advanced-analysis-scenarios-viewing">
    <title lang="en">Viewing and managing scenarios</title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

  </sect2>

</sect1>

  </chapter>

  <chapter id="chapter-solver">
    <title lang="en">The Solver</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This chapter explains the linear programming solver available 
      from within <application>Gnumeric</application>.
    </para>

    <sect1 id="sect-advanced-analysis-solver">
  <title lang="en">Solver</title>

  <para lang="en">With Gnumeric Solver you can solve linear programs.</para>

  <!-- Add a comment so we keep this picture in figures/. and its
       Makefile.am. -->
  <!-- solver-05.png -->


  <sect2 id="sect-advanced-analysis-solver-linearprog">
    <title lang="en">Introduction to Linear Programming</title>

    <para lang="en">A linear program (LP) is a problem that can be expressed as
    linear functions.  As you probably already know, a linear function
    is the one whose graph is always a straight line.  Thus each
    variable of it appears in a separate term with its coefficient.
    There must be no products or quotients of these variables.  In
    addition, the exponent of each term must be one.  No logarithmic,
    exponential, trigonometric terms are allowed.  Especially note that
    functions like ABS, IF, MAX, and MIN are not linear.  Here are a
    few examples of linear functions:</para>

    <programlisting lang="en">
    3x + y - 5z
    -3.23x + 0.33y
    -0.3x + 4y - 2z + 1.2m
    </programlisting>

    <para lang="en">The linear problem has a so called objective function which
    is to be minimized or maximized and constraints.  The objective
    function is the one whose value we would like to optimize.
    Typically, this function could determine the profit generated by
    the expected sales of the given model (maximization problem), or,
    the cost of the production in the given environment (minimization
    problem).  Anyway, on purely mathematical point of view, we could
    examine the following objective function:</para>

    <programlisting lang="en">
    Maximize 2x + 3y - z
    </programlisting>

    <para lang="en">In linear programming the variables of this functions are
    not allowed to take any values (otherwise the maximum of any
    objective function would be infinity).  The problem also has
    constraints.  The constraints are a set of linear functions and a
    set of their right hand side values (RHS).  For example, for the
    previously defined objective function we have the following
    constraints:</para>

    <programlisting lang="en">
    x + y &lt;= 5           (#1)
    3x - y + z &lt;= 9      (#2)
    x + y &gt;= 1           (#3)
    x + y + z = 4        (#4)
    x, y, z &gt;= 0         (non-negativity assumption)
    </programlisting>

    <para lang="en">This constraint set consists of three inequality constraints
    (#1-#3) and one equality constraint (#4).  Their RHS values are 5,
    9, 1, and 4.  In addition, we also have the non-negativity
    assumption.  That is, all the variables (x, y, and z) have to take
    only positive numbers.  The idea is to find the optimal values for
    the variables (x, y, and z) but also to satisfy all the given
    constraints.</para>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-advanced-analysis-solver-modeling">
    <title lang="en">Spreadsheet Modeling</title>

    <para lang="en">To solve optimization problems with Gnumeric you have to
    type in the problem into a sheet.  A recommended way to start with
    is to allocate a separate column in the spreadsheet for each
    decision variable (in the previous example the x, y, and z) and a
    separate row for each constraint (the constraints #1-#4).  The
    coefficients of these variables should be placed into the cells
    corresponding to the allocated row and the column.  It is also
    recommended that you label the rows and the columns to make the
    sheet much more readable.  The sheet for our maximization problem
    would look like this:</para>

    <figure id="fig-linear-program-example">
      <title lang="en">Linear programming example</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/solver-01.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of a worksheet with a linear programing problem.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">As you can see, we have put the model variables into cells
    B3:D3.  They are currently all zeros.  The cell E4 contains the
    objective function definition.  The easiest way to define it is to
    use SUMPRODUCT build-in function.  Thus in our model, we have the
    formula `=SUMPRODUCT(B3:D3,B4:D4)' in E3.</para>

    <para lang="en">The constraints are defined in rows seven to ten.  Since
    the coefficients of these functions are in columns B, C and D we
    will get the total sum of each of the constraint using the
    formula `SUMPRODUCT(B$3:D$3,Bn:Dn)' where n is the row number of
    the constraint.  For example, in E7 we have
    `=SUMPRODUCT(B$3:D$3,B7:D7)', in E8 `=SUMPRODUCT(B$3:D$3,B8:D8)'
    and so on.  The right hand side (RHS) values of the constraints
    are typed into cells G7:G10.</para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-advanced-analysis-solver-using">
    <title lang="en">Using Solver</title>

    <sect3 id="sect-advanced-analysis-solver-using-params">
      <title lang="en">Solver Parameters</title>

      <para lang="en">Now it is time to select `Solver...' from the `Tools' menu.
      After you have done it, the following dialog will appear:</para>

      <figure id="fig-solver-dialog-1">
        <title lang="en">The empty Solver dialog.</title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/solver-02.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the solver dialog open to the "Parameters" tab.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">Since we have the objective function in E3 type this into
      the `Set Target Cell:' entry.  We are about to maximize this
      function, thus the radio button `Max' should be pressed on.  By
      default, the problem is assumed to be maximization problem.  The
      input variables (x, y, and z) were in cells B3:D3 so type the
      cell range into the `By Changing Cells:' entry.</para>

      <para lang="en">The model to be optimized is a linear model.  Thus, we
      should check that the check button `Linear (LP/MILP)' is pressed
      on the page `Model'.  Also make sure that the
      assume non-negative button is on, otherwise, the input variables
      can also take negative values.  There is also a check button
      `Assume Integer (Discrete)' which adds an integer constraint for
      all the input variables.  The integer optimization is
      described, however, later.</para>

      <para lang="en">A few additional options can be set too.  If you want to
      limit the number of iterations the optimization algorithm is
      allowed to take you can set the maximum number in the `Max
      iterations' entry box on page `Options'.  Similarly, you can 
      limit the maximum time the optimization is allowed to take in 
      the `Max time' entry box.  If either one of these settings is 
      exceeded during the optimization, the optimization is interrupted
      and an error dialog is displayed.</para>

      <para lang="en">Some models can be better solved if the model is scaled
      into another form before the actual optimization.  Gnumeric
      solver supports automatic scaling which can be checked on by
      using the check button on the bottom of the dialog.  Note that
      the automatic scaling does not change the model since before
      checking out the results the model is scaled back to its
      original form.</para>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="sect-advanced-analysis-solver-using-constraints">
      <title lang="en">Solver Constraints</title>

      <para lang="en">Now we can add the constraints.  Select the `Constraints'
      page from the top of the dialog and the following page should
      appear.</para>

      <figure id="fig-solver-add-constraint-dialog">
        <title lang="en">Add constraint dialog.</title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/solver-03.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the solver dialog open to the "Constraints" tab.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">In this page, you can see all constraints that have been
      defined in the `Subject to the Constraints:' window.  Since none
      has been defined, this window should be empty.  Now type in the
      constraints (#1-#4) one by one.</para>

      <para lang="en">When adding constraints, the three entry boxes in the
      bottom of the dialog are used.  Put a cell name of the total
      left hand side (LHS) cell into the `Left Hand Side:' entry box.
      In our example, this would be E7 for the constraint #1, E8 for
      constraint #2, and so on.  The combo entry in the middle defines
      the type of the constraint.  It can be<![CDATA[ `≤', `=', `≥'
      ]]> ,`Int' or `Bool'.  We will explain the `Int' and `Bool' 
      constraints later. In this example, you should select <![CDATA[ 
      `≤' for constraints #1-#2, `≥' ]]>for #3, and `=' for 
      constraint #4. The last entry on the right takes the right hand 
      side values of the constraints.  For constraints #1-#4 they 
      should be G7 (5), G8 (9), G9 (1), and G10 (4) in this order.</para>

      <para lang="en">After typing a constraint press
      <mousebutton>Add</mousebutton> button, and you will be able to
      define the next one.  When you have typed in all the
      constraints, the Solver dialog should look like this:</para>

      <figure id="fig-solver-dialog-2">
        <title lang="en">The solver dialog</title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/solver-04.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the solver dialog open to the
              "Constraints" tab with constraints entered.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">The order of the constraints does not matter.  If you want
      to change or delete a constraint click it and then press
      `Change' or `Delete' button.</para>

      <para lang="en">Note that you can also type ranges into the LHS and RHS
      entries.  For example, you could have typed D7:D8 and G7:G8
      instead of the two separate constraints.</para>

      <para lang="en">If the constraints have now been typed in correctly, we
      should check what reports we want to produce.</para>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="sect-advanced-analysis-solver-using-report">
      <title lang="en">Solver Reporting</title>

      <para lang="en">Select the `Reports' page from the top of the dialog and 
      you will see a checkbox named `Program'. This report gives the 
      model in its mathematical form. Program report is useful for 
      checking out the correctness of the model. It can also be useful 
      for educational purposes.</para>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="sect-advanced-analysis-solver-using-optimize">
      <title lang="en">Optimization</title>

      <para lang="en">After you have specified the parameters, the constraints 
      and the reporting options it is time to press the <guibutton>
      Solve</guibutton> button. If everything went ok, you will see a 
      dialog saying: `Solver found an optimal solution. All constraints 
      and optimality conditions are satisfied.'. This means that the 
      solver found an optimal solution and the optimal values are now 
      stored into the input variables.  For all models, this, however, 
      does not happen.</para>

      <para lang="en">If a feasible solution cannot be found, the solver reports
      that `A feasible solution could not be found. All specified
      constraints cannot be met simultaneously.'.</para>

      <para lang="en">If the model is unbounded, the solver reports that `The
      Target Cell value specified does not converge!  The program is
      unbounded.'.</para>

      <para lang="en">If the maximum number of iterations specified in the
      options was exceeded, the solver reports that `The maximum
      number of iterations exceeded. The optimal value could not be
      found.'.</para>

      <para lang="en">If the maximum time specified in the options was exceeded,
      the solver reports that `The maximum time exceeded. The optimal
      value could not be found in given time.'.</para>

    </sect3>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-advanced-analysis-solver-intprog">
    <title lang="en">Integer Programming</title>

    <para lang="en">You can use the Solver tool also for integer programming
    (IP) and more generally mixed integer programming.  In integer
    programming some of the decision variables are required to take on
    integer values.  To do so, just add a constraint whose type is
    `Int'.</para>

  </sect2>

</sect1>



  </chapter>


  <chapter id="chapter-stat-analysis">
    <title lang="en">Statistical Analysis</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This chapter explains the various statistical analysis tools
      available within <application>Gnumeric</application> including tools to create descriptive
      statistics, as well as parametric and non-parametric hypotheses
      tests.
    </para>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> includes various tools for statistical
    data analysis and data sampling.  To use
    these tools select them from the <guilabel>Statistics</guilabel> menu 
    and its submenus.  The tools are described below. In this description as
    well as in the <guilabel>Statistics</guilabel> menu these tools are 
    classified into six categories.
  </para>

  <figure id="fig-statistical-analysistools">
    <title lang="en">Statistical Analysis Tools </title>
    <screenshot>
      <screeninfo lang="en"><application>Gnumeric</application>'s Data Analysis Tools</screeninfo>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-tools.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the statistical analysis tools
              available through the "Tools" menu.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>


    <sect1 id="sect-stat-analysis-overview">
  <title lang="en">Overview</title>

  <para lang="en">
    All tools have the same output options (see <xref linkend="fig-outputoptions"/>).  The results can be printed into a
    new sheet, into a new workbook, or into a given output range on a
    sheet of the current workbook.  To select the output method select
    one of the radio buttons inside the <guilabel>Output</guilabel>
    frame. If you have chosen <quote><guibutton>Output
    Range</guibutton></quote> you must also enter a single range in
    the entry field. 
  </para>

  <para lang="en">Select the <guilabel>Autofit
    Columns</guilabel> option to automatically adjust the widths of
    the columns in the output range.
  </para> 

  <para lang="en">You will normally want to select the <guilabel>Clear
    Output Range</guilabel> option, since otherwise some of the cells with 
    existing content will remain in the output range.
  </para> 

  <para lang="en"> The <guilabel>Retain Output Range Formatting</guilabel> and 
    <guilabel>Retain Output Range Comments</guilabel> options are useful 
    if you have already preformatted the output range.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">All analysis tools also provide a choice whether
    they will enter formulæ or just values in the cells. By default 
    <application>Gnumeric</application> will usually enter formulæ. These formulæ will automatically
    reevaluate when the data change. For some tools, the formulæ also
    permit modification of certain parameters. 
  </para> 
  

  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      If the chosen output range is too small, some of the results
      will be lost.
    </para>
  </note>

  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      The old data in the output range is deleted and cannot be
      recovered.
    </para>
  </note>

  <figure id="fig-outputoptions">
    <title lang="en">Common output options of the data analysis tools</title>
    <screenshot id="outputoptions-shot">
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-outputoptions.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output options dialog used by
              the statistical analysis tools.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    To enter a range into an entry field, you can either type the
    range specification into the text field, or click in the text
    field and then select the range on the sheet (see <xref linkend="specifyingranges"/>).
  </para>

  <figure id="specifyingranges">
    <title lang="en">Specifying Ranges</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ranges.png" format="PNG"/>
      </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the input range text box used by the
              statistical analysis tools.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    Some entry fields accept lists of ranges. To enter these lists,
    select one range, type a comma, and then select the next range. At
    any time, you may switch to another sheet of the workbook.
  </para>

</sect1>

<sect1 id="descriptive_statistics">
  <title lang="en">Descriptive Statistics</title>
  <sect2 id="correlation-tool">
     <title lang="en">Correlation Tool</title>

  <figure id="correlation-tool-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Correlation Tool Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-correlation.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the correlation analysis dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <para lang="en">The correlation tool calculates the pairwise Pearson 
     correlation coefficients of the
     given variables.  Use this tool to calculate any number of
     correlation coefficients at the same time.  The variables for
     which the correlations are calculated are specified by the <quote><guilabel>Input
     Range:</guilabel></quote> entry. The input range can consist of either a single 
     range or a comma separated list of ranges. The given range or 
     ranges can be grouped by columns, by rows, or by areas.</para>

     <para lang="en">If the first row or column of the given ranges, or the 
     first field of each area contains labels,  the
     <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote> option should be selected.
     </para>

  <figure id="correlation-example-1">
    <title lang="en">Some Example Data</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-correlation-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of an example data set for a
              correlation analysis.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

 <example id="usingcorrelationtool">
 <title lang="en">Using the Correlation Tool</title>
    <para lang="en">For example, you want to calculate the correlation between
     three variables, one each in columns A, B, and C.
     Both variables have 10 values in rows 2 to 11 with labels in row 1
     (see <xref linkend="correlation-example-1"/>).</para>
<orderedlist>
     <listitem><para lang="en">
     Enter A1:B11 in the <quote><guilabel>Input Range:</guilabel></quote> entry by typing 
     this directly into the entry or clicking in the entry field and 
     then selecting that range on the sheet. In the latter case the 
     entry will also contain the sheet name. </para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en">
     Select the <quote><guibutton>Columns</guibutton></quote> radio button next to 
     <quote><guilabel>Grouped By:</guilabel></quote>, 
     since each variable is in its own column.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Select the <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote>
     option since the first row contains labels. (see 
     <xref linkend="correlation-example-2"/>).</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Specify the output 
     options as described above.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Press the OK button. </para></listitem>
</orderedlist>
     <para lang="en">The calculated correlations are given in a table with each column and
     row labeled with the names of the variables.  If the
     names are not given in the input range, <application>Gnumeric</application> generates them.
     In our example, the 
     correlation between the variables in column A and B, can be found
     in the second column and third row of the results table (see 
     <xref linkend="correlation-example-3"/>).</para>
 </example>
  <figure id="correlation-example-2">
    <title lang="en">Completed Correlation Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-correlation-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the completed correlation analysis
              dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <figure id="correlation-example-3">
    <title lang="en">Correlation Tool Output</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-correlation-ex3.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output of the correlation
              analysis.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="covariance-tool">
     <title lang="en">Covariance Tool</title>

  <figure id="covariance-tool-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Covariance Tool Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-covariance.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the covariance analysis
              dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <para lang="en">The covariance tool calculates the pairwise 
     covariance coefficients of the
     given variables.  Use this tool to calculate any number of
     covariance coefficients at the same time.  The variables for
     which the covariances are calculated are specified by the <quote><guilabel>Input
     Range:</guilabel></quote> entry. The input range can consist of either a single 
     range or a comma separated list of ranges. The given range or 
     ranges can be grouped by columns, by rows, or by areas.</para>

     <para lang="en">If the first row or column of the given ranges, or the 
     first field of each area contains labels,  the
     <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote> option should be selected.
     </para>

  <figure id="covariance-example-1">
    <title lang="en">Some Example Data</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-covariance-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image example data for a covariance
              analysis.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

 <example id="usingcovariancetool">
 <title lang="en">Using The Covariance Tool</title>
    <para lang="en">For example, you want to calculate the covariance between
     three variables, one each in columns A, B, and C.
     Both variables have 10 values in rows 2 to 11 with labels in row 1
     (see <xref linkend="covariance-example-1"/>).</para>
<orderedlist>
     <listitem><para lang="en">
     Enter A1:B11 in the <quote><guilabel>Input Range:</guilabel></quote> entry by typing 
     this directly into the entry or clicking in the entry field and 
     then selecting that range on the sheet. In the latter case the 
     entry will also contain the sheet name. </para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en">
     Select the <quote><guibutton>Columns</guibutton></quote> radio button next to 
     <quote><guilabel>Grouped By:</guilabel></quote>, 
     since each variable is in its own column.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Select the <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote>
     option since the first row contains labels.
     </para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Specify the output 
     options as described above.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Press the OK button. </para></listitem>
</orderedlist>
     <para lang="en">The calculated covariances are given in a table with each column and
     row labeled with the names of the variables.  If the
     names are not given in the input range, <application>Gnumeric</application> generates them.
     In our example, the 
     covariance between the variables in column A and B, can be found
     in the second column and third row of the results table (see 
     <xref linkend="covariance-example-2"/>).</para>
 </example>
  <figure id="covariance-example-2">
    <title lang="en">Covariance Tool Output</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-covariance-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output of a covariance analysis.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="descriptive-statistics-tool">
     <title lang="en">Descriptive Statistics Tool</title>

  <figure id="descriptive-statistics-tool-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Descriptive Statistics Tool Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-descstats.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the descriptive statistics dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <para lang="en">The descriptive statistics tool calculates various statistics 
     for the given variables and a confidence interval for the population
     mean. The variables are specified via the <quote><guilabel>Input
     Range:</guilabel></quote> entry.  The given range or list of ranges can be grouped into 
     variables by columns, rows, or areas.</para>

     <para lang="en">This tool can produce four different kinds of statistical
     data.
     </para>
     <itemizedlist>
     <listitem><para lang="en">If the <quote><guibutton>Summary Statistics</guibutton></quote> option is selected,  
     this tool calculates the
     mean, standard error, median, mode, standard deviation, sample
     variance, kurtosis, skewness, range, minimum, maximum, sum, and
     count for each variable.</para>
     </listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en">If the <quote><guibutton>Confidence Interval for the Mean</guibutton></quote> option is 
     selected, the tool calculates  confidence intervals for the population
     mean of each variable.
     Specify the confidence level in the entry box.  The default confidence 
     level is 95%.</para> 

     <note><para lang="en">The interval given will usually be wider than the 
     interval obtained using the CONFIDENCE function. The CONFIDENCE function
     assumes that the population standard deviation is known. This tool
     estimates the population standard deviation using the sample standard
     deviation.</para></note></listitem>

     <listitem><para lang="en">If the <quote><guibutton>Kth Largest:</guibutton></quote> option is selected, the tool finds
     the <parameter>k</parameter>th largest value of each of the variables.  Specify 
     <parameter>k</parameter> in
     the entry box next to the option. The default is 1.
     </para></listitem>

     <listitem><para lang="en">If the <quote><guibutton>Kth Smallest:</guibutton></quote> option is selected, the tool finds
     the <parameter>k</parameter>th smallest value of each of the variables.  Specify 
     <parameter>k</parameter> in
     the entry box next to the option. The default is 1.
     </para></listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
     <para lang="en">If the first entry for each variable contains the label,
     select the <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote> option.
     </para>
  <figure id="descstats-example-1">
    <title lang="en">Some Example Data</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-descstats-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of some example data for descriptive
              statistics.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
 <example id="usingdescstatstool"><title lang="en">Using the Descriptive Statistics Tool</title>
     <para lang="en"><xref linkend="descstats-example-1"/> shows some example data, 
     <xref linkend="descstats-example-1-options"/> the selected options, and 
     <xref linkend="descstats-example-2"/> the corresponding output.
     </para>
</example>
  <figure id="descstats-example-1-options">
    <title lang="en">The Options Page For Descriptive Statistics</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-descstats-ex1-options.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of some example data for descriptive
              statistics.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <figure id="descstats-example-2">
    <title lang="en">Descriptive Statistics Tool Output</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-descstats-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output of a descriptive
              statistics analysis.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="frequencies-tools">
      <title>Frekvenstabeller</title>
      <para lang="en">
	<application>Gnumeric</application> provides two types of frequencies tables:
      </para>
     <itemizedlist>
     <listitem><para lang="en">The frequency table tools is primarily useful for non-numeric data 
	 (data of nominal and ordinal level of measurement). It allows to determine 
	 frequencies for given values.
     </para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> The histogram tool is useful for numeric data that is supposed to be 
	 classified into a certain number of intervals. These intervals can be either 
	 specified or calculated.
     </para></listitem>
     </itemizedlist>

    <sect3 id="frequency-tool">
      <title lang="en">Frequency Tables Tool</title>

      <sect4 id="frequency-tool-intro">
	<title lang="en">Introduction</title>
	
	<para lang="en"> The frequency tool can be used to create frequency tables for 
	  non-numerical data.  It presents this table 
	  numerically as well as graphically.
	</para>
	
	<note><para lang="en">
	    If your data are numeric and you want to accumulate  whole intervals of values into
	    frequency counts then this tool is not appropriate. In that case you may 
	    want to use the histogram table tool described in section <xref linkend="histogram-tool"/>.
	</para></note>
	
	<figure id="frequency-tool-dialog">
	  <title lang="en">Frequency Tool Dialog</title>
	  <screenshot>
	    <mediaobject lang="en">
              <imageobject>
		<imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-frequency.png" format="PNG"/>
              </imageobject>
              <textobject>
		<phrase>An image of the dialog to generate various
		  frequency tables open to the "Input" tab.</phrase>
              </textobject>
            </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
	</figure>
	
	<para lang="en">As shown in <xref linkend="frequency-tool-dialog"/>, the
	  frequency table dialog has four tabs. We will introduce them in
	  sequence.
	</para>
      </sect4>
      
      <sect4 id="frequency-tool-inputtab">
	<title lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Input</guilabel></quote> Tab</title>
	
	<para lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Input</guilabel></quote> tab shown in 
	  <xref linkend="frequency-tool-dialog"/> contains
	  the field specifying the data to be used for the
	  histogram.</para>
	<para lang="en">
	  The <quote><guilabel>Input Range</guilabel></quote> entry
	  contains a single range or a list of ranges, that can be grouped
	  into variables by rows, columns, or areas.
	</para>
	<para lang="en">If the first row or column of the given input ranges, or
	  the first field of each area contains labels, the
	  <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote> option should
	  be selected.
	  If the input is grouped by areas and the top left cell contains a label, the
	  other cells in the first row are being ignored.
	</para>
      </sect4>
      
      <sect4 id="frequency-tool-catstab">
	<title lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Categories</guilabel></quote> Tab</title>
	
	<para lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Categories</guilabel></quote> tab permits the specification
	  of a range that contains the possible values that are supposed to be counted in the 
	  input range.
	</para>
	
	<note><para lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Automatic categories</guilabel></quote> option is 
	    disabled since it is not yet implemented.
	</para></note>

	<figure id="frequency-tool-dialog-cats">
	  <title lang="en">Frequency Tool Dialog Categories Tab</title>
	  <screenshot>
	    <mediaobject lang="en">
              <imageobject>
		<imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-frequency-cats.png" format="PNG"/>
              </imageobject>
              <textobject>
		<phrase>An image of the dialog to generate various
		  frequency tables open to the "Categories" tab.</phrase>
              </textobject>
            </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
	</figure>
      </sect4>
      
      
      <sect4 id="frequency-tool-optionstab">
	<title lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Graphs &amp;  Options</guilabel></quote> Tab</title>
	
	<para lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Graphs &amp;  Options</guilabel></quote> tab allows various 
	  options to be set. In the top half of the tab you can choose whether you would like 
	  a graph to be created. If you choose to have a graph created you can specify whether 
	  you would like to see a bar chart or a column chart. 	
	</para>
	<para lang="en">In the bottom part of the tab you 
	  can select the  <quote><guilabel>percentages</guilabel></quote> option. This option 
	  replaces the frequency counts with percentages.
	</para>
	<note><para lang="en">If the categories range contains repeated values, then the percentages may
	    add up to more than 100%. If the categories range does not contain all values that 
	    occur in the input range, the percentages may sum to less than 100%.
	</para></note>
	<para lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Use exact comparisons</guilabel></quote> checkbox determines how 
	  category values and input range values are compared. If it is checked then the function 
	  <function>EXACT</function> is used for the comparison. If it isn't checked then simple
	  equality is used. In this latter case, empty cells and cells containing the numerical 
	  value 0 are considered equal. As a consequence you usually want that checkbox to be selected. 
	</para>
	

	<figure id="frequency-tool-dialog-graphs">
	  <title lang="en">Frequency Tool Dialog Graphs &amp;  Options Tab</title>
	  <screenshot>
	    <mediaobject lang="en">
              <imageobject>
		<imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-frequency-graphs.png" format="PNG"/>
              </imageobject>
              <textobject>
		<phrase>An image of the dialog to generate various
		  frequency tables open to the "Graphs &amp;  Options" tab.</phrase>
              </textobject>
            </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
	</figure>
      </sect4>
      
      
      <sect4 id="frequency-tool-results-sect">
	<title lang="en">Frequency Tool Results</title>
	<figure id="frequency-tool-results">
	  <title lang="en">Frequency Tool Results</title>
	  <screenshot>
	    <mediaobject lang="en">
	      <imageobject>
		<imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-frequency-results.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
		<phrase>Sample results of the frequencies tool.</phrase>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
	</figure>
      </sect4>
    </sect3>
    
    <sect3 id="histogram-tool">
      <title lang="en">Histogram Tool</title>
      
      <sect4 id="histogram-tool-intro">
	<title lang="en">Introduction</title>
	
	
	<para lang="en"> The histogram tool can be used to create histograms or frequency tables for 
	  numerical data. Using this tool you can define intervals, or <quote>bins</quote>. 
	  The tool determines how many data points belong to each bin and presents this number 
	  numerically as well as graphically.
	</para>
	
	<note><para lang="en">
	    If your data are non-numeric this tool is not appropriate. In that case you may 
	    want to use the frequency table tool described in section <xref linkend="frequency-tool"/>.
	</para></note>
	
	<figure id="histogram-tool-dialog">
	  <title lang="en">Histogram Tool Dialog</title>
	  <screenshot>
	    <mediaobject lang="en">
              <imageobject>
		<imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-histogram.png" format="PNG"/>
              </imageobject>
              <textobject>
		<phrase>An image of the dialog to generate various
		  histograms open to the "Input" tab.</phrase>
              </textobject>
            </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
	</figure>
	
	<para lang="en">As shown in <xref linkend="histogram-tool-dialog"/>, the
	  histogram dialog has five tabs. We will introduce them in
	  sequence.
	</para>
      </sect4>

  <sect4 id="histogram-tool-inputtab">
     <title lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Input</guilabel></quote> Tab</title>

     <para lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Input</guilabel></quote> tab shown in 
       <xref linkend="histogram-tool-dialog"/> contains
       the field specifying the data to be used for the
       histogram.</para>
     <para lang="en">
       The <quote><guilabel>Input Range</guilabel></quote> entry
       contains a single range or a list of ranges, that can be grouped
       into variables by rows, columns, or areas.
     </para>
     <para lang="en">If the first row or column of the given input ranges, or
       the first field of each area contains labels, the
       <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote> option should
       be selected.
       If the input is grouped by areas and the top left cell contains a label, the
       other cells in the first row are being ignored.
     </para>
  </sect4>
  
  <sect4 id="histogram-tool-cutoffsstab">
     <title lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Cutoffs</guilabel></quote> Tab</title>
  <figure id="histogram-tool-dialog-cutoffs">
    <title lang="en">Histogram Tool Dialog <quote><guilabel>Cutoffs</guilabel></quote> Tab</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-histogram-cutoffs.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the dialog to generate various
              histograms open to the "Cutoffs" tab.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">The cutoffs for the histogram can either be predetermined by data 
    contained in your workbook or calculated by the histogram tool.  These cutoffs 
    determine bins as defined
    by the selection on the <quote><guilabel>Bins</guilabel></quote> tab.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">Select the <quote><guilabel>Predetermined Cutoffs</guilabel></quote> option to specify 
    data on your worksheet in the <quote><guilabel>Cutoff Range:</guilabel></quote> entry. The 
    values in this range will be used as cutoffs <parameter>c<subscript>1</subscript></parameter>,
    <parameter>c<subscript>2</subscript></parameter>, and so on 
    to  <parameter>c<subscript>n</subscript></parameter>.
  </para> 

  <para lang="en">Select the <quote><guilabel>Calculated Cutoffs</guilabel></quote> option to have the 
    cutoffs determined by the tool. Enter the desired number of cutoffs in the 
    <quote><guilabel>Number of Cutoffs</guilabel></quote> entry. It is strongly recommended 
    (but optional) that you 
    specify the minimum and maximum cutoffs in the <quote><guilabel>Minimum cutoff</guilabel></quote>
    and <quote><guilabel>Maximum cutoff</guilabel></quote> entries. If the minimum or maximum
    cutoff is not specified, the tool will use the minimum and/or maximum of the current data. 
  </para>
  </sect4>
  
  <sect4 id="histogram-tool-binstab">
     <title lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Bins</guilabel></quote> Tab</title>
  <figure id="histogram-tool-dialog-bins">
    <title lang="en">Histogram Tool Dialog <quote><guilabel>Bins Tab</guilabel></quote></title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-histogram-bins.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the dialog to generate various
              histograms open to the "Bins" tab.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en"> The bins tab is used to determine how the cutoffs <parameter>c<subscript>1</subscript></parameter>,
    <parameter>c<subscript>2</subscript></parameter>, and so on 
    to  <parameter>c<subscript>n</subscript></parameter> are translated into bins. Specifically, 
    it has to be determined whether first and/or last bins reaching from −∞ to 
    <parameter>c<subscript>1</subscript></parameter> and from 
    <parameter>c<subscript>n</subscript></parameter> to ∞ are added and whether data points that much
    cutoffs exactly are included in the bin to the right or the left.
  </para>
  <para lang="en"> For example the option  
    <quote><guilabel>[∙,∙),[∙,∙),⋯,
	[∙,∙),[∙,∞)
    </guilabel></quote>
    indicates that the first bin starts at the first cutoff while the last bin ends at ∞. Moreover,
    each cutoff value belongs to the bin on its right.
  </para>
    </sect4>

  <sect4 id="histogram-tool-optionstab">
     <title lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Graphs &amp; Options</guilabel></quote> Tab</title>
 <figure id="histogram-tool-dialog-options">
    <title lang="en">Histogram Tool Dialog <quote><guilabel>Graphs &amp; Options Tab</guilabel></quote></title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-histogram-graphs.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the dialog to generate various
              histograms open to the "Graphs &amp; Options" tab.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <para lang="en"> The options in the graphs and options tab specify any graph to be created and modify 
       the appearance of the histogram:</para>

     <itemizedlist>
     <listitem>
     <para lang="en"> The <quote><guibutton>No chart</guibutton></quote> option causes the chart to be omitted.
     </para>
     </listitem>
     <listitem>
     <para lang="en"> The <quote><guibutton>Bar chart</guibutton></quote> option causes a bar chart to be 
       added to the histogram. For each bin, the bar chart shows a horizontal bar indicating the frequency.
     </para>
     <para lang="en"> The <quote><guibutton>Column chart</guibutton></quote> option causes a column chart to be 
       added to the histogram. For each bin, the column chart shows a vertical bar indicating the frequency.
     </para>
     <para lang="en"> The <quote><guibutton>Histogram chart</guibutton></quote> option causes a histogram chart to be 
       added to the histogram. For each bin, the histogram chart shows a vertical bar indicating the density 
       (that is the frequency divided by the width of the bin).
     </para>
     </listitem>
     <listitem>
     <para lang="en"> The <quote><guibutton>Percentages</guibutton></quote> option causes the frequencies to be 
       expressed as percentages. 
     </para>
     </listitem>
     <listitem>
     <para lang="en"> The <quote><guibutton>Cumulative answers</guibutton></quote> option causes a cumulative 
       frequency table (either with counts or with pecentages) to be created.  
     </para>
     </listitem>
     <listitem>
     <para lang="en"> The <quote><guibutton>Count numbers only</guibutton></quote> option determines whether only numbers are counted. If also non-numbers are counted they are first converted into numbers, usually into 0.  
     </para>
     </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>

  </sect4>


  <sect4 id="histogram-tool-outputtab">
     <title lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Output</guilabel></quote> Tab</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The Output tab contains the standard output options and fields
        described in <xref linkend="sect-stat-analysis-overview"/>.
      </para>
  </sect4>


  <sect4 id="histogram-tool-example">
    <title lang="en">A Histogram Example</title>

    <figure id="histogram-example-1">
      <title lang="en">Some Example Data</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-histogram-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of some example data for use with the
              histogram tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <example id="usinghistogramtool">
      <title lang="en">Using the Histogram Tool</title>

      <para lang="en">
        For example, you want to calculate a histogram for the number of
        successes in several sequences of trials. The numbers of
        successes are recorded in column A and the cutoffs of interest
        in column C (see <xref linkend="histogram-example-1"/>).
      </para>

      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            Enter A1:A31 in the <quote><guilabel>Input
            Range:</guilabel></quote> entry of the
            <quote><guilabel>Input</guilabel></quote> tab by typing
            this directly into the entry or clicking in the entry
            field and then selecting that range on the sheet. In the
            latter case the entry may also contain the sheet
            name. 
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            Since you only have one variable select the
            <quote><guibutton>Areas</guibutton></quote> or
            <quote><guibutton>Columns</guibutton></quote> radio button
            next to <quote><guilabel>Grouped By:</guilabel></quote>.
            </para>
        </listitem> 
        <listitem><para lang="en"> Select the
            <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote> option
            since the first cell of the Input Range contains a
            label.</para>
        </listitem>
	
        <listitem><para lang="en"> Enter C2:C5 in
            the <quote><guilabel>Cutoff Range:</guilabel></quote> entry
            of the <quote><guilabel>Cutoffs</guilabel></quote> tab. The
            <quote><guilabel>Predetermined Cutoffs</guilabel></quote>
            option will now also be selected (see <xref linkend="histogram-example-2"/>). </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en"> In the  <quote><guilabel>Bins</guilabel></quote> tab 
	    select the second option since we want to add two bins reaching to ∓∞ and 
	    we want to count each cutoff value in the bin to its right (see <xref linkend="histogram-example-3"/>).</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en"> Select the
            <quote><guibutton>Percentage</guibutton></quote> option of the
            <quote><guilabel>Graphs &amp;Options</guilabel></quote> tab to have
	    the frequencies expressed as percentages.
            </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en"> Select the
            <quote><guibutton>Column Chart</guibutton></quote> option of the
            <quote><guilabel>Graphs &amp;Options</guilabel></quote> tab to have
	    a column chart added to the histogram (see <xref linkend="histogram-example-4"/>).
            </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            In the <quote><guilabel>Output</guilabel></quote> tab,
            specify the output options as described in
            <xref linkend="sect-stat-analysis-overview"/>.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">
            Press the OK button. </para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
     <para lang="en"> The results are shown in 
       <xref linkend="histogram-example-5"/>. Note that the graph will by default appear on top 
       of the histogram table. It usually needs to be moved in to proper position. That has
       already been done here.
     </para>
 </example>
 

    <figure id="histogram-example-2">
      <title lang="en">Histogram Tool: Specifying Cutoffs</title>
      <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-histogram-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of selecting the cutoffs for the example
              data used with the histogram tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

 <figure id="histogram-example-3">
    <title lang="en">Histogram Tool: Specifying Bins</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-histogram-ex3.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of selecting a certain bins type.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

 <figure id="histogram-example-4">
    <title lang="en">Histogram Tool: Specifying Options</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-histogram-ex4.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of specifying the required options.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

 <figure id="histogram-example-5">
    <title lang="en">Histogram Tool Output</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-histogram-ex5.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output from the histogram
              analysis tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect4>
  </sect3>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="rank-and-percentile-tool">
     <title lang="en">Rank and Percentile Tool</title>

  <figure id="rank-and-percentile-tool-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Rank and Percentile Tool Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-rank.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the rank and percentile analysis
              tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <para lang="en">Use this tool to rank given data and to calculate the
     percentiles of each data point.</para>
     <para lang="en">Specify the datasets to use in the <quote><guilabel>Input  
     Range:</guilabel></quote> entry.  
     The given range can be grouped into datasets by columns, by rows, or by areas.</para>

     <para lang="en">For each dataset, the tool creates three columns in the 
     output table:</para>
     <orderedlist>
     <listitem><para lang="en">The first column gives the indices of the 
     ordered data from largest to smallest data value.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en">The second column 
     gives data values corresponding to the indices in the first column.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en">The  third column indicates
     the percentile of the  data value in the second column.</para></listitem>
     </orderedlist>

     <para lang="en">If you have labels
     in the first cell of each data set, select the
     <quote><guilabel>Labels</guilabel></quote> option.</para>

   <figure id="rank-example-1">
    <title lang="en">Some Example Data for the Rank and Percentile Tool</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-rank-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of example data for use with the rank
              and percentile analysis tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
 <example id="usingranktool"><title lang="en">Using the Rank and Percentile Tool</title>
     <para lang="en"><xref linkend="rank-example-1"/> shows some example data and 
     <xref linkend="rank-example-2"/> the corresponding output.
     </para>
</example>
  <figure id="rank-example-2">
    <title lang="en">Rank and Percentile Tool Output</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-rank-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output from a rank and
              percentile analysis.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <note><para lang="en">In the case of ties, the rank calculated by this tool differs from the 
  value of the RANK function for the same data. This tool calculates the rank as it is 
  normally used in Statistics: If two values are tied, the assigned rank is the average
  rank for those entries. For example in <xref linkend="rank-example-1"/> the two values 10
  are the second and third largest values. Since they are equal each receives the rank of 
  2.5, the average of 2 and 3. The rank function on the other hand assigns the rank as it 
  is normally used to determine placements. The two values 10 would therefore each receive
  a rank of 2.   
  </para></note>
  </sect2>
</sect1>

<sect1 id="sampling-tool">
     <title lang="en">Sampling Tool</title>
     <figure>
        <title lang="en">Sampling Tool Dialog</title>
	<screenshot>
	   	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-sampling.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the sampling tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>
     <para lang="en">Use the sampling tool to take a sample of a data set.  This
     tool can take both a random sample of a given size or a periodic
     sample:</para>
     <variablelist>
     <varlistentry><term lang="en">random sample</term>
     <listitem><para lang="en">A random sample is a subset of the population such that 
     every subset of that size has the same chance of being picked.</para></listitem>
     </varlistentry>
     <varlistentry><term lang="en">periodic sample</term>
     <listitem><para lang="en">In a periodic sample every <parameter>k</parameter>th element in 
     the population is selected.</para></listitem>
     </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>

     <para lang="en">To use this tool, first specify the data set or data sets by setting the
     <quote><guilabel>Input Range:</guilabel></quote> entry. The range or ranges 
     given can be grouped into datasets by rows, by columns, or by areas.</para>
     <para lang="en">If the first entry in each data set contains a variable, select the 
     <quote><guilabel>Labels</guilabel></quote> option.</para>

     <para lang="en">Select the sampling method which
     can be either periodic or random.</para>
     <variablelist>
     <varlistentry><term lang="en">random sample</term>
     <listitem><para lang="en">Specify the size of the random sample in the <quote><guilabel>Size 
     of Sample:</guilabel></quote> entry.</para></listitem>
     </varlistentry>
     <varlistentry><term lang="en">periodic sample</term>
     <listitem><para lang="en">Specify the period in the <quote><guilabel>Period:</guilabel></quote>
     entry.</para></listitem>
     </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>

     <para lang="en">Specify the number of samples you would like to obtain in the <quote><guilabel>
     Number of Samples:</guilabel></quote> entry.</para>
     <note><para lang="en"> Since the period uniquely determines a periodic sample, if you specify 
     that you would like 2 samples you will be given the identical sample twice.</para></note>
     <note><para lang="en">If the dataset for a periodic sample is a two dimensional range, <application>Gnumeric</application> 
     will enumerate the data points by row first.</para></note>

   <figure id="sampling-example-1">
    <title lang="en">Some Example Data for the Sampling Tool</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-sampling-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of example data for use with the
              sampling tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
 <example id="usingsamplingtool"><title lang="en">Using the Sampling Tool</title>
     <para lang="en"><xref linkend="sampling-example-1"/> shows some example data and 
     <xref linkend="sampling-example-2"/> the corresponding output.
     </para>
</example>
  <figure id="sampling-example-2">
    <title lang="en">Sampling Tool Output</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-sampling-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output from the sampling
              tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect1>


<sect1 id="dependent_observations">
  <title lang="en">Dependent Observations</title>
 <sect2 id="forecast-tools">
     <title lang="en">Forecast Tools</title>
  <sect3 id="exp-smoothing-tool">
     <title lang="en">Exponential Smoothing Tool</title>

  <figure id="smoothing-tool-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Exponential Smoothing Tool Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-smoothing.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the exponential smoothing
              dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <para lang="en">The Exponential Smoothing tool performs the exponential
       smoothing for the given set or sets of values. It provides the choice of 5
       different exponential smoothing methods: 
     </para>
     <itemizedlist>
     <listitem>
       <para lang="en">Simple exponential smoothing according to (Hunter, 1968).</para>
     </listitem>
     <listitem>
       <para lang="en">Simple exponential smoothing according to (Roberts, 1959).</para>
     </listitem>
     <listitem>
       <para lang="en">Holt's trend corrected exponential smoothing (occasionally also 
	 referred to as double exponential smoothing)</para>
     </listitem>
     <listitem>
       <para lang="en">Additive Holt-Winters exponential smoothing</para>
     </listitem>
     <listitem>
       <para lang="en">Multiplicative Holt-Winters exponential smoothing (occasionally also 
	 referred to as triple exponential smoothing)</para>
     </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>

     <para lang="en">Since the kind of options available depend on the type of exponential 
       smoothing desired, you can choose the type on the <quote><guilabel>Input
       </guilabel></quote>
       page.
     </para>

     <sect4 id="exp-smoothing-tool-common">
 <title lang="en">Common Options of the Exponential Smoothing Tool</title>

     <para lang="en">Specify the cells containing the datasets in the <quote><guilabel>Input
     Range</guilabel></quote> entry. The entered range or ranges are grouped into 
     datasets either by rows or by columns.</para> 

     <para lang="en">If you have labels
     in the first cell of each data set, select the
     <quote><guilabel>Labels</guilabel></quote> option.</para>

     <para lang="en"> If you select the <quote><guilabel>Include chart</guilabel></quote> 
       option, <application>Gnumeric</application>
       will also create a chart showing both the data and corresponding smoothed 
       values.
     </para>
     </sect4>

  <sect4 id="exp-smoothing-tool-hunter">
 <title lang="en">Exponential Smoothing According to Hunter</title>

    <para lang="en">  Each value in the
     smoothed set is predicted based on the forecast for the prior
     period.  The formula is given in <xref linkend="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-hunter"/>. 
     α is the value given as <quote><guilabel>Damping factor</guilabel></quote>.
     <parameter>y<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> is the <parameter>t</parameter>th
     value in the original data set and <parameter>l<subscript>t</subscript></parameter>
     the corresponding smoothed value.</para>

  <figure id="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-hunter">
    <title lang="en">Exponential Smoothing Formula According To Hunter</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-exp-smoothing-hunter-formula.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The formula used in exponential smoothing according to Hunter.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <para lang="en">For example, a value for α  between 0.2 and 0.3 represents 20 to 30 percent error
       adjustment in the prior forecast.
     </para>

     <note><para lang="en">
	 If you choose to have the tool enter formulæ rather than values into the output region, 
	 then you can modify the damping factor α even after you executed the tool. 
     </para></note>

     <para lang="en">To have the standard errors output as well, check the 
       <quote><guilabel>Standard error</guilabel></quote> check box. The formula 
       used is given in  <xref linkend="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-hunter-stderr"/>.  
       The denominator can be adjusted by selecting the appropriate radio button. Since 
       there are <parameter>t−1</parameter> terms in the sum of the denominator, 
       selecting <quote><guilabel>n−1</guilabel></quote> means that the denominator 
       will be <parameter>t−2</parameter>.
     </para>


  <figure id="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-hunter-stderr">
    <title lang="en">The Standard Error Formula For Exponential Smoothing According To Hunter</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-exp-smoothing-hunter-stderr.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The formula used to calculate the standard error of exponential 
		smoothing according to Hunter
	      </phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
 
   <para lang="en">If you check the <quote><guilabel>Include chart</guilabel></quote> check box, a line
    graph showing the observations <parameter>y<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> and the 
    predicted values <parameter>l<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> will also be created.
  </para>

 <example id="usingsmoothingtool"><title lang="en">Using the Exponential Smoothing Tool</title>
     <para lang="en"><xref linkend="smoothing-example-1"/> shows some example data, <xref linkend="smoothing-example-2"/> the selected options and 
     <xref linkend="smoothing-example-3"/> the corresponding output.
     </para>
</example>
  <figure id="smoothing-example-1">
    <title lang="en">Some Example Data for the Exponential Smoothing Tool</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-smoothing-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of example data for exponential
              smoothing.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
   <figure id="smoothing-example-2">
    <title lang="en">The Options for the Exponential Smoothing Tool</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-smoothing-ex3.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the options tab of the exponential smoothing tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <figure id="smoothing-example-3">
    <title lang="en">Exponential Smoothing Tool Output (Hunter)</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-smoothing-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output of an exponential
              smoothing analysis according to Hunter.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  </sect4>

  <sect4 id="exp-smoothing-tool-roberts">
<title lang="en">Exponential Smoothing According to Roberts</title>

  <para lang="en">The simple exponential smoothing method according to Roberts is used for 
    forecasting a time series without a trend or seasonal pattern, but for which 
    the level is nevertheless slowly changing over time. The predicted values are 
    calculated according to the formula given in 
    <xref linkend="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-roberts"/>. α is the value 
    given as <quote><guilabel>Damping factor</guilabel></quote>.
    <parameter>y<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> is the <parameter>t</parameter>th
    value in the original data set and <parameter>l<subscript>t</subscript></parameter>
    the predicted value. <parameter>l<subscript>0</subscript></parameter> is the 
    predicted value at time 0 and must be estimated. This tool uses the average 
    value of the first 5 observations as estimate.  
  </para>

     <note><para lang="en">
	 If you choose to have the tool enter formulæ rather than values into 
	 the output region, 
	 then you can modify the damping factor α and the estimated value
	 at time 0 after executing the tool. 
     </para></note>

  <figure id="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-roberts">
    <title lang="en">Exponential Smoothing Formula According To Roberts</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-exp-smoothing-roberts-formula.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The formula used in exponential smoothing according to Roberts.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <para lang="en">To have the standard errors output as well, check the 
       <quote><guilabel>Standard error</guilabel></quote> check box. The formula used is 
       given in  <xref linkend="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-roberts-stderr"/>.  The 
       denominator can be adjusted by selecting the appropriate radio button.
     </para>

  <figure id="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-roberts-stderr">
    <title lang="en">The Standard Error Formula For Exponential Smoothing According To Roberts</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-exp-smoothing-roberts-stderr.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The formula used to calculate the standard error of exponential 
		smoothing according to Roberts
	      </phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">If you check the <quote><guilabel>Include chart</guilabel></quote> check box, a line
    graph showing the observations <parameter>y<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> and the 
    predicted values <parameter>l<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> will also be created.
  </para>

  <example id="usingsmoothingtool-roberts"><title lang="en">Using the Exponential Smoothing Tool</title>
     <para lang="en"> 
     <xref linkend="smoothing-example-4"/> shows example output for the exponential smoothing
     tool using the formula according to Roberts. Cell A4 contains the estimated level at time 0.
     If you requested to have formulæ rather than values entered into the sheet, then changing 
     the estimate in A4 and/or the value for α in A2 will result in an immediate change to 
     the predicted values.
     </para>
</example>


  <figure id="smoothing-example-4">
    <title lang="en">Exponential Smoothing Tool Output (Roberts)</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-smoothing-ex4.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output of an exponential
              smoothing analysis according to Roberts.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect4>

  <sect4 id="exp-smoothing-tool-holt">
<title lang="en">Holt's Trend Corrected Exponential Smoothing</title>

  <para lang="en">Holt's trend corrected exponential smoothing is appropriate when both the level and the growth rate of a time series are changing. (If the time series has a fixed growth rate and therefore exhibits a linear trend, a linear regression model is more appropriate.) 
  </para>

  <para lang="en"><parameter>y<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> is the true value at time 
    <parameter>t</parameter>, <parameter>l<subscript>t</subscript></parameter>
    is the estimated level at time <parameter>t</parameter> and <parameter>b<subscript>t
    </subscript></parameter>
    is the estimated growth rate at time <parameter>t</parameter>. We use the two smoothing equations
    given in <xref linkend="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-holt"/> to update our estimates.
    α is the value 
    given as <quote><guilabel>Damping factor</guilabel></quote> and γ is the value 
    given as <quote><guilabel>Growth damping factor</guilabel></quote>. 
  </para>

  <para lang="en">This tool obtains initial (time 0) estimates for the level and growth rate by performing
    a linear regression using the first 5 data values.
  </para>

  <figure id="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-holt">
    <title lang="en">Formulae Of Holt's Trend Corrected Exponential Smoothing</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-exp-smoothing-holt-formula.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The formulae used in Holt's trend corrected exponential smoothing.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <note><para lang="en">
	 If you choose to have the tool enter formulæ rather than values into 
	 the output region, 
	 then you can modify the damping factors α and γ as well as the estimated level and growth rate
	 at time 0 after executing the tool. 
     </para></note>


     <para lang="en">To have the standard errors output as well, check the 
       <quote><guilabel>Standard error</guilabel></quote> check box. The formula used is 
       given in  <xref linkend="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-holt-stderr"/>.  The 
       denominator can be adjusted by selecting the appropriate radio button.
     </para>

  <figure id="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-holt-stderr">
    <title lang="en">The Standard Error Formula For Holt's Trend Corrected Exponential Smoothing</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-exp-smoothing-holt-stderr.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The formula used to calculate the standard error for Holt's trend
		corrected exponential smoothing.
	      </phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">If you check the <quote><guilabel>Include chart</guilabel></quote> check box, a line
    graph showing the observations <parameter>y<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> and the 
    estimated level values <parameter>l<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> will also be created.
  </para>

  <example id="usingsmoothingtool-holt"><title lang="en">Using the Exponential Smoothing Tool</title>
     <para lang="en"> 
     <xref linkend="smoothing-example-5"/> shows example output for Holt's trend corrected 
     exponential smoothing. Cell A4 contains the estimated level at time 0 and B4 the estimated 
     growth rate at time 0.
     If you requested to have formulæ rather than values entered into the sheet, then changing 
     the estimates in A4, B4, the values for α in A2 and/or for γ in B2 will result 
     in an immediate change to 
     the predicted values.
     </para>
</example>


  <figure id="smoothing-example-5">
    <title lang="en">Exponential Smoothing Tool Output (Holt's)</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-smoothing-ex5.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output of Holt's trend corrected exponential
              smoothing.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect4>


  <sect4 id="exp-smoothing-tool-additive-holt-winters">
<title lang="en">Additive Holt-Winters Method</title>

  <para lang="en">The additive Holt-Winters method of exponential smoothing is appropriate when a time 
    series with a linear trend has an additive seasonal pattern for which the level, the growth 
    rate and the seasonal pattern may be changing. An additive seasonal pattern is a pattern in 
    which the seasonal variation can be explained by the addition of a seasonal constant 
    (although we allow for this constant to change slowly.) 
  </para>

   <para lang="en"><parameter>y<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> is the true value at time 
    <parameter>t</parameter>, <parameter>l<subscript>t</subscript></parameter>
    is the estimated level at time <parameter>t</parameter>, <parameter>b<subscript>t
    </subscript></parameter>
    is the estimated growth rate at time <parameter>t</parameter> and <parameter>s<subscript>t
    </subscript></parameter>
    is the estimated seasonal adjustment for time <parameter>t</parameter>.
    We use the three smoothing equations
    given in <xref linkend="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-a-holt-winters"/> to update our estimates.
    α is the value 
    given as <quote><guilabel>Damping factor</guilabel></quote>, γ is the value 
    given as <quote><guilabel>Growth damping factor</guilabel></quote> and δ is the value 
    given as <quote><guilabel>Seasonal damping factor</guilabel></quote>. <parameter>L</parameter>
    is the value 
    given as <quote><guilabel>Seasonal period</guilabel></quote>. If your data consist of monthly 
    values, then  <parameter>L</parameter> should be 12, if it consist of quarterly values then 
    <parameter>L</parameter> should be 4.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">This tool obtains initial (time 0) estimates for the level and growth rate by performing
    a linear regression using all data values. It obtains estimates 
    for the seasonal adjustments by averaging the appropriate seasonal differences from values 
    predicted by linear regression alone.  
  </para>


 <figure id="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-a-holt-winters">
    <title lang="en">Exponential Smoothing Formulae Of The Additive Holt-Winters Method</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-exp-smoothing-a-holt-winters-formula.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The formulae used in the additive Holt-Winters Method.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <note><para lang="en">
	 If you choose to have the tool enter formulæ rather than values into 
	 the output region, 
	 then you can modify the damping factors α, γ  and  δ as well as all
	 estimates after executing the tool. 
     </para></note>

     <para lang="en">To have the standard errors output as well, check the 
       <quote><guilabel>Standard error</guilabel></quote> check box. The formula used is 
       given in  <xref linkend="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-a-holt-winters-stderr"/>.  
       The denominator can be adjusted by selecting the appropriate radio button.
     </para>

  <figure id="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-a-holt-winters-stderr">
    <title lang="en">The Standard Error Formula Of The Additive Holt-Winters Method</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-exp-smoothing-a-holt-winters-stderr.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The formula used to calculate the standard error in the additive 
		Holt-Winters Method
	      </phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

   <para lang="en">If you check the <quote><guilabel>Include chart</guilabel></quote> check box, a line
    graph showing the observations <parameter>y<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> and the 
    estimated level values <parameter>l<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> will also be created.
  </para>

 <example id="usingsmoothingtool-ahw"><title lang="en">Using the Exponential Smoothing Tool</title>
     <para lang="en"> 
     <xref linkend="smoothing-example-6"/> shows the options' tab of the exponential smoothing 
     tool for the additive Holt-Winters method. The data is expected to have a seasonal period 
     of 4 (this would for example happen if we have a data value for each quarter of a year). 
     <xref linkend="smoothing-example-7"/> shows the corresponding example output for the
     additive Holt-Winters method. Cell C7 contains the estimated level at time 0, D7 the 
     estimated growth rate at time 0, and E4 to E7 the initial seasonal adjustments for each 
     of the 4 seasons preceding our data time period.
     If you requested to have formulæ rather than values entered into the sheet, then changing
     any of these estimates, the values for α in A2, for γ in B2 and/or for δ 
     in C2 will result in an immediate change to the estimated values.
     </para>
</example>

  <figure id="smoothing-example-6">
    <title lang="en">Exponential Smoothing Tool Options (Additive Holt-Winters)</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-smoothing-ex6.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the options' tab for the additive Holt-Winters method.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  <figure id="smoothing-example-7">
    <title lang="en">Exponential Smoothing Tool Output (Additive Holt-Winters)</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-smoothing-ex7.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output of the additive Holt-Winters method.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

    </sect4>

  <sect4 id="exp-smoothing-tool-multiplicative-holt-winters">
<title lang="en">Multiplicative Holt-Winters Method</title>

  <para lang="en">The multiplicative Holt-Winters method of exponential smoothing is appropriate when a time 
    series with a linear trend has a multiplicative seasonal pattern for which the level, the growth 
    rate and the seasonal pattern may be changing. A multiplicative seasonal pattern is a pattern in 
    which the seasonal variation can be explained by the multiplication of a seasonal constant 
    (although we allow for this constant to change slowly.) 
  </para>

   <para lang="en"><parameter>y<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> is the true value at time 
    <parameter>t</parameter>, <parameter>l<subscript>t</subscript></parameter>
    is the estimated level at time <parameter>t</parameter>, <parameter>b<subscript>t
    </subscript></parameter>
    is the estimated growth rate at time <parameter>t</parameter> and <parameter>s<subscript>t
    </subscript></parameter>
    is the estimated seasonal adjustment for time <parameter>t</parameter>.
    We use the three smoothing equations
    given in <xref linkend="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-m-holt-winters"/> to update our estimates.
    α is the value 
    given as <quote><guilabel>Damping factor</guilabel></quote>, γ is the value 
    given as <quote><guilabel>Growth damping factor</guilabel></quote> and δ is the value 
    given as <quote><guilabel>Seasonal damping factor</guilabel></quote>. <parameter>L</parameter>
    is the value 
    given as <quote><guilabel>Seasonal period</guilabel></quote>. If your data consist of monthly 
    values, then  <parameter>L</parameter> should be 12, if it consist of quarterly values then 
    <parameter>L</parameter> should be 4.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">This tool obtains initial (time 0) estimates for the level and growth rate by performing
    a linear regression using the data values of the first 4 seasonal periods. It obtains estimates 
    for the seasonal adjustments by averaging the appropriate seasonal differences from values 
    predicted by linear regression alone during the first 4 seasonal periods.  
  </para>

  <figure id="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-m-holt-winters">
    <title lang="en">Exponential Smoothing Formulae Of The Multiplicative Holt-Winters Method</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-exp-smoothing-m-holt-winters-formula.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The formulae used in the multiplicative Holt-Winters Method</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <note><para lang="en">
	 If you choose to have the tool enter formulæ rather than values into 
	 the output region, 
	 then you can modify the damping factors α, γ  and  δ as well as all
	 estimates after executing the tool. 
     </para></note>

  <para lang="en">To have the standard errors output as well, check the 
    <quote><guilabel>Standard error</guilabel></quote> check box. The formula used is given in  
    <xref linkend="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-m-holt-winters-stderr"/>.  The denominator 
    can be adjusted by selecting the appropriate radio button.
  </para>

  <figure id="exp-smoothing-tool-formula-m-holt-winters-stderr">
    <title lang="en">The Standard Error Formula Of The Multiplicative Holt-Winters Method</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-exp-smoothing-m-holt-winters-stderr.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The formula used to calculate the standard error in the multiplicative 
		Holt-Winters Method
	      </phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">If you check the <quote><guilabel>Include chart</guilabel></quote> check box, a line
    graph showing the observations <parameter>y<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> and the 
    estimated level values <parameter>l<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> will also be created.
  </para>

  <example id="usingsmoothingtool-mhw"><title lang="en">Using the Exponential Smoothing Tool</title>
     <para lang="en"> 
     <xref linkend="smoothing-example-8"/> shows the example output for the
     multiplicative Holt-Winters method, assuming 4 seasons. Cell C7 contains the estimated level 
     at time 0, D7 the estimated growth rate at time 0, and E4 to E7 the initial seasonal 
     adjustments for each of the 4 seasons preceding our data time period.
     If you requested to have formulæ rather than values entered into the sheet, then changing
     any of these estimates, the values for α in A2, for γ in B2 and/or for δ 
     in C2 will result in an immediate change to the estimated values.
     </para>
</example>

 <figure id="smoothing-example-8">
    <title lang="en">Exponential Smoothing Tool Output (Multiplicative Holt-Winters)</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-smoothing-ex8.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output of the multiplicative Holt-Winters method.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  </sect4>
  </sect3>

  <sect3 id="moving-average-tool">
     <title lang="en">Moving Average Tool</title>

  <figure id="moving-tool-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Moving Average Tool Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-moving-average.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the dialog for the moving average
              analysis tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <para lang="en">Use the moving average tool to calculate moving averages of
     one or more data sets.  A moving average provides useful trend
     information of the data that is lost in a simple average.  In
     addition, moving averages can be used to eliminate random
     variance.  For example, use this tool to create a smoother curve
     of a stock prize.</para>

     <para lang="en">Specify the cells containing the datasets in the
     <quote><guilabel>Input Range</guilabel></quote> entry. The
     entered range or ranges are grouped into datasets either by rows
     or by columns.</para>

     <para lang="en">If you have labels in the first cell of each data set,
     select the <quote><guilabel>Labels</guilabel></quote>
     option.</para>

     <para lang="en">Choose the type of moving average you would like to calculate. The tool can
       determine 4 types of moving averages:
     </para>
     <orderedlist spacing="compact">
       <listitem><para lang="en">
	   Simple moving average
       </para></listitem>
       <listitem><para lang="en">
	   Cumulative moving average
       </para></listitem>
       <listitem><para lang="en">
	   Weighted moving average
       </para></listitem>
       <listitem><para lang="en">
	   Spencer's 15 point moving average
       </para></listitem>
     </orderedlist>

  <figure id="moving-tool-dialog-options">
    <title lang="en">
      Moving Average Tool Dialog: The 
      <quote><guilabel>Options</guilabel></quote> Tab
    </title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-moving-average-options.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the <quote><guilabel>Options</guilabel></quote> 
		tab of the moving average
		analysis tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">Specify the <quote><guilabel>Interval</guilabel></quote>
    for the moving average.  The interval <parameter>i</parameter> is
    the number of consecutive values to be included in each moving
    average. This options is only available for the simple and weighted 
    moving averages.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">Check the <quote><guilabel>Standard errors</guilabel></quote>
    checkbox if you would also like the standard error to be calculated.  
    Since there is no general agreement on the denominator for the standard 
    error you can choose the appropriate radio button.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">In the case of the simple moving average, you can also choose between 
    a prior moving average and a central moving average, or you may even specify 
    any other desired offset.
  </para>
     <orderedlist>
       <listitem><para lang="en">
	   <quote><guilabel>Prior moving average</guilabel></quote>: Each average 
	   takes into account the current observation and the most recent prior 
	   observations for a total of <parameter>i</parameter> observations.
       </para></listitem>
       <listitem><para lang="en">
	   <quote><guilabel>Central moving average</guilabel></quote>
	   with <parameter>i</parameter> being odd: Each average 
	   takes into account the current observation and the same number of most recent prior 
	   observations and closest future observations for a total of 
	   <parameter>i</parameter> observations.
       </para></listitem>
       <listitem><para lang="en">
	   <quote><guilabel>Central moving average</guilabel></quote>
	   with <parameter>i</parameter> being even:
	   This is calculated according to the formula given in 
	   <xref linkend="moving-formula-central"/>. 
	   <parameter>a<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> is the moving average
	   at time <parameter>t</parameter> and 
	   <parameter>y<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> is the observation at
	   time <parameter>t</parameter>.
       </para></listitem>
       <listitem><para lang="en">
	   <quote><guilabel>Other offset</guilabel></quote>: If the offset is 0,
	   this is just the prior moving average. Otherwise the offset indicates 
	   the number of closest future observations to include in the average. 
	   Correspondingly, the number of most recent past observations is decreased.
       </para></listitem>
     </orderedlist>

       <figure id="moving-formula-central">
	 <title lang="en">Formula For The Central Moving Average With Even Interval</title>
	 <screenshot>
	   <mediaobject lang="en">
             <imageobject>
               <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-moving-average-formula-central.png" format="PNG"/>
             </imageobject>
             <textobject>
               <phrase>The formula for the central moving average if the interval 
		 length is even.</phrase>
             </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
	 </screenshot>
       </figure>


  <para lang="en">The results are given in one column for each dataset (with a second 
    column added if you have chosen standard errors to be calculated). Each
    row represents the moving average of the corresponding row or
    column in the input range.  Depending on the type of average and 
    the offset, the moving average cannot be
    calculated for the first rows in the
    input range.
  </para>

     <sect4 id="moving-averages-simple">
       <title lang="en">Simple Moving Average</title>
       <para lang="en">
	 A simple moving average is the unweighted average of a collection of 
	 observations. Exactly which observations are included depends on whether 
	 a prior or central moving average is calculated.  
       </para>
     </sect4>
     <sect4 id="moving-averages-cumulative">
       <title lang="en">Cumulative Moving Average</title>
       <para lang="en">A cumulative moving average is a prior moving average in which the current 
       and all prior observations are included.</para>
     </sect4>
     <sect4 id="moving-averages-weighted">
       <title lang="en">Weighted Moving Average</title>
       <para lang="en">A weighted moving average with an interval <parameter>i</parameter> is a prior 
	 moving average calculated according to formula 
	 <xref linkend="moving-formula-central"/>. 
	 <parameter>a<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> is the moving average
	 at time <parameter>t</parameter> and 
	 <parameter>y<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> is the observation at
	 time <parameter>t</parameter>.
       </para>

       <figure id="moving-averages-weighted-formula">
	 <title lang="en">Formula For The Weighted Moving Average With Interval 
	   <parameter>i</parameter></title>
	 <screenshot>
	   <mediaobject lang="en">
             <imageobject>
               <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-moving-average-formula-weighted.png" format="PNG"/>
             </imageobject>
             <textobject>
               <phrase>The formula for the weighted moving average if the interval 
		 length is <parameter>i</parameter>.</phrase>
             </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
	 </screenshot>
       </figure>
     </sect4>
   

     <sect4 id="moving-averages-spencer">
       <title lang="en">Spencer's 15 Point Moving Average</title>
       <para lang="en">Spencer's 15 point moving average is a central moving average calculated 
	 according to formula 
       <xref linkend="moving-formula-spencer"/>. 
       <parameter>a<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> is the moving average
       at time <parameter>t</parameter> and 
       <parameter>y<subscript>t</subscript></parameter> is the observation at
       time <parameter>t</parameter>.
       </para>

       <figure id="moving-formula-spencer">
	 <title lang="en">Formula For Spencer's 15 Point Moving Average</title>
	 <screenshot>
	   <mediaobject lang="en">
             <imageobject>
               <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-moving-average-formula-spencer.png" format="PNG"/>
             </imageobject>
             <textobject>
               <phrase>The formula for the Spencer's 15 point moving average.</phrase>
             </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
	 </screenshot>
       </figure>
     </sect4>

     <sect4 id="moving-averages-example">
       <title lang="en">A Moving Average Example</title>
       <figure id="moving-example-1">
	 <title lang="en">Some Example Data for the Moving Average Tool</title>
	 <screenshot>
	   <mediaobject lang="en">
             <imageobject>
               <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-moving-average-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
             </imageobject>
             <textobject>
               <phrase>An image of some example data for use with the
		 moving average analysis tool.</phrase>
             </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
	 </screenshot>
       </figure>
       <example id="usingmovingtool"><title lang="en">Using the Moving Average Tool</title>
	 <para lang="en"><xref linkend="moving-example-1"/> shows some example data,  
	   <xref linkend="moving-example-2"/> shows the option settings, and 
	   <xref linkend="moving-example-3"/> the corresponding output.
	 </para>
       </example>
       <figure id="moving-example-2">
	 <title lang="en">Moving Averages Tool Options</title>
	 <screenshot>
	   <mediaobject lang="en">
             <imageobject>
               <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-moving-average-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
             </imageobject>
             <textobject>
               <phrase>An image of the option settings of the moving averages 
		 example.</phrase>
             </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
	 </screenshot>
       </figure>
       <figure id="moving-example-3">
	 <title lang="en">Moving Averages Tool Output</title>
	 <screenshot>
	   <mediaobject lang="en">
             <imageobject>
               <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-moving-average-ex3.png" format="PNG"/>
             </imageobject>
             <textobject>
               <phrase>An image of the output from the moving average
		 analysis tool.</phrase>
             </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
	 </screenshot>
       </figure>
     </sect4>
  </sect3>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="fourier-analysis-tool">
     <title lang="en">Fourier Analysis Tool</title>

  <figure id="fourier-tool-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Fourier Analysis Tool Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-fourier.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the fourier analysis
              dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <para lang="en">
       The Fourier Analysis tool normally performs a Fast Fourier
       Transform to obtain the discrete fourier transform
       F<subscript>s</subscript> of the given sequence
       f<subscript>t</subscript> of real numbers according to the
       formula given in <xref linkend="fourier-tool-formula"/>.</para> <para lang="en">Select the
       <quote><guilabel>Inverse</guilabel></quote> option to calculate
       the inverse discrete fourier transform
       f<subscript>t</subscript> of the given sequence
       F<subscript>s</subscript> of real numbers</para> <note><para lang="en">If
       the number of terms in the given sequence is not
       a power of 2 (i.e.  2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, etc.), this tool
       will append zeros to reach such a power of 2!</para></note>
     
     <para lang="en">Specify the cells containing the datasets in the
     <quote><guilabel>Input Range</guilabel></quote> entry. The
     entered range or ranges are grouped into sequences either by rows
     or by columns.</para>

     <para lang="en">If you have labels
     in the first cell of each data set, select the
     <quote><guilabel>Labels</guilabel></quote> option.</para>

  <figure id="fourier-tool-formula">
    <title lang="en">Fourier Analysis Formulae</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-fourier-formula.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The formulae used in a fourier analysis.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <note>
       <para lang="en">Before using the numbers obtained by this tool, ensure
       that these are in fact the correct formulae for your
       discipline. In the physical sciences this fourier transform
       tends to be called the inverse fourier transform and vice
       versa. Moreover, frequently the scaling factor varies.</para>
       <para lang="en">For example <application>Mathematica</application> uses
       the terms fourier transform and inverse fourier transform with
       the reversed meaning than <application>Gnumeric</application>
       and it uses a scaling factor of
       <parameter>1/SQRT(N)</parameter> rather than
       <parameter>1/N</parameter>.</para></note>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="kaplan-meier-tool">
      <title lang="en">Kaplan Meier Estimates Tool</title>
      <para/>

  <sect3 id="kaplan-meier-tool-inputtab">
     <title lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Input</guilabel></quote> Tab</title>

     <para lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Input</guilabel></quote> tab shown in 
        <xref linkend="kaplan-meier-tool-dialog"/> contains
        the fields specifying the data to be used for the
        Kaplan Meier Estimates. The time column contains the times or dates 
        at which the subjects died or were censored. If any of the subjects
        were censored, the <guilabel>Permit censorship</guilabel> checkbox is
        checked and the Censor column contained the censorship marks. Censorship
        marks are typically 0s or 1s. The range of censor marks or labels can be 
        set using the 
        remaining two spinboxes.</para>

 <figure id="kaplan-meier-tool-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Kaplan-Meier Tool Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-kaplan.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the .Kaplan-Meier tool dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect3>

  <sect3 id="kaplan-meier-tool-group-tab">
     <title lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Groups</guilabel></quote> Tab</title>

    <para lang="en">
        If the subjects belong to several groups and the groups are supposed to be
        analyzed separately, the groups tab can be used. 
    </para>

 <figure id="kaplan-meier-tool-dialog-groups">
    <title lang="en">Kaplan-Meier Tool Dialog Groups Tab</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-kaplan-groups.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the Kaplan-Meier tool dialog groups tab.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

    <para lang="en">
        The groups tab can be enabled via the <guilabel>Define multiple groups
        </guilabel> checkbox. The groups column entry contains the address of 
        the column specifying the group membership. Groups can then be defined 
        or deleted via the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> and <guilabel>Remove
        </guilabel> buttons.
    </para>

  </sect3>

  <sect3 id="kaplan-meier-tool-optionstab">
     <title lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Options</guilabel></quote> Tab</title>

    <para lang="en">The options tab of the Kaplan-Meier tools dialog is used to set 
        various options of the Kaplan-Meier tool.
    </para>

 <figure id="kaplan-meier-tool-dialog-options">
    <title lang="en">Kaplan-Meier Tool Dialog Options Tab</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-kaplan-options.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the Kaplan-Meier tool dialog options tab.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect3>

  <sect3 id="kaplan-meier-tool-outputtab">
     <title lang="en">The <quote><guilabel>Output</guilabel></quote> Tab</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The Output tab contains the standard output options and fields
        described in <xref linkend="sect-stat-analysis-overview"/>.
      </para>
  </sect3>

  <sect3 id="kaplan-meier-tool-example">
    <title lang="en">A Kaplan-Meier Example</title>

      <figure id="kaplan-meier-tool-example-1">
	<title lang="en">Kaplan-Meier Tool Example Input</title>
	<screenshot>
	    <mediaobject lang="en">
		<imageobject>
		  <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-kaplan-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
		</imageobject>
		<textobject>
		  <phrase>An image of the input to the Kaplan-Meier estimate example 
            and of the input 
		  tab of the Kaplan-Meier analysis tool.</phrase>
		</textobject>
	       </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>

    <example id="usingkaplan-meiertool">
      <title lang="en">Using the Kaplan-Meier Tool</title>
      <para lang="en">
        Suppose you want to calculate Kaplan-Meier Estimates 
        for the as given in <xref linkend="kaplan-meier-tool-example-1"/>. Each 
        row contains the data for one subject. Column A contains the survival time,
        i.e. the time until death or censure. Column B contains the group number, 
        we are considering two groups of subjects. Column C indicates whether the 
        subject died (0) or was censured (1).
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
        We complete the fields of the <guilabel>Input</guilabel> tab as shown in 
        <xref linkend="kaplan-meier-tool-example-1"/>. The time column is A2:A21
        and the censure column is C2:C21.
        </para>
        <para lang="en">
        Since we have two groups of subjects, on the <guilabel>Groups</guilabel> 
        tab we check the  <guilabel>Define multiple groups</guilabel> check box and 
        set up two groups with identifiers 1 and 2 in column B2:B21:
      <figure id="kaplan-meier-tool-tool-example-3">
	 <title lang="en">Kaplan-Meier Tool Example Group Tab</title>
	 <screenshot>
	     <mediaobject lang="en">
		 <imageobject>
		   <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-kaplan-ex3.png" format="PNG"/>
		 </imageobject>
		 <textobject>
		   <phrase>An image of the group tab of the Kaplan-Meier
		   analysis tool.</phrase>
		 </textobject>
		</mediaobject>
	 </screenshot>
       </figure>
      </para>
    <para lang="en">On the <guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab all checkboxes are pre-checked
     and we leave them that way to obtain a maximum amount of information.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">On the output tab we choose where we would like the output to be placed. For 
    the purposes of this example we retain the <guilabel>New Sheet</guilabel> target. 
    After clicking <guilabel>OK</guilabel> we get the output shown in 
    <xref linkend="kaplan-meier-tool-example-2"/>. Note that the graph initially 
        always appears on top of the numerical result and was moved for the 
        screen shot.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
        B1:F17 shows the results of the first group, G1 to K17 the results of the 
        second group. The graph shows the Kaplan-Meier survival curves for both 
        groups.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
        M4:N7 shows the result of the Mantel-Haenszel Log-Rank Test. In this case 
        the p-value is larger than 0.3 and we would fail to reject the Null 
        hypothesis. There is no evidence that the survival times differ.
    </para>
    </example>

      <figure id="kaplan-meier-tool-example-2">
	 <title lang="en">Kaplan-Meier Tool Example Output</title>
	 <screenshot>
	     <mediaobject lang="en">
		 <imageobject>
		   <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-kaplan-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
		 </imageobject>
		 <textobject>
		   <phrase>An image of the output of the Kaplan-Meier
		   analysis tool.</phrase>
		 </textobject>
		</mediaobject>
	 </screenshot>
       </figure>
  </sect3>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="principal-component-tool">
      <title lang="en">Principal Component Analysis</title>
   <figure id="pcanalysis-tool-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Principal Component Analysis Tool Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-pcanalysis.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the principal component analysis tool dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
     <para lang="en">Principal Component Analysis Tool performs a principal component analysis (PCA). 
           PCA is a useful statistical technique with application in
	   fields such as face recognition and image compression. It is a common technique for
           finding patterns in data of high dimension.
     </para>

     <para lang="en">Specify the cells containing the datasets in the
     <quote><guilabel>Input Range</guilabel></quote> entry. The
     entered range or ranges are grouped into the factors either by rows
     or by columns.</para>

     <para lang="en">If you have labels
     in the first cell of each factor, select the
     <quote><guilabel>Labels</guilabel></quote> option.</para>

 <figure id="pcanalysis-example-1">
    <title lang="en">Principal Component Analysis Example Data</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-pcanalysis-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of example data for use with the
               principal component analysis tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

 <example id="usingpcanalysistool">
 <title lang="en">Using the Principal Component Analysis Tool</title>
 <para lang="en">
    Suppose you want to perform a principal component analysis on the data
    given in <xref linkend="pcanalysis-example-1"/> having the two dimensions (factors) 
    <inlineequation><mathphrase lang="en">x</mathphrase></inlineequation> and 
    <inlineequation><mathphrase lang="en">y</mathphrase></inlineequation>.</para>
<orderedlist>
     <listitem><para lang="en">
     Enter Sheet1!$A$1:$B$11 (or just A1:B11) in the <quote><guilabel>Input Range:</guilabel></quote> 
     entry by typing 
     this directly into the entry or clicking in the entry field and 
     then selecting the range on the sheet.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Select the <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote>
     option since the first row contains labels. (see 
     <xref linkend="pcanalysis-tool-dialog"/>).</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Specify the output 
     options as described above.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Press the OK button. </para></listitem>
</orderedlist>
     <para lang="en"> The output of this principal component analysis is shown in
     <xref linkend="regression-example-3"/>. The output shows the covariance matrix,
     the eigenvalues and corresponding eigenvectors. The principal component is the 
     constructed factor with the highest percent of trace, 
     <inlineequation><mathphrase lang="en">ξ1</mathphrase></inlineequation>.</para>
 </example>

   <figure id="pcanalysis-example-2">
    <title lang="en">Principal Component Analysis Tool Output</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-pcanalysis-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output from a principal component
              analysis.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect2>



  <sect2 id="regression-tool">
     <title lang="en">Regression Tool</title>
  <figure id="regression-tool-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Regression Tool Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-regression.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the regression tool dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <para lang="en">The regression tool performs a multiple regression analysis.</para>
  <para lang="en">Enter a range or list of ranges containing the independent variables 
  into the <quote><guilabel>X Variables:</guilabel></quote> entry.</para>
  <para lang="en">Enter a single range containing the dependent variable into the
   <quote><guilabel>Y Variable:</guilabel></quote> entry.</para>
  <para lang="en">If the ranges for the independent and dependent variables also contains 
  labels in the first field of each row, column or area, select the <quote>
  <guilabel>Labels</guilabel></quote> option.</para>
  <para lang="en"> Specify the confidence level in the <quote><guilabel>Confidence
  Level:</guilabel></quote> entry. The default is 95%.</para>
  <para lang="en">To force the regression line or plane to pass through the origin, select the
  <quote><guilabel>Force Intercept To Be Zero</guilabel></quote> option.</para>
  <para lang="en">Specify the output options as described above. If the output is directed 
  into a specific output range, that
  range should contain at least seven columns and 17 rows more than there are 
  independent variables.</para>

  <figure id="regression-example-1">
    <title lang="en">Regression Example Data</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-regression-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of example data for use with the
              regression tool.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

 <example id="usingregressiontool">
 <title lang="en">Using the Regression Tool</title>

  <para lang="en">
    Suppose you want to perform a regression analysis on the data
    given in <xref linkend="regression-example-1"/> using
    <parameter>v</parameter> and <parameter>y</parameter> as
    independent variables and <parameter>u</parameter> as dependent
    variable.</para>
<orderedlist>
     <listitem><para lang="en">
     Enter B1:C11 in the <quote><guilabel>X Variables:</guilabel></quote> 
     entry by typing 
     this directly into the entry or clicking in the entry field and 
     then selecting the range on the sheet.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en">
     Enter A1:A11  in the <quote><guilabel>Y Variable:</guilabel></quote> 
     entry. </para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Select the <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote>
     option since the first row contains labels. (see 
     <xref linkend="regression-example-2"/>).</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Specify the output 
     options as described above.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Press the OK button. </para></listitem>
</orderedlist>
     <para lang="en"> The output of this regression analysis is shown in
     <xref linkend="regression-example-3"/>.</para>
 </example>
  <figure id="regression-example-2">
    <title lang="en">Completed Regression Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-regression-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the regression tool dialog with the
              required fields completed.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <figure id="regression-example-3">
    <title lang="en">Regression Tool Output</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-regression-ex3.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output from a regression
              analysis.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect2>
</sect1>

<sect1 id="one_sample_tests">
  <title lang="en">One Sample Tests</title>

  <sect2 id="normality-tool">
      <title lang="en">Normality Tests</title>
<para lang="en">The normality test tool provides for four tests of normality.</para>
<orderedlist spacing="compact">
     <listitem><para>Anderson-Darling-testet</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para>Cramér-von Mises-testet</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para>Lilliefors-testet (Kolmogorov-Smirnov)</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para>Shapiro-Francia-testet</para></listitem>
</orderedlist>
   <figure id="normality-tool-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Normality Test Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-normality.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the normality test dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
      <para lang="en">The data range is specified via the <quote><guilabel>Input
      Range:</guilabel></quote> entry 
      (see <xref linkend="normality-tool-dialog"/>).  The given range 
      or list of ranges can be grouped into 
      separate data sets by columns, rows, or areas. The tool performs a
      separate test for each data set.</para>
   <figure id="normality-tool-testspec-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Test Tab of the Normality Test Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-normality-testspec.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the test tab of the normality 
	      test dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
      <para lang="en">On the test tab one specifies which of the four tests to
      perform, the significance level for the test and whether to include
      a normal probability plot of the data 
      (see <xref linkend="normality-tool-testspec-dialog"/>).</para>
   <figure id="normality-example-1">
    <title lang="en">Normality Test Example Data</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-normality-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of example data for a normality test.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

 <example id="usingnormalitytesttool">
 <title lang="en">Using the Normality Test Tool</title>

  <para lang="en">
    Suppose you want to perform a Lilliefors (Kolmogorov-Smirnov) Test
    for Normality on the data
    given in <xref linkend="normality-example-1"/>.</para>
<orderedlist>
     <listitem><para lang="en">
     Enter A1:A50 (or Sheet1!$A$1:$A$50) in the 
     <quote><guilabel>Input Range:</guilabel></quote> 
     entry by typing 
     this directly into the entry or clicking in the entry field and 
     then selecting the range on the sheet.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Select the <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote>
     option since the first row contains a label (see 
     <xref linkend="normality-example-2"/>).</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> On the test tab of the dialog
     (see <xref linkend="normality-example-3"/>) select the
     Lilliefors (Kolmogorov-Smirnov) Test.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Specify an appropriate significance level
     Alpha, say 0.05.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Select the <quote><guibutton>Create Normal 
     Probability Plot</guibutton></quote>
     option to include a normal 
     probability plot in the output.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Specify the output 
     options as described above.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Press the OK button. </para></listitem>
</orderedlist>
     <para lang="en"> The output of this normality test is shown in
     <xref linkend="normality-example-4"/>. Note that the graph appears 
     initially on top of the output data and needs to be moved to make 
     the data visible.</para>
 </example>

   <figure id="normality-example-2">
    <title lang="en">Completed Input Tab of the Normality Test Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-normality-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the completed input tab of the normality 
	      test dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
   <figure id="normality-example-3">
    <title lang="en">Completed Test Tab of the Normality Test Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-normality-ex3.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the completed test tab of the normality 
	      test dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
   <figure id="normality-example-4">
    <title lang="en">Normality Test Output</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-normality-ex4.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output from a normality test.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
 </sect2>


  <sect2 id="one-median-tool">
      <title lang="en">One Median</title>
  
      <para lang="en">The One Median test tool provides two non-parametric
      tests that test the null hypothesis that the sample comes from a 
      population with a given median:</para>
      <orderedlist spacing="compact">
	<listitem><para lang="en">Sign Test</para></listitem>
	<listitem><para lang="en">Wilcoxon Signed Rank Test</para></listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <para lang="en">Selecting the appropriate submenu item opens the dialog with
      the respective test preselected.</para>

  <sect3 id="sign-test-tool">
      <title lang="en">Sign Test</title>
  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      This section describes the one sample sign test to test the 
      null hypothesis that the sample comes from a 
      population with the given median. The tool to perform a sign test to
      test the null hypothesis that two paired samples come from populations 
      with the same median is in section  
      <xref linkend="two-median-sign-test-tool"/>.
    </para>
  </note>
   <figure id="one-median-tool-dialog">
    <title lang="en">One-Median Test Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-signtest.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the one-median test dialog used by 
	      the Sign Test and the Wilcoxon Signed Rank Test.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
      <para lang="en">The Sign Test tool performs a one-sample sign test whether
      the sample comes from a  population with a given median.</para>
      <para lang="en">The sample data range is specified via the <quote><guilabel>Input
      Range:</guilabel></quote> entry 
      (see <xref linkend="one-median-tool-dialog"/>).  The given range 
      or list of ranges can be grouped into 
      separate data sets by columns, rows, or areas. The tool performs a
      separate test for each data set.</para>
      <para lang="en">On the <quote><guilabel>Test</guilabel></quote>tab of the dialog
      (see <xref linkend="one-median-tool-dialog-test-tab"/>) the predicted 
      median as well as the significance level are specified.</para>
   <figure id="one-median-tool-dialog-test-tab">
    <title lang="en">The Test Tab of the One-Median Test Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-signtest-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the test tab of the one-median test 
	      dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

<example id="usingsigntesttool">
 <title lang="en">Using the Sign Test Tool</title>

  <para lang="en">
    Suppose you want to perform a Sign Test
    on the data
    given in <xref linkend="one-median-tool-dialog"/> to determine whether
    the sample comes from a population of mean 3.</para>
<orderedlist>
     <listitem><para lang="en">
     Enter A1:A19 (or Sheet1!$A$1:$A$19) in the 
     <quote><guilabel>Input Range:</guilabel></quote> 
     entry by typing 
     this directly into the entry or clicking in the entry field and 
     then selecting the range on the sheet.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Select the <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote>
     option since the first row contains a label. (see 
     <xref linkend="one-median-tool-dialog"/>).</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> On the <quote><guibutton>Test</guibutton></quote> tab 
     of the dialog
     (see <xref linkend="one-median-tool-dialog-test-tab"/>) select the
     Sign Test.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Specify an appropriate significance level
     Alpha, say 0.05.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Select thepecify the median of the null hypothesis (3)
     in the <quote><guibutton>Predicted Median</guibutton></quote> entry.
     </para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Specify the output 
     options as described above.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Press the OK button. </para></listitem>
</orderedlist>
     <para lang="en"> The output of this sign test is shown in
     <xref linkend="sign-test-dialog-output"/>.</para>
 </example>

   <figure id="sign-test-dialog-output">
    <title lang="en">Output of a Sign Test</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-signtest-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output of a Sign Test.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect3>

  <sect3 id="wilcoxon-sign-test-tool">
      <title lang="en">Wilcoxon Signed Rank Test</title>
  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      This section describes the one sample Wilcoxon signed rank test to 
      test the 
      null hypothesis that the sample comes from a 
      population with the given median. The tool to perform a Wilcoxon
      signed rank test to
      test the null hypothesis that two paired samples come from populations 
      with the same median is in section  
      <xref linkend="two-median-wilcoxon-sign-test-tool"/>.
    </para>
  </note>
       <para lang="en">The  Wilcoxon Signed Rank TTest tool performs a one-sample 
      sign test whether
      the sample comes from a  population with a given median.</para>
      <para lang="en">The sample data range is specified via the <quote><guilabel>Input
      Range:</guilabel></quote> entry 
      (see <xref linkend="one-median-tool-dialog"/>).  The given range 
      or list of ranges can be grouped into 
      separate data sets by columns, rows, or areas. The tool performs a
      separate test for each data set.</para>
      <para lang="en">On the <quote><guilabel>Test</guilabel></quote>tab of the dialog
      (see <xref linkend="one-median-tool-dialog-test-tab"/>) the predicted 
      median as well as the significance level are specified.</para>
 
  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      The p-values given by this tool are determined using a normal
      approximation. This approximation is only valid if the sample 
      size is at least 12.
    </para>
  </note>

<example id="usingwilcoxonsignedranktesttool">
 <title lang="en">Using the Wilcoxon Signed Rank Test Tool</title>
  <para lang="en">
    Suppose you want to perform a Wilcoxon Signed Rank Test
    on the data
    given in <xref linkend="one-median-tool-dialog"/> to determine whether
    the sample comes from a population of mean 3.</para>
<orderedlist>
     <listitem><para lang="en">
     Enter A1:A19 (or Sheet1!$A$1:$A$19) in the 
     <quote><guilabel>Input Range:</guilabel></quote> 
     entry by typing 
     this directly into the entry or clicking in the entry field and 
     then selecting the range on the sheet.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Select the <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote>
     option since the first row contains a label. (see 
     <xref linkend="one-median-tool-dialog"/>).</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> On the <quote><guibutton>Test</guibutton></quote> tab 
     of the dialog
     (see <xref linkend="one-median-tool-dialog-test-tab"/>) select the
     Wilcoxon Signed Rank Test.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Specify an appropriate significance level
     Alpha, say 0.05.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Select thepecify the median of the null hypothesis (3)
     in the <quote><guibutton>Predicted Median</guibutton></quote> entry.
     </para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Specify the output 
     options as described above.</para></listitem>
     <listitem><para lang="en"> Press the OK button. </para></listitem>
</orderedlist>
     <para lang="en"> The output of this sign test is shown in
     <xref linkend="wilcoxon-sign-test-dialog-output"/>.</para>
 </example>


   <figure id="wilcoxon-sign-test-dialog-output">
    <title lang="en">Output of a Wilcoxon Signed Rank Test</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-signtest-ex3.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output of a Wilcoxon Signed Rank 
	      Test.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect3>

  </sect2>

</sect1>

<sect1 id="two_sample_tests">
  <title lang="en">Two Sample Tests</title>

<sect2 id="t-test-tool">
     <title lang="en">Comparing Means of Two Populations</title>
     <para lang="en"><application>Gnumeric</application> provides four similar
     tools to test whether the difference of two population means is
     equal to a hypothesized value. These four tools use the same
     dialog (see <xref linkend="ttest-dialog"/>).</para>

  <figure id="ttest-dialog">
    <title lang="en"><parameter>t</parameter>- and <parameter>z</parameter>-Test
    Tool Dialog</title>

    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ttest.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the t-test and z-test dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

     <para lang="en">Depending on the options settings, the appropriate test
     will be performed. The entries in the
     <quote><guilabel>Input</guilabel></quote>,
     <quote><guilabel>Test</guilabel></quote>, and
     <quote><guilabel>Output</guilabel></quote> frames are independent
     from the specific test.</para>

     <para lang="en">Enter the first variable in the <quote><guilabel>Variable 1
     Range</guilabel></quote> entry and the second variable in the
     <quote><guilabel>Variable 2 Range</guilabel></quote>
     entry.</para> <para lang="en">Enter the hypothesized difference between the
     population means in the <quote><guilabel>Hypothesized Mean
     Difference</guilabel></quote> entry, which has a default of 0.
     Enter the significance level in the
     <quote><guilabel>Alpha</guilabel></quote> entry, which has a
     default of 5 %.</para> <para lang="en"> Specify the output options as
     described above. If the output is printed into a range, it should
     have at least three columns and ten rows.</para>

     <para lang="en">There are up to three possible options that can be selected:</para>
     <variablelist>
     <varlistentry><term lang="en"><quote><guilabel>Paired</guilabel></quote> versus <quote><guilabel>Unpaired</guilabel></quote>
     </term><listitem><para lang="en">
     If the variables are dependent (or paired) select the <quote><guilabel>Paired</guilabel></quote>
     option.
     </para></listitem>
     </varlistentry>
     <varlistentry><term lang="en"><quote><guilabel>Known</guilabel></quote> versus <quote><guilabel>Unknown</guilabel></quote>
     </term><listitem><para lang="en">
     For unpaired or independent variables, the population variances may be known 
     or unknown. In the latter case they will be estimated using the sample variances.
     Select the <quote><guilabel>Known</guilabel></quote> option if you in fact know the population 
     variances prior to collecting the sample.
     </para></listitem>
     </varlistentry>
     <varlistentry><term lang="en"><quote><guilabel>Equal</guilabel></quote> versus <quote><guilabel>Unequal</guilabel></quote>
     </term><listitem><para lang="en">
     For paired variables with unknown population variances, we may either assume 
     that the population variances are equal or not. If the population variances are
     assumed to be equal, <application>Gnumeric</application> will estimate the common variance by pooling the 
     sample variances. Select the <quote><guilabel>Equal</guilabel></quote> option to assume that
     the population variances are equal.
     </para></listitem>
     </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>

  <sect3 id="t-test-paired-two-samples-for-means-tool">
     <title lang="en"><parameter>t</parameter>-Test: Paired Two Sample for Means Tool</title>
  <figure id="ttest-dialog-paired">
    <title lang="en"><parameter>t</parameter>-Test (Paired) Tool Dialog Options</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ttest-paired.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the options for the t-test.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
     <para lang="en">For paired variables, when you click on 
     <quote><guibutton>OK</guibutton></quote>, <application>Gnumeric</application> will test whether the 
     mean of the difference between the paired variables is equal to 
     the given hypothesized mean difference.</para>

 <example id="usingttestpairedtool">
 <title lang="en">Using the <parameter>t</parameter>-Test (Paired) Tool</title>
     <para lang="en">See <xref linkend="ttest-paired-tool-ex1"/> for an example 
     of a completed dialog and <xref linkend="ttest-paired-tool-ex2"/>
     for the corresponding output.
     </para>
 </example>
  <figure id="ttest-paired-tool-ex1">
    <title lang="en"><parameter>t</parameter>-Test (Paired) Example Data</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ttest-paired-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the example for a t-test.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <figure id="ttest-paired-tool-ex2">
    <title lang="en">Output from the <parameter>t</parameter>-Test (Paired) Tool</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ttest-paired-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output results from a t-test.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  </sect3>

  <sect3 id="t-test-two-sample-equal-variances-tool">
     <title lang="en"><parameter>t</parameter>-Test: Two-Sample Assuming Equal Variances Tool</title>
  <figure id="ttest-dialog-equal">
    <title lang="en"><parameter>t</parameter>-Test (Equal Variances) Tool Dialog
    Options</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ttest-equal.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the options for a t-test
              analysis of two samples with equal variances.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
     <para lang="en">For unpaired variables with unknown but assumed equal population variances,
     when you click on <quote><guibutton>OK</guibutton></quote>, <application>Gnumeric</application> will test whether the 
     mean of the difference between the paired variables is equal to the given hypothesized
     mean difference.</para>

 <example id="usingttestequaltool">
 <title lang="en">Using the <parameter>t</parameter>-Test (Unknown but Equal Variances) Tool</title>
     <para lang="en">See <xref linkend="ttest-equal-tool-ex1"/> for an example 
     of a completed dialog and <xref linkend="ttest-equal-tool-ex2"/>
     for the corresponding output.
     </para>
 </example>
  <figure id="ttest-equal-tool-ex1">
    <title lang="en"><parameter>t</parameter>-Test (Unknown but Equal Variances) Example Data</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ttest-equal-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of example data for use with a t-test
              with unknown but equal variances.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <figure id="ttest-equal-tool-ex2">
    <title lang="en">Output from the <parameter>t</parameter>-Test (Unknown but Equal Variances) Tool</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ttest-equal-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output from a t-test
              with unknown but equal variances.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect3>

  <sect3 id="t-test-two-samples-unequal-variances">
     <title lang="en"><parameter>t</parameter>-Test: Two-Sample Assuming Unequal Variances Tool</title>
  <figure id="ttest-dialog-unequal">
    <title lang="en"><parameter>t</parameter>-Test (Unknown and Unequal Variances) Tool 
    Dialog Options</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ttest-unequal.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the options in a t-test of two
              samples with unknown and possibly unequal
              variances.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
     <para lang="en">For unpaired  variables with unknown and assumed unequal population variances,
     when you click on <quote><guibutton>OK</guibutton></quote>, <application>Gnumeric</application> will test whether the 
     mean of the difference between the paired variables is equal to the given hypothesized
     mean difference.</para> 

 <example id="usingttestunwqualtool">
 <title lang="en">Using the <parameter>t</parameter>-Test (Unknown and Unequal Variances) Tool</title>
     <para lang="en">See <xref linkend="ttest-unequal-tool-ex1"/> for an example 
     of a completed dialog and <xref linkend="ttest-unequal-tool-ex2"/>
     for the corresponding output.
     </para>
 </example>
  <figure id="ttest-unequal-tool-ex1">
    <title lang="en"><parameter>t</parameter>-Test (Unknown and Unequal Variances) Example Data</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ttest-unequal-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of example data for use in a t-test of two
              samples with unknown and possibly unequal
              variances.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <figure id="ttest-unequal-tool-ex2">
    <title lang="en">Output from the <parameter>t</parameter>-Test (Unknown and Unequal Variances) 
    Tool</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ttest-unequal-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output of a t-test of two
              samples with unknown and possibly unequal
              variances.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect3>

  <sect3 id="ztest-two-samples-for-means-tool">
     <title lang="en"><parameter>z</parameter>-Test: Two Samples for Means Tool</title>
  <figure id="ztest-dialog">
    <title lang="en"><parameter>z</parameter>-Test Tool Dialog Options</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ztest.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the options in a z-test of two
              samples.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
     <para lang="en">For unpaired  variables with known population variances, enter those variances 
     in the <quote><guilabel>Variable 1 Pop. Variance</guilabel></quote> and 
     <quote><guilabel>Variable 2 Pop. Variance</guilabel></quote> entries.
     When you click on <quote><guibutton>OK</guibutton></quote>, <application>Gnumeric</application> will test whether the 
     mean of the difference between the paired variables is equal to the given hypothesized
     mean difference.</para> 

 <example id="usingztesttool">
 <title lang="en">Using the <parameter>z</parameter>-Test Tool</title>
     <para lang="en">See <xref linkend="ztest-tool-ex1"/> for an example 
     of a completed dialog and <xref linkend="ztest-tool-ex2"/>
     for the corresponding output.
     </para>
 </example>
  <figure id="ztest-tool-ex1">
    <title lang="en"><parameter>z</parameter>-Test Example Data</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ztest-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of example data for use in a z-test of two
              samples.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <figure id="ztest-tool-ex2">
    <title lang="en">Output from the <parameter>z</parameter>-Test Tool</title>
    <screenshot>
      <screeninfo lang="en">Output from the <parameter>z</parameter>-Test
              Tools
      </screeninfo>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ztest-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>An image of the output from a z-test of two
            samples.</phrase>
          </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect3>
</sect2>

  <sect2 id="two-medians-tool">
      <title lang="en">Comparing Medians of Two Populations</title>

      <para lang="en"><application>Gnumeric</application> provides three non-parametric tests to test the null 
      hypothesis that the two samples come from 
      populations with the same median. Two tests, performed through the same
      tool, apply in the case of paired samples:</para>
      <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
 	<listitem><para lang="en">Sign Test</para></listitem>
	<listitem><para lang="en">Wilcoxon Signed Rank Test</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para lang="en">One test applies in the case of unpaired samples:</para>
      <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
 	<listitem><para lang="en">Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney Test</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>

      <para/>
  <sect3 id="two-median-sign-test-tool">
      <title lang="en">Sign Test</title>
  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      This section describes the two sample (paired) sign test to test the 
      null hypothesis that the two samples come from 
      populations with the same median. The tool to perform a sign test to
      test the null hypothesis that the single sample comes from a  population 
      with a given median is in section  <xref linkend="sign-test-tool"/>.
    </para>
  </note>
  <note>
      <para lang="en">This section needs to be written.</para>
  </note>
  </sect3>
  <sect3 id="two-median-wilcoxon-sign-test-tool">
      <title lang="en">Wilcoxon Signed Rank Test</title>
  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      This section describes the two sample (paired) Wilcoxon signed rank
      test to test the 
      null hypothesis that the two samples come from 
      populations with the same median. The tool to perform a Wilcoxon 
      signed rank test to
      test the null hypothesis that the single sample comes from a  population 
      with a given median is in section  
      <xref linkend="wilcoxon-sign-test-tool"/>.
    </para>
  </note>
  <note>
      <para lang="en">This section needs to be written.</para>
  </note>
  </sect3>
  <sect3 id="two-median-wilcoxon-mann-whitney-test-tool">
      <title lang="en">Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney Test</title>
  <note>
      <para lang="en">This section needs to be written.</para>
  </note>
  </sect3>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="ftest-two-sample-for-variances-tool">
     <title lang="en">F-Test: Two-Sample for Variances Tool</title>

  <figure id="ftest-tool-dialog">
    <title lang="en">F-Test Tool Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ftest.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the dialog for an F-test analysis of
              the equality of two variances.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
     <para lang="en">Use the F-Test tool to test whether two population  
     variances are different against the null hypothesis that
     they are not.</para>

     <para lang="en">Specify the variables in the <quote><guilabel>Variable 1 Range:</guilabel></quote>
     and <quote><guilabel>Variable 2 Range:</guilabel></quote> entries. The <quote><guilabel>Alpha:</guilabel></quote> 
     entry contains the 
     significance level which is by default 5%.</para>

     <para lang="en">If the first field of each range contains labels, 
     select the <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote> option. The names of 
     the variables will be included in the  output table.</para>

     <para lang="en">The results are given in a table.  This table contains
     the mean, variance, count of observations and the degree
     of freedom for both variables. The output table also includes the F-value,
     the one-tailed probability for the F-value, and the F Critical
     value for one-tailed test and the corresponding values for a two 
     tailed test. The one-tailed probability for the
     F-value (<quote><inlineequation><mathphrase lang="en">P(F≤f)</mathphrase></inlineequation> one-tail</quote> row) is the probability of making a
     Type I error in the one-tailed test. Similarly, the two-tailed 
     probability for the F-value (<quote><guilabel>P two-tail</guilabel></quote> row)
     is the probability of making a Type I error in the two-tailed test.
     Since in the two-tailed F-Test both critical values are positive, the
     <quote><guilabel>F Critical two-tail</guilabel></quote> row contains two numbers.</para>

     <para lang="en">If the output is directed into a specific output range, that
     range should contain at least three columns and eight rows.</para>

   <figure id="ftest-example-1">
    <title lang="en">Some Example Data</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ftest-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of some example data for an F-test of
              the equality of two variances.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
 <example id="usingftesttool"><title lang="en">Using the F-Test Tool</title>
     <para lang="en"><xref linkend="ftest-example-1"/> shows some example data and 
     <xref linkend="ftest-example-2"/> the corresponding output.
     </para>
</example>
  <figure id="ftest-example-2">
    <title lang="en">F-Test Tool Output</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ftest-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output of an F-test analysis of
              the equality of two variances.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
    
  </sect2>

</sect1>

<sect1 id="multiple_sample_tests">
  <title lang="en">Multiple Sample Tests</title>
<sect2 id="anova">
  <title lang="en">Analysis of Variance</title>

  <sect3 id="anova-single-factor-tool">
     <title lang="en">ANOVA: Single Factor Tool</title>

     <para lang="en">
       Use this tool to perform a single factor analysis of the
       variances of given variables. The variables are specified by
       the <quote><guilabel>Input Range:</guilabel></quote> entry.
       The given range can be grouped into the variables either by
       columns, by rows or by areas.  The
       <quote><guilabel>Alpha:</guilabel></quote> entry specifies the
       significance level which is by default 5%.
     </para>

     <para lang="en">If the first row or first column of the given range, or the 
     first field of each area contains labels, select the <quote><guibutton>Labels
     </guibutton></quote> option. The names of 
     the variables will be included in the  output table.</para>

     <para lang="en">The results of this analysis of variance are presented in 
     a standard ANOVA table. The <quote><guilabel>F critical</guilabel></quote>
     value is the largest value of F that is statistically significant
     using the given significance level (<quote><guilabel>Alpha</guilabel></quote>).</para>

     <para lang="en">This tool also calculates the count, sum, average,
     and the variance of each variable.</para>

   <figure id="anova-one-factor-tool-ex1">
    <title lang="en">1-factor ANOVA Dialog and Example Data</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ANOVA1-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of a multilevel single factor ANOVA
              analysis.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
<example id="usinganovaonefactortool">
 <title lang="en">Using the single factor ANOVA</title>
     <para lang="en">See <xref linkend="anova-one-factor-tool-ex1"/> for an example 
     of a completed dialog and <xref linkend="anova-one-factor-tool-ex2"/>
     for the corresponding output.
     </para>
 </example>
  <figure id="anova-one-factor-tool-ex2">
    <title lang="en">Output From a 1-factor ANOVA</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ANOVA1-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output from a multilevel single
              factor ANOVA analysis.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
     

  </sect3>

  <sect3 id="anova-two-factor-tool">
     <title lang="en">ANOVA: Two-Factor Tool</title>

     <para lang="en"><application>Gnumeric</application> can perform two factor fixed effects ANOVAs with and 
     without replication. The same dialog is used and the 
     appropriate tool is selected depending on whether the number of rows 
     per sample is 1 or larger than 1.</para> 

  <sect4 id="anova-two-factor-without-tool">
     <title lang="en">ANOVA: Two-Factor Without Replication Tool</title>

     <para lang="en">If the number of rows per sample is given as 1, <application>Gnumeric</application> 
     performs a two factor fixed effects ANOVA without replication. Each
     column of the input range is interpreted as a level of the first 
     factor while each row is interpreted as a level of the second factor.
     </para>
     <para lang="en">The first row and column of the range may contain labels for 
     these levels. In this case the <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote> option should be selected.
     </para>
     <para lang="en"> The <quote><guilabel>Alpha:</guilabel></quote> entry specifies the 
     significance level which is by default 5%.</para>
 <example id="usinganovatwofactorwotool">
 <title lang="en">Using the 2-factor ANOVA Without Replication Tool</title>
     <para lang="en">See <xref linkend="anova-two-factor-without-tool-ex1"/> for an example 
     of a completed dialog and <xref linkend="anova-two-factor-without-tool-ex2"/>
     for the corresponding output.
     </para>
 </example>
  <figure id="anova-two-factor-without-tool-ex1">
    <title lang="en">2-factor ANOVA Without Replication Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ANOVA2wo-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of a two factor ANOVA without
              replication analysis.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <figure id="anova-two-factor-without-tool-ex2">
    <title lang="en">Output From a 2-factor ANOVA Without Replication</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ANOVA2wo-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output from a two factor ANOVA without
              replication analysis.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  </sect4>

  <sect4 id="anova-two-factor-with-tool">
     <title lang="en">ANOVA: Two-Factor With Replication Tool</title>
     <para lang="en">If the number of rows per sample is larger than 1, <application>Gnumeric</application> 
     performs a two factor fixed effects ANOVA with replication. Each
     column of the input range is interpreted as a level of the first 
     factor while groups of rows (the number of rows in each group given 
     by the <quote><guilabel>number of rows per sample</guilabel></quote> value) are interpreted as levels 
     of the second factor.
     </para>
     <para lang="en">The first row and column of the range may contain labels for 
     these levels. In this case the <quote><guibutton>Labels</guibutton></quote> option should be selected.
     </para>
     <para lang="en"> The <quote><guilabel>Alpha:</guilabel></quote> entry specifies the 
     significance level which is by default 5%.</para>
     <para lang="en">See <xref linkend="anova-two-factor-with-tool-ex1"/> for an example 
     of a completed dialog and <xref linkend="anova-two-factor-with-tool-ex2"/>
     for the corresponding output.
     </para>
  <figure id="anova-two-factor-with-tool-ex1">
    <title lang="en">2-factor ANOVA With Replication Dialog</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ANOVA2w-ex1.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of a two factor ANOVA with replication
              analysis.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <figure id="anova-two-factor-with-tool-ex2">
    <title lang="en">Output From a 2-factor ANOVA With Replication</title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/analysistools-ANOVA2w-ex2.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the output from a two factor ANOVA
              with replication analysis.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
     
     <para lang="en"><application>Gnumeric</application> will estimate missing
     values for each level combination as the mean of the existing
     values in that combination. The degrees of freedom are adjusted
     appropriately. </para>

  </sect4>
  </sect3>

</sect2>

  <sect2 id="chi-square-tool">
      <title lang="en">Tests for a Contingency Table</title>

  <sect3 id="homogeneity-tool">
      <title lang="en">Test of Homogeneity</title>
      <para/>
  </sect3>
  <sect3 id="independence-tool">
      <title lang="en">Test of Independence</title>
      <para/>
  </sect3>

  </sect2>
</sect1>








  





  </chapter>



  <chapter id="chapter-graphics">
    <title lang="en">Graphics: Images, Widgets, and Drawings</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This chapter explains how to add graphical elements to a
          <application>Gnumeric</application> worksheet, including
          images from external
          files, graphical user interface widgets which interact with
          worksheet data, and simple drawing elements.
    </para>

    
<sect1 id="sect-graphical-overview">
  <title lang="en">Overview</title>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> provides several types of
    graphical elements which can be added to a worksheet. The
    creation, manipulation and deletion of these elements all occur in
    similar ways. When these elements are part of a worksheet, they
    all "float" above the cell grid, possibly hiding data in the cells
    underneath.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> currently displays four
    different types of graphical elements: data graphs, images,
    widgets, and drawings. Data graphs allow users to present
    worksheet data visually in charts containing several kinds of
    plots including pie plots, bar and column plots, and
    scatterplots. Images in many standard computer formats can be
    added to a worksheet. Graphical user interface widgets can also be
    added to a worksheet and connected to the values contained in
    worksheet cells. Drawings allow users to add simple graphical
    elements on top of a worksheet including lines, arrows and simple
    polygons.
  </para>

  <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphical-elements">
    <title lang="en">
      The four types of graphical elements.
    </title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/graphical-elements.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>
             An image of <application>Gnumeric</application> showing
             the four types of graphical elements which can be added
             to a worksheet: a data graph with a column plot, an image
             showing a map of France, a scrollbar which can be
             used to alter the value in cell "I6", and a drawing
             element: a red arrow.
          </phrase>
        </textobject>
	<caption>
	  <para lang="en">
            The four types of graphical elements which can be added to
            a worksheet: a data graph with a column plot, an image
            showing a map of France, a scrollbar which can be
            used to alter the value in cell "I6", and a red arrow drawing
            element.
          </para>
	</caption>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    The various graphical elements which can be added to a
    <application>Gnumeric</application> worksheet all behave in
    similar ways. The graphical elements all "float" above the cells
    in the cell grid and may obscure the contents of the cells
    behind, without affecting the contents of these hidden cells. All
    graphical elements are added in essentially the same way by
    selecting the element to add and then using the mouse, either with
    a simple click to place the element with a default size or with a
    click and drag to select the area of the worksheet to be covered
    by the element. These objects are moved or re-sized by clicking on
    the object with the primary mouse button and using the object
    body, border and "handles" (the small circles which appear at the
    corners and in the middle of each side) to manipulate the
    object. All of these objects will present a context menu through
    which to change the properties of the object, to save the object
    as an image, to change the stacking order (which graphical
    elements are in front of others), or to delete the object. Each of
    these operations will be summarized below and then explained in
    greater detail in the sections which follow.
  </para>


  <sect2 id="sect-graphical-overview-adding">
    <title lang="en">Adding Graphical Elements</title>

    <para lang="en">
      All graphical elements are added in similar ways which differ
      only in the original selection and configuration of the
      element. Data graphs are added using the <interface>Graph
      Guru</interface>, which is invoked either through the
      <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu or with the toolbar button, to
      define the properties of the graph. Images are added using the
      <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu
      <guimenuitem>Image...</guimenuitem> menu entry, selecting the
      name of the file with the appropriate image and clicking on the
      <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button. Widgets and drawing elements
      are added by selecting the appropriate button on the object
      toolbar.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      After any of these steps, the mouse cursor will change into a
      thin cross-hair cursor, <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_cross_hair.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the thin cross hair mouse pointer.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>,
      when the mouse pointer is placed over the cell grid area.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The graphical element can be placed in the workbook by moving
      the cursor onto the worksheet and clicking once with the primary
      mouse button. The graphical element will appear at its default
      size with the top right hand corner defined by the position of the
      mouse cursor.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Alternatively, the graphical element can both be placed on the
      worksheet and have its size determined which is done by
      click-dragging with the mouse. When the cursor has changed to
      the thin cross-hair, the graphical element can be inserted by
      moving the pointer over the worksheet to determine one of the
      corners of the resulting element, clicking and holding the
      primary mouse button, dragging the pointer to the opposite
      corner, and releasing the mouse button. The graphical element
      will then appear between the place where the primary mouse
      button was pressed and the place the button was released.
    </para>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-graphical-overview-selecting">
    <title lang="en">Selecting Graphical Elements</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Selecting the graphical element requires placing the mouse
      pointer over the element and then clicking the primary mouse
      button. <application>Gnumeric</application> indicates the
      element is selected by drawing eight 'grab handles' around the
      element; these are small circles at the four corners and in the
      middle of the four edges of a rectangle surrounding the
      graphical element.
    </para>

  <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphical-elements-selectd">
    <title lang="en">
      A graphical element which has been selected.
    </title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/graphical-elements-selected.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>
             An image of several graphical elements of which one has
             been selected, and is therefore showing its grab handles.
	  </phrase>
        </textobject>
	<caption>
	  <para lang="en">
            The graphical column plot has been selected as evidenced
            by the eight small circular 'grab handles' at the corners
            and in the middle of each edge.
          </para>
	</caption>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>


    <para lang="en">
      The mouse pointer will also change shape when placed over a
      selected element or over the element's 'grab handles'. When the
      pointer is placed over a selected element, the mouse pointer
      will change to the 'move' shape, <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_four_way_arrow.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the move mouse pointer.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>;
      when the pointer is placed over the element's 'grab handles' it
      will change to one of the resizing mouse pointer shapes, which
      are presented in <xref linkend="sect-gui-mouse"/>.
    </para>

    <note>
      <para lang="en">
        Some elements, such as the widget scrollbars, may be difficult
        to select because they interact themselves with the primary
        mouse button. An alternative selection process, which involves
        first invoking the context menu and then dismissing it, can be
        used for these elements and will work with any graphical
        element. When the mouse pointer is anywhere over the graphical
        element, clicking with one of the secondary mouse buttons will
        cause the element to be selected and a context menu to appear.
        If the primary mouse button is then pressed while the pointer
        is anywhere over the desktop other than over the menu, the
        context menu will be dismissed but the element will stay
        selected.
      </para>
    </note>	

  </sect2>

 <sect2 id="sect-graphical-overview-moveNresize">
    <title lang="en">Moving and Resizing Graphical Elements</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Graphical elements can be moved from their original location on
      the worksheet or can be changed in size or shape. All of these
      operations first require selecting the graphical element with
      the primary mouse button and then using this mouse button and
      the mouse pointer to manipulate the element.
    </para>


    <sect3 id="sect-graphical-overview-moveNresize-mouse">
      <title lang="en">Moving elements with the mouse</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Moving the graphical element can be performed by first selecting
      the graphical element, then placing the mouse pointer over the
      element which will change it to the 'move' mouse shape,
        <inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/pointer_four_way_arrow.png"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the move mouse pointer.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>,
      clicking and holding the primary mouse button and moving the
      mouse pointer to a new location. As the mouse is moved with the
      primary mouse button held down, the graphical element will move
      along with the mouse cursor. When the mouse button is released,
      the object will stay in its new location.
    </para>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="sect-graphical-overview-moveNresize-move-keys">
      <title lang="en">Moving elements with the arrow keys</title>

      <para lang="en">
        Once they are selected, graphical elements can be moved with
        the arrow keys on the keyboard. The movement can be made in
        smaller increments if the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key is held
        simultaneously. 
      </para>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="sect-graphical-overview-moveNresize-resize">
      <title lang="en">Resizing and reshaping elements</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Changing the size or shape of the graphical element can be
      performed by selecting the graphical element, placing the mouse
      pointer over one of the 'grab handles' at the corners or edges
      of the rectangular box around the element, which will cause the
      mouse pointer to change shape to one of the resize pointers,
      clicking and holding with the primary mouse button, dragging the
      corner or edge to a new position, and releasing the mouse
      button. If one of the corner 'grab handles' is used, the
      graphical element can be altered into any new rectangular
      shape and size. If one of the edge handles is used, the element
      can only be reshaped perpendicular to the chosen edge.
    </para>

    </sect3>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-graphical-overview-contextmenu">
    <title lang="en">Invoking the Context Menu for Graphical Elements</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Many operations on graphical elements, including changing their
      internal properties, saving elements as images, modifying the
      stacking order of the elements, and deleting the elements, are
      performed through the context menu. The context menu appears
      when the mouse pointer is placed over the graphical element and
      one of the secondary mouse buttons is clicked. When the mouse
      pointer moves over a graphical element, it will change from the
      usual wide cross cursor to a right pointing arrow
      cursor. Clicking with the primary mouse button will select the
      graphical element but clicking with one of the other mouse
      buttons will open the context menu. The specific button that
      will trigger this menu depends on the specific hardware and
      configuration of the computer. By default it is usually the
      rightmost mouse button.
  </para>  

  <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphical-overview-contextmenu">
    <title lang="en">
      The context menu for graphical elements.
    </title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-context-graph.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>
             An image of <application>Gnumeric</application> showing
             the context menu of a graph element.
          </phrase>
        </textobject>
	<caption>
	  <para lang="en">
            The context menu for graph elements is the most
            complete. It includes an entry to modify the internal
            properties of the graph, an entry to save the graph as an
            image, four entries to reorder the stacking of the graph
            in front or behind other graphs and one entry to delete
            the graph.
          </para>
	</caption>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    The context menu for graphical elements contains a sub-menu
    labelled <guimenuitem>Order</guimenuitem> which allows the user to
    change the presentation order for overlapping graphical objects.
  </para>

  <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphical-overview-contextmenu-order">
    <title lang="en">
      The order submenu of graphical element context menus.
    </title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-context-graph-order.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>
             An image of the order sub-menu in the context menu of
             graph elements.
          </phrase>
        </textobject>
	<caption>
	  <para lang="en">
            The order submenu of the context menu for graph elements
            allows the user to change the stacking order for the
            various graphs on the worksheet. This will affect which
            objects are visible in front of other objects when several
            objects overlap.
          </para>
	</caption>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>


  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-graphical-overview-modifing">
    <title lang="en">Modifying Graphical Elements</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Many of the graphical elements have internal properties which
      can be changed. This includes the contents of a particular
      graph, the association of a widget and the contents of a
      spreadsheet cell, or the characteristics of a drawing
      element. These properties can be altered using the
      <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item in the
      context menu which appears when the mouse pointer is placed over
      the graphical element and one of the secondary mouse buttons is
      clicked. After the context menu appears, clicking on this menu
      item will open up a dialog allowing the user to alter the
      properties of the element. Since these properties are specific
      to each element, these dialogs will be discussed in each of the
      sections below.
    </para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-graphical-overview-saving">
    <title lang="en">Saving Graphical Elements as Images</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Some of the graphical elements, the data graphs and the image
      elements, provide an item in the context menu which allows the
      element to be saved to a file containing only an image of that
      element. Graphical plots can be saved in Scalable Vector
      Graphics (SVG), Portable Network Graphics (PNG) or JPEG
      formats. Images can be saved to their original format, or to PNG
      and JPEG formats. 
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Elements which can be saved as images can be output to a file
      using an entry in the element's context menu. First the context
      menu must be invoked by placing the mouse pointer over the
      graphical element and clicking with one of the secondary mouse
      buttons. Next the <guimenuitem>Save as Image</guimenuitem> or
      the <guimenuitem>Save as</guimenuitem> menu items must be
      selected by placing the mouse pointer over that item and
      clicking with the primary mouse pointer. This will open up the
      <interface>Save As</interface> dialog which will allow the user
      to name the file which will be created, select where the file
      will be created, select the file type to use for the image and
      then generate the file.
    </para>

  </sect2>

<!-- TODO: explain the image object Save As dialog better. -->


  <sect2 id="sect-graphical-overview-restacking">
    <title lang="en">Restacking Graphical Elements</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Graphical elements can overlap when they are placed over the
      cell grid area. Conceptually, each graphical element occupies
      one layer in a stack of all the elements. By default, elements
      which have been created more recently will overlap in front of
      elements which were created earlier.
    </para>

  <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphical-overview-stacking">
    <title lang="en">
      Stacked graphical elements.
    </title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/graphical-elements-stacked.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>
             An image of <application>Gnumeric</application> showing
             stacked graphical element.
          </phrase>
        </textobject>
<!--	<caption>
	  <para>
          </para>
	</caption>
-->
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      The order of each element in the stack can be changed using the
      four menu items in the context menu. The
      <guimenuitem>Top</guimenuitem> will bring the selected element
      in front of all the other objects. The
      <guimenuitem>Up</guimenuitem> menu item will bring the selected
      element forward one layer.  Conversely, the
      <guimenuitem>Down</guimenuitem> menu item will move the selected
      element one layer towards the back, and the
      <guimenuitem>Bottom</guimenuitem> menu item will palace the
      selected element at the very back of the stack of
      elements. Jointly, these menu items allow the user to specify
      exactly which order in which the graphical elements should appear.
    </para>

    <warning>
      <para lang="en">
        The stacking of graphical elements in <application>Gnumeric</application> is currently not working
        correctly. Widget elements are always placed above the other
        elements and do not honor the same ordering scheme as the rest
        of the elements. A large amount of work will be required to
        fix this and a decision has been made to ignore this problem
        until the developers have the time to fix this problem
        correctly.
      </para>
    </warning>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-graphical-overview-deleting">
    <title lang="en">Deleting Graphical Elements</title>

    <para lang="en">
      All of the graphical elements in
      <application>Gnumeric</application> can be deleted using the
      context menu. Deleting a graphical element will never alter the
      data contents of the cells in the workbooks.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Deleting a graphical element requires using the context
      menu. First the mouse pointer must be placed over the graphical
      element. Next, the context menu must be invoked by clicking with
      one of the secondary mouse buttons. Finally, the
      <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> menu item must be selected by placing
      the mouse pointer over this menu item and clicking with the
      primary mouse button. When this menu item is selected, the
      graphical element will disappear from the worksheet and will not
      be saved as part of the spreadsheet file the next time the file
      is saved.
    </para>

  </sect2>


</sect1>


    
<sect1 id="sect-graphics-images">
  <title lang="en">Images</title>

  <para lang="en">
    Images can be added, as floating graphical elements, to
    <application>Gnumeric</application> worksheets. These images will
    be saved as part of the file and therefore can be sent to others
    embedded within the spreadsheet file.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Images in several file formats can be added, but the specific list
    depends on the particular installation of the underlying software
    library, <filename>gdk-pixbuf</filename>. By default, the ANI, BMP,
    GIF, ICO, JPEG, PCX, PNG, PNM/PBM/PGM/PPM family, Sun raster
    (RAS), Targa (TGA), TIFF, WBMP, XBM, XPM image formats are
    supported, but extensions to the library can also support other
    formats such as the WMF Windows Metafile and SVG Scalable
    Vector Graphics formats. 
  </para>

  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      A complete listing of the file formats supported by the local
      version of <filename>gdk-pixbuf</filename> can be generated with
      the <screen lang="en">
gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders
      </screen>
      command-line application, if this is installed on the system.
    </para>
  </note>



  <sect2 id="sect-graphics-images-insert">
    <title lang="en">Inserting Images</title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Inserting an image is performed like inserting any other
      graphical element using the menu entry to start the process,
      then selecting the file, and finally using the mouse to place
      the image above the worksheet.
    </para>

    
      <procedure>
        <title lang="en">Procedure to insert an image into a worksheet.</title>
        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Select the <guimenuitem>"Image"</guimenuitem> menu item in
	    the <guimenu>"Insert"</guimenu> menu
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Inserting an image starts by selecting, in the
	    <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu, the
	    <guimenuitem>Image</guimenuitem> menu item using the mouse
	    cursor and the primary mouse button. This will open a
	    dialog in which the user can select the file which
	    contains the desired image.
	  </para>
	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">Select the file containing the image</title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    In the dialog which appears the user must select the file
	    which contains the desired image. The dialog will be
	    specific to the particular operating system platform but
	    should provide a way to navigate the filesystem to pick
	    the folder that contains the file and have a way to select
	    the file or type its name. When these choices have been
	    made, the dialog can be dismissed by double clicking on
	    the file or by clicking on the <guibutton>Open</guibutton>
	    button. This will dismiss the dialog and expose the
	    worksheet, with the mouse pointer now converted to a thin
	    cross-hair.
	  </para>
	</step>

	<step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Place the image on the worksheet with the mouse pointer
	  </title> 
	  <para lang="en">
	    The image, which will float like other graphical elements
	    above the worksheet, must be placed on the worksheet. The
	    image can be placed with its default size by
	    moving the thin cross-hair pointer above the worksheet and
	    clicking with the primary mouse button. Alternatively, the
	    image can be placed and sized by selecting two of the
	    resulting corners. This is done by moving the thin
	    cross-hair pointer over the worksheet, determining one
	    corner by clicking and holding the primary mouse button,
	    dragging the pointer to the opposite corner, and releasing
	    the mouse button. The image will then appear between the
	    place where the primary mouse button was pressed and the
	    place the button was released.
	  </para>
	</step> 

      </procedure>


  </sect2>



  <sect2 id="sect-graphics-images-save">
    <title lang="en">Saving Images to New Files</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Images in a <application>Gnumeric</application> worksheet can be
      saved to a new, separate file. The image can be saved either in
      its original format or in PNG or JPEG formats. The ability to
      save images to a new file is especially useful when a
      spreadsheet file has been transferred to a computer that does not
      have a copy of the original image.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Images above a worksheet can be saved by accessing the context
      menu, selecting the many entry and navigating the file saving
      dialog which appears.
    </para> 

      <procedure>
        <title lang="en">Procedure to save a worksheet image.</title>
        <step>
	  <title lang="en">Open the context menu</title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The context menu is opened by placing the mouse cursor
            over the image and clicking one of the secondary mouse
            buttons.
	  </para>
	</step>
	<step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Select the <guimenuitem>"Save As"</guimenuitem> menu item
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Once the context menu appears, the mouse cursor can be
	    moved over the menu. As the cursor passes over each menu
	    item, that item will be highlighted. When the
	    <guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem> menu item is
	    highlighted, clicking with the primary mouse button will
	    select that entry, causing the context menu to disappear
	    and the <interface>Save As</interface> dialog to
	    appear.
	  </para>
	</step>
	<step>
	  <title lang="en">Select the file name and location</title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The <interface>Save As</interface> dialog which opens will
	    depend on the platform that the user is using but should
	    be standard for that platform. The dialog should allow a
	    user to define a name for the file, to select the folder
	    (directory) in which a file will be saved, and to select
	    the format for the saved file. When all these selections
	    have been made, the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> can be
	    pressed which will dismiss the dialog and save the file.
	  </para>
	</step>
      </procedure>

  </sect2>



  <sect2 id="sect-graphics-images-delete">
    <title lang="en">Deleting Images</title>

    <para lang="en">
      An image element, floating above a worksheet, can be deleted
      from the worksheet and from the
      <application>Gnumeric</application> file using the context
      menu. The procedure for deleting all graphical elements is the
      same; this procedure is explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphical-overview-deleting"/>. 
    </para>

  </sect2>


</sect1>


    <sect1 id="sect-graphics-widgets">
  <title lang="en">GUI Widgets</title>

  <para lang="en">
    A <application>Gnumeric</application> worksheet can graphical user
    interface (GUI) elements, commonly called 'widgets', which can be
    tied to the data contents of worksheet cells. For example, users
    can add a slider widget which, when the position of the slider
    moves, alters the numeric value in a worksheet cell.
  </para>

  <warning>
    <title lang="en"> Widgets are currently experimental!</title>
    <para lang="en">
      The current implementation of these widgets is incomplete. Some
      of the obvious configuration settings for these widgets do not
      exist and much of the functionality that these widgets should
      exhibit has not been implemented. Future versions of
      <application>Gnumeric</application> will complete these widgets
      and make them functional.
    </para>
  </warning>

  <note>
    <title lang="en">
      Widgets do not currently stack properly on the worksheet
    </title>
    <para lang="en">
      Widgets currently stay above all the other graphical elements
      because they use a different system to calculate their positions
      than the other graphical elements do. This will also be fixed in
      future updates.
    </para>
  </note>

<!-- This section is identical to that in graphics-drawings.xml -->

  <para lang="en">
    Each of these elements can be added by selecting the appropriate
    icon on the object toolbar and using the thin cross-hair mouse
    pointer to place the element on the worksheet by clicking or by
    click-dragging with the primary mouse button. This process is
    explained in greater detail in <xref linkend="sect-graphical-overview-adding"/>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Each of these elements can be configured using the context menu
    and its <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item, as
    explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphical-overview-modifing"/>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Each of these elements can be moved and resized on the worksheet, as
    explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphical-overview-moveNresize"/>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The stacking order, from the front to the back, which determines
    which widgets obscure each other, can be changed using the entries
    in the context menu, as explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphical-overview-restacking"/>. However, as
    explained in the note above, the widgets do not currently stack
    under the other graphical elements.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Each of these elements can be deleted using the context menu and
    its <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> menu item, as 
    explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphical-overview-deleting"/>.
  </para>

<!-- End of identical section. -->







  <sect2 id="sect-graphics-widgets-label">
    <title lang="en">Labels.</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Labels are intended to be small text elements which can be added
      to the worksheet. Since it is currently not possible to edit the
      text field, these widgets are not currently usable. The
      properties of the border and background of the widget can be
      changed but, because the word "Label" is always present, the
      rectangle drawing element, presented in <xref linkend="sect-graphics-drawings-rectangle"/> will be more
      useful.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-widgets-label-example">
      <title lang="en">
        A label widget.
      </title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/widget-label.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>
               An image of a label widget. 
            </phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

   <sect3 id="sect-graphics-widgets-label-configure">
      <title lang="en">Configuring the properties of the label</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The properties of the label can be altered with the
        <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item in the
        context menu which appears when the mouse cursor is placed
        over the label and one of the secondary mouse buttons is
        pressed.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The label outline color and width, as well as the background,
        "fill", color can be changed.
      </para>

    <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-widgets-label-properties">
    <title lang="en">
      The configuration dialog for label properties.
    </title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-properties-label.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>
             An image of the dialog used to configure checkbox widget
             elements. 
          </phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
    </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The color of the label outline can be altered by moving the mouse
        pointer over the button with the icon of a small,
        black, downward pointing arrow and then clicking with the
        primary mouse button. This will open up a panel with a number
        of standard colors presented as small squares. Any of these
        colors can be selected by moving the mouse pointer over the
        desired color and pressing once with the primary mouse
        button. Alternatively, a custom color can be chosen by
        clicking on the button at the bottom of the panel. This will
        open up the color chooser dialog. In this dialog colors can be
        defined using the numeric boxes or can be selected using the
        color triangle. The color can be selected by Clicking on the
        outer circle while the darkness or lightness can be selected
        by clicking inside the triangle. Once the desired color has
        been configured, this color can be used for the label outline
        by clicking on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The border width can be changed either by typing a new number
        into the text box or by using the up and down arrows to
        increment or decrement the width number.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The color of the background fill can be changed in the same
        way as the color of the outline border, which was explained
        above.
      </para>


    </sect3>

  </sect2>








  <sect2 id="sect-graphics-widgets-frame">
    <title lang="en">Frames.</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Frames are intended to be transparent boxes with a title that
      can be placed around part of the worksheet to highlight that
      area. Because the format of the border of these widgets cannot
      be altered, they are less visible than they could be. A similar
      frame, without the title, can be made with the rectangle drawing
      element, which is presented in <xref linkend="sect-graphics-drawings-rectangle"/>.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-widgets-frame-example">
      <title lang="en">
        A frame widget.
      </title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/widget-frame.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>
               An image of a frame widget. 
            </phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

   <sect3 id="sect-graphics-widgets-frame-configure">
      <title lang="en">Configuring the properties of the checkbox</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The properties of the frame can be altered with the
        <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item in the
        context menu which appears when the mouse cursor is placed
        over the frame and one of the secondary mouse buttons is
        pressed.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Currently, only the word that appears in the frame can be
        altered. 
      </para>


    <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-widgets-frame-properties">
    <title lang="en">
      The configuration dialog for frame properties.
    </title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-properties-frame.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>
             An image of the dialog used to configure frame widget
             elements. 
          </phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      The word displayed in the frame can be altered by typing new
      text in the textbox next to the word "Label".
    </para>

    </sect3>

  </sect2>









  <sect2 id="sect-graphics-widgets-checkbox">
    <title lang="en">Checkboxes.</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Checkboxes are widgets which allow a user to visually see the
      state of an entity, whether it is checked or not, and tie this
      state to the truth value of a Boolean cell, "TRUE" if the
      checkbox is checked and "FALSE" the checkbox is not. The check
      box can be used to alter the value of a cell, which will alter
      any other cells whose values are computed based on the dependent
      cell. This provides a simple way to alter a whole series of
      computations. 
    </para>
  
    <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-widgets-checkbox-example">
      <title lang="en">
        A checkbox widget.
      </title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/widget-checkbox.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>
               An image of a checkbox widget. 
            </phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <sect3 id="sect-graphics-widgets-checkbox-configure">
      <title lang="en">Configuring the properties of the checkbox</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The properties of the checkbox can be altered with the
        <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item in the
        context menu which appears when the mouse cursor is placed
        over the checkbox and one of the secondary mouse buttons is
        pressed.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Checkboxes have two properties which can be configured: the
        worksheet cell whose value will be altered by clicking in the
        checkbox and the text displayed on the checkbox.
      </para>


    <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-widgets-checkbox-properties">
    <title lang="en">
      The configuration dialog for checkbox properties.
    </title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-properties-checkbox.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>
             An image of the dialog used to configure checkbox widget
             elements. 
          </phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      The "Link to:" field allows the user to select a cell that will
      be changed in response to changes in the state of the widget. A
      user can type the name of a cell in the text box or may click in
      the text box to activate it and then click on the worksheet to
      select the desired cell and <application>Gnumeric</application>
      will automatically add a reference to the cell.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The "Label" field accepts a text value which will appear next to
      the checkbox. This text can indicate what the checkbox field
      alters, for instance in <xref linkend="fig-gnumeric-graphics-widgets-checkbox-example"/> the
      checkbox could be used to alter a series of calculations, between
      including interest or excluding it, from the computation.
    </para>

    </sect3>


  </sect2>






  <sect2 id="sect-graphics-widgets-scrollbar">
    <title lang="en">Scrollbars.</title>


    <para lang="en">
      Scrollbars are widgets that allow the changing of a numeric
      value by click-dragging with the mouse.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-widgets-scrollbar-example">
      <title lang="en">
        A scrollbar widget.
      </title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/widget-scrollbar.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>
               An image of a scrollbar widget. 
            </phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      The scrollbar widget can be used in three ways: by dragging the
      'thumb', by clicking on the arrows, or by clicking in the
      'channel'. The 'thumb' is the small rectangular element between
      the two arrow buttons. The 'thumb' can be dragged by placing the
      mouse pointer over the thumb, clicking and holding with the
      primary mouse button and then dragging the mouse pointer up or
      down. Clicking on the arrow buttons will scroll the thumb in the
      direction of the arrow. The 'channel' is the area between the
      arrows that is not the 'thumb'. A mouse click with the primary
      mouse button when the mouse pointer is over the 'channel' will
      cause the scrollbar to move a 'page'. The motion of the 'thumb'
      will cause a numeric value to change based on the configuration
      of the widget, as is explained below.

    </para>

   <sect3 id="sect-graphics-widgets-scrollbar-configure">
      <title lang="en">Configuring the properties of the scrollbar</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The properties of the scrollbar can be altered with the
        <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item in the
        context menu which appears when the mouse cursor is placed
        over the scrollbar and one of the secondary mouse buttons is
        pressed.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Scrollbars have five properties which can be configured: the
        worksheet cell whose value will be altered by movement of the
        scrollbar 'thumb', the minimum value when the thumb is at the
        top of its channel, the maximum value reached when the thumb
        is at the bottom of its channel, the smallest increment of
        change which is the change caused by clicking on the arrows,
        and the page increment which is the change which occurs when
        the channel is clicked.
      </para>


      <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-widgets-scrollbar-properties">
        <title lang="en">
          The configuration dialog for scrollbar properties.
        </title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-properties-scrollbar.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>
                 An image of the dialog used to configure scrollbar widget
                 elements. 
              </phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The "Link to:" field allows the user to select a cell that will
        be changed in response to changes in the state of the
        widget. A user can type the name of a cell in the text box or
        may click in the text box to activate it and then click on the
        worksheet to select the desired cell and
        <application>Gnumeric</application> will automatically add a
        reference to the cell.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The other properties can be changed either by typing a new number
        into the text box or by using the up and down arrows to
        increment or decrement the width number.
      </para>

    </sect3>



  </sect2>







  <sect2 id="sect-graphics-widgets-spinbutton">
    <title lang="en">Spinbuttons.</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Spinbuttons, like sliders, are widgets that allow a user to
      change the numeric value in the cell by interacting with a
      widget. The value of spinbuttons can be changed either by typing
      a new number into the text box or by clicking on the arrow
      buttons. If the buttons are clicked and held, the numeric value
      will spin, incrementing or decrementing depending on the arrow
      being held.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-widgets-spinbutton-example">
      <title lang="en">
        A spinbutton widget.
      </title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/widget-spinbutton.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>
               An image of a spinbutton widget. 
            </phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

   <sect3 id="sect-graphics-widgets-spinbutton-configure">
      <title lang="en">Configuring the properties of the spinbutton</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The properties of the spinbutton can be altered with the
        <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item in the
        context menu which appears when the mouse cursor is placed
        over the spinbutton and one of the secondary mouse buttons is
        pressed.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Spinbuttons have five properties which can be configured: the
        worksheet cell whose value will be altered by the spinbutton,
        the minimum value when the thumb is at the top of its channel,
        the maximum value reached when the thumb is at the bottom of
        its channel, the smallest increment of change which is the
        change caused by clicking on the arrows, and the page
        increment which is the change which occurs when the channel is
        clicked.
      </para>


      <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-widgets-spinbutton-properties">
        <title lang="en">
          The configuration dialog for spinbutton properties.
        </title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
	      <!-- NB this is a shared dialog. -->
              <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-properties-scrollbar.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>
                 An image of the dialog used to configure spinbutton widget
                 elements. 
              </phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The "Link to:" field allows the user to select a cell that will
        be changed in response to changes in the state of the
        widget. A user can type the name of a cell in the text box or
        may click in the text box to activate it and then click on the
        worksheet to select the desired cell and
        <application>Gnumeric</application> will automatically add a
        reference to the cell.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The other properties can be changed either by typing a new number
        into the text box or by using the up and down arrows to
        increment or decrement the width number.
      </para>

    </sect3>


  </sect2>







  <sect2 id="sect-graphics-widgets-slider">
    <title lang="en">Sliders.</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Sliders, like scrollbars and spinbuttons, allow a cell value to
    be changed based on user interaction with a widget on the screen.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-widgets-slider-example">
      <title lang="en">
        A slider widget.
      </title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/widget-slider.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>
               An image of a slider widget. 
            </phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      The slider widget can be used in two ways: by dragging the
      'thumb' or by clicking in the 'channel'. The 'thumb' is the
      small rectangular element between the two arrow buttons. The
      'thumb' can be dragged by placing the mouse pointer over the
      thumb, clicking and holding with the primary mouse button and
      then dragging the mouse pointer up or down. The 'channel' is the
      area between the arrows that is not the 'thumb'. A mouse click
      with the primary mouse button when the mouse pointer is over the
      'channel' will cause the scrollbar to move a 'page'. The motion
      of the 'thumb' will cause a numeric value to change based on the
      configuration of the widget, as is explained below.
    </para>

   <sect3 id="sect-graphics-widgets-slider-configure">
      <title lang="en">Configuring the properties of the slider</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The properties of the slider can be altered with the
        <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item in the
        context menu which appears when the mouse cursor is placed
        over the slider and one of the secondary mouse buttons is
        pressed.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Sliders have five properties which can be configured: the
        worksheet cell whose value will be altered by movement of the
        scrollbar 'thumb', the minimum value when the thumb is at the
        top of its channel, the maximum value reached when the thumb
        is at the bottom of its channel, the smallest increment of
        change, and the page increment which is the change which
        occurs when the channel is clicked.
      </para>


      <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-widgets-slider-properties">
        <title lang="en">
          The configuration dialog for slider properties.
        </title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
	      <!-- NB this is a shared dialog. -->
              <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-properties-scrollbar.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>
                 An image of the dialog used to configure slider  widget
                 elements. 
              </phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The "Link to:" field allows the user to select a cell that will
        be changed in response to changes in the state of the
        widget. A user can type the name of a cell in the text box or
        may click in the text box to activate it and then click on the
        worksheet to select the desired cell and
        <application>Gnumeric</application> will automatically add a
        reference to the cell.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The other properties can be changed either by typing a new number
        into the text box or by using the up and down arrows to
        increment or decrement the width number.
      </para>

    </sect3>


  </sect2>






  <sect2 id="sect-graphics-widgets-list">
    <title lang="en">Lists.</title>

    <para lang="en">
      List widget elements are currently unusable because they cannot
      be configured. 
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-widgets-list-example">
      <title lang="en">
        A list widget.
      </title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/widget-list.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>
               An image of a list widget. 
            </phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>


  </sect2>






  <sect2 id="sect-graphics-widgets-combobox">
    <title lang="en">Combination Boxes.</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Combination box widgets are currently unusable because they
      cannot be configured. 
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-widgets-combobox-example">
      <title lang="en">
        A combination box widget.
      </title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/widget-combobox.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>
               An image of a combination box widget. 
            </phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

  </sect2>


</sect1>


    
<sect1 id="sect-graphics-drawings">
  <title lang="en">Drawing Elements</title>

  <para lang="en">
    A <application>Gnumeric</application> worksheet can contain
    graphical elements which are simple drawing shapes.
  </para>

  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      This implementation of the drawing objects is temporary and will
      eventually be replaced by a more complete implementation
      including more types of drawing objects and based on scalable
      vector graphics (SVG) format graphical elements.

    </para>
  </note>

<!-- This section is identical to that in graphics-widgets.xml -->

  <para lang="en">
    Each of these elements can be added by selecting the appropriate
    icon on the object toolbar and using the thin cross-hair mouse
    pointer to place the element on the worksheet by clicking or by
    click-dragging with the primary mouse button. This process is
    explained in greater detail in <xref linkend="sect-graphical-overview-adding"/>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Each of these elements can be configured using the context menu
    and its <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item, as
    explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphical-overview-modifing"/>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Each of these elements can be moved and resized on the worksheet, as
    explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphical-overview-moveNresize"/>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The stacking order, from the front to the back, which determines
    which widgets obscure each other, can be changed using the entries
    in the context menu, as explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphical-overview-restacking"/>. However, as
    explained in the note above, the widgets do not currently stack
    under the other graphical elements.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Each of these elements can be deleted using the context menu and
    its <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> menu item, as 
    explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphical-overview-deleting"/>.
  </para>

<!-- End of identical section. -->


  <sect2 id="sect-graphics-drawings-line">
    <title lang="en">Drawing Lines.</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Lines are simple drawing elements which can be added to a
    worksheet. <xref linkend="fig-gnumeric-graphics-drawings-line-example"/> shows a
    wide orange line element placed above the worksheet grid.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-drawings-line-example">
      <title lang="en">
        A line drawing element.
      </title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/drawing-line.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>
               An image of a line drawing element. 
            </phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

   <sect3 id="sect-graphics-drawings-line-configure">
      <title lang="en">Configuring the properties of the line</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The properties of the line can be altered with the
        <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item in the
        context menu which appears when the mouse cursor is placed
        over the line and one of the secondary mouse buttons is
        pressed.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Lines have two properties, the color used for the line and the
        width of the line.
      </para>


      <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-drawing-line-properties">
        <title lang="en">
          The configuration dialog for line properties.
        </title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-properties-line.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>
                 An image of the dialog used to configure line drawing
                 elements. 
              </phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The color of the line can be altered by moving the mouse
        pointer over the button with the icon of a small,
        black, downward pointing arrow and then clicking with the
        primary mouse button. This will open up a panel with a number
        of standard colors presented as small squares. Any of these
        colors can be selected by moving the mouse pointer over the
        desired color and pressing once with the primary mouse
        button. Alternatively, a custom color can be chosen by
        clicking on the button at the bottom of the panel. This will
        open up the color chooser dialog. In this dialog colors can be
        defined using the numeric boxes or can be selected using the
        color triangle. The color can be selected by Clicking on the
        outer circle while the darkness or lightness can be selected
        by clicking inside the triangle. Once the desired color has
        been configured, this color can be used for the label outline
        by clicking on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The line width can be changed either by typing a new number
        into the text box or by using the up and down arrows to
        increment or decrement the width number.
      </para>

    </sect3>



  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-graphics-drawings-arrow">
    <title lang="en">Drawing Arrows.</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Arrows are elements that can be used to point to values in a
      worksheet. <xref linkend="fig-gnumeric-graphics-drawings-arrow-example"/> shows
      a purple arrow floating over a worksheet
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-drawings-arrow-example">
      <title lang="en">
        An arrow drawing element.
      </title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/drawing-arrow.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>
               An image of an arrow drawing element. 
            </phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

   <sect3 id="sect-graphics-drawings-arrow-configure">
      <title lang="en">Configuring the properties of the arrow</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The properties of the arrow can be altered with the
        <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item in the
        context menu which appears when the mouse cursor is placed
        over the arrow and one of the secondary mouse buttons is
        pressed.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Arrows have five properties, the arrow color, the width of the
        line stem of the arrow, and tree dimensions for the arrow point
        which will be explained below.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-drawing-arrow-properties">
        <title lang="en">
          The configuration dialog for arrow properties.
        </title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-properties-arrow.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>
                 An image of the dialog used to configure arrow drawing
                 elements. 
              </phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The dimensions of related to the arrow are presented in <xref linkend="fig-gnumeric-graphics-drawing-arrow-dimensions"/>.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-drawing-arrow-dimensions">
        <title lang="en">
          The dimensions of the arrow point.
        </title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/arrowhead-dimensions.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>
                 An image describing the dimensions of the arrow head.
              </phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The 'Arrow Tip' is the distance from the point of the
        arrow to the base of the arrowhead where the shaft begins. The
        'Arrow Length' is the distance from the arrow point to either
        of the outer side points of the arrow head, projected along
        the shaft of the arrow. The 'Arrow Width' is the distance
        between the two outer side points of the arrow head.
      </para>

    </sect3>


  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-graphics-drawings-rectangle">
    <title lang="en">Drawing Rectangles.</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Rectangles are areal drawing elements. <xref linkend="fig-gnumeric-graphics-drawings-rectangle-example"/>
    shows a yellow rectangle with a blue border.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Rectangles have three properties which can be configured, the
      color and width of the border and the color of the interior of
      the rectangle.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-drawings-rectangle-example">
      <title lang="en">
        A rectangle drawing element.
      </title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/drawing-rectangle.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>
               An image of a rectangle drawing element. 
            </phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

   <sect3 id="sect-graphics-drawings-rectangle-configure">
      <title lang="en">Configuring the properties of the rectangle</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The properties of the rectangle can be altered with the
        <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item in the
        context menu which appears when the mouse cursor is placed
        over the rectangle and one of the secondary mouse buttons is
        pressed.
      </para>


      <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-drawings-rectangle-properties">
        <title lang="en">
          The configuration dialog for rectangle properties.
        </title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-properties-rectangle.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>
                 An image of the dialog used to configure rectangle drawing
                 elements. 
              </phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The color of the outline border can be configured by selecting
        a new color from the color picker as was explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphics-drawings-line"/> for the line drawing
        element. The width of the border can be configured by typing a
        new dimension in the text box or by clicking on the increment
        arrows, up to increase the width and down to decrease the
        width. The color of the interior of the rectangle, the 'fill'
        color, can be configured in the same way as the color of the
        outline border.
      </para>

    </sect3>


  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-graphics-drawings-oval">
    <title lang="en">Drawing Ovals.</title>

   <para lang="en">
      Ovals are areal drawing elements. <xref linkend="fig-gnumeric-graphics-drawings-ovals-example"/> shows
      a red oval with a transparent background, which is a useful way
      to circle important ranges in a workbook.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Ovals, like rectangles, can be configured in the color and width
      of the outline border, and the color of the fill.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-drawings-ovals-example">
      <title lang="en">
        An oval drawing element.
      </title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/drawing-oval.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>
               An image of an oval drawing element. 
            </phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

   <sect3 id="sect-graphics-drawings-oval-configure">
      <title lang="en">Configuring the properties of the oval</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The properties of the oval can be altered with the
        <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item in the
        context menu which appears when the mouse cursor is placed
        over the oval and one of the secondary mouse buttons is
        pressed.
      </para>


      <figure id="fig-gnumeric-graphics-drawings-oval-properties">
        <title lang="en">
          The configuration dialog for oval properties.
        </title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-properties-oval.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>
                 An image of the dialog used to configure oval drawing
                 elements. 
              </phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The configuration of these properties is the same as the
      configuration of the rectangle properties explained above.
      </para>

    </sect3>


  </sect2>



</sect1>



  </chapter>

  <chapter id="chapter-graphs">
    <title lang="en">Graphs</title>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> includes a powerful mechanism
    to create graphical charts which present visually the data contained
    in a worksheet. 
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The first section of this chapter starts with an overview of
    graph creation, discusses terminology, and presents graph
    components and their organization. The next section explains
    the <interface>"Chart Guru"</interface> which is the tool used to
    configure graphs. The subsequent section presents the different
    types of plots which can be included in a graph and the final
    section explains how data can be pre-selected to speed up the
    process of graph creation.
  </para>

  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      Charts are exceedingly effective communication
      devices. Unfortunately, this means that one cannot determine,
      simply based on the data to be plotted, what type of plot will be
      the most effective. Instead users must familiarize themselves with
      the various types of plots which are available and decide for
      themselves which plot type is the most effective to communicate
      an idea. <xref linkend="sect-graphs-overview"/> contains a
      detailed explanation of the plot types available in
      <application>Gnumeric</application>.
    </para>
  </note>

    <para lang="en">
      This chapter explains how to add graphs to plot worksheet data.
    </para>

      <sect1 id="sect-graphs-overview">
    <title lang="en">Overview of Graphs</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This overview will start with a brief summary of the process
      involved in creating a graph, then will discuss the terminology
      used in this document, will present the components of a graph,
      and present the hierarchy of the components used in to configure
      the graphs.
    </para>

      <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-process">
        <title lang="en">The Graph Creation Process</title>

	<para lang="en"> 
	  The process of graph creation involves several steps each of
	  which requires the user to understand clearly what they
	  intend to do. This outline is presented to help users
	  understand the subsequent discussion in this document.
        </para>


      <procedure>
        <title lang="en">Outline of the procedure to create a graph.</title>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Data entry.
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	   Before a graph can be created, the data must be entered
	  into a workbook.
	  </para>
	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    (Optional) Data pre-selection.
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    As explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphs-preselect"/>, it is possible
	    to pre-select the data and have <application>Gnumeric</application> correctly assign
	    the cell contents into series names, category labels and
	    data values. This process can only be understood once the
	    rest of the graph creation process has been mastered so
	    the discussion of pre-selecting data is left until the end
	    of this section.
	  </para>
	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Opening the graph guru
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The <interface>Graph Guru</interface> can be opened in two
	    ways. It can be opened by clicking on the <guibutton>Graph
	    Guru</guibutton> button,
	    <inlinemediaobject>
              <imageobject>
                <imagedata fileref="figures/button-graph.png"/>
              </imageobject>
              <textobject>
                <phrase>An image of the toolbar graph guru button.</phrase>
              </textobject>
            </inlinemediaobject>, which is on the standard toolbar
	    immediately to the left of the zoom box. Alternatively the
	    <interface>Graph Guru</interface> can be opened by using,
	    in the <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu, the
	    <guimenuitem>Chart</guimenuitem> menu item.
	  </para>
	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Configuring the graph
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The <interface>Graph Guru</interface> provides the user
	    with a large number of options to configure the graph, its
	    charts and the plots. The first panel provides a way to
	    select the plot type, sub-type and, for some types, a
	    style. The second panel allows the user to configure each
	    element of the graph. When the configuration is complete,
	    the guru is dismissed by clicking the
	    <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button. This step will be
	    explained in detail in <xref linkend="sect-graphs-graphguru-navigating"/>,
	    below. 
	  </para>
	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Inserting the graph
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Finally, the graph is inserted into
	    the worksheet like any other graphical element, as was
	    explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphical-overview-adding"/>. 
	  </para>
	</step>
      </procedure>


    </sect2>




    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-terms">
      <title lang="en">On Terminology</title>

  <note>

    <para lang="en">
      The terminology used for describing the components of data
      graphs is confusing because graphs use many components and the
      words are applied arbitrarily to each component. For example,
      the words "graph", "chart", and "plot" could be used
      interchangeably but in <application>Gnumeric</application>
      these words are used as explained below.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The term 'graph' will be used, in this documentation, to refer
      to the entire graphical element placed on the worksheet. A graph
      has an outline and a background, may have one or more titles,
      and will have at least one 'chart'.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The term 'chart' will be used to denote an intermediate level
      element which has an outline and a background, may have one or
      more titles, may have a legend and will have at least one
      'plot'. To support the plot, the chart may have a 'grid' area
      behind the plotted data, and have one or more axes.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Each 'plot' will be defined to be of a particular type when it
      is created.  Plots will have one or more 'series' of data values
      which will define the magnitude of the values of to be plotted
      and may define a number of other related values including errors
      in the x and y directions.
    </para>

  </note>

  <para lang="en">
    This terminology can be used to describe in detail the components
    of a graph in <application>Gnumeric</application>. <xref linkend="fig-graph-components"/> presents the components of a
    graph. 
  </para>


    </sect2>


    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-components">
      <title lang="en">The Components of Graphs</title>

  <figure id="fig-graph-components">
    <title lang="en">The components of <application>Gnumeric</application> graphs</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/graph-components.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <para lang="en">
            This screenshot depicts a graph in <application>Gnumeric</application> and describes
	    all of the components.
          </para>
        </textobject>
        <caption>
          <para lang="en">
	    This screenshot presents several of the major components of
            <application>Gnumeric</application> graphs. These components
            will be presented next in their containment hierarchy. The
            hierarchy is used in the <interface>Graph Guru</interface> to
            organize the components so a user can change all the
            preferences.
	  </para>
        </caption>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>


    </sect2>

     <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-componentHierarchy">
       <title lang="en">The Graph Component Hierarchy</title>

       <para lang="en">
         The components that make up a graph in
         <application>Gnumeric</application>  are arranged in a
         hierarchy with all the configurable options of the graph
         assigned as properties to one of the components in the
         hierarchy. 
       </para>


  <figure id="fig-graph-componentHierarchy">
    <title lang="en">The hierarchy of components and their properties</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/graph-hierarchy.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <para lang="en">
            This figure includes an image of the graph hierarchy
            presented by the graph guru along with text descriptions
            of each component and of their properties.
          </para>
        </textobject>
        <caption>
          <para lang="en">
	    The hierarchy of graph component elements and the associated
            properties. In this case, the element 'X-Axis2' is selected.
	  </para>
        </caption>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>


        <para lang="en">
          In <application>Gnumeric</application>, Graphs are the top
          level element containing all the other components. Graphs
          have two properties related to the style of the background
          rectangular panel, its fill and its outline. Graphs can hold
          one or more titles and one or more charts.
        </para>

        <para lang="en">
          Titles have the same properties related to their background
          rectangular panel, the fill and outline, have
          properties related to the text, the font type, style, and
          size, and have the text data that will be the title itself.
        </para>

	<para lang="en">
	  Charts have the same properties related to the background
	  rectangular panel and can contain a number of other
	  components including their own titles, a legend, plot
	  accessories and plots.
        </para>

	<para lang="en">
	  Legends have the same properties related to their background
	  rectangular panel and also have the properties related to
	  the font in which the name of each series will be added to
	  the legend, the font type, style, and size.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  Certain plot types require accessory components such as the
	  elements related to the creation of a Cartesian coordinate
	  system. Charts which include one or more plots of this kind
	  will have a Grid and may have X (horizontal) and Y
	  (vertical) axes.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  Grids are the background of Cartesian plots and have the
	  properties determining the fill of this area and the line
	  pattern displayed behind the plotted series.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  Axes have properties related to the outer bounds of the
	  axis, the style of the line drawn for the axis, the font
	  style of the markers along the axis, detail properties of
	  the tics and other markers on the axis, and the number
	  format of the axis markers.

	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  Axis labels share the same properties related to the style
	  of their background rectangular panel, including the fill
	  and outline properties, have properties related to the style
	  of the font used for the text, including the font type,
	  style and size, and the data contents of the text used to
	  label the axis.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The properties of each type of plot, and of the data series
	  they contain, vary depending on the actual type of the
	  plot. For instance, the values of a data series which
	  are  plotted as a pie plot will not have any associated
	  error values, whereas values plotted as columns could be
	  associated to Y-error values and values plotted as an XY
	  scatterplot could be associated with error values in both
	  the X and the Y direction. Obviously, these different plot
	  types will require different options. The options associated
	  with each specific plot type will be discussed below, in 
	  <xref linkend="sect-graphs-elementProperties"/>.
	</para>

     </sect2>

   </sect1>





  <sect1 id="sect-graphs-graphguru">
    <title lang="en">The Graph Guru</title>

    <para lang="en">
      All graphs in <application>Gnumeric</application> are created
      using the <interface>Graph Guru</interface> which is a complex
      dialog that allows for detailed customization of each graph.
    </para>



    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-graphguru-components">
      <title lang="en">The components of the Graph Guru</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The <interface>Graph Guru</interface> consists of two panels
        which appear sequentially. The first panel allows the user to
        select the type of the plot, and possibly a sub-type and a
        style. The second panel provides a way to configure the style
        formats of each component of the final graph. <xref linkend="fig-graphguru-panels"/> shows the different areas
        of the two panels of the <interface>Graph Guru</interface>.
      </para>
      
      <figure id="fig-graphguru-panels">
        <title lang="en">The two panels of the Graph Guru</title>
	 <screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-components.png" format="PNG"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the two panels of the graph
	        guru.
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The different parts of each panel of the <interface>Graph
        Guru</interface> have been shaded with boxes of different
        colors and labeled with a letter in <xref linkend="fig-graphguru-panels"/>. The purpose of each of
        these sections will be explained below:

	<variablelist>
	  <title lang="en">The components of the two panels</title>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <guimenu>A</guimenu> - The Plot Type Selection Area

	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area lists the different types of plots which can
		be contained within the graph. The desired plot type
		can be selected simply by placing the mouse cursor
		over the desired type and clicking with the primary
		mouse button. The blue highlight indicates the
		currently selected type. 
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <guimenu>B</guimenu> - The Preview Area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area shows a preview of the currently selected
		plot type/sub type combination using the default
		settings for this type of plot.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <guimenu>C</guimenu> - The Plot Subtype Area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area presents a number of icons which change
	        depending on the plot type that has been
	        selected. Certain icons represent plot sub-types, for
	        example, distinguishing plots with columns that are
	        side by side from plots with stacked columns. Other
	        icons represent different plot styles, for example
	        distinguishing line plots in which each data point is
	        labeled with a graphical symbol from line plots where
	        data points do not have any symbol. The highlight box
	        around one icon 
	        indicates which icon is currently chosen.
	      </para>

	      <para lang="en">
	        Hovering the mouse pointer over one of these icons causes 
		a description of the plot type to be shown next to the icon. 
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <guimenu>D</guimenu> - The First Panel Navigation Buttons
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These buttons enable the user to navigate through the
	        <interface>Graph Guru</interface>.
	      </para>
	      
	      <variablelist>

	        <varlistentry>
		  <term lang="en">
		    The <guibutton>Help</guibutton> Button
		  </term>
		  <listitem>
		    <para lang="en">
		      The <guibutton>Help</guibutton> button should
		      cause this section of the manual to open.
		    </para>
		  </listitem>
		</varlistentry>

	        <varlistentry>
		  <term lang="en">
		    The <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> Button
		  </term>
		  <listitem>
		    <para lang="en">
		      The <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will
		      dismiss the <interface>Graph Guru</interface>
		      and return the user to the
		      <application>Gnumeric</application> worksheet.
		    </para>
		  </listitem>
		</varlistentry>

	        <varlistentry>
		  <term lang="en">
		    The <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> Button
		  </term>
		  <listitem>
		    <para lang="en">
		      The <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button will
		      dismiss the first panel of the <interface>Graph
		      Guru</interface> and open up the second panel.
		    </para>
		  </listitem>
		</varlistentry>

	        <varlistentry>
		  <term lang="en">
		    The <guibutton>Insert</guibutton> Button
		  </term>
		  <listitem>
		    <para lang="en">
		      The <guibutton>Insert</guibutton> button will
		      dismiss the <interface>Graph Guru</interface> and
		      allow users to insert the graph, as it is
		      currently defined, into the worksheet. The
		      resulting graph may not include any plots or
		      data but it can be modified subsequently using
		      the context menu's
		      <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu entry.
		    </para>
		  </listitem>
		</varlistentry>

	      </variablelist>


	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <guimenu>E</guimenu> - The hierarchy tree of graph components
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area allows the user to navigate the hierarchy of
	        graph components. The components are arranged in a
	        tree with nodes indicated by arrowheads. Components
	        can be selected by clicking on the component name with
	        the mouse pointer and nodes can be expanded or
	        collapsed by clicking on the arrowheads. The selection
	        of different components in this area will cause
	        different property options to be displayed in area
	        <guimenu>J</guimenu> since each component in the
	        hierarchy has its own specific properties.
	      </para>

	      <para lang="en">
	        Immediately below the hierarchy are buttons that
		allow a user to modify the hierarchy of
	        components by adding components with the
	        <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button or by removing
	        components with the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>
	        button. The <guibutton>Order</guibutton> allows the
	        user to change the stacking order of charts, moving
	        them up or down, or of data series, moving them toward
	        the front or back.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>


	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <guimenu>F</guimenu> - The preview area
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area shows a preview of the graph as it will look
	        if the user clicks on the <guibutton>Insert</guibutton> or 
		<guibutton>Apply</guibutton> at
	        the bottom of the panel, in area <guimenu>H</guimenu>.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <guimenu>G</guimenu> - The component properties
	    selection area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area allows the user to change the graph by
	        modifying the properties of the component that is
	        selected (highlighted in blue) in area
	        <guimenu>E</guimenu>. For components which have
	        multiple properties these may be grouped into related
	        sets and placed on different tabs. By clicking on the
	        tabs at the upper left, a user can access the
	        properties in each set.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <guimenu>H</guimenu> - The second panel navigation buttons
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
		If the guru is opened to create a new graph the buttons in 
		this are act in the same way as the buttons in
	        the first panel, in area <guimenu>D</guimenu> except
	        that the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> is now a
	        <guibutton>Back</guibutton> and takes the user back to
	        the first panel.
	      </para>
	      <para lang="en">
		If the guru is opened to modify an existing graph the following
		buttons are shown (as in the screenshot 
		<xref linkend="fig-graphguru-panels"/>).
	      </para>

	      <variablelist>

	        <varlistentry>
		  <term lang="en">
		    The <guibutton>Help</guibutton> Button
		  </term>
		  <listitem>
		    <para lang="en">
		      The <guibutton>Help</guibutton> button should
		      cause this section of the manual to open.
		    </para>
		  </listitem>
		</varlistentry>

	        <varlistentry>
		  <term lang="en">
		    The <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> Button
		  </term>
		  <listitem>
		    <para lang="en">
		      The <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will
		      dismiss the <interface>Graph Guru</interface>
		      and return the user to the
		      <application>Gnumeric</application> worksheet, leaving the graph unchanged.
		    </para>
		  </listitem>
		</varlistentry>

	        <varlistentry>
		  <term lang="en">
		    The <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> Button
		  </term>
		  <listitem>
		    <para lang="en">
		      The <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button will
		      dismiss the <interface>Graph Guru</interface> and
		      apply the changes to the current graph.
		    </para>
		  </listitem>
		</varlistentry>

	      </variablelist>

	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <guimenu>K</guimenu> - The panel rearrangement handles
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These triple dots in various places of the two panels of the 
		graph guru indicate that the mouse can be used
	        to change the size of the different areas. These handles can be
	        used by placing the mouse pointer above a handle,
	        clicking and holding with the primary mouse button,
	        then dragging the handle to a new position, and then
	        releasing the mouse button.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

        </variablelist>

      </para>


    </sect2>

    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-graphguru-navigating">
      <title lang="en">Navigating the graph guru</title>

      <para lang="en">
        Graphs in <application>Gnumeric</application> are created using
        the <interface>Graph Guru</interface>. The process involved in
        using this 'guru' essentially follows the alphabetical labels
        presented in <xref linkend="fig-graphguru-panels"/>.
      </para>
      <procedure>
        <title lang="en">The Graph Creation Process</title>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">Data Pre-selection</title>
          <para lang="en">

	    Advanced users generally start by pre-selecting at least
            some of the data they will use in their plots. However,
            this step requires a complete understanding graphs and
            this step is not described here. <xref linkend="sect-graphs-preselect"/> will explain
            data preselection once the rest of the graphing process
            has been explained.
          </para>
        </step>

        <step>
          <title lang="en">Launching the Graph Guru</title>
          <para lang="en">
            The <interface>Graph guru</interface> can be started in
            two ways. One way to start the <interface>Graph
            Guru</interface> is to click, with the primary mouse
            button, on the toolbar graph button,
            <inlinemediaobject>
              <imageobject>
                <imagedata fileref="figures/button-graph.png"/>
              </imageobject>
              <textobject>
                <phrase>
                  The icon on the toolbar button which starts the
                  graph guru.
      	        </phrase>  
              </textobject>
             </inlinemediaobject>. Another way is to select, from the
             <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu, the
             <guimenuitem>Chart...</guimenuitem> menu item. Both
             approaches will launch the <interface>Graph Guru</interface>.
          </para>
        </step>

        <step>
          <title lang="en">Selecting the plot type, sub-type, and style.</title>

          <para lang="en">
            The <interface>Graph guru</interface> opens to the first
            of two panels. The areas of this panel are shown in the
            left hand side of <xref linkend="fig-graphguru-panels"/>. This panel enables the user to select the type of the
            first plot in the chart, and its sub-type and style. To
            make a graph with multiple plots, a user should start by
            selecting the first plot; subsequent plots can be added
            later. 
          </para>
          
          <procedure>
            <step>
              <title lang="en">Picking the plot type</title>
              <para lang="en">
                The first area, area <guimenu>A</guimenu>, provides
                a list of the plot types. The user can pick one of
                the types by placing the mouse pointer on top of
                that appropriate entry in the list and clicking the
                primary mouse button. The blue highlight indicates
                which plot type has been chosen. The characteristics
                of the different plot types are explained extensively
                in <xref linkend="sect-graphs-overview-types"/>. 
              </para>
            </step>
            <step>
              <title lang="en">Picking the plot sub-type and style</title>
              <para lang="en">
                The second area of the first panel of the
                <interface>Graph Guru</interface>, labeled
                <guimenu>B</guimenu> in <xref linkend="fig-graphguru-panels"/>, presents one or
                more icons. The icons presented in this area will
                change depending on what plot type is highlighted in
                area <guimenu>A</guimenu>. The icons provide a way
                to select a sub-type of plot, for example, the icons
                for the column plot type provide the choice between
                plotting columns of each data series side-by-side or
                plotting these columns stacked upon each other.
                These icons may also provide a way to quickly select
                different styles for the plot type, for example the
                icons for the line type provide a choice between
                plotting a simple line or placing markers at the
                points along the line. The sub-type cannot be
                changed in the next panel of the <interface>Graph
                Guru</interface> without deleting the plot and
                creating a new one. However, the style choices can
                be altered in the next panel. The meaning of each of
                these icons is explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphs-overview-types"/>
                below grouped by plot type. If data has been
                pre-selected, clicking on the <guibutton>Show
                Sample</guibutton> will present a preview of the plot
                type in area <guimenu>B</guimenu>.
              </para>
            </step>
            <step>
              <title lang="en">Moving to the next panel</title>
              <para lang="en">
                Once a plot type has been chosen in area
                <guimenu>A</guimenu> and an icon selected in area
                <guimenu>B</guimenu>, the first panel has been
                completed. Clicking on the
                <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button will dismiss
                the first panel of the <interface>Graph
                Guru</interface> and bring up the second panel.
              </para>
            </step>
          </procedure>
        </step>

        <step>
          <title lang="en">Configuring the plot</title>
          <para lang="en">
            The second panel of the <interface>Graph Guru</interface>
            enables users to configure the plot. This includes
            determining the values which will actually be plotted,
            adding titles to various components, labels to the data
            series, names to data categories, and changing the
            appearance of the different components.
          </para>

          <para lang="en">
            The simplest way both to learn the hierarchy of components
            in <application>Gnumeric</application> graphs and to
            understand the properties which can be changed for each
            component is to work sequentially through all of the
            components while both noting the components which can be
            added, listed in the drop down menu when the
            <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button is pressed, and
            observing the properties of the component which can be
            altered, shown in the lower part of the panel, the area
            labeled <guimenu>J</guimenu> in <xref linkend="fig-graphguru-panels"/>. Each component in the
            hierarchy can be selected in turn using the complete tree
            of all the components presented in the top leftmost area,
            labeled <guimenu>F</guimenu>. Components can be selected
            by placing the mouse pointer over their name in this tree
            and then clicking with the primary mouse button. The
            currently selected component is indicated by the blue
            highlight on that line. Changing the selected component
            will also change the properties listed in area
            <guimenu>J</guimenu>. Tree nodes, indicated by arrowheads
            in front of the name of a component, can be expanded or
            collapsed with alternative mouse clicks.
          </para>

          <para lang="en">
            The second panel of the <interface>Graph Guru</interface>
            only allows two types of actions to be performed: the
            hierarchy of component elements can be modified or the
            properties of an element can be altered.
          
            <variablelist>
              <title/>


              <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guimenu>Changing the component elements</guimenu></term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">
      	            The component elements of the graph can be changed
      	            using the buttons in area
      	            <guimenu>G</guimenu>. Elements can be added,
      	            deleted or re-ordered.
      	          </para>

                  <variablelist>
                    <title/>

                    <varlistentry>
                      <term lang="en">Adding component elements</term>
                      <listitem>
                        <para lang="en">
      	                  An element can be added by selecting the
      	                  parent element in the hierarchy presented
      	                  in area <guimenu>F</guimenu> and then
      	                  clicking and holding the
      	                  <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. This action
      	                  will reveal a drop down list including all
      	                  the possible elements that can be added. By
      	                  moving the mouse pointer onto the drop down
      	                  list and releasing the mouse button while
      	                  the pointer is over an element, that
      	                  element will be added. To add a plot to a
      	                  chart, it is necessary to navigate into the
      	                  sub-menu to select the plot type and then
      	                  into that sub-menu to select a plot
      	                  sub-type or style in a process that mimics
      	                  the process of selecting a plot discussed above.
      	                </para>
                      </listitem>
                    </varlistentry>

                    <varlistentry>
                      <term lang="en">Deleting component elements</term>
                      <listitem>
                        <para lang="en">
      	                  An element can be deleted by selecting the
      	                  element in the hierarchy presented in area
      	                  <guimenu>F</guimenu>, and then clicking the
      	                  <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button below
      	                  the hierarchy.
      	                </para>
                      </listitem>
                    </varlistentry>

                    <varlistentry>
                      <term lang="en">Re-ordering component elements</term>
                      <listitem>
                        <para lang="en">
      		          The order of some of the elements can be
      	                  interchanged using the
      	                  <guibutton>Order</guibutton> button below
      	                  the element hierarchy. For example, if an
      	                  element has two titles, the order of the
      	                  titles could be swapped. Similarly the
      	                  vertical order of charts can be
      	                  interchanged. The effect on plots and series
      	                  is different. For those elements, the order
      	                  button changes the stacking order in the
      	                  front to back dimension. For example, if a
      	                  chart has a bar plot and a line plot, the
      	                  order button will change which of the two
      	                  plots is visible in front of the other.
      	                </para>
                      </listitem>
                    </varlistentry>

                  </variablelist>

      	        </listitem>
              </varlistentry>


              <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en">
                  <guimenu>Configuring the properties of the Element</guimenu>
                </term>
                <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">
      	            The bottom area of the second panel, area
      	            <guimenu>J</guimenu> in <xref linkend="fig-graphguru-panels"/>, allows the user
      	            to configure the properties of each element in the
      	            hierarchy. When there are many properties, they
      	            will be grouped into similar sets and placed on
      	            different tabs. The detailed explanation of how to
      	            configure each property of each element will be
      	            explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphs-elementProperties"/> below.
      	          </para>
                </listitem>
              </varlistentry>
            </variablelist>
           
            Once the plot is sufficiently configured, it can be placed
            on the worksheet to assess its appearance. The user can
            return to this panel of the <interface>Graph
            Guru</interface> using the context menu on the graph. The
            <interface>Graph Guru</interface> is dismissed by
            clicking on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button.
<!-- TODO: Change when the button label changes from "OK" (HIG) -->
          </para>
        </step>

        <step>
          <title lang="en">Place the graph</title>
          <para lang="en">
            After exiting the <interface>Graph Guru</interface>, the
            user must place the graph on a worksheet. Immediately
            after exiting the <interface>Graph Guru</interface>, the
            mouse pointer will have changed to the thin cross-hair
            cursor. The user can place the graph by moving the pointer
            over the worksheet and clicking once with the primary
            mouse button. Alternatively, the user can place and size
            the graph by determining two of the corners of the
            graph. This is done by moving the pointer onto the
            worksheet to the first corner, clicking and holding the
            primary mouse button, dragging the mouse pointer to the
            opposite corner and releasing the mouse button. 
          </para>
        </step>

        <step>
          <title lang="en">Modifying an existing graph</title>
          <para lang="en">
            A graph which has already been created can be modified by
            clicking on the graph with one of the secondary mouse
            buttons in order to invoke the context menu and then
            selecting the <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu
            entry. This will cause the second panel of the
            <interface>Graph Guru</interface> to appear which will
            enable the user to make any desired modifications. The use
            of the context menu was discussed in <xref linkend="sect-graphical-overview-contextmenu"/>.
          </para>
        </step>

        <step>
          <title lang="en">Deleting a graph</title>
          <para lang="en">
            A graph which has been made can be deleted by invoking the
            context menu and selecting the
            <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> menu item. 
          </para>
        </step>

      </procedure>



    </sect2>


  </sect1>









  <sect1 id="sect-graphs-overview-types">
    <title lang="en">Plot Types</title>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> graphs can include any of
      the plot types presented below. The section for each type
      explains the overall concept of the plot, gives an example,
      explains the data required for the plot type, and explains the
      icons in the <interface>Graph Guru</interface> which allow
      setting the plot sub-type and style.
    </para>


    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-area">
      <title lang="en">
        Area Plots
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        Area plots present the numeric values of categorical data with
        the data values of each series connected by a line and the
        area below the line shaded. This type is directly analogous to
        the line plot type. Sequential data values are considered to
        belong to different categories and are plotted along the
        horizontal axis at equally spaced intervals. The data
        values from different series are assigned to these categories
        based on the position of the value in the series, for example,
        the second data value taken from each series all share one
        category. The data values are plotted along the vertical (Y)
        axis according to their numeric value and the particular
        sub-type chosen for the area plot.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Area plot sub-types provide three options for relating the
        values from different data series. The first sub-type plots
        each series independently with the data value determining the
        vertical distance between each point and the horizontal
        axis. The second sub-type plots the series stacked on each
        other in a cumulative fashion with the data value of each
        series determining the vertical distance from the point to the
        sum of the values in all the previous series. For example, if
        the first series starts with values 
	<literal>{3.9, 4.2, ...}</literal>, the second
        series with values 
        <literal>{1.2, 3.5, ...}</literal>, and the
        third series with values 
	<literal>{3.1, 1.9, ...}</literal>, then the
        point value for the second element of the third series will be
        plotted at 9.6 
	(since <literal>9.6=4.2+3.5+1.9</literal>) along
        the vertical axis. The third sub-type plots each series based
        on the proportional contribution of the value to the total of
        all values in that category. Using the example above, the
        three values would be plotted at 0.4375, 0.8020, and 1 because
        the intervals between zero and each of these numbers is
        <literal>0.4375=4.2/(4.2+3.5+1.9)</literal>
        for the first, 
	<literal>0.3645...=3.5/(4.2+3.5+1.9)</literal> for the
        second, and 
        <literal>0.1979...=1.9/(4.2+3.5+1.9)</literal> 
	for the third, although, by default, these numbers are
        presented as percentages on the vertical (Y) axis.
      </para>


      <para lang="en">
        Area plots do not have any pre-defined styles.
      </para>


      <figure id="fig-graph-types-example-area">
        <title lang="en">An example of area plots</title>
              <screenshot>
                <mediaobject>
                  <imageobject>
                    <imagedata fileref="figures/graph-example-area.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <para lang="en">
		        A screenshot of a worksheet with a data table
                        and a graph containing an area plot.
                      </para>
                    </textobject>
                    <caption>
                      <para lang="en">
	                This screenshot shows a table of data and three
                        area plots. The data consist of three series
                        organized by row and starting with the words
                        "Widgets", "Gadgets", and "Lumpets". Each of
                        these series has values in five categories. The
                        three graphs illustrate the three sub-types of
                        area plots, with the series plotted
                        independently in the left plot, stacked in the
                        middle plot, and proportionately stacked in the
                        right plot.
	              </para>
                    </caption>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        Each series in area plots can include three main elements and
        two error elements, although only the value element is
        necessary. The series can have a 'Name' element, which is a
        single text entry used to identify the series, must have a
        'Values' element, which is a sequence of numeric values, and
        may have a 'Label' element, which is a sequence of text
        entries used to identify the categories.  All of these
        elements can be defined as references to a region of the
        worksheet, as literally defined entries, or as formula
        expressions which result in the correct type. The 'Label'
        element is shared by all of the series. The legend added to an
        area plot identifies the different series, by default using
        the entries of the 'Name' element of each series. The two
        error elements include a list for errors in the positive
        direction and one for errors in the negative direction.
      </para>

<table frame="all"><title lang="en">The data in each area plot series</title>
<tgroup cols="3" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">

<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Element</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Type</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Example</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry>Namn</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A single textual element labeling the data series. These will
    be used in the legend which may be displayed with the area
    plot.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{"Widgets"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Value</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A series of numeric values.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{1293, 2502, 3297, 1100, 2487}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Label</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A series of textual elements labeling each
    value. Generally, this series will have as many entries as there
    were in the "Value" series. These entries are shared by all the
    series in the area plot.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{"North", "South", "Central", "East", "West"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Error (+)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'Value' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'Value' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.10, 0.12, 0.09, 0.11, 0.09}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Error (-)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'Value' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'Value' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.08, 0.11, 0.10, 0.09, 0.11}</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>

      <para lang="en">
        Area plots provide three icons to choose one of the three
      area plot sub-types.
      </para>



      <variablelist>
        <title lang="en">Area plot sub-type and style options.</title>
	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_area_1_1.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for an area plot of the sub-type with
	                  independent, overlapping areas.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for an area plot of the sub-type with independent,
	            overlapping areas.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_area_1_2.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for an area plot of the sub-type with
                      stacked areas.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for an area plot of the sub-type with
                    stacked areas.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>
	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_area_1_3.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for an area plot of the sub-type with
                          stacked, proportionate areas.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for an area plot of the sub-type with
                    stacked, proportionate areas.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>


	    </variablelist>


    </sect2>

    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-bar">
      <title lang="en">
        Bar Plots
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        Bar plots present the numeric values of categorical data with
        the data values of each series represented as a horizontal
        bar. Sequential data values are considered to belong to
        different categories and are plotted along the vertical
        axis at equally spaced intervals. The data values from
        different series are assigned to these categories based on the
        position of the value in the series, for example, the second
        data value taken from each series all share one category. The
        data values are plotted along the horizontal (X) axis as bars
        of different lengths and positions depending on the numeric
        content of the data value and the particular sub-type
        chosen for the bar plot.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Bar plot sub-types provide three options for relating the
        values from different data series. The first sub-type plots
        each series independently in adjacent bars, each of which is
        tied to the vertical axis and has its length determined by the
        numeric content of the data value. The second sub-type plots
        each series as a horizontally stacked set of bars with the
        horizontal length of each element determined by the numeric
        content of the data value and the position of the bar
        determined by the position of the element in the data
        series. For example, if the first series starts with values
	<literal>{3.9, 4.2, ...}</literal>, the second
        series with values 
        <literal>{1.2, 3.5, ...}</literal>, and the
        third series with values 
	<literal>{3.1, 1.9, ...}</literal>, then the third bar will be
        plotted ranging from 7.7 to 9.6, since 
	<literal>7.7=4.2+3.5</literal> and 
	<literal>9.6=4.2+3.5+1.9</literal>. The third sub-type plots
        each series as a horizontally stacked set of bars scaled to
        the total all the numeric values in that category. Using the
        example above, the three bars would range from 0 to 0.4375,
        from 0.4375 to 0.8020, and from 0.8020 to 1 respectively
        because the intervals are the proportional contribution of
        each data value to the total, i.e.
        <literal>0.4375=4.2/(4.2+3.5+1.9)</literal>
        for the first, 
	<literal>0.3645...=3.5/(4.2+3.5+1.9)</literal> for the
        second, and 
        <literal>0.1979...=1.9/(4.2+3.5+1.9)</literal> 
	for the third. By default, these numbers are
        presented as percentages on the horizontal (X) axis.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Bar plots do not have any pre-defined styles.
      </para>



      <figure id="fig-graph-types-example-bar">
        <title lang="en">An example of bar plots</title>
              <screenshot>
                <mediaobject>
                  <imageobject>
                    <imagedata fileref="figures/graph-example-bar.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <para lang="en">
		        A screenshot of a table of data and three bar
                        plots made using those data. 
                      </para>
                    </textobject>
                    <caption>
                      <para lang="en">
	                This screenshot shows a table of data and three
                        bar plots. The data consist of three series
                        organized by row and starting with the words
                        "Widgets", "Gadgets", and "Lumpets". Each of
                        these series has values in five categories. The
                        three graphs illustrate the three sub-types of
                        bar plots, with the series plotted
                        independently in the left plot, stacked in the
                        middle plot, and proportionately stacked in the
                        right plot.
	              </para>
                    </caption>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        Each series in bar plots can include three main elements and
        two error elements, although only the value element is
        necessary. The series can have a 'Name' element, which is a
        single text entry used to identify the series, must have a
        'Values' element, which is a sequence of numeric values, and
        may have a 'Label' element, which is a sequence of text
        entries used to identify the categories.  All of these
        elements can be defined as references to a region of the
        worksheet, as literally defined entries, or as formula
        expressions which result in the correct type. The 'Label'
        element is shared by all of the series. The legend added to a
        bar plot identifies the different series, by default using the
        entries of the 'Name' element of each series. The two error
        elements include a list for errors in the positive direction
        and one for errors in the negative direction.
      </para>

<table frame="all"><title lang="en">The data in each bar plot series</title>
<tgroup cols="3" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">

<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Element</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Type</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Example</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry>Namn</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A single textual element labeling the data series. These will
    be used in the legend which may be displayed with the bar
    plot.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{"Widgets"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Value</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A series of numeric values.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{1293, 2502, 3297, 1100, 2487}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Label</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A series of textual elements labeling each
  value. Generally, this series will have as many entries as there
  were in the "Value" series. These entries are shared by all the
    series in the bar plot.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{"North", "South", "Central", "East", "West"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Error (+)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'Value' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'Value' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.10, 0.12, 0.09, 0.11, 0.09}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Error (-)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'Value' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'Value' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.08, 0.11, 0.10, 0.09, 0.11}</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>

      <para lang="en">
        Bar plots provide three icons to choose one of the three bar
      plot sub-types.
      </para>



      <variablelist>
        <title lang="en">Bar plot sub-type and style options.</title>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_bar_1_1.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a bar plot of the sub-type with
                          independent, adjacent bars.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a bar plot of the sub-type with
                    independent, adjacent bars.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_bar_1_2.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a bar plot of the sub-type with
                          horizontally stacked bars.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a bar plot of the sub-type with
                    horizontally stacked bars.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_bar_1_3.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a bar plot of the sub-type with
                          horizontally stacked, proportionately scaled bars.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a bar plot of the sub-type with
                    horizontally stacked, proportionately scaled bars.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	    </variablelist>


    </sect2>




    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-bubble">
      <title lang="en">
        Bubble Plots
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        The data values from three series of equal length are plotted
	on the Cartesian (X-Y) plane, the value from the first series
	determining the position of the plotted symbol center along
	the X axis, the value from the second series determining the
	position of the plotted symbol center along the Y axis, and
	the value of the third series determining the radius of the
	circle plotted. Each triplet of series can be plotted with
	different symbols but the data values of any series can be
	shared.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-graph-types-example-bubble">
        <title lang="en">An example of a bubble plot</title>
              <screenshot>
                <mediaobject>
                  <imageobject>
                    <imagedata fileref="figures/graph-example-bubble.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <para lang="en">
		        A screenshot of a worksheet with two series of
                        data, each with three lists, and of the
                        resulting bubble plot.
                      </para>
                    </textobject>
                    <caption>
                      <para lang="en">
	                This screenshot shows a worksheet with a table
                        of data with two series, each with three lists
                        of numeric values. The screenshot also shows a
                        bubble plot made from these two series.
	              </para>
                    </caption>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        Each series in a bubble plot can include four main components
        and four optional error components. The series may have a
        name, a single text value which will identify the series in
        the graph guru and in any legend attached to the chart. The
        series must have two lists of quantitative values, a list of X
        values and a list of Y values, which must have an equal number
        of elements. The series must also have a list, with the same
        number of elements, whose values will determine the size of
        the circles drawn at each point. The series may have lists of
        error components for the X values or the Y values and for
        positive or negative errors.
      </para>

<table frame="all"><title lang="en">The data in each bubble series</title>
<tgroup cols="3" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">

<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Element</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Type</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Example</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry>Namn</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A single textual element labeling the data series.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{"Series1"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">X</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values, which will place the values along
  the horizontal axis.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{14.5, 2.8, 11.8, 5.7, 8.2}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Y</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A second list of numeric values, which will place the values along
  the vertical axis.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{154, 29, 63, 90, 107}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Bubble</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A series of numeric values, which will determine the size of
  each circle drawn at the points.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{45, 54, 34, 23, 37}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">X Error (+)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'X' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'X' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.10, 0.12, 0.09, 0.11, 0.09}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">X Error (-)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'X' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'Value' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.08, 0.11, 0.10, 0.09, 0.11}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Y Error (+)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there were
  in the 'Y' list, and therefore in the 'X' list. These values can be
  in the same units as the numeric values in the 'Y' list, can be
  proportions or can be proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{0.09, 0.11, 0.10, 0.12, 0.09}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Y Error (-)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there were
  in the 'Y' list, and therefore in the 'X' list. These values can be
  in the same units as the numeric values in the 'Y' list, can be
  proportions or can be proportions multiplied by one hundred.
</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.10, 0.09, 0.08, 0.11, 0.11}</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>

      <para lang="en">
        Bubble plots have a single icon for the plot style.
      </para>



      <variablelist>
        <title lang="en">The icon for bubble plots</title>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_bubble_1_1.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a bubble plot.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a bubble plot.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

      </variablelist>


    </sect2>

    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-coloredxy">
      <title lang="en">
        Colored XY Plots
      </title>
        <para lang="en">Work in Progress</para>
    </sect2>



    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-column">
      <title lang="en">
        Column Plots
      </title>


      <para lang="en">
        Column plots present the numeric values of categorical data with
        the data values of each series represented as a vertical
        column. Sequential data values are considered to belong to
        different categories and are plotted along the horizontal
        axis at equally spaced intervals. The data values from
        different series are assigned to these categories based on the
        position of the value in the series, for example, the second
        data value taken from each series all share one category. The
        data values are plotted along the vertical (Y) axis as columns
        of different heights and positions depending on the numeric
        content of the data value and the particular sub-type
        chosen for the column plot.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Column plot sub-types provide three options for relating the
        values from different data series. The first sub-type plots
        each series independently in adjacent bars, each of which is
        tied to the horizontal axis and has its height determined by
        the numeric content of the data value. The second sub-type
        plots each series as a vertically stacked set of columns with
        the vertical height of each element determined by the
        numeric content of the data value and the position of the column
        determined by the position of the element in the data
        series. For example, if the first series starts with values
	<literal>{3.9, 4.2, ...}</literal>, the second
        series with values 
        <literal>{1.2, 3.5, ...}</literal>, and the
        third series with values 
	<literal>{3.1, 1.9, ...}</literal>, then the third column will be
        plotted ranging from 7.7 to 9.6, since 
	<literal>7.7=4.2+3.5</literal> and 
	<literal>9.6=4.2+3.5+1.9</literal>. The third sub-type plots
        each series as a vertically stacked set of columns scaled to
        the total all the numeric values in that category. Using the
        example above, the three columns would range from 0 to 0.4375,
        from 0.4375 to 0.8020, and from 0.8020 to 1 respectively
        because the intervals are the proportional contribution of
        each data value to the total, i.e.
        <literal>0.4375=4.2/(4.2+3.5+1.9)</literal>
        for the first, 
	<literal>0.3645...=3.5/(4.2+3.5+1.9)</literal> for the
        second, and 
        <literal>0.1979...=1.9/(4.2+3.5+1.9)</literal> 
	for the third. By default, these numbers are
        presented as percentages on the vertical (Y) axis.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Column plots do not have any pre-defined styles.
      </para>


      <figure id="fig-graph-types-example-column">
        <title lang="en">An example of column plots</title>
              <screenshot>
                <mediaobject>
                  <imageobject>
                    <imagedata fileref="figures/graph-example-column.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <para lang="en">
		        A screenshot of a table of data and three column
                        plots made using those data. 
                      </para>
                    </textobject>
                    <caption>
                      <para lang="en">
	                This screenshot shows a table of data and three
                        column plots. The data consist of three series
                        organized by row and starting with the words
                        "Widgets", "Gadgets", and "Lumpets". Each of
                        these series has values in five categories. The
                        three graphs illustrate the three sub-types of
                        column plots, with the series plotted
                        independently in the left plot, stacked in the
                        middle plot, and proportionately stacked in the
                        right plot.
	              </para>
                    </caption>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        Each series in column plots can include three main elements
        and two error elements, although only the value element is
        necessary. The series can have a 'Name' element, which is a
        single text entry used to identify the series, must have a
        'Values' element, which is a sequence of numeric values, and
        may have a 'Label' element, which is a sequence of text
        entries used to identify the categories.  All of these
        elements can be defined as references to a region of the
        worksheet, as literally defined entries, or as formula
        expressions which result in the correct type. The 'Label'
        element is shared by all of the series. The legend added to a
        column plot identifies the different series, by default using
        the entries of the 'Name' element of each series. The two
        error elements include a list for errors in the positive
        direction and one for errors in the negative direction.
      </para>

<table frame="all"><title lang="en">The data in each column plot series</title>
<tgroup cols="3" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">

<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Element</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Type</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Example</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry>Namn</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A single textual element labeling the data series. These will
    be used in the legend which may be displayed with the column
    plot.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{"Widgets"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Value</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A series of numeric values.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{1293, 2502, 3297, ,1100, 2487}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Label</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A series of textual elements labeling each
    value. Generally, this series will have as many entries as there
    were in the "Value" series. These entries are shared by all the
    series in the column plot.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{"North", "South", "Central", "East", "West"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Error (+)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'Value' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'Value' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.10, 0.12, 0.09, 0.11, 0.09}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Error (-)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'Value' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'Value' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.08, 0.11, 0.10, 0.09, 0.11}</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>

      <para lang="en">
        Column plots provide three icons to choose between three plot
        sub-types. 
      </para>



      <variablelist>
        <title lang="en">Column plot sub-type and style options.</title>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_column_1_1.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for pie plot of style with joint slices.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for pie plot of style with joint slices.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_column_1_2.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for pie plot of style with joint slices.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for pie plot of style with joint slices.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_column_1_3.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for pie plot of style with joint slices.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for pie plot of style with joint slices.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	    </variablelist>
    </sect2>


    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-contour">
      <title lang="en">
        Contour Plots
      </title>
        <para lang="en">Work in Progress</para>
    </sect2>


    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-dropbar">
      <title lang="en">
        DropBar Plots
      </title>
        <para lang="en">Work in Progress</para>
    </sect2>


    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-line">
      <title lang="en">
        Line Plots
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        Line plots present the numeric values of categorical data with
        the data values of each series connected by a line. Sequential
        data values are considered to belong to different categories
        and are plotted along the horizontal (X) axis at equally
        spaced intervals. The data values from different series are
        assigned to these categories based on the position of the
        value in the series, for example, the second data value taken
        from each series all share one category. The data values are
        plotted along the vertical (Y) axis according to their numeric
        value and the particular sub-type chosen for the line plot.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Line plot sub-types provide three options for relating the
        values from different data series. The first sub-type plots
        each series independently with the data value determining the
        vertical distance between each point and the horizontal
        axis. The second sub-type plots the series stacked on each
        other in a cumulative fashion with the data value of each
        series determining the vertical distance from the point to the
        sum of the values in all the previous series. For example, if
        the first series starts with values 
	<literal>{3.9, 4.2, ...}</literal>, the second
        series with values 
        <literal>{1.2, 3.5, ...}</literal>, and the
        third series with values 
	<literal>{3.1, 1.9, ...}</literal>, then the
        point value for the second element of the third series will be
        plotted at 9.6 
	(<literal>9.6=4.2+3.5+1.9</literal>) along
        the vertical axis. The third sub-type plots each series based
        on the proportional contribution of the value to the total of
        all values in that category. Using the example above, the
        three values would be plotted at 0.4375, 0.8020, and 1 because
        the intervals between zero and each of these numbers is
        <literal>0.4375=4.2/(4.2+3.5+1.9)</literal>
        for the first, 
	<literal>0.3645...=3.5/(4.2+3.5+1.9)</literal> for the
        second, and 
        <literal>0.1979...=1.9/(4.2+3.5+1.9)</literal> 
	for the third, although, by default, these numbers are
        presented as percentages on the vertical (Y) axis.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Two styles are available by default for line plots. In the
        first no markers are placed on the value of the point whereas
        in the second a point marker is added wherever the points are
        plotted.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-graph-types-example-line">
        <title lang="en">An example of line plots</title>
              <screenshot>
                <mediaobject>
                  <imageobject>
                    <imagedata fileref="figures/graph-example-line.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <para lang="en">
		        A screenshot of a line plot and the data
                        necessary to generate the plot.
                      </para>
                    </textobject>
                    <caption>
                      <para lang="en">
	                This screenshot shows a table of data and three
                        line plots. The data consist of three series
                        organized by row and starting with the words
                        "Widgets", "Gadgets", and "Lumpets". Each of
                        these series has values in five categories. The
                        three graphs illustrate the three sub-types of
                        line plots, with the series plotted
                        independently in the left plot, stacked in the
                        middle plot, and proportionately stacked in the
                        right plot.
	              </para>
                    </caption>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        Each series in line plots can include three main elements and
        two error elements, although only the value element is
        necessary. The series can have a 'Name' element, which is a
        single text entry used to identify the series, must have a
        'Values' element, which is a sequence of numeric values, and
        may have a 'Label' element, which is a sequence of text
        entries used to identify the categories.  All of these
        elements can be defined as references to a region of the
        worksheet, as literally defined entries, or as formula
        expressions which result in the correct type. The 'Label'
        element is shared by all of the series. The legend added to a
        line plot identifies the different series, by default using
        the entries of the 'Name' element of each series. The two
        error elements include a list for errors in the positive
        direction and one for errors in the negative direction.
      </para>

<table frame="all"><title lang="en">The data in each line plot series</title>
<tgroup cols="3" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">

<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Element</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Type</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Example</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry>Namn</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A single textual entry labeling the data series. These will
    be used in the legend which may be displayed with the line
    plot.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{"Widgets"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Value</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{1293, 2502, 3297, 1100, 2487}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Label</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of textual entries labeling each
    value. Generally, this series will have as many entries as there
    were in the 'Value' series. These entries are shared by all the
    series in the line plot.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{"North", "South", "Central", "East", "West"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Error (+)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'Value' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'Value' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.10, 0.12, 0.09, 0.11, 0.09}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Error (-)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'Value' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'Value' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.08, 0.11, 0.10, 0.09, 0.11}</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>

      <para lang="en">
        Line plots provide six icons to choose between three plot
        sub-types each with two different styles.
      </para>



      <variablelist>
        <title lang="en">Line plot sub-type and style options.</title>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_line_1_1.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a line plot of the sub-type with
                          independent, overlapping
	                  lines and of the style without point markers.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a line plot of the sub-type with
                    independent, overlapping
	            lines and of the style without point markers.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_line_1_2.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a line plot of the sub-type with stacked
	                  lines and of the style without point markers.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a line plot of the sub-type with stacked
	            lines and of the style without point markers.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_line_1_3.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a line plot of the sub-type with
                          stacked proportion lines and of the style
                          without point markers.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a line plot of the sub-type with stacked
                    proportion lines and of the style without point
                    markers.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_line_2_1.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a line plot of the sub-type
                          with overlapping 
	                  lines and of the style with point markers.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a line plot of the sub-type with overlapping
	            lines and of the style with point markers.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_line_2_2.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a line plot of the sub-type with stacked
	                  lines and of the style with point markers.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a line plot of the sub-type with stacked
	            lines and of the style with point markers.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_line_2_3.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a line plot of the sub-type with
                          stacked proportion lines and of the style
                          without point markers.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a line plot of the sub-type with stacked
                    proportion lines and of the style without point
                    markers.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>
	    </variablelist>


    </sect2>

    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-minmax">
      <title lang="en">
        Min-Max Plots
      </title>
        <para lang="en">Work in Progress</para>
    </sect2>



    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-pie">
      <title lang="en">
        Pie Plots
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        Pie plots present the numeric values from a single series of
        categorical data as slices of a circular area, the angular
        arc of each slice determined by the proportional magnitude of
        each value compared to the overall sum of all the values. For
        example, if the series had values { 1.12, 4.48, 3.36, 1.68,
        0.56}, the contribution of each slice to the total would be
	{0.10, 0.40, 0.330, 0.15, 0.0 5}, since 
	<literal>0.10= 1.12/(1.12+4.48+3.36+1.68+0.56)</literal>, and
        the angular arcs of the wedges would be
	{36, 144, 108, 54, 18} degrees, since
	<literal>36=0.10*360</literal>.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Pie plots do not have any sub-types.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Pie plot styles provide two choices for the rendering of the
        pie chart, either with all slices linked into one overall
        circle, or with gaps between the slices. The size of the gap
        is a property of the pie plot which can be changed.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-graph-types-example-pie">
        <title lang="en">An example of a pie plot</title>
              <screenshot>
                <mediaobject>
                  <imageobject>
                    <imagedata fileref="figures/graph-example-pie.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <para lang="en">
		        A screenshot of a worksheet area showing a
                        data table and a pie plot made with those
                        data.
                      </para>
                    </textobject>
                    <caption>
                      <para lang="en">
	                This screenshot shows a table of data and a pie
                        plot. The data consist of a single data series
                        organized in a row and starting with the word
                        "Widgets". The series has values in five
                        categories. The legend includes the names of the
                        different data categories.
	              </para>
                    </caption>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        Each pie plot contains a single series which can include three
        elements although only the value element is necessary. The
        series can have a 'Name' element, which is a single text entry
        used to identify the series, must have a 'Values' element,
        which is a sequence of numeric values, and may have a 'Label'
        element, which is a sequence of text entries used to identify
        the categories. All of these elements can be defined as
        references to a region of the worksheet, as literally defined
        entries, or as formula expressions which result in the correct
        type. The legend added to a pie plot identifies the different
        categories using the entries in the 'Label' element.
      </para>

<table frame="all"><title lang="en">The data in each pie plot series</title>
<tgroup cols="3" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">

<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Element</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Type</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Example</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry>Namn</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A single textual entry labeling the data series.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{"Widgets"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Value</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{1293, 2502, 3297, 1100, 2487}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Label</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of textual entries labeling the category of each
  value. Generally, this series will have as many entries as there
  were in the 'Value' list. These will be used in the legend which
  may be displayed with the pie plot.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{"North", "South", "Central", "East", "West"}</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>

      <para lang="en">
        Pie plots do not have any sub-types but provide two icons to
        distinguish the style of the plot allowing a choice between
        pie plots which comprise a single circular area or plots with
        distinct pie slices separated by small gaps.
      </para>

      <variablelist>
        <title lang="en">Line plot sub-type and style options.</title>
	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_pie_1_1.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a pie plot of the style with
	                  joint slices. 
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a pie plot of the style with joint slices.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>
	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_pie_2_1.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a pie plot of the style with separated 
	                  slices.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a pie plot of the style with separated slices.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>
	    </variablelist>


    </sect2>

    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-polar">
      <title lang="en">
        Polar Plots
      </title>
        <para lang="en">Work in Progress</para>
    </sect2>




    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-radar">
      <title lang="en">
        Radar Plots
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        Radar plots present the numeric values of categorical data as
        a set of points plotted along a set of axes radiating from a
        central point, with as many axes as there are values in the
        series and with the points connected by a line, possibly with
        the interior of the shape filled in. Sequential data values
        are considered to belong to different categories and are
        plotted on separate axes which are not necessarily orthogonal
        and radiate from a central point. Sequential points are
        connected by a line with the final point connected back to the
        first to form a closed polygon. The data values from different
        series are assigned to categories based on the position of the
        value in the series, for example, the second data value taken
        from each series all share one category and will therefore all
        be plotted on the same axis.  The data values are plotted
        along the axis of each class according to their numeric value.
      </para>


      <para lang="en">
        Radar plots do not have any sub-types.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Radar plot styles provide three choices for the rendering of the
        chart. The first style presents the radar chart as only a polygon of
        lines. The second style also includes a marker where the data
        values are plotted on each axis. The third style plots the
        radar chart as a filled polygon. 
      </para>


      <figure id="fig-graph-types-example-radar">
        <title lang="en">An example of radar plots</title>
              <screenshot>
                <mediaobject>
                  <imageobject>
                    <imagedata fileref="figures/graph-example-radar.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <para lang="en">
		        A screenshot of a worksheet area showing a
                        data table and three radar charts made using
                        those data.
                      </para>
                    </textobject>
                    <caption>
                      <para lang="en">
	                This screenshot shows a table of data and three
                        radar plots. The data consist of three series
                        organized by row and starting with the words
                        "Widgets", "Gadgets", and "Lumpets". Each of
                        these series has values in five categories. The
                        three graphs illustrate the three sub-types of
                        radar plots, with the top left plot including
                        lines only, the top right plot including both
                        lines and markers on the points, and the bottom
                        middle plot using filled polygons.
	              </para>
                    </caption>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        Each series in radar plots can include three main elements and
        two error elements, although only the value element is
        necessary. The series can have a 'Name' element, which is a
        single text entry used to identify the series, must have a
        'Values' element, which is a sequence of numeric values, and
        may have a 'Label' element, which is a sequence of text
        entries used to identify the categories.  All of these
        elements can be defined as references to a region of the
        worksheet, as literally defined entries, or as formula
        expressions which result in the correct type. The 'Label'
        element is shared by all of the series. The legend added to a
        radar plot identifies the different series, by default using
        the entries of the 'Name' element of each series. The two
        error elements include a list for errors in the positive
        direction and one for errors in the negative direction.
      </para>

<table frame="all"><title lang="en">The data in each radar plot series</title>
<tgroup cols="3" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">

<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Element</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Type</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Example</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry>Namn</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A single textual element labeling the data series.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{"Widgets"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Value</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A series of numeric values.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{1293, 2502, 3297, 1100, 2487}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Label</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A series of textual elements labeling each
  value. Generally, this series will have as many entries as there
  were in the 'Value' series.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{"North", "South", "Central", "East", "West"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Error (+)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'Value' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'Value' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.10, 0.12, 0.09, 0.11, 0.09}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Error (-)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'Value' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'Value' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.08, 0.11, 0.10, 0.09, 0.11}</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>

      <para lang="en">
        Radar plots provide three icons distinguishing the three
        different styles.
      </para>



      <variablelist>
        <title lang="en">Radar plot sub-type and style options.</title>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_radar_1_1.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a radar plot with the style of
                          simple lines only.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a radar plot with the style displaying
                    simple lines only.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_radar_1_2.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a radar plot with the style
                          displaying both lines and point markers on
                          the data values.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a radar plot with the style
                    displaying both lines and point markers on the
                    data values.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_radar_1_3.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a radar plot with the style
                          displaying a filled area.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a radar plot with the style
                    displaying a filled area.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	    </variablelist>


    </sect2>


    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-ring">
      <title lang="en">
        Ring Plots
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        Ring plots present the numeric values of categorical data as
        segments of circular rings. Sequential data values are
        considered to belong to different categories and are plotted
        with distinct patterns. The data values from different series
        are assigned to these categories based on the position of the
        value in the series, for example, the second data value taken
        from each series all share one category. The data values are
        used to determine the size of the arc based on the
        proportionate size of the data value to the sum of all data
        values in the series. For
        example, if the series had values { 1.12, 4.48, 3.36, 1.68,
        0.56}, the contribution of each ring section to the total would be
	{0.10, 0.40, 0.330, 0.15, 0.0 5}, since 
	<literal>0.10= 1.12/(1.12+4.48+3.36+1.68+0.56)</literal>, and
        the angular arcs of the sections would be
	{36, 144, 108, 54, 18} degrees, since
	<literal>36=0.10*360</literal>.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Ring plots do not have any sub-types.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Ring plot styles provide two choices. Ring plots can be
        plotted with all segments linked into a single overall ring,
        with different series plotted immediately adjacent to one
        another in sequentially larger rings. Alternatively, the
        segments of the outermost ring can be split and float a
        certain distance away from the next ring.
      </para>



      <figure id="fig-graph-types-example-ring">
        <title lang="en">An example of ring plots</title>
              <screenshot>
                <mediaobject>
                  <imageobject>
                    <imagedata fileref="figures/graph-example-ring.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <para lang="en">
		        A screenshot of a worksheet area showing a
                        data table and two ring plots made with those
                        data.
                      </para>
                    </textobject>
                    <caption>
                      <para lang="en">
	                This screenshot shows a table of data and two
                        ring plots. The data consist of a single data
                        series organized in a row and starting with the
                        word "Widgets". The data consist of three series
                        organized by row and starting with the words
                        "Widgets", "Gadgets", and "Lumpets". Each of
                        these series has values in five categories. The
                        two graphs illustrate the two sub-types of ring
                        plots, the left most plot without any gaps and
                        the right most plot having the outer plot with
                        gaps.
	              </para>
                    </caption>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        Each series in ring plots can include three main elements and
        two error elements, although only the value element is
        necessary. The series can have a 'Name' element, which is a
        single text entry used to identify the series, must have a
        'Values' element, which is a sequence of numeric values, and
        may have a 'Label' element, which is a sequence of text
        entries used to identify the categories.  All of these
        elements can be defined as references to a region of the
        worksheet, as literally defined entries, or as formula
        expressions which result in the correct type. The 'Label'
        element is shared by all of the series. The legend added to a
        ring plot identifies the different series, by default using
        the entries of the 'Name' element of each series. The two
        error elements include a list for errors in the positive
        direction and one for errors in the negative direction.
      </para>

<table frame="all"><title lang="en">The data in each ring plot series</title>
<tgroup cols="3" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">

<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Element</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Type</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Example</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry>Namn</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A single textual element labeling the data series.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{"Widgets"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Value</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A series of numeric values.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{1293, 2502, 3297, 1100, 2487}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Label</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A series of textual elements labeling each
  value. Generally, this series will have as many entries as there
  were in the "Value" series.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{"North", "South", "Central", "East", "West"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Error (+)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'Value' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'Value' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.10, 0.12, 0.09, 0.11, 0.09}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Error (-)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'Value' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'Value' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.08, 0.11, 0.10, 0.09, 0.11}</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>

      <para lang="en">
        Ring plots provide two icons distinguishing the two different
        styles. 
      </para>



      <variablelist>
        <title lang="en">Ring plot sub-type and style options.</title>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_ring_1_1.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a ring plot with the style of
                          displaying series in contiguous rings.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a ring plot with the style of
                    displaying series in contiguous rings.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_ring_1_2.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a ring plot with the style of
                          displaying the outermost series separated
                          from the rest.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for a ring plot with the style of
                    displaying the outermost series separated
                    from the rest.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	    </variablelist>

    </sect2>

    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-statistics">
      <title lang="en">
        Statistics Plots
      </title>
        <para lang="en">Work in Progress</para>
    </sect2>


    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-suface">
      <title lang="en">
        Surface Plots
      </title>
      <para lang="en">
        Surface plots are used to plot (<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>y
        </parameter>,<parameter>z</parameter>) points in three-dimensional space
        as a surface where z is interpreted as the height above the 
        <parameter>xy</parameter>-plane. 
        A <application>Gnumeric</application> chart of course shows the projection of this surface in 3-space 
        onto a 2-dimensional sheet.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Surface plot sub-types provide for 2 distinct ways of providing the data
        for a surface plot.
      </para>
      <para lang="en">The first subtype uses an <parameter>n</parameter> by 1 or 1 by
        <parameter>n</parameter> range for 
        the <parameter>x</parameter>-values, a second 1 by <parameter>m</parameter> 
        or <parameter>m</parameter> by 1 range for the <parameter>y</parameter>-values
        and an 
        <parameter>m</parameter> by <parameter>n</parameter> range for the 
        <parameter>z</parameter> values. The plotted points are constructed from 
        these three ranges in such a way that the <parameter>z</parameter> value 
        in the <parameter>i</parameter>th column and <parameter>j</parameter>th 
        row is combined with the <parameter>i</parameter>th <parameter>x</parameter> 
        value and the <parameter>j</parameter>th <parameter>y</parameter> value. 
        This subtype 
        then uses an <parameter>m</parameter> by <parameter>n</parameter> 
        grid for the surface. 
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-graph-types-example-surface-t1">
        <title lang="en">An example of a surface plot with rectangular data area</title>
              <screenshot>
                <mediaobject>
                  <imageobject>
                    <imagedata fileref="figures/graph-example-surface-t1.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <para lang="en">
		        A screenshot of a worksheet with a data table
                and a graph containing an surface plot with rectangular 
                data area.
                      </para>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">The second subtype uses a direct listing of the 
        <parameter>n</parameter> points. The <parameter>x</parameter> values
        are specified with an <parameter>n</parameter> by 1 range, so are the 
        <parameter>y</parameter> and <parameter>z</parameter> values. The 
        <parameter>i</parameter>th 
        <parameter>z</parameter> value is then combined with the 
        <parameter>i</parameter>th <parameter>x</parameter> and 
        <parameter>i</parameter>th <parameter>y</parameter> value to obtain the 
        points to be plotted.It is not necessary to provide the same number of 
        <parameter>y</parameter> 
        coordinates for each <parameter>x</parameter> coordinate or vice versa. 
        <application>Gnumeric</application> will interpolate
        missing values. For this purpose one needs to specify the number of 
        (equidistant) rows and columns to be used for the surface grid. This grid
        need not align with the provided coordinates.
      </para>


      <figure id="fig-graph-types-example-surface-t12">
        <title lang="en">An example of a surface plot with x,y, and z series</title>
              <screenshot>
                <mediaobject>
                  <imageobject>
                    <imagedata fileref="figures/graph-example-surface-t2.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <para lang="en">
		        A screenshot of a worksheet with a data table
                        and a graph containing an surface plot with xyz series.
                      </para>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        Surface plots do not have any pre-defined styles.
      </para>



<table frame="all"><title lang="en">The data in each surface plot series with rectangular 
                            data area
                    </title>
<tgroup cols="3" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Element</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Type</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Example</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry>Namn</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A single textual element labeling the data series. These will
    be used in the legend which may be displayed with the surface
    plot.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{"Widgets"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">X</entry>
  <entry lang="en">An optional series of numeric values to be used for the <parameter>x</parameter> coordinates of the grid. This defaults to {1,2,…,n}.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{1,3,5,6,8,9}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Y</entry>
  <entry lang="en">An optional series of numeric values to be used for the <parameter>y</parameter> coordinates of the grid. This defaults to {1,2,…,n}.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{1,1.5,2,2.5}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Z</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A rectangular range of numbers where the number in <parameter>j</parameter>th 
        row and <parameter>i</parameter>th column is the height of the 
        <parameter>(i,j)</parameter> grid point.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">A2:J15</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>

<table frame="all"><title lang="en">The data in each surface plot series with <parameter>xyz</parameter> series.
                    </title>
<tgroup cols="3" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Element</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Type</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Example</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry>Namn</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A single textual element labeling the data series. These will
    be used in the legend which may be displayed with the surface
    plot.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{"Widgets"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">X</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A series of numeric values to be used for the <parameter>x</parameter> coordinates of the grid.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{1,1.5,2,2.5}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Y</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A series of numeric values to be used for the <parameter>y</parameter> coordinates of the grid.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{1,1.5,2,2.5}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Z</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A series of numeric values to be used for the <parameter>z</parameter> coordinates of the grid.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{1,1.5,2,2.5}</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>


      <para lang="en">
        Surface plots provide two icons to choose one of the two
      surface plot sub-types.
      </para>



      <variablelist>
        <title lang="en">Surface plot sub-type and style options.</title>
	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_surface_1.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a surface plot of the sub-type with
	                  rectangular data area.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for an area plot of the sub-type with rectangular data area.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_surface_2.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for a surface plot of the sub-type with
                      xyz series.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for an area plot of the sub-type with
                    xyz series.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	    </variablelist>


    </sect2>



    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-overview-types-xy">
      <title lang="en">
        XY Scatterplots
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
         The data values of two series of equal length are plotted on
	 the Cartesian (X-Y) plane, the value from the first series
	 determining the position of the plotted symbol along the X
	 axis, and the value from the second series determining the
	 position of the plotted symbol along the Y axis. Data can be
	 plotted as points only, with each pair of data series having
	 different symbols, or, alternatively, sequential data pairs
	 can be connected by a line, or, finally, both symbols and a
	 connecting line can be used.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-graph-types-example-xyplot">
        <title lang="en">An example of an XY scatterplot</title>
              <screenshot>
                <mediaobject>
                  <imageobject>
                    <imagedata fileref="figures/graph-example-xyplot.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <para lang="en">
		        A screenshot of an XY scatterplot and the data
                        used to generate the plot.
                      </para>
                    </textobject>
                    <caption>
                      <para lang="en">
	                This screenshot shows a data table with two
                        different series highlighted which are usable in
                        a scatterplot. Each series is comprised of two
                        lists of numeric values. The screenshot also
                        shows the scatterplot made from these two data
                        series.
	              </para>
                    </caption>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        Each series in a scatterplot can include three core components
        and four optional error components. The series may have a
        name, a single text value which will identify the series in
        the <interface>Graph Guru</interface> and in any legend
        attached to the chart. The series must have two lists of
        quantitative values, a list of X values and a list of Y
        values, which must have an equal number of elements. The
        series may also contain lists of error values for each of the
        X and Y lists with a positive and a negative component for
        each.
      </para>

<table frame="all"><title lang="en">The data in each XY scatterplot series</title>
<tgroup cols="3" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">

<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Element</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Type</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Example</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry>Namn</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A single textual element labeling the data series.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{"Series1"}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">X</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values, which will place the values along
  the horizontal axis.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{14.5, 2.8, 11.8, 5.7, 8.2}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Y</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A second list of numeric values, which will place the values along
  the vertical axis.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{154, 29, 63, 90, 107}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">X Error (+)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'X' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'X' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.10, 0.12, 0.09, 0.11, 0.09}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">X Error (-)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there
  were in the 'X' list. These values can be in the same units as
  the numeric values in the 'Value' list, can be proportions or can be
  proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.08, 0.11, 0.10, 0.09, 0.11}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Y Error (+)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there were
  in the 'Y' list, and therefore in the 'X' list. These values can be
  in the same units as the numeric values in the 'Y' list, can be
  proportions or can be proportions multiplied by one hundred.</entry>
  <entry lang="en">{0.09, 0.11, 0.10, 0.12, 0.09}</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Y Error (-)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">A list of numeric values with as many elements as there were
  in the 'Y' list, and therefore in the 'X' list. These values can be
  in the same units as the numeric values in the 'Y' list, can be
  proportions or can be proportions multiplied by one hundred.
</entry> 
  <entry lang="en">{0.10, 0.09, 0.08, 0.11, 0.11}</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>

      <para lang="en">
        XY scatterplots provide three icons to select between
        different style options. The plots can be rendered with
        markers at each point, with markers at each point and a line
        joining adjacent values in the data lists, or with a line but
        no markers. 
      </para>



      <variablelist>
        <title lang="en">XY scatterplot style options.</title>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_scatter_1_1.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for scatter plot of style with only
                          a marker at each point.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for scatterplot of style with only
                    a marker at each point.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_scatter_3_1.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for scatter plot of style with a
                          marker at each point and a line between
                          adjacent points in the value lists.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for scatterplot of style with a
                          marker at each point and a line between
                          adjacent points in the value lists.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en">
		    <inlinemediaobject>
                      <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/chart_scatter_3_2.png"/>
                      </imageobject>
                      <textobject>
                        <phrase>
		          The icon for scatter plot of style with only
                          a line between adjacent points in the value lists.
	                </phrase>
                      </textobject>
                    </inlinemediaobject>
	        </term>
	        <listitem>
	          <para lang="en">
		    The icon for scatterplot of style with only
                    a line between adjacent points in the value lists.
		  </para>
		</listitem>
	      </varlistentry>

      </variablelist>


    </sect2>

















  </sect1>









  <sect1 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties">
    <title lang="en">Configuring Graph Element Properties</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Graphs in <application>Gnumeric</application> can be configured
      extensively using the <interface>Graph Guru</interface>. In this
      way, the user can determine the data used in the plots, the
      names and labels associated with the data, the numerical values
      of the axes and the stylistic presentation of all the graphical
      elements.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Graphs are configured element by element, first by selecting the
      element name in the top left area of the second panel of the
      <interface>Graph Guru</interface>, shown as area
      <guimenu>F</guimenu> in <xref linkend="fig-graphguru-panels"/>,
      and, second, by altering the properties in the bottom area of
      the second panel of the
      <interface>Graph Guru</interface>, shown as area
      <guimenu>J</guimenu>. These changes will be applied to the graph
      only when the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button is pressed.
    </para>

    <note>
    <para lang="en">
      A number of properties of the graph are configured using the
      <application>Gnumeric</application> entry box shown in <xref linkend="fig-widget-entryBox"/>. 

      <figure id="fig-widget-entryBox">
        <title lang="en">The data entry box widget</title>
	 <screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/widget-entryBox-outlined.png" format="PNG"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the widget used to enter data
	        as defined values, references or expressions.
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	    <caption>
	      <para lang="en">
	        The data entry box widget allows users to enter data as
	        defined values (e.g. "A name", 123, or {12,32,14}), as references
	        (e.g. 'Sheet1!A2:B4'), or as expressions (e.g. sin({11,16}) ).
	      </para>
	    </caption>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>

      Information can be inserted to the data entry box, first, by
      selecting the box with a mouse click and, then, either typing
      data on a keyboard or using the mouse to select a region of the
      worksheet.

    </para>
    </note>




    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-backPanels">
      <title lang="en">Background Panels: Graphs &amp; Charts</title>

      <para lang="en">
        Several elements of the graph function as background panels
        for the other elements. These panels can be configured to
        display a visible background consisting of a solid color, a
        pattern, a gradient, or an image. Alternatively, the panel can
        be made transparent to show the underlying panel, if
        any. Where there are only transparent panels, the worksheet
        itself will be visible behind the graph.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-backPanels">
        <title lang="en">The background panel configuration.</title>
	 <screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-backPanels-none.png" format="PNG"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the two elements of background
	        panels which can be configured, the background fill
	        and the outline. 
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	    <caption>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This screenshot depicts the two elements of background
	        panels which can be configured, the background fill
	        and the outline. 
	      </para>
	    </caption>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The background panel <guilabel>Fill</guilabel> refers to the
        area which is behind the entire component. The
        <guilabel>Outline</guilabel> refers to a solid box which will
        be drawn around the edge of the component.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The <guilabel>Outline</guilabel> can be configured by
        selecting a color using the color picker widget and by
        choosing a size using the spin button box. A size of '-1'
        indicates that no line will be drawn, whereas sizes zero and
        above indicate the size of the line that will be drawn.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The <guilabel>Fill</guilabel> can be configured to be a
        pattern, which includes a solid color, a gradient or an image.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-backPanels-pattern">
        <title lang="en">The pattern background panel fill configuration.</title>
	 <screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-backPanels-pattern.png" format="PNG"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the configuration properties
	        for the pattern background panel fill.
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	    <caption>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This screenshot depicts the configuration properties for
	        the pattern background panel fill.
	      </para>
	    </caption>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The fill using a pattern enables the panel background to
        consist either of a solid color, or of a solid color overlain
        by a pattern. The top drop down button, labeled
        <guilabel>Pattern</guilabel>, allows the user to select the
        pattern overlay from a number of different standard
        patterns. The pattern in the top left corner is an empty
        pattern which allows the background color indicated in the
        third drop down button to fill the panel. The middle drop down
        button, labeled <guilabel>Foreground</guilabel>, allows the
        user to select the color of the overlay in the pattern. The
        bottom drop down button, labeled
        <guilabel>Background</guilabel>, allows the user to select the
        color of the underlay. If the pattern is empty, the color of
        the Background will be the color of the entire panel.
      </para>

      <note>
        <para lang="en">
	  If all of these buttons appear black, change the color of
	  the <guilabel>Background</guilabel> to white to see the
	  pattern and foreground color.
	</para>
      </note>

      <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-backPanels-gradient">
        <title lang="en">The gradient background panel fill configuration.</title>
	 <screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-backPanels-gradient.png" format="PNG"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the configuration properties
	        for the gradient background panel fill.
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	    <caption>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This screenshot depicts the configuration properties for
	        the gradient background panel fill. 
	      </para>
	    </caption>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The background panel can be filled with a gradient
        transitioning either between two colors or between a color and
        a tone, either white or black. The top drop down button,
        labeled <guilabel>Direction</guilabel>, gives the user a
        number of choices for the direction in which the gradient will
        operate. The drop down button named <guilabel>Type</guilabel>
        allows the user to pick between gradients which transition
        between two colors, the <guilabel>2 Colors</guilabel> option,
        and gradients that transition from a color to pure white or
        pure black, the <guilabel>Brightness</guilabel> option. The
        drop down buttons for the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> and
        <guilabel>End</guilabel> colors allow the user to pick the
        colors in the gradient. For the brightness gradients, a slider
        allows the user to select the transition direction. Moving the
        slider toward <guilabel>Brighter</guilabel> will fade the
        color to white whereas moving the slider toward
        <guilabel>Darker</guilabel> will fade the color toward black.
      </para>

      <note>
        <para lang="en">
	  If all of these buttons appear black, change the color of
	  the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> button to white to see the
	  gradient.
	</para>
      </note>

      <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-backPanels-image">
        <title lang="en">The image background panel fill configuration.</title>
	 <screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-backPanels-image.png" format="PNG"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the configuration properties
	        for the image background panel fill.
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	    <caption>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This screenshot depicts the configuration properties for
	        the image background panel fill. 
	      </para>
	    </caption>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The image background fill type allows the user to select an
        image to fill the background of the panel. The image can be in
        any file format supported by the <literal>gdk-pixbuf</literal>
        library as explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphics-images"/>. The image can be fit in one
        of two ways. The image fit can be stretched so the image fills
        the whole panel area or the image fit can be wallpapered where
        the image is repeated in a tile pattern to fill up the whole
        background. The button labeled <guilabel>Select</guilabel>
        allows the user to call the file selector and choose the file
        which contains the desired image. On the GNOME desktop, the
        file chooser has a preview area to see the image before adding
        it. The size of the image, in pixels, is displayed in the
        configuration dialog as '# x #' where the number symbol
        indicates the number of pixels, and the number of pixels in
        each row comes before the number in each column.
      </para>

    </sect2>




    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-title">
      <title lang="en">Titles and Axis Labels</title>

      <para lang="en">
        Both <guilabel>Title</guilabel> and <guilabel>Axis
        Labels</guilabel> can be configured using three tabs. The
        first tab allows the user to configure the background panel of
        the title or axis label. The second tab allows the user to
        select the font that will be used to display the words in the
        title or axis label. The third tab allows the user to input
        the actual words which will be used in the graph.
      </para>

     <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-title-font">
        <title lang="en">The font selection for Titles and Axis Labels.</title>
	 <screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-title-font.png" format="PNG"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the font configuration panel
	        for titles and axis labels in the <interface>Graph
	        Guru</interface>. 
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	    <caption>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This screenshot depicts the font configuration panel
	        for titles and axis labels in the <interface>Graph
	        Guru</interface>. 
	      </para>
	    </caption>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The <guilabel>Style</guilabel> tab allows the user to
        configure the background panel in the same way this was
        configured for graphs, charts and grids, as was explained
        above in <xref linkend="sect-graphs-elementProperties-backPanels"/>. 
      </para>


       <para lang="en">
        The <guilabel>Font</guilabel> tab is shown in <xref linkend="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-title-font"/>
        and consists of three column lists. The first column list
        allows the user to select the font name by scrolling the list
        and then clicking on the desired name. The currently selected
        font name is highlighted in light blue. The second column list
        allows the user to select the font style including italic and
        bold styles. The third column list allows the user to select a
        size for the font. The preview area contains a few characters
        to illustrate the appearance of the currently selected
        combination. 
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The <guilabel>Data</guilabel> tab displays a single entry box
        in which the user can place the words which will appear in the
        title or in the label. The user can simply type the text, can
        add a reference to a section of the worksheet or can add an
        expression which results in a text value.
      </para>

     </sect2>




    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-legend">
      <title lang="en">Chart Legends</title>

      <para lang="en">
        Chart legends provide a graphical explanation of the data
        plotted with the names and style of the
        different series, or categories, plotted in each chart.  
        Legends are configured through two tabs, labeled
        <guilabel>Style</guilabel> and <guilabel>Font</guilabel>. The
        <guilabel>Style</guilabel>  tab 
        allows for the configuration of the background pane in a manner
        analogous to the graph, chart and grid background panes,
        explained in  <xref linkend="sect-graphs-elementProperties-backPanels"/>.
        The <guilabel>Font</guilabel> tab allows the configuration of
        the font that will appear in the legend. This configuration is
        identical to the configuration of the title and axis label
        fonts presented in <xref linkend="sect-graphs-elementProperties-title"/>. 
      </para>

    </sect2>





    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-axes">
      <title lang="en">Axes</title>

      <para lang="en">
        Axes are used in several different kinds of plots to provide
        quantitative indexes for the scale of each plot
        direction. <application>Gnumeric</application> uses four
        different kinds of axes. <guilabel>Category</guilabel> axes do
        not provide a quantitative scale but merely distinguish each
        different category by providing space for the values of the
        category along the axis. <guilabel>Continuous</guilabel> axes
        provide a quantitative measure of each value based on the
        projection of that value onto the
        axis. <guilabel>Radial</guilabel> axes are used in radar plots
        and are continuous axes which radiate from a central
        point. <guilabel>Circular</guilabel> axes have not yet been
        implemented.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Line, column and area charts use a category axis to separate
        the categories along the horizontal direction and a continuous
        axis to distinguish values in the vertical direction. Bar
        charts reverse these two axes. XY scatter plots and bubble
        plots use two continuous axes, one in the horizontal
        direction, the X-axis, and one in the vertical direction, the
        Y-axis. Radar plots use three or more continuous axes
        radiating from a central point. Pie and Ring plots do not use
        any axes.
      </para>

      <sect3 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-axes-categorical">
        <title lang="en">Category Axes</title>

	<para lang="en">
	  Category axes distinguish the different categories of each
	  value in a category series such as the series in line, bar,
	  column and area plots.
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-axes-category-bounds">
          <title lang="en">Category axis bounds configuration.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-axes-category-bounds.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the 'bounds' tab for the
	          configuration of a category axis. 
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Bounds</guilabel> tab allows the user to
	  override the automatic configuration of axis tick marks and
	  labels. Each of the three choices can be over-ridden by
	  deselecting the check box on the left. The check boxes can
	  be deselected by placing the mouse pointer over the check
	  box and clicking with the primary mouse button. When a check
	  box is unselected, the entry box will become active allowing
	  the user to input a different value than the default. The
	  first check box controls the number of tick marks, allowing
	  tick marks to appear after the integer number of categories
	  shown. The second check box controls the number of labels
	  displayed, allowing a regular number of category labels to
	  be skipped. The third check box controls the placement of
	  the orthogonal axis relative to the category axis.
        </para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-axes-categry-style">
          <title lang="en">Category axis line style configuration.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-axes-category-style.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the 'style' tab for the
	          configuration of a category axis.
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Style</guilabel> tab allows the user to
	  configure the line style of the axis, including the color
	  and thickness of the line. The drop down button labeled
	  <guilabel>Color</guilabel> can be clicked to expose the
	  color picker panel which allows the user to select a new
	  color either simply by clicking on an icon or by using the
	  color picker wheel. The size spin button allows a user to
	  change the thickness of the axis by typing a new number in
	  the text box or by clicking on the arrows. A value of '-1'
	  in this box will cause the axis not to be drawn.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Font</guilabel> tab allows the user to
	  configure the font used to label the separate
	  categories. The font configuration is performed in the same
	  way as the font configuration for titles and axis labels
	  which was explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphs-elementProperties-title"/>. 
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-axes-categry-details">
          <title lang="en">The category axis details configuration.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-axes-category-details.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the 'details' tab for the
	          configuration of a category axis.
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Details</guilabel> tab allows a user to
	  configure other aspects of the axis. 
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Position</guilabel> of the axis is placed in
	  the <guilabel>Low</guilabel> position by default. This can
	  be altered by pressing the radio button in front of the
	  <guilabel>High</guilabel> label which will move the internal
	  button and will alter the position of the axis, moving it
	  either to the top of the graph for horizontal axes, or to
	  the right of the graph for vertical axes.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Mapping</guilabel> of the axis can be changed
	  simply by clicking on the check box. This will cause a check
	  mark to appear in the box and will invert the axis so that
	  the order of the categories will become reversed.
        </para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Major ticks</guilabel> displayed on the axis
	  can be altered. The labels shown in the plot can be hidden
	  by unchecking the check box in front of the 'Show Labels'
	  text by placing the mouse cursor over the box and clicking
	  with the primary mouse button. The ticks on the axis can be
	  hidden or can be displayed on the outside of the graph, or
	  on the inside of the graph, or on both sides depending on
	  which of the two boxes are checked.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Minor ticks</guilabel> do not currently have
	  any effect for category axes.
	</para>


      </sect3>



      <sect3 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-axes-continuous">
        <title lang="en">Continuous Axes: Linear, Radial &amp; Circular</title>

	<para lang="en">
	  Continuous axes are configured in much the same way as
	  category axes except for some minor differences.
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-axes-continuous-bounds">
          <title lang="en">Continuous axis bounds configuration.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-axes-continuous-bounds.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the 'bounds' tab for the
	          configuration of a continuous axis. 
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Bounds</guilabel> tab allow users to configure
	  the limits and intervals of a continuous axis. The meaning of the 
	  values for <guilabel>Major Ticks</guilabel> and 
	  <guilabel>Minor Ticks</guilabel> depends on the type of continuous axes:
	  <variablelist>
	    <varlistentry>
	      <term lang="en">
		Continuous Axes with Linear Scale
	      </term>
	      <listitem>
		<para lang="en">
		  The <guilabel>Major Ticks</guilabel> value gives the distance
		  between major ticks and the <guilabel>Minor Ticks</guilabel>
		  value the distance between minor ticks.
		</para>
	      </listitem>
	    </varlistentry>
	    <varlistentry>
	      <term lang="en">
		Continuous Axes with Logarithmic Scale
	      </term>
	      <listitem>
		<para lang="en">
		   The <guilabel>Major Ticks</guilabel> value gives the number of
		   decades (powers of 10) between major ticks. The 
		   <guilabel>Minor Ticks</guilabel> value gives the 
		   number of minor ticks between major ticks.
		</para>
		<note>
		  <para lang="en">
		    If the <guilabel>Major Ticks</guilabel> value is <parameter>N</parameter>,
		    then the <guilabel>Minor Ticks</guilabel> value can be
		    <parameter>0</parameter>, <parameter>N−1</parameter>, or <parameter>9N−1</parameter>.
		  </para>
		</note>
	      </listitem>
	    </varlistentry>
	  </variablelist>
	</para>
	
	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Style</guilabel> tab changes the linear style
	  of the axis in the same way as it acted on category
	  axes. The explanation given in <xref linkend="sect-graphs-elementProperties-axes-categorical"/>
	  apply equally well to continuous axes.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Font</guilabel> tab also allows users to
	  configure the font used in the numeric markers along the
	  axis. Selecting the font for a continuous axis works in the
	  same way as for a category axis as was explained in <xref linkend="sect-graphs-elementProperties-axes-categorical"/>.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Details</guilabel> tab has two small
	  differences compared to category axes. The mapping of the axis
	  can be altered from a linear scale to a logarithmic scale by
	  clicking on the drop down box and dragging to the entry
	  labeled <guimenuitem>Log</guimenuitem>. The minor ticks,
	  whose size was configured in the <guilabel>Bounds</guilabel>
	  tab, are displayed for continuous axes unlike for
	  categorical axes.
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-axes-continuous-format">
          <title lang="en">Continuous axis format configuration.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-axes-continuous-format.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the 'format' tab for the
	          configuration of a continuous axis. 
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Format</guilabel> tab allow users to configure
	  the numeric type of the elements on a continuous axis. This
	  configuration parallels the configuration of the numeric
	  type of a worksheet cell as explained in <xref linkend="number-formatting-overview"/>. 
	</para>


      </sect3>

      <sect3 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-axes-grids">
        <title lang="en">Grids</title>

	<para lang="en">
	  Users can add both major and minor grids to an axis. Grids are lines that
	  are perpendicular to the axis at fixed intervals. An example of major (in blue) and
	  minor (in green) grids attached to a vertical axis are shown in <xref linkend="fig-graphics-plots-axes-grid"/>.
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-axes-grid">
          <title lang="en">Major and Minor Grids.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graph-axes-grid.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot shows a plot with major (in blue) and
		  minor (in green) grids attached to the vertical axis. 
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  To add either a major or minor grid to an axis, the user selects the
	  appropriate axis in the hierarchy tree of graph components, clicks
	  the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button below the hierarchy, and selects
	  either <guimenu>MajorGrid</guimenu> or <guimenu>MinorGrid</guimenu>.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  When a grid has been added to an axis, it can be selected in the hierarchy
	  tree of graph components and customized in its configuration tab. One can
	  specify the style, color, and thickness (size) of the grid lines as well as
	  specify a fill to be applied to the space between every second pair of
	  consecutive grid lines.
	</para>



      </sect3>

    </sect2>





    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-plots">
      <title lang="en">Plots</title>

      <para lang="en">
        Certain of the properties of plots are assigned directly to
        the plot element and are configured when the plot element
        itself is selected.
      </para>

     <para lang="en">
	Line plots, Area plots, and XY scatter plots do not have any
	plot level properties which can be configured.
      </para>



      <sect3 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-plots-bubble">
        <title lang="en">Bubble plots</title>

	<para lang="en">
	  The bubbles in bubble plots are used to represent a third
	  data component with the size of the bubble representing the
	  value of the third component.
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-plots-bubble">
          <title lang="en">The configurable properties of a bubble plot.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-plot-bubble.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the properties of a bubble plot
	          which can be configured. 
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  The first choice in the bubble plot properties allows the
	  user to represent the bubble value based on the area or the
	  diameter of the bubble. The representation of a bubble using
	  the surface is similar to using a log scale since the area
	  is a squared quantity.
        </para>

        <para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Show negative values</guilabel> property, if
	  the check box is checked, will cause negatives values to be
	  shown with the size of the bubble based on the absolute
	  value of the value and the style of the bubble having a
	  white fill.
        </para>

        <para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Vary colors by bubble</guilabel>, if the check
          box is checked, will cause each value in a series to be
          displayed with a different fill color instead of coloring
          all the values in a single series with the same color.
        </para>

        <para lang="en">
	  The bubbles in a series are scaled relative to each other
          with the maximum value having a default, fixed size and the
          other values being scaled to this maximum bubble. Using this
          spin button, the default size of the maximum bubble can be
          altered. 
        </para>

      </sect3>




      <sect3 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-plots-pie">
        <title lang="en">Pie plots</title>

	<para lang="en">
	  Pie plots represent the data values as slices of a circular
	  area, with the central angle of each slice, or wedge,
	  proportional to the size of the value compared to the sum of
	  all the values in the series.
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-plots-pie">
          <title lang="en">The configurable properties of a pie plot.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-plot-pie.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the properties of a pie plot
	          which can be configured. 
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  The slices by default are plotted clockwise starting from
	  the vertical which is considered 0 degrees. The first option
	  allows the user to set a different starting point for the
	  pie series by changing the value in the spin box. The value
	  will increase to 360 degrees and then reset to zero.
        </para>

        <para lang="en">
	  Pie plots can be displayed with the slices separated from
	  each other which in certain situations may improve the
	  visual clarity of a pie plot. The second spin button allows
	  the slices to be separated.
        </para>

        <para lang="en">
	  The colors of each slice, by default, are all different to
	  allow the easy visual distinction between each slice. Since
	  pie plots only allow a single series to be plotted, there is
	  no need to use color to associate the values from different
	  series. By unchecking this box, all of the slices in a pie
	  chart can be made to follow the color scheme defined in the
	  plot series <guilabel>Style</guilabel> tab. However, if this
	  box is unchecked, the outlines of the slices must be styled
	  with a different color for the slices to be distinguishable.
	</para>

      </sect3>




      <sect3 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-plots-barCol">
        <title lang="en">Bar and Column plots</title>

	<para lang="en">
	  Bar and column plots can be displayed with different sized
	  gaps between categories and different overlaps between the
	  values of different series in each category.
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-plots-">
          <title lang="en">The configurable properties of bar and column plots.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-plot-barCol.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the properties of bar and
	          column plots which can be configured. 
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Gap</guilabel> describes the separation
	  between the values plotted in each category. By default, the
	  gap between categories is one and half times the width of a
	  bar or a column. This spin button can be used to decrease
	  the gap to zero, so there is no gap between categories, or
	  increase the gap to 500% so the gap is five times the size
	  of a bar or a column.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Overlap</guilabel> describes the separation
	  between values of the different series in each category. By
	  default these values will be plotted immediately adjacent to
	  each other. This spin button can be lowered to minus 100%
	  which leaves a gap the size of a bar or column between the
	  values of each series. Alternatively, the values can be made
	  to overlap up to 100%, a complete overlap. When values
	  completely overlap, the latter series are plotted on top of
	  the first series and a value may be completely obscured. In
	  this case it may be possible to use partially transparent
	  colors for the different series to allow both values to be
	  visible.  
	</para>

      </sect3>




      <sect3 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-plots-radar">
        <title lang="en">Radar plots</title>

	<para lang="en">
	  Radar plots have as many axes as there are categories in
	  each series. 
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-plots-radar">
          <title lang="en">The configurable properties of a radar plot.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-plot-radar.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the properties of a radar plot
	          which can be configured. 
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  By default the axis for the first category is vertical
	  leaving the center point in the upward direction. The first
	  spin box in the radar plot properties allows a user to
	  change this orientation. The spin button can increase from
	  zero degrees to 359 degrees when it will reset to 0.
	</para>

	<note>
	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Vary colors by slice</guilabel> property is
	  probably a mistake which should not be part of radar plot
	  properties. 
	</para>
	</note>


      </sect3>




      <sect3 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-plots-ring">
        <title lang="en">Ring plots</title>

	<para lang="en">
	  Ring plots are similar to pie plots but may have an empty
	  center and can be made with multiple series. 
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-plots-ring">
          <title lang="en">The configurable properties of a ring plot.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-plot-ring.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the properties of a ring plot
	          which can be configured. 
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  Like pie plots, ring plots assign values to the slices of a
	  circular area by representing the magnitude of the value by
	  the central angle of the slice, although for ring plots the
	  center of the circular area is empty. Like pie plots, the
	  first slice is plotted starting clockwise from the vertical
	  and this first option can change the beginning point of the
	  first slice's angle.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The slices of a ring plot can also be separated. The
	  <guilabel>Slice Separation</guilabel> option allows a user
	  to determine the proportional size of the gap between
	  slices.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Center size</guilabel> option determines the
	  size of the hole in the middle of the rings as a fraction of
	  the total radius. The center size can be altered in 5
	  percent increments.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Vary colors by slice</guilabel> check box
	  allows the user to assign colors either by slices, which is
	  the default, or by series. To use color to distinguish
	  series rather than categories, this button should not be
	  checked. 
	</para>

      </sect3>

    </sect2>






    <sect2 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-series">
      <title lang="en">Data Series</title>

      <para lang="en">
        Each plot will have one or more 'series' which organize the
        data values. Each series element has a number of
        properties. The element will have a <guilabel>Style</guilabel>
        tab with which the style of the line and point markers, or the
        area and outline can be set. Each series element will have a
        <guilabel>Data</guilabel> tab in which the name of the series,
        the values used for the series and any labels associated with
        these values can be entered. The data values will generally be
        entered as references to cells on a worksheet which will allow
        the plots to be automatically altered when the values in the
        worksheet change. The series may also have one or more
        <guilabel>Error</guilabel> tabs in which error values can be
        associated to the data value of each element in the series.
      </para>


      <sect3 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-series-style-line">
        <title lang="en">Series line style</title>

	<para lang="en">
	  Series in line plots, in some radar plots and in scatter
	  plots will have a style tab in which the graphical style of
	  the lines and point markers can be established.
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-series-style-line">
          <title lang="en">The configurable properties of a line style.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-series-style-line.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the properties of a line style
	          which can be configured. 
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	      <caption>
	        <para lang="en">
	          The properties of a single value data series include an
	          optional name, a required list of values and an optional
	          list of labels. The name, in this case, is a reference
	          to cell D7 in the first worksheet. The values are the
	          contents of the cells in the range E7:I7. The labels are
	          the contents of the cells in the range E6:I6. Note that
	          there are as many cells in the labels range as in the
	          values range.
	        </para>
	      </caption>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Line</guilabel> properties include the line
	  color and size. The color can be altered in the standard way
	  using the drop down color chooser. The width of the line can
	  be changed with the spin box. A line size of '-1' means that
	  the line will not be plotted. 
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Marker</guilabel> properties determine the
	  style of the graphical symbol which will be plotted for each
	  data value. The first drop down box allows the user to
	  choose between a number of different symbols. The blank
	  symbol indicates that no symbol will be plotted where the
	  data value would be. Each shape will have a fill color, and an
	  outline with both a color and a size. The colors can be
	  changed by clicking on the drop down box and picking one of
	  the given colors or using the color picker to select a new
	  color. The size of the outline can be altered by clicking in
	  the text area and editing the value or by using the spin
	  arrows to increase or decrease the size.
	</para>

      </sect3>




      <sect3 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-series-style-filled">
        <title lang="en">Series filled style</title>

	<para lang="en">
	  Series in bubble plots, area plots, bar plots, column plots,
	  filled radar plots, and ring plots will have a
	  <guilabel>Style</guilabel> with fill and outline
	  properties. These properties are the same as those presented
	  for background panels in <xref linkend="sect-graphs-elementProperties-backPanels"/>
	  and are changed in the same way. 
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-series-style-filled">
          <title lang="en">The configurable properties of a filled style.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-series-style-filled.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the properties of a filled style
	          which can be configured. 
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Fill</guilabel> properties will determine the
	  character of the inside of the area. The fill type can be
	  none, pattern, gradient, or image, in the same way as the
	  fill of background panels. If images are used for the
	  background, the whole image will be shown and it will be
	  scaled to the size of the area.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Outline</guilabel> properties will determine
	  the size of the linear element that surrounds the area. The
	  color and size of this outline element can be altered. 
	</para>

      </sect3>




       <sect3 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-series-data-single">
        <title lang="en">Series data: single values</title>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Data</guilabel> tab allows the user to
	  configure the data contents of the series. Some of these
	  data contents are optional, as is indicated by the
	  parentheses around the label. At the minimum one set of
	  numerical quantities will be required.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The entry boxes in the <guilabel>Data</guilabel> tab can be
	  filled in several ways. The data can be a static value or
	  array such as a sting literal, "SeriesName", or a group of
	  values, <literal>{12.05, 73.02, 128.89}</literal>. Note that
	  the separator between elements in the array will depend on
	  the locale since the glyph between whole numbers and decimal
	  fractions differs around the world. Alternatively, the value
	  of an entry box can be the reference to a cell or to a
	  range. This reference can either be typed into the entry box
	  or can be entered by clicking in the entry box text area and
	  then selecting the range on the worksheet. Finally, the
	  value in the entry box can be an expression, such as
	  <literal>sin({120, 982, 140})</literal>.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  Single series involve the simplest data. They may have an
	  overall name, must have a list of values, and may have a
	  list of names, with as many names as there are numbers in
	  the values list, which will act as category names. For plot
	  types with more than one single list series, the label names
	  will be shared between all the series.
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-series-data-">
          <title lang="en">The configurable properties of single value data series.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-series-data-single.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the properties of a single
	          value data series 
	          which can be configured. 
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Name</guilabel> property is a single string
	  which will give a tag to the series itself. A name is not
	  required. This name will be used in the Graph Guru to name
	  the series and may be used in a chart legend to describe the
	  series.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Values</guilabel> property must contain a list
	  of numeric quantities. A list of values is required. The
	  values can be described either directly as a static array,
	  described through a reference to a cell range with numeric
	  values, or described through an expression which results in
	  the list of quantities.
	</para>

 	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Labels</guilabel> property describes the names
	  of the categories. This property is not required. must be a list of
	  text elements, with as many elements as there are quantities
	  in the list of values. These elements will provide the
	  elements in the legend for pie and ring plots. For line,
	  area, bar and column plots, the labels will provide the
	  category names for the axis with categories. 
	</para>

 	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Show in Legend</guilabel> property determines
	  if this series will be shown in the legend if a legend is
	  added to the chart. It is sometimes useful to exclude
	  certain series from the legend. If the box is checked, the
	  series will be included in any legend displayed in the
	  chart; if the box is not checked, the series will not be
	  displayed in the legend. The box can be unchecked by placing
	  the mouse pointer over the box and clicking with the primary
	  mouse button.
	</para>

    </sect3>





      <sect3 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-series-data-xy">
        <title lang="en">Series data: X and Y values</title>

	<para lang="en">
	  Series with dual data values allow plots to be constructed
	  in which one value is plotted against the other. XY scatter
	  plots require this type of data.
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-series-data-xy">
          <title lang="en">The configurable properties of dual value data series.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-series-data-xy.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the properties of data
	          series with two values, an x and a y,
	          which can be configured. 
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	      <caption>
	        <para lang="en">
	          Dual data series require two sets of values, an X list
	          and a Y list.
	        </para>
	      </caption>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Name</guilabel> property is a single text
	  element that will name the series in the graph guru and in
	  any legend in the chart.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>X</guilabel> property is a list of
	  quantitative values that will provide the horizontal
	  positioning of each element. This list is required.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Y</guilabel> property is a list of
	  quantitative values that will provide the vertical
	  positioning of each element. This list is required and must
	  have the same number of elements as the list of X values. 
	</para>

      </sect3>




      <sect3 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-series-data-bubble">
        <title lang="en">Series data: bubble values</title>

	<para lang="en">
	  Bubble series are simple extensions of the XY series to
	  include a third data value, often called W, which will
	  determine the size of the bubble.
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-series-data-bubble">
          <title lang="en">The configurable properties of bubble data series.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-series-data-bubble.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the properties of a bubble
	  data series with three values
	          which can be configured. 
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Name</guilabel> property is a single text
	  element that will name the series in the graph guru and in
	  any legend in the chart.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>X</guilabel> property is a list of
	  quantitative values that will provide the horizontal
	  positioning of each element. This list is required.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Y</guilabel> property is a list of
	  quantitative values that will provide the vertical
	  positioning of each element. This list is required and must
	  have the same number of elements as the list of X values. 
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Bubble</guilabel> property is a list of
	  quantitative values that will provide the size of the
	  bubbles associated to each element. This list is required
	  and must have the same number of elements as the lists of X
	  and of Y values.
	</para>

      </sect3>



     <sect3 id="sect-graphs-elementProperties-series-error">
        <title lang="en">Series error values</title>

	<para lang="en">
	  Several plot types allow the plotting of error values using
	  whisker plots. The series in these plot types will have
	  extra tabs allowing the whisker positions to be
	  listed. Line, bar, column and area plots allow an error plot
	  to bracket the plotted quantitative value in the direction
	  of the quantitative axis. XY scatter plots and bubble plots
	  allow whiskers in both directions.
	</para>

        <figure id="fig-graphics-plots-elementProperties-series-error">
          <title lang="en">The configurable properties of data series error values.</title>
	  <screenshot>
            <mediaobject> 
	      <imageobject> 
	        <imagedata fileref="figures/graphguru-series-error.png" format="PNG"/>
	      </imageobject>
	      <textobject>
	        <para lang="en"> 
	          This screenshot depicts the properties of the error
	          values in a data series
	          which can be configured. 
	        </para>
	      </textobject>
	    </mediaobject>
	  </screenshot>
        </figure>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Error Category</guilabel> includes several
	  different categories which can be selected by clicking on
	  the drop down box and dragging the mouse pointer onto the
	  appropriate entry. If the error category is set to "none",
	  no error bars will be plotted. If the category is set to
	  "absolute" the values in the error lists will be considered
	  to be in the same units as the axis. If the category is set
	  to "relative", the values in the error list are assumed to
	  be a fraction of the total of each value. If the category is
	  set to "percent", the values in the error list are assumed
	  to be 1/100 th of the fraction of the total of each
	  value. Note that if the cells in the worksheet are already
	  set to the percent format, they should be incorporated as
	  "relative" errors.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Style</guilabel> properties alter the
	  appearance of the error whiskers. The
	  <guilabel>Display</guilabel> property can be used to prevent
	  the display of any whiskers, to allow
	  only upper or lower whiskers, or to display both. The
	  <guilabel>Width</guilabel> property alters the width of
	  the outer marker of the whisker. The <guilabel>Line
	  width</guilabel> property alters the size of the
	  whiskers. The color box selects the color of the line used
	  to draw the whiskers.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The <guilabel>Values</guilabel> properties describe the lists
	  of quantitative values which will be used for the
	  whiskers. These lists are required if an error is to be
	  displayed and the lists must have as many elements as were
	  in the list of data "Values". The positive (+) list
	  quantifies either only the upper error values if the lower
	  values are not displayed or the negative list is
	  defined. The positive list can also be used for both error
	  values if the errors are symmetrical. The negative (-) list
	  quantifies the lower whisker.
	</para>

      </sect3>

    </sect2>

  </sect1>






  <sect1 id="sect-graphs-preselect">
    <title lang="en">Pre-Selecting Data</title>

    <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits.</para>

  </sect1>


  </chapter>

  <chapter id="chapter-worksheets">
    <title lang="en">Using Worksheets</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This chapter explains the use and manipulation of worksheets in
      <application>Gnumeric</application>. The chapter explains how to move around a worksheet, how
      to alter the appearance and display organization of the
      worksheet contents, how to manipulate entire worksheets and how
      to protect worksheet contents.
    </para>

    <sect1 id="sect-worksheets-overview">
  <title lang="en">Worksheet Overview</title>

  <para lang="en">
    Worksheets contain the elements, such as the cell grid area, which
    provide the principal work entities for <application>Gnumeric</application> users. The
    worksheet grid area allows users to enter data, develop analyses
    of these data, and display both data and results. Worksheets also
    contain graphical elements such as graphs and widgets.
    Worksheets are grouped into a workbook which is
    stored in a <application>Gnumeric</application> file. The manipulation of workbooks is
    explained in <xref linkend="sect-workbooks"/> while the material
    below explains the manipulation of worksheets.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Worksheets contain both working elements and metadata
    elements. The working elements include the data contents of cells
    in the grid area, cell comments, cell formatting, and sheet
    objects, such as graphical plots. The metadata include the
    worksheet name and worksheet settings controlling the visual
    appearance of the worksheet or the display of the worksheet.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    This section explains the main ways to manipulate <application>Gnumeric</application>
    worksheets. <xref linkend="sect-worksheets-navigation"/> explains
    how to navigate the worksheet to change the area which is
    displayed and change the currently selected area. <xref linkend="sect-worksheets-display"/> presents several alternative
    settings which alter the display of cell contents, of the grid
    area, of the worksheet as a whole or of <application>Gnumeric</application> itself. <xref linkend="sect-worksheets-settings"/> explains how to alter
    settings which affect all the contents of the worksheet such as
    the status of the content protection mechanism. <xref linkend="sect-worksheets-printSettings"/> gives a brief
    explanation of the print settings which apply specifically to each
    worksheet; a more complete explanation of the print settings is
    given in <xref linkend="chapter-printing"/>. Finally, <xref linkend="sect-worksheets-managing"/> explains how the entire
    collection of worksheets can be manipulated so as to add,
    duplicate, delete or re-order the worksheets within a workbook.
  </para>

</sect1>














<sect1 id="sect-worksheets-navigation">
  <title lang="en">Worksheet Navigation</title>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> worksheets can be conceived of as a single, continuous,
    two-dimensional grid of cells. However, <application>Gnumeric</application> cannot display the
    entire grid at once but only shows a portion of the
    worksheet. Since only a portion of the worksheet can be seen at
    any particular time, <application>Gnumeric</application> provides users with several ways to
    change the portion of the worksheet that is displayed. <xref linkend="sect-worksheets-navigation-selection"/> explains the
    various ways that the display window can be moved to a different
    section of the worksheet grid, while <xref linkend="sect-worksheets-display"/> , further below, explains more
    powerful methods to re-organize the display of the cell grid area.
  </para>

<!--
  <para>
    Each worksheet also contains a 
  </para>
-->

  <sect2 id="sect-worksheets-navigation-movingAround">
    <title lang="en">Moving Around a Worksheet</title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-worksheets-navigation-selection">
    <title lang="en">Moving the Selection</title>

    <para>
    </para>

  </sect2>



</sect1>
    




<sect1 id="sect-worksheets-display">
  <title lang="en">Worksheet Display</title>

  <para lang="en">
    The display of each worksheet can be controlled by several
    settings and configurations. The worksheet, conceptually, consists
    of a single continuous two dimensional grid of cells arranged in
    rows by columns, and <application>Gnumeric</application>, by default, displays a
    small portion of the worksheet area as a continuous region. 
  </para>
  <para lang="en">
    A worksheet is created with the number of rows and columns specified
    by the preference setting that can be adjusted on the <guilabel>Windows
  </guilabel> tab of the Preference Dialog (see  <xref linkend="sect-configuration-preferences-windows"/>).
  </para>
  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      The maximum number of rows in a sheet is 16,777,216 and the
      maximum number of columns is 16384. The dimensions of a sheet
      can only be set to powers of 2.
    </para>
  </note>
  <para lang="en">
    The size of an existing sheet can be increased through the <guilabel>
    Resize Sheet</guilabel> dialog accessible through the sheet tab context
    menu (see <xref linkend="menu-context-tabs"/>) or the <guilabel>Sheet
    </guilabel> submenu of the <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> menu (see <xref linkend="Edit-Menu"/>).
  </para>



  <sect2 id="sect-worksheets-display-appearance">
    <title lang="en">Worksheet Appearance</title>

    <para lang="en">
      A number of aspects of how a worksheet is displayed in the cell grid
      can be modified. To adjust the display of formulas or results, A1 or R1C1
      notation for cell references, how cells with a value of zero are displayed,
      the presence or absence of grid lines or row or column headers, or whether
      columns are ordered left to right or right to left, see the description
      of the <xref linkend="format-menu-sheet"/> submenu.
    </para>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-worksheets-display-appearance-book">
    <title lang="en">Workbook Appearance</title>

    <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits.</para>


    <sect3 id="sect-worksheets-display-appearance-book-zoom">
      <title lang="en">Zoom: Changing the Scale of a Sheet</title>

      <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits.</para>
    </sect3>


    <sect3 id="sect-worksheets-display-appearance-book-full">
      <title lang="en">Full Screen Mode</title>

      <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits.</para>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="sect-worksheets-display-appearance-tabs">
      <title lang="en">Displaying Workbook Tabs</title>

      <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits.</para>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="sect-worksheets-display-appearance-scroolbars">
      <title lang="en">Displaying Grid Area Scrollbars</title>

      <para>Detta avsnitt har ännu inte skrivits.</para>

    </sect3>

  </sect2>



  <sect2 id="sect-worksheets-display-grouping">
    <title lang="en">Grouping Rows and Columns</title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-worksheets-display-panes">
    <title lang="en">Display Panes</title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

  </sect2>


</sect1>










<sect1 id="sect-worksheets-settings">
  <title lang="en">General Settings</title>

  <para>
    
  </para>
  
  <sect2 id="sect-worksheets-settings-protection">
    <title lang="en">Content Protection</title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

  </sect2>


</sect1>










<sect1 id="sect-worksheets-printSettings">
  <title lang="en">Print Settings</title>

<!-- TODO: ref- printing chapter. -->
  <para>
    
  </para>

</sect1>










<sect1 id="sect-worksheets-managing">
  <title lang="en">Managing Worksheets</title>

  <para lang="en">
    This section discusses functions that manipulate worksheets as a whole,
    rather than their contents.
  </para>


  <sect2 id="sect-worksheets-managing-process-menu">
    <title lang="en">Worksheets and the Menubar</title>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> provides a number of options for manipulating worksheets as a whole,
      rather than the contents of the worksheets. These operations are documented
      in the later section <xref linkend="sect-worksheets-managing-process-contextmenu"/>.
      In addition to the worksheet tab context menu and the <guimenuitem>Sheet</guimenuitem>
      submenu of the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu, some of these operations are also
      available from other menus:
    </para>

    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          The <guilabel>Insert</guilabel> function is also available as
          <guimenuitem>Sheet</guimenuitem> on the <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu.
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          The <guilabel>Rename</guilabel> and <guilabel>Manage Sheets</guilabel>
          dialogs are also available on the
          <guimenuitem>Format ▶ Sheet</guimenuitem> submenu.
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <para lang="en">
      In addition to worksheet manipulation, <application>Gnumeric</application> provides the ability to
      control various aspects of how or whether a worksheet is displayed in
      the cell grid. Several such controls are included in the
      <xref linkend="sect-worksheets-managing-process-dialog"/>, described
      in a later section. Other worksheet display controls are located in
      the <xref linkend="format-menu-sheet"/> submenu, which are described there.
    </para>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-worksheets-managing-process-contextmenu">
    <title lang="en">Worksheet Tab Context Menu</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Except for the addition of the two <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>
      submenus, which appear only on the context menu, this is the same as
      the <guimenuitem>Edit ▶ Sheet</guimenuitem> submenu.
      The <guimenuitem>Manage sheets...</guimenuitem> dialog is discussed in
      <xref linkend="sect-worksheets-managing-process-dialog"/>, which
      follows the description of the context menu.
    </para>

    <figure id="menu-context-sheet-tabs.png">
      <title lang="en">The Context Menu for Worksheet Tabs</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/menu-context-sheet-tabs.png"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>An image of the context menu of the worksheet tabs.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guimenuitem>Insert</guimenuitem> — Select this menu
            item to insert a new, empty worksheet ahead of the current worksheet.
            The new worksheet is the same size as the current one.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guimenuitem>Append</guimenuitem> — Select this menu
            item to add a new, empty worksheet at the end of the existing
            worksheets.
            The new worksheet has the default size, which can be set in the
            <guilabel>Gnumeric Preferences</guilabel> dialog in the
            “Windows” tab.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guimenuitem>Duplicate</guimenuitem> — Select this menu
            item to add a copy of the selected worksheet immediately after the
            selected worksheet.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guimenuitem>Remove</guimenuitem> — Select this menu
            item to delete the selected worksheet.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem> — Select this menu
            item to access the <guilabel>Rename Sheet</guilabel> dialog,
            which lets you change the name of a single worksheet. To
            rename more than one worksheet, the
            <guilabel>Manage Sheets</guilabel> dialog may be more convenient.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guimenuitem>Resize...</guimenuitem> — Select this menu
            item to access the <guilabel>Resize Sheet</guilabel> dialog.
            Use the sliders to adjust the size of the sheet, then click
            <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.
            Worksheet dimensions are restricted to powers of two.
            By default the
            <guilabel>Resize Sheet</guilabel> dialog changes the sizes of
            all worksheets in the current workbook. To change the size
            of a single worksheet, clear the check mark next to <guilabel>Apply
            change to all sheets</guilabel> before clicking <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem> and
            <guimenuitem>Select (sorted)</guimenuitem> — Select one of these
            menu items to access a menu of worksheet names. Click on one of the
            names to select that worksheet. The displayed tabs are adjusted
            so that the selected worksheet's tab is visible, and the selected
            worksheet is displayed in the cell grid.
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </para>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-worksheets-managing-process-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Manage Sheets dialog</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The <guilabel>Manage Sheets</guilabel> dialog can be accessed
      from the worksheet tab context menu, from the
      <guimenuitem>Edit ▶ Sheet</guimenuitem> submenu, or
      from the <guimenuitem>Format ▶ Sheet</guimenuitem> submenu.
    </para>

    <figure id="worksheet-managing-dialog.png">
      <title lang="en"><guimenu>Manage Sheets</guimenu> dialog</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/worksheet-managing-dialog.png"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>An image of the Tools menu.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      The worksheets contained in the current workbook are listed in the
      upper left portion of the dialog. When <guilabel>Show advanced sheet
      properties</guilabel> is enabled, the <guilabel>Dir</guilabel>,
      <guilabel>Rows</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Cols</guilabel> fields are included.
      A worksheet can be selected by clicking anywhere in its line, although
      clicking one of the icons will toggle its associated property along with
      selecting the worksheet.
      Multiple selection, using the <keysym>Shift</keysym> and <keysym>Ctrl</keysym>
      keys, can be used to operate on more than one worksheet at a time.
      The current worksheet shown in the cell grid tracks the selected worksheet
      in this dialog.
      That is, selecting a single worksheet from the list also causes that
      worksheet to be displayed in the cell grid.
      When more than one worksheet is selected in the list, the first one in
      the list is set as the current worksheet in the cell grid.
      Some operations are not available when more than one worksheet is
      selected.
      The buttons for those operations are dimmed when they are unavailable.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      The <guilabel>Lock</guilabel> column of the list shows an icon to indicate whether
      the worksheet is locked,
      <inlinemediaobject>
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/icon-locked.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <para lang="en">Locked icon</para>
        </textobject>
      </inlinemediaobject>
      , or unlocked,
      <inlinemediaobject>
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/icon-unlocked.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <para lang="en">Unlocked icon</para>
        </textobject>
      </inlinemediaobject>
      . Click on the displayed icon to toggle the sheet's lock status.
      Locking a worksheet prevents accidental modification of the data on
      that worksheet.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      The <guilabel>Viz</guilabel> column of the list shows an icon,
      <inlinemediaobject>
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/icon-visible.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <para lang="en">Visible icon</para>
        </textobject>
      </inlinemediaobject>
      , if the worksheet is currently visible. The <guilabel>Viz</guilabel> column
      is blank if the worksheet is not visible.
      Click in this column to toggle the worksheet's visibility.
      When the visibility attribute is turned off, the worksheet does not get a
      tab at the bottom of the <application>Gnumeric</application> window.
      Its data is preserved, and references to cells on the non-visible
      sheet continue to access the expected values.
      Note that a non-visible worksheet cannot be selected from the list, although
      the active fields in the list continue to function.
      To apply functions that require selecting the worksheet, such as
      <guilabel>Insert</guilabel> or <guilabel>Remove</guilabel>, first click in
      the <guilabel>Viz</guilabel> column to make it visible.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      The <guilabel>Dir</guilabel> column of the list shows a right-pointing or
      left-pointing arrow, depending on whether the sheet is currently set to
      be displayed left-to-right or right-to-left.
      Click on the arrow to toggle a worksheet's display direction.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      The <guilabel>Rows</guilabel> and <guilabel>Cols</guilabel> columns show
      the current size of each worksheet.
      Worksheet size cannot be adjusted here.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      To change the name of a worksheet, click in its <guilabel>New Name</guilabel>
      field until the contents of the field, if any, are highlighted, then type the
      desired new name and press <keysym>Enter</keysym>. If the new name duplicates
      a name already in use, a warning is displayed. You can change the new name
      or you can assign a new name to the other worksheet with that name.
      Name changes are not applied immediately. Instead, <application>Gnumeric</application> waits until you
      click on the <guilabel>Apply Name Changes</guilabel> button and makes all
      the name changes at once. When you apply the name changes, <application>Gnumeric</application> automatically
      updates all cell references that include worksheet names to use the new names.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      The worksheets can be re-ordered in the workbook by pressing the left mouse
      button in a worksheet's line and dragging it up or down in the list of
      worksheets.
      You can also select a single worksheet and then click on the <guilabel>Up</guilabel>
      or <guilabel>Down</guilabel> button to move it up or down in the list.
      Alternatively, you can sort the worksheets into ascending or descending
      order by name by clicking on the <guilabel>Ascending</guilabel> or
      <guilabel>Descending</guilabel> button.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      You can add an empty worksheet by clicking on <guilabel>Insert</guilabel>, to
      add the worksheet ahead of the selected worksheet, or on <guilabel>Append</guilabel>,
      to add the worksheet after the last sheet in the list.
      <guilabel>Insert</guilabel> creates a new worksheet the same size as the
      currently selected worksheet, while <guilabel>Append</guilabel> creates a
      new worksheet of the default size.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      Click on <guilabel>Remove</guilabel> to delete the currently selected worksheet
      or worksheets.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      Click on <guilabel>Duplicate</guilabel> to add an exact copy of the selected
      worksheet to the list immediately following the selected sheet.
      The name of the new worksheet is the same as the name of the duplicated
      worksheet, but with “(<emphasis role="italic">n</emphasis>)”
      appended, where <emphasis role="italic">n</emphasis> is the smallest
      integer greater than 1 that produces a unique worksheet name.
      If the worksheet name already ends in
      “(<emphasis role="italic">n</emphasis>)”, nothing is
      appended. Instead, the value of <emphasis role="italic">n</emphasis>
      is increased to the smallest value that produces a unique worksheet name.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      To change the background color of the tabs for the selected worksheets,
      click on the background color fill button,
      <inlinemediaobject>
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/button-fill.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <para lang="en">Background color button</para>
        </textobject>
      </inlinemediaobject>
      to set the background color to the color shown below the bucket icon, or
      click on the downward-pointing arrow to access the color selection dialog.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      Similarly, to change the color of the text in the tabs of the selected worksheets,
      click on the text color button,
      <inlinemediaobject>
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/button-text-colour.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <para lang="en">Text color button</para>
        </textobject>
      </inlinemediaobject>
      to set the text color to the color shown below the character icon, or
      click on the downward-pointing arrow to access the color selection dialog.
    </para>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-worksheets-managing-adding">
    <title lang="en">Adding a Blank Worksheet</title>

    <para lang="en">
      A new, empty worksheet can be added to a workbook by insertion ahead of the
      worksheet currently displayed in the cell grid or by appending one after
      the last worksheet.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      A new worksheet can be inserted ahead of the current worksheet by selecting
      <guimenuitem>Sheet</guimenuitem> from the <guimenuitem>Insert</guimenuitem>
      menu or <guimenuitem>Insert</guimenuitem> from the worksheet tab context menu
      or by using the <guilabel>Insert</guilabel>
      function of the <guilabel>Manage Sheets</guilabel> dialog described above.
      The new worksheet will be the same size as the one currently displayed.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      A new worksheet can be added to the end of the list by selecting
      <guimenuitem>Append</guimenuitem> from the worksheet tab context menu or
      by using the <guilabel>Append</guilabel>
      function of the <guilabel>Manage Sheets</guilabel> dialog described above.
      The new worksheet will be the default size.
    </para>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-worksheets-managing-copyPaste">
    <title lang="en">Copying or Pasting a Worksheet</title>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> does not directly support copying and pasting of worksheets,
      however copying blocks of cells provides a very similar function. For example,
      to replace the contents of worksheet Sheet3 with the contents of Sheet1,
      begin by selecting the worksheet tab for Sheet1. Select all the cells
      in Sheet1 by clicking on the blank rectangle at the top of the row headers,
      to the left of the column headers, or by selecting <guimenuitem>Select ▶ All</guimenuitem>
      from the <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> menu. Next use <guimenuitem>Edit ▶ Copy</guimenuitem>
      or <guimenuitem>Edit ▶ Cut</guimenuitem> to copy the worksheet contents
      to the clipboard, depending on whether you want to copy or move the information.
      Select the worksheet tab for Sheet3 and select cell A1 or the entire worksheet,
      then use <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Paste Special</guimenuitem>
      from the <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> menu to copy the contents of Sheet1 into Sheet3.
    </para>
    <warning><para lang="en">
      Use of <guilabel>Paste Link</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Paste Special</guilabel>
      dialog should be avoided when operating on whole worksheets, as it creates links
      to every selected cell in the first worksheet, 16,777,216 cells in a worksheet of
      the default size, and has no option to skip empty cells in the first worksheet.
    </para></warning>
    <para lang="en">
      A similar operation can be performed using the <guilabel>Manage Sheets</guilabel> dialog.
      Duplicate the worksheet to be copied, then move the copy to precede or follow
      the worksheet it is to replace. Delete the second worksheet and rename the copy.
      This operation is similar to the copy and paste technique described above,
      but this method also copies metadata, such as the display appearance controlled
      by the <guimenuitem>Format ▶ Sheet</guimenuitem> submenu.
    </para>

  </sect2>


</sect1>









  </chapter>



  <chapter id="chapter-workbooks">
    <title lang="en">Workbook Settings</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This chapter explains the contents of a
      <application>Gnumeric</application> workbook which are not part
      of the worksheets. This includes several settings which apply to
      the workbook and are saved in the
      <application>Gnumeric</application> file. Settings which apply
      to the <application>Gnumeric</application> program itself are
      called `preferences' and are explained in <xref linkend="chapter-configuring"/>.
    </para>

    
<sect1 id="sect-workbooks">
  <title lang="en">Overview</title>

  <para lang="en">
    The contents of a <application>Gnumeric</application> file
    describe all of the elements which can be changed by the
    user. This sections examines all of the workbook contents which
    are not part of the worksheets.
  </para>

  <para>Detta kapitel har ännu inte skrivits.</para>

</sect1>


<sect1 id="sect-workbooks-docsummary">
  <title lang="en">Document Summary</title>

  <para lang="en">
    A small amount of metadata is associated with each document. These
    metadata describe the author of the document and other related
    information.
  </para>

</sect1>




<sect1 id="sect-workbooks-settings">
  <title lang="en">Document Settings</title>

  <para>
    
  </para>


  <sect2 id="sect-workbooks-settings-printing">
    <title lang="en">Document Printing Settings</title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-workbooks-settings-autosave">
    <title lang="en">Document Autosave Settings</title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The AutoSave tool can save your workbook automatically at
      specific intervals.  You can specify how often you want your
      work to be saved by entering a number in the ``Minutes'' box.
      If you check the ``Prompt before saving'' button on, Gnumeric
      asks a confirmation before each automatic save.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-workbooks-settings--autosave-dialog">
      <title lang="en">The Auto Save Tool dialog</title>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
	  <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-autosave.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </figure>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-workbooks-settings-autocorect">
    <title lang="en">Document Autocorrection Settings</title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-workbooks-settings-view">
    <title lang="en">Document View Settings</title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-workbooks-settings-protection">
    <title lang="en">Document Protection Settings</title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-workbooks-settings-validation">
    <title lang="en">Document Validation Settings</title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-workbooks-settings-recalculation">
    <title lang="en">Document Recalculation Lag Settings</title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

  </sect2>

</sect1>




<sect1 id="sect-workbooks-names">
  <title lang="en">Document Named Elements</title>

  <para>
      
  </para>

</sect1>





  </chapter>

  <chapter id="chapter-configuring">
    <title lang="en">Configuring Gnumeric</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This chapter explains how to change the default behaviour of
      <application>Gnumeric</application> including the startup
      behaviour and default locale (language and number display).
    </para>

    <sect1 id="sect-configuration-overview">
  <title lang="en">Overview</title>

  <para lang="en">
    Several preferences which relate to <application>Gnumeric</application> as a whole can be
    configured and will affect the appearance and behaviour of the
    program every time it is run. These preferences can be set by the
    user.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> provides a main preference configuration panel which allows
    users to configure fundamental properties of the program including
    the font used within the spreadsheet, the type of file generated
    when a workbook is saved, default settings for the tools and the
    'undo' mechanism, as well as several fundamental properties of the
    program, such as the pixel pitch of the display, which require
    advanced knowledge to understand. <xref linkend="sect-configuration-preferences"/> explains how to alter
    these preferences.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The toolbars can also be configured by being hidden from
    view. This allows <application>Gnumeric</application> to be fit into a smaller space. <xref linkend="sect-configuration-toolbars"/> explains how to hide or
    show each toolbar.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Much of the functionality of <application>Gnumeric</application> is provided through the plugin
    mechanism. Individual plugins can be disabled to save memory space
    or when the plugin computer code is being altered. <xref linkend="sect-configuration-plugins"/> explains how to disable
    and re-enable <application>Gnumeric</application> plugins.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> is designed to be used around the globe and therefore
    allows the use to determine the language for the menus and to
    determine location specific information such as the character used
    to separate whole numbers from fractional units. These language
    and locale settings are explained in <xref linkend="sect-configuration-localization"/>. 
  </para>

  <para>
  </para>

</sect1>


    <sect1 id="sect-configuration-preferences">
  <title lang="en">General Preferences</title>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> provides several general preferences which can be set by
    the user using the <interface>Preferences Dialog</interface>.  
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The <interface>Preferences Dialog</interface> has several
    pages. Each page addresses a certain aspects of using <application>Gnumeric</application>. The
    pages are selected by clicking on one of the options in the top
    left column. These act like a tab interface in changing the rest
    of the dialog options.
  </para>

  <tip>
    <title lang="en">Tooltips appear under the mouse pointer</title>

    <para lang="en">
       When the mouse pointer is placed over an entry field or a
       checkbox, after a certain delay, a temporary tooltip may
       appear. The tooltip is a small window with information about
       each option. The tooltip disappears once the mouse pointer is
       moved to a new area of the screen.
    </para>
  </tip> 
 
  <warning>
    <title lang="en">Some preferences require advanced understanding.</title>

    <para lang="en">
       Certain of the options, such as the options for changing the
       number of pixels per length (the 'pixel pitch') on the screen,
       are generally set correctly automatically. These options are
       fundamental and should only be changed by users who understand
       the option.
    </para>
  </warning> 





  <sect2 id="sect-configuration-preferences-usage">
    <title lang="en">Using the Preferences Dialog</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The preference dialog can be started by selecting the
      <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> and then the 
      <guimenuitem>Preferences...</guimenuitem> menu item.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The dialog is used by selecting one of the categories in the top
      left column of options and then changing the settings for that
      option. The categories are presented as a list; each can be
      selected in turn by placing the mouse pointer over the desired
      element and clicking with the primary mouse button.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Certain elements, such as the <guilabel>Font</guilabel>
      preference, have a small triangle in front of their
      name. Clicking on this triangle will open a sub-element line
      which allows the sub-element to be selected and have its options
      altered. 
    </para>

  </sect2>





  <sect2 id="sect-configuration-preferences-font">
    <title lang="en">Font Preferences</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The font preferences allow the user to change the font which is
      used by default in the <application>Gnumeric</application> grid cells and to set the font
      used for headers and footers when printing.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The <interface>Font</interface> selection sets the default font
      name, size and style to be used in the cells on every sheet. 
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-configuration-preferences-font">
      <title lang="en"><interface>Display Font</interface></title>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
	  <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/preferences-font.png"/>
        </imageobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      The <interface>Headers/Footers</interface> selection sets the
      font name, size and style which will be used, by default, in the
      headers and footers added to each page of printed output. These
      selections can be over-ridden in the print preferences dialog as
      explained in <xref linkend="chapter-printing"/>. The content of
      the headers and footers is determined via the <interface> Page
      Setup dialog</interface>, detailed in <xref linkend="sect-printing-setup"/>.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-configuration-preferences-font-header">
      <title lang="en"><interface>Header &amp; Footer Font</interface></title>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
	  <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/preferences-font-header.png"/>
        </imageobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </figure>

  </sect2>





  <sect2 id="sect-configuration-preferences-copypaste">
    <title lang="en">Copy and Paste Preferences</title>


    <para lang="en">
      The <interface>Copy and Paste</interface> element allows the
      user to determine how copied items are integrated into the
      clipboard mechanism.
    </para>

    <figure id="fig-configuration-preferences-windows">
      <title lang="en"><interface>Copy and Paste</interface></title>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
	  <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/preferences-copypaste.png"/>
        </imageobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </figure>
  </sect2>





  <sect2 id="sect-configuration-preferences-files">
    <title lang="en">File Preferences</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The <interface>Files</interface> element provides settings related
      to the handling of files.
    </para>

    <figure id="configuration-preferences-files">
      <title lang="en"><interface>Files</interface></title>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
	  <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/preferences-files.png"/>
        </imageobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </figure>

    <tip>
      <title lang="en">The number of recently used files</title>
      <para lang="en">
        If you are usually using one of a small number of documents,
        you should set the <interface>Length of File
        History</interface> to be slightly larger than the number of
        these documents.
      </para>
    </tip> 

  </sect2>





  <sect2 id="sect-configuration-preferences-tools">
    <title lang="en">Tools Preferences</title>


    <para lang="en">
      The <interface>Tools</interface> element allows to determine the
      settings for the recently used function list, for autocompletion
      of data entry in cells and for range selections.
    </para>

    <figure id="configuration-preferences-tools">
      <title lang="en"><interface>Tools</interface></title>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
	  <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/preferences-tools.png"/>
        </imageobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      The <interface>Sorting</interface> element allows to determine the
      default settings for the <interface>Sort Dialog</interface>.
    </para>

    <figure id="configuration-preferences-sorting">
      <title lang="en"><interface>Sorting</interface></title>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
	  <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/preferences-sorting.png"/>
        </imageobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </figure>

  </sect2>





  <sect2 id="sect-configuration-preferences-undo">
    <title lang="en">Undo History Preferences</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The <interface>Undo</interface> element permits to customize the
      undo feature. You would normally like the number of undo items
      to be in the 10 to 25 range and the maximal undo size to be
      10000 to 100000, unless you only have little memory available.
    </para>

    <figure id="configuration-preferences-undo">
      <title lang="en"><interface>Undo</interface></title>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
	  <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/preferences-undo.png"/>
        </imageobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </figure>

  </sect2>





  <sect2 id="sect-configuration-preferences-windows">
    <title lang="en">Windows Preferences</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The windows preferences include options to set the default
      appearance of the whole window displaying the <application>Gnumeric</application> interface
      as well as 
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The <interface>Windows</interface> element includes a variety of
      options that did not fit within any of the other tabs.
    </para>

    <figure id="configuration-preferences-various">
      <title lang="en"><interface>Windows</interface></title>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
	  <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/preferences-windows.png"/>
        </imageobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      The <interface>Screen</interface> elements allows the user to
      set the pixel pitch (number of pixels per length) for the
      screen. This is a fundamental property of the display which
      should be set correctly by default. 
    </para>

    <figure id="configuration-preferences-various-internal">
      <title lang="en"><interface>Screen</interface></title>
        <mediaobject>
          <imageobject>
	    <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/preferences-screen.png"/>
        </imageobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </figure>

    <warning>
      <title lang="en">The pixel pitch is fundamental</title>

      <para lang="en">
        These options affect the display of <application>Gnumeric</application> and should only be
        changed after serious consideration. By default these options
        should be correct and should only be altered for non-standard
        screens and when the appearance of <application>Gnumeric</application> and its contents are
        clearly incorrect.
      </para>
    </warning>

  </sect2>


</sect1>





    <sect1 id="sect-configuration-toolbars">
  <title lang="en">Toolbars</title>

  <para lang="en">
    The three <application>Gnumeric</application> toolbars can either be hidden from view or shown
    above or below the cell grid area. The three different toolbars
    are explained in <xref linkend="sect-gui-toolbars"/>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Toolbars can be hidden or shown by clicking with the primary mouse
    button on the
    <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu, the dragging the pointer down to the
    <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> to open its submenu and then
    moving the pointer into the sub-menu listing the three
    toolbars. By default each toolbar appears with a small check mark
    in front of its name indicating that it is visible. Clicking on
    any of the toolbars will alter its setting, making the toolbar
    visible if it is hidden or hiding the toolbar if it is
    visible.
  </para>

</sect1>


    <sect1 id="sect-configuration-plugins">
  <title lang="en">Plugins</title>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> allows users to configure the plugins which are currently
    in use. The <guilabel>Plugin Manager</guilabel> provides all the
    configuration options in one location.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The <guilabel>Plugin Manager</guilabel> can be started by clicking
    on the <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu and selecting the
    <guimenuitem>Plugins...</guimenuitem> menu item.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The <guilabel>Plugin Manager</guilabel> is a tabbed dialog with
    three tabs. The first tab, labeled <guilabel>Plugin
    List</guilabel>, provides a list of all the currently
    visible plugins, the second tab, labeled <guilabel>Plugin
    Details</guilabel> provides details on the plugin selected in the
    first tab. The third tab, labeled <guilabel>Directories</guilabel>
    lists the directories which are currently searched to discover new
    plugins.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The first tab provides a list of plugins, an explanation of each
    and a method to activate or de-activate the plugin. The list
    includes all of the plugins which have been found by <application>Gnumeric</application> in the
    directories listed in the third tab. An explanation can be
    obtained for each plugin by selecting the plugin from the list by
    placing the mouse pointer over the plugin name and clicking with
    the primary mouse button. The explanation will then appear in the
    bottom text area. The active column provides check boxes in front
    of each listed plugin. If the box contains a check mark, the
    plugin has been activated and its functionality should be
    available.
  </para>

  <para>
  </para>

  <para>
  </para>

</sect1>


    <sect1 id="sect-configuration-localization">
  <title lang="en">Languages and Locales</title>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> can be run in many languages with settings for number
    formats, currencies and dates appropriate to each particular
    area. Unfortunately, this aspect of the program is exceedingly
    complex and requires the proper participation of the underlying
    operating system. This dependency makes it impossible for this
    manual to provide a complete explanation. The operating system
    should include a complete discussion of locales and location
    settings.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    By default, <application>Gnumeric</application> finds the configuration currently used by the
    user and sets the language and locale settings appropriately.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    It is also possible to run <application>Gnumeric</application> using the language and
    locale settings for a different place. This should be possible
    simply by redefining the <userinput>LC_ALL</userinput>
    environmental variable. For example, using the
    <application>bash</application> shell it should be possible,
    within a terminal, type:
<screen lang="en">
LC_ALL=fr_FR gnumeric &amp;
</screen>
    to make gnumeric open with its menus displayed in French and using
    the french convention for numbers and currency.
  </para>

</sect1>



  </chapter>



  <chapter id="chapter-files">
    <title lang="en">Working with Files</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This chapter explains how to use files in <application>Gnumeric</application>. The chapter
      provides an extensive description of the file formats used by
      <application>Gnumeric</application>. The chapter also explains how to open files, import data
      from text files, save files, export data to text files, send
      data to others via electronic mail, and convert files from one
      format to another.
    </para>

    <sect1 id="sect-files-overview">
  <title lang="en">Files in Gnumeric</title>

<!-- TODO: move the "understanding the filesystem" from 'opening' to here. -->

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> stores its information by creating files and re-opening
    these files during a future session. Saving information to files
    also allows a user to send the information to others.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The default file format for <application>Gnumeric</application> is based on the eXtensible
    Markup Language (XML). By default, files are saved as text files,
    consisting of XML, which are then compressed using the library of
    the <application>gzip</application> program. The extension for
    <application>Gnumeric</application> files is <literal>.gnumeric</literal> on platforms which
    support file extensions of any size, <literal>.gnum</literal> for
    systems which restrict extensions to four letters, or
    <literal>.gnm</literal> for systems which restrict extensions to
    three letters.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> can also open or save files in a number of other file
    formats. The project prides itself for the work reverse
    engineering and supporting the file formats used by Microsoft
    Excel. <application>Gnumeric</application> can use the Excel file format as if it were the
    native file format, meaning that <application>Gnumeric</application> can store and retrieve
    essentially every aspect of a worksheet using the Excel
    format. Similarly, <application>Gnumeric</application> supports the OASIS Open Document Format
    for Office Applications (ODF 1.2) file format (ISO/IEC 26300:2006/Amd
    1:2012) as well as the ECMA 376 2nd Edition file format (ISO/IEC 
    29500:2008) as if they were the native format.
  </para>

  <warning>
    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> cannot delete files from the file system. <application>Gnumeric</application> can open
      existing files and create new files but cannot delete files once
      they are created. Files can be deleted using a file browser such
      as <application>Nautilus</application> on the GNOME desktop or
      using the command-line program <application>rm</application>.
    </para>
  </warning>

  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      This chapter discusses working with actual files. It is also
      possible to import data into <application>Gnumeric</application> using the clipboard by
      copying either text or html table information in another program
      and then pasting the resulting data into a worksheet.  See <xref linkend="sect-movecopy-xclipboard"/> for details.
    </para>
  </note>

  <para lang="en">
    Text files are often used to store data, using many different
    systems to structure the data such as using commas, tabs or spaces
    to separate values. <application>Gnumeric</application> features a flexible system that enables
    users to define exactly the structure of the text file to be
    imported or exported.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> can be integrated with an email client to allow files to be
    sent directly as attachments to an electronic mail message.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> also features a command-line tool called
    <application>ssconvert</application> to convert files between any
    of the file formats which it supports.
  </para>


</sect1>

       

    <sect1 id="sect-file-formats">
  <title lang="en">File Formats</title>
    
  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> supports numerous file formats in addition to its own XML
    based format. The table below lists the formats currently
    supported. In the table below, the name of the format is a link
    which can be used to jump to the section which discusses the
    format.
  </para>

<!--    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    -->
<table frame="all"><title lang="en">The file formats supported by <application>Gnumeric</application></title>
<tgroup cols="7" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
       

<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="left" lang="en">Format</entry>
  <entry align="left" lang="en">Extension</entry>
  <entry align="left" lang="en">Open</entry>
  <entry align="left" lang="en">Save</entry>
  <entry align="left" lang="en">Import</entry>
  <entry align="left" lang="en">Export</entry>
  <entry align="left">MIME-typ</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-gnumeric">Gnumeric</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.gnumeric</literal> / <literal>.gnm</literal> / <literal>.xml</literal></entry> 
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/x-gnumeric</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-applix">Applix</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.as</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/x-applix-spreadsheet</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-csv">Comma/Tab/Semicolon Separated Values</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.csv</literal>/<literal>.tsv</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">text/plain</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-dif">Data Interchange Format</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.dif</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-oleo">GNU Oleo</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.oleo</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/x-oleo</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-html">HTML</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.html</literal> / <literal>.htm</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">text/html</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-latex">LaTeX</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.tex</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">text/x-tex</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-mps">Linear and Integer Program</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en">none / <literal>.mps</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/x-mps</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-lotus">Lotus 1-2-3</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.wk1</literal> / <literal>.wks</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/vnd.lotus-1-2-3, application/x-123</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-excel-binary-old">Microsoft Excel Old Binary Format
  (versions 2 - 5)</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.xls</literal> / <literal>.xlt</literal> / <literal>.xlw</literal></entry> 
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/vnd.ms-excel</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-excel-binary-new">Microsoft Excel Binary Format
  (Excel 95 - 2003)</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.xls</literal> / <literal>.xlt</literal> / <literal>.xlw</literal></entry> 
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/vnd.ms-excel</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-excel-oldxml">Microsoft Excel 2003 SpreadsheetML</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.xlsx</literal></entry> 
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/vnd.ms-excel</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-excel-moox">Microsoft Office Open SpreadsheetML (MOOX/ECMA376/ISO29500)</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.xlsx</literal></entry> 
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/vnd.ms-excel</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-sxc">OpenOffice.Org / StarOffice
  Old Format</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.sxc</literal> / <literal>.stc</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/vnd.sun.xml.calc</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-odf">OpenDocument Format (OASIS ODF and ISO/IEC 26300:2006)</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.ods</literal> / <literal>.odt</literal> / <literal>.sxc</literal> / <literal>.stc</literal></entry> 
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><!--<link linkend="file-format-paradox">-->Paradox Database<!--</link>--></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.px</literal> / <literal>.db</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-planperfect">Plan Perfect</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.pln</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/x-planperfect</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><!--<link linkend="file-format-psiconv">-->Psion 5 Sheet Files<!--</link>--></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.psisheet</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-ps">PostScript</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.ps</literal> / <literal>.eps</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">application/postscript</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-pdf">PDF</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.pdf</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">application/pdf</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-qpro">Quattro Pro</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.wb1</literal> / <literal>.wb2</literal> / <literal>.wb3</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/x-quattropro, application/x-quattro-pro</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-sc">SC/XSpread</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en">none / .<literal>sc</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/x-sc</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-sylk">Multiplan (SYLK)</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"> <literal>.sylk</literal> / <literal>.slk</literal></entry> 
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/x-sylk</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-text">Text Formats</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.txt</literal> / <literal>.text</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">text/plain</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-troff">TROFF</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.me</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">application/x-troff</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-xbase">Xbase</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.dbf</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">application/dbase, application/dbf, application/x-dbase,
  application/x-dbf, application/x-xbase, zz-application/zz-winassoc-dbf</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-xhtml">XHTML</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.xhtml</literal> / <literal>.html</literal></entry> 
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry/>
  <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
  <entry lang="en">application/xhtml+xml</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
<!--    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    -->

<note>
  <para lang="en">
    Files in the file formats marked as Save/Open can be opened or saved
    with the
    <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem>,
    and <guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem> menu items in the
    <guimenuitem>File</guimenuitem> menu.
    Files in the file formats marked as Import/Export can be imported or
    exported with the items on the
    <guimenuitem>Import Data</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Export Data
    </guimenuitem> submenus of the 
    <guimenuitem>Data</guimenuitem> menu. 
  </para>
</note>



  <sect2 id="file-format-gnumeric">
    <title lang="en"><application>Gnumeric</application> XML File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The <application>Gnumeric</application> file format is based on the eXtensible Markup
      Language (XML) and is used as the default file format.
    </para>

    <note>
      <para lang="en">
        <application>Gnumeric</application> is currently using two different systems to process
        XML.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The newer system is based on the SAX processing method for XML
        and is substantially faster than the older method. This code
        is based in a plugin module. The exporter is currently used
        by default but the importer is still incomplete.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
	The older system is part of the core <application>Gnumeric</application> program and is
        still used to open files in the <application>Gnumeric</application> format.
      </para>
    </note>


    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">The Gnumeric file format</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en"><literal>.gnumeric</literal></entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry><application>Gnumeric</application></entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Open / Save:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Both</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    This is the default file format and therefore has the best
            support of all the formats available. Every feature that
	    can be created in the spreadsheet should be savable using
	    this format.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The <application>Gnumeric</application> file format is handled using two different code
	    bases. The older version is part of the application
	    itself. The newer version is in a plugin called
	    "EXPERIMENTAL SAX based XML" because the parser is based
	    on SAX.
<!-- TODO: explain SAX differences and advantages. -->
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
            The <application>Gnumeric</application> file format stores the file contents in the
            eXtensible Markup Language (XML) and compresses the file
            using the GNU project's <application>gzip</application>
            compression library.
          </para>

          <para lang="en">
            The <application>Gnumeric</application> file format is designed to be flexible and
            powerful. The format is easily processed by computers. The
            format can readily be improved as gnumeric develops
            without breaking compatibility with older versions. The
            format is designed to be easily translated into text so
            that it can be read by humans.
          </para>

	  <para lang="en">
	    <application>Gnumeric</application> automatically recognizes the version of the file
	    format of any file saved since this format is contained in
	    the file header. The table below is for information
	    purposes only.

<!--    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    -->
<table frame="all">
  <title lang="en">Gnumeric XML format versions</title>
<tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
       

<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">XML File Format Version</entry>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Gnumeric Version</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
   <entry lang="en">1</entry>
  <entry/>
</row>
<row>
   <entry lang="en">2</entry>
  <entry/>
</row>
<row>
   <entry lang="en">3</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Since 0.52</entry>
</row>
<row>
   <entry lang="en">4</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Since 0.57</entry>
</row>
<row>
   <entry lang="en">5</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Since 0.58</entry>
</row>
<row>
   <entry lang="en">6</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Since 0.62</entry>
</row>
<row>
   <entry lang="en">7</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Since 0.66</entry>
</row>
<row>
   <entry lang="en">8</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Since 0.71</entry>
</row>
<row>
   <entry lang="en">9</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Since 0.73</entry>
</row>
<row>
   <entry lang="en">10</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Since 1.03</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
	  </para>

          <para lang="en">
	    An outdated PDF document discussing the <application>Gnumeric</application> file format
	    which should provide a useful starting point was developed
	    by the JWorkbook project. The file can be downloaded from
	    <literal><ulink type="http" url="http://www.jfree.org/jworkbook/download/gnumeric-xml.pdf">
	    http://www.jfree.org/jworkbook/download/gnumeric-xml.pdf</ulink></literal>.
          </para>


	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
            Direct manipulation of <application>Gnumeric</application> files is possible by
	    transforming the files to text files and then using
	    standard text file tools like document editors. In order
	    to read the contents a <application>Gnumeric</application> file must first be
	    decompressed and can then be opened. In GNU systems, the
	    <application>Gnumeric</application> default file "Book1.gnumeric" can be uncompressed
	    as follows:
<screen lang="en">
zcat Book1.gnumeric &gt; Book1.text
</screen>
            alternatively, the file can be renamed and then
            uncompressed with the following pair of commands:
<screen lang="en">
cp Book1.gnumeric Book1.text.gz
gunzip Book1.text.gz
</screen>
            both possibilities yield the file "Book1.text" which is
            an ASCII text file. This file can be opened in any editor,
            like <application>Vim</application> or
            <application>Emacs</application>,
            or pager, like <application>Less</application>.
          </para>

	  <para/>
<!-- TODO Ask Shaun: why is this needed to get a par break? -->

<!-- TODO: add uses of XML manipulation of .gnumeric files. -->
          <para lang="en">
	    XML manipulation tools can be used to transform <application>Gnumeric</application>
            files and access the data they contain, since the file
	    format is XML. The file can be validated by an XML Schema
	    Definition (XSD) .  These are available via the Internet
            at <uri>http://git.gnome.org/cgit/gnumeric/plain/gnumeric.xsd</uri>.
          </para>

	  <para lang="en">
	    The Java<trademark/> Language can be used to create,
	    access, or manipulate <application>Gnumeric</application> format files using the
	    <application>JWorkbook</application> project library. See
	    the project's <ulink type="http" url="http://http://www.jfree.org/jworkbook/index.html">
	    website</ulink> for details.
	  </para>

	  <para lang="en">
	    The C# language, through the
	    <application>mono</application> implementation can also be
	    used to manipulate <application>Gnumeric</application> format files. 
<!-- TODO: get link to C# version of JWorkbook
             See the project's
	    <ulink type="http" linkend="" > website</ulink> for
	    details.
-->
	  </para>


	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>










  <sect2 id="file-format-applix">
    <title lang="en">Applix File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The Applix file format is used by the
    <application>Applixware</application> group of applications which
    include a spreadsheet component. The
    <application>Applixware</application> spreadsheet is made by
    <ulink type="http" url="http://www.vistasource.com">Vistasource</ulink> and
    claims to be a 'real-time', event driven software system.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> can read some files produced by the
      <application>Applixware</application> spreadsheet.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">The Applix File Format</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">.as</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">The <application>Applixware</application> Spreadsheet</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Import only</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Saving <application>Applixware</application> files has
            recently been disabled due to lack of developer
            interest. Instead of directly saving a file in the
            <application>Applix</application> format, files can be
            exported to <application>Applixware</application> can
            be performed using the <link linkend="file-format-excel-binary-new">Excel</link> file format.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the Applix plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>



  <sect2 id="file-format-csv">
    <title lang="en">Comma/Tab/Semicolon Separated Value (CSV/TSV) File Formats</title>

<!-- TODO: explain locale prob- CSV file comma vs. decimal separator -->

    <para lang="en">
      The Comma Separated Value (CSV) and Tab Separated Value (TSV) file
      formats are a common
      structuring strategy for text format files. In these files, each
      line in the file represents a row of data and, within each line
      of the file, the different data fields are separated from one
      another using a separator character, often a comma, semicolon or tab.
      <application>Gnumeric</application> handles CSV and TSV files through the text
      importer and exporter but these formats are given their own
      definitions in this document because they are considered very common
      formats.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> will automatically open CSV and TSV format files separating each
      row into columns based on the presence of appropriate separator
      characters in
      the file. If the automatic import leads to any errors, these can
      generally be corrected by using the "Text Import (configurable)"
      file format instead. Selecting that file format will launch the
      <interface>Text Import</interface> druid which allows the user
      to import CSV and TSV format files while specifying in greater detail
      the settings of the import configuration parameters. See the
      section on <link linkend="sect-file-textImport">importing text
      files</link> or the section on <link linkend="sect-file-textExport">exporting text files</link> for
      an explanation of how to open or save CSV and TSV files through the
      <interface>Text Import</interface> druid.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Comma/Semicolon/Tab Separated Value, CSV/TSV</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.csv, .tsv, .txt</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Many</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Both</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The CSV file format is only useful for the exchange of
            cell data and cannot be used for sheet objects like
            graphical plots. This file format cannot save the
            formatting of cell contents, backgrounds or borders.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the core <application>Gnumeric</application> program.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    CSV files are simple text files where each row of the text
	    file represents one row in the spreadsheet and where the
	    cells within a row are separated from each other by a
	    comma. 
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    CSV files can be processed using any tool which operates
	    on text files. The CSV format is also common as a format
	    which can be opened by applications.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>

    <para lang="en">
      <emphasis role="italic">See the section on </emphasis>
      <link linkend="file-format-text">Text Formats</link>
    </para>

  </sect2>










  <sect2 id="file-format-dif">
    <title lang="en">Data Interchange Format (DIF) File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The Data Interchange Format (DIF) file format is a text based
      format encoded in ASCII with a header, for integrity
      checking, and a body. The format was originally developed by
      Software Arts in order to transfer data from
      <application>VisiCalc</application>, the first spreadsheet.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Data Interchange Format</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">.dif</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Various</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Both</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Since the DIF format only supports a single worksheet,
            <application>Gnumeric</application> only exports the top worksheet in the view used to
            save the workbook.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the <quote>Data Interchange Format
            (DIF) module</quote> plug-in.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The format is a text file, encoded in ASCII, with a header
	    and body.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The file can be processed as a text file or imported to
	    any program that recognizes the DIF format.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>










  <sect2 id="file-format-oleo">
    <title lang="en">GNU Oleo File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The GNU Oleo file format is the format used by the GNU Oleo
      spreadsheet, one of the early free software spreadsheets. The
      GNU Oleo project has stagnated so this format is only supported
      to enable the import of old files.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">GNU Oleo</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Unknown</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en"><application>GNU oleo</application></entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Open Only</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'GNU Oleo' plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>








<!-- TODO: html format edit limitations, encodings.  -->
<!-- TODO: html format edit fragment handling (cut and paste) -->

  <sect2 id="file-format-html">
    <title lang="en">The HTML File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) file format is a text file
      format with markup in the Hypertext Markup Language. These files
      are designed to be viewed in a web browser.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> can save the cell contents in a worksheet to a text file
      which consists either of entire, well formed HTML files of
      version 3.2 or 4.0, or of a file fragment which contains only a
      &lt;table&gt; structure and must be inserted into an HTML
      file. <application>Gnumeric</application> can also open files which consist only of simple,
      well formed HTML &lt;table&gt; structures.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Names:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Hypertext Markup Language (HTML)</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.html, .htm</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Any Web Browser, any text editor</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Export only, but also can import HTML &lt;table&gt; 
	           structures</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Only the cell contents of a worksheet are saved with sheet
            object elements, such as graphical plots, ignored.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'HTML &amp; TeX' plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

<!-- TODO remove or improve HTML examples
      <varlistentry>
        <term>
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    The following figures illustrate the output of the
	    different HTML file formats.
	  </para>

          <figure id="fig-file-format-html32-ex1">
            <title>An HTML 3.2 format file</title>
            <screenshot>
	      <mediaobject>
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/files-html32-example.png" 
                             format="PNG" />
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                <phrase>An image of the rendered output of an HTML 3.2
                        format file generated by Gnumeric.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </mediaobject>
            </screenshot>
          </figure>

          <figure id="file-format-html40-ex1">
            <title>An HTML 4.0 format file</title>
            <screenshot>
	      <mediaobject>
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/files-html40-example.png" 
                             format="PNG" />
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                <phrase>An image of the rendered output of an HTML 4.0
                        format file generated by Gnumeric.</phrase> 
                </textobject>
              </mediaobject>
            </screenshot>
          </figure>

          <figure id="fig-file-format-html-fragment">
            <title>An HTML fragment</title>
            <screenshot>
	      <mediaobject>
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/files-html-example.png" 
                             format="PNG" />
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                <phrase>An image of the rendered output of an HTML fragment
                        format file generated by Gnumeric, after the
                        incorporation of this fragment into a valid
                        HTML file.</phrase>  
                </textobject>
              </mediaobject>
            </screenshot>
          </figure>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
-->

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    All these files can be opened by any text editor. The HTML
	    3.2 and 4.0 format files can be opened by any web browser
	    such as <application>Mozilla</application>.
	  </para>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Files which are generated as HTML fragments must be placed
	    into an HTML file with a valid pre-amble and closing
	    statements. 
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>

    <para lang="en">
      <emphasis role="italic">See Also:</emphasis>
      <link linkend="file-format-xhtml">XHTML Format</link>
    </para>


  </sect2>










  <sect2 id="file-format-latex">
    <title lang="en">LaTeX File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The LaTeX file format is a text file format with markup in the
      LaTeX 2ε derivative of the TeX family of languages.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> generates LaTeX files to allow the export of tables of
      numeric values for use in the LaTeX document processing
      system. LaTeX is a derived format of the TeX system. The files
      generated by <application>Gnumeric</application> are designed to be used by a LaTeX
      processor, such as <application>latex</application> or
      <application>pdflatex</application>, to generate files in
      viewable formats such as Device Independent (DVI), PostScript
      (PS) or Portable Document Format (PDF).
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The generated files can either be processed directly or can be
      included in other LaTeX files.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>LaTeX</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.tex</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en"><application>latex</application>,
	           <application>pdflatex</application></entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Export only</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    <application>Gnumeric</application> generates a LaTeX <literal>longtable</literal>
            structure which contains only the contents of the cells in
            the worksheet displayed in the view at the time the file
            was created.
	  </para>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Font coloring is supported. Thin cell borders are
            translated into single lines and thick cell borders are
            translated into double lines. Cell background colors are
            ignored.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'HTML &amp; TeX' plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>

	  <para lang="en">
	    The generated file includes extensive documentation in TeX
	    comment fields, to explain how to use and alter the
	    file. Lines in the file which are comments begin and end
	    with double percent symbols (%%). Lines which are designed
	    as user options begin with a single percent symbol (%)
	    which can be deleted to make the LaTeX command on that
	    line take effect.
	  </para>

	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>

	  <para lang="en">
	    The LaTeX files generated by <application>Gnumeric</application> can either be
	    processed directly by a LaTeX processor or can be included
	    as tables in other files. The files can be included by
	    reference as explained below or can be pasted into other
	    files at the appropriate location. The file can also be
	    altered to change certain parameters. These alterations
	    are explained as comments within the file itself and are
	    presented below.
	  </para>

	  <para lang="en">
	    The file created by <application>Gnumeric</application> can be run directly through a
	    LaTeX processor without any modifications. For example, if
	    the file were saved as <filename>Book1.tex</filename>, the
	    following command 
<screen lang="en">
pdflatex Book1.tex
</screen>
            generates a PDF file named
	    <filename>Book1.pdf</filename>. The file can be generated
	    in landscape format and the headers, footers and column
	    widths of the file can be altered in the manner explained
	    below.
	  </para>

	  <para/>
<!-- TODO Ask Shaun: why is this needed to get a par break? -->

	  <para lang="en">
	    The file can also be included within another LaTeX file to
	    provide a single table. This requires, first, ensuring
	    that all the packages which will be needed are included, and
	    second, defining a LaTeX variable which is used as a dummy
	    tag to exclude the preamble used to process the file on
	    its own. The LaTeX file generated by <application>Gnumeric</application> requires using
	    the following lines in the preamble
<screen lang="en">
\usepackage{ucs}
\usepackage{utf8}{inputenc}
\usepackage{color}
\usepackage{array}
\usepackage{longtable}
\usepackage{calc}
\usepackage{multirow}
\usepackage{hhline}
\usepackage{ifthen}  
</screen>
            to include each of these packages. Optionally, to include
	    the table in landscape mode, the preamble also needs the line
<screen lang="en">
\usepackage{lscape}
</screen>
            to include the <literal>lscape</literal> package. Second,
	    the following line
<screen lang="en">
\def\inputGnumericTable{}
</screen>
            must be included to make the LaTeX processor ignore the
	    preamble section of the file generated by <application>Gnumeric</application>. The
	    generated file can be included either by adding, at the
	    appropriate location in the other file, the line
<screen lang="en">
\input{<replaceable>mygnumericfile.tex</replaceable>}  
</screen>
            with the text <literal>mygnumericfile</literal> replaced
	    with the appropriate file name or by pasting the entire
	    file generated by <application>Gnumeric</application> into the other file. 
	  </para>

	  <para/>
<!-- TODO Ask Shaun: why is this needed to get a par break? -->


          <para lang="en">
	    An option is provided in the file allows the table to be
	    presented in landscape mode which allows wider tables to
	    be included. For files which are to be processed
	    independently, the option can be changed in the document
	    class definition
<screen lang="en">
\documentclass[12pt%
	           %,landscape%
             ]{report}
</screen>
            by removing the percent symbol (%) in front of
	    <literal>,landscape</literal>. For files to be included as
	    tables in other LaTeX files, the preamble must include the
	    <literal>lscape</literal> package, as was explained above,
	    and the two commands
<screen lang="en">
\def\gnumericTableEnd{\end{landscape}}
\begin{landscape}
</screen>
            must have the leading percent sign removed.
	  </para>

	  <para/>
<!-- TODO Ask Shaun: why is this needed to get a par break? -->

          <para lang="en">
	    An option is provided to change the widths of the columns
	    of the file generated by <application>Gnumeric</application>. By default, the file
	    attempts to maintain the proportions between the columns
	    in the <application>Gnumeric</application> worksheet, yet scale the resulting table for
	    the width of the paper defined in LaTeX. To change the
	    column widths, look for the section in the
	    <application>LaTeX</application> file with lines that look
	    like
<screen lang="en">
\def\gnumericColA{107pt*\gnumericScale}
\def\gnumericColB{89pt*\gnumericScale}
\def\gnumericColC{98pt*\gnumericScale}
\def\gnumericColD{89pt*\gnumericScale}
\def\gnumericColE{89pt*\gnumericScale}
</screen>
            and that may have as many entries as there were columns in
	    the worksheet. The TeX 'lengths' defined for each column
	    can be changed. For example, change the second column
	    (Column B) to a width of 0.75 inches, we would simply have
	    to modify this code to: 
<screen lang="en">
\def\gnumericColA{107pt*\gnumericScale}
\def\gnumericColB{0.75in}
\def\gnumericColC{98pt*\gnumericScale}
\def\gnumericColD{89pt*\gnumericScale}
\def\gnumericColE{89pt*\gnumericScale}
</screen>
            and the resulting file would have a second column 0.75
	    inches wide.
	  </para>

	  <para/>
<!-- TODO Ask Shaun: why is this needed to get a par break? -->

	  <para lang="en">
	    An option to change the headers and footers of the table
	    is provided as well. The file itself contains comments on
	    how to alter these but the choices will require seeing the
	    documentation of the <literal>longtable</literal> LaTeX
	    package. See that documentation and the contents of the
	    file generated by <application>Gnumeric</application> for details.
	  </para>  

	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>










  <sect2 id="file-format-mps">
    <title lang="en">Linear and Integer Program Expression (MPS) File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The Linear and Integer Program Expression  file format is a text
      file format, encoded as ASCII, which uses fixed columns. The
      format was developed by International Business Machines
      Corporation to express linear and integer programs. 
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Linear and Integer Program Expression (MPS)</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">none / .mps</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Various linear programming applications</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Import only</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'Linear and integer expression (MPS)
            format module' plug-in.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The Argonne National Laboratory of the United States has a
	    simple <ulink type="ftp" url="http://www-unix.mcs.anl.gov/otc/Guide/faq/linear-programming-faq.html#Q5">introduction</ulink>
	    to the MPS format on their web site.
	  </para>

	  <para lang="en">
	    The MIPLIB site has more information including a file
	    named 
	    <ulink type="ftp" url="ftp://softlib.cs.rice.edu/pub/miplib/mps_format">mps_format</ulink> which is a brief introduction to the
	    format and includes the following section:
<screen lang="en">
The following template is a guide for the use of MPS format:

---------------------------------------------------------------------
Field:    1           2          3         4         5         6
Columns:  2-3        5-12      15-22     25-36     40-47     50-61

          NAME   problem name

          ROWS

           type     name

          COLUMNS
                   column       row       value     row      value
                    name        name                name
          RHS
                    rhs         row       value     row      value
                    name        name                name
          RANGES
                    range       row       value     row      value
                    name        name                name
          BOUNDS

           type     bound       column     value
                    name        name
          ENDATA
---------------------------------------------------------------------
</screen>
            and provides further explanations to the components. The
            file also suggests as more complete references:
<screen lang="en">
  "Advanced Linear Programming," by Bruce A. Murtagh
  "Computer Solutions of Linear Programs," by J.L. Nazareth
</screen>
            which should provide a better explanation.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


    </variablelist>


  </sect2>










  <sect2 id="file-format-lotus">
    <title lang="en">Lotus 1-2-3 File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The Lotus 1-2-3 file format is the format used by the Lotus
      <application>1-2-3</application> spreadsheet, which is now part of
      the office suite called <application>SmartSuite</application>. 
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>Lotus 1-2-3</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.wk1,.wks</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Lotus <application>SmartSuite</application></entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Import only</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'Lotus 123' plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Many spreadsheet programs support this format.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>










  <sect2 id="file-format-excel-binary-old">
    <title lang="en">Microsoft Excel Old Binary File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The Microsoft Excel<trademark/> Old Binary file format is a binary file
      format used by the <application>Excel</application> program in
      the <application>Office</application> suite between versions 2
      and 5. The format is a
      common format supported to various extents by most spreadsheets
      although it is incompletely documented. The <application>Gnumeric</application> project has
      reversed engineered all of the core features of the format.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>Excel</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.xls</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Microsoft <application>Excel</application>,
	           Microsoft <application>Office</application>,
		   and many other spreadsheets </entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Open / Save:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Both</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>
    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'MS Excel (tm)' plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    These are binary file formats.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    A number of other programs are able to process files in
	    the Microsoft Excel file format.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>
  <sect2 id="file-format-excel-binary-new">
    <title lang="en">Microsoft Excel New Binary File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The Microsoft Excel<trademark/> New Binary file format is a binary file
      format used by the <application>Excel</application> program in
      the <application>Office</application> suite between versions 95
      and 2003. The format is a
      common format supported to various extents by most spreadsheets
      although it is incompletely documented. The <application>Gnumeric</application> project has
      reversed engineered all of the core features of the format.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>Excel</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.xls</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Microsoft <application>Excel</application>,
	           Microsoft <application>Office</application>,
		   and many other spreadsheets </entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Open / Save:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Both</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>
    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'MS Excel (tm)' plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    These are binary file formats.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    A number of other programs are able to process files in
	    the Microsoft Excel file format.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>
  <sect2 id="file-format-excel-oldxml">
    <title lang="en">Microsoft Excel 2003 XML File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Microsoft Excel<trademark/> 2003 shipped with a file format
      called SpreadsheetML.  This file is XML.  It is not very common,
      but its core features are supported.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>Excel</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.xlsx</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Microsoft <application>Excel</application>,
	           Microsoft <application>Office</application>,
		   and many other spreadsheets </entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Open / Save:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Both</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>
    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'MS Excel (tm)' plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    These are zip files containing SpreadsheetML files and
	    binary files.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    This file format is not very widespread and therefore
	    support by 3rd-party applications is limited.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>
  <sect2 id="file-format-excel-moox">
    <title lang="en">Microsoft Excel Office Open XML SpreadsheetML</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Microsoft Office<trademark/> 2007 shipped with a new set of file
      formats, namely the Microsoft Office Open XML SpreadsheetML
      format.  This format is a semi-open standard based around a
      zipped XML file.  Microsoft Office Open XML SpreadsheetML is
      mostly standardized in ECMA 376 and ISO 29500.  This
      implementation is covered under the Open Specification Promise
      and therefore does not infringe upon Microsoft patents.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>Excel</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.xls</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Microsoft <application>Excel</application>,
	           Microsoft <application>Office</application>,
		   and many other spreadsheets </entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Open / Save:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Both</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Most core features of the format are supported.
	  </para>

	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'MS Excel (tm)' plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    These are zip files containing SpreadsheetML files and
	    binary files.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    A number of other programs are able to process files in
	    the Microsoft Excel file format.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="file-format-excel-xml">
    <title lang="en">Microsoft Excel XML</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The Microsoft Excel<trademark/> file format is a binary file
      format used by the <application>Excel</application> program in
      the <application>Office</application> suite. The format is a
      common format supported to various extents by most spreadsheets
      although it is incompletely documented. The <application>Gnumeric</application> project has
      reversed engineered all of the core features of the format.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>Excel</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.xls</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Microsoft <application>Excel</application>,
	           Microsoft <application>Office</application>,
		   and many other spreadsheets </entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Open / Save:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Both</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Most core features of the format are supported.
	  </para>

	  <warning>
	    <para lang="en">
	      <application>Gnumeric</application> does not support the very old file formats used by
	      Excel<trademark/> versions prior to Excel<trademark/> 2.0.
	    </para>
	  </warning>

          <para lang="en">
            <application>Gnumeric</application> can open files from most of the Microsoft
            Excel<trademark/> file formats and all of the recent file
            formats. The formats supported are:      
            <itemizedlist>
	      <listitem>
	        <para lang="en"> MS Excel<trademark/> 5.0/95.
		</para>
	      </listitem>
	      <listitem>
	        <para lang="en"> MS Excel<trademark/> 97/2000/XP.
		</para>
	      </listitem>
	      <listitem>
	        <para lang="en"> MS Excel<trademark/> 97/2000/XP &amp; 5.0/95.
		</para>
	      </listitem>
	    </itemizedlist>
	  </para>

	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'MS Excel (tm)' plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    These are binary file formats.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    A number of other programs are able to process files in
	    the Microsoft Excel file format.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>










  <sect2 id="file-format-sylk">
    <title lang="en">Multiplan SYLK File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The Microsoft Multiplan Symbolic Link Interchange (SYLK) file
      format is a column based format.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> can read files in this format.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Symbolic Link Interchange (SYLK)</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">none / .slk</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en"><application>Multiplan</application></entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Import only</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'Multiplan (SYLK)' plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>


    </variablelist>


  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="file-format-odf">
    <title lang="en">OpenDocument Format (OASIS ODF and ISO/IEC 26300:2006)</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The OpenOffice.org XML file format is zip archive including
      several components all of which are text files, most of these with
      markup in the eXtensible Markup Language (XML). 
    </para>

    <para lang="en"><application>Gnumeric</application> reads version 1.0, 1.1 and 1.2 of ODF spreadsheet files and writes version 1.2 files
	    with or without foreign elements. Foreign elements are an extension mechanism defined in ODF and
	    allow features to be saved in ODF files that are not specifically standardized by ODF.
      <application>Gnumeric</application> plans to continue to support this format in the future.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>Open Document Format, ODF</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.ods</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry><application>OpenOffice.org Calc</application>, <application>LibreOffice Calc</application>, <application>KSpread</application>, <application>StarCalc</application></entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Open / Save:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Both</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'Open Document Format' plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>

	  <para lang="en">
	    The file format is a zip archive containing several text
	    and XML elements: a <filename>mimetype</filename> file
	    giving the mime type, a <filename>content.xml</filename>
	    file with the contents of the spreadsheet cells, and
	    several other files with meta data, style definitions or
	    information on the settings. The file contents can be
	    extracted with the <application>unzip</application>
	    command line program or with any of a number of graphical
	    interface programs.
	  </para>

	  <para lang="en">
	    The Organization for the Advancement of Structured
            Information Standards (OASIS) has accepted this file
            format as the standard "OASIS Open Office XML Format".
	    The published specification for the file format is
	    available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/tc_home.php?wg_abbrev=office">
	    OASIS Open Office XML Format Technical Committee</ulink>
	    web page. Other information is available from the <ulink type="http" url="http://xml.openoffice.org/">OpenOffice.org XML
	    File Format</ulink> web page, part of the OpenOffice.org
	    project.
	  </para>

	  <para lang="en">
	  Version 1.0 of ODF was adopted as an international standard by ISO/IEC as 
	  ISO/IEC 26300:2006.
	  </para>
	  
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Files in this format can be imported and modified by many
	    different programs including the 
	    <application>OpenOffice.org Calc</application> and
	    <application>LibreOffice Calc</application> spreadsheets
	    or may be modified through XML processing. 
	    </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>


  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="file-format-sxc">
    <title lang="en">OpenOffice.org Old File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      OpenOffice.org originally shipped with a file format that has
      served as a basis for the new OASIS-standardized file format.
      This file format is deprecated.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> can both open and save files in this format and plans to
      continue to support this format in the future.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">OpenOffice.org/StarOffice file format</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.sxw</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en"><application>OpenOffice.org Calc</application>,
	           <application>StarCalc</application></entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Both</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'Open Document Format' plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    This file format is deprecated and is not widely used.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>









  <sect2 id="file-format-planperfect">
    <title lang="en">Plan Perfect File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The Plan Perfect file format is a format used by the
    <application>PlanPerfect</application> spreadsheet.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Plan Perfect</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Unknown</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en"><application>PlanPerfect</application>.</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Import only</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'Plan Perfect' plug-in.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>










  <sect2 id="file-format-ps">
    <title lang="en">PostScript File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The PostScript file format is a text format which contains the
      program code for a postScript interpreter. PostScript is a page
      description language designed to enable the creation and
      transfer of printer-ready output.
    </para>

    <note>
      <para lang="en">
        <application>Gnumeric</application> supports the creation of PostScript files through the
        printing interface, not through the file save mechanism. See
        <xref linkend="chapter-printing"/>, for details on how to
        generate a PostScript file.
      </para>
    </note>
     

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">PostScript</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.ps</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Many programs can interpret and display PostScript
	    files including: <application>GGV</application>,
	    <application>ghostview</application>
	    (<application>gv</application>), and
	    <application>ghostscript</application>.  </entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Export only</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The creation of PostScript files is supported internally
	    by the printing sub-system.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The PostScript language was created by Adobe, Inc. The
	    Adobe web site has a non-technical <ulink type="http" url="http://www.adobe.com/products/postscript/main.html">introduction</ulink>,
	    as well as a technical <ulink type="http" url="http://www.adobe.com/products/postscript/overview.html">overview</ulink>
	    and the actual <ulink type="http" url="http://partners.adobe.com/asn/tech/ps/specifications.jsp">specifications</ulink>.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    PostScript files can imported into other documents by
	    several programs. For the very advanced, PostScript files
	    can be reprogrammed using a text editor.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>










  <sect2 id="file-format-pdf">
    <title lang="en">Portable Document Format (PDF) File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The Portable Document Format (PDF) file format is a binary
      format which contains page description primitives and combines a
      subset of the Postscript language with some more recent
      features. The Portable Document Format is a page description
      language designed to enable the creation and transfer of
      printer-ready output.
    </para>

    <note>
      <para lang="en">
        <application>Gnumeric</application> supports the creation of PDF files through the
        printing interface, not through the file save mechanism. See
        <xref linkend="chapter-printing"/>, for details on how to
        generate a PDF file.
      </para>
    </note>
     

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>Portable Document Format (PDF)</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.pdf</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      PDF is supported by a wide variety of programs including
	      <application>gPDF</application>, 
	      <application>Xpdf</application>, 
	      <application>GGV</application>, 
	      <application>ghostview</application>
	      (<application>gv</application>), and
	      <application>ghostscript</application>, </entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Export only</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The creation of PDF files is supported internally
	    by the printing sub-system.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	     The Postscript language was created by Adobe, Inc. The
	    Adobe web site has a non-technical <ulink type="http" url="http://www.adobe.com/products/postscript/main.html">introduction</ulink>,
	    as well as a technical <ulink type="http" url="http://www.adobe.com/products/postscript/overview.html">overview</ulink>
	    and the actual <ulink type="http" url="http://partners.adobe.com/asn/tech/ps/specifications.jsp">specifications</ulink>.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    PDF files can imported into other documents by
	    several programs.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>










  <sect2 id="file-format-qpro">
    <title lang="en">Quattro Pro File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The Quattro Pro file format is the format used by Corel's
      <application>QuattroPro</application> spreadsheet.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> supports opening these files to import their data.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>Quattro Pro</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.wb1 / .wb2 / .wb3</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry><application>Quattro Pro</application></entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Import only</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the Quattro<trademark/> Pro plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>










  <sect2 id="file-format-sc">
    <title lang="en">SC/Xspread File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The SC/Xspread file format is the file format used by the old sc and
      Xspread spreadsheets. 
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">SC file format</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">YES</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en"><application>SC</application>,
	    <application>Xspread</application>,
	    <application>S</application> spreadsheets.
	    </entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Import only</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'SC/XSpread' plug-in.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="file-format-text">
    <title lang="en">Text File Formats</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Files in the text file format are files in which the bytes
      represent the text characters of a particular character set
      using a specific system to relate the binary numbers in the file
      to the text characters of the set. Such systems are called
      'encodings' and become an issue when the file includes
      characters that are not in the standard ASCII set, such as
      characters in languages other than English. Character encodings
      are explained in greater detail in <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport-complex-encoding"/>.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Choosing <guimenuitem>Import Text File...</guimenuitem> menu
      item in the
      <guimenuitem>Import Data</guimenuitem> submenu of the
      <guimenuitem>Data</guimenuitem> menu or the <guimenuitem>Import
      Other File...</guimenuitem> menu item in the
      <guimenuitem>Import Data</guimenuitem> submenu of the
      <guimenuitem>Data</guimenuitem> menu and specifying the
      "Text import (configurable)" or "Text export
      (configurable)" file formats to open or save files will cause
      <application>Gnumeric</application> to start the <interface>Text Import</interface> or
      <interface>Text Export</interface> druids. These allow the users
      to configure in detail the parameters with which existing files
      will be read into a workbook or existing workbooks will be
      output to a file.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The Text file format includes a number of different formatting
      strategies for text files in which data fields are structured in
      a regular pattern. Most of these formats represent rows of data
      on different lines of the file using different strategies to
      separated data values within each row. 'Fixed-width' formats
      place each data entry in a separate column and therefore limit
      the size of the data entries. 'Separated' formats use a special
      character or character sequence to separate entries. For
      instance, the comma separated value, the tab separated value
      formats and the space separated value formats use commas, tabs,
      and spaces respectively to separate the data fields.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> can import and export files from and to a wide variety
      of text file
      formats when the text importer or the text exporter is
      configured appropriately. File can be generated with many
      different encodings. See the section on <link linkend="sect-file-textImport">importing text files</link> or
      the section on <link linkend="sect-file-textExport">exporting
      text files</link> for an explanation of how to import or export
      these formatted text files.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Text File Format</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en"><literal>.text</literal> / <literal>.txt</literal>
	    / none </entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Many programs can read and create formatted text files</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Both</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The exporter can only create text files using a separator
            character and cannot create fixed-width structured files.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the core <application>Gnumeric</application> program.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Text file format files are simple text files containing
	    the data for each cell of the worksheet organized in a
	    systematic fashion.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Text format files can be processed using any tool which
	    operates on text files, and many other applications can
	    read or generate one or more of these formats.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>










  <sect2 id="file-format-troff">
    <title lang="en"><command>TROFF</command> File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The <command>TROFF</command> file format is a text file format
      with markup in <literal>TROFF</literal>.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The <command>TROFF</command> system is a documentation
      preparation system that can generate many different output files
      from an input file with standard markup. <application>Gnumeric</application> produces a file
      that can be used as input to the <command>TROFF</command> system
      or its GNU project replacement, <command>GROFF</command>.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The support for this format is mostly intended to produce simple
      tables into a file which can be used in the
      <command>TROFF</command> system. Since <application>Gnumeric</application> supports full
      output to Postscript and PDF file formats, those formats should
      be used to generate graphics for plots and drawing elements.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>TROFF</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.me</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry><application>TROFF</application>, <application>GROFF</application></entry> 
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Export only</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'HTML &amp; TeX' plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>

	  <para lang="en">
            Two examples of the <command>TROFF</command> system will
            illustrate how to use this file format. Both examples
            start with a simple worksheet which consists of a simple
            grid of cells with cell contents, which has been used to
            create a file called "myfile.me" in the
            <command>TROFF</command> file format.
	  </para>

	  <para lang="en">
	    A table in PostScript file format can be created starting
	    from the file generated by <application>Gnumeric</application>. The command
<screen lang="en">
groff -me -t -Tps <replaceable>myfile.me</replaceable><replaceable>myfile.ps</replaceable>
</screen>
            will create a PostScript file of the corresponding
	    table. Note, however, that <application>Gnumeric</application> itself can make a
	    Postscript file of the table directly through the printing
	    system.
          </para>

	  <para lang="en">
	    A table in PostScript file format can be created starting
	    from the file generated by <application>Gnumeric</application>. The command
<screen lang="en">
groff -me -t -Tascii <replaceable>myfile.me</replaceable><replaceable>myfile.ascii</replaceable>
</screen>
            creates an <keycap>ascii</keycap> (straight text)
	    file. This file will look like:
<screen lang="en">





Sheet 0


+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
|          | Operating System |             |            |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
|          |       DOS        |    Linux    |    SCO     |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
|  January | $1000.00         | $900.00     | $500.00    |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
| February | $900.00          | $2500.00    | $300.00    |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
|    March | $800.00          | $4100.00    | $100.00    |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
|    April | $700.00          | $5700.00    | ($100.00)  |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
|      May | $600.00          | $7300.00    | ($300.00)  |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
|     June | $500.00          | $8900.00    | ($500.00)  |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
|     July | $400.00          | $10500.00   | ($700.00)  |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
|   August | $300.00          | $12100.00   | ($900.00)  |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
|September | $200.00          | $13700.00   | ($1100.00) |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
|  October | $100.00          | $15300.00   | ($1300.00) |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
| November | $0.00            | $16900.00   | ($1500.00) |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
| December | ($100.00)        | $18500.00   | ($1700.00) |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
|          |                  |             |            |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
|  Totals: | $5400.00         | $116400.00  | ($7200.00) |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+
|          |                  |             |            |   |
+----------+------------------+-------------+------------+---+

















                              1



</screen>
          </para>


	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>










  <sect2 id="file-format-xbase">
    <title lang="en">Xbase File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The Xbase file format is a file format that includes a series of
      files of which one is a text file containing the data and the
      rest are index or other files. The data file consists of a
      header and then the records themselves.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> only opens the data file.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">XBase data file format</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>.dbf</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <application>dBase</application>,
	      <application>Clipper</application>,
	      <application>FoxPro</application>,
	      <application>Visual dBase</application>,
	      <application>Visual FoxPro</application>,
	      and numerous other database applications.
	    </entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Import only</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'XBase' plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The xBase file format is a generic name for database files
            saved in the format used by Aston-Tate's (then Borland's)
            <application>dBase</application> database system. The
            system became widely popular and has been used extensively
            by other systems.
	  </para>

	  <para lang="en">
	    See the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.clicketyclick.dk/databases/xbase/format">
            Xbase File Format Description</ulink> by Erik Bachmann for
            more details on the xBase format.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>


  </sect2>








<!-- TODO: xhtml format edit fragment handling (cut and paste) -->


  <sect2 id="file-format-xhtml">
    <title lang="en">XHTML File Format</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The XHTML file format is a text file format with markup in the
      eXtensible Markup Language (XML) using a definition which mimics
      the Hypertext Markup Language (HTML). These files are designed
      to be viewed in a web browser.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
<!-- TODO: Explain import of XHTML tables
      &gnum; can open well formed xhtml tables placing the data contents of
      each entry into a cell of a worksheet.
-->
      <application>Gnumeric</application> can save the cell contents from a worksheet to a text
      file which consists of an XHTML file fragment containing only a
      &lt;table&gt; structure, designed to be inserted into another
      XHTML file.
    </para>

    <informaltable frame="all">
      <tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <tbody>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Name:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry>XHTML</entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Extensions:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry><literal>.xhtml</literal> / <literal>.html</literal></entry>
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Compatible Programs:</emphasis>
            </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Most modern web browsers such as
	    <application>Mozilla</application> and
	    <application>Mozilla-Firefox</application></entry> 
	  </row>
	  <row>
	    <entry lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">Import / Export:</emphasis>
	    </entry>
	    <entry lang="en">Both</entry>
	  </row>
	</tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <variablelist>
      <!-- <title></title> -->
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Limitations</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para>
	    
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Plugin</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Supported by the 'HTML &amp; TeX' plugin.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Format Details</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The file is generated, encoded in UTF-8, in the World Wide
	    Web consortium (W3C) XHTML 1.0 Transitional file format. 
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">
	  <emphasis role="bold">Further Processing</emphasis>
	</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    These XHTML files can be opened by any text editor and can
	    be viewed using any web browser such as
	    <application>Mozilla</application>.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>

    <para lang="en">
      <emphasis role="italic">See Also:</emphasis>
      <link linkend="file-format-html">HTML Format</link>
    </para>


  </sect2>




</sect1>

       

    <sect1 id="sect-file-open">
  <title lang="en">Opening Files</title>
    
  <para lang="en">
    Opening an existing file into a <application>Gnumeric</application> workbook requires working
    through the <interface>File Open</interface> dialog. The user must
    select the file that they wish <application>Gnumeric</application> to open, possibly specifying
    a file format and character encoding.
  </para>
  
  <tip>
    <title lang="en">The steps required to open a file.</title>

<!-- TODO: render hack, remove me.  -->
    <para/>

    <orderedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Launch the  <interface>File Open</interface> dialog.
	</para>
	<para lang="en">
	  In the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, select the
	  <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem> menu item.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Open the folder containing the desired file.
	</para>
	<para lang="en">
	  Navigate the folder hierarchy by double-clicking on the folders.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Select the desired file within the folder.
	</para>
	<para lang="en">
	  Click on the file name in the folder content area.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  (Optional) Specify a file format type.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  (Optional) Specify the character encoding.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Click on the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button.
	</para>
      </listitem>
    </orderedlist>

  </tip>

  <para lang="en">
    The remainder of this section explains these steps in greater
    detail, first, by describing the components in the <interface>File
    Open</interface> dialog and, then, by explaining each of the steps
    above in greater detail.
  </para>




  <sect2 id="file-open-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Using the <interface>File Open</interface> dialog.</title>

    
    <para lang="en">
      Opening a file into a workbook is a relatively simple
      process. The only complications come from using the
      <interface>File Open</interface> dialog to find the desired
      file, from changing the automatic file format type recognition
      system, or from specifying a different character encoding than
      that chosen by <application>Gnumeric</application>. The first of these steps will become
      intuitive once the user understands the functioning of the
      dialog. The latter two steps are generally unnecessary and can
      be ignored by most users.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The next section explains in detail the different components of
      the <interface>File Open</interface> dialog and the subsequent
      section describes each step in the process of opening a file.
    </para>

    <sect3 id="sect-file-open-dialog-components">
      <title lang="en">
        The components of the <interface>File Open</interface> dialog
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        The <interface>File Open</interface> dialog allows the user to
        open an existing file into a <application>Gnumeric</application> workbook but requires that
        the user find the folder containing the file, select the file,
        and optionally define a file format type and a character
        encoding. The dialog also allows the user to change the list
        of bookmark folders to quickly access different parts of the
        file system.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
	The <interface>File Open</interface> dialog first appears as
        is shown in <xref linkend="fig-file-open-dialog-components"/>
        which also shows a label for each different component of the
        dialog.
      </para>
      
      <figure id="fig-file-open-dialog-components">
        <title lang="en">
	  The <interface>File Open</interface> dialog with the
	  component areas labeled.
	</title>
	<screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-fileopen-withTags.png" format="PNG" scale="100"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the 'File Open' dialog with
	        the different areas labeled.
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	    <caption>
	      <para lang="en">
                The different components of the <interface>File
                Open</interface> dialog, shaded with boxes of different
                colors and labeled with a letter.
              </para>
	    </caption>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The purpose of each labeled component in <xref linkend="fig-file-open-dialog-components"/> is
        explained below:

	<variablelist>
	  <title lang="en">The components of the dialog</title>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis> - The starting
	      folder selection area.

	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area allows the user to begin navigating the
	        filesystem by choosing a starting
	        folder. The navigation system in this dialog only
	        allows users to select sub-folders of this starting
	        folder so the starting folder must contain the desired
	        file, possibly nested in one or more sub-folders.
	      </para>

	      <para lang="en">
	        The folders listed in this area include the standard
	        folders provided by the system and a number of folders
	        added, as bookmark folders, by the user. The standard
	        folders provided by the system will vary for different
	        machines and system administrators may have disabled
	        access to certain branches of the filesystem. By
	        default, the standard folders provided include the
	        user's 'Home' folder, the user's 'Desktop' folder, a
	        folder pointing to the root of the filesystem tree and
	        folders for each of the removable storage devices
	        attached to the computer. The user's home folder, on
	        GNU and other UNIX like systems, this folder is
	        usually known as <literal>~</literal> or
	        <literal>~user_account_name</literal> where the phrase
	        <literal>user_account_name</literal> represents the
	        account name used by the current user. This folder is
	        often located at
	        <filename>/home/user_account_name/</filename> in the
	        filesystem. The 'Desktop' folder is the folder which
	        holds the files which are displayed in the background
	        of the user's window. The 'Filesystem' folder is the
	        top of the filesystem tree, which on GNU systems is
	        also known as <filename>/</filename>. The list also
	        presents peripheral or external devices. Below the
	        standard folders, area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis> has a separator and the
	        bookmark folders selected by the user. In <xref linkend="fig-file-open-dialog-components"/> the
	        folder <filename>currentWork</filename> is a folder
	        named by the user and added to the list of
	        bookmark folders.
	      </para>


      <note>
        <title lang="en">Understanding the file organization system.</title>

        <para lang="en">
	  In order to understand how to change folders, it is first
	  necessary to understand the system by which documents are
	  stored. This system is called the 'filesystem'.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  All documents are stored in a folder. Folders can contain
	  files but can also contain other folders. Any folder
	  therefore can contain several sub-folders, each of which may
	  itself contain several sub-folders; the resulting structure
	  is called a nested 'tree' with the original folder being the
	  'relative root' of that tree.
        </para>

	<para lang="en">
	  In GNU and UNIX systems, all of the files are stored in
	  folders organized in a single, unified filesystem tree with
	  a folder named '<filename>/</filename>' at the absolute root
	  of the tree. Every file is accessible from this absolute
	  root folder and, by default, this folder is provided as the
	  choice named <filename>Filesystem</filename> with an icon of
	  a disk drive in area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis> in
	  the <interface>File Open</interface> dialog.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  Navigating the directory tree from the single root folder
	  would quickly become burdensome and the <interface>File
	  Open</interface> dialog provides several other starting
	  folders in area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis>. Two
	  starting folders which are commonly provided are the 'Home'
	  and 'Desktop' folders for the current user.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  In a complex computer system, the absolute root folder may
	  be hidden from the user and the starting folders accessible
	  to the user may only provide limited access to the
	  filesystem. Jointly, the starting folders provided should
	  allow the users to access all the folders in which the user
	  has permission to store files and to the folders which are
	  designed to be read by the user.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  Several starting folders may be provided when files can be
	  opened from different filesystems. This will be the case
	  when filesystem on other machines are accessible over a
	  network or when <application>Gnumeric</application> is running on operating systems whose
	  filesystems are not unified, such as the proprietary
	  operating systems sold by Microsoft in which each disk drive
	  has its own root named, for example,
	  <filename>C:\</filename> or <filename>D:\</filename>.
	</para>
	  
	<para lang="en">
	  Additional starting folders can be added as 'bookmark
	  folders' by the users themselves. These bookmark folders do
	  not provide access to a different set of folders but merely
	  provide efficient access to a folder and its
	  sub-folders. These bookmark folders are easy to change to
	  allow a user to work efficiently. These bookmark folders are
	  listed, in area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis>, under
	  the thin horizontal separator line. The creation and
	  deletion of these bookmark folders is explained below, in
	  <xref linkend="sect-file-open-dialog-bookmarks"/>.


	</para>

	<para>
	  

	</para>
      </note>

	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">B</emphasis> - The folder hierarchy area.

	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area displays the folder hierarchy starting from
	        the starting folder selected in area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis> and ending in the current
	        folder, the folder whose contents are displayed in
	        area <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis>, while
	        displaying all the folders between the two. This area
	        changes dynamically as the user changes to new
	        folders. In the case shown in <xref linkend="fig-file-open-dialog-components"/>, the user
	        has selected their 'Home' folder as the starting folder
	        in area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis> and has not
	        navigated to any sub-folders.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>


	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis> - The folder content area.

	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area displays the contents of the currently
	        selected folder which is the rightmost folder shown in
	        area <emphasis role="bold">B</emphasis>. 
		
		<warning>
		  <title lang="en">
		    This list of folders and files is filtered.
		  </title>

		  <para lang="en">
		    Not all of the sub-folders and files present in
		    the folder area are shown.
		  </para>

		  <para lang="en">
		    Firstly, hidden folders and files, those that
		    start with a leading period, are not displayed by
		    default. These can be shown by placing the mouse
		    pointer over area <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis>, clicking with one of the
		    secondary mouse buttons to raise the context menu,
		    moving the pointer onto the <guimenuitem>Show
		    hidden files</guimenuitem> menu entry, and
		    clicking with the primary mouse button. This step
		    will ensure that all the folders are displayed.
		  </para>

		  <para lang="en">
		    Secondly, the filtering rule defined in
	            area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis>
	            will limit the files displayed based on the
	            characteristics of these files. By default, a
	            filtering rule is applied which causes only those
	            files present that have an extension commonly used
	            for spreadsheet files. The rule can be changed to
	            display all the files regardless of their
	            extension, except possibly for the hidden files.
<!-- TODO explain role of mime type in file display filter. Ibid -saving -->
		  </para>
		</warning>
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>


	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">D</emphasis> - The panel
	      rearrangement handles.

	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These triple dots indicate that the mouse can be used
	        to change the shape and size of the different areas in
	        the dialog. These handles can be used by placing the
	        mouse pointer above a handle, clicking and holding
	        with the primary mouse button, then dragging the
	        handle to a new position, and then releasing the mouse
	        button.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>


	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">E</emphasis> - The bookmark folder
	      list modification buttons.

	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These buttons will add or remove folders to or from
	        the list of bookmark folders in area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis>. The
	        <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button will add the folder
	        currently selected in area <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis>. The
	        <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> button will remove any
	        bookmark folder that is selected in area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis>.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>


	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis> - The filter
	      definition area.

	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area contains a drop down menu with the different
	        filters defined by the application. Filters are rules
	        that limit the types of files which are displayed in
	        the folder content area, area <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis>.
	      </para>

	      <para lang="en">
	        By default, the <interface>File Open</interface>
	        dialog starts with a filter named "Spreadsheets" which
	        causes the folder content list to only show files
	        which are recognized as files that <application>Gnumeric</application> could open.
	      </para>

	      <para lang="en">
	        The filter in area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis>
	        can be changed by clicking on the area to open the
	        drop down list and then selecting the filter named
	        "All files". This filter applies no rules, essentially
	        disabling any filtering operation, and lists all the
	        files in the currently selected folder. Note, however,
	        as explained in the warning given in the section
	        explaining area <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis>
	        above, that any files starting with a leading period
	        are not shown. To display such 'hidden' files, the
	        user must use the context menu available in area
	        <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis>. 
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>


	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">G</emphasis> - The file format type
	      selection area.

	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area provides a drop down list of all the file
	        formats provided by the <application>Gnumeric</application> program itself and by
	        all the currently active plugins.
	      </para>
	      <para lang="en">
	        By default, <application>Gnumeric</application> is configured to automatically
	        recognize the type of each file selected by the
	        user. This recognition system is sophisticated and
	        generally works. The best strategy is to try opening
	        the file using this automatic recognition strategy
	        and, only if the automatic recognition system fails,
	        close the worksheet with the mangled file and re-try
	        to open the file a second time but manually selecting
	        the file type in the second attempt.
	      </para>
	      <para lang="en">
	        The file formats which can be selected are those
	        listed in <xref linkend="sect-file-open-formats"/>
	        below. Each of these formats are explained in detail
	        in <xref linkend="sect-file-formats"/>.
	      </para>
	      <note>
	        <para lang="en">
		  If the file format type named "Text import
		  (configurable)" is opened, this will start the text
		  import procedure. <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport"/> explains this
		  procedure in complete detail.
		</para>
	      </note>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>


	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">H</emphasis> - The character
	      encoding selection area.

	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area provides a drop down menu which allows the
	        user to specify the encoding which <application>Gnumeric</application> must use to
	        interpret the characters in text files. This menu is
	        only enabled for the two text file formats: "Comma or
	        Tab Separated Values (CSV/TSV)" and "Text Import
	        (configurable)". This menu is disabled for all other
	        file types because <application>Gnumeric</application> automatically detects the
	        encoding for those files.
	      </para>

	      <note>
	        <para lang="en">
		  A character encoding is a system to relate the
	          binary digits contained in a computer file to the
	          characters of a textual script. All computer files
	          consist only of binary digits so some system is
	          required to determine this relationship. Where early
	          computers used simple encoding systems which only
	          supported the characters commonly used in English,
	          most systems are now standardizing on the UTF-8
	          encoding scheme which relates the binary digits in
	          computer files to characters defined in the
	          Universal Character Set, a set which is still being
	          defined but will include all the characters in every
	          language and many other useful symbols for
	          mathematics, science, music and literature.  <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport-complex-encoding"/>
	          contains a brief explanation of character encoding,
	          and discusses the encodings available in <application>Gnumeric</application>.

		</para>
	      </note>

	      <para lang="en">
	        The character encoding can be set using the drop down
	        menu in area <emphasis role="bold">H</emphasis>. By
	        default, the encoding is set for the locale of the
	        user. The locale is set by the operating system and
	        defines the language, time zone and other geographic
	        related preferences of the user.
<!-- TODO: add link to locale --> 
		The character encoding is changed by clicking on the
	        drop down menu button in area <emphasis role="bold">H</emphasis>, that is by placing the mouse
	        pointer over this menu and clicking on the primary
	        mouse button, and then navigating the menu to select
	        the new encoding, that is by moving the mouse through
	        the menus and clicking on the name of the new
	        encoding. <application>Gnumeric</application> will then use this encoding to open
	        the text file.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>


	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis> - The button area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        The button area provides two buttons, the
	        <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> and the
	        <guibutton>Open</guibutton> buttons. Clicking the
	        <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will dismiss the
	        dialog and return the user to the worksheet. Clicking
	        the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button will cause the
	        selected file to be opened into a worksheet, using
	        either the automatic file format type detection or the
	        file format type specified if one has been selected,
	        and using the character encoding scheme if one has
	        been selected.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>



        </variablelist>

      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The procedure required to open a file into a workbook using
        this dialog is presented next.
      </para>


    </sect3>


    <sect3 id="sect-file-open-dialog-process">
      <title lang="en">
        The procedure to open an existing file.
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        Opening an existing file into a workbook requires selecting the
        folder containing the desired file, selecting the file within
        this folder, and optionally selecting the file format type and
        character encoding.
      </para>

      <procedure>
        <title lang="en">The procedure to open a file.</title>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Launch the <interface>File Open</interface> dialog.
	  </title>

	  <para lang="en">
	    The <interface>File Open</interface> dialog can be
	    launched using three alternative approaches.
	    
<!-- TODO: v4.3 change to stepalternatives. -->
      <variablelist>
	<!-- 
	<title>
	  Three alternative ways to launch the <interface>File
          Open</interface> dialog.
	</title>
	-->

        <varlistentry>
	  <term lang="en">
	    <emphasis role="bold">Using the Menus</emphasis>
	  </term>
	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en"> 
	      Select, in the <guimenu><accel>F</accel>ile</guimenu> menu, the
	      <guimenuitem><accel>O</accel>pen</guimenuitem> menu item.
	    </para>
	  </listitem>
	</varlistentry>

	<varlistentry>
	  <term lang="en">
	    <emphasis role="bold">Using the Standard Toolbar</emphasis>
	  </term>
	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en">
	      Click on the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button:
	      <guiicon>
		<inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-open.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the open file button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	      </guiicon>
	    </para>
	  </listitem>
	</varlistentry>

	<varlistentry>
	  <term lang="en">
	    <emphasis role="bold">Using a Keyboard Shortcut</emphasis>
	  </term>
	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en">
	      Type the combination
	      <keycombo><keysym>Ctrl</keysym><keysym>o</keysym></keycombo>,
	      typing both keys simultaneously.
	    </para>
	  </listitem>
	</varlistentry>

      </variablelist>


	    All three methods will result in the equivalent action,
            launching the <interface>File Open</interface> dialog to
            allow the user to find the file that they wish to open.
	  </para>

	</step>



        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Navigate the file system to open the folder with the file.
	  </title>

	  <para lang="en">
	    Changing folders involves selecting a starting
	    folder in area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis> which
	    contains the folder with the desired file, and then
	    double-clicking on the folders listed in area <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis> until the folder containing the
	    file has been reached. The folder hierarchy listed in area
	    <emphasis role="bold">B</emphasis>can also be used to
	    navigate up the hierarchy if a folder was opened by
	    mistake. As explained below, a user can move around the
	    hierarchy with as many folder selections as they need to
	    reach the folder containing the file the user desires to
	    open.
	  </para>

	  <para lang="en">
	    To select a new folder, one of the starting folders
	    which contains the desired folder must first be selected
	    and then the hierarchy must be navigated to find the
	    desired folder, and this folder must be opened to expose
	    its contents. As explained below, a user can move around
	    the hierarchy using as many changes as they need to choose
	    the folder in which to save their <application>Gnumeric</application> file.
	  </para>

	    <substeps>
	<step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Select a starting folder in area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis>. 
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The first step in choosing a new folder requires
	    selecting, in area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis>, a
	    starting folder which contains the desired
	    folder. The new starting folder is chosen by placing the
	    mouse pointer over the folder name and double clicking
	    (click twice rapidly without moving the mouse) with the
	    primary mouse button. This will change the leftmost button
	    in  area <emphasis role="bold">B</emphasis> and change the
	    folders and files listed in  area <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis> to list the contents of the
	    starting folder which was just selected.
	  </para>
	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Navigate the filesystem to reach the desired
	    folder using area <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis>.
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The next step involves descending the folder tree to reach
	    the desired folder. This requires double clicking the
	    sub-folder of the staring folder which contains
	    the desired folder and continuing through the whole
	    hierarchy until the desired folder is reached. After each
	    double click, the selected folder is added as the right
	    most button in area <emphasis role="bold">B</emphasis> and
	    the contents of the selected folder are shown in area
	    <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis>. Once the desired
	    folder is reached, it must be opened in the same way, so
	    that its contents are listed in area <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis> and the file can then be saved
	    into this folder by clicking on the
	    <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button.
	  </para>
	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Navigating back up the folder tree using area <emphasis role="bold">B</emphasis>. 
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    If the sub-folder selected in area <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis> does not contain the branch of
	    the folder tree leading to the desired folder, the buttons
	    in area <emphasis role="bold">B</emphasis> can be used to
	    jump further up the folder tree but only as far as the
	    starting folder selected in area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis>. Area <emphasis role="bold">B</emphasis> provides a list of buttons with
	    the names of all the folders between the starting folder
	    listed in area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis> and the
	    currently selected folder. By clicking on one of these
	    buttons, that is by placing the mouse pointer over the
	    button and clicking with the primary mouse button, the
	    folder listed on the button will be opened in area
	    <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis> so that the selection
	    process can restart from this branch.
	  </para>
	</step>

	  </substeps>
   
	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Select the file.
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The file must be selected by placing the mouse pointer
	    over the filename in area <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis>
	    and clicking with the primary mouse button.
	  </para>

	  <tip>
	    <para lang="en">
	      The file can be opened and the dialog dismissed by
	      selecting the file with a double click of the primary
	      mouse button. The last two steps are optional and, if
	      configured appropriately, the file can be selected and
	      opened simply by double clicking on the file name.
	    </para>
	  </tip>

	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Optional: Select the file format type.
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">

	    <application>Gnumeric</application> can automatically recognize the file format
	    type. Alternatively, the file format can be specified
	    explicitly by clicking on the drop down list button in
	    area <emphasis role="bold">G</emphasis> and scrolling down
	    the list to the desired file type.
	  </para>

	      <note>
	        <para lang="en">
		  If the file format type named "Text import
		  (configurable)" is opened, this will start the text
		  import procedure. <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport"/> explains this
		  procedure in complete detail.
		</para>
	      </note>

	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Optional: Determine the file character encoding.
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    For text files the character encoding must be
	    specified. By default, <application>Gnumeric</application> takes the character encoding
	    appropriate to the user's locale. This encoding scheme can
	    be changed by clicking on the drop down menu button in
	    area <emphasis role="bold">H</emphasis> and navigating the
	    menus to find the desired encoding.
	  </para>

	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Click the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button.
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Finally, the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button must be
	    pressed by placing the mouse pointer over the button and
	    clicking with the primary mouse button.
	  </para>
	</step>
      </procedure>

      <para lang="en">
        The file will be opened in a new window. If the selected file
        format was "Text import (configurable)" the <interface>Text
        Import</interface> druid will be opened. This druid is
        explained in great detail in <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport"/>.
      </para>

    </sect3>


    <!-- Keep in sync with similar section in file-save-dialog. -->
    <sect3 id="sect-file-open-dialog-bookmarks">
      <title lang="en">
        Changing the list of bookmark folders.
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        The list of starting folders shown in area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis> of <xref linkend="fig-file-open-dialog-components"/>
        may contain starting folders selected by the
        user. These folders are called 'bookmark folders' and are listed in
        area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis> below a thin
        horizontal separator line. For example, <xref linkend="fig-file-open-dialog-components"/>
        contains a folder named <filename>currentWork</filename> which
        is a bookmark folder selected by the user.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        These bookmark folders can be added in two ways. A folder
        which is selected in area <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis>
        can be added as a bookmark by clicking on the
        <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button in area <emphasis role="bold">E</emphasis>.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
	Alternatively, the folder can be dragged from area <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis> into area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis>. The folder can be dragged by placing
        the mouse pointer over the folder name in area <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis>, clicking and holding the primary
        mouse button, moving the mouse pointer to area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis> and releasing the mouse button. As
        the mouse pointer is moved from area <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis> to area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis>, a small icon of the folder will move
        with the mouse pointer.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Any bookmark folder can also be removed from the list of
        starting folders presented in area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis>. A bookmark folder can be
        removed by clicking on the folder name in area <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis> and then clicking on the
        <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> in area <emphasis role="bold">E</emphasis>.
      </para>


    </sect3>


  
  </sect2>







  <!-- Formats for opening files *** keep // to sect in files-saving.xml -->

  <sect2 id="sect-file-open-formats">
    <title lang="en">The file formats which Gnumeric can read.</title>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> can open files which have been created in several formats
      by other spreadsheet programs or databases. The details of these
      formats are provided in <xref linkend="sect-file-formats"/> and
      the name of each file type in the table below skips to the
      appropriate section of <xref linkend="sect-file-formats"/>. The
      opening of text formatted files is described in <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport"/>. <application>Gnumeric</application> can also import
      text data or HTML and XHTML tables through the clipboard
      mechanism, as is explained in <xref linkend="sect-movecopy-xclipboard"/>.

<!-- TODO: add link to other data input: e.g. direct database acess. -->
    </para> 

    <note>
      <para lang="en">
        Most of these formats are provided by plugins, which are
        independent, configurable modules. If a format described below
        does not appear in the <interface>File Open</interface>
        dialog, this may be because the appropriate plugin has not
        been configured or started. This can be verified by examining
        the list of plugins which are currently running in the
        <interface>Plugin Manager</interface> dialog.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The <interface>Plugin Manager</interface> dialog lists the
        plugins which are currently in use and provides a way to start
        plugins which are currently disabled. The <interface>Plugin
        Manager</interface> can be started by selecting, in the
        <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu, the
        <guimenuitem>Plug-ins...</guimenuitem> menu item; see <xref linkend="sect-configuration-plugins"/> for more information.
      </para>
    </note>



<!--    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    -->
<table frame="all"><title lang="en">The file formats which <application>Gnumeric</application> can open.</title>
<tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
       

<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="left" lang="en">Format</entry>
  <entry align="left" lang="en">Extension</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-gnumeric">Gnumeric</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.gnumeric</literal> / <literal>.gnm</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-applix">Applix</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.as</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-csv">Comma Separated Values</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.csv</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-dif">Data Interchange Format</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.dif</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-oleo">GNU Oleo</link></entry>
 <entry lang="en"><literal>.oleo</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-html">HTML</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.html</literal> / <literal>.htm</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-mps">Linear and Integer Program</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en">none / <literal>.mps</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-lotus">Lotus 1-2-3</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.wk1</literal> / <literal>.wks</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-excel-binary-old">Microsoft Excel
  Old Binary</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.xls</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-excel-binary-new">Microsoft Excel New Binary</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.xls</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-excel-oldxml">Microsoft Excel
  2003 XML</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.xls</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-excel-binary-new">Microsoft Excel
  Office Open XML</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.xlsx</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-odf">OpenOffice.Org / StarOffice (OASIS ODF/IS26300)</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.ods</literal> / <literal>.odt</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-sxc">OpenOffice.Org / StarOffice
  Old Format</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.sxc</literal> / <literal>.stc</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-planperfect">Plan Perfect</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.pln</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-qpro">Quattro Pro</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.wb1</literal> / <literal>.wb2</literal> / <literal>.wb3</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-sc">SC/XSpread</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en">none / .<literal>sc</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-sylk">Multiplan (SYLK)</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"> <literal>.sylk</literal> / <literal>.slk</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-csv">Tab Separated Values</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.tsv</literal> / <literal>.tab</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-text">Text Formats</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.txt</literal> / <literal>.text</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-xbase">Xbase</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.dbf</literal></entry> 
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
<!--    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    -->



  </sect2>


</sect1>












    <sect1 id="sect-file-textImport">
  <title lang="en">Importing Text Files</title>

<!-- TODO: ask- In text import druid, what does row selection do? Why the highlight? -->

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> can import data which is organized as text fields
    structured in some systematic fashion either from a file or from
    the clipboard. Importing structured text may require extensive
    intervention on the part of the user so <application>Gnumeric</application> provides a
    <interface>Text Import</interface> druid, which is a three paneled
    dialog with configuration options. For text imported from files,
    this druid appears after the file has been imported, using the 
    <guimenuitem>Import Text File...</guimenuitem> menu item in the
    <guimenuitem>Import Data</guimenuitem> submenu of the
    <guimenuitem>Data</guimenuitem> menu as described in
    <xref linkend="Data-Menu"/>. For text imported from the clipboard,
    the druid appears when a user attempts to paste the text into a
    worksheet, as is explained in <xref linkend="sect-movecopy-xclipboard"/>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The text import druid contains three panels but the middle panel
    differs depending on the structuring system used, either with data
    fields separated by a special character or with data fields
    occurring at equally spaced intervals in each line. The first
    panel allows the user to configure the character encoding, line
    break characters, structuring system, and line range. The second
    panel allows the user to define the columns by either, for
    separated data, setting the separating character and text
    delimiting character, or, for fixed space data, by setting the
    column spacing. The third panel allows the user to select which
    columns to import and define their data types.
  </para>

    <tip>
    <title lang="en">The steps involved in the text import druid.</title>

    <para/>
<!-- TODO: render hack- remove this spacing hack  -->

    <orderedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Launch the  <interface>Text Import</interface> druid using,
	  in the <guimenu>File</guimenu>, the
	  <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem> and selecting the "Text import
	  (configurable)" file format type.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Define the character encoding of the text block.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Define the characters indicating the breaks between the lines.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Select the line range from the text block to be imported.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Go to the second panel, which will be different for data
	  structured by separating characters and data structured by
	  fixed spacing.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  (For separated data) Define the separating character.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  (For separated data) Define the character grouping a text field.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  (For fixed width data) Define the field widths.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Go to the third panel.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Configure the inclusion of empty outside columns.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Select the locale that will influence the formatting of the
	  numerical elements in each column.
	</para>
      </listitem>
       <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Select the numerical formats for the data in each columns.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Select the columns to be included in the imported block.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.
	</para>
      </listitem>
    </orderedlist>

  </tip>

  <para lang="en">
    This explanation of the <interface>Text Import</interface> druid
    will first start with a discussion of text files including
    character encodings and line break delimiters. The explanation
    will then cover the various strategies used to structure numeric
    data in text files. Following these discussions, the components of
    the druid will be presented and, finally, a detailed explanation
    of each step in the use of the druid will be presented.
  </para>


  <sect2 id="sect-file-textImport-complex">
    <title lang="en">The complexities of text format files</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The use of text format files to store and transmit data for use
      in a spreadsheet involves three somewhat complex decisions which
      determine how the file expresses and separates each data
      value. These complexities must be understood for a user to be
      able to use the <interface>Text Import</interface> druid
      effectively. These complexities exist because of the limitations
      of early computers and because or the historical development of
      computer systems by different manufacturers and programmers, in
      different countries, targeting different types of users,
      speaking different languages.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The first complexity involves the different systems which relate
      the contents of a computer file to the characters in a written
      language. All text files on a computer consist of a long
      sequence of binary digits. Text files are files in which these
      digits are used to indicate different textual
      characters. Character 'encodings' are standardized systems which
      relate the binary digits in a computer file to a formal system
      of characters which includes both text glyphs (shapes) and
      formatting indicators. Each encoding defines a way to interpret
      the binary digits and uses the characters from a particular
      character set. The alternative character encoding strategies are
      explained in greater detail in <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport-complex-encoding"/>, below.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The second complexity involves the decision of how to separate
      the characters in a file into different lines. Text files
      explicitly determine the end of each line of a file with a
      specific character or sequence of characters. The complexity
      involves the particular character sequence used to determine the
      end of each line. Different conventions have been used in
      different computer systems. The alternative line breaking
      strategies are explained in greater detail in <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport-complex-lineBreak"/>, below.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The third complexity involves the decision of how to separate
      the characters in each line into separate value fields. Again,
      different strategies exist. These can be separated into two
      broad categories: strategies which use a character or sequence
      of characters to separate the values, so called 'delimited' or
      'separated' strategies, and strategies which use the position of
      the character in the line to separate the values, so called
      'fixed-width' strategies. The alternative data structuring
      strategies are explained in greater detail in <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport-complex-dataStruct"/>, below.
    </para>


    <para lang="en">
      Fortunately, the <application>Gnumeric</application> <interface>Text Import</interface> druid
      provides users with a way to preview the information in a text
      file. This enables users to change the settings which determine
      each of these three conventions until the text in the preview
      correctly shows the contents of the data file. Therefore, while
      the details of these three steps are complex, the practical
      impact on users is minimal. Users can simply experiment until
      the file appears correct without having to understand each of
      these complexities in detail.
    </para>
 

  <sect3 id="sect-file-textImport-complex-encoding">
    <title lang="en">Character Encodings</title>


    <para lang="en">
      The use of text files to store data in a structured fashion for
      use by spreadsheet programs, and more generally all text files,
      require some scheme to relate the binary number in the computer
      file itself to the characters of a written language. Such
      schemes are called <wordasword>'encodings'</wordasword>.

    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The origin of computers led to the invention of a number of
      different encoding schemes. Due to the limitation of early
      computer hardware, these encoding schemes all restricted
      themselves to character sets which contained only the most
      essential characters of the English language. The desire to
      support characters which were not in this basic set of
      characters led to the creation of new encoding schemes,
      many of which restricted themselves to the characters in
      specific languages. One encoding scheme, called UTF-8, has now
      emerged as the best encoding scheme for the future for a
      multitude of reasons including its ability to co-exist with
      current operating systems and its ability to encode all of the
      characters in the largest set of characters which has been
      consistently defined, the Universal Character Set. However, the
      existence of the diversity of encoding schemes means that for
      the foreseeable future, files will be created and distributed
      using several different schemes. This is especially true for
      files containing text in languages other than English.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      This complex situation generally does not impact users.  <application>Gnumeric</application>
      has been designed to deal with most of the complexity. Many
      kinds of files, such as the <application>Gnumeric</application> file format itself, describe
      their encoding scheme internally in such a way that it can be
      easily recognized. <application>Gnumeric</application> also provides an easy approach to
      changing the encoding scheme in case this proves necessary.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Encoding schemes merely prove a hindrance to users when opening
      files. There is no danger that data be lost or that any other
      serious problem arise by selecting the wrong scheme. If the
      wrong scheme is selected, either the file will contain
      characters which are nonsensical and <application>Gnumeric</application> will open an error
      dialog asking the user to select a different encoding scheme, or
      the preview area will display nonsensical characters. These
      nonsensical characters may simply be characters grouped
      together which do not occur in any language, such as
      "åÕÛÛÞ", or may be characters for which
      a graphical representation (a glyph) does not exist in the font
      being used and is therefore displayed using a small box with
      four numbers inside. Each of
      these errors indicates that the encoding scheme used to read the
      file was not the same encoding scheme as was used to create the
      file. The difficulty is then to determine what encoding scheme
      to use. A simple process of trial and error should lead to
      picking the right scheme.
   </para>

    <para lang="en">
      A basic strategy to find the right encoding for a file being
      imported into <application>Gnumeric</application> is, first, to use the scheme proposed by
      <application>Gnumeric</application> and, then, to hunt for the correct encoding. The default
      encoding scheme is the one defined by the locale setting of the
      user and this is also the default scheme <application>Gnumeric</application> uses to create
      text files.
<!-- TODO: encoding- add xref to locale. -->

      If the default encoding is incorrect, the correct encoding must
      be found by trial and error. One strategy to use is to examine
      the major western encodings and then the major regional
      encodings. The major western encoding schemes are ASCII,
      ISO-8859-1, and UTF-8, but ASCII is a subset of the other two so
      it does not need to be tried on its own. The major regional
      encodings are the IS0-8859-x schemes since these have become
      quite popular in GNU operating systems. Alternatively, the
      various character sets used by the Microsoft operating systems
      can be attempted. The encoding schemes are listed under
      "Western", "Unicode", and the alphabet names. 
    </para>

<!-- TODO: encoding- expand discussion of each type to be useful. -->
<!--
    <para>
      The ASCII character set and encoding
           * single byte, only seven bits used.


      The ISO-8859-x family of encoding schemes
           * single byte, all eight bits used

        [From Wikipedia: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8859-1]
      Albanian, Basque, Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English,
      Faroese, French (missing only &#x0153;), Finnish, German
      (missing &#x201e; and &#x201c;), Icelandic, Irish, Italian, Norwegian,
      Portuguese, Rhaeto-Romanic, Scottish, Spanish, Swedish. Other
      languages covered include Afrikaans and Swahili. Thus, this
      character encoding is used throughout the American continent,
      Western Europe, Australia, and much of Africa. 

       UTF-8 

    </para>

-->

    <para lang="en">
      The World Wide Web has many resources dedicated to explaining
      encoding systems and other related information. One of the best
      sites discussing UTF-8 and Unicode is the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/unicode.html">UTF-8 and
      Unicode FAQ for UNIX/Linux</ulink> page maintained by Markus
      Kuhn. 

      The Unicode project has a <ulink type="http" url="http://www.unicode.org">web site</ulink> which includes an
      online copy of their standard character set. 

      A discussion of the ISO-8859 family of encodings can be found at
      a page titled: "<ulink type="http" url="http://czyborra.com/charsets/iso8859.html">The ISO-8859
      Alphabet Soup</ulink>", which may alternatively be found <ulink type="http" url="http://www.unicodecharacter.com/charsets/iso8859.html">here</ulink>. A similar discussion on Wikipedia, focusing on
      the western alphabets, can be found <ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8859-1">here</ulink>.

    </para>


<!-- TODO: encoding- make a table of the available encodings. Here or below -->
<!-- TODO: ask- encodings available are determined by gnum/pango? -->

  </sect3>









  <sect3 id="sect-file-textImport-complex-lineBreak">
    <title lang="en">Line break delimiters</title>

     <para lang="en">
        The use of text files to store data in a structured fashion
        for use by spreadsheet programs requires a scheme to separate
        each line of the file. Structured text files rely on the files
        having explicitly defined rows within the file as one
        component in the structuring system. Each of these rows is
        defined by a character sequence indicating the end of a row.
     </para>

     <para lang="en">
       Two characters that are part of the ASCII code, an early
       encoding that became a widely followed standard, were included
       to help define the end of the line. These are the 'linefeed'
       character and the 'carriage return' character, named after the
       two processes which occur when a typewriter starts a new line:
       first the typewriter barrel rolls - the linefeed - then the
       whole carriage with the sheet of paper moves back to the
       starting point -the carriage return. In the same way that
       different computing systems have used different encoding
       schemes,  three different approaches became common for defining
       the end of the line.
     </para>

     <para lang="en">
       In GNU operating systems and other systems that inherit from
       the UNIX legacy, the end of a line was defined simply using the
       'linefeed' character. The pre-OSX Macintosh operating system chose
       instead to use only the 'carriage return' character. The
       Windows operating system uses both characters in the sequence
       'carriage return' then 'linefeed'. 
     </para>

     <para lang="en">
       A user opening a file into <application>Gnumeric</application> will see, in the preview area
       of the <interface>Text Import</interface> druid, whether or not
       the line breaks have been recognized correctly and will be able
       to alter the recognition settings. An incompatible setup will
       either yield a single unbroken line of text, lines of text with
       extra, empty rows between them, or lines of text with extra
       symbols at the start or end of each line.
     </para>

<!-- TODO: ask- line break delimters Does having all 3 set ever not work? -->
     <para lang="en">
       The correct line break delimiters can be established by
       checking or unchecking the alternatives. The preview area will
       then show the result of the file interpreted with these
       settings. 
     </para>

 </sect3>










<!-- TODO: write- section on data structuring strategies. -->

  <sect3 id="sect-file-textImport-complex-dataStruct">
    <title lang="en">Data Structuring Strategies</title>

     <para lang="en">
       The use of text files to store data in a structured fashion for
       use by spreadsheet programs also requires some scheme to
       separate each value within every line. Two different approaches
       are used to separate these values. The first strategy, uses a
       particular character or character sequence to denote the start
       and end of each value. Such strategies are called 'Separated
       Value' or 'Delimited Value' systems. The second strategy places
       each value stating at a specified position in the line. Such
       strategies are called 'Fixed Width' strategies because they
       inherently require that each value have a pre-determined size.
     </para>

     <para lang="en">
       Separated Value structuring systems distinguish the contents of
       each value using pre-determined characters to separate the
       values. Certain characters have become common in such schemes,
       for-example 'Comma Separated Value' files use a comma character
       to separate values while 'Tab Separated Value' files use a tab
       character. <application>Gnumeric</application> allows the user to define the value separator
       to be any one of several common characters or a specific
       sequence of characters, either on their own or in
       combination. For example, a file could use both space
       characters and tab characters to separate values. Similarly, a
       file could be read which used the entire word 'STOP' to separate
       values like the common scheme to separate sentences in a
       telegram.
     </para>

     <para lang="en">
       Separate Value structuring systems often also include a method
       to surround a single text value which may itself contain the
       character used to separate values. The quote character is often
       used in this role but <application>Gnumeric</application> allows users to configure any
       character in this role. For example, a file which used the
       comma to separate values could nonetheless contain a value like
       "Zoe, Sally, Dodji" if this value had appropriate text
       indicating characters at either end.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Fixed Width structuring systems are common formats for the
      output of database tables since the contents of these tables
      have often been defined as variables of a particular size.
<!-- TODO: dataStruct- get example for dB variable CHAR14 -->
      To import these files, users must specify exactly the start of
      each column so that the importer can separate the values on each
      row. 

    </para>

    </sect3>

  </sect2>










  <sect2 id="note-file-textImport-druid">
    <title lang="en">
      The Components of the <interface>Text Import</interface> Druid
    </title>

    <para lang="en">
      The <interface>Text Import</interface> druid consists of three
      panels with the middle panel differing according to the type of
      data structuring used. 
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The first panel allows users to configure the character encoding
      used by the file, to determine the character sequences used to
      separate lines, configure the type of structuring being used and
      select the lines of the file to import.  The second column allows
      the user to define the separation strategy used for each
      value. For separated value files this involves defining the
      separating character sequences and the text indicating
      character. For fixed width files, this involves defining the
      width of each column.  The third panel allows the user to select
      the columns to be included during the import and to select the
      format of the values in each column.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Users navigate the <interface>Text Import</interface> druid by
      clicking on the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button on each
      panel after they have configured the settings properly. The
      third panel contains a <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> which
      causes the file to be imported to a workbook using all the
      settings as they are configured.
    </para>


    <sect3 id="sect-file-textImport-druid-panel1">
      <title lang="en">
        The first panel of the <interface>Text Import</interface> Druid.
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        The first panel of the <interface>Text Import</interface>
        Druid allows users to set the file encoding, to determine the
        character sequences used to separate lines, configure the type
        of structuring being used and select the lines of the file to
        import.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-file-textImport-druid-panel1">
        <title lang="en">
	  The first panel of the <interface>Text Import</interface>
	  druid with the component areas labeled with callouts.
	</title>
	<screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/textguru-import-panel1-withTags.png" format="PNG"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the first panel 'Text Import'
	        druid with callouts labeling the different areas.
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	    <caption>
              <para lang="en">
	        The different components of the first panel of the
	        <interface>Text Import</interface> druid with each component
	        labeled with a callout.
              </para>
	    </caption>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The purpose of each labeled component in <xref linkend="fig-file-textImport-druid-panel1"/> is
        explained below:




	<variablelist>
	  <title lang="en">The components of the first panel</title>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis> - The file encoding
	      selection menu.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This drop down menu provides a list of encoding
	        schemes for the characters in the text file.  By
	        default, <application>Gnumeric</application> selects the encoding scheme used by
	        the locale of the user.  See <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport-complex-encoding"/> for more
	        details.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis> - The line break
	      character selector.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These three check boxes can be selected individually
	        or together to define the sequences which will be
	        interpreted as line break indicators. Generally,
	        selecting all three boxes will produce the correct
	        results. 
<!-- TODO: Is having all three line separators checked ever wrong? -->
	      </para>
	      <para lang="en">
	        The errors produced if the wrong combination of boxes
	        is selected will include the entire file being placed
	        on a single line, empty lines appearing between the
	        lines of the file, or undefined symbols appearing at
	        the beginning or end of almost every line. See <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport-complex-lineBreak"/> for more
	        details.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">3</emphasis> - The data
	      structuring system selector.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These two push buttons allow the choice between the
	        two different structuring schemes, data structured by
	        placing a separating character between the data values
	        and data organized in fixed width columns. Note that
	        this choice will determine which panel will be shown
	        as the second panel of the druid. See <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport-complex-dataStruct"/> for more
	        details. 
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">4</emphasis> - The line range spinbuttons.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These two spin buttons allow the user to select the
	        start and end rows for the data import. The spin boxes
	        can be used either by typing a new value in the text
	        entry area where the numbers are displayed, or by
	        using the mouse button to click on the up arrow to
	        increase the number and the down arrow to decrease the
	        number.
	      </para>
	      <para lang="en">
	        For instance, if the text file contained a large
	        header area with meta information, this header could
	        be excluded from the data imported to the <application>Gnumeric</application>
	        worksheet by increasing the number of the starting,
	        "From", line.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">5</emphasis> - The preview area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area displays a preview of the file as it will be
	        interpreted when the settings that are currently
	        selected in this first panel are applied.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">6</emphasis> - The button area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These four buttons allow the user to navigate the
	        druid. The <guibutton>Help</guibutton> button should
	        open the <application>Gnumeric</application> manual to this section. The
	        <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will dismiss the
	        dialog and return the user to the worksheet. The
	        <guibutton>Back</guibutton> button is disabled since
	        this is the first panel of the druid and the
	        <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button will bring up
	        the next panel in the druid.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>


        </variablelist>

      </para>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="sect-file-textImport-druid-panel2separated">
      <title lang="en">
        The second panel of the <interface>Text Import</interface>
        Druid used for separated data
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        The second panel of the <interface>Text Import</interface>
        Druid used for separated data allows the user to configure the
        character sequences used to separate the values in each row
        and to configure the text delimiting characters. <application>Gnumeric</application>, by
        default, guesses which characters are being used to separate
        values and pre-sets those characters. The user can, however,
        reconfigure these characters.  </para>

      <figure id="fig-file-textImport-druid-panel2a">
        <title lang="en">
	  The second panel of the <interface>Text Import</interface>
	  druid for separated data with
	  the component areas labeled with callouts. 
	</title>
	<screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/textguru-import-panel2a-withTags.png" format="PNG"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the second panel 'Text Import'
	        druid for separated data with callouts labeling the
	        different areas. 
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	    <caption>
              <para lang="en">
	        The different components of the second panel of the
	        <interface>Text Import</interface> druid for separated data
	        with each component labeled with a callout.
              </para>
	    </caption>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The purpose of each labeled component in <xref linkend="fig-file-textImport-druid-panel2a"/> is
        explained below:

	<variablelist>
	  <title lang="en">The components of the second panel for structured data</title>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis> - The separator
	    definition area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">

	        This are allows the user to define the characters used
	        to separate data value fields within each
	        row. The checkboxes can be pressed to add or remove
	        characters from those treated as
	        separators. Additionally, the 'custom' type allows the
	        user to define either other single characters, or a
	        particular character sequence used to separate
	        values. The preview area in the panel will show the
	        file processed with the rules which have already been
	        applied.
	      </para>

	      <para lang="en">
	        Generally, this type of file structuring uses a single
	        character to separate fields but it is possible to use
	        either several different characters or to use a
	        sequence of characters. For example, it would be
	        possible to use the old telegraphic convention of
	        separating phrases with the word 'STOP' by selecting
	        the 'custom' separator type and entering the character
	        sequence 'STOP' in the text field.
	      </para>

	      <para lang="en">
	        This area also includes a checkbox enabling two
	        separator sequences that immediately follow one
	        another, to be treated as a single separator. This
	        option will only be useful where data is imported with
	        one or more completely empty columns and no partially
	        filled columns. If this option is checked and the data
	        file has partially filled columns of data, the columns
	        will be jumbled during the text import operation.
	      </para>

	      <para lang="en">
	        See <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport-complex-dataStruct"/>
	        for more details.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis> - The text indicating
	      character area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        Separated value files often additionally define a
	        character used to indicate the start and end of a data
	        element which should be considered a single text
	        entry. This strategy allows the inclusion of text
	        entries which include the value separator.
	      </para>

	      <para lang="en">
	        For example, a file which is structured as a comma
	        separated value file, could use the double quotation
	        mark to delimit text values and would then be able to
	        include text values such as: 'Zoe, Mark, Sally'.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

 	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">3</emphasis> - The preview area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area displays a preview of the file as it will be
	        interpreted when the settings that are currently
	        selected in the first and second panels are applied.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

 	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">4</emphasis> - The button area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These four buttons allow the user to navigate the
	        druid. The <guibutton>Help</guibutton> button should
	        open the <application>Gnumeric</application> manual to this section. The
	        <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will dismiss the
	        dialog and return the user to the worksheet. The
	        <guibutton>Back</guibutton> button will take the user
	        back to the first panel, without, however, changing
	        the settings in this second panel. The
	        <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button will bring up
	        the next panel in the druid.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

      </variablelist>

      </para>

    </sect3>


    <sect3 id="sect-file-textImport-druid-panel2fixed">
      <title lang="en">
        The second panel of the <interface>Text Import</interface>
        Druid used for fixed width data
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        The second panel of the <interface>Text Import</interface>
        Druid used for fixed width data allows the user to define the
        widths of each column to be imported. <application>Gnumeric</application> provides a
        mechanism to automatically guess the widths of the columns and
        allows the user, using the mouse, to define the widths of the
        columns.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-file-textImport-druid-panel2b">
        <title lang="en">
	  The second panel of the <interface>Text Import</interface>
	  druid for fixed width data with the component areas labeled
	  with callouts. 
	</title>
	<screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/textguru-import-panel2b-withTags.png" format="PNG"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the second panel 'Text Import'
	        druid for fixed width data with callouts labeling the
	        different areas. 
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	    <caption>
              <para lang="en">
	        The different components of the second panel of the
	        <interface>Text Import</interface> druid for fixed width
	        data with each component labeled with a callout.
              </para>
	    </caption>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The purpose of each labeled component in <xref linkend="fig-file-textImport-druid-panel2b"/> is
        explained below:

	<variablelist>
	  <title lang="en">
	    The components of the second panel for fixed width data
	  </title>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis> - The automatic
	      column discovery button.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This left most button, named <guibutton>Auto Column
	        Discovery</guibutton>, will cause <application>Gnumeric</application> to scan the
	        file an attempt to assign the columns
	        automatically. The example presented in <xref linkend="fig-file-textImport-druid-panel2b"/> shows
	        one result after this button has been pressed: many of
	        the columns were discovered automatically, but the
	        second and third columns were
	        misidentified. Nonetheless, the automatic mechanism
	        provides a useful starting point. The definition of
	        the columns can be refined using the methods described
	        below.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis> - The column
	      definition clearing button.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">

	        This right most button, named
	        <guibutton>Clear</guibutton>, will clear all the
	        column definitions and reset the file to a single
	        column. This button should be used cautiously since
	        there is no way to reverse its action and any
	        carefully prepared column definition layout will be
	        irretrievably lost.

	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">3</emphasis> - The preview and
	    column width definition area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area acts as both a preview area and an area
	        where users can define the columns widths.
	      </para>
	      <para lang="en">
		As a preview area, this area
	        displays a preview of the file as it will be
	        interpreted when the settings that are currently
	        selected in this first panel are applied.
	      </para>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area can also be used to define column
	        widths. When the panel first appears, a single column
	        will be defined. The automatic column discovery
	        mechanism may split this single column into many more
	        columns. The mouse can then be used to further divide
	        columns or to join previously separate columns.
	      </para>
	      <para lang="en">
	        A new column can be defined by placing the mouse
	        pointer where the column should start and
	        double-clicking with the primary mouse button. This
	        will split the column which used to contain this
	        position and add a new column starting at this
	        location.
	      </para>
	      <para lang="en">
	        To remove the definition of a column which already
	        exists or to alter the ending position of a column,
	        the context menu must be used. The context menu
	        appears by clicking with one of the secondary mouse
	        buttons. A column which has already been defined can
	        be merged with the column on the left or right using
	        the <guimenuitem>Delete and Merge Left</guimenuitem>
	        or <guimenuitem>Delete and Merge right</guimenuitem>
	        menu items. The size of a column can be increased by
	        placing the mouse pointer inside the column area or
	        header and using the <guimenuitem>Widen</guimenuitem>
	        or <guimenuitem>Narrow</guimenuitem> menu items,
	        respectively. Either of these will change the width of
	        the column by changing the right hand end of the
	        column.
	      </para>
	      <para lang="en">
	        The context menu can also be used to define new
	        columns using the <guimenuitem>Split</guimenuitem> menu
	        item but the double-click approach described above
	        should be easier.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">4</emphasis> - The button area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These four buttons allow the user to navigate the
	        druid. The <guibutton>Help</guibutton> button should
	        open the <application>Gnumeric</application> manual to this section. The
	        <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will dismiss the
	        dialog and return the user to the worksheet. The
	        <guibutton>Back</guibutton> button will take the user
	        back to the first panel, without, however, changing
	        the settings in this second panel. The
	        <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button will bring up
	        the next panel in the druid.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

        </variablelist>

      </para>

    </sect3>


    <sect3 id="sect-file-textImport-druid-panel3">
      <title lang="en">
        The third panel of the <interface>Text Import</interface>
      Druid
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        This panel allows users to select and format the columns to be
        imported to the <application>Gnumeric</application> workbook. The first button allows the
        exclusion of empty columns on either of the outer sides of the
        columns with data. The second button allows the user to define
        the locale used to interpret the values in the file. The
        remaining area allows the user to predefine the data format to
        be used for all the values in each column. This area also
        allows the users to select which columns in the file will be
        imported to the <application>Gnumeric</application> worksheet. Finally, this panel provides
        the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> which is used to dismiss the
        dialog and import the file.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-file-textImport-druid-panel3">
        <title lang="en">
	  The third panel of the <interface>Text Import</interface>
	  druid with the component areas labeled with callouts.
	</title>
	<screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/textguru-import-panel3-withTags.png" format="PNG"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the third panel 'Text Import'
	        druid with callouts labeling the different areas.
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	    <caption>
              <para lang="en">
	        The different components of the third panel of the
	        <interface>Text Import</interface> druid with each component
	        labeled with a callout.
              </para>
	    </caption>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The purpose of each labeled component in <xref linkend="fig-file-textImport-druid-panel3"/> is
        explained below:

	<variablelist>
	  <title lang="en">The components of the third panel</title>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis> - The trim of empty
	    outer columns drop down list button.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This button provides a list allowing the user to
	        select whether to trim any outer columns which are
	        completely empty. The choices are to delete the
	        columns on both sides, on neither side, or on one side
	        only. This will only affect columns which have been
	        previously defined but which contain no data values at
	        all. 
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis> - Locale definition
	      for import drop down menu button.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This button provides a list of locales which can be
	        set. The chosen locale will affect how numeric values
	        are interpreted when then are imported. For instance,
	        the locale will define the character expected as the
	        decimal separator which is the period character (.) in
	        some locales, and the comma character (,) in
	        others. These locales generally then use the other
	        character as the spacer grouping the digits in
	        thousands. 
<!-- TODO: add xref to localization discuss and to number formats. -->
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">3</emphasis> - The column data
	      format selection list.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This list allows predetermining the format which
	      <application>Gnumeric</application> will assign to each of the values in the columns
	      selected below. Cell data formats are explained in <xref linkend="sect-data-format"/>.
	      </para>
	      <para lang="en">
	        To use this list, first, one or more columns must be
	        selected in the preview area below, then, a data
	        format in this list can be selected, and finally any
	        details of the format can be configured. Number
	        formats for instance allow the user to force numbers
	        to contain fixed number of digits after the decimal
	        point.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">4</emphasis> - The column
	      selection, inclusion, and file preview area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area allows users to select columns which will be
	        preformatted, to select which columns to include in
	        the import and to preview the file. Each single column
	        can be selected by clicking with the mouse pointer on
	        the column header. Any single column can be excluded
	        from the data imported to the <application>Gnumeric</application> worksheet by
	        clicking in the checkbox in the column header to
	        remove the check mark. The area also provides a
	        preview of the data in the text file showing the
	        effect of the with the current configuration.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">5</emphasis> - The button area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These four buttons allow the user to navigate the
	        druid. The <guibutton>Help</guibutton> button should
	        open the <application>Gnumeric</application> manual to this section. The
	        <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will dismiss the
	        dialog and return the user to the worksheet. The
	        <guibutton>Back</guibutton> button will take the user
	        back to the second panel, without, however, changing
	        the settings in this third panel. The
	        <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button will dismiss the
	        druid and cause the file to be imported into a new
	        worksheet using the selected configuration parameters.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

        </variablelist>

      </para>

    </sect3>



  </sect2>

<!-- TODO: docbookv4.3 change middle <step>s into <stepalternative>s -->

<!-- TODO: write- section 'Procedure to use the text importer'. -->
<!--
  <sect2 id="sect-file-textImport-druid-process">
    <title>
      The procedure to use the <interface>Text Import</interface>
      Druid.
    </title>

    <para>
      
    </para>

    <para>
      Explain the optional-ness of the options.  
    </para>

    <procedure>
      <title>
	The procedure to use the <interface>Text Import</interface>
        Druid.
      </title>

      <step>
	<title>
	  Open the File using the "Text import (configurable)" format.
	</title>
	<para>
	  Step description
	</para>
	<substeps>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Launch the <interface>File Open</interface> dialog.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Substep description
	    </para>
          </step>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Select the folder and file to be opened.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Substep description
	    </para>
          </step>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Select the "Text import (configurable)" format type.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Substep description
	    </para>
          </step>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      (Optional) Select the character encoding scheme.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Substep description
	    </para>
          </step>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Open the file.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Click on the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button to open
	      the file using the <interface>Text Importer</interface>.
	    </para>
          </step>
	</substeps>
      </step>


       <step>
	<title>
	  Configure the 1<superscript>st</superscript> panel.
	</title>
	<para>
	  Step description: encoding, line break, data structuring
	  scheme, line selection.
	</para>
	<substeps>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Re-define the character encoding.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Substep description
	    </para>
          </step>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Define the line break separator character sequences.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Substep description
	    </para>
          </step>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Select the data field structuring scheme.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Substep description
	    </para>
          </step>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Select the line region to import.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Substep description
	    </para>
          </step>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Move to the next panel
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Click on the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> to move to
	      the next panel. The panel which will appear will be
	      different for the two types of data structuring
	      strategies. There are two sections below describing the
	      second panel, section 3 and section 4, one for each of
	      the two data structuring schemes.
	    </para>
          </step>
	</substeps>
      </step>
      <step>
	<title>
	  (Separated value structured file) 
	    Configure the 2<superscript>nd</superscript> panel. 
	</title>
	<para>
	  Step description
	</para>
	<substeps>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Define the character sequences acting as separators.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      pick any combo of individual chars
	    </para>
	    <para>
	      define a char sequence.
	    </para>
	    <para>
	      Combine 2?
	    </para>
          </step>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Define the characters used to bracket text fields.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Substep description
	    </para>
          </step>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Move to the next panel
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Click on the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> to move to
	      the third panel.
	    </para>
          </step>
	</substeps>
      </step>

      <step>
	<title>
	  (Fixed width structured file)
	    Configure the 2<superscript>nd</superscript> panel. 
	</title>
	<para>
	  Step description
	</para>
	<substeps>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Define the fixed-width columns.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      In this process, can restart at any time using the reset
	    button but CAUTION can't undo a reset.
	    </para>
	    <para>
	      Use the automatic column detection button.
	    </para>
	    <para>
	      Define the columns manually. Dbl click.
	    </para>
          </step>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Move to the next panel
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Click on the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> to move to
	      the third panel.
	    </para>
          </step>
	</substeps>
      </step>

      <step>
	<title>
	  Configure the 3<superscript>rd</superscript> panel.
	</title>
	<para>
	  Step description
	</para>
	<substeps>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Select which empty outer columns to trim during import.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Substep description
	    </para>
          </step>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Configure the locale settings used to interpret data values.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Substep description
	    </para>
          </step>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Select the columns to be imported.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Substep description
	    </para>
          </step>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Preselect the data formats for the elements in each column.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Substep description
	    </para>
          </step>
          <step>
	    <title>
	      Import the file.
	    </title>
	    <para>
	      Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to
	      import the file using all the settings as currently
	      configured.
	    </para>
          </step>
	</substeps>
      </step>

   </procedure>

    <para>
     The file will be opened
    </para>


  </sect2>
 section end comment to block out section -->





<!-- TODO: Remove the old text that follows. Kept now for inspiration.
********************************************************************


<sect2>
  <title> OLD TEXT FOLLOWS: </title>

	        


  <sect4>
  <title>The Number Formats</title>


<para>After selecting a column on the left select the appropriate
    format on the right. In the preview section at the bottom of the
    dialog, you can immediately see the effect of selecting that
    format. The following types of formats are available:</para>




  <variablelist>
    <varlistentry>
      <term>
      General
      </term>
      <listitem>
      <para>This format will guess for each field value whether it is text, 
      a number, a date, etc.</para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>




    <varlistentry>
      <term>
      Numbers
      </term>
      <listitem>
      <para>You can choose between various number formats. The following list presents 
      just a short selection of those formats:</para>
  <figure id="file-format-numberformats">
    <title>Some Number Formats</title>
    <screen>
0
0.00
#,##0
#,##0_);(#,##0)
#,##0.00_);[Red](#,##0.00)
    </screen>
  </figure>
  <para>There are also formats facilitating the use of scientific notation, 
  see <xref linkend="file-format-scientificformats" />.</para>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>





    <varlistentry>
      <term>
      Currency Amounts
      </term>
      <listitem>
     <para> You can choose between various currency formats. The following list presents 
     just a short selection of those formats:</para>
  <figure id="file-format-currenyformats">
    <title>Some Currency Formats</title>
    <screen>
"$"#,##0
"$"#,##0_);(#,##0)
"$"#,##0.00_);[Red](#,##0.00)
    </screen>
  </figure>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>






    <varlistentry>
      <term>
      Dates and Times
      </term>
      <listitem>
      <para>You can choose between various date and time formats. Some of these formats will 
      recognize combined date/time entries. The following list presents just a short 
      selection of those formats:</para>
  <figure id="file-format-dateformats">
    <title>Some Date and Time Formats</title>
    <screen>
m/d/yy
d-mmm-yyyy
d-mm
mmm/d
mmm/ddd/yyyy
mmmm-yyyy
m/d/yyyy h:mm
yyyy
h:mm:ss AM/PM
[h]:mm:ss
    </screen>
  </figure>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    <varlistentry>
      <term>
      Percentages
      </term>
      <listitem>
      <para>You can choose between various formats that recognize percentages. 
      The following list presents just a short 
      selection of those formats:</para>
  <figure id="file-format-percentageformats">
    <title>Some Percentage Formats</title>
    <screen>
0%
0.00%
    </screen>
  </figure>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>




    <varlistentry>
      <term>
      Fractions
      </term>
      <listitem>
      <para>You can choose between a few formats that recognize fractions. 
      The following list presents just a short 
      selection of those formats:</para>
  <figure id="file-format-fractionformats">
    <title>Some Fraction Formats</title>
    <screen>
# ?/?
# ??/??
    </screen>
  </figure>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    <varlistentry>
      <term>
      Scientific Notation
      </term>
      <listitem>
      <para>You can choose between a few formats that recognize numbers in scientific notation.. 
      The following list presents just a short 
      selection of those formats:</para>
  <figure id="file-format-scientificformats">
    <title>Some Scientific Formats</title>
    <screen>
0.00E+00
##0.0E+0
    </screen>
  </figure>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>





    <varlistentry>
      <term>
      Text
      </term>
      <listitem>
      <para>If you want the importer to simply read the field value as text without 
      attempting to interpret it in any way, use the following text format:</para>
  <figure id="file-format-textformat">
    <title>The Text Format</title>
    <screen>
@
    </screen>
  </figure>
      </listitem>
    </varlistentry>



  </variablelist>



  <para>More details on the various formats can be found in 
    <xref linkend="file-format" />.</para>

    <xref linkend="sect-data-format" />.</para>
  </listitem>
  <listitem><para>
  Click the <quote><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></quote> button 
  to complete importing the file.</para>
  </listitem>
  </orderedlist>
  </sect5>
  <sect5>
  <title>The Text Import Druid for Fixed Width Fields</title>
  <orderedlist>
  <listitem>
  <para>If you selected fixed width fields you are asked to specify the widths for
  each field. Click the <quote><guibutton>Auto Column Discovery</guibutton></quote> button
  to have &gnum; try to determine the fields widths automatically.</para>
  <figure id="file-format-csv-import-ex5">
    <title></title>
    <screenshot>
	<mediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/files-csv-import-ex5.png" format="PNG" />
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the third page of the text import
              druid with fixed width customization.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>  
  </listitem>
  <listitem>
  <para>Finally select the appropriate format for each input column as in 
  <xref linkend="file-format-csv-import-ex4" />.</para>
  </listitem>
  <listitem><para>
  Click the <quote><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></quote> button 
  to complete importing the file.</para>
  </listitem>
  </orderedlist>
  </sect5>
  </sect4>

</sect2>

Old text. -->


</sect1>

       

    <sect1 id="sect-file-save">
  <title>Spara filer</title>

<!-- TODO: Sync with file-opening.xml for parallel structure. -->

  <para lang="en">
    There are several ways to save a <application>Gnumeric</application> workbook that is
    currently open.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Existing files can be saved directly but this process does not
    allow a user to change any settings to the file creation process. 
  </para>

  <tip>
    <title lang="en">Saving files directly</title>
    <para lang="en">
      If the workbook has already been saved to a file
      or if the workbook was opened from a file that already existed,
      <application>Gnumeric</application> will simply overwrite the file with the newer version.

      <variablelist>
	<title lang="en">Three alternative ways to save a file directly</title>
      <varlistentry>
	  <term lang="en">
	    <emphasis role="bold">Using the Menus</emphasis>
	  </term>
	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en"> 
	      Select, in the <guimenu><accel>F</accel>ile</guimenu> menu, the
	      <guimenuitem><accel>S</accel>ave</guimenuitem> menu item.
 	    </para>
	  </listitem>
	</varlistentry>
	<varlistentry>
	  <term lang="en">
	    <emphasis role="bold">Using the Standard Toolbar</emphasis>
	  </term>
	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en">
	      Click on the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button:
	      <guiicon>
		<inlinemediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/button-save.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>An image of the file save button.</phrase>
            </textobject>
           </inlinemediaobject>
	      </guiicon>
	    </para>
	  </listitem>
	</varlistentry>
	<varlistentry>
	  <term lang="en">
	    <emphasis role="bold">Using a Keyboard Shortcut</emphasis>
	  </term>
	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en">
	      Type the combination
	      <keycombo>
	        <keysym>Ctrl</keysym><keysym>s</keysym>
	      </keycombo>,
	      typing both keys simultaneously.
	    </para>
<!-- TODO: render hack, remove me. -->
	    <para>
	    </para>
	  </listitem>
	</varlistentry>
      </variablelist>

      Each of these approaches will save the file directly, allowing
      no intervention on the part the user. If the file has been newly
      created, <application>Gnumeric</application> will automatically launch the <interface>Save
      As...</interface> dialog asking the user for a file name and
      other configuration options for the file, as is explained below.
    </para>
  </tip>

  <para lang="en">
    Users wishing to save an existing file to a new file must invoke
    the <interface>Save As...</interface> dialog. The <interface>Save
    As...</interface> dialog can be invoked at any time to save the
    current workbook to a new file with either a different name or a
    different file format type. This dialog is automatically launched
    when a user attempts to use one of the methods described above to
    save a workbook which does not already have an existing file.
    </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The <interface>Save As...</interface>
    dialog asks the user to provide a name for the file to be
    created, to select a folder in which to place the new file, and to
    select a file format type for the file.
  </para>

  <tip>
    <title lang="en">The steps required to save a file to a standard location.</title>

    <para/>
<!--TODO: render hack, remove me.  -->

    <orderedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Launch the  <interface>File Save</interface> dialog.
	</para>
	<para lang="en">
	  In the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, select the
	  <guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem> menu item.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Name the file. Open the folder containing the desired file.
	</para>
	<para lang="en">
	  In the text entry area, enter the file name.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Select the desired folder in which to save the file.
	</para>
	<para lang="en">
	  Select one of the standard locations to open the file.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Specify a file format type.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Click on the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button.
	</para>
      </listitem>
    </orderedlist>

  </tip>

  <para lang="en">
    The remainder of this section explains these steps in greater
    detail, first, by describing the components in the <interface>File
    Save</interface> dialog and, then, by explaining each of the steps
    above in greater detail.
  </para>


  <sect2 id="sect-file-save-dialog">
    <title lang="en">Using the <interface>File Save</interface> dialog.</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Saving a workbook to a file can be a simple process, depending
      on the folder in which the file is to be saved. If this folder
      is in the predefined list of standard folders and user bookmark
      folders, the file can be created with the compact
      <interface>File Save</interface> dialog. The components of the
      compact <interface>File Save</interface> dialog and the
      procedure to save a workbook to a file in the predefined list of
      folders are explained next.

    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      However, when the workbook is to be saved to a file created in a
      folder which is not in the preselected list, the expanded
      <interface>File Save</interface> dialog will be required. The
      components of the expanded <interface>File Save</interface>
      dialog, the procedure for saving files in a different folder,
      and an explanation of bookmark folders and their use are given
      further below.
    </para>


    <sect3 id="sect-file-save-dialog-compact-components">
      <title lang="en">
        The components of the compact <interface>File Save</interface>
        dialog. 
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        The <interface>File Save</interface> dialog allows the user to
        save a workbook into a new file but requires that the user
        provide a name for the file, select the folder in which to
        save the file, and select a file format type to use for this
        file. This dialog also provides a way to navigate the folder
        hierarchy as will be explained further below.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The <interface>File Save</interface> dialog first opens in a
        compact layout. The different areas of the dialog in this
        compact layout are shown and labeled in <xref linkend="fig-file-save-dialog-compact-components"/>.
      </para>
      
      <figure id="fig-file-save-dialog-compact-components">
        <title lang="en">
	  The compact form of the <interface>File Save</interface>
	  dialog.
	</title>
	<screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-filesave-compact-withTags.png" format="PNG"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the 'File Save' dialog in its
	        compact form with the different areas labeled.
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
	<!-- <caption></caption>  -->
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The purpose of each labeled area will be explained below:

	<variablelist>
	  <title lang="en">The components of the compact  <interface>File
	  Save</interface> dialog</title>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis> - The naming area.

	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area is used to give the file its name. This is a
		standard text entry area allowing all the basic
		editing commands. The cursor can be moved left or
		right using the keyboard arrow keys. The cursor can be
		placed anywhere in the text by placing the mouse
		pointer where the cursor should go and clicking with
		the primary mouse button. The mouse can also select
		part or all of the text with a click and drag. The
		keyboard shortcuts for copying,
		<keycombo><keysym>Ctrl</keysym><keysym>c</keysym></keycombo>,
		cutting,
		<keycombo><keysym>Ctrl</keysym><keysym>x</keysym></keycombo>,
		or pasting,
		<keycombo><keysym>Ctrl</keysym><keysym>v</keysym></keycombo>,
		all work. The dialog uses filename matching to guess
		file names based on the files already in the parent
		folder.
<!-- TODO: explain gnum system for adding extensions automatically. --> 
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">B</emphasis> - The folder
	      selection area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area provides a drop down list of previously
	        selected folders including the standard folders and
	        the folders which have been bookmarked by the
	        user. The area will be disabled if area <emphasis role="bold">D</emphasis> has been selected to expand
	        the dialog.
	      </para>
	      <para lang="en">
	        The desired folder can be selected by moving the mouse
	        pointer over the button, clicking and holding the
	        primary mouse button, dragging the mouse pointer onto
	        the name of the desired folder and releasing the mouse
	        button. The new folder name will appear on as the name
	        on the button.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis> - The file format type
	      selection area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area provides a drop down list of all the file
	        formats provided by the <application>Gnumeric</application> program itself and by
	        all the currently active plugins.
	      </para>
	      <note>
	        <para lang="en">
		  If the file format type named "Text export
		  (configurable)" is opened, this will start the text
		  export procedure. <xref linkend="sect-file-textExport"/> explains this
		  procedure in complete detail.
		</para>
	      </note>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">D</emphasis> - The dialog
	      expansion area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area will alter the dialog to expand or collapse
	        it. When expanded the dialog provides a way to select
	        any folder accessible on the system, to create new
	        folders and to add and remove bookmark folders from
	        the user's bookmark folder list. When the dialog is
	        expanded, the small arrow will point downward, the
	        areas showing in <xref linkend="fig-file-save-dialog-expanded-components"/>
	        will appear and area <emphasis role="bold">B</emphasis> will be disabled.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">E</emphasis> - The button area.

	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	       This area provides two buttons, the
	      <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> and the
	      <guibutton>Save</guibutton> buttons. Clicking the
	      <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will dismiss the dialog
	      and return the user to the worksheet. Clicking the
	      <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button will cause a file to
	      be created with the currently selected name, parent folder
	      and format. If the selected file already exists, <application>Gnumeric</application>
	      will open a confirmation dialog since the command will
	      obliterate the previously existing file.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>



        </variablelist>

      </para>



      <para lang="en">
        The procedure to save a file using this dialog in its compact
        form is present next, in <xref linkend="sect-file-save-dialog-quickintro"/>. The
        components of the dialog in its expanded layout, converted by
        clicking in area <emphasis role="bold">D</emphasis> when the
        <interface>File Save</interface> dialog is in its compact
        form, will be explained further on, in <xref linkend="sect-file-save-dialog-expanded-components"/>,
        followed by sections explaining the use of the dialog in this
        expanded layout.
      </para>


    </sect3>







    <sect3 id="sect-file-save-dialog-quickintro">
      <title lang="en">
        The basic file saving procedure.
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        Saving a workbook to a new file requires providing name the
        file, selecting a folder in which the file will be placed, and
        selecting a file format type.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The default action, if a user simply opens the <interface>File
        Save</interface> dialog and clicks on the
        <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button, is to name the file
        <filename>Book1.gnumeric</filename> incrementing the number
        for each new file created, to save the file in the user's home
        folder, and to create a file in the <application>Gnumeric</application> file format.
      </para>

      <warning>
        <para lang="en">
	  If the user provides a name for the file to be saved which
	  is the same as the name of a file that already exists,
	  <application>Gnumeric</application> will open up a confirmation dialog asking the user if
	  they really want to overwrite the existing file. If the user
	  then clicks on the <guibutton>Yes</guibutton> button, the
	  existing file will be destroyed and the new file created in
	  its place.
	</para>
      </warning>

      <procedure>
        <title lang="en">The procedure to save a file.</title>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Open the <interface>File Save</interface> dialog.
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    First, the dialog must be opened using either of the two
	  following methods:
	  </para>
    
      <variablelist>
	<title lang="en">
	  Two alternative ways to open the <interface>File
	  Save</interface> dialog.
	</title>

	<varlistentry>
	  <term lang="en">
	    <emphasis role="bold">Using the Menus</emphasis>
	  </term>
	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en"> 
	      Select, in the <guimenu><accel>F</accel>ile</guimenu>
	      menu, the 
	      <guimenuitem>S<accel>a</accel>ve as...</guimenuitem>
	      menu item.
	    </para>
	  </listitem>
	</varlistentry>
	<varlistentry>
	  <term lang="en">
	    <emphasis role="bold">Using a Keyboard Shortcut</emphasis>
	  </term>
	  <listitem>
	    <para lang="en">
	      Type the combination
	      <keycombo>
	        <keysym>Shift</keysym>
		<keysym>Ctrl</keysym>
		<keysym>s</keysym>
	      </keycombo>,
	      typing all three keys simultaneously.
	    </para>
	  </listitem>
	</varlistentry>
      </variablelist>

          <para lang="en">
            Both methods will launch the <interface>File
            Save</interface> dialog to allow the user to name the
            file, select a folder (also called a directory) for the
            file and choose a file format type. This dialog will also
            open automatically the first time a new workbook is saved.
          </para>


	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Select a name for the file.
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Next, a name must be given for the file. <application>Gnumeric</application> provides a
	    default name but, when the dialog is first opened this
	    name is highlighted indicating that it is already
	    selected. Therefore, a user can simply start typing a new
	    name and the first character entered will delete the name
	    given by default. The file name field is presented as area
	    <emphasis role="bold">A</emphasis> in <xref linkend="fig-file-save-dialog-compact-components"/>.
	  </para>
	  <note>
	    <para lang="en">
	      If typing a name does not have any effect, the 'focus'
	      was probably inadvertently changed from the text entry
	      area. Focus can be returned to the area by placing the
	      mouse pointer over the box and clicking the primary
	      mouse button. All the standard keyboard editing commands
	      work in this text area and the mouse can be used to
	      select text or to move the cursor location.
	    </para>
	  </note>
	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Select a folder in which to save the file.
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Then, the folder in which to save the file can be chosen
	    from the drop down list shown as area <emphasis role="bold">B</emphasis> in <xref linkend="fig-file-save-dialog-compact-components"/>.
	  </para>

	  <para lang="en">
	    Using this list requires placing the mouse pointer above
	    the list button and clicking with the primary mouse button
	    to open the list. The desired folder can then be selected
	    by moving the pointer down the list and clicking again
	    with the primary mouse button. The second click will close
	    the drop down list and change the selected folder. Instead
	    of the two mouse clicks, the entire operation can be
	    replaced by a click-hold, drag and release, where the
	    first mouse click is replaced by the click-and-hold and
	    the second mouse click is replaced by the release.
	  </para>

	  <para lang="en">
	    This list only provides a limited number of choices
	    including several standard folders and any bookmark
	    folders the user has previously added to the file
	    selector. Other folders can be chosen, new folders can be
	    created, and the list of bookmark folders available can
	    be changed, by clicking in area <emphasis role="bold">D</emphasis> to change to the expanded dialog,
	    as will be explained further below, in <xref linkend="sect-file-save-dialog-chdir"/>, <xref linkend="sect-file-save-dialog-mkdir"/> and <xref linkend="sect-file-save-dialog-bookmarks"/>.
	  </para>
	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Select a file type.
	  </title>

	  <para lang="en">
	    Next, the desired file type must be selected. Area
	    <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis> in <xref linkend="fig-file-save-dialog-compact-components"/>
	    provides a drop down list of file types. The process for
	    using this list is the same as was described in the
	    previous step. The file types are listed below in <xref linkend="sect-file-save"/> and explained in
	    detail in <xref linkend="sect-file-formats"/>.
	  </para>
	      <note>
	        <para lang="en">
		  If the file format type named "Text export
		  (configurable)" is opened, this will start the text
		  export procedure. <xref linkend="sect-file-textExport"/> explains this
		  procedure in complete detail.
		</para>
	      </note>

	</step> 

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Click the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button.
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Finally, the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button must be
	    pressed by placing the mouse pointer over the button and
	    clicking with the primary mouse button.
	  </para>
	</step>
      </procedure>


      <para lang="en">
        This basic procedure does not allow a user to save the file
        into folder other than one already provided. An expanded
        procedure is needed to explain how to save a file into other
        folders in the file system. The next section explains the
        extra elements provided when the <interface>File
        Save</interface> dialog is expanded and that section is
        followed by a step-by-step procedure explaining how to use
        this expanded dialog.
      </para>

    </sect3>








    <sect3 id="sect-file-save-dialog-expanded-components">
      <title lang="en">
        The extra components in the expanded <interface>File Save</interface>
        dialog. 
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        In order to select folders other than those provided in the
        drop down list shown as area <emphasis role="bold">B</emphasis> in <xref linkend="fig-file-save-dialog-compact-components"/>,
        the <interface>File Save</interface> dialog must be expanded
        by clicking in the area labeled <emphasis role="bold">D</emphasis>. In the expanded form, the
        <interface>File Save</interface> dialog allows a user to
        select a new folder in which to save a file, to create new
        folders, and to add bookmark folders to the list
        provided in the area labeled <emphasis role="bold">C</emphasis>.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        This section will explain the extra components of the
        <interface>File Save</interface> dialog which are provided
        when the dialog is expanded. <xref linkend="fig-file-save-dialog-expanded-components"/>
        shows these different areas and adds a label to each.
      </para>
      

      <figure id="fig-file-save-dialog-expanded-components">
        <title lang="en">
	  The expanded form of the <interface>File Save</interface>
	  dialog.
	</title>
	<screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/dialog-filesave-expanded-withTags.png" format="PNG"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the 'File Save' dialog in its
	        expanded form with the different areas labeled.
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
	<!-- <caption></caption>  -->
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The different parts of each panel of the <interface>File
        Save</interface> dialog after it has been expanded have been
        shaded with boxes of different colors and labeled with a
        letter in <xref linkend="fig-file-save-dialog-expanded-components"/>. Five of the labeled areas are the same as the areas in the
        dialog when it is in a compact form; these areas were
        explained above. The remaining areas are explained below:

	<variablelist>
	  <title lang="en">The extra components in the expanded version of the
	  <interface>File Save</interface> dialog</title>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis> - The 'relative root'
	      selection area.

	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area allows the user to select the starting
	        folder from which to navigate the folder
	        hierarchy. The navigation system only allows users to
	        select sub-folders of the currently selected 'relative
	        root' folder so the root folder selected in area
	        <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis> must contain the
	        desired folder as a sub-folder.
	      </para>

	      <para lang="en">
	        The folders listed in this area include the standard
	        folders provided by the system and a number of folders
	        added, as bookmark folders, by the user. The standard folders
	        provided by the system will vary for different
	        machines and system administrators may have disabled
	        access to certain areas. By default, the standard
	        folders provided include the user's 'Home' folder, the
	        user's 'Desktop' folder, a folder pointing to the root
	        of the filesystem tree and folders for each of the
	        removable storage devices attached to the
	        computer. The user's home folder, on GNU and other
	        UNIX like systems, this
	        folder is usually known as <literal>~</literal> or
	        <literal>~user_account_name</literal> where the
	        phrase <literal>user_account_name</literal>
	        represents the account name used by the current
	        user. This folder is often located at
	        <filename>/home/user_account_name/</filename> in the
	        filesystem. The 'Desktop' folder is the folder which
	        holds the files which are displayed in the background
	        of the user's window. The 'Filesystem' folder is the
	        top of the filesystem tree, which on GNU systems is
	        also known as <filename>/</filename>. The list also
	        presents peripheral or external devices. Below the
	        standard folders, area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis> has a separator and the
	        bookmark folders selected by the user. In <xref linkend="fig-file-save-dialog-expanded-components"/> the folder <filename>currentWork</filename> is a
	        folder named by the user and added to the list of
	        bookmark folders. 
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">G</emphasis> - The folder hierarchy area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area displays the folder hierarchy starting from
	        the starting folder selected in area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis> and ending in the current
	        folder, the folder whose contents are displayed in
	        area <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis>, while
	        displaying all the folders between the two. This area
	        changes dynamically as the user changes to new
	        folders. In the case shown in <xref linkend="fig-file-save-dialog-expanded-components"/>,
	        the user has selected the 'Home' folder as the
	        starting folder in area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis> and has not navigated to any
	        sub-folders.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">H</emphasis> - The Folder Creation button.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This button allows the user to create a folder in the
	        directory listed in the rightmost part of the file
	        component area, area <emphasis role="bold">G</emphasis>. When this button is clicked,
	        by placing the mouse pointer over the button and
	        clicking with the primary mouse button, a new folder
	        is added to the list in area <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis> with a temporary name of
	        '<filename>Type name of New Folder</filename>'
	        pre-selected and therefore ready to be edited into a
	        new name.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis> - The folder content area.

	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area displays the contents of the currently
	        selected folder which is the rightmost folder shown in
	        area <emphasis role="bold">G</emphasis>. 
		
		<warning>
		  <para lang="en">
		    Not all of the sub-folders and files present in
		    the folder area are shown.
		  </para>

		  <para lang="en">
		    Firstly, hidden folders and files, those that
		    start with a leading period, are not displayed by
		    default. These can be shown by placing the mouse
		    pointer over area <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis>, clicking with one of the
		    secondary mouse buttons to raise the context menu,
		    moving the pointer onto the <guimenuitem>Show
		    hidden files</guimenuitem> menu entry, and
		    clicking with the primary mouse button. This step
		    will ensure that all the folders are displayed.
		  </para>

		  <para lang="en">
		    Secondly, the filtering rule defined in
	            area <emphasis role="bold">L</emphasis>
	            will limit the files displayed based on the
	            characteristics of these files. By default, a
	            filtering rule is applied which causes only those
	            files present that have an extension commonly used
	            for spreadsheet files. The rule can be changed to
	            display all the files regardless of their
	            extension, except possibly for the hidden files.
<!-- TODO: explain role of mime type in file dislpay filter. ibid  -opening. -->
	          </para>
		</warning>
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">J</emphasis> - The panel
	      rearrangement handles.

	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These triple dots indicate that the mouse can be used
	        to change the shape and size of the different areas in
	        the dialog. These handles can be used by placing the
	        mouse pointer above a handle, clicking and holding
	        with the primary mouse button, then dragging the
	        handle to a new position, and then releasing the mouse
	        button.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">K</emphasis> - The bookmark
	      folder list modification buttons.

	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These buttons will add or remove folders to or from
	        the list of bookmark folders in area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis>. The
	        <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button will add the folder
	        currently selected in area <emphasis role="bold">G</emphasis>. The
	        <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> button will remove any
	        bookmark folder that is selected in area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis>.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">L</emphasis> - The filter
	      definition area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area contains a drop down menu with the different
	        filters defined by the application. <application>Gnumeric</application> currently
	        defines two filters. The first filters out all files
	        that do not have an extension used by the spreadsheet
	        formats supported by gnumeric. The second filter,
	        labeled "All files", essentially disables any
	        filtering operation, and lists all the files in the
	        currently selected folder, except that files starting
	        with a leading period are not shown. 
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>



        </variablelist>

      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The uses of the <interface>File Save</interface> dialog in its
        expanded form is explained below.
      </para>

    </sect3>




    <sect3 id="sect-file-save-dialog-chdir">
      <title lang="en">
        Changing the currently selected folder.
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        In order to save a file in a folder other than that provided
        by default, it is necessary to change the default folder. The
        note below explains briefly the notion of folders and the
        procedure further down explains how to change folders.
      </para>

      <note>
        <title lang="en">Understanding the file organization system.</title>

        <para lang="en">
	  In order to understand how to change folders, it is first
	  necessary to understand the system by which documents are
	  stored. This system is called the 'filesystem'.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  All documents are stored in a folder. Folders can contain
	  files but can also contain other folders. Any folder
	  therefore can contain several sub-folders, each of which may
	  itself contain several sub-folders; the resulting structure
	  is called a nested 'tree' with the original folder being the
	  'relative root' of that tree.
        </para>

	<para lang="en">
	  In GNU and UNIX systems, all of the files are stored in
	  folders organized in a single, unified filesystem tree with
	  a folder named '<filename>/</filename>' at the absolute root
	  of the tree. Every file is accessible from this absolute
	  root folder and, by default, this folder is provided as the
	  choice named <filename>Filesystem</filename> with an icon of
	  a disk drive in area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis> in
	  the <interface>File Save</interface> dialog.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  Navigating the directory tree from the single root folder
	  would quickly become burdensome and the <interface>File
	  Save</interface> dialog provides several other starting
	  points in area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis>. These
	  will be called, in this documentation, the 'relative root'
	  folders since each of these will act as the root of the
	  branching structure of sub-folders the relative root folder
	  contains. Two relative root folders which are commonly
	  provided are the 'Home' and 'Desktop' folders for the
	  current user.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  In a complex computer system, the absolute root folder may
	  be hidden from the user and only 'relative roots' will be
	  present. These should jointly provide some way to access all
	  the areas where the user can save files.
	</para>

	<para lang="en">
	  The 'relative roots' are also necessary when several file
	  systems are available to the user. This will be the case
	  when filesystem on other machines are accessible over a
	  network or when <application>Gnumeric</application> is running on operating systems whose
	  filesystems are not unified, such as the proprietary
	  operating systems sold by Microsoft in which each disk drive
	  has its own root named, for example,
	  <filename>C:\</filename> or <filename>D:\</filename>.
	</para>
	  
	<para lang="en">
	  Additional 'relative root' folders can be added as 'bookmark
	  folders' by the users themselves. These bookmark folders can
	  be used to access quickly folders which are commonly
	  used. The bookmark folders are listed, in area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis>, under the thin horizontal
	  separator line. The creation and deletion of these bookmark
	  folders is explained below, in <xref linkend="sect-file-save-dialog-bookmarks"/>.
	</para>

	<para>
	  

	</para>
      </note>

      <para lang="en">
        Changing folders involves selecting a 'relative root' folder,
        then navigating into the appropriate sub-folder. When the
        <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button is pressed, the file will be
        saved in the folder listed as the right most button in area
        <emphasis role="bold">G</emphasis> of <xref linkend="fig-file-save-dialog-expanded-components"/>
        which also means that the file will be saved alongside the
        folders and files listed in area <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis>.
     </para>

      <procedure>
        <title lang="en">
	  The procedure to change the currently selected folder.
	</title>

	<para lang="en">
	  To select a new folder, one of the 'relative root' folders
	  which contains the desired folder must first be selected and
	  then the hierarchy must be navigated to find the desired
	  folder. As explained below, a user can move around the
	  hierarchy using as many changes as they need to choose the
	  folder in which to save their <application>Gnumeric</application> file.
	</para>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Select a 'relative-root' folder in area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis>. 
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The first step in choosing a new folder requires
	    selecting, in area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis>, a
	    'relative root' folder which contains the desired
	    folder. The new 'relative root' folder is chosen by placing the
	    mouse pointer over the folder name and double clicking
	    (click twice rapidly without moving the mouse) with the
	    primary mouse button. This will change the leftmost button
	    in  area <emphasis role="bold">G</emphasis> and change the
	    folders and files listed in  area <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis>.
	  </para>
	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Navigate the filesystem to reach the desired
	    folder using area <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis>.
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The next step involves descending the folder tree to reach
	    the desired folder. This requires double clicking the
	    sub-folder of the 'relative root' folder which contains
	    the desired folder and continuing through the whole
	    hierarchy until the desired folder is reached. After each
	    double click, the selected folder is added as the right
	    most button in area <emphasis role="bold">G</emphasis> and
	    the contents of the selected folder are shown in area
	    <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis>. Once the desired
	    folder is reached, it must be opened in the same way, so
	    that its contents are listed in area <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis> and the file can then be saved
	    into this folder by clicking on the
	    <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button.
	  </para>
	</step>

        <step>
	  <title lang="en">
	    Navigating back up the folder tree using area <emphasis role="bold">G</emphasis>. 
	  </title>
	  <para lang="en">
	    If the sub-folder selected in area <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis> does not contain the branch of
	    the folder tree leading to the desired folder, the buttons
	    in area <emphasis role="bold">G</emphasis> can be used to
	    jump further up the folder tree but only as far as the
	    'relative root' folder selected in area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis>. Area <emphasis role="bold">G</emphasis> provides a list of buttons with
	    the names of all the folders between the 'relative root'
	    listed in area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis> and the
	    currently selected folder. By clicking on one of these
	    buttons, that is by placing the mouse pointer over the
	    button and clicking with the primary mouse button, the
	    folder listed on the button will be opened in area
	    <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis> so that the selection
	    process can restart from this branch.
	  </para>
	</step>

      </procedure>

      <para lang="en">
        The process of exploration of the folder tree can continue as
        long as the user wishes. If the user desires it is also
        possible to create new folders as is explained next. 
      </para>

    </sect3>


    <sect3 id="sect-file-save-dialog-mkdir">
      <title lang="en">
        Adding a folder.
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        Often the user wishes to save the <application>Gnumeric</application> workbook by creating
        a file in a folder which does not yet exist. A new folder can
        be added to the folder tree by clicking on the
        <guibutton>Create Folder</guibutton> button, which is labeled
        as area <emphasis role="bold">H</emphasis> of <xref linkend="fig-file-save-dialog-expanded-components"/>. The button can be clicked by placing the mouse pointer
        over the button and pressing the primary mouse button.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        When the <guibutton>Create Folder</guibutton> button is
        pressed, a folder will be added at the top of the list in area
        <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis>, with its name,
        <filename>Type name of new folder</filename> already selected
        so that the user can simply start typing to give the folder a
        desired name. Once the name has been entered on the keyboard,
        typing the <keysym>Return</keysym> key (or the
        <keysym>Enter</keysym> key, depending on the keyboard) will
        change the folder name and open that folder. Area <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis> will therefore be empty since the
        newly created folder has no contents.
      </para>

      <warning>
        <para lang="en">
	  There is no way to delete folders once they have been
	  created, just as there is no way for <application>Gnumeric</application> to delete files
	  it has created. Folders created by mistake must be deleted
	  using a file browser such as
	  <application>Nautilus</application> or using command line
	  programs such as <application>rm</application>.
	</para>
      </warning>

    </sect3>


    <!-- Keep in sync with similar section in file-open-dialog. -->
    <sect3 id="sect-file-save-dialog-bookmarks">
      <title lang="en">
        Changing the list of bookmark folders.
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        The list of 'relative root' folders shown in area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis> of <xref linkend="fig-file-save-dialog-expanded-components"/> may
        contain 'relative root' folders selected by the user. These
        folders are called 'bookmark folders' and are listed in area
        <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis> below a thin horizontal
        separator line. For example, <xref linkend="fig-file-save-dialog-expanded-components"/> contains
        a folder named <filename>currentWork</filename> which is a
        bookmark folder selected by the user.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        These bookmark folders can be added in two ways. A folder
        which is selected in area <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis>
        can be added as a bookmark by clicking on the
        <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button in area <emphasis role="bold">K</emphasis>.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
	Alternatively, the folder can be dragged from area <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis> into area <emphasis role="bold">K</emphasis>. The folder can be dragged by placing
        the mouse pointer over the folder name in area <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis>, clicking and holding the primary
        mouse button, moving the mouse pointer to area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis> and releasing the mouse button. As
        the mouse pointer is moved from area <emphasis role="bold">I</emphasis> to area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis>, a small icon of the folder will move
        with the mouse pointer.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Any bookmark folder can also be removed from the 'relative
        root' folders presented in area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis> (or in the drop down list labeled
        <emphasis role="bold">B</emphasis>). A bookmark folder can be
        removed by clicking on the folder name in area <emphasis role="bold">F</emphasis> and then clicking on the
        <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> in area <emphasis role="bold">K</emphasis>.
      </para>


    </sect3>


  </sect2>







  <!-- Formats for saving files *** keep // to sect in files-opening.xml  -->

  <sect2 id="file-format-save-formats">
    <title lang="en">The file formats which Gnumeric can write.</title>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>Gnumeric</application> can write files in several formats used by other
      programs. The details of these formats are provided in <xref linkend="sect-file-formats"/> and the name of each file type in
      the table below skips to the appropriate section of <xref linkend="sect-file-formats"/>. The creation of files which
      consist of structured text is described in <xref linkend="sect-file-textExport"/>. The creation of PostScript
      and Portable Document Format (PDF) files is done through the
      printing mechanism and is described in <xref linkend="chapter-printing"/>.<application>Gnumeric</application> can also export text data
      or HTML and XHTML tables through the clipboard mechanism, as is
      explained in <xref linkend="sect-movecopy-xclipboard"/>.

<!-- TODO: add link to other data ouput: e.g. direct database connect. -->
    </para> 

    <note>
      <para lang="en">
        Most of these formats are provided by plugins, which are
        independent, configurable modules. If a format described below
        does not appear in the <interface>File Save</interface>
        dialog, this may be because the appropriate plugin has not
        been configured or started. This can be verified by examining
        the list of plugins which are currently running in the
        <interface>Plugin Manager</interface> dialog.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The <interface>Plugin Manager</interface> dialog lists the
        plugins which are currently in use and provides a way to start
        plugins which are currently disabled. The <interface>Plugin
        Manager</interface> can be started by selecting, in the
        <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu, the
        <guimenuitem>Plug-ins...</guimenuitem> menu item; see <xref linkend="sect-configuration-plugins"/> for more information.
      </para>
    </note>



<!--    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    -->
<table frame="all"><title lang="en">The file formats which <application>Gnumeric</application> can create.</title>
<tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
       

<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="left" lang="en">Format</entry>
  <entry align="left" lang="en">Extension</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-gnumeric">Gnumeric</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.gnumeric</literal> / <literal>.gnm</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-csv">Comma Separated Values</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.csv</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-dif">Data Interchange Format</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.dif</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-html">HTML</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.html</literal> / <literal>.htm</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-latex">LaTeX</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.tex</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-excel-binary-old">Microsoft Excel
  Old Binary</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.xls</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-excel-binary-new">Microsoft Excel New Binary</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.xls</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-excel-oldxml">Microsoft Excel
  2003 XML</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.xls</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-excel-binary-new">Microsoft Excel
  Office Open XML</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.xlsx</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-odf">OpenOffice.Org / StarOffice (OASIS ODF/IS26300)</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.ods</literal> / <literal>.odt</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-sxc">OpenOffice.Org / StarOffice
  Old Format</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.sxc</literal> / <literal>.stc</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-ps">PostScript</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.ps</literal> / <literal>.eps</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-pdf">PDF</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.pdf</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-sylk">Multiplan (SYLK)</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"> <literal>.sylk</literal> / <literal>.slk</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-csv">Tab Separated Values</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.tsv</literal> / <literal>.tab</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en"><link linkend="file-format-text">Text Formats</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.txt</literal> / <literal>.text</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-troff">TROFF</link></entry>
  <entry lang="en"><literal>.me</literal></entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry><link linkend="file-format-xhtml">XHTML</link></entry>
  <entry><literal>.xhtml</literal> / <literal>.html</literal></entry> 
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
<!--    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    TABLE    -->


  </sect2>


</sect1>



    <sect1 id="sect-file-textExport">
  <title lang="en">Exporting Text Files</title>

<!-- TODO: Rewrite this sucker! Use the new screenshots. -->

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> can export worksheets to structured text files. To create
    a text file one chooses the <guimenuitem>Export As Text File...</guimenuitem>
    item in the <guimenu>Export Data</guimenu> submenu of the
    <guimenu>Data</guimenu> menu. In the dialog, one specifies the file name, and
    selects the folder in which to save it, retaining the file format
    "Text export (configurable)". Upon clicking <interface>Save</interface> the
    <interface>Text Export</interface> druid appears which permits the configuration
    of file structure  characteristics. 
  </para>

  <tip>
    <title lang="en">The Text Export Druid.</title>

    <para lang="en">The steps involved in the text export druid are:</para>

    <orderedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Launch the  <interface>Text export</interface> druid using,
	  in the <guimenuitem>Export As Text File...</guimenuitem>
	  item in the <guimenu>Export Data</guimenu> submenu of the
	  <guimenu>Data</guimenu> retaining the "Text export
	  (configurable)" file format type.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Select the worksheets to include in the exported file.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Configure the order of the worksheets for the exported file.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Go to the second panel.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Select the line termination character.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Select the value separating character or character sequence
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Select when values should be surrounded by a text indicating character.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Select the character or sequence to use to indicate a text field.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Configure the character encoding to use for the file.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Select how to handle unknown characters.
	</para>
      </listitem>
       <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Select whether to preserve the format of the cell contents.
	</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
	  Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to export
	  the file.
	</para>
      </listitem>
    </orderedlist>

  </tip>


  <sect2 id="note-file-textExport-druid">
    <title lang="en">
      The Components of the <interface>Text Export</interface> Druid
    </title>

    <para lang="en">
      The <interface>Text Export</interface> druid consists of two
      panels. The first panel allows the user to select the worksheets
      included in the export and their order. The second panel allows
      the user to configure the structuring elements, the line
      delimiting characters, value separating characters, text indicating
      characters, and file encoding. 
    </para>

    <sect3 id="sect-file-textExport-druid-panel1">
      <title lang="en">
        The first panel of the <interface>Text Export</interface> Druid.
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        The first panel of the <interface>Text Export</interface>
        Druid allows users to set the file encoding, to determine the
        character sequences used to separate lines, configure the type
        of structuring being used and select the lines of the file to
        import.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-file-textExport-druid-panel1">
        <title lang="en">
	  The first panel of the <interface>Text Export</interface>
	  druid with the component areas labeled with callouts.
	</title>
	<screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/textguru-export-panel1-withTags.png" format="PNG"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the first panel 'Text Export'
	        druid with callouts labeling the different areas.
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	    <caption>
              <para lang="en">
	        The different components of the first panel of the
	        <interface>Text Export</interface> druid with each component
	        labeled with a callout.
              </para>
	    </caption>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>

      <para lang="en">
        The purpose of each labeled component in <xref linkend="fig-file-textExport-druid-panel1"/> is
        explained below:

	<variablelist>
	  <title lang="en">The components of the first panel</title>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis> - The worksheet
	      selection area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        This area allows the user to select the worksheets to
	      be included in the file. By default, only the top most
	      sheet will have its checkbox checked and be included in
	      the export. The user can add sheets by clicking in their
	      checkboxes to set the check marks.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis> - The worksheet
	      selection and ordering buttons.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        The top two buttons allows the user quickly to select
	        or unselect all the worksheets to be included in the
	        export file. The bottom two buttons allow the user to
	        change the order of the worksheets in the file to be
	        exported.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

 	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">3</emphasis> - The button area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These three buttons allow the user to navigate the
	        druid. 
<!-- TODO: bug- text export needs a help button. -->
<!--
                The <guibutton>Help</guibutton> button should
	        open the &gnum; manual to this section.
-->
                 The <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will dismiss
	        the dialog and return the user to the worksheet. The
	        <guibutton>Back</guibutton> button is disable since
	        this is the first panel of the druid. The
	        <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button will dismiss the
	        first panel and bring up the second panel of the druid.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

       </variablelist>

      </para>

    </sect3>

     <sect3 id="sect-file-textExport-druid-panel2">
      <title lang="en">
        The second panel of the <interface>Text Export</interface> Druid.
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        The second panel of the <interface>Text Export</interface>
        Druid allows users to select the line termination character,
        configure the value separating character, select the text
        indicating character and set the character encoding.
      </para>

      <figure id="fig-file-textExport-druid-panel2">
        <title lang="en">
	  The second panel of the <interface>Text Export</interface>
	  druid with the component areas labeled with callouts.
	</title>
	<screenshot>
          <mediaobject> 
	    <imageobject> 
	      <imagedata fileref="figures/textguru-export-panel2-withTags.png" format="PNG"/>
	    </imageobject>
	    <textobject>
	      <para lang="en"> 
	        This screenshot depicts the second panel 'Text Export'
	        druid with callouts labeling the different areas.
	      </para>
	    </textobject>
	    <caption>
              <para lang="en">
	        The different components of the second panel of the
	        <interface>Text Export</interface> druid with each component
	        labeled with a callout.
              </para>
	    </caption>
	  </mediaobject>
	</screenshot>
      </figure>


      <para lang="en">
        The purpose of each labeled component in <xref linkend="fig-file-textExport-druid-panel2"/> is
        explained below:


	<variablelist>
	  <title lang="en">The components of the second panel</title>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">1</emphasis> - The export
	    characteristic menu buttons.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These drop down menus provide to set the different
	        configuration parameters for the exported file. The
	        various menus are as follows.
		<itemizedlist>
		  <listitem>
		    <para lang="en">
		      Line Delimiting Character-
		    </para>
		    <para lang="en">
		      This button allows the user to activate a drop
	              down list from which to select the character
	              used to indicate the end of a line and beginning
	              of the next. The three commonly used
	              alternatives are provided. See <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport-complex-lineBreak"/> for more details.
		    </para>
		  </listitem>
		  <listitem>
		    <para lang="en">
		      Value Separating Character-
		    </para>
		    <para lang="en">
		      This button allows the user to select a character
	              to use as a value separator. The "Custom" type
	              will active the text entry area to allow the
	              user to determine a particular character or
	              character sequence to use to delimit data
	              values. See <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport-complex-dataStruct"/> for more details.
		    </para>
		  </listitem>
		  <listitem>
		    <para lang="en">
		      Value Separating Character entry area-
		    </para>
		    <para lang="en">
		      This entry area allows the user to define
	              explicitly the character or character sequence
	              which should be used to separate each value field
	              on every line. This area is only active if the
	              "Custom" type has been selected from the list in
	              the button above.
		    </para>
		  </listitem>
		  <listitem>
		    <para lang="en">
		      The Text Field Delimiter activity setting-
		    </para>
<!-- TODO: ask- why does space require quotes in a csv file? -->
		    <para lang="en">
		      This button activates a list with three choices
	              for the use of text field delimiters. Text
	              fields can be delimited only where needed,
	              meaning that the quote characters will only be
	              used if the value contains the character used as
	              a separator or a space. Alternatively the text
	              field separators can be used around all values
	              or never applied. See <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport-complex-dataStruct"/> for more details.
		    </para>
		  </listitem>
		  <listitem>
		    <para lang="en">
		      The Text Field Delimiter character entry area and list-
		    </para>
		    <para lang="en">
		      This area can be used as a text entry area to
	              type the character to use to delimit text
	              fields. Alternatively, three pre-selected
	              characters, double quotes or single quotes, can
	              be selected from the drop down list which
	              appears by clicking on the downward pointing
	              arrow to the right of the text field.
		    </para>
		  </listitem>
		  <listitem>
		    <para lang="en">
		      File encoding selection button-
		    </para>
		    <para lang="en">
		      This button allows the user to set the encoding
	              scheme to use for the file.  By default, <application>Gnumeric</application>
	              selects the encoding scheme used by the locale
	              of the user.  See <xref linkend="sect-file-textImport-complex-encoding"/> for more details.
		    </para>
		  </listitem>
<!-- TODO: ask- how is this supposed to work? -->
		  <listitem>
		    <para lang="en">
		      The unknown character handling setting button-
		    </para>
		    <para lang="en">
		      This button selects whether to escape or
	              transliterate characters which <application>Gnumeric</application> does not
	              recognize.
		    </para>
		  </listitem>
<!-- TODO: ask- is this really what this does? -->
		  <listitem>
		    <para lang="en">
		      The format preservation checkbox-
		    </para>
		    <para lang="en">
		      This checkbox sets whether to preserve the
	              number formats for formatted values.
		    </para>
		  </listitem>
		</itemizedlist>.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

	  <varlistentry>
	    <term lang="en">
	      <emphasis role="bold">2</emphasis> - The button area.
	    </term>
	    <listitem>
	      <para lang="en">
	        These three buttons allow the user to navigate the
	        druid. 
<!-- TODO: bug- text export needs a help button. -->
<!--
                The <guibutton>Help</guibutton> button should
	        open the &gnum; manual to this section.
-->
                The <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will dismiss
	        the dialog and return the user to the worksheet. The
	        <guibutton>Back</guibutton> button is disable since
	        this is the first panel of the druid. The
	        <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button will dismiss the
	        druid and cause the file to be saved using the
	        selected options.
	      </para>
	    </listitem>
          </varlistentry>



        </variablelist>

      </para>

    </sect3>

  </sect2>
















</sect1>

    <sect1 id="sect-files-email">
  <title lang="en">Sending Files</title>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> can send files directly as attachments to an electronic
    mail (email) message, as long as <application>Gnumeric</application> is run in an environment
    where it can access an Email client.
  </para>


<!-- TODO: Add section: How to send file as email -->

<!-- TODO: Add section: How to setup env.t to send files as email -->


</sect1>


    <sect1 id="sect-files-ssconvert">
  <title lang="en">Converting Files</title>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> can convert files automatically without needing user
    intervention. This allows a large number of files to be converted
    using a script. <application>Gnumeric</application> is distributed along with a program called
    <application>ssconvert</application> which is the program used to
    convert files automatically. All of the file formats supported by
    <application>Gnumeric</application> can be used except for the PostScript and PDF file formats
    which operate through the printing system.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    This application is used, from the command line by specifying, any
    desired options, an input file and an output file. For example,
<screen lang="en">
ssconvert myfile.xls myfile.gnumeric
</screen>
    would convert an <application>Excel</application> format file to a
    <application>Gnumeric</application> format file. 
  </para>

<!-- TODO: render hack -->
  <para/>

  <para lang="en">
    The available import and export file formats which ssconvert
    can read can be listed using
<screen lang="en">
ssconvert --list-importers
</screen>
    or 
<screen lang="en">
ssconvert --list-exporters
</screen>
    respectively.
  </para>

<!-- TODO: render hack -->
  <para/>

  <para lang="en">
    Like other GNU command line applications,
    <application>ssconvert</application>  includes a manual page. This
    page can be accessed by typing:
<screen lang="en">
man ssconvert
</screen>
    which will open the manual page. This page can be navigated by
    typing the space bar or using the <keysym>Page Up</keysym> and
    <keysym>Page Down</keysym> buttons. The
    <application>man</application> program can be dismissed by typing
    the <keysym>q</keysym> key.
  </para>


</sect1>



  </chapter>



  <chapter id="chapter-printing">
    <title lang="en">Printing</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This chapter explains how to print spreadsheets, tables and
      plots from <application>Gnumeric</application> to a printer
      directly or into PostScript or PDF (both are page description
      languages).
    </para>

    <sect1 id="sect-printing">
  <title lang="en">Printing to a Printer or a File.</title>

  <para lang="en">
    The <interface>Print dialog</interface> includes the most important options
    related to printing. More detailed options related to printing can be set
    in the <interface>Page Setup dialog</interface>, detailed in
    <xref linkend="sect-printing-setup"/>. Press the
    <guibutton>Print</guibutton> to print out the workbook. Press the
    <guibutton>Print Preview</guibutton> button to display the
    <interface>Print Preview</interface>.
  </para>

  <important>
	<para lang="en">
	The number of tabs and the content of some of the tabs of the <interface>Print 
        dialog</interface> depends on the printer model you use. Some of the described 
        tabs or options may not be available with your printer, especially when 
        printing to a file.
	</para>
  </important>
 
 <sect2 id="print-general">
  <title lang="en">Print General</title>
  <figure id="print-workbook-printer-fig">
    <title lang="en"><interface>Print Dialog Printer Tab</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/print-worksheet-printer-general.png"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    Select the preferred <interface>printer</interface> in the upper half of
    the tab. Your default printer is already highlighted when you open the
    <interface>Printer dialog</interface>. Optionally select the <guilabel>number of 
    copies</guilabel> and a <guilabel>page range</guilabel> in the lower half of 
    the dialog. Click on <guibutton>Print</guibutton> to send the document to your
    printing system. 
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    When printing to a file you may want to change the <guilabel>output name</guilabel> 
    and <guilabel>folder</guilabel> before printing. You can choose between saving a 
    <keycap>PostScript</keycap> or a <keycap>PDF</keycap> file.
  </para>
 </sect2>

 <sect2 id="print-page-setup">
  <title lang="en">Page Setup</title>
  <figure id="print-worksheet-page-setup-fig">
    <title lang="en"><interface>Print Dialog Page Setup Tab</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/print-worksheet-page_setup.png"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    In the <guimenuitem>Page Setup</guimenuitem> tab you can choose several options
    concerning the layout or the paper. Choose how many sheets shall appear on one
    piece of paper, about two-sided printing, limit the printed pages by even or odd
    page numbers or the scale in the layout section. Select the <guilabel>paper 
    type</guilabel> (e.g. preprinted) and the paper source and output tray in the 
    paper section.
    <tip>
	<para lang="en">
	The preview in the lower part of the tab gives you a small hint of how your
	printed document will look like.
	</para>
    </tip>
  </para>
 </sect2>

 <sect2 id="print-print-range">
  <title lang="en">Print Range</title>
  <figure id="print-worksheet-print-range-fig">
    <title lang="en"><interface>Print Dialog Range Tab</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/print-worksheet-print_range.png"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    The <guimenuitem>Print Range</guimenuitem> tab gives you the opportunity to limit
    the <guilabel>range</guilabel> of the printed workbook. You may choose between 
    printing the whole workbook, only the selected or not the selected area or a 
    defined range of worksheets.
  </para>
 </sect2>

 <sect2 id="print-job">
  <title lang="en">Print Job</title>
  <figure id="print-worksheet-job-fig">
    <title lang="en"><interface>Print Dialog Job Tab</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/print-worksheet-printer-job.png"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    In the <guimenuitem>Job</guimenuitem> tab you may change the <guilabel>priority
    </guilabel> or add <guilabel>billing information</guilabel> to the print job. Also 
    you can choose to add a <guilabel>cover page</guilabel> in front or after the 
    printed worksheets. Finally you can decide whether your job should be printed
    right now or at a defined point in time.

    <important>
	<para lang="en">
	Some options may be unavailable due to user restrictions. Ask your local
	administrator for further details.
	</para>
    </important>
  </para>
 </sect2>

 <sect2 id="print-image-quality">
  <title lang="en">Image Quality</title>
  <figure id="print-worksheet-printer-image-quality-fig">
    <title lang="en"><interface>Print Dialog Image Quality Tab</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/print-worksheet-printer-image_quality.png"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    In the <guimenuitem>Image Quality</guimenuitem> tab you can select the
    <guilabel>resolution</guilabel> of the printed document depending on your printer. 
    No more, no less.
  </para>
 </sect2>

 <sect2 id="print-finishing">
  <title lang="en">Finishing</title>
  <figure id="print-worksheet-printer-finishing-fig">
    <title lang="en"><interface>Print Dialog Finishing Tab</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/print-worksheet-printer-finishing.png"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    The <guimenuitem>Finishing</guimenuitem> tab lets decide whether you want
    a blank <guilabel>separation sheet</guilabel> after every page, after the whole 
    job or no separation sheet at all.
  </para>
 </sect2>

 <sect2 id="print-advanced">
  <title lang="en">Advanced</title>
  <figure id="print-worksheet-printer-advanced-example-fig">
    <title lang="en"><interface>Print Dialog Advanced Tab</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/print-worksheet-printer-advanced.png"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>

  <para lang="en">
    In the <guimenuitem>Advanced</guimenuitem> tab you can change several
    options depending on the printer model you use.
  </para>
 </sect2>
</sect1>



<sect1 id="sect-printing-setup">
  <title lang="en">Page Setup.</title>
  <para lang="en">
    The <interface>Page Setup Dialog</interface> can be used to
    configure various options related to printing out a
    workbook. Click on <menuchoice> <guimenu>File Menu</guimenu>
    <guimenuitem>Page Setup</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to activate
    the <interface>Page Setup</interface>.
  </para>

  <tip>
    <para lang="en">
      Remember that at any time you can click on the <guibutton>Print
      preview</guibutton> button to see what your document looks like
      with your selected options. See the <xref linkend="sect-printing-preview"/>
    </para>
  </tip> 

  <para lang="en">
    Normally the specified settings apply only to the current sheet. 
    Select another sheet at the bottom of the 
    <interface>Page Setup Dialog</interface> or select 
    <guilabel>Apply to all sheets of this workbook</guilabel>. You
    can also save your adjustments by activating the <guilabel>save as 
    default settings</guilabel> flag.
  </para>


  <sect2 id="print-setup-page">
    <title lang="en">Page Setup Dialog - Page</title>


  <figure id="print-setup-page-fig">
    <title lang="en"><interface>Print Setup Page Tab</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/printing-setup-page.png"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
  </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      Change the paper type by clicking the <guibutton>Change Paper Type</guibutton> button. 

      <figure id="print-setup-page-paper-type-fig">
        <title lang="en"><interface>Print Setup Paper Type dialog</interface></title>
        <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
	  <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/printing-setup-page-paper-type.png"/>
          </imageobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </figure>      
      Select the preferred printer or choose Any Printer to see the formats
      supported by all printers. Pick a <guilabel>paper size</guilabel> and 
      <guilabel>page orientation</guilabel> (portrait, landscape or reverse) 
      to suit the best layout for your document.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
    Specify the required <guilabel>margins</guilabel> of the page. Nothing will 
    be printed inside these margins, not even page numbers. The margins will be 
    measured in the same units (millimetres, points or inches) as the paper size. 
    Change the <guilabel>unit</guilabel> in the paper and layout section to best 
    fit your needs. You may also specify whether the page is centered <guilabel>
    horizontally</guilabel> and/or <guilabel>vertically</guilabel> on the printable 
    part of the page.
    </para>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="print-setup-scale">
   <title lang="en">Page Setup Dialog - Scale</title>

   <figure id="print-setup-scale-fig">
    <title lang="en"><interface>Print Setup Scale Tab</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/printing-setup-scale.png"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
   </figure>

   <para lang="en">
   Select the scale applied while printing. You can choose between
   <guilabel>no scaling</guilabel>, a <guilabel>fixed scaling</guilabel> or 
   <guilabel>automatic scaling</guilabel> to fit the workbook to a defined 
   number of paper sheets.
   </para>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="print-setup-dialog-header">
    <title lang="en">Page Setup Dialog - Headers and Footers</title>

   <figure id="print-setup-header">
    <title lang="en"><interface>Print Setup Headers and Footers Tab</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/printing-setup-header.png"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
   </figure>

   <para lang="en">
   Select a predefined format for either the header or the footer. You
   can define an header or a footer by clicking the <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> 
   button next to the according drop-down field.
   </para>

   <figure id="print-setup-header-config">
    <title lang="en"><interface>Print Setup Headers and Footers Configure Dialog</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/printing-setup-header-config.png"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
   </figure>

   <para lang="en">
   Headers and footers are divided into left, center and right area. Select
   the area you want to change. Insert a user-defined text or just select one 
   or several of the given options. When selecting <guibutton>time</guibutton> 
   and/or <guibutton>date</guibutton> you may choose the format by clicking on 
   the arrow next to the symbol and click on  the preferred option. Beside the 
   according <guibutton>page</guibutton> number, the number of total <guibutton>
   pages</guibutton> and the name of the according worksheet, you may also insert 
   the <guibutton>file</guibutton> name and/or <guibutton>path</guibutton>. 
   Finally you can select a defined <guibutton>cell</guibutton> to appear in the
   header/footer. Additionally there are a number of special <keycap>opcodes</keycap>
   for common options. These are:
   </para>

    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">&amp;[TAB]</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Name of the worksheet.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">&amp;[PAGE]</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Page number in the printing.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">&amp;[PAGES]</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Total number of pages in the printout.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">&amp;[DATE]</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Current date in format dd-mmm-yyyy. 
            The format can be changed by specifying the desired format in the opcode: 
            <literal>&amp;[DATE:yyyy/mm/dd]</literal>.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">&amp;[TIME]</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Current time in format hh:mm.  
            The format can be changed by specifying the desired format in the opcode: 
            <literal>&amp;[TIME:hh:mm:ss]</literal>.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">&amp;[FILE]</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The basename of the file. For the file <literal>/home/jdoe/file.gnumeric</literal>, 
            this opcode prints <literal>file.gnumeric</literal>.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">&amp;[PATH]</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The path of the file excluding the basename. 
            For the file <literal>/home/jdoe/file.gnumeric</literal>, this opcode prints 
            <literal>/home/jdoe/</literal>.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">&amp;[CELL:$A$1]</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The content of the cell <literal>$A$1</literal> on the sheet being printed. Instead of  <literal>$A$1</literal> any other absolutely addressed cell may be used.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">&amp;[CELL:A1]</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The content of the top left cell on the current page. Instead of  <literal>A1</literal> any other relative cell address may be used. This relative address is interpreted with respect to the top left cell on the current page. Any repeating rows or columns are ignored.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">&amp;[CELL:rep|A1]</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    The content of the top left cell on the current page. Instead of  <literal>A1</literal> any other relative cell address may be used. This relative address is interpreted with respect to the top left cell on the current page. Repeating rows or columns are not ignored. So if the top left cell is in a repeating row or column then the relative address is interpreted with respect to that cell.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>

   <tip>
    <title lang="en">TIP</title>
    <para lang="en">
    You can choose the font in which the header and footer is printed by
    selecting a default header/footer font in the preferences (see in <xref linkend="sect-configuration-preferences"/>).
    </para>
   </tip> 
    
   <tip>
    <title lang="en">TIP</title>
    <para lang="en">
    Double clicking on the header or footer preview will quickly
    allow you to customize that header or footer.
    </para>
   </tip> 
  </sect2>
 
  <sect2 id="print-setup-dialog-printarea">
   <title lang="en">Page Setup Dialog - Print Area</title>

   <figure id="print-setup-printarea">
    <title lang="en"><interface>Print Setup Print Area Tab</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/printing-setup-printarea.png"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
   </figure>
   <para lang="en">
   You can select rows or columns to be printed on every page of
   the output. This is commonly used for printing column or row
   names. To enable this, enter the range of cells to be
   repeated in <guilabel>Rows to repeat...</guilabel> or
   <guilabel>Columns to repeat...</guilabel> field. Instead of
   entering them manually, you can also select columns or rows to
   be repeated using the mouse.
   </para>

   <warning>
    <title lang="en">WARNING</title>
    <para lang="en">
    Note that the rows and columns must be entered as ranges. 
    That is, if you want to have first row repeated, you
    must enter <literal>1:1</literal>, not just
    <literal>1</literal>. Similarly, to have column
    <literal>A</literal> repeated, you must enter
    <literal>A:A</literal>.
    </para>
   </warning>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="print-setup-dialog-sheet">
    <title lang="en">Page Setup Dialog - Sheet</title>

    <figure id="print-setup-sheet">
      <title lang="en"><interface>Print Setup Sheet Tab</interface></title>
    <mediaobject>
      <imageobject>
	<imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/printing-setup-sheet.png"/>
      </imageobject>
    </mediaobject>
   </figure>

   <para lang="en">
   Select <guilabel>Grid lines</guilabel> to print the cell
   grid lines with your document. Unselect the button to hide
   the grid lines from your print output.
   </para>

   <para lang="en">
   Select <guilabel>Black and white</guilabel> to convert the
   colours in your document to a greyscale range.
   </para>

   <para lang="en">
   Select <guilabel>Do not print with all sheets</guilabel> if you 
   want to avoid printing this sheet whenever you choose to print 
   <guilabel>all sheets</guilabel>. If this item is checked then 
   this sheet will only be printed as the active sheet or as part 
   of a range of sheets. 
   This is useful if you have a non-hidden sheet that contains only 
   auxillary information and should normally not be printed.
    </para>

   <para lang="en">
   Select <guilabel>Row and column headings</guilabel> to 
   print the row and column headings (1,2,3,... and A,B,C,...).
   </para>

   <para lang="en">
   Select <guilabel>Styles with no content</guilabel> to
   ensure cells with style changes will be printed, even if
   they are empty. For example, if you have a number of cells
   with the background color changed but no data in them, you
   can select this option to ensure they are in the printed
   output.
   </para>

   <para lang="en">
     The <guilabel>Errors</guilabel> selection box allows you to
     choose how to print error values:
    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">Print as displayed</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en"> 
	    Every error value is printed just as shown on the worksheet.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">Print as spaces</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    No error values are printed.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">Print as dashes</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Every error value is replaced by two m-dashes (separated 
	    by a thin space): "— —".
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
	<term lang="en">Print as NA</term>
	<listitem>
	  <para lang="en">
	    Every error value is printed as an #N/A error.
	  </para>
	</listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
   </para>

   <para lang="en">
   Finally you can decide about the direction in which the
   workbook will be printed (Down, then right or Right, then
   down).
   </para>
  </sect2>
</sect1>


<sect1 id="sect-printing-preview">
  <title lang="en">Print Preview</title>

  <para lang="en">
    The <interface>Print Preview Dialog</interface> is used to display
    what the printed output will look like. The <interface>Print Preview 
    dialog</interface> can be used to check whether you have the desired 
    formatting and layout before you print out the workbook. 
    <application>Evince</application> is set up to be the default viewer. 
  </para>

  <sect2 id="print-preview-customizing">
   <title lang="en">Customizing the preview application</title>

   <para lang="en">
   You may change the default preview application by editing your 
   presets for GTK. Open the file .gtkrc-<replaceable>your GTK version</replaceable>
   and add a line in the format 
   <command>gtk-print-preview-command="<replaceable>command to your preferred 
   viewer</replaceable>"</command>.
  
  <warning>
   <para lang="en">
    Please make sure you have only one line defining your preview application.
   </para>
  </warning>

  <tip>
   <para lang="en">
    It is strongly recommended to use <application>Evince</application> as the 
    default viewer. A convincing argument is that <application>Evince</application> 
    deletes the preview file after closing the viewer.
   </para>
  </tip>
  </para>
 </sect2>
</sect1>


  </chapter>



  <chapter id="chapter-morehelp">
    <title lang="en">Getting More Help</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This chapter describes other sources of help which are available
      to users including the <application>Gnumeric</application> web
      site, the mailing list, and the internet relay chat (IRC)
      discussion channel. 
    </para>

    <sect1 id="sect-morehelp">
  <title lang="en">Sources of  Help</title>

  <para lang="en">
    This manual is the most complete source of explanation for
    <application>Gnumeric</application> and attempts to describe as
    much of the program as possible. However, this manual cannot
    answer all the possible questions readers may have: the manual is
    not yet finished and there are many situations which cannot be
    explained through a manual. Other sources of information which
    might be helpful to <application>Gnumeric</application> users are
    presented below.
  </para>

  <warning>
    <para lang="en">
      Several of the sources of information below involve talking
      directly with the people who have created
      <application>Gnumeric</application>. These people are volunteers
      who have spend several years working on the program to make it
      useful. They will all be glad to help you
      <emphasis>but</emphasis> only if they decide they want to. They
      are all busy and only volunteer on this project. You can take
      several steps to make these people want to help you.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      First of all, try to help yourself by reading the existing
      documents. If you have read the documents, others will be much
      more likely to want to answer any questions that
      remain. Secondly, be polite by introducing yourself, thanking
      developers for their hard work and asking your questions
      nicely. Please be aware that the developers all respect each
      other and their users so therefore, while their answers may
      appear brisk or discourteous, they are simply trying to be
      efficient and save time by being curt. Please assume they
      respect you and want to help you, after all they have written a
      program for you to use.
    </para>
  </warning>

    <para lang="en">
      <emphasis role="bold">Steps for getting help.</emphasis>
    </para>

    <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">
	        <emphasis role="bold">Read the Manual:</emphasis>
            </para>
            <para lang="en">
                First, please look carefully through this manual to
                see if you can answer your own question. This can be
                hard and requires careful thinking but will teach you
                the most.
            </para>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">
	        <emphasis role="bold">Read the Web Site:</emphasis>
            </para>
            <para lang="en">
                Second, look at the
                <application>Gnumeric</application> web site, look on
                the world wide web for explanations using other
                spreadsheets or look for a book on how to use another
                spreadsheet. <xref linkend="sect-morehelp-web"/>
                explains how to access and find information on the web
                site.
            </para>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">
	        <emphasis role="bold">Read other Spreadsheet Tutorials:</emphasis>
            </para>
            <para lang="en">
                Another useful source of help is the literature
                written for other
                spreadsheets. <application>Gnumeric</application> is
                quite similar to a number of other spreadsheets and
                often books, web sites, tutorials and other documents
                which describe how to use other spreadsheets can help
                users understand how to use
                <application>Gnumeric</application>. <xref linkend="sect-morehelp-books"/> describes other
                spreadsheets for which usage manuals may provide
                useful information.
            </para>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">
	        <emphasis role="bold">Send email to the Gnumeric List:</emphasis>
            </para>
            <para lang="en">
                The <application>Gnumeric</application> project
                maintains an email mailing list which is a way for
                people to send email to all the core developers. <xref linkend="sect-morehelp-maillist"/> explains how to
                send email to the gnumeric list and how to read past
                messages including questions and answers which may be
                helpful.
            </para>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">
	        <emphasis role="bold">Join the Chat Discussion:</emphasis>
            </para>
            <para lang="en">
                The <application>Gnumeric</application> project also
                uses an Internet Relay Chat (IRC) channel, also known
                as a `discussion room', in which developers talk to
                each other, and to anyone else, about the
                program. <xref linkend="sect-morehelp-irc"/> explains
                how to join this discussion.
            </para>
        </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>


</sect1>

<sect1 id="sect-morehelp-web">
  <title lang="en">Web Resources</title>

  <para lang="en">
    The <application>Gnumeric</application> project maintains a web
    site with explanations, links and other useful information to
    learn about and use this spreadsheet.
  </para>

  <sect2 id="sect-morehelp-web-gnumericSite">
    <title lang="en">The Gnumeric Web Site</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The <application>Gnumeric</application> web site can be accessed
      by clicking on this <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnome.org/projects/gnumeric/">link</ulink>.
      Alternatively, it may be necessary to enter the address directly
      into a web browser. The <application>Gnumeric</application>
      project page address is:
<screen lang="en">http://www.gnome.org/projects/gnumeric/
</screen> 
      It may be necessary to copy the text and paste it into the
      address field.
    </para>

  </sect2>


</sect1>



<sect1 id="sect-morehelp-books">
  <title lang="en">Related Manuals</title>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> strives to mimic the behaviour
    of other spreadsheets so books which explain how to use these
    other spreadsheets will probably be useful to help understand
    <application>Gnumeric</application>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The OpenOffice.org spreadsheet named
    <application>Calc</application> is another popular and highly
    functional spreadsheet which provides users with the freedoms
    provided by <application>Gnumeric</application> including the
    freedom to access and use the source code of the program
    itself. The documentation for <application>Calc</application> may
    also help explain how to use <application>Gnumeric</application>
    and can be accessed through the OpenOffice.org web site at <ulink type="http" url="http://www.openoffice.org/">
<uri>
http://www.openoffice.org/
</uri>
    </ulink>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The manuals for other spreadsheets, even those that restrict users
    freedoms in several ways, may help to explain how to use
    <application>Gnumeric</application>.
    <application>Gnumeric</application> attempts explicitly to behave
    in a manner understandable to users of the Microsoft
    <application>Excel</application> spreadsheet. Because
    <application>Excel</application> has a very large number of users,
    many books have been written explaining how to use that
    spreadsheet. Any local bookstore should have at least a few of
    these books which may help answer any questions.
  </para>

</sect1>


<sect1 id="sect-morehelp-maillist">
  <title>Sändlistan</title>

  <para lang="en">
    The <application>Gnumeric</application> project maintains a
    mailing list which is a system by which people can send one email
    which gets distributed to everyone who has signed up to read these
    emails. Please understand that this list is used for serious
    discussions about developing this spreadsheet further. Questions
    from users are generally answered when posted to this list but
    simple questions which are answered in the manual may generate the
    simple answer, "Please read the manual." Also, developers
    volunteer any time they take to answer your questions so please be
    polite.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The best way to use this resource is first to read the archives
    for the past few months to see if any of the subjects look similar
    to the issue which interests you. It may be that your question has
    just been asked by someone else and a good answer has been
    posted. To access the archives, use a web browser to go to the
    mailing list web page at <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnome.org/">
<uri>
http://www.gnome.org/
</uri>
    </ulink> and then ...
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    If none of the emails recently posted to the mailing list address
    your issue, if you would like clarification to an earlier answer,
    or if you simply want to thank the developers, you are welcome to
    send an email of your own to the list. This simply requires
    writing an email and sending it to
<screen lang="en">gnumeric-list@gnome.org
</screen>
    and your posting will eventually get sent to everyone who is
    subscribed to the list. Please select the subject of your email
    carefully to make it easy for everyone to see if they are
    interested in reading and possibly answering your message. For
    example, the subject "I need help" may be true but is ineffective;
    a better subject would be "Help needed with statistical
    regression". Please make it easy for others to give you help.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    After you have sent your email, there may be an initial delay
    while the moderator of the list, a person who acts as editor,
    reviews your email to see if it is relevant to the
    discussion. This step is required to limit the junk email that
    gets sent out to everyone.

     <note>
       <para lang="en">
         Very rarely an email might automatically be discarded if it
         appeared to be a mass junk mailing. If, after a few days,
         your email does not appear in the archives and you don't get
         any response, then re-send your email to the list omitting any
         signatures or other material that might appear to be
         commercial solicitation. A simple, text message is the least
         likely to be discarded by these automatic tools.
       </para>
     </note>

    Once your email is sent to everyone on the list, someone may
    answer you. They may choose to answer you directly, to post a
    response to the list, or to do both. In the hours and days after
    posting, you can check to see if you received email and check the
    list archives, as is explained above, to see if someone answered
    there.
  </para>


</sect1>



<sect1 id="sect-morehelp-irc">
  <title lang="en">Internet Chat (IRC)</title>

  <para lang="en">
    The GNOME and GIMP projects maintain a series of servers to
    provide a world wide network enabling an Internet Relay Chat (IRC)
    system for discussion on issues related to those projects
    including a discussion channel dedicated to
    <application>Gnumeric</application>. This is a system by which
    people can communicate directly with each other by typing lines
    into an IRC client which are then broadcast to everyone listening
    in a particular channel. Unfortunately this manual cannot provide
    a full explanation for how to obtain, install and use an IRC
    client. There are a number of such programs available, many of
    which provide users all the freedoms which
    <application>Gnumeric</application> provides and instructions for
    these can be obtained from the world wide web. More information
    and access to such software can easily be obtained by running a
    search in any world wide web search engine for "IRC" and "client"
    and the name of the operating system of the machine which will run
    the software.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The <application>Gnumeric</application> IRC discussion channel is
    named <literal>#gnumeric</literal> (although the number symbol,
    #, may not be needed) and is hosted on the series of servers
    called <literal>GIMPnet</literal>. The best way to connect to
    GIMPnet is using the IRC server
    <literal>irc.gimp.org</literal>. That hostname points to a variety
    of different servers in the United States. If you live elsewhere,
    after you are connected you can use the chat command
    <literal>/links</literal> to find a server which is closer on
    the internet to your location.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    If you decide to join the discussion, please be polite, post a
    question or comment and be prepared to wait a little bit for
    someone to address you. Several of the developers are permanently
    connected to the channel and check every half hour or so to see if
    anyone has asked a question but are working on something else in
    the meantime. Your question may be answered right away but asking
    questions using the mailing list may prove to be more efficient
    since it would not require paying attention to the IRC channel
    discussion, even if it ultimately requires longer to obtain an
    answer.
  </para>

</sect1>






  </chapter>



  <chapter id="chapter-bugs">
    <title lang="en">Reporting a Problem</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This chapter explains how to report a problem with
      <application>Gnumeric</application> so that the problem can be
      fixed. The same procedure can be used to file a report
      requesting an enhancement or a new feature.
    </para>

    <sect1 id="sect-bugs">
  <title lang="en">Overview</title>

  <para lang="en">
    <application>Gnumeric</application> is a complex computer program
    and therefore necessarily contains some mistakes. The
    <application>Gnumeric</application> team is keenly interested in
    finding these errors and correcting them. Suggestions for
    improvement are also welcome and can be submitted in the same
    fashion as an error report.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    <emphasis>
      Please, help us to fix any errors by telling us about them.
    </emphasis>
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Reports of problems with <application>Gnumeric</application>
    provide the project with a way of making sure that the mistake is
    eventually fixed. Often the mistake is obvious and a fix can be
    made immediately to be included in the very next release of
    <application>Gnumeric</application>. Occasionally, the mistake is
    more complex and the problem may take a while to be resolved. In
    these cases, the report provides a way to remind the developers that
    the problem still exists.
  </para>

  <note>
    <para lang="en">
      Mistakes in programs are often called "bugs" after one of the
      earliest errors in an old machine which was actually caused
      by an insect entering the machine and preventing a switch from
      closing.
    </para>
  </note>

  <para lang="en">
    The <application>Gnumeric</application> project uses a world wide
    web system called <application>GitLab</application> to collect
    reports of program errors and then to track these errors until
    they are finally fixed. The system was developed as part of the
    <application>Mozilla</application> web browser project, which
    explains the origin of the strange name.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The process of submitting the report of a problem or of a
    suggested enhancement is quite simple and can be completed in just
    a few steps. The process begins with obtaining a good
    understanding of the problem to be able to provide a detailed
    statement explaining the problem exactly. Next, the user must open
    an account with the GNOME project's
    <application>GitLab</application> system. Finally, the user must
    submit the statement of the problem, ideally, along with some
    information about the computer setup being used by the person
    experiencing the problem.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    The explanation given below should be sufficient to file a
    report. For more detailed
    instructions, the main page of GNOME's GitLab can be found at
    <ulink type="http" url="https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME">
      <uri>https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME</uri>
    </ulink> and instructions can be found at 
    <ulink type="http" url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Community/GettingInTouch/BugReportingGuidelines">
      <uri>https://wiki.gnome.org/Community/GettingInTouch/BugReportingGuidelines</uri>
    </ulink>.
  </para>

</sect1>


  <sect1 id="sect-bugs-understand">
    <title lang="en">Defining the error</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The most critical step is understanding the error as well as
      possible. This requires knowing clearly what was happening
      before the error occurred, what specifically caused the error to
      occur, what the error condition is and what happened as a
      consequence of the error.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The most helpful situation to enable the developers to find and
      correct the error is to come up with a sequence of steps that
      generate the error. If the error can be repeated, it can almost
      always be corrected. The most helpful error reports include a
      small recipe that can cause the error to occur.
    </para>

  </sect1>




<sect1 id="sect-bugs-gitlab_account">
  <title lang="en">Opening an account</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The first time a user uses <application>Gitlab</application>,
      they must create an account. This account is needed to allow
      users to be informed of the status of the bug as it is tracked
      by the system from submission to resolution. The only
      requirement for opening a <application>Gitlab</application>
      account is the possession of a valid email address through which
      the user can receive a password.
    </para>

  <sect2 id="sect-bugs-gitlab_account-create">
    <title lang="en">Creating a new account</title>

    <para lang="en">
      Users of <application>Gitlab</application> are automatically
      redirected to a login page, unless they have previously logged
      into the system and accepted a 'cookie' with which they identify
      themselves. The login page has a link called "Create a new
      account" which will direct users to the account creation page.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Alternatively, by clicking on this <ulink type="http" url="https://gitlab.com/users/sign_in#register-pane">link</ulink>,
      users can follow a shortcut directly to the account creation
      page.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Creating a new account is very simple. The account creation page
      has two fields. In the first, a valid email account must be
      given. The second asks for a name by which the user wishes to be
      known. After a user fills out these two fields, clicking on the
      button labeled "Create Account" will cause a new account to be
      created and an email sent to the address given in the email
      field. The email will contain the password used to identify this
      user.
    </para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-bugs-gitlab_account-login">
    <title lang="en">Logging into the account</title>

    <para lang="en">
      After creating an account, users can visit the bug entry
      <ulink type="http" url="https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnumeric/-/issues/new">page
      </ulink>
      for <application>Gnumeric</application>. Here
      users are asked to login with their email address and
      password. After logging in, <application>GitLab</application>
      will present a page to add a bug report.
   </para>

   <note>
     <para lang="en">
       A user who accepts cookies from <literal>gitlab.gnome.org</literal>
       will only have to give a password the first time they visit
       GNOME's <application>GitLab</application>. During all future
       visits, GNOME will recognize the cookie and thereby identify
       the user.
     </para>
   </note>

 </sect2>

</sect1>




<sect1 id="sect-bugs-report">
  <title lang="en">Filing a report</title>

    <warning>
      <para lang="en">
        In order to file a report of a problem with
        <application>Gnumeric</application>, a
        <application>GitLab</application> account is
        necessary. Please see the previous section, <xref linkend="sect-bugs-gitlab_account"/>, for an explanation of
        how to open an account.
      </para>
    </warning>

    <para lang="en">
      The <application>Gnumeric</application> bug entry page consists
      of several fields many of which must be filled out to provide a
      useful bug report. The most important of these will be the "Bug
      Description" which contains both the brief "Summary" field which
      acts like an email subject line and the detailed description
      field "Step to reproduce the bug" which should be used to give a
      more complete explanation of the problem and, ideally, to
      describe step by step how to reproduce the bug. The only other
      field which is required is the "Component" field which can be
      set to "General" and left to the developers to define more
      specifically. The remaining fields can be helpful, since they
      provide extra information which may help resolve the problem, but
      are not necessary. After filling out these three fields, a user
      can, if they desire, simply skip to the bottom and press the
      <guibutton>Commit</guibutton> button.
    </para>

  <sect2 id="sect-bugs-gitlab_access">
    <title lang="en">Accessing the GNOME project's GitLab</title>

    <para lang="en">
      There are several ways to file a bug report through
      <application>GitLab</application>.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
       One of the entries in the <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu is
      called <guimenuitem>Report a Problem</guimenuitem>. This menu
      entry should cause a browser window to launch and open
      <application>GitLab</application> to the
      <application>Gnumeric</application> page.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      Alternatively, users can click on this <ulink type="http" url="https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnumeric/-/issues/new">
      link</ulink> to access the <application>Gnumeric</application>
      page in <application>Gitlab</application>.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      If neither of those shortcuts work, the user must use a web
      browser to access the following location:
<screen lang="en">https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnumeric/-/issues/new
</screen>
      The simplest way would be to use the mouse to copy the text and
      paste that text into the location bar of a web browser.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The user may be asked to login, by giving their account name and
      their password, when they begin their browser session with
      <application>GitLab</application>. See <xref linkend="sect-bugs-gitlab_account-login"/> for an explanation
      of how to login to <application>GitLab</application>.
    </para>

  </sect2>


    <sect2 id="sect-bugs-report-description">
      <title lang="en">The Bug Description</title>

      <para lang="en">
        A useful error report will include a subject that describes
        the error concisely, has a brief introduction which explains
        in greater detail what happened and, ideally, has a small
        recipe that leads to the error being repeated.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The summary field, like the subject of an email message,
        briefly describes the problem. For example, a useful error
        report might have a summary "Gnumeric crashes when saving a
        file".
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The field titled "Steps to reproduce the bug" should contain a
        slightly expanded version of the summary giving an overview of
        the problem and then give a step-by-step example of how to
        reproduce the problem. For example, this field could look like
        the following: 
<screen lang="en"> 
This report describes an error which causes Gnumeric to crash
during the use of the file save dialog.

1) Start a new Gnumeric
2) In Cell A1 type "hello"
3) From the "File" menu, select "Save As"
=&gt; The "Save As dialog" opens up
4) In the file name box, type "my_spreadsheet.gnumeric"
5) Click on the "Save" button
=&gt; I expected the file to be saved, and to be able to keep
working but instead Gnumeric disappeared and the file was 
never saved.

thanks, 
a user
</screen>
       </para>

    </sect2>




  <sect2 id="sect-bugs-report-product">
    <title lang="en">Product and Component</title>

    <para lang="en">
      The <emphasis>Product</emphasis> should be set to
      <application>Gnumeric</application> since the GNOME version of
      <application>GitLab</application> is used for all the different
      programs in the project.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      The <emphasis>Component</emphasis> describes the part of
      <application>Gnumeric</application> that causes the
      problem. This may not be obvious so, unless one of the other
      entries clearly matches, the component should be set to
      "General". The possible components for
      <application>Gnumeric</application> are as follows.
    </para>

<table frame="all"><title lang="en">Components of Gnumeric</title>
<tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">

<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="center">Komponent</entry>
  <entry align="center">Förklaring</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Analytics</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Problems with calculations and other mathematics.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Charting</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Problems with graphical plots of worksheet data.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Compilation</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Problems encountered during source code compilation.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Database plugin</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Problems when using a database from
  <application>Gnumeric</application>.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Documentation</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Problems with this manual, with the explanations of
  functions, or with any other explanations.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">General</entry>
  <entry lang="en"><emphasis>The Default.</emphasis> Use this when none of the other
  categories apply.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">GUI</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Problems with the graphical user interface.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">GUI Expression Entry Widget</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Problems while entering or editing cell contents.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">import/export Applix</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Problems opening or saving a file to the file format used by
  the Applix spreadsheet.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">import/export HTML</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Problems opening or saving a file to the HTML or LaTeX file
  formats.</entry> 
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">import/export MS Excel (tm)</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Problems opening or saving a file to any of the various file
  formats used by the Microsoft Excel spreadsheet.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">import/export OOo / OASIS</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Problems opening or saving a file to the OASIS file format
  used by OpenOffice.Org Calc or Star Office Calc.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">import/export Text</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Problems opening or saving a file to a text file format
  including tab, comma and space delimited files.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Installation</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Problems encountered during
  <application>Gnumeric</application> installation.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Main System</entry>
  <entry lang="en">This component is no longer used.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Printing</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Problems encountered when printing a worksheet.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">Sheet Objects</entry>
  <entry lang="en">Problems with any images, widgets, or drawing elements added
  to a worksheet.</entry> 
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>


  </sect2>



    <sect2 id="sect-bugs-report-severity">
      <title lang="en">The Severity and Priority of the Problem</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The severity level indicates the seriousness of the problem
        and the priority level indicates the desire of the developers
        to address the bug. These fields are used mostly by the
        developers and should both be left as "normal" unless the user
        has a good reason to change them.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        There are two cases when the user should change the severity
	of the report. In the first case, if the user has a problem
	which causes <application>Gnumeric</application> to crash (to
	suddenly disappear or stop working) or a problem in which data
	is lost, the severity should be set to "critical". In the
	second case, if the user has a report about a desired feature,
	the severity should be set to "enhancement" so the developers
	will know right away that the desired functionality has not
	yet been added to the program.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The problem severity levels are explained below.
      </para>

<table frame="all"><title lang="en">Problem Severity</title>
<tgroup cols="2" align="left" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
<thead>
<row>
  <entry align="center" lang="en">Severity Level</entry>
  <entry align="center">Förklaring</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">blocker</entry>
  <entry lang="en">The level used to indicate a problem which must be fixed
  before any next release.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">critical</entry>
  <entry lang="en">The level used to indicate a very important problem such as a
  program crash or loss of data.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">major</entry>
  <entry lang="en">The level used to indicate a severe problem but one that does
  not cause a crash or loss of data.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">normal</entry>
  <entry lang="en">The level to use by default and used for the majority of
  reports.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">minor</entry>
  <entry lang="en">The level used for problems which do not affect the
  functioning of the program.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">trivial</entry>
  <entry lang="en">The level used to report typos, aesthetic, and other very
  small problems.</entry>
</row>
<row>
  <entry lang="en">enhancement</entry>
  <entry lang="en">These are reports which are requests for future improvements
  of the program.</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>

      <para lang="en">
        The priority level should be left at the "normal" level since this
        is a field used by the developers themselves.
      </para>

    </sect2>




    <sect2 id="sect-bugs-report-version">
      <title lang="en">The Version of Gnumeric and GNOME</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The version field is used to indicate the version of
	<application>Gnumeric</application> which was used when the
	problem occurred. If the problem occurs with several versions,
	the most recent version number should be used. The version
	number can be obtained by opening the <interface>"About
	Gnumeric"</interface> dialog using the <guimenu>Help</guimenu>
	menu and the <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> menu item.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The "GIT" version refers to a version which the user has
        recently obtained from the Git revision control
        repository provided by the GNOME project.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The "Other version details" text box can be used to describe
        any unusual characteristics of the program such as plugins
        which were added or other uncommon modifications.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        If <application>Gnumeric</application> is being used with a
        GNOME desktop, the version of GNOME being used can be entered
        in the "Gnome Version" field.
      </para>

    </sect2>



    <sect2 id="sect-bugs-report-os">
      <title lang="en">The Type of Operating System and Distribution</title>

      <para lang="en">
        The "Operating System" field can be used to describe the
	underlying operating system being used to run the
	<application>Gnumeric</application> program. Please note, that
	if the program is run in an artificial environment such as a
	virtual machine or a Cygwin setup, this should be indicated in
	the next field.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        The "Distribution/Version" field should be used to add detail
        to the operating system described earlier.
      </para>

    </sect2>






    <sect2 id="sect-bugs-report-other">
      <title lang="en">Other fields and keywords</title>

     <para lang="en">
        These fields are used by advanced users to better sort through
        all the reports. The "Keywords" field is used to relate the
        reports to each other and the "CC" field is used by those who
        are interested to add themselves to those who are notified
        when changes are made to the report.
      </para>

    </sect2>


    <sect2 id="sect-bugs-report-commit">
      <title lang="en">Submitting the report</title>

      <para lang="en">
        In order to submit the bug report into
        <application>GitLab</application>, once all of the important
        fields have been submitted, simply click on the
        <guibutton>Commit</guibutton> button.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        Once the bug is committed, a bug report number for this bug
        will be assigned, and email will be sent either the
        project maintainer or to one of the other developers which
        deal specifically with that component of the program. When
        others take an interest in the bug and add comments or
        solutions, email will be sent out to the user to inform them
        of the status of the bug until it is either dismissed or
        resolved. Bugs can be dismissed if they describe a behaviour
        that is expected or if they are not deemed important enough to
        fix. 
      </para>

      <note>
        <para lang="en">
	  A user can choose not to be notified when changes to reports
	  are submitted. The user preference page can be accessed <ulink type="http" url="https://gitlab.gnome.org/profile/notifications">here</ulink> at the
	  following URL.
<screen lang="en">https://gitlab.gnome.org/profile/notifications
</screen>
       </para>
     </note>

    </sect2>




    <sect2 id="sect-bugs-report-template">
      <title lang="en">Bookmarking a template</title>

      <para lang="en">
        A version of the bug entry page with most of the fields
        already filled out can be saved as a link and bookmarked for
        future use. This ability is only of use for developers or for
        users who have found a large number of bugs in one particular
        component of <application>Gnumeric</application>.
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
        To use this shortcut, first open a new bug report, then fill
        out only the fields that will apply to all the future bugs
        being reported and then click on the button labelled "Bookmark
        these values". <application>GitLab</application> will then
        construct a template and will provide a link which can be
        saved for future use just as any other page on the web can be
        saved as a bookmark. To use these values, simply clicking on
        the bookmark will open the <application>Gnumeric</application>
        page of <application>GitLab</application> with the common
        fields already filled out.
      </para>

    </sect2>


</sect1>



  </chapter>


<!-- TODO: Write 'getting involved' chapter -->
<!--
  <chapter id="chapter-getting-involved">
    <title>Getting Involved</title>

    <para>
      This chapter explains how to get involved in the &gnum; project,
      the GNOME project, or other free software projects.
    </para>

    &getting-involved;

  </chapter>
-->


<!-- TODO: Write 'installing' chapter -->
<!--
   <chapter id="chapter-installing">
    <title>Installing &gnum;</title>

    <para>
      This chapter explains how to install &gnum; using previously
      compiled and bundled files. 
    </para>

    &installing;

  </chapter>
-->


<!-- TODO: Write 'compiling' chapter -->
<!--
   <chapter id="chapter-compiling">
    <title>Compiling &gnum;</title>

    <para>
      This chapter explains how to compiling the &gnum; source code
      into a working program. The chapter explains how to obtain the
      source code for the &gnum; program, how to create a correct
      environment for compilation, and the steps involved in
      compilation.
    </para>

    &compiling;

  </chapter>
-->


  <chapter id="chapter-extending">
    <title lang="en">Extending Gnumeric</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This chapter explains how to go about extending
      <application>Gnumeric</application> to provide extra
      functionality. Because <application>Gnumeric</application> is
      Free Software this is quite easy to do.
    </para>

    <sect1 id="sect-extending-overview">
  <title lang="en">The Approaches to Extending Gnumeric</title>

  <para lang="en">
    There are several ways that <application>Gnumeric</application>
    can be extended to add functionality. 
  </para>


</sect1>

    <sect1 id="sect-extending-functions">
  <title lang="en">Defining New Functions</title>

  <para>
  </para>


</sect1>

    <sect1 id="sect-extending-python">
  <title lang="en">Programming Gnumeric using Python</title>

  <para lang="en">
    A powerful way to access and manipulate data in
    <application>Gnumeric</application> involves using the Python
    programming language. As <application>Gnumeric</application>
    develops from version 1.2, the scripting methods will become
    increasingly powerful. Since <application>Gnumeric</application>
    is free software, you could extend it directly using the source
    code and adding C language functions to the code. Python offers a
    higher level abstraction through which to interact with the
    spreadsheet.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Python and <application>Gnumeric</application> can be used in
    several ways. This section will describe how to obtain
    <application>Gnumeric</application>, install it and get things
    configured correctly for access with Python. If you already have
    the pieces in place, you can skip the section <xref linkend="sect-extending-python-install"/>.
  </para>


  <para lang="en">
    This section was written by Charles Twardy. It owes a great deal
    to the nice guide Travis Whitton wrote: <ulink type="http" url="http://grub.ath.cx/gnumeric-python/">Python/Gnumeric guide
    for the old API in Gnumeric 1.0.</ulink> Jon Käre Hellan
    contributed most of the code to enable Python in
    <application>Gnumeric</application> and wrote the file
    <literal>python-gnumeric.txt</literal> in the source
    tree. Nathan Hurst provided the idea and support.
  </para>

  <warning>
    <para lang="en">
      The Python API, that is the list of methods available in Python,
      is still experimental and may change!
    </para>
  </warning>

  <para lang="en">
    For further information, the web page maintained by Jon Käre
    Hellan's has some python plugins and other useful
    information. That page can be found through <ulink type="http" url="http://domen.uninett.no/~jk/gnumeric/">this link</ulink>. The
    main <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnome.org/projects/gnumeric/">Gnumeric
    page</ulink> may also have useful information.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    If you need help online, you may want to check out:

      <itemizedlist>

        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            The Gnumeric Function-Writer's Guide. Until I write one
            for Python, you'll have to settle for
            <literal>doc/developer/writing-functions.sgml</literal> in
            the Gnumeric source tree.
          </para>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            The files that actually define the Python interface. In
            particular,
            <literal>plugins/python-loader/py-gnumeric.c</literal> has
            good comments at the beginning.
          </para>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            The instructions on how to use GNOME Git can be found <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/Git">here</ulink>.
          </para>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            The gnumeric discussion list:
            <literal>&lt;gnumeric-list@gnome.org&gt;</literal>
          </para>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            The IRC channel #gnumeric on the GIMPnet server.  Right
            now, the project leader is Jody Goldberg (jody) and the
            Debianizer is: J.H.M. Dassen (jhm). Jody, Jon K. Hellan,
            and Zbigniew Chyla appear prominently in the Python
            ChangeLog.
          </para>
        </listitem>

      </itemizedlist>

  </para>
  
  <sect2 id="sect-extending-python-install">
    <title lang="en">Installing and Building Gnumeric for Python</title>

    <para lang="en">
      This section describes how to obtain the
      <application>Gnumeric</application> source code, configure it
      for Python and build it. This section will eventually be
      removed as Python becomes supported by default.
    </para>

  <sect3 id="sect-extending-python-install-prelim">
    <title lang="en">Preliminaries</title>
	
    <para lang="en">
      I'm going to define some variables here so that you can insert
      the appropriate command or item for your system when they
      occur. I'll prefix them all with '$'.
    </para>
	
    <itemizedlist>

      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
        <emphasis>$root</emphasis>: Do whatever you do to become
        root. The usual options are:

        <itemizedlist>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">
              <literal>su -</literal> and hit <keycap>Enter</keycap>
            </para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">
            <literal>sudo</literal>
            </para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">
            <literal>fakeroot</literal> (works in some situations, but
            not all)
            </para>
          </listitem>

        </itemizedlist>
        </para>
      </listitem>
		
       <listitem>
         <para lang="en">
           <emphasis>$version</emphasis>: Whatever your current
           Gnumeric version is. Some examples:

           <itemizedlist>
             <listitem><para lang="en">1.4.20</para></listitem>
             <listitem><para lang="en">1.6.20</para></listitem>
             <listitem><para lang="en">1.7.90</para></listitem>
           </itemizedlist>
         </para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
	
  </sect3>
  
  <sect3 id="sect-extending-python-install-build">
    <title lang="en">In the Beginning (Installing and Building)</title>

    <para lang="en">
      You need to get Python and Gnumeric, and the Python plugin for
      Gnumeric. You can get the binaries, the packaged source, or the
      developing edge sources from Git.
    </para>
	
    <sect4 id="sect-extending-python-install-binaries">
      <title lang="en">Getting the binaries (Debian)</title>

      <para lang="en">
        I've only tested this on sid (unstable). The version you get
        from stable (woody) may not act quite the same.
      </para>

      <procedure>
        <step>
          <para><emphasis>$root</emphasis> <literal>apt-get install gnumeric gnumeric-python python</literal></para>
        </step>
      </procedure>
    </sect4>

    <sect4 id="sect-extending-python-install-debsource">
      <title lang="en">
        Getting and building the current Debianized source
      </title>

      <para lang="en">
        If you have Debian, and don't need the bleeding edge, this is
        <emphasis>by far</emphasis> the easiest way to get and build
        the source.
      </para>

      <procedure>

          <step>
            <para lang="en">
              Change to a directory where you want to hang the source
              directory.
            </para>
          </step>

          <step>
            <para><emphasis>$root</emphasis> <literal>apt-get build-dep gnumeric</literal></para>
          </step>

          <step>
            <para><literal>apt-get source gnumeric</literal></para>
          </step>

          <step>
            <para><literal>cd gnumeric-</literal><emphasis>$version</emphasis></para>
          </step>

          <step>
            <para lang="en">
              <literal>debian/rules build</literal>
            </para>
          </step>

          <step>
            <para lang="en">
              To make the .deb packages: <emphasis>$root</emphasis>
            <literal>./debian/rules binary</literal>
            </para>
          </step>

          <step>
            <para lang="en">
              To install those .deb packages:
            </para>
            <procedure>

              <step>
                <para lang="en">
                  <literal>cd ..</literal> to change to that directory.
                </para>
              </step>

              <step>
                <para lang="en">
                  <emphasis>$root</emphasis> <literal>dpkg -i
                  gnum*deb</literal> (presuming you don't have other
                  .deb packages beginning with "gnum" lying around
                  here).
                </para>
              </step>

            </procedure>
          </step>

          <step>
            <para lang="en">
              You may or may not want to remove those .deb files now:
              <emphasis>$root</emphasis> <literal>rm
              gnum*deb</literal>
            </para>
           </step>
       </procedure>
     </sect4>

    <sect4 id="sect-extending-python-install-git">
      <title lang="en">Getting and building the source from Git</title>
	  
      <para lang="en">
        Remember that this is the developing edge. Things may not
        work. Generally don't do this unless you are subscribed to the
        mail list and possibly also on the IRC channel.
      </para>
  
      <para lang="en">
        You will need a few things for this to work at all:
      </para>

      <procedure>

           <step><para>gnome-common</para></step>

           <step><para>libgsf (se nedan)</para></step>

           <step>
             <para lang="en">
               pygtk2 (On Debian, make sure to get python-gtk2 and
               python-gtk2-dev)
             </para>
           </step>

           <step><para lang="en">gnumeric (see below, obviously)</para></step>

      </procedure>

      <para lang="en">
        And although the following will build in the main build space,
        it's probably better to build in a temporary space. But I
        can't be bothered to learn how to fiddle the build pathways.
      </para>
	  
      <procedure>
          <step>
            <para lang="en">
              Change to a directory where you want to hang the source
              directory for Gnumeric and a few other GNOME things.
            </para>
          </step>

          <step>
            <para lang="en">
              Getting and building libgsf:
            </para>

            <procedure>

              <step>
                <para>git clone git://git.gnome.org/libgsf</para>
              </step>

              <step>
                <para>cd libgsf</para>
              </step>

              <step>
                <para>Red Hat: <literal>./autogen.sh</literal></para>
              </step>

              <step>
                <para>Debian: <literal>./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr --with-gconf-schema-file-dir=/etc/gconf/schemas</literal></para>
              </step>

              <step>
                <para><literal>make</literal></para>
              </step>

              <step>
                <para><emphasis>$root</emphasis> <literal>make install</literal></para>
              </step>

              <step>
                <para lang="en">
                  If you find that this didn't work, try <literal>make
                  clean</literal> and then repeat from the autogen
                  step.
                </para>
              </step>
            </procedure>

          </step>

          <step>
             <para lang="en">
               Getting and building libgal <emphasis role="bold">No longer necessary! (13 June
               2003)</emphasis>
             </para>
	  </step>

          <step>
            <para lang="en">
              Getting and building goffice:
            </para>

            <procedure>

              <step>
                <para>git clone git://git.gnome.org/goffice</para>
              </step>

              <step>
                <para>cd goffice</para>
              </step>

              <step>
                <para>Red Hat: <literal>./autogen.sh</literal></para>
              </step>

              <step>
                <para>Debian: <literal>./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr --with-gconf-schema-file-dir=/etc/gconf/schemas</literal></para>
              </step>

              <step>
                <para><literal>make</literal></para>
              </step>

              <step>
                <para><emphasis>$root</emphasis> <literal>make install</literal></para>
              </step>

              <step>
                <para lang="en">
                  If you find that this didn't work, try <literal>make
                  clean</literal> and then repeat from the autogen
                  step.
                </para>
              </step>
            </procedure>

          </step>

	  <step>
            <para lang="en">
              Getting and building gnumeric:
            </para>
		  <procedure>
			<step><para><literal>git clone git://git.gnome.org/gnumeric gnumeric-head</literal></para></step>
			<step><para><literal>cd gnumeric-head</literal></para></step>
			<step><para lang="en">Red Hat: <literal>./autogen.sh</literal> and wait while it
			  compiles</para></step>
			<step><para>Debian: <literal>./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr --with-gconf-schema-file-dir=/etc/gconf/schemas</literal></para></step>
			<step><para><literal>make</literal></para></step>
			<step><para lang="en"><emphasis role="bold">Optional:</emphasis> <emphasis>$root</emphasis> <literal>make install</literal></para></step>
			<step><para lang="en">If you find that this didn't work, try <literal>make clean</literal> and
			  then repeat from the autogen step. For example,
			  sometimes I've had it not create the python-loader.</para></step>
		  </procedure>
	   </step>

	  </procedure>

	<para lang="en">
          OK, you should now have gnumeric! Test it! If you installed
          the Debianized version via apt-get, or did "make install",
          it should be installed to /usr/bin (or /usr/local/bin on
          Red Hat?)  and you can just type
          <literal>gnumeric</literal>. Otherwise you will find it in
          <literal>gnumeric-head/src/</literal> and you will have to
          run it from there. 
        </para>

    </sect4>

  </sect3>

  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="sect-extending-python-console">
    <title lang="en">The Python Console</title>

    <para lang="en">
      There is an interactive Python console available from inside
      Gnumeric. This is a good place to explore things, and if the
      console is expanded, will be a nice place for scripting. In the
      meantime, what I have called "Spellbooks" below are much more
      useful, but are fixed plugins as of Gnumeric startup. So right
      now I putter in the console as I develop plugin literal in the
      form of spellbooks. After 1.2.0, Gnumeric will be working on its
      scripting API, so the two approaches may merge. Or not.
    </para>

    <sect3 id="sect-extending-python-console-enabling">
      <title lang="en">Enabling the Python Console</title>

      <para lang="en">
        You can run a Python interpreter from inside Gnumeric, but you
        have to turn it on. To do this you simply uncomment a line in
        python-loader/plugins.xml. Normally, that file lives in
        /usr/lib/gnumeric/<emphasis>$version</emphasis>/plugins/python-loader/,
        or perhaps <emphasis>/usr/local/lib...</emphasis> on Red Hat.
        I used to suggest making a local but you should probably make
        a local copy, but that was pain for little gain. So:
      </para>

        <procedure>

	  <step>
            <para lang="en">
              <literal>gnumeric --version</literal> to make sure you
              get the right version name for the following. (You'll
              have to do this for every new version of Gnumeric!)
            </para>
          </step>

	  <step>
            <para lang="en">
              <literal>cd ~/.gnumeric/</literal>
                <emphasis>$version</emphasis>
                 <literal>/plugins/</literal>
            </para>
          </step>

	  <step>
            <para lang="en">
              Edit <literal>python-loader/plugin.xml</literal>.
            </para>
          </step>

	  <step>
           <para lang="en">
               Uncomment the five lines starting with
               <literal>ui-console-menu service</literal> near the
               bottom (remove the "&lt;!--" and "--&gt;" tags around
               the &lt;service...&gt; and &lt;/service&gt; tags.
            </para>
          </step>

	  <step>
            <para>Spara filen.</para>
          </step>

	  <step>
            <para lang="en">
              Start gnumeric (same version).
            </para>
          </step>

	  <step>
            <para lang="en">
              Select from the <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> the <guimenuitem>Python
              console</guimenuitem>.
            </para>
          </step>

          <step>
            <para lang="en">
              <emphasis>Enjoy!</emphasis>
            </para>
          </step>

        </procedure>

    </sect3>

    <sect3 id="sect-extending-python-console-playing">
      <title lang="en">Playing with the Python console</title>

      <para lang="en">
        At the top there is a drop-down menu <guimenu>Execute
        in</guimenu>. Right now your only choice will be
        <guimenuitem>Default</guimenuitem>. After you evaluate functions
        from other plugins, those environments will become available
        too (JK says this is called lazy loading). But I'll assume you
        are using Default. (The only real difference is that you have
        to import Gnumeric first, and you can't see your plugin
        functions.)
      </para>
  
      <para lang="en">
        (Note: older releases required you to type <literal>print
        dir()</literal> instead of just
        <literal>dir()</literal>. Fixed in cvs 16 June 2003, and
        certainly in 1.1.20 and higher.
      </para>
  
      <para lang="en">
        Let's start by taking a look at the environment.
      </para>

      <programlisting lang="en">
&gt;&gt;&gt; import <co id="gnumeric"/>Gnumeric
&gt;&gt;&gt; dir()
['Gnumeric', '__builtins__', '__doc__', '__name__']
&gt;&gt;&gt; dir(Gnumeric)
['Boolean', 'CellPos', 'FALSE', 'GnumericError', 'GnumericErrorDIV0',
'GnumericErrorNA', 'GnumericErrorNAME', 'GnumericErrorNULL',
'GnumericErrorNUM', 'GnumericErrorRECALC', 'GnumericErrorREF',
'GnumericErrorVALUE', 'MStyle', 'Range', 'TRUE', '__doc__',
'__name__', <co id="functions"/>'functions', 'plugin_info', 'workbook_new', 'workbooks']
      </programlisting>

      <calloutlist>
      <callout arearefs="gnumeric">
        <para lang="en">
          'Gnumeric' is a module that exists only within Gnumeric, and
          which defines the Gnumeric Python API.
        </para>
      </callout>

      <callout arearefs="functions">
        <para lang="en">
          Gnumeric.functions is the list of all the Gnumeric functions
          you would see in the function browser. You cannot yet do
          <literal>dir(Gnumeric.functions)</literal> but maybe someone
          will bind that soon.
        </para>

        <para lang="en">
          RangeRef is not listed. That seems to limit us, though later
          in the tutorial we'll see how to use regular functions to
          get inside RangeRefs.
        </para>

      </callout>
      </calloutlist>

      <para lang="en">
        So do some exploring. First, let's poke around to figure out
        how to use CellPos.
      </para>

      <programlisting lang="en">
# I wonder how to use CellPos (I've glanced at the source, but...)

&gt;&gt;&gt; dir(Gnumeric.CellPos)                 # shows nothing useful

&gt;&gt;&gt; Gnumeric.CellPos()                    
TypeError: CellPos() takes exactly 2 arguments (0 given)  

&gt;&gt;&gt; Gnumeric.CellPos("a1","a2") 
TypeError: an integer is required.        # Right. 

&gt;&gt;&gt; a=Gnumeric.CellPos(1,2)               # It worked!
&gt;&gt;&gt; a
&lt;CellPos object at 0x106b6eb8&gt;      # Yeah, I know...

&gt;&gt;&gt; dir(a)
['get_tuple']

&gt;&gt;&gt; a.get_tuple()
(1,2)                                     # Cool. That's (col,row)

&gt;&gt;&gt; str(a)                                # Super cool.
'B3'                                      # JK hasn't implemented this for tuples yet
       </programlisting>


       <para lang="en">
         Similarly, we can explore Gnumeric.Range:
       </para>
	  
       <programlisting lang="en">
&gt;&gt;&gt; r = Gnumeric.Range((1,2),(3,4))
TypeError: Range() argument 1 must be CellPos, not tuple

&gt;&gt;&gt; r = Gnumeric.Range(a,a)
&gt;&gt;&gt; r
&lt;Range object at 0x1071d888&gt;

&gt;&gt;&gt; dir(r)
['get_tuple']

&gt;&gt;&gt; r.get_tuple()
(3, 7, 3, 7)
       </programlisting>

	  <para lang="en">If you
		evaluate in the context of a plugin (rather than in Default), then
		<literal>dir(Gnumeric.plugin_info)</literal> will reveal some simple
		informational functions you can call for the local plugin(s).</para>
	  
	  <para lang="en">Note: obviously I don't really know what I'm doing, or I wouldn't
		be poking around like this.</para>

	</sect3>

	<sect3 id="sect-extending-python-console-morefun">
	  <title lang="en">More fun with the Python console</title>

	 <para lang="en">Jon K. Hellan writes, "Here are some more things you can do
	  from the console:"</para>
	  <programlisting lang="en">
# Get a workbook
&gt;&gt;&gt; wb=Gnumeric.workbooks()[0]
&gt;&gt;&gt; wb
&lt;Workbook object at 0x862a490&gt;
&gt;&gt;&gt; dir(wb)
&gt;&gt;&gt; ['gui_add', 'sheet_add', 'sheets']

# Get a sheet
&gt;&gt;&gt; s=wb.sheets()[0]
&gt;&gt;&gt; s
&lt;Sheet object at 0x863e8d0&gt;
&gt;&gt;&gt; dir(s)
['cell_fetch', 'get_extent', 'get_name_unquoted', 'rename',
'style_apply_range', 'style_get', 'style_set_pos', 'style_set_range']

# Get a cell. s.cell_fetch(0,0) and s[0,0] are synonyms. First
# coordinate is columns, i.e. s[1,0] is B1.
&gt;&gt;&gt; c=s[0,0]
&gt;&gt;&gt; c
&lt;Cell object at 0x863d810&gt;
&gt;&gt;&gt; dir(c)
['get_entered_text', 'get_mstyle', 'get_rendered_text', 'get_value',
'get_value_as_string', 'set_text']

# Change the cell - it changes in the grid
&gt;&gt;&gt; c.set_text('foo')

# Retrieve the cell - both ways.
&gt;&gt;&gt; c.get_value()
foo
&gt;&gt;&gt; s.cell_fetch(0,0).get_value()
foo
</programlisting>

	  <para lang="en">Very, very nice.  Note, after setting a value, it won't show up
		until that cell is redrawn. That will happen automatically with plugin
		functions, but in the console, you may have to click on the cell.
	  </para>

	</sect3>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-extending-python-builtins">
    <title lang="en">Using the built-in Python functions</title>
	
    <para lang="en">
      To enable the Python-loader and Python plugins:
    </para>

    <procedure>

       <step>
         <para lang="en">
           Select the <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu and the
           <guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> menuitem.
         </para>
       </step>

       <step>
         <para lang="en">
           Select "Python plugin loader" and "Python
           functions". Restart Gnumeric.
         </para>
       </step>

     </procedure>

	<para lang="en">The quickest way to test whether you now have Python functions
	  is to type <literal>=py_capwords("fred flintstone")</literal> in the
	  first cell. After you hit &lt;Enter&gt;, you should see "Fred
	  Flintstone".</para>

	<para lang="en">You can also click on the functions button, and scroll down to
	  the "Python" category. Select that. You should see at
	  least two functions defined: PY_CAPWORDS and PY_PRINTF. They're
	  not very useful, but they prove you've got the plugins. Test
	  them either via the GUI or by typing into the cell.</para>

	<para lang="en">I'll presume they worked.</para>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-extending-python-writing">
	<title lang="en">Writing your own Python functions</title>

	<para lang="en">To scribe new magic you must write your spells in places where
	  Gnumeric will find them. That place is in folders under:
	  <literal>~/.gnumeric/&lt;version&gt;/plugins/</literal>
	  Each folder under here is one "spellbook" of new plugin
	  functions. You may put all your spells in one spellbook, or group
	  them neatly depending on your tastes. Each spellbook must have two
	  files. We'll create a spellbook called "myfuncs". A pedestrian name
	  for pedestrian spells. When I have more skill, perhaps I'll make
	  some with better names. Several suggest themselves:
	  <itemizedlist>
		<listitem><para lang="en">Transformations: of obvious value for a spreadsheet</para></listitem>
		<listitem><para lang="en">Illusions: statistical functions, clearly</para></listitem>
		<listitem><para lang="en">Charms: presentation graphics</para></listitem>
		<listitem><para lang="en">Necromancy: file repair and missing values?</para></listitem>
		<listitem><para lang="en">Divination: data mining!</para></listitem>
	  </itemizedlist>
	</para>

	<sect3 id="sect-extending-python-writing-prepare">
	  <title lang="en">Prepare the spellbook</title>

	<para lang="en">In many ways it would be easier to start by copying the
	  py_func spellbook to your local .gnumeric folder, and just adding a
	  function to that. But in general it will be more useful to be
	  able to write your own separate spellbooks, so here we go.</para>

	  <procedure>
		<step>
		  <para lang="en">
			<emphasis role="bold">Make the folder: </emphasis>
			First we make the folders and get into the right one. As noted
			above, we'll call our folder (spellbook) myfuncs.
		  </para>
		  <substeps>
			<step><para lang="en">If they don't already exist:</para>
			  <substeps>
				<step><para><literal>mkdir ~/.gnumeric</literal></para></step>
				<step><para lang="en"><literal>mkdir ~/.gnumeric/&lt;version&gt;</literal></para></step>
			  </substeps>
			</step>
			<step><para lang="en"><literal>mkdir ~/.gnumeric/&lt;version&gt;/plugins/myfuncs/</literal></para></step>
			<step><para lang="en"><literal>cd ~/.gnumeric/&lt;version&gt;/plugins/myfuncs/</literal></para></step>
		  </substeps>
		</step>

		<step>
		  <para lang="en">
			<emphasis role="bold">Make the files:</emphasis>
			A spellbook has two files. The first is the python file
			with the functions. The second is the XML file "plugin.xml". The
			XML file holds that master spells that tell Gnumeric what
			functions we've defined, and what the name of the python file
			<emphasis>is</emphasis>, and one other important item. We'll create these as
			blank files.
		  </para>
		  <substeps>
			<step><para lang="en"><literal>touch my-func.py</literal></para></step>
			<step><para><literal>touch plugin.xml</literal></para></step>
		  </substeps>
		</step>

		<step>
		  <para lang="en">
			<emphasis role="bold">Write the master spells</emphasis>
			The good news is that you only need to do this once per
			spellbook. After that you just add spells to it.
		  </para>
		  <para lang="en">Your XML file must tell Gnumeric about your plugin. Here is a
			simple template. (If you want to learn about internationalization,
			see the example in the system's py-func spellbook.) Open up
			plugin.xml and insert the following lines:
		  </para>

		  <programlisting lang="en">
&lt;?xml version="1.0"?&gt;
&lt;plugin id="Gnumeric_MyFuncPlugin"&gt;
	&lt;information&gt;
		&lt;name&gt;Other Python functions from HOWTO&lt;/name&gt;
		&lt;description&gt;A few extra python functions demonstrating the API.&lt;/description&gt;
	&lt;/information&gt;
	&lt;loader type="Gnumeric_PythonLoader:python"&gt;
		&lt;attribute name="module_name" value="<emphasis role="bold">my-func</emphasis>"/&gt; <co id="my-func"/>
	&lt;/loader&gt;
	&lt;services&gt;
		&lt;service type="function_group" id="<emphasis role="bold">example</emphasis>"&gt; <co id="example"/>
			&lt;category&gt;Local Python&lt;/category&gt;
			&lt;functions&gt;
			&lt;/functions&gt;
		&lt;/service&gt;
	&lt;/services&gt;
&lt;/plugin&gt;
		  </programlisting>

                  <calloutlist>
		  <callout arearefs="my-func">
			<para lang="en">
			  The value of "name" determines the name of your python
			  script (file). In this case, it must be "my-func.py"
			</para>
		  </callout>

		  <callout arearefs="example">
			<para lang="en">
			  The value of "id" here determines the name of the
			  function dictionary in your python script. In this case,
			  it must be "example_functions" because here the value is
			  "example".
			</para>
		  </callout>
                  </calloutlist>
		</step>

		<step>
		  <para lang="en">
			<emphasis role="bold">Prepare to write the
			spells:</emphasis> Next we'll create a minimal python
			file. As noted above, we must name the file
			<emphasis role="bold">my-func</emphasis>.py and it must have a dictionary
			called <emphasis role="bold">example</emphasis>_functions.
			So open up my-func.py and insert the following lines.
		  </para>
		  <programlisting lang="en">
# my-func.py
#

from Gnumeric import GnumericError, GnumericErrorVALUE
import Gnumeric
import string
	
example_functions = {
}
		  </programlisting>
		</step>
	  </procedure>
	</sect3>

	<sect3 id="sect-extending-python-writing-newspells">
	  <title lang="en">Writing new spells</title>

	  <para lang="en">To add new functions to Python, you now must do five things
		(three sir!):</para>

	  <procedure>
		<step><para lang="en">Write the python function in your copy of
		  <literal>my-func.py</literal>.</para></step>
	  
		<step><para lang="en">Insert the function info into the <literal>example_functions</literal>
		  dictionary at the end of <literal>my_func.py</literal></para></step>
	  
		<step><para lang="en">Insert the function name into the functions list at the end of
		  <literal>plugin.xml</literal>.</para></step>
	  </procedure>
	
	
	  <para lang="en">
		<emphasis role="bold">Writing a simple script:</emphasis>
		Let's do something very simple: add two numbers
		together. First, edit my-func.py.</para>
	  <programlisting lang="en">
	<emphasis># Add two numbers together</emphasis>
    def func_add(num1, num2):
        return num1 + num2

    <emphasis># Translate the func_add python function to a gnumeric function and register it</emphasis>
    example_functions = {
        'py_add': func_add
    }
	  </programlisting>

	<para lang="en">Then let the plugin-loader(?) know about your function. Add the
	following line near the end of plugin.xml (between
	  &lt;functions&gt; and &lt;/functions&gt;).</para>
	<programlisting lang="en">
                 &lt;function name="py_add"/&gt;
	</programlisting>

	<para lang="en">Now start Gnumeric and type <literal>py_add(2,3)</literal> into a
	  cell. You should get "5". You can also use cell references. If
	  that was in cell A1, go to cell A2 and type
	  <literal>py_add(A1,3)</literal> and you will get "8".  But your
	  function won't show up in the GUI list yet.</para>

	<para lang="en">
		<emphasis role="bold">Tell the GUI:</emphasis>
		To make your function show up in the GUI, you have to tell
		Gnumeric some things about it via a standard header, like
		this:</para>
	  <programlisting lang="en">
	<emphasis># Add two numbers together</emphasis>
	def func_add(num1, num2):
        '@FUNCTION=PY_ADD\n'\
        '@SYNTAX=py_add(num1, num2)\n'\
        '@DESCRIPTION=Adds two numbers together.\n'\
        'Look, the description can go onto other lines.\n\n'\
        '@EXAMPLES=To add two constants, just type them in: py_add(2,3)\n'\
        'To add two cells, use the cell addresses: py_add(A1,A2)\n\n'\
        '@SEEALSO='

        return num1 + num2
	  </programlisting>

	  <para lang="en">The text after '@DESCRIPTION=' is the description that shows up
		in the function GUI. You can make it as simple or detailed as you
		want. I'm not sure how many other fields get used right now, as I
		haven't seen the EXAMPLES show up anywhere.</para>
	  
	  <para lang="en">But this still isn't quite right. Gnumeric doesn't know how
		many arguments the function can handle, nor of what type. So the
		function GUI will prompt for the two values it knows about (as
		type "Any") and then keep prompting for more. But py_add cannot
		accept all types, nor can it handle more than two arguments, so
		unless you give it precisely 2 numbers, you will get an error when
		you click "OK".</para>
	  
	  <para lang="en">
		<emphasis role="bold">Know your limits...</emphasis>
		We got away last time just because Gnumeric was forgiving. Now
		we need to say that we can accept only 2 values, of type
		floating-point (which will also handle ints).</para>
	  
	  <para lang="en">Where before we had: <literal>'py_add': func_add</literal>, 
		we should now put: <literal>'py_add': ('ff','num1,num2',func_add)</literal>
		This says that Gnumeric should expect two floating-point numbers
		('ff') with names 'num1' and 'num2', and pass them to func_add.</para>
	  
	  <para lang="en">
		<emphasis role="bold">...and surpass them</emphasis>
		Of course, there is no reason an add function shouldn't be able
		to handle a range. The simplest way to do that is to accept a
		range, and then call Gnumeric's own SUM function on it! All of
		Gnumeric's functions are available to you in the dictionary
		Gnumeric.functions, keyed by name. So here is how to write py_sum.
	  </para>

	<procedure>
	  <step>
		  <para lang="en">First, define func_sum (in my-func.py):</para>
		  
		  <programlisting lang="en">
def func_sum(gRange):
	'@FUNCTION=PY_SUM\n'\
	'@SYNTAX=PY_SUM(range)\n'\
	'@DESCRIPTION=Adds a range of numbers together.'\
	'Just like built-in SUM.\n\n'\
	'@EXAMPLES=To add values in A1 to A5, just type them in:\n'\
	'    py_sum(a1:a5)\n'\
	'@SEEALSO='
	try:
		sum = Gnumeric.functions['sum']
		val = sum(gRange)
		#  val = reduce(lambda a,b: a+b, vals)
	except TypeError:
		raise GnumericError, GnumericErrorVALUE
	else:
		return val
		  </programlisting>
		</step>

		<step><para lang="en">Then insert it into your functions dictionary. That
		dictionary now looks like this (with 'r' denoting a range type):</para>

		  <programlisting lang="en">
example_functions = {
	'py_add': ('ff','num1,num2',func_add),
	'py_sum': ('r', 'values', func_sum)
}
		  </programlisting>
		</step>

		<step><para lang="en">Finally, make an entry in the XML list, so that it now looks
		  like:</para>
		  <programlisting lang="en">
			&lt;functions&gt;
				&lt;function name="py_add"/&gt;
				&lt;function name="py_sum"/&gt;
			&lt;/functions&gt;
		  </programlisting>
		</step>
	  </procedure>

	  <para lang="en">I told you this was the easy way to do it. Obviously it's not
		very useful to just duplicate Gnumeric functions. But that's as
		far as I've made it. From what can tell, range objects are
		packaged as opaque pointers of type RangeRefObject. There seems
		to be no way to work with them from within Python, so we must
		rely on the Gnumeric functions.</para>

	</sect3>

	<sect3 id="sect-extending-python-writing-newspells2">
	  <title lang="en">Do it yourself (mostly)</title>

    <para lang="en">All is not lost, despite the opaque pointers. For in Gnumeric
    we can read about all the functions that have been defined. Some
    of those take references (including RangeRefs) and return useful
    information. For example, under "Lookup" we find "Column" and
    "Row" which return arrays of all the column (or row) indices in
    the range. So we can redo the sum function.</para>

    <para lang="en">Presume we can convert our RangeRef to a start tuple and
    end tuple. Then we can write sum2:
		<programlisting lang="en">
def func_sum2(gRange):
	'@FUNCTION=PY_SUM2\n'\
	'@SYNTAX=PY_SUM2(range)\n'\
	'@DESCRIPTION=Adds a range of numbers together,'\
	'without calling built-in SUM.\n\n'\
	'@EXAMPLES=To add values in A1 to A5, just type them in:\n'\
	'    py_sum(a1:a5)\n'\
	'@SEEALSO='
	try:
		[r_begin, r_end] = range_ref_to_tuples(gRange)
		wb=Gnumeric.Workbooks()[0]   # Careful! This is WRONG! It doesn't
		s=wb.sheets()[0]             # use the ACTUAL workbook or sheet.

		val = 0
		for col in range(r_begin[0], r_end[0]):
			for row in range(r_begin[1], r_end[1]):
				cell = s[col, row]
				val = val + cell.get_value()
				# Note: this doesn't skip blank cells etc.

	except TypeError:
		raise GnumericError,GnumericErrorVALUE
	else:
		return val
		</programlisting>
	  </para>

    <para lang="en">That's fine as far as it goes, but we need to define the helper
    function "range_ref_to_tuples". Although I'm rather ashamed to
    show this ugly literal, here's how I did it (someone suggest a
    better way, please!):
		<programlisting lang="en">
def range_ref_to_tuples(range_ref):
	'''I need a function to find the bounds of a RangeRef. This one
	extracts them from the Gnumeric "column" and "row" commands, and
	returns them as a pair of tuples. Surely there is a better way?
	For example, return a list of cells??'''

	col  = Gnumeric.functions['column']   
	row  = Gnumeric.functions['row']

	# "column" and "row" take references and return an array of col or row
	# nums for each cell in the reference. For example, [[1, 1, 1], [2, 2, 2]]
	# for columns and [[2, 3, 4], [2, 3, 4]] for rows.

	try:
		columns = col(range_ref)
		rows    = row(range_ref)

		begin_col = columns[0][0] - 1  
		begin_row = rows[0][0] - 1     

		end_col = columns[-1][-1]
		end_row = rows[-1][-1]

		# We subtracted 1 from the begin values because in the API,
		# indexing begins at 0, while "column" and "row" begin at 1.
		# We did NOT subtract 1 from the end values, in order to make
		# them suitable for Python's range(begin, end) paradigm.
		
	except TypeError:
		raise GnumericError,GnumericErrorVALUE
	except NameError:                     # right name?
		raise GnumericError,Gnumeric.GnumericErrorNAME
	except RefError:                     # right name?
		raise GnumericError,Gnumeric.GnumericErrorREF
	except NumError:                     # right name?
		raise GnumericError,Gnumeric.GnumericErrorNUM


	return [ (begin_col, begin_row), (end_col, end_row) ]
		</programlisting>
	  </para>

	  <para lang="en">From there, insert the function into the dictionary, and insert
		its name into <literal>plugin.xml</literal>. I leave these as exercises
		to the reader (answers in the sample files -- no
		peeking!). Restart Gnumeric and you should be able to use
		py_sum2!</para>
	  
	  <para lang="en">There are a couple of glitches:</para>
	  <itemizedlist>
		<listitem><para lang="en">It fails the first time with "could not import
		  gobject". Just run again, I don't know what that's about.</para></listitem>
		
		<listitem><para lang="en">It will only work for Workbook 1 and Sheet 1. JK thinks that
		  there may be no way to get the current Workbook/Sheet in the
		  Python API. Hrm....</para></listitem>
		
		<listitem><para lang="en">As noted, it should do some simple trapping to skip blank or
      text-filled cells. That <emphasis>can</emphasis> be done! I just didn't. It's
      late.</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
	</sect3>

    <sect3 id="extending-python-writing-help">
	  <title>Mer hjälp</title>
	  
	  <para lang="en">Relative to the source tree:</para>
	  
	  <itemizedlist>
		<listitem><para lang="en">The Python interface is defined in: <literal>plugins/python-loader/py-gnumeric.c</literal>
		  That file also has good notes at the beginning.</para></listitem>
		
		<listitem><para lang="en">There are interesting things about the way it used to be in:
		  <literal>doc/developer/python-gnumeric.txt</literal>.</para></listitem>
	  </itemizedlist>

	</sect3>
	
	<sect3 id="extending-python-writing-programs">
	  <title lang="en">Program Listings</title>
	  
	  <para lang="en">You can see my examples in full, with more comments:
		<itemizedlist>
		  <listitem><para lang="en"><ulink url="myfuncs/my-func.py"><literal>my-func.py</literal></ulink></para></listitem>
		  <listitem><para lang="en"><ulink url="myfuncs/plugin.xml"><literal>plugin.xml</literal></ulink></para></listitem>
		</itemizedlist>
	  </para>
	</sect3>
  </sect2>


  <sect2 id="extending-python-upgrading">
	<title lang="en">Upgrading</title>
	
	<para lang="en">To upgrade, first choose any method from the installation
	section above. But note: when you upgrade your Gnumeric version,
	it will look for your Python scripts in the corresponding
	version-named subdirectories. For example, if your scripts are in
	"~/.gnumeric/1.1.17/plugins", but you just upgraded to 1.1.18, you
	may need to rename that to "~/.gnumeric/1.1.18/plugins". If you
	want to keep and run several versions of Gnumeric, you'll have to
	copy or symlink them.</para>

	<para lang="en">If you want the Python console, you'll also have to
	re-enable it, following the directions above. If you had made a
	local copy of the old one, make sure you
	<emphasis>don't</emphasis> copy or link that to the new
	directory. It won't work.</para>

	<para lang="en">Find the new version with <literal>gnumeric --version</literal>,
	  making sure to invoke the proper gnumeric.</para>

  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-extending-python-fancy">
	<title lang="en">Fancy tricks</title>

	<para lang="en">To be written....</para>

    <itemizedlist>
     <listitem><para lang="en">Swapping ranges (not a normal cell function, but I wrote
      one) that did this. But now I can rewrite it using the GUI,
		which will make a lot more sense.</para></listitem>

      <listitem><para lang="en">JK's python-only transpose function</para></listitem>

	  <listitem><para lang="en">A Gnumeric interface to the Snob clustering
		algorithm. Coming soon to a spreadsheet near you!</para></listitem>

    </itemizedlist>
  </sect2>

  <sect2 id="sect-extending-python-questions">
	<title lang="en">Features wanted, and Questions</title>

	<itemizedlist>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Is it really impossible to determine the current
      workbook/sheet from Python? That's a bummer.  [JK writes: "Not
      yet fixed, but now fixable."]</para></listitem>

      <listitem><para lang="en">Several previous items are no longer on this list, due to
      the diligence of the Gnumeric hackers.</para></listitem>
	</itemizedlist>
  </sect2>
 
</sect1>

    <sect1 id="sect-extending-plugins">
  <title lang="en">Writing New Plugins</title>

  <para>
  </para>


</sect1>


  </chapter>



<!-- TODO: Write 'programing' chapter -->
<!--
   <chapter id="chapter-programing">
    <title>Programing &gnum;</title>

    <para>
      This chapter explains how to work programing the internals of
      &gnum;. This includes explaining the different parts of the code
      base, the tools that can be used to help and other useful
      information. 
    </para>

    &programing;

  </chapter>
-->


<!-- TODO: Write 'documenting' chapter -->
<!--
   <chapter id="chapter-documenting">
    <title>Improve this manual</title>

    <para>
      This chapter explains how to help improve this manual by editing
      the text from which the manual is build. This includes
      explaining the GNOME Documentation Project, DocBook and other
      relevant information.
    </para>

    &documenting;

  </chapter>
-->


<!-- TODO: Write 'about' chapter -->
<!--
  <chapter id="chapter-about">
    <title>About Gnumeric</title>

    <para>
      This chapter provides some background information on the
      creation and distribution of
      &gnum;.
    </para>

    &about-history;
    &about-authors;
    &about-license;

  </chapter>
-->


<!-- ============= Appendices ================================ -->

  
<appendix id="function-reference">
  <title>Funktionsreferens</title>
  <para>Detta appendix tillhandahåller en lista över alla funktioner som för närvarande definierats i Gnumeric.</para>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_Bitwise_Operations">
    <title>Bitvisa operationer</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BITAND">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BITAND</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BITAND</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bitvist och</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis lang="en"><function>BITAND</function>(<parameter>values</parameter>,<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para lang="en"><parameter>values</parameter>: non-negative integers</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>BITAND</function> returnerar det bitvisa ”och” av de binära representationerna av dess argument.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BITOR"><function>BITOR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BITXOR"><function>BITXOR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BITLSHIFT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BITLSHIFT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BITLSHIFT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bitskifta till vänster</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BITLSHIFT</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: icke-negativt heltal</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>BITLSHIFT</function> returnerar den binära representationen för <parameter>a</parameter> skiftad <parameter>n</parameter> positioner till vänster.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>n</parameter> är negativ, skiftar <function>BITLSHIFT</function> bitarna till höger ABS(<parameter>n</parameter>) positioner.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BITRSHIFT"><function>BITRSHIFT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BITOR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BITOR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BITOR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bitvist eller</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis lang="en"><function>BITOR</function>(<parameter>values</parameter>,<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para lang="en"><parameter>values</parameter>: non-negative integers</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>BITOR</function> returnerar det bitvisa ”eller” av de binära representationerna av dess argument.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BITXOR"><function>BITXOR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BITAND"><function>BITAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BITRSHIFT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BITRSHIFT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BITRSHIFT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bitskifta till höger</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BITRSHIFT</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: icke-negativt heltal</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>BITRSHIFT</function> returnerar den binära representationen för <parameter>a</parameter> skiftad <parameter>n</parameter> positioner till höger.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>n</parameter> är negativ, skiftar <function>BITRSHIFT</function> bitarna till vänster ABS(<parameter>n</parameter>) positioner.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BITLSHIFT"><function>BITLSHIFT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BITXOR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BITXOR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BITXOR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bitvist exklusivt eller</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis lang="en"><function>BITXOR</function>(<parameter>values</parameter>,<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para lang="en"><parameter>values</parameter>: non-negative integers</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>BITXOR</function> returnerar det bitvisa ”exklusiva eller” av de binära representationerna av dess argument.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BITOR"><function>BITOR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BITAND"><function>BITAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_Complex">
    <title>Komplexa tal</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COMPLEX">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COMPLEX</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COMPLEX</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>ett komplext tal på formen <parameter>x</parameter> + <parameter>y</parameter><parameter>i</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COMPLEX</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>y</parameter>;<parameter>i</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: realdel</para>
        <para><parameter>y</parameter>: imaginärdel</para>
        <para><parameter>i</parameter>: ändelsen för det komplexa talet, antingen ”i” eller ”j”; standardvärde ”i”</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>i</parameter> varken är ”i” eller ”j” returnerar <function>COMPLEX</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMABS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMABS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMABS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>absolutbeloppet av det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMABS</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMAGINARY"><function>IMAGINARY</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMREAL"><function>IMREAL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMAGINARY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMAGINARY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMAGINARY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>imaginärdelen av det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMAGINARY</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMREAL"><function>IMREAL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMARCCOS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMARCCOS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMARCCOS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>komplex arcus cosinus för det komplexa talet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMARCCOS</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>IMARCCOS</function> returnerar komplex arcus cosinus för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter>. Grensnitten är på reella axeln, mindre än -1 och större än 1.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCSIN"><function>IMARCSIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCTAN"><function>IMARCTAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMARCCOSH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMARCCOSH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMARCCOSH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>komplex hyperbolisk arcus cosinus för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMARCCOSH</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>IMARCCOSH</function> returnerar komplex hyperbolisk arcus cosinus för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter>. Grensnittet är på reella axeln, mindre än 1.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCSINH"><function>IMARCSINH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCTANH"><function>IMARCTANH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMARCCOT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMARCCOT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMARCCOT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>komplex arcus cotangens för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMARCCOT</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCSEC"><function>IMARCSEC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCCSC"><function>IMARCCSC</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMARCCOTH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMARCCOTH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMARCCOTH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>komplex hyperbolisk arcus cotangens för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMARCCOTH</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCSECH"><function>IMARCSECH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCCSCH"><function>IMARCCSCH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMARCCSC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMARCCSC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMARCCSC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>komplex arcus cosekant för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMARCCSC</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCSEC"><function>IMARCSEC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCCOT"><function>IMARCCOT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMARCCSCH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMARCCSCH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMARCCSCH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>komplex hyperbolisk arcus cosekant för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMARCCSCH</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCSECH"><function>IMARCSECH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCCOTH"><function>IMARCCOTH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMARCSEC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMARCSEC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMARCSEC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>komplex arcus sekant för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMARCSEC</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCCSC"><function>IMARCCSC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCCOT"><function>IMARCCOT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMARCSECH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMARCSECH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMARCSECH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>komplex hyperbolisk arcus sekant för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMARCSECH</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCCSCH"><function>IMARCCSCH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCCOTH"><function>IMARCCOTH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMARCSIN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMARCSIN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMARCSIN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>komplex arcus sinus för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMARCSIN</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>IMARCSIN</function> returnerar komplex arcus sinus för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter>. Grensnitt sker på reella axeln, mindre än -1 och större än 1.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCCOS"><function>IMARCCOS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCTAN"><function>IMARCTAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMARCSINH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMARCSINH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMARCSINH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>komplex hyperbolisk arcus sinus för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMARCSINH</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>IMARCSINH</function> returnerar komplex hyperbolisk arcus sinus för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter>. Grensnitten är på imaginära axeln, under -i och över i.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCCOSH"><function>IMARCCOSH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCTANH"><function>IMARCTANH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMARCTAN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMARCTAN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMARCTAN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>komplex arcus tangens för det komplexa talet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMARCTAN</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>IMARCTAN</function> returnerar komplex arcus tangens för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter>. Grensnitten är på imaginära axeln, under -i och ovanför i.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCSIN"><function>IMARCSIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCCOS"><function>IMARCCOS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMARCTANH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMARCTANH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMARCTANH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>komplex hyperbolisk arcus tangens för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMARCTANH</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>IMARCTANH</function> returnerar komplex hyperbolisk arcus tangens för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter>. Grensnitten är på reella axeln, mindre än -1 och större än 1.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCSINH"><function>IMARCSINH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMARCCOSH"><function>IMARCCOSH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMARGUMENT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMARGUMENT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMARGUMENT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>argumentet (theta) för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMARGUMENT</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Argumentet för ett komplext tal är dess vinkel i radianer från den reella axeln.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!. Om <parameter>z</parameter> är 0 returneras 0. Detta skiljer sig från Excel som returnerar ett fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMCONJUGATE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMCONJUGATE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMCONJUGATE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>komplexkonjugatet av det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMCONJUGATE</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMAGINARY"><function>IMAGINARY</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMREAL"><function>IMREAL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMCOS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMCOS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMCOS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>cosinus av det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMCOS</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMSIN"><function>IMSIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMTAN"><function>IMTAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMCOSH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMCOSH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMCOSH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>cosinus hyperbolicus för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMCOSH</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMSINH"><function>IMSINH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMTANH"><function>IMTANH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMCOT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMCOT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMCOT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>cotangens av det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMCOT</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>IMCOT</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>) = IMCOS(<parameter>z</parameter>)/IMSIN(<parameter>z</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMSEC"><function>IMSEC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMCSC"><function>IMCSC</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMCOTH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMCOTH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMCOTH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>hyperbolisk cotangens för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMCOTH</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMSECH"><function>IMSECH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMCSCH"><function>IMCSCH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMCSC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMCSC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMCSC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>cosekanten av det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMCSC</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>IMCSC</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>) = 1/IMSIN(<parameter>z</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMSEC"><function>IMSEC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMCOT"><function>IMCOT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMCSCH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMCSCH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMCSCH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>hyperbolisk cosekant för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMCSCH</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMSECH"><function>IMSECH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMCOTH"><function>IMCOTH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMDIV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMDIV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMDIV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kvoten av två komplexa tal <parameter>z1</parameter>/<parameter>z2</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMDIV</function>(<parameter>z1</parameter>;<parameter>z2</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z1</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
        <para><parameter>z2</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z1</parameter> eller <parameter>z2</parameter> inte är giltiga komplexa tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMPRODUCT"><function>IMPRODUCT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMEXP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMEXP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMEXP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>exponentialfunktionen av det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMEXP</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMLN"><function>IMLN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMFACT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMFACT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMFACT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>fakulteten för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMFACT</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMGAMMA"><function>IMGAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMGAMMA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMGAMMA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMGAMMA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>gammafunktionen för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMGAMMA</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMGAMMA"><function>IMGAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMIGAMMA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMIGAMMA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMIGAMMA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>den ofullständiga Gammafunktionen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMIGAMMA</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>z</parameter>;<parameter>lägre</parameter>;<parameter>regularisera</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
        <para><parameter>lägre</parameter>: om sant (standardvärde), är detta den lägre ofullständiga gammafunktionen, annars den övre ofullständiga gammafunktionen</para>
        <para><parameter>regularisera</parameter>: om sant (standardvärde), är detta den regulariserade versionen av den ofullständiga gammafunktionen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Den regulariserade ofullständiga gammafunktionen är den oregulariserade ofullständiga gammafunktionen dividerat med GAMMA(<parameter>a</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-GAMMA"><function>GAMMA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMIGAMMA"><function>IMIGAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMINV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMINV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMINV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>inversen av det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMINV</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMLN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMLN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMLN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>den naturliga logaritmen av det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMLN</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Resultatet kommer ha en imaginär del mellan -π och +π.</para>
        <para>Den naturliga logaritmen är inte unikt definierad för komplexa tal. Du kan behöva addera eller subtrahera en multipel av π från imaginärdelen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMEXP"><function>IMEXP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMLOG2"><function>IMLOG2</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMLOG10"><function>IMLOG10</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMLOG10">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMLOG10</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMLOG10</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bas-10-logaritmen av det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMLOG10</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMLN"><function>IMLN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMLOG2"><function>IMLOG2</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMLOG2">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMLOG2</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMLOG2</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bas-2-logaritmen av det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMLOG2</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMLN"><function>IMLN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMLOG10"><function>IMLOG10</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMNEG">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMNEG</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMNEG</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>negativet av det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMNEG</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMPOWER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMPOWER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMPOWER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>det komplexa talet <parameter>z1</parameter> upphöjt till <parameter>z2</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMPOWER</function>(<parameter>z1</parameter>;<parameter>z2</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z1</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
        <para><parameter>z2</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z1</parameter> eller <parameter>z2</parameter> inte är giltiga komplexa tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMSQRT"><function>IMSQRT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMPRODUCT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMPRODUCT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMPRODUCT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>produkten av de angivna komplexa talen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMPRODUCT</function>(<parameter>z1</parameter>;<parameter>z2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z1</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
        <para><parameter>z2</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om något av <parameter>z1</parameter>, <parameter>z2</parameter>,… inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMDIV"><function>IMDIV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMREAL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMREAL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMREAL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>realdelen av det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMREAL</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMAGINARY"><function>IMAGINARY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMSEC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMSEC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMSEC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sekanten av det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMSEC</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>IMSEC</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>) = 1/IMCOS(<parameter>z</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMCSC"><function>IMCSC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMCOT"><function>IMCOT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMSECH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMSECH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMSECH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>hyperbolisk sekant för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMSECH</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMCSCH"><function>IMCSCH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMCOTH"><function>IMCOTH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMSIN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMSIN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMSIN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sinus för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMSIN</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMCOS"><function>IMCOS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMTAN"><function>IMTAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMSINH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMSINH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMSINH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sinus hyperbolicus för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMSINH</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMCOSH"><function>IMCOSH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMTANH"><function>IMTANH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMSQRT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMSQRT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMSQRT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kvadratroten för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMSQRT</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMPOWER"><function>IMPOWER</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMSUB">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMSUB</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMSUB</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>differensen av två komplexa tal</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMSUB</function>(<parameter>z1</parameter>;<parameter>z2</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z1</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
        <para><parameter>z2</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z1</parameter> eller <parameter>z2</parameter> inte är giltiga komplexa tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMSUM"><function>IMSUM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMSUM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMSUM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMSUM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>summan av de angivna komplexa talen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMSUM</function>(<parameter>z1</parameter>;<parameter>z2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z1</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
        <para><parameter>z2</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om något av <parameter>z1</parameter>, <parameter>z2</parameter>,… inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMSUB"><function>IMSUB</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMTAN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMTAN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMTAN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>tangens av det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMTAN</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMSIN"><function>IMSIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMCOS"><function>IMCOS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IMTANH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IMTANH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IMTANH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>tangens hyperbolicus för det komplexa talet <parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IMTANH</function>(<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: ett komplext tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett giltigt komplext tal returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMSINH"><function>IMSINH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMCOSH"><function>IMCOSH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_Database">
    <title>Databas</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DAVERAGE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DAVERAGE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DAVERAGE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>medelvärde av värdena i <parameter>fält</parameter> i <parameter>databas</parameter> som tillhör poster som matchar <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DAVERAGE</function>(<parameter>databas</parameter>;<parameter>fält</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter>: ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter>: en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: ett intervall som innehåller villkor</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter> är ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält. Den första raden i en databas innehåller etiketter för varje kolumn.</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är ett heltal n så kommer den n:e kolumnen att användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng kommer kolumnen med matchande etikett att användas.</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter> är ett intervall som innehåller villkor. Den första raden för <parameter>kriterier</parameter> ska innehålla etiketter. Varje etikett anger för vilka fält som villkoren som anges i den kolumnen gäller. Varje cell under etiketten anger ett villkor som "&gt;3" eller "&lt;9". Ett likhetsvillkor kan anges genom att helt enkelt ange ett värde, t.ex. "3" eller "Jody". För att en post ska användas måste den uppfylla alla villkor i minst en av raderna av <parameter>kriterier</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DCOUNT"><function>DCOUNT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DCOUNT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DCOUNT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DCOUNT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal tal i <parameter>fält</parameter> i <parameter>databas</parameter> som tillhör poster som matchar <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DCOUNT</function>(<parameter>databas</parameter>;<parameter>fält</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter>: ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter>: en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: ett intervall som innehåller villkor</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter> är ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält. Den första raden i en databas innehåller etiketter för varje kolumn.</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är ett heltal n så kommer den n:e kolumnen att användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng kommer kolumnen med matchande etikett att användas.</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter> är ett intervall som innehåller villkor. Den första raden för <parameter>kriterier</parameter> ska innehålla etiketter. Varje etikett anger för vilka fält som villkoren som anges i den kolumnen gäller. Varje cell under etiketten anger ett villkor som "&gt;3" eller "&lt;9". Ett likhetsvillkor kan anges genom att helt enkelt ange ett värde, t.ex. "3" eller "Jody". För att en post ska användas måste den uppfylla alla villkor i minst en av raderna av <parameter>kriterier</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DAVERAGE"><function>DAVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DCOUNTA"><function>DCOUNTA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DCOUNTA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DCOUNTA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DCOUNTA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal celler med data i <parameter>fält</parameter> i <parameter>databas</parameter> som tillhör poster som matchar <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DCOUNTA</function>(<parameter>databas</parameter>;<parameter>fält</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter>: ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter>: en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: ett intervall som innehåller villkor</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter> är ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält. Den första raden i en databas innehåller etiketter för varje kolumn.</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är ett heltal n så kommer den n:e kolumnen att användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng kommer kolumnen med matchande etikett att användas.</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter> är ett intervall som innehåller villkor. Den första raden för <parameter>kriterier</parameter> ska innehålla etiketter. Varje etikett anger för vilka fält som villkoren som anges i den kolumnen gäller. Varje cell under etiketten anger ett villkor som "&gt;3" eller "&lt;9". Ett likhetsvillkor kan anges genom att helt enkelt ange ett värde, t.ex. "3" eller "Jody". För att en post ska användas måste den uppfylla alla villkor i minst en av raderna av <parameter>kriterier</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DCOUNT"><function>DCOUNT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DGET">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DGET</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DGET</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>ett värde från <parameter>fält</parameter> i <parameter>databas</parameter> som tillhör poster som matchar <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DGET</function>(<parameter>databas</parameter>;<parameter>fält</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter>: ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter>: en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: ett intervall som innehåller villkor</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter> är ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält. Den första raden i en databas innehåller etiketter för varje kolumn.</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är ett heltal n så kommer den n:e kolumnen att användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng kommer kolumnen med matchande etikett att användas.</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter> är ett intervall som innehåller villkor. Den första raden för <parameter>kriterier</parameter> ska innehålla etiketter. Varje etikett anger för vilka fält som villkoren som anges i den kolumnen gäller. Varje cell under etiketten anger ett villkor som "&gt;3" eller "&lt;9". Ett likhetsvillkor kan anges genom att helt enkelt ange ett värde, t.ex. "3" eller "Jody". För att en post ska användas måste den uppfylla alla villkor i minst en av raderna av <parameter>kriterier</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om ingen av posterna matchar villkoren returnerar <function>DGET</function> #VÄRDE! Om mer än en post matchar villkoren returnerar <function>DGET</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DCOUNT"><function>DCOUNT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DMAX">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DMAX</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DMAX</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>största tal i <parameter>fält</parameter> i <parameter>databas</parameter> som tillhör en post som matchar <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DMAX</function>(<parameter>databas</parameter>;<parameter>fält</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter>: ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter>: en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: ett intervall som innehåller villkor</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter> är ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält. Den första raden i en databas innehåller etiketter för varje kolumn.</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är ett heltal n så kommer den n:e kolumnen att användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng kommer kolumnen med matchande etikett att användas.</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter> är ett intervall som innehåller villkor. Den första raden för <parameter>kriterier</parameter> ska innehålla etiketter. Varje etikett anger för vilka fält som villkoren som anges i den kolumnen gäller. Varje cell under etiketten anger ett villkor som "&gt;3" eller "&lt;9". Ett likhetsvillkor kan anges genom att helt enkelt ange ett värde, t.ex. "3" eller "Jody". För att en post ska användas måste den uppfylla alla villkor i minst en av raderna av <parameter>kriterier</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DMIN"><function>DMIN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DMIN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DMIN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DMIN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>minsta tal i <parameter>fält</parameter> i <parameter>databas</parameter> som tillhör en post som matchar <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DMIN</function>(<parameter>databas</parameter>;<parameter>fält</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter>: ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter>: en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: ett intervall som innehåller villkor</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter> är ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält. Den första raden i en databas innehåller etiketter för varje kolumn.</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är ett heltal n så kommer den n:e kolumnen att användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng kommer kolumnen med matchande etikett att användas.</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter> är ett intervall som innehåller villkor. Den första raden för <parameter>kriterier</parameter> ska innehålla etiketter. Varje etikett anger för vilka fält som villkoren som anges i den kolumnen gäller. Varje cell under etiketten anger ett villkor som "&gt;3" eller "&lt;9". Ett likhetsvillkor kan anges genom att helt enkelt ange ett värde, t.ex. "3" eller "Jody". För att en post ska användas måste den uppfylla alla villkor i minst en av raderna av <parameter>kriterier</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DCOUNT"><function>DCOUNT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DPRODUCT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DPRODUCT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DPRODUCT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>produkt av alla värden i <parameter>fält</parameter> i <parameter>databas</parameter> som tillhör poster som matchar <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DPRODUCT</function>(<parameter>databas</parameter>;<parameter>fält</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter>: ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter>: en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: ett intervall som innehåller villkor</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter> är ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält. Den första raden i en databas innehåller etiketter för varje kolumn.</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är ett heltal n så kommer den n:e kolumnen att användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng kommer kolumnen med matchande etikett att användas.</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter> är ett intervall som innehåller villkor. Den första raden för <parameter>kriterier</parameter> ska innehålla etiketter. Varje etikett anger för vilka fält som villkoren som anges i den kolumnen gäller. Varje cell under etiketten anger ett villkor som "&gt;3" eller "&lt;9". Ett likhetsvillkor kan anges genom att helt enkelt ange ett värde, t.ex. "3" eller "Jody". För att en post ska användas måste den uppfylla alla villkor i minst en av raderna av <parameter>kriterier</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DSUM"><function>DSUM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DSTDEV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DSTDEV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DSTDEV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>stickprovsstandardavvikelse av värdena i <parameter>fält</parameter> i <parameter>databas</parameter> som tillhör poster som matchar <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DSTDEV</function>(<parameter>databas</parameter>;<parameter>fält</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter>: ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter>: en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: ett intervall som innehåller villkor</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter> är ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält. Den första raden i en databas innehåller etiketter för varje kolumn.</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är ett heltal n så kommer den n:e kolumnen att användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng kommer kolumnen med matchande etikett att användas.</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter> är ett intervall som innehåller villkor. Den första raden för <parameter>kriterier</parameter> ska innehålla etiketter. Varje etikett anger för vilka fält som villkoren som anges i den kolumnen gäller. Varje cell under etiketten anger ett villkor som "&gt;3" eller "&lt;9". Ett likhetsvillkor kan anges genom att helt enkelt ange ett värde, t.ex. "3" eller "Jody". För att en post ska användas måste den uppfylla alla villkor i minst en av raderna av <parameter>kriterier</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DSTDEVP"><function>DSTDEVP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DSTDEVP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DSTDEVP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DSTDEVP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>standardavvikelse för populationen av värden i <parameter>fält</parameter> i <parameter>databas</parameter> som tillhör poster som matchar <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DSTDEVP</function>(<parameter>databas</parameter>;<parameter>fält</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter>: ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter>: en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: ett intervall som innehåller villkor</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter> är ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält. Den första raden i en databas innehåller etiketter för varje kolumn.</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är ett heltal n så kommer den n:e kolumnen att användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng kommer kolumnen med matchande etikett att användas.</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter> är ett intervall som innehåller villkor. Den första raden för <parameter>kriterier</parameter> ska innehålla etiketter. Varje etikett anger för vilka fält som villkoren som anges i den kolumnen gäller. Varje cell under etiketten anger ett villkor som "&gt;3" eller "&lt;9". Ett likhetsvillkor kan anges genom att helt enkelt ange ett värde, t.ex. "3" eller "Jody". För att en post ska användas måste den uppfylla alla villkor i minst en av raderna av <parameter>kriterier</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DSTDEV"><function>DSTDEV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DSUM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DSUM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DSUM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>summan av värdena i <parameter>fält</parameter> i <parameter>databas</parameter> som tillhör poster som matchar <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DSUM</function>(<parameter>databas</parameter>;<parameter>fält</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter>: ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter>: en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: ett intervall som innehåller villkor</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter> är ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält. Den första raden i en databas innehåller etiketter för varje kolumn.</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är ett heltal n så kommer den n:e kolumnen att användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng kommer kolumnen med matchande etikett att användas.</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter> är ett intervall som innehåller villkor. Den första raden för <parameter>kriterier</parameter> ska innehålla etiketter. Varje etikett anger för vilka fält som villkoren som anges i den kolumnen gäller. Varje cell under etiketten anger ett villkor som "&gt;3" eller "&lt;9". Ett likhetsvillkor kan anges genom att helt enkelt ange ett värde, t.ex. "3" eller "Jody". För att en post ska användas måste den uppfylla alla villkor i minst en av raderna av <parameter>kriterier</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DPRODUCT"><function>DPRODUCT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DVAR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DVAR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DVAR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>stickprovsvarians för värdena i <parameter>fält</parameter> i <parameter>databas</parameter> som tillhör poster som matchar <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DVAR</function>(<parameter>databas</parameter>;<parameter>fält</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter>: ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter>: en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: ett intervall som innehåller villkor</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter> är ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält. Den första raden i en databas innehåller etiketter för varje kolumn.</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är ett heltal n så kommer den n:e kolumnen att användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng kommer kolumnen med matchande etikett att användas.</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter> är ett intervall som innehåller villkor. Den första raden för <parameter>kriterier</parameter> ska innehålla etiketter. Varje etikett anger för vilka fält som villkoren som anges i den kolumnen gäller. Varje cell under etiketten anger ett villkor som "&gt;3" eller "&lt;9". Ett likhetsvillkor kan anges genom att helt enkelt ange ett värde, t.ex. "3" eller "Jody". För att en post ska användas måste den uppfylla alla villkor i minst en av raderna av <parameter>kriterier</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DVARP"><function>DVARP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DVARP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DVARP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DVARP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>varians för populationen av värden i <parameter>fält</parameter> i <parameter>databas</parameter> som tillhör poster som matchar <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DVARP</function>(<parameter>databas</parameter>;<parameter>fält</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter>: ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter>: en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: ett intervall som innehåller villkor</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>databas</parameter> är ett intervall i vilket rader av relaterad information är poster och datakolumner är fält. Den första raden i en databas innehåller etiketter för varje kolumn.</para>
        <para><parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng eller ett heltal som anger vilket fält som ska användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är ett heltal n så kommer den n:e kolumnen att användas. Om <parameter>fält</parameter> är en sträng kommer kolumnen med matchande etikett att användas.</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter> är ett intervall som innehåller villkor. Den första raden för <parameter>kriterier</parameter> ska innehålla etiketter. Varje etikett anger för vilka fält som villkoren som anges i den kolumnen gäller. Varje cell under etiketten anger ett villkor som "&gt;3" eller "&lt;9". Ett likhetsvillkor kan anges genom att helt enkelt ange ett värde, t.ex. "3" eller "Jody". För att en post ska användas måste den uppfylla alla villkor i minst en av raderna av <parameter>kriterier</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DVAR"><function>DVAR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GETPIVOTDATA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GETPIVOTDATA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GETPIVOTDATA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sammanfattningsdata från en pivottabell</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GETPIVOTDATA</function>(<parameter>pivottabell</parameter>;<parameter>fältnamn</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>pivottabell</parameter>: cellintervall som innehåller pivottabellen</para>
        <para><parameter>fältnamn</parameter>: namn på fältet för vilket sammanfattningsdata begärs</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om sammanfattningsdata är otillgängliga returnerar <function>GETPIVOTDATA</function> #REF!</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_DateTime">
    <title>Datum/Tid</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ASCENSIONTHURSDAY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ASCENSIONTHURSDAY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ASCENSIONTHURSDAY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Kristi himmelsfärdsdag i den gregorianska kalendern enligt romersk rit i kristendomen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ASCENSIONTHURSDAY</function>(<parameter>år</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>år</parameter>: år mellan 1582 och 9956, standardvärde är året som nästa Kristi himmelsfärdsdag infaller på</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Tvåsiffriga år justeras som på övriga ställen i Gnumeric. Datum före 1904 kan också vara förbjudna.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EASTERSUNDAY"><function>EASTERSUNDAY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ASHWEDNESDAY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ASHWEDNESDAY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ASHWEDNESDAY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Askonsdagen i den gregorianska kalendern enligt romersk rit i kristendomen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ASHWEDNESDAY</function>(<parameter>år</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>år</parameter>: år mellan 1582 och 9956, standardvärde är året som nästa askonsdag infaller på</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Tvåsiffriga år justeras som på övriga ställen i Gnumeric. Datum före 1904 kan också vara förbjudna.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EASTERSUNDAY"><function>EASTERSUNDAY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DATE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DATE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DATE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>skapa ett serienummer för datum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DATE</function>(<parameter>år</parameter>;<parameter>månad</parameter>;<parameter>dag</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>år</parameter>: år för datum</para>
        <para><parameter>månad</parameter>: månad i året</para>
        <para><parameter>dag</parameter>: dag i månaden</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>DATE</function>-funktionen skapar serienummer för datum. 1-Jan-1900 är serienummer 1, 2-Jan-1900 är serienummer 2 o.s.v. Av kompatibilitetsskäl finns ett serienummer reserverat för det ej existerande datumet 29-Feb-1900.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>månad</parameter> eller <parameter>dag</parameter> är mindre än 1 eller för stort kommer året och/eller månaden att justeras. För kalkylblad som skapats med Mac-versionen av Excel är serienummer 1 1-Jan-1904.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TODAY"><function>TODAY</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-YEAR"><function>YEAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MONTH"><function>MONTH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DAY"><function>DAY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DATE2HDATE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DATE2HDATE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DATE2HDATE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Hebreiskt datum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DATE2HDATE</function>(<parameter>datum</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>datum</parameter>:Gregorianskt datum, standardvärde är idag</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-HDATE"><function>HDATE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE2HDATE_HEB"><function>DATE2HDATE_HEB</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DATE2HDATE_HEB">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DATE2HDATE_HEB</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DATE2HDATE_HEB</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Hebreiskt datum på hebreiska</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DATE2HDATE_HEB</function>(<parameter>datum</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>datum</parameter>:Gregorianskt datum, standardvärde är idag</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE2HDATE"><function>DATE2HDATE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-HDATE_HEB"><function>HDATE_HEB</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DATE2JULIAN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DATE2JULIAN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DATE2JULIAN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Julianskt dagnummer för angivet gregorianskt datum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DATE2JULIAN</function>(<parameter>datum</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>datum</parameter>:Gregorianskt datum, standardvärde är idag</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-HDATE_JULIAN"><function>HDATE_JULIAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DATE2UNIX">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DATE2UNIX</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DATE2UNIX</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Unix-tidsstämpeln som motsvarar ett datum <parameter>d</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DATE2UNIX</function>(<parameter>d</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>d</parameter>: datum</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>DATE2UNIX</function> -funktionen översätter ett datum till en Unix-tidsstämpel. En Unix-tidsstämpel är antalet sekunder sedan midnatt (00:00) 1 januari 1970 GMT.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-UNIX2DATE"><function>UNIX2DATE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE"><function>DATE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DATEDIF">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DATEDIF</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DATEDIF</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>differens mellan datum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DATEDIF</function>(<parameter>startdatum</parameter>;<parameter>slutdatum</parameter>;<parameter>intervall</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>startdatum</parameter>: serienummer för startdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>slutdatum</parameter>: serienummer för slutdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>intervall</parameter>: räkneenhet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>DATEDIF</function> returnerar avståndet från <parameter>startdatum</parameter> till <parameter>slutdatum</parameter> enligt enheten som angivits av <parameter>intervall</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>intervall</parameter> är "y", "m" eller "d" så mäts avståndet i hela år, månader respektive dagar. Om <parameter>intervall</parameter> är "ym" eller "yd" så mäts avståndet i hela månader respektive dagar, men utelämnar eventuella årsskillnader. Om <parameter>intervall</parameter> är "md" så mäts avståndet i hela dagar, men utelämnar eventuella månadsskillnader.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DAYS360"><function>DAYS360</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DATEVALUE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DATEVALUE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DATEVALUE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>datumdelen av ett serienummer för datum och tid</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DATEVALUE</function>(<parameter>serienummer</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>serienummer</parameter>: serienummer för datum och tid</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>DATEVALUE</function> returnerar datumdelen av ett serienummer för datum och tid.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TIMEVALUE"><function>TIMEVALUE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE"><function>DATE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DAY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DAY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DAY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>dag-i-månadsdelen av ett serienummer för ett datum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DAY</function>(<parameter>datum</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>datum</parameter>: serienummer för datum</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>DAY</function>-funktionen returnerar dag-i-månadsdelen av <parameter>datum</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE"><function>DATE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-YEAR"><function>YEAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MONTH"><function>MONTH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DAYS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DAYS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DAYS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>skillnad mellan datum i dagar</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DAYS</function>(<parameter>slutdatum</parameter>;<parameter>startdatum</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>slutdatum</parameter>: serienummer för slutdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>startdatum</parameter>: serienummer för startdatum</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>DAYS</function> returnerar det positiva eller negativa antalet dagar från <parameter>startdatum</parameter> till <parameter>slutdatum</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATEDIF"><function>DATEDIF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DAYS360">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DAYS360</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DAYS360</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>dagar mellan datum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DAYS360</function>(<parameter>startdatum</parameter>;<parameter>slutdatum</parameter>;<parameter>metod</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>startdatum</parameter>: serienummer för startdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>slutdatum</parameter>: serienummer för slutdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>metod</parameter>: räknemetod</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>DAYS360</function> returnerar antalet dagar från <parameter>startdatum</parameter> till <parameter>slutdatum</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>metod</parameter> är 0, standardvärdet, används USA-metoden för MS Excel (tm). Detta är en något komplicerad industristandard där den sista dagen i februari anses vara månadens 30:e dag, men endast för <parameter>startdatum</parameter>. Om <parameter>metod</parameter> är 1 används den europeiska metoden. I detta fall kommer dag 31 i månaden att anses vara dag 30. Om <parameter>metod</parameter> är 2 används en vettigare version av USA-metoden, där båda datumen får samma behandling för februari.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATEDIF"><function>DATEDIF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-EASTERSUNDAY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>EASTERSUNDAY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>EASTERSUNDAY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Påskdagen i den gregorianska kalendern enligt romersk rit i kristendomen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>EASTERSUNDAY</function>(<parameter>år</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>år</parameter>: år mellan 1582 och 9956, standardvärde är året som nästa påskdag infaller på</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Tvåsiffriga år justeras som på övriga ställen i Gnumeric. Datum före 1904 kan också vara förbjudna.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>1-argumentsversionen av <function>EASTERSUNDAY</function> är kompatibel med OpenOffice för år efter 1904. Denna funktion är inte specificerad i ODF/OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ASHWEDNESDAY"><function>ASHWEDNESDAY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-EDATE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>EDATE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>EDATE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>justera ett datum med ett antal månader</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>EDATE</function>(<parameter>datum</parameter>;<parameter>månader</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>datum</parameter>: serienummer för datum</para>
        <para><parameter>månader</parameter>: antal månader (med tecken)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>EDATE</function> returnerar <parameter>datum</parameter> flyttat framåt eller bakåt det antal månader som anges av <parameter>månader</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE"><function>DATE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-EOMONTH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>EOMONTH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>EOMONTH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>månadsslut</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>EOMONTH</function>(<parameter>datum</parameter>;<parameter>månader</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>datum</parameter>: serienummer för datum</para>
        <para><parameter>månader</parameter>: antal månader (med tecken)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>EOMONTH</function> returnerar serienumret för datumet i slutet på månaden angivet av <parameter>datum</parameter> justerat framåt eller bakåt antalet månader som anges av <parameter>månader</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EDATE"><function>EDATE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GOODFRIDAY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GOODFRIDAY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GOODFRIDAY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Långfredag i den gregorianska kalendern enligt romersk rit i kristendomen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GOODFRIDAY</function>(<parameter>år</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>år</parameter>: år mellan 1582 och 9956, standardvärde är året som nästa långfredag infaller på</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Tvåsiffriga år justeras som på övriga ställen i Gnumeric. Datum före 1904 kan också vara förbjudna.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EASTERSUNDAY"><function>EASTERSUNDAY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HDATE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HDATE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HDATE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Hebreiskt datum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>HDATE</function>(<parameter>år</parameter>;<parameter>månad</parameter>;<parameter>dag</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>år</parameter>: Gregorianskt år för datum, standardvärde är aktuellt år</para>
        <para><parameter>månad</parameter>: Gregoriansk månad i året, standardvärde är aktuell månad</para>
        <para><parameter>dag</parameter>: Gregoriansk dag i månaden, standardvärde är aktuell dag</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-HDATE_HEB"><function>HDATE_HEB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE"><function>DATE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HDATE_DAY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HDATE_DAY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HDATE_DAY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Hebreisk dag för gregorianskt datum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>HDATE_DAY</function>(<parameter>år</parameter>;<parameter>månad</parameter>;<parameter>dag</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>år</parameter>: Gregorianskt år för datum, standardvärde är aktuellt år</para>
        <para><parameter>månad</parameter>: Gregoriansk månad i året, standardvärde är aktuell månad</para>
        <para><parameter>dag</parameter>: Gregoriansk dag i månaden, standardvärde är aktuell dag</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-HDATE_JULIAN"><function>HDATE_JULIAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HDATE_HEB">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HDATE_HEB</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HDATE_HEB</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Hebreiskt datum på hebreiska</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>HDATE_HEB</function>(<parameter>år</parameter>;<parameter>månad</parameter>;<parameter>dag</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>år</parameter>: Gregorianskt år för datum, standardvärde är aktuellt år</para>
        <para><parameter>månad</parameter>: Gregoriansk månad i året, standardvärde är aktuell månad</para>
        <para><parameter>dag</parameter>: Gregoriansk dag i månaden, standardvärde är aktuell dag</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-HDATE"><function>HDATE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE"><function>DATE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HDATE_JULIAN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HDATE_JULIAN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HDATE_JULIAN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Julianskt dagnummer för angivet gregorianskt datum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>HDATE_JULIAN</function>(<parameter>år</parameter>;<parameter>månad</parameter>;<parameter>dag</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>år</parameter>: Gregorianskt år för datum, standardvärde är aktuellt år</para>
        <para><parameter>månad</parameter>: Gregoriansk månad i året, standardvärde är aktuell månad</para>
        <para><parameter>dag</parameter>: Gregoriansk dag i månaden, standardvärde är aktuell dag</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-HDATE"><function>HDATE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HDATE_MONTH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HDATE_MONTH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HDATE_MONTH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Hebreisk månad för gregorianskt datum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>HDATE_MONTH</function>(<parameter>år</parameter>;<parameter>månad</parameter>;<parameter>dag</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>år</parameter>: Gregorianskt år för datum, standardvärde är aktuellt år</para>
        <para><parameter>månad</parameter>: Gregoriansk månad i året, standardvärde är aktuell månad</para>
        <para><parameter>dag</parameter>: Gregoriansk dag i månaden, standardvärde är aktuell dag</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-HDATE_JULIAN"><function>HDATE_JULIAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HDATE_YEAR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HDATE_YEAR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HDATE_YEAR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Hebreiskt år för gregorianskt datum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>HDATE_YEAR</function>(<parameter>år</parameter>;<parameter>månad</parameter>;<parameter>dag</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>år</parameter>: Gregorianskt år för datum, standardvärde är aktuellt år</para>
        <para><parameter>månad</parameter>: Gregoriansk månad i året, standardvärde är aktuell månad</para>
        <para><parameter>dag</parameter>: Gregoriansk dag i månaden, standardvärde är aktuell dag</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-HDATE_JULIAN"><function>HDATE_JULIAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HOUR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HOUR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HOUR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>beräkna timdel av decimaltidsdag</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>HOUR</function>(<parameter>tid</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: tid på dagen som decimaltidsdag</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>HOUR</function>-funktionen beräknar timdelen av decimaltidsdagen given av <parameter>tid</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TIME"><function>TIME</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MINUTE"><function>MINUTE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SECOND"><function>SECOND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISOWEEKNUM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISOWEEKNUM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISOWEEKNUM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Veckonummer enligt ISO</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISOWEEKNUM</function>(<parameter>datum</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>datum</parameter>: serienummer för datum</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ISOWEEKNUM</function> beräknar veckonumret enligt standarden ISO 8601. Veckor börjar på måndag och vecka 1 innehåller årets första torsdag.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>1 januari för ett år hör ibland till vecka 52 eller 53 i föregående år. På samma sätt hör 31 december ibland till vecka 1 på nästkommande år.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISOYEAR"><function>ISOYEAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-WEEKNUM"><function>WEEKNUM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISOYEAR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISOYEAR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISOYEAR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>år som motsvarar veckonummer enligt ISO</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISOYEAR</function>(<parameter>datum</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>datum</parameter>: serienummer för datum</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ISOYEAR</function> beräknar året som hör till veckonumret enligt standarden ISO 8601.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>1 januari för ett år hör ibland till vecka 52 eller 53 i föregående år. På samma sätt hör 31 december ibland till vecka 1 på nästkommande år.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISOWEEKNUM"><function>ISOWEEKNUM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-YEAR"><function>YEAR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MINUTE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MINUTE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MINUTE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>beräkna minutdel av decimaltidsdag</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MINUTE</function>(<parameter>tid</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: tid på dagen som decimaltidsdag</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>MINUTE</function>-funktionen beräknar minutdelen av decimaltidsdagen given av <parameter>tid</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TIME"><function>TIME</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-HOUR"><function>HOUR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SECOND"><function>SECOND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MONTH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MONTH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MONTH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>månadsdelen av ett serienummer för ett datum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MONTH</function>(<parameter>datum</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>datum</parameter>: serienummer för datum</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>MONTH</function>-funktionen returnerar månadsdelen av <parameter>datum</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE"><function>DATE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-YEAR"><function>YEAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DAY"><function>DAY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NETWORKDAYS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NETWORKDAYS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NETWORKDAYS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal arbetsdagar i intervall</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NETWORKDAYS</function>(<parameter>startdatum</parameter>;<parameter>slutdatum</parameter>;<parameter>röda_dagar</parameter>;<parameter>veckoslut</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>startdatum</parameter>: serienummer för startdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>slutdatum</parameter>: serienummer för slutdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>röda_dagar</parameter>: vektor av röda dagar</para>
        <para><parameter>veckoslut</parameter>: vektor av 0 och 1, indikerar huruvida en veckodag (S, M, T, O, T, F, L) infaller under veckoslutet, standard är {1,0,0,0,0,0,1}</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>NETWORKDAYS</function> beräknar antalet dagar från <parameter>startdatum</parameter> till <parameter>slutdatum</parameter> efter att veckoslut och <parameter>röda_dagar</parameter> hoppats över.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om en post i <parameter>veckoslut</parameter> inte är 0 så är motsvarande veckodag inte en arbetsdag.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel om det sista argumentet utelämnas.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-WORKDAY"><function>WORKDAY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NOW">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NOW</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NOW</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>serienummer för aktuellt datum och tid</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NOW</function>(<parameter/>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>NOW</function>-funktionen returnerar serienummer för datum och tid som den beräknas. Att beräkna den på nytt senare ger ett annat värde.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE"><function>DATE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ODF.TIME">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ODF.TIME</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ODF.TIME</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>skapa ett serienummer för en tid</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ODF.TIME</function>(<parameter>timme</parameter>;<parameter>minut</parameter>;<parameter>sekund</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>timme</parameter>: timme</para>
        <para><parameter>minut</parameter>: minut</para>
        <para><parameter>sekund</parameter>: sekund</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para lang="en">The <function>ODF.TIME</function> function computes the time given by <parameter>hour</parameter>, <parameter>minute</parameter>, and <parameter>second</parameter> as a fraction of a day.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Medan returvärdet automatiskt formateras att se ut som en tid mellan 00:00 och 24:00 så kan det underliggande serienumret för tid vara vilket tal som helst.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TIME"><function>TIME</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-HOUR"><function>HOUR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MINUTE"><function>MINUTE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SECOND"><function>SECOND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PENTECOSTSUNDAY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PENTECOSTSUNDAY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PENTECOSTSUNDAY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Pingstdagen i den gregorianska kalendern enligt romersk rit i kristendomen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PENTECOSTSUNDAY</function>(<parameter>år</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>år</parameter>: år mellan 1582 och 9956, standardvärde är året som nästa pingstdag infaller på</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Tvåsiffriga år justeras som på övriga ställen i Gnumeric. Datum före 1904 kan också vara förbjudna.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EASTERSUNDAY"><function>EASTERSUNDAY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SECOND">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SECOND</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SECOND</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>beräkna sekunddel av decimaltidsdag</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SECOND</function>(<parameter>tid</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: tid på dagen som decimaltidsdag</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>SECOND</function>-funktionen beräknar sekunddelen av decimaltidsdag given av <parameter>tid</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TIME"><function>TIME</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-HOUR"><function>HOUR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MINUTE"><function>MINUTE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TIME">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TIME</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TIME</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>skapa ett serienummer för en tid</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TIME</function>(<parameter>timme</parameter>;<parameter>minut</parameter>;<parameter>sekund</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>timme</parameter>: timme under dagen</para>
        <para><parameter>minut</parameter>: minut i timmen</para>
        <para><parameter>sekund</parameter>: sekund i minuten</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>TIME</function>-funktionen beräknar decimaltidsdagen efter midnatt på tiden som anges av <parameter>timme</parameter>, <parameter>minut</parameter> och <parameter>sekund</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Medan returvärdet automatiskt formateras att se ut som en tid mellan 00:00 och 24:00 så är det underliggande serienumret ett värde mellan 0 och 1. Om någon av <parameter>timme</parameter>, <parameter>minut</parameter> eller <parameter>sekund</parameter> är negativ returneras #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ODF.TIME"><function>ODF.TIME</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-HOUR"><function>HOUR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MINUTE"><function>MINUTE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SECOND"><function>SECOND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TIMEVALUE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TIMEVALUE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TIMEVALUE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>tidsdelen av ett serienummer för datum och tid</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TIMEVALUE</function>(<parameter>serienummer</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>serienummer</parameter>: serienummer för datum och tid</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>TIMEVALUE</function> returnerar tid-på-dagen-delen av ett serienummer för datum och tid.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATEVALUE"><function>DATEVALUE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TIME"><function>TIME</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TODAY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TODAY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TODAY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>serienummer för dagens datum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TODAY</function>(<parameter/>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>TODAY</function>-funktionen returnerar serienummer för det datum som den beräknas. Att beräkna den på nytt på ett senare datum ger ett annat värde.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE"><function>DATE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-UNIX2DATE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>UNIX2DATE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>UNIX2DATE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>datumvärde motsvarande Unix-tidsstämpeln <parameter>t</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>UNIX2DATE</function>(<parameter>t</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>t</parameter>: Unix-tidsstämpel</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Funktionen <function>UNIX2DATE</function> översätter Unix-tidsstämplar till motsvarande datum. En Unix-tidsstämpel är antalet sekunder sedan midnatt (00:00) 1 januari 1970 GMT.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE2UNIX"><function>DATE2UNIX</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE"><function>DATE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-WEEKDAY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>WEEKDAY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>WEEKDAY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>veckodag</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>WEEKDAY</function>(<parameter>datum</parameter>;<parameter>metod</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>datum</parameter>: serienummer för datum</para>
        <para><parameter>metod</parameter>: numreringssystem, standard är 1</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Funktionen <function>WEEKDAY</function> returnerar dag-i-veckan för <parameter>datum</parameter>. Värdet på <parameter>metod</parameter> avgör hur dagar numreras, standard är 1.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>metod</parameter> är 1 så är söndag 1, måndag är 2 och så vidare. Om <parameter>metod</parameter> är 2 så är måndag 1, tisdag är 2 och så vidare. Om <parameter>metod</parameter> är 3 så är måndag 0, tisdag är 1 och så vidare. Om <parameter>metod</parameter> är 11 så är måndag 1, tisdag är 2 och så vidare. Om <parameter>metod</parameter> är 12 så är tisdag 1, onsdag är 2 och så vidare. Om <parameter>metod</parameter> är 13 så är onsdag 1, torsdag är 2 och så vidare. Om <parameter>metod</parameter> är 14 så är torsdag 1, fredag är 2 och så vidare. Om <parameter>metod</parameter> är 15 så är fredag 1, lördag är 2 och så vidare. Om <parameter>metod</parameter> är 16 så är lördag 1, söndag är 2 och så vidare. Om <parameter>metod</parameter> är 17 så är söndag 1, måndag är 2 och så vidare.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE"><function>DATE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISOWEEKNUM"><function>ISOWEEKNUM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-WEEKNUM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>WEEKNUM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>WEEKNUM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>veckonummer</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>WEEKNUM</function>(<parameter>datum</parameter>;<parameter>metod</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>datum</parameter>: serienummer för datum</para>
        <para><parameter>metod</parameter>: numreringssystem, standard är 1</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>WEEKNUM</function> beräknar veckonumret enligt <parameter>metod</parameter> vilket har standardvärdet 1.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>method</parameter> är 1 startar veckor på söndagar och 1 januari hör till vecka 1. Om <parameter>method</parameter> är 2 startar veckor på måndagar och 1 januari hör till vecka 1. Om <parameter>method</parameter> är 150 används ISO 8601-numrering.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISOWEEKNUM"><function>ISOWEEKNUM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-WORKDAY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>WORKDAY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>WORKDAY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>lägg till arbetsdagar</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>WORKDAY</function>(<parameter>datum</parameter>;<parameter>dagar</parameter>;<parameter>röda_dagar</parameter>;<parameter>veckoslut</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>datum</parameter>: serienummer för datum</para>
        <para><parameter>dagar</parameter>: antal dagar att lägga till</para>
        <para><parameter>röda_dagar</parameter>: vektor av röda dagar</para>
        <para><parameter>veckoslut</parameter>: vektor av 0 och 1, indikerar huruvida en veckodag (S, M, T, O, T, F, L) infaller under veckoslutet, standard är {1,0,0,0,0,0,1}</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>WORKDAY</function> justerar <parameter>datum</parameter> med <parameter>dagar</parameter>, samt hoppar över veckoslut och <parameter>röda_dagar</parameter> under tiden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>dagar</parameter> kan vara negativt. Om en post i <parameter>veckoslut</parameter> inte är 0 så är motsvarande veckodag inte en arbetsdag.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel om det sista argumentet utelämnas.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NETWORKDAYS"><function>NETWORKDAYS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-YEAR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>YEAR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>YEAR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>årsdelen av ett serienummer för ett datum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>YEAR</function>(<parameter>datum</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>datum</parameter>: serienummer för datum</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>YEAR</function>-funktionen returnerar årsdelen av <parameter>datum</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE"><function>DATE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MONTH"><function>MONTH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DAY"><function>DAY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-YEARFRAC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>YEARFRAC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>YEARFRAC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bråkdel av år mellan datum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>YEARFRAC</function>(<parameter>startdatum</parameter>;<parameter>slutdatum</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>startdatum</parameter>: serienummer för startdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>slutdatum</parameter>: serienummer för slutdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>YEARFRAC</function> calculates the number of days from <parameter>start_date</parameter> to <parameter>end_date</parameter> according to the calendar specified by <parameter>basis</parameter>, which defaults to 0, and expresses the result as a fractional number of years.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DATE"><function>DATE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_Engineering">
    <title>Ingenjörsfunktioner</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BASE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BASE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BASE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sträng av siffror som representerar talet <parameter>n</parameter> i basen <parameter>b</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BASE</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>;<parameter>längd</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: heltal</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: bas (2 ≤ <parameter>b</parameter> ≤ 36)</para>
        <para><parameter>längd</parameter>: minsta längd på resulterande sträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>BASE</function> konverterar <parameter>n</parameter> till dess strängrepresentation i basen <parameter>b</parameter>. Inledande nollor kommer läggas till för att nå den minsta längden som anges av <parameter>längd</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DECIMAL"><function>DECIMAL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BESSELI">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BESSELI</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BESSELI</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Modifierad Besselfunktion av första slaget av ordning <parameter>α</parameter> vid <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BESSELI</function>(<parameter>X</parameter>;<parameter>α</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>X</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>α</parameter>: ordning (ett icke-negativt tal)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> eller <parameter>α</parameter> inte är numeriska returneras #VÄRDE!. Om <parameter>α</parameter> &lt; 0, returneras #NUM!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel om endast heltalsordningar <parameter>α</parameter> används.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BESSELJ"><function>BESSELJ</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BESSELK"><function>BESSELK</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BESSELY"><function>BESSELY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BESSELJ">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BESSELJ</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BESSELJ</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Besselfunktion av första slaget av ordning <parameter>α</parameter> vid <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BESSELJ</function>(<parameter>X</parameter>;<parameter>α</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>X</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>α</parameter>: ordning (ett icke-negativt heltal)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> eller <parameter>α</parameter> inte är numeriska returneras #VÄRDE!. Om <parameter>α</parameter> &lt; 0, returneras #NUM!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel om endast heltalsordningar <parameter>α</parameter> används.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BESSELI"><function>BESSELI</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BESSELK"><function>BESSELK</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BESSELY"><function>BESSELY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BESSELK">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BESSELK</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BESSELK</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>BESSELK:Modifierad Besselfunktion av andra slaget av ordning <parameter>α</parameter> vid <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BESSELK</function>(<parameter>X</parameter>;<parameter>α</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>X</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>α</parameter>: ordning (ett icke-negativt tal)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> eller <parameter>α</parameter> inte är numeriska returneras #VÄRDE!. Om <parameter>α</parameter> &lt; 0, returneras #NUM!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel om endast heltalsordningar <parameter>α</parameter> används.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BESSELI"><function>BESSELI</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BESSELJ"><function>BESSELJ</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BESSELY"><function>BESSELY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BESSELY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BESSELY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BESSELY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Besselfunktion av andra slaget av ordning <parameter>α</parameter> vid <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BESSELY</function>(<parameter>X</parameter>;<parameter>α</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>X</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>α</parameter>: ordning (ett icke-negativt heltal)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> eller <parameter>α</parameter> inte är numeriska returneras #VÄRDE!. Om <parameter>α</parameter> &lt; 0, returneras #NUM!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel om endast heltalsordningar <parameter>α</parameter> används.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BESSELI"><function>BESSELI</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BESSELJ"><function>BESSELJ</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BESSELK"><function>BESSELK</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BIN2DEC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BIN2DEC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BIN2DEC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bas 10-representation av det binära talet <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BIN2DEC</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: ett binärt tal, antingen som en sträng eller som ett tal som bara innehåller siffrorna 0 och 1</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEC2BIN"><function>DEC2BIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BIN2OCT"><function>BIN2OCT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BIN2HEX"><function>BIN2HEX</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BIN2HEX">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BIN2HEX</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BIN2HEX</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>hexadecimal representation av det binära talet <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BIN2HEX</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>utrymme</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: ett binärt tal, antingen som en sträng eller som ett tal som bara innehåller siffrorna 0 och 1</para>
        <para><parameter>utrymme</parameter>: antal siffror</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>utrymme</parameter> anges fyller <function>BIN2HEX</function> ut resultatet med nollor för att få precis <parameter>utrymme</parameter> siffror. Om detta inte är möjligt returnerar <function>BIN2HEX</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-HEX2BIN"><function>HEX2BIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BIN2OCT"><function>BIN2OCT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BIN2DEC"><function>BIN2DEC</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BIN2OCT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BIN2OCT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BIN2OCT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>oktal representation av det binära talet <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BIN2OCT</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>utrymme</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: ett binärt tal, antingen som en sträng eller som ett tal som bara innehåller siffrorna 0 och 1</para>
        <para><parameter>utrymme</parameter>: antal siffror</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>utrymme</parameter> anges fyller <function>BIN2OCT</function> ut resultatet med nollor för att få precis <parameter>utrymme</parameter> siffror. Om detta inte är möjligt returnerar <function>BIN2OCT</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OCT2BIN"><function>OCT2BIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BIN2DEC"><function>BIN2DEC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BIN2HEX"><function>BIN2HEX</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CONVERT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CONVERT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CONVERT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>ett konverterat mätvärde</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CONVERT</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>från</parameter>;<parameter>till</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>från</parameter>: enhet (sträng)</para>
        <para><parameter>till</parameter>: enhet (sträng)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>CONVERT</function> returnerar en konvertering från ett mätsystem till ett annat. <parameter>x</parameter> är ett värde i <parameter>från</parameter>-enheter som ska konverteras till <parameter>till</parameter>-enheter.</para>
        <para><parameter>från</parameter> och <parameter>till</parameter> kan vara något av följande:</para>
        <para/>
        <para>Vikt och massa:</para>
        <para>"brton" Imperial ton</para>
        <para>"cwt" U.S. (short) hundredweight</para>
        <para>"g" Gram</para>
        <para>"grain" Grain</para>
        <para>"hweight" Imperial (long) hundredweight</para>
        <para>"LTON" Imperial ton</para>
        <para>"sg" Slug</para>
        <para>"shweight" U.S. (short) hundredweight</para>
        <para>"lbm" Pund</para>
        <para>"lcwt" Imperial (long) hundredweight</para>
        <para>"u" U (atommassa)</para>
        <para>"uk_cwt" Imperial (long) hundredweight</para>
        <para>"uk_ton" Imperial ton</para>
        <para>"ozm" Ounce</para>
        <para>"stone" Stone</para>
        <para>"ton" Ton</para>
        <para/>
        <para>Avstånd:</para>
        <para>"m" Meter</para>
        <para>"mi" Statute mile</para>
        <para>"survey_mi" U.S. survey mile</para>
        <para>"Nmi" Sjömil</para>
        <para>"in" Tum</para>
        <para>"ft" Fot</para>
        <para>"yd" Yard</para>
        <para>"ell" English Ell</para>
        <para>"ang" Ångström</para>
        <para>"ly" Ljusår</para>
        <para>"pc" Parsec</para>
        <para>"parsec" Parsec</para>
        <para>"Pica" Pica-punkter</para>
        <para>"Picapt" Pica-punkter</para>
        <para>"picapt" Pica-punkter</para>
        <para>"pica" Pica</para>
        <para/>
        <para>Tid:</para>
        <para>"yr" År</para>
        <para>"day" Dag</para>
        <para>"hr" Timme</para>
        <para>"mn" Minut</para>
        <para>"sec" Sekund</para>
        <para/>
        <para>Tryck:</para>
        <para>"Pa" Pascal</para>
        <para>"psi" PSI</para>
        <para>"atm" Atmosfär</para>
        <para>"Pa" Pascal</para>
        <para>"mmHg" mm kvicksilver</para>
        <para>"Torr" Torr</para>
        <para/>
        <para>Kraft:</para>
        <para>"N" Newton</para>
        <para>"dyn" Dyn</para>
        <para>"pond" Pond</para>
        <para>"lbf" Pound force</para>
        <para/>
        <para>Energi:</para>
        <para>"J" Joule</para>
        <para>"e" Erg</para>
        <para>"c" Termodynamiska kalorier</para>
        <para>"cal" IT-kalorier</para>
        <para>"eV" Elektronvolt</para>
        <para>"HPh" Hästkraft-timme</para>
        <para>"Wh" Watt-timme</para>
        <para>"flb" Fot-pund</para>
        <para>"BTU" BTU</para>
        <para/>
        <para>Effekt:</para>
        <para>'HP' Hästkraft</para>
        <para>"PS" Pferdestärke</para>
        <para>"W" Watt</para>
        <para/>
        <para>Magnetism:</para>
        <para>"T" Tesla</para>
        <para>"ga" Gauss</para>
        <para/>
        <para>Temperatur:</para>
        <para>"C" Grader Celsius</para>
        <para>"F" Grader Fahrenheit</para>
        <para>"K" Kelvin</para>
        <para>"Rank" Grader Rankine</para>
        <para>"Reau" Grader Réaumur</para>
        <para/>
        <para>Volym (flytande):</para>
        <para>"tsp" Tesked</para>
        <para>"tspm" Tesked (modern, metrisk)</para>
        <para>"tbs" Matsked</para>
        <para>"oz" Fluid ounce</para>
        <para>"cup" Kopp</para>
        <para>"pt" Pint</para>
        <para>"us_pt" U.S. pint</para>
        <para>"uk_pt" Imperial pint (U.K.)</para>
        <para>"qt" Quart</para>
        <para>"uk_qt"' Imperial quart</para>
        <para>"gal" Gallon</para>
        <para>"uk_gal" Imperial gallon</para>
        <para>"GRT" Registered ton</para>
        <para>"regton" Registered ton</para>
        <para>"MTON" Measurement ton (freight ton)</para>
        <para>"l" Liter</para>
        <para>"L" Liter</para>
        <para>"lt" Liter</para>
        <para>"ang3" Kubik-Ångström</para>
        <para>"ang^3" Kubik-Ångström</para>
        <para>"barrel" U.S. oil barrel (bbl)</para>
        <para>"bushel" U.S. bushel</para>
        <para>"ft3" Kubikfot</para>
        <para>"ft^3" Kubikfot</para>
        <para>"in3" Kubiktum</para>
        <para>"in^3" Kubiktum</para>
        <para>"ly3" Kubiskt ljusår</para>
        <para>"ly^3" Kubiskt ljusår</para>
        <para>"m3" Kubikmeter</para>
        <para>"m^3" Kubikmeter</para>
        <para>"mi3" Kubik-mile</para>
        <para>"mi^3" Kubik-mile</para>
        <para>"yd3" Kubik-yard</para>
        <para>"yd^3" Kubik-yard</para>
        <para>"Nmi3" Kubiksjömil</para>
        <para>"Nmi^3" Kubiksjömil</para>
        <para>"Picapt3" Kubik-Pica</para>
        <para>"Picapt^3" Kubik-Pica</para>
        <para>"Pica3" Kubik-Pica</para>
        <para>"Pica^3" Kubik-Pica</para>
        <para/>
        <para>Area:</para>
        <para>"uk_acre" Internationell acre</para>
        <para>"us_acre" U.S. survey/statute acre</para>
        <para>"ang2" Kvadrat-Ångström</para>
        <para>"ang^2" Kvadrat-Ångström</para>
        <para>"ar" Ar</para>
        <para>"ha" Hektar</para>
        <para>"in2" Kvadrattum</para>
        <para>"in^2" Kvadrattum</para>
        <para>"ly2" Kvadratljusår</para>
        <para>"ly^2" Kvadratljusår</para>
        <para>"m2" Kvadratmeter</para>
        <para>"m^2" Kvadratmeter</para>
        <para>"Morgen" Morgen (Nordtyska förbundet)</para>
        <para>"mi2" Kvadrat-mile</para>
        <para>"mi^2" Kvadrat-mile</para>
        <para>"Nmi2" Kvadratsjömil</para>
        <para>"Nmi^2" Kvadratsjömil</para>
        <para>"Picapt2" Kvadrat-Pica</para>
        <para>"Picapt^2" Kvadrat-Pica</para>
        <para>"Pica2" Kvadrat-Pica</para>
        <para>"Pica^2" Kvadrat-Pica</para>
        <para>"yd2" Kvadrat-yard</para>
        <para>"yd^2" Kvadrat-yard</para>
        <para/>
        <para>Bitar och byte:</para>
        <para>"bit" Bit</para>
        <para>"byte" Byte</para>
        <para/>
        <para>Hastighet:</para>
        <para>"admkn" Admiralty knot</para>
        <para>"kn" knop</para>
        <para>"m/h" Meter i timmen</para>
        <para>"m/hr" Meter i timmen</para>
        <para>"m/s" Meter i sekunden</para>
        <para>"m/sec" Meter i sekunden</para>
        <para>"mph" Miles i timmen</para>
        <para/>
        <para>För enheter i det metriska systemet kan följande prefix användas:</para>
        <para>"Y" yotta 1E+24</para>
        <para>"Z" zetta 1E+21</para>
        <para>"E" exa 1E+18</para>
        <para>"P" peta 1E+15</para>
        <para>"T" tera 1E+12</para>
        <para>"G" giga 1E+09</para>
        <para>"M" mega 1E+06</para>
        <para>"k" kilo 1E+03</para>
        <para>"h" hekto 1E+02</para>
        <para>"e" deka 1E+01</para>
        <para>"d" deci 1E-01</para>
        <para>"c" centi 1E-02</para>
        <para>"m" milli 1E-03</para>
        <para>"u" mikro 1E-06</para>
        <para>"n" nano 1E-09</para>
        <para>"p" piko 1E-12</para>
        <para>"f" femto 1E-15</para>
        <para>"a" atto 1E-18</para>
        <para>"z" zepto 1E-21</para>
        <para>"y" yokto 1E-24</para>
        <para/>
        <para>För bitar och byte kan också följande prefix användas:</para>
        <para>"Yi" yobi 2^80</para>
        <para>"Zi" zebi 2^70</para>
        <para>"Ei" exbi 2^60</para>
        <para>"Pi" pebi 2^50</para>
        <para>"Ti" tebi 2^40</para>
        <para>"Gi" gibi 2^30</para>
        <para>"Mi" mebi 2^20</para>
        <para>"ki" kibi 2^10</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>från</parameter> och <parameter>till</parameter> är av olika typ returnerar <function>CONVERT</function> #-!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel (förutom ”picapt”).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DEC2BIN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DEC2BIN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DEC2BIN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>binär representation av talet bas 10-talet <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DEC2BIN</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>utrymme</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: heltal (− 513 &lt; <parameter>x</parameter> &lt; 512)</para>
        <para><parameter>utrymme</parameter>: antal siffror</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>utrymme</parameter> anges och <parameter>x</parameter> är icke-negativ fyller <function>DEC2BIN</function> ut resultatet med nollor för att få precis <parameter>utrymme</parameter> siffror. Om detta inte är möjligt returnerar <function>DEC2BIN</function> #NUM!</para>
        <para>Om <parameter>utrymme</parameter> anges och <parameter>x</parameter> är negativ ignoreras <parameter>utrymme</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> &lt; − 512 eller <parameter>x</parameter> &gt; 511 returnerar <function>DEC2BIN</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BIN2DEC"><function>BIN2DEC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEC2OCT"><function>DEC2OCT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEC2HEX"><function>DEC2HEX</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DEC2HEX">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DEC2HEX</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DEC2HEX</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>hexadecimal representation av bas 10-talet <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DEC2HEX</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>utrymme</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: heltal</para>
        <para><parameter>utrymme</parameter>: antal siffror</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>utrymme</parameter> anges fyller <function>DEC2HEX</function> ut resultatet med nollor för att få precis <parameter>utrymme</parameter> siffror. Om detta inte är möjligt returnerar <function>DEC2HEX</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-HEX2DEC"><function>HEX2DEC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEC2BIN"><function>DEC2BIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEC2OCT"><function>DEC2OCT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DEC2OCT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DEC2OCT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DEC2OCT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>oktal representation av bas 10-talet <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DEC2OCT</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>utrymme</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: heltal</para>
        <para><parameter>utrymme</parameter>: antal siffror</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>utrymme</parameter> anges fyller <function>DEC2OCT</function> ut resultatet med nollor för att få precis <parameter>utrymme</parameter> siffror. Om detta inte är möjligt returnerar <function>DEC2OCT</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OCT2DEC"><function>OCT2DEC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEC2BIN"><function>DEC2BIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEC2HEX"><function>DEC2HEX</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DECIMAL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DECIMAL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DECIMAL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bas 10-representation av <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DECIMAL</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal i basen <parameter>bas</parameter></para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: basen för <parameter>x</parameter>, (2 ≤ <parameter>bas</parameter> ≤ 36)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BASE"><function>BASE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DELTA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DELTA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DELTA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Kroneckers deltafunktion</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DELTA</function>(<parameter>x0</parameter>;<parameter>x1</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x0</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>x1</parameter>: tal, standardvärdet är 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>DELTA</function> returnerar 1 om <parameter>x1</parameter> = <parameter>x0</parameter> och 0 i andra fall.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om någotdera argument är icke-numeriskt returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EXACT"><function>EXACT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-GESTEP"><function>GESTEP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ERF">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ERF</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ERF</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Gauss-felfunktion</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ERF</function>(<parameter>nedre</parameter>;<parameter>övre</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>nedre</parameter>: nedre gränsvärde för integralen, standardvärde 0</para>
        <para><parameter>övre</parameter>: övre gränsvärde för integralen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ERF</function> returnerar 2/sqrt(π)* integral från <parameter>nedre</parameter> till <parameter>övre</parameter> av exp(-t*t) dt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel om två argument tillhandahålls och ingetdera är negativt.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ERFC"><function>ERFC</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ERFC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ERFC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ERFC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Kompletterande Gauss-felfunktion</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ERFC</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ERFC</function> returnerar 2/sqrt(π)* integral från <parameter>x</parameter> till ∞ av exp(-t*t) dt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ERF"><function>ERF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GESTEP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GESTEP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GESTEP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>stegfunktion med steg vid <parameter>x1</parameter> evaluerat vid <parameter>x0</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GESTEP</function>(<parameter>x0</parameter>;<parameter>x1</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x0</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>x1</parameter>: tal, standardvärdet är 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>GESTEP</function> returnerar 1 om <parameter>x1</parameter> ≤ <parameter>x0</parameter> och 0 i andra fall.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om någotdera argument är icke-numeriskt returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DELTA"><function>DELTA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HEX2BIN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HEX2BIN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HEX2BIN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>binär representation av det hexadecimala talet <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>HEX2BIN</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>utrymme</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: ett hexadecimalt tal, antingen som en sträng eller som ett tal om inget A till F behövs</para>
        <para><parameter>utrymme</parameter>: antal siffror</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>utrymme</parameter> anges fyller <function>HEX2BIN</function> ut resultatet med nollor för att få precis <parameter>utrymme</parameter> siffror. Om detta inte är möjligt returnerar <function>HEX2BIN</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BIN2HEX"><function>BIN2HEX</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-HEX2OCT"><function>HEX2OCT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-HEX2DEC"><function>HEX2DEC</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HEX2DEC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HEX2DEC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HEX2DEC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bas 10-representation av det hexadecimala talet <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>HEX2DEC</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: ett hexadecimalt tal, antingen som en sträng eller som ett tal om inget A till F behövs</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEC2HEX"><function>DEC2HEX</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-HEX2BIN"><function>HEX2BIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-HEX2OCT"><function>HEX2OCT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HEX2OCT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HEX2OCT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HEX2OCT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>oktal representation av det hexadecimala talet <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>HEX2OCT</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>utrymme</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: ett hexadecimalt tal, antingen som en sträng eller som ett tal om inget A till F behövs</para>
        <para><parameter>utrymme</parameter>: antal siffror</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>utrymme</parameter> anges fyller <function>HEX2OCT</function> ut resultatet med nollor för att få precis <parameter>utrymme</parameter> siffror. Om detta inte är möjligt returnerar <function>HEX2OCT</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OCT2HEX"><function>OCT2HEX</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-HEX2BIN"><function>HEX2BIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-HEX2DEC"><function>HEX2DEC</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HEXREP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HEXREP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HEXREP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>hexadecimal representation av numeriskt värde</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>HEXREP</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>HEXREP</function> returnerar en hexadecimal strängrepresentation av <parameter>x</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Detta är en funktion avsedd för felsökning. Resultatets layout kan ändras samt till och med bero på hur Gnumeric kompilerades.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-INVSUMINV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>INVSUMINV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>INVSUMINV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>inversen av summan av inverserna av argumenten</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>INVSUMINV</function>(<parameter>x0</parameter>;<parameter>x1</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x0</parameter>: icke-negativt tal</para>
        <para><parameter>x1</parameter>: icke-negativt tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>INVSUMINV</function> beräknar inversen av summorna av inverserna av alla dess argument.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om något av argumenten är negativt returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
        <para>Om något argument är noll är resultatet noll.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-HARMEAN"><function>HARMEAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OCT2BIN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OCT2BIN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OCT2BIN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>binär representation av det oktala talet <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OCT2BIN</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>utrymme</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: ett oktalt tal, antingen som en sträng eller som ett tal</para>
        <para><parameter>utrymme</parameter>: antal siffror</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>utrymme</parameter> anges fyller <function>OCT2BIN</function> ut resultatet med nollor för att få precis <parameter>utrymme</parameter> siffror. Om detta inte är möjligt returnerar <function>OCT2BIN</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BIN2OCT"><function>BIN2OCT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OCT2DEC"><function>OCT2DEC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OCT2HEX"><function>OCT2HEX</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OCT2DEC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OCT2DEC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OCT2DEC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bas 10-representation av det oktala talet <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OCT2DEC</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: ett oktalt tal, antingen som en sträng eller som ett tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEC2OCT"><function>DEC2OCT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OCT2BIN"><function>OCT2BIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OCT2HEX"><function>OCT2HEX</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OCT2HEX">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OCT2HEX</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OCT2HEX</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>hexadecimal representation av det oktala talet <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OCT2HEX</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>utrymme</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: ett oktalt tal, antingen som en sträng eller som ett tal</para>
        <para><parameter>utrymme</parameter>: antal siffror</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>utrymme</parameter> anges fyller <function>OCT2HEX</function> ut resultatet med nollor för att få precis <parameter>utrymme</parameter> siffror. Om detta inte är möjligt returnerar <function>OCT2HEX</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-HEX2OCT"><function>HEX2OCT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OCT2BIN"><function>OCT2BIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OCT2DEC"><function>OCT2DEC</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_Erlang">
    <title>Erlang</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DIMCIRC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DIMCIRC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DIMCIRC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal kretsar som krävs</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DIMCIRC</function>(<parameter>trafik</parameter>;<parameter>sk</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>trafik</parameter>: antal samtal</para>
        <para><parameter>sk</parameter>: servicekvalitet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>DIMCIRC</function> anger ett antal kretsar som behövs för <parameter>trafik</parameter> samtal med servicekvalitet <parameter>sk</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OFFCAP"><function>OFFCAP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OFFTRAF"><function>OFFTRAF</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PROBBLOCK"><function>PROBBLOCK</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OFFCAP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OFFCAP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OFFCAP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>trafikkapacitet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OFFCAP</function>(<parameter>kretsar</parameter>;<parameter>sk</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kretsar</parameter>: antal kretsar</para>
        <para><parameter>sk</parameter>: servicekvalitet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OFFCAP</function> anger trafikkapaciteten given av antalet <parameter>kretsar</parameter> med servicekvalitet <parameter>sk</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DIMCIRC"><function>DIMCIRC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OFFTRAF"><function>OFFTRAF</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PROBBLOCK"><function>PROBBLOCK</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OFFTRAF">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OFFTRAF</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OFFTRAF</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>förutsett antal erbjudna samtal</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OFFTRAF</function>(<parameter>trafik</parameter>;<parameter>kretsar</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>trafik</parameter>: antal passerande samtal</para>
        <para><parameter>kretsar</parameter>: antal kretsar</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OFFTRAF</function> returnerar det förväntade antalet erbjudna samtal givet <parameter>trafik</parameter> passerande samtal (taget från mätningar) på <parameter>kretsar</parameter> kretsar.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>trafik</parameter> kan inte överstiga <parameter>kretsar</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PROBBLOCK"><function>PROBBLOCK</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DIMCIRC"><function>DIMCIRC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OFFCAP"><function>OFFCAP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PROBBLOCK">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PROBBLOCK</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PROBBLOCK</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhet för blockering</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PROBBLOCK</function>(<parameter>trafik</parameter>;<parameter>kretsar</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>trafik</parameter>: antal samtal</para>
        <para><parameter>kretsar</parameter>: antal kretsar</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>PROBBLOCK</function> returnerar sannolikheten för blockering då <parameter>trafik</parameter> samtal läses in i <parameter>kretsar</parameter> kretsar.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>trafik</parameter> kan inte överstiga <parameter>kretsar</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OFFTRAF"><function>OFFTRAF</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DIMCIRC"><function>DIMCIRC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OFFCAP"><function>OFFCAP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_Finance">
    <title>Finans</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ACCRINT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ACCRINT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ACCRINT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>upplupen ränta</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ACCRINT</function>(<parameter>start</parameter>;<parameter>första_ränta</parameter>;<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>par</parameter>;<parameter>frekvens</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>;<parameter>beräknmetod</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>start</parameter>: datum för start</para>
        <para><parameter>första_ränta</parameter>: datum för betalning för första räntan</para>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: årliga nominella räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>par</parameter>: parvärde, standard är $1000</para>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter>: antal räntebetalningar per år</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas, standard är 0</para>
        <para><parameter>beräknmetod</parameter>: beräkningsmetod, standard är SANT</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>första_ränta</parameter> &lt; <parameter>avräkning</parameter> och <parameter>beräknmetod</parameter> är SANT, returnerar <function>ACCRINT</function> summan för den upplupna räntan i alla kupongperioder från datumet för <parameter>start</parameter> till datumet för <parameter>avräkning</parameter>.</para>
        <para>Om <parameter>första_ränta</parameter> &lt; <parameter>avräkning</parameter> och <parameter>beräknmetod</parameter> är FALSKT, returnerar <function>ACCRINT</function> summan för den upplupna räntan i alla kupongperioder från datumet för <parameter>första_ränta</parameter> till datumet för <parameter>avräkning</parameter>.</para>
        <para>Annars returnerar <function>ACCRINT</function> summan av den upplupna räntan i alla kupongperioder från datumet för <parameter>start</parameter> till datumet för <parameter>avräkning</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter> måste vara en av 1, 2 eller 4, men det exakta värdet påverkar inte resultatet. <parameter>start</parameter> måste komma före både <parameter>första_ränta</parameter> och <parameter>avräkning</parameter>. <parameter>frekvens</parameter> kan vara 1 (årsvis), 2 (halvårsvis) eller 4 (kvartalsvis). Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ACCRINTM"><function>ACCRINTM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ACCRINTM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ACCRINTM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ACCRINTM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>upplupen ränta</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ACCRINTM</function>(<parameter>start</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>par</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>start</parameter>: datum för start</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: årliga nominella räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>par</parameter>: parvärde</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ACCRINTM</function> beräknar den upplupna räntan för en säkerhet från <parameter>start</parameter> till <parameter>maturity</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>par</parameter> är som standard $1000. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ACCRINT"><function>ACCRINT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-AMORDEGRC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>AMORDEGRC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>AMORDEGRC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>avskrivningen för en tillgång enligt franska redovisningsregler</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>AMORDEGRC</function>(<parameter>kostnad</parameter>;<parameter>köpdatum</parameter>;<parameter>första_period</parameter>;<parameter>salvage</parameter>;<parameter>period</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kostnad</parameter>: ursprunglig kostnad för en tillgång</para>
        <para><parameter>köpdatum</parameter>: köpdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>första_period</parameter>: slutet på första perioden</para>
        <para><parameter>salvage</parameter>: värde efter avskrivning</para>
        <para><parameter>period</parameter>: ämnesperiod</para>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: avskrivningsränta</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>AMORDEGRC</function> calculates the depreciation of an asset using French accounting conventions. Assets purchased in the middle of a period take prorated depreciation into account. This is similar to AMORLINC, except that a depreciation coefficient is applied in the calculation depending on the life of the assets.</para>
        <para>Koefficienten för värdeminskningen är:</para>
        <para>1,0 för en förväntad livstid mindre än 3 år,</para>
        <para>1,5 för en förväntad livstid på minst 3 år men mindre än 5 år,</para>
        <para>2,0 för en förväntad livstid på minst 5 år men som mest 6 år,</para>
        <para>2,5 för en förväntad livstid på mer än 6 år.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Speciella avskrivningsregler tillämpas för de sista två perioderna resulterande i en möjlig total avskrivning överskridande skillnaden mellan <parameter>kostnad</parameter> - <parameter>salvage</parameter>. Namngiven efter AMORtissement DEGRessif Comptabilite. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AMORLINC"><function>AMORLINC</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-AMORLINC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>AMORLINC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>AMORLINC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>avskrivningen för en tillgång enligt franska redovisningsregler</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>AMORLINC</function>(<parameter>kostnad</parameter>;<parameter>köpdatum</parameter>;<parameter>första_period</parameter>;<parameter>salvage</parameter>;<parameter>period</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kostnad</parameter>: ursprunglig kostnad för en tillgång</para>
        <para><parameter>köpdatum</parameter>: köpdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>första_period</parameter>: slutet på första perioden</para>
        <para><parameter>salvage</parameter>: värde efter avskrivning</para>
        <para><parameter>period</parameter>: ämnesperiod</para>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: avskrivningsränta</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>AMORLINC</function> calculates the depreciation of an asset using French accounting conventions. Assets purchased in the middle of a period take prorated depreciation into account.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Namngiven efter AMORtissement DEGRessif Comptabilite. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AMORDEGRC"><function>AMORDEGRC</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COUPDAYBS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COUPDAYBS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COUPDAYBS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antalet dagar från början på kupongperioden till avräkningsdatumet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COUPDAYBS</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>frekvens</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>;<parameter>eom</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter>: antal räntebetalningar per år</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
        <para><parameter>eom</parameter>: flagga för förfallodagsdatum i slutet på månad</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>COUPDAYBS</function> beräknar antalet dagar från början på kupongperioden till avräkningsdatumet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter> kan vara 1 (årsvis), 2 (halvårsvis) eller 4 (kvartalsvis). Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUPDAYS"><function>COUPDAYS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COUPDAYS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COUPDAYS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COUPDAYS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antalet dagar i kupongperioden för avräkningsdatumet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COUPDAYS</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>frekvens</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>;<parameter>eom</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter>: antal räntebetalningar per år</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
        <para><parameter>eom</parameter>: flagga för förfallodagsdatum i slutet på månad</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>COUPDAYS</function> beräknar antalet dagar i kupongperioden för avräkningsdatumet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter> kan vara 1 (årsvis), 2 (halvårsvis) eller 4 (kvartalsvis). Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUPDAYBS"><function>COUPDAYBS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUPDAYSNC"><function>COUPDAYSNC</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COUPDAYSNC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COUPDAYSNC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COUPDAYSNC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antalet dagar från avräkningsdatumet till nästa kupongperiod</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COUPDAYNS</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>frekvens</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>;<parameter>eom</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter>: antal räntebetalningar per år</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
        <para><parameter>eom</parameter>: flagga för förfallodagsdatum i slutet på månad</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>COUPDAYSNC</function> beräknar antalet dagar från avräkningsdatumet till nästa kupongperiod.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter> kan vara 1 (årsvis), 2 (halvårsvis) eller 4 (kvartalsvis). Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUPDAYS"><function>COUPDAYS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUPDAYBS"><function>COUPDAYBS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COUPNCD">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COUPNCD</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COUPNCD</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kupongdatumet som följer avräkningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COUPNCD</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>frekvens</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>;<parameter>eom</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter>: antal räntebetalningar per år</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
        <para><parameter>eom</parameter>: flagga för förfallodagsdatum i slutet på månad</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>COUPNCD</function> beräknar kupongdatumet som följer avräkningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter> kan vara 1 (årsvis), 2 (halvårsvis) eller 4 (kvartalsvis). Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUPPCD"><function>COUPPCD</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUPDAYS"><function>COUPDAYS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUPDAYBS"><function>COUPDAYBS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COUPNUM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COUPNUM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COUPNUM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal kuponger</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COUPNUM</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>frekvens</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>;<parameter>eom</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter>: antal räntebetalningar per år</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
        <para><parameter>eom</parameter>: flagga för förfallodagsdatum i slutet på månad</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>COUPNUM</function> beräknar antalet kuponger som ska betalas mellan avräkning och förfallodagsdatumet, avrundade uppåt.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter> kan vara 1 (årsvis), 2 (halvårsvis) eller 4 (kvartalsvis). Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUPNCD"><function>COUPNCD</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUPPCD"><function>COUPPCD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COUPPCD">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COUPPCD</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COUPPCD</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sista kupongdatumet innan avräkningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COUPPCD</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>frekvens</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>;<parameter>eom</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter>: antal räntebetalningar per år</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
        <para><parameter>eom</parameter>: flagga för förfallodagsdatum i slutet på månad</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>COUPPCD</function> beräknar kupongdatumet innan avräkningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter> kan vara 1 (årsvis), 2 (halvårsvis) eller 4 (kvartalsvis). Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUPNCD"><function>COUPNCD</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUPDAYS"><function>COUPDAYS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUPDAYBS"><function>COUPDAYBS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CUM_BIV_NORM_DIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CUM_BIV_NORM_DIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CUM_BIV_NORM_DIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativ bivariat normalfördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CUM_BIV_NORM_DIST</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>;<parameter>rho</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: gräns för första slumpvariabel</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: gräns för andra slumpvariabel</para>
        <para><parameter>rho</parameter>: korrelation mellan de två slumpvariablerna</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>CUM_BIV_NORM_DIST</function> beräknar sannolikheten att två standard-normalfördelade slumpvariabler med korrelation <parameter>rho</parameter> är mindre än <parameter>a</parameter> respektive <parameter>b</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CUMIPMT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CUMIPMT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CUMIPMT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativ räntebetalning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CUMIPMT</function>(<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>nper</parameter>;<parameter>nv</parameter>;<parameter>startperiod</parameter>;<parameter>slutperiod</parameter>;<parameter>typ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: räntesats per period</para>
        <para><parameter>nper</parameter>: antal perioder</para>
        <para><parameter>nv</parameter>: nuvarande värde</para>
        <para><parameter>startperiod</parameter>: första period att ackumulera för</para>
        <para><parameter>slutperiod</parameter>: sista perioden att ackumulera för</para>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter>: betalningstyp</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>CUMIPMT</function> beräknar den kumulativa räntan betalad på ett lån från <parameter>startperiod</parameter> till <parameter>slutperiod</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 0, standardvärdet, sker betalning i slutet på varje period. Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 1 sker betalning i början på varje period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IPMT"><function>IPMT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CUMPRINC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CUMPRINC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CUMPRINC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa kapitalet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CUMPRINC</function>(<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>nper</parameter>;<parameter>nv</parameter>;<parameter>startperiod</parameter>;<parameter>slutperiod</parameter>;<parameter>typ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: räntesats per period</para>
        <para><parameter>nper</parameter>: antal perioder</para>
        <para><parameter>nv</parameter>: nuvarande värde</para>
        <para><parameter>startperiod</parameter>: första period att ackumulera för</para>
        <para><parameter>slutperiod</parameter>: sista perioden att ackumulera för</para>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter>: betalningstyp</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>CUMPRINC</function> returnerar det kumulativa kapitalet betalat på ett lån från <parameter>startperiod</parameter> till <parameter>slutperiod</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 0, standardvärdet, sker betalning i slutet på varje period. Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 1 sker betalning i början på varje period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PPMT"><function>PPMT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DB">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DB</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DB</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>avskrivningen för en tillgång</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DB</function>(<parameter>kostnad</parameter>;<parameter>salvage</parameter>;<parameter>livstid</parameter>;<parameter>period</parameter>;<parameter>månad</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kostnad</parameter>: ursprunglig kostnad för en tillgång</para>
        <para><parameter>salvage</parameter>: värde efter avskrivning</para>
        <para><parameter>livstid</parameter>: antal perioder</para>
        <para><parameter>period</parameter>: ämnesperiod</para>
        <para><parameter>månad</parameter>: antal månader i avskrivningens första år</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>DB</function> beräknar avskrivningen för en tillgång för en given period med fast degressiv avskrivningsmetod.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DDB"><function>DDB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SLN"><function>SLN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SYD"><function>SYD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DDB">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DDB</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DDB</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>avskrivningen för en tillgång</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DDB</function>(<parameter>kostnad</parameter>;<parameter>salvage</parameter>;<parameter>livstid</parameter>;<parameter>period</parameter>;<parameter>faktor</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kostnad</parameter>: ursprunglig kostnad för en tillgång</para>
        <para><parameter>salvage</parameter>: värde efter avskrivning</para>
        <para><parameter>livstid</parameter>: antal perioder</para>
        <para><parameter>period</parameter>: ämnesperiod</para>
        <para><parameter>faktor</parameter>: faktor för degressiv avskrivning</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>DDB</function> beräknar avskrivningen för en tillgång för en given period med dubbel-degressiv avskrivningsmetod.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DB"><function>DB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SLN"><function>SLN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SYD"><function>SYD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DISC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DISC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DISC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>diskonteringsränta</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DISC</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>par</parameter>;<parameter>inlösen</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>par</parameter>: pris per $100 värde</para>
        <para><parameter>inlösen</parameter>: summa mottagen vid förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>DISC</function> beräknar diskonteringsräntan för en säkerhet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>inlösen</parameter> är inlösningsvärdet vid värde $100. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PRICEMAT"><function>PRICEMAT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DOLLARDE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DOLLARDE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DOLLARDE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>konverterar till dollarsumma i decimaltal</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DOLLARDE</function>(<parameter>bråkdelsdollar</parameter>;<parameter>bråkdel</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>bråkdelsdollar</parameter>: summa att konvertera</para>
        <para><parameter>bråkdel</parameter>: nämnare</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>DOLLARDE</function> konverterar en bråkdel av dollar till ett decimaltal. Detta är inversen av funktionen DOLLARFR.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DOLLARFR"><function>DOLLARFR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DOLLARFR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DOLLARFR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DOLLARFR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>konvertera till dollar-bråkdel</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DOLLARFR</function>(<parameter>decimaldollar</parameter>;<parameter>bråkdel</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>decimaldollar</parameter>: summa att konvertera</para>
        <para><parameter>bråkdel</parameter>: nämnare</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>DOLLARFR</function> converts a decimal dollar amount into a fractional amount which is represented as the digits after the decimal point.  For example, 2/8 would be represented as .2 while 3/16 would be represented as .03. This is the inverse of the DOLLARDE function.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DOLLARDE"><function>DOLLARDE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DURATION">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DURATION</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DURATION</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>(Macaulay)-livslängden på en säkerhet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DURATION</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>kupong</parameter>;<parameter>avkastning</parameter>;<parameter>frekvens</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>kupong</parameter>: den årliga kupongräntan</para>
        <para><parameter>avkastning</parameter>: årlig avkastning för en säkerhet</para>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter>: antal räntebetalningar per år</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>DURATION</function> beräknar (Macaulay)-livslängden på en säkerhet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter> kan vara 1 (årsvis), 2 (halvårsvis) eller 4 (kvartalsvis). Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MDURATION"><function>MDURATION</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-G_DURATION"><function>G_DURATION</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-EFFECT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>EFFECT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>EFFECT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>effektiv räntesats</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>EFFECT</function>(<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>nper</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: årliga nominella räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>nper</parameter>: antal perioder använda för sammanräkning</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>EFFECT</function> beräknar den effektiva räntesatsen med formeln (1+<parameter>ränta</parameter>/<parameter>nper</parameter>)^<parameter>nper</parameter>-1.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NOMINAL"><function>NOMINAL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-EURO">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>EURO</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>EURO</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>motsvarande 1 EUR</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>EURO</function>(<parameter>valuta</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>valuta</parameter>: valutakod med tre bokstäver</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>EURO</function> beräknar den nationella växelkursen motsvarande 1 EUR för de nationella valutor som ersattes av Euro vid dess introduktion.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>valuta</parameter> måste vara en av ATS (Österrike), BEF (Belgien), CYP (Cypern), DEM (Tyskland), EEK (Estland), ESP (Spanien), EUR (Euro), FIM (Finland), FRF (Frankrike), GRD (Grekland), IEP (Irland), ITL (Italien), LUF (Luxemburg), MTL (Malta), NLG (Nederländerna), PTE (Portugal), SIT (Slovenien) eller SKK (Slovakien). Denna funktion kommer troligtvis inte att vara användbar något mera.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EUROCONVERT"><function>EUROCONVERT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-EUROCONVERT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>EUROCONVERT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>EUROCONVERT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>summa innan Euro från en valuta till en annan</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>EUROCONVERT</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>källa</parameter>;<parameter>mål</parameter>;<parameter>hel_precision</parameter>;<parameter>trianguleringsprecision</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: mängd</para>
        <para><parameter>källa</parameter>: valutakod med tre bokstäver för källvaluta</para>
        <para><parameter>mål</parameter>: valutakod med tre bokstäver för målvaluta</para>
        <para><parameter>hel_precision</parameter>: huruvida hel precision ska tillhandahållas; standard är falskt</para>
        <para><parameter>trianguleringsprecision</parameter>: antal siffror (minst 3) att rundas av till efter konvertering av källvalutan till euro; standard är ingen avrundning</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>EUROCONVERT</function> konverterar <parameter>n</parameter> enheter av valutan <parameter>källa</parameter> till valutan <parameter>mål</parameter>. Kurserna som används är de officiella som användes vid introduktion av Euron.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>hel_precision</parameter> är sant, kommer resultatet inte att avrundas; om falskt avrundas det till 0 eller 2 decimaler beroende på målvaluta, standardvärde är falskt. <parameter>källa</parameter> och <parameter>mål</parameter> måste vara en av valutorna som listas för EURO-funktionen. Denna funktion kommer troligtvis inte att vara användbar något mera.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EURO"><function>EURO</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>framtida värde</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FV</function>(<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>nper</parameter>;<parameter>bet</parameter>;<parameter>nv</parameter>;<parameter>typ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: effektiv räntesats per period</para>
        <para><parameter>nper</parameter>: antal perioder</para>
        <para><parameter>bet</parameter>: betalning för en period</para>
        <para><parameter>nv</parameter>: nuvarande värde</para>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter>: betalningstyp</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>FV</function> beräknar det framtida värdet av <parameter>pv</parameter> flyttad <parameter>nper</parameter> perioder till framtiden, antagande en periodisk betalning av <parameter>bet</parameter> och en räntesats <parameter>ränta</parameter> per period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 0, standardvärdet, sker betalning i slutet på varje period. Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 1 sker betalning i början på varje period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PV"><function>PV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FVSCHEDULE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FVSCHEDULE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FVSCHEDULE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>framtida värde</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FVSCHEDULE</function>(<parameter>kapital</parameter>;<parameter>schedule</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kapital</parameter>: ursprungligt värde</para>
        <para><parameter>schedule</parameter>: intervall för ränta</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>FVSCHEDULE</function> beräknar det framtida värdet för <parameter>kapital</parameter> efter att ha tillämpat ett ränteintervall för sammanräkning.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FV"><function>FV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-G_DURATION">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>G_DURATION</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>G_DURATION</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>livslängden på en investering</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>G_DURATION</function>(<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>nv</parameter>;<parameter>fv</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: effektiva årliga räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>nv</parameter>: nuvarande värde</para>
        <para><parameter>fv</parameter>: framtida värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>G_DURATION</function> beräknar antalet perioder som behövs för att en investering ska nå ett önskat värde.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para><function>G_DURATION</function> är OpenFormula-funktionen PDURATION.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FV"><function>FV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PV"><function>PV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DURATION"><function>DURATION</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MDURATION"><function>MDURATION</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-INTRATE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>INTRATE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>INTRATE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>räntesats</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>INTRATE</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>investering</parameter>;<parameter>inlösen</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>investering</parameter>: betald summa vid avräkning</para>
        <para><parameter>inlösen</parameter>: summa mottagen vid förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>INTRATE</function> beräknar räntesats för en helt betald säkerhet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RECEIVED"><function>RECEIVED</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IPMT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IPMT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IPMT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>räntesats för en period</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IPMT</function>(<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>per</parameter>;<parameter>nper</parameter>;<parameter>nv</parameter>;<parameter>fv</parameter>;<parameter>typ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: effektiva årliga räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>per</parameter>: periodnummer</para>
        <para><parameter>nper</parameter>: antal perioder</para>
        <para><parameter>nv</parameter>: nuvarande värde</para>
        <para><parameter>fv</parameter>: framtida värde</para>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter>: betalningstyp</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>IPMT</function> (interest payment for period) beräknar räntesatsdelen för en annuitetsbetalning för period nummer <parameter>per</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 0, standardvärdet, sker betalning i slutet på varje period. Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 1 sker betalning i början på varje period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PPMT"><function>PPMT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IRR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IRR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IRR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>intern ränta för återbetalning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IRR</function>(<parameter>värden</parameter>;<parameter>gissning</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värden</parameter>: kassaflöde</para>
        <para><parameter>gissning</parameter>: en uppskattning av vad resultatet borde bli</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>IRR</function> beräknar den interna återbetalningsräntan för ett kassaflöde med periodisk avbetalning. <parameter>värden</parameter> listar betalningar (negativa värden) och mottagna summor (positiva värden) för varje period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Frivillig <parameter>gissning</parameter> behövs eftersom det kan finnas mer än ett giltigt resultat. Standardvärdet är 10%.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-XIRR"><function>XIRR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISPMT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISPMT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISPMT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>räntesats för en period</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISPMT</function>(<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>per</parameter>;<parameter>nper</parameter>;<parameter>nv</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: effektiva årliga räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>per</parameter>: periodnummer</para>
        <para><parameter>nper</parameter>: antal perioder</para>
        <para><parameter>nv</parameter>: nuvarande värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ISPMT</function> beräknar räntebetalningen för periodnummer <parameter>per</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PV"><function>PV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MDURATION">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MDURATION</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MDURATION</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>modifierade (Macaulay)-livslängden på en säkerhet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MDURATION</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>kupong</parameter>;<parameter>avkastning</parameter>;<parameter>frekvens</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>kupong</parameter>: den årliga kupongräntan</para>
        <para><parameter>avkastning</parameter>: årlig avkastning för en säkerhet</para>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter>: antal räntebetalningar per år</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>MDURATION</function> beräknar den modifierade (Macaulay)-livslängden på en säkerhet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter> kan vara 1 (årsvis), 2 (halvårsvis) eller 4 (kvartalsvis). Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DURATION"><function>DURATION</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-G_DURATION"><function>G_DURATION</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MIRR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MIRR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MIRR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>modifierad intern ränta för återbetalning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MIRR</function>(<parameter>värden</parameter>;<parameter>finansränta</parameter>;<parameter>återinvränta</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värden</parameter>: kassaflöde</para>
        <para><parameter>finansränta</parameter>: räntesats för finanskostnad</para>
        <para><parameter>återinvränta</parameter>: räntesats för återinvestering</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>MIRR</function> beräknar den modifierade interna räntan för återbetalning av ett periodiskt kassaflöde.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IRR"><function>IRR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-XIRR"><function>XIRR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NOMINAL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NOMINAL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NOMINAL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>nominella räntesatsen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NOMINAL</function>(<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>nper</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: effektiva årliga räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>nper</parameter>: antal perioder använda för sammanräkning</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>NOMINAL</function> beräknar nominella räntesatsen från den effektiva räntesatsen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EFFECT"><function>EFFECT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NPER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NPER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NPER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal perioder</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NPER</function>(<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>bet</parameter>;<parameter>nv</parameter>;<parameter>fv</parameter>;<parameter>typ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: effektiva årliga räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>bet</parameter>: betalning för en period</para>
        <para><parameter>nv</parameter>: nuvarande värde</para>
        <para><parameter>fv</parameter>: framtida värde</para>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter>: betalningstyp</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>NPER</function> (number of periods) beräknar antalet perioder för en investering baserad på periodiska, konstanta betalningar och konstant ränta.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 0, standardvärdet, sker betalning i slutet på varje period. Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 1 sker betalning i början på varje period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PV"><function>PV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FV"><function>FV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NPV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NPV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NPV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>aktuellt nettovärde</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NPV</function>(<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>värde1</parameter>;<parameter>värde2</parameter>,<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: effektiv räntesats per period</para>
        <para><parameter>värde1</parameter>: kassaflöde för period 1</para>
        <para><parameter>värde2</parameter>: kassaflöde för period 2</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>NPV</function> beräknar nettovärdet för ett kassaflöde.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PV"><function>PV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ODDFPRICE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ODDFPRICE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ODDFPRICE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>priset för en säkerhet som har en udda första period</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ODDFPRICE</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>start</parameter>;<parameter>första_ränta</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>avkastning</parameter>;<parameter>inlösen</parameter>;<parameter>frekvens</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>start</parameter>: datum för start</para>
        <para><parameter>första_ränta</parameter>: datum för första ränta</para>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: årliga nominella räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>avkastning</parameter>: årlig avkastning för en säkerhet</para>
        <para><parameter>inlösen</parameter>: summa mottagen vid förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter>: antal räntebetalningar per år</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ODDFPRICE</function> beräknar priset per $100 värde av en säkerhet som betalar periodisk ränta men har en udda första period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter> kan vara 1 (årsvis), 2 (halvårsvis) eller 4 (kvartalsvis). Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ODDLPRICE"><function>ODDLPRICE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ODDFYIELD"><function>ODDFYIELD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ODDFYIELD">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ODDFYIELD</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ODDFYIELD</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>avkastning för en säkerhet som har en udda första period</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ODDFYIELD</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>start</parameter>;<parameter>första_ränta</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>pris</parameter>;<parameter>inlösen</parameter>;<parameter>frekvens</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>start</parameter>: datum för start</para>
        <para><parameter>första_ränta</parameter>: datum för första ränta</para>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: årliga nominella räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>pris</parameter>: priset för en säkerhet</para>
        <para><parameter>inlösen</parameter>: summa mottagen vid förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter>: antal räntebetalningar per år</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ODDFYIELD</function> beräknar avkastningen för en säkerhet som betalar periodisk ränta men har en udda första period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter> kan vara 1 (årsvis), 2 (halvårsvis) eller 4 (kvartalsvis). Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ODDFPRICE"><function>ODDFPRICE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ODDLYIELD"><function>ODDLYIELD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ODDLPRICE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ODDLPRICE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ODDLPRICE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>priset för en säkerhet som har en udda sista period</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ODDLPRICE</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>sista_ränta</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>avkastning</parameter>;<parameter>inlösen</parameter>;<parameter>frekvens</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>sista_ränta</parameter>: sista räntedatum</para>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: årliga nominella räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>avkastning</parameter>: årlig avkastning för en säkerhet</para>
        <para><parameter>inlösen</parameter>: summa mottagen vid förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter>: antal räntebetalningar per år</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ODDLPRICE</function> beräknar priset per $100 värde av en säkerhet som betalar periodisk ränta men som har en udda sista period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter> kan vara 1 (årsvis), 2 (halvårsvis) eller 4 (kvartalsvis). Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-YIELD"><function>YIELD</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DURATION"><function>DURATION</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ODDLYIELD">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ODDLYIELD</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ODDLYIELD</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>avkastning för en säkerhet som har en udda sista period</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ODDLYIELD</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>sista_ränta</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>pris</parameter>;<parameter>inlösen</parameter>;<parameter>frekvens</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>sista_ränta</parameter>: sista räntedatum</para>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: årliga nominella räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>pris</parameter>: priset för en säkerhet</para>
        <para><parameter>inlösen</parameter>: summa mottagen vid förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter>: antal räntebetalningar per år</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ODDLYIELD</function> beräknar avkastningen för en säkerhet som betalar periodisk ränta men som har en udda sista period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter> kan vara 1 (årsvis), 2 (halvårsvis) eller 4 (kvartalsvis). Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-YIELD"><function>YIELD</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DURATION"><function>DURATION</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_2_ASSET_CORRELATION">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_2_ASSET_CORRELATION</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_2_ASSET_CORRELATION</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>det teoretiska priset på optioner med två tillgångar med korrelation <parameter>rho</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_2_ASSET_CORRELATION</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot1</parameter>;<parameter>spot2</parameter>;<parameter>strike1</parameter>;<parameter>strike2</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry1</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry2</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet1</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet2</parameter>;<parameter>rho</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot1</parameter>: spotpris för den underliggande tillgången för den första optionen</para>
        <para><parameter>spot2</parameter>: spotpriset för den underliggande tillgången för den andra optionen</para>
        <para><parameter>strike1</parameter>: lösenpriserna för den första optionen</para>
        <para><parameter>strike2</parameter>: lösenpriserna för den andra optionen</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry1</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att hålla den underliggande tillgången för den första optionen (för vanliga aktier, den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen)</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry2</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att hålla den underliggande tillgången för den andra optionen (för vanliga aktier, den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen)</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig riskfri räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet1</parameter>: årlig volatilitet i priset för den underliggande tillgången för den första optionen</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet2</parameter>: årlig volatilitet i priset för den underliggande tillgången för den andra optionen</para>
        <para><parameter>rho</parameter>: korrelation mellan de två underliggande tillgångarna</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_2_ASSET_CORRELATION</function> modellerar det teoretiska priset på optioner med två tillgångar med korrelation <parameter>rho</parameter>. Utbetalningen för ett köp är max(<parameter>spot2</parameter> - <parameter>strike2</parameter>,0) om <parameter>spot1</parameter> &gt; <parameter>strike1</parameter>, annars 0. Utbetalningen för sälj är max(<parameter>strike2</parameter> - <parameter>spot2</parameter>, 0) om <parameter>spot1</parameter> &lt; <parameter>strike1</parameter>, annars 0.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_AMER_EXCHANGE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_AMER_EXCHANGE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_AMER_EXCHANGE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>det teoretiska priset på en amerikansk option för att växla tillgångar</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_AMER_EXCHANGE</function>(<parameter>spot1</parameter>;<parameter>spot2</parameter>;<parameter>kvnt1</parameter>;<parameter>kvnt2</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry1</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry2</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet1</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet2</parameter>;<parameter>rho</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>spot1</parameter>: spotpris för tillgång 1</para>
        <para><parameter>spot2</parameter>: spotpris för tillgång 2</para>
        <para><parameter>kvnt1</parameter>: kvantitet av tillgång 1</para>
        <para><parameter>kvnt2</parameter>: kvantitet av tillgång 2</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig riskfri räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry1</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att hålla tillgång 1 (för vanliga aktier, den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen)</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry2</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att hålla tillgång 2 (för vanliga aktier, den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen)</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet1</parameter>: årlig volatilitet i priset för tillgång 1</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet2</parameter>: årlig volatilitet i priset för tillgång 2</para>
        <para><parameter>rho</parameter>: korrelation mellan priserna för de två tillgångarna</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_AMER_EXCHANGE</function> modellerar det teoretiska priset på en amerikansk option för att växla en tillgång med kvantitet <parameter>kvnt2</parameter> och spotpris <parameter>spot2</parameter> för en annan med kvantitet <parameter>kvnt1</parameter> och spotpris <parameter>spot1</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_EURO_EXCHANGE"><function>OPT_EURO_EXCHANGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_BAW_AMER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_BAW_AMER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_BAW_AMER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>teoretiska priset för en option enligt Barone Adesie &amp; Whaley-approximationen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_BAW_AMER</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i dagar</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig riskfri räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_BINOMIAL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_BINOMIAL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_BINOMIAL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>det teoretiska priset på antingen en amerikansk eller europeisk option med hjälp av ett binomialträd</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_BINOMIAL</function>(<parameter>amer_euro_flag</parameter>;<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>antal_tidssteg</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>amer_euro_flag</parameter>: är antingen "a" eller "e" för att indikera om optionen är amerikansk eller europeisk</para>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>antal_tidssteg</parameter>: antal tidssteg som används i värderingen</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig riskfri räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Ett större <parameter>antal_tidssteg</parameter> ger större noggrannhet men <function>OPT_BINOMIAL</function> tar längre tid att beräkna.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_BJER_STENS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_BJER_STENS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_BJER_STENS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>teoretiska priset för en amerikansk option enligt Bjerksund &amp; Stensland-approximationsteknik</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_BJER_STENS</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i dagar</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig riskfri räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången (för vanliga aktier, den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen), standard är 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_BS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_BS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>pris för en europeisk option</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_BS</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: riskfri räntesats fram till lösendatumet i procent</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången i procent för perioden fram till lösendatumet</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången (för vanliga aktier, den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen), standard är 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_BS</function> använder Black-Scholes-modellen för att beräkna priset på en europeisk option med lösenpris satt till <parameter>strike</parameter> på en tillgång med spotpris <parameter>spot</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Det returnerade värdet kommer att uttryckas i samma enhet som <parameter>strike</parameter> och <parameter>spot</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_VEGA"><function>OPT_BS_VEGA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_CARRYCOST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_BS_CARRYCOST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_BS_CARRYCOST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>elasticitet för en europeisk option</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_BS_CARRYCOST</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: riskfri räntesats fram till lösendatumet i procent</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången i procent för perioden fram till lösendatumet</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången (för vanliga aktier, den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen), standard är 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_BS_CARRYCOST</function> använder Black-Scholes-modellen för att beräkna ”elasticitet” för en europeisk option med lösenpris satt till <parameter>strike</parameter> på en tillgång med spotpris <parameter>spot</parameter>. Elasticitet för en option är förändringstakten av dess pris med avseende på dess <parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Elasticitet uttrycks som ändringshastigheten för optionsvärdet, per 100% volatilitet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>delta för en europeisk option</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: riskfri räntesats fram till lösendatumet i procent</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången i procent för perioden fram till lösendatumet</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången (för vanliga aktier, den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen), standard är 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function> använder Black-Scholes-modellen för att beräkna ”delta” på en europeisk option med lösenpris satt till <parameter>strike</parameter> på en tillgång med spotpris <parameter>spot</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Det returnerade värdet kommer att uttryckas i samma enhet som <parameter>strike</parameter> och <parameter>spot</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_VEGA"><function>OPT_BS_VEGA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>gamma för en europeisk option</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function>(<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: riskfri räntesats fram till lösendatumet i procent</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången i procent för perioden fram till lösendatumet</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången (för vanliga aktier, den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen), standard är 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function> använder Black-Scholes-modellen för att beräkna ”gamma” på en europeisk option med lösenpris satt till <parameter>strike</parameter> på en tillgång med spotpris <parameter>spot</parameter>. Gamma för en option är andraderivatan av dess pris med avseende på priset på underliggande tillgång.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Gamma uttrycks som hastigheten för förändring för delta per enhetsändring i <parameter>spot</parameter>. Gamma är densamma för köp och sälj.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_VEGA"><function>OPT_BS_VEGA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>rho för en europeisk option</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: riskfri räntesats fram till lösendatumet i procent</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången i procent för perioden fram till lösendatumet</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången (för vanliga aktier, den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen), standard är 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function> använder Black-Scholes-modellen för att beräkna ”rho” för en europeisk option med lösenpris satt till <parameter>strike</parameter> på en tillgång med spotpris <parameter>spot</parameter>. rho för en option är förändringstakten av dess pris med avseende på dess riskfria ränta.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Rho uttrycks som ändringshastigheten för optionsvärdet, per 100% ändring i <parameter>ränta</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_VEGA"><function>OPT_BS_VEGA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>theta för en europeisk option</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: riskfri räntesats fram till lösendatumet i procent</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången i procent för perioden fram till lösendatumet</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången (för vanliga aktier, den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen), standard är 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function> använder Black-Scholes-modellen för att beräkna ”theta” för en europeisk option med lösenpris satt till <parameter>strike</parameter> på en tillgång med spotpris <parameter>spot</parameter>. Theta för en option är förändringstakten av dess pris med avseende på dess utgångsdatum.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Theta är uttryckt som negativet av ändringshastigheten för optionsvärdet per 365,25 dagar.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_VEGA"><function>OPT_BS_VEGA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_VEGA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_BS_VEGA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_BS_VEGA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>vega för en europeisk option</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_BS_VEGA</function>(<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: riskfri räntesats fram till lösendatumet i procent</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången i procent för perioden fram till lösendatumet</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången (för vanliga aktier, den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen), standard är 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_BS_VEGA</function> använder Black-Scholes-modellen för att beräkna ”vega” för en europeisk option med lösenpris satt till <parameter>strike</parameter> på en tillgång med spotpris <parameter>spot</parameter>. Vega för en option är förändringstakten av dess pris med avseende på dess volatilitet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Vega är densamma för köp och sälj. Vega uttrycks som ändringshastigheten för optionsvärdet, per 100% volatilitet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_COMPLEX_CHOOSER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_COMPLEX_CHOOSER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_COMPLEX_CHOOSER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>teoretiska priset på en komplex väljaroption</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_COMPLEX_CHOOSER</function>(<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike_call</parameter>;<parameter>strike_put</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>time_call</parameter>;<parameter>time_put</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike_call</parameter>: lösenpris om inlöst som en köpoption</para>
        <para><parameter>strike_put</parameter>: lösenpris om inlöst som en säljoption</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: tiden tills ägaren väljer en köp- eller säljoption, angivet i år</para>
        <para><parameter>time_call</parameter>: tiden i år tills förfallodatum för en köpoption om den väljs</para>
        <para><parameter>time_put</parameter>: tiden i år tills förfallodatum för en säljoption om den väljs</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig riskfri räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången i procent för perioden fram till lösendatumet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_EURO_EXCHANGE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_EURO_EXCHANGE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_EURO_EXCHANGE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>det teoretiska priset på en europeisk option för att växla tillgångar</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_EURO_EXCHANGE</function>(<parameter>spot1</parameter>;<parameter>spot2</parameter>;<parameter>kvnt1</parameter>;<parameter>kvnt2</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry1</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry2</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet1</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet2</parameter>;<parameter>rho</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>spot1</parameter>: spotpris för tillgång 1</para>
        <para><parameter>spot2</parameter>: spotpris för tillgång 2</para>
        <para><parameter>kvnt1</parameter>: kvantitet av tillgång 1</para>
        <para><parameter>kvnt2</parameter>: kvantitet av tillgång 2</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig riskfri räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry1</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att hålla tillgång 1 (för vanliga aktier, den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen)</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry2</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att hålla tillgång 2 (för vanliga aktier, den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen)</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet1</parameter>: årlig volatilitet i priset för tillgång 1</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet2</parameter>: årlig volatilitet i priset för tillgång 2</para>
        <para><parameter>rho</parameter>: korrelation mellan priserna för de två tillgångarna</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_EURO_EXCHANGE</function> modellerar det teoretiska priset på en europeisk option för att växla en tillgång med kvantitet <parameter>kvnt2</parameter> och <parameter>spot2</parameter> för en annan, med kvantitet <parameter>kvnt1</parameter> och spotpris <parameter>spot1</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_AMER_EXCHANGE"><function>OPT_AMER_EXCHANGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_EXEC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_EXEC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_EXEC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>teoretiskt pris för ledningsoptioner</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_EXEC</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>;<parameter>lambda</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i dagar</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig riskfri räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>lambda</parameter>: avhoppsfrekvensen för ledningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Modellen antar att ledningen släpper sina optioner om de lämnar företaget.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_EXTENDIBLE_WRITER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_EXTENDIBLE_WRITER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_EXTENDIBLE_WRITER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>det teoretiska priset på utökningsbara utgivaroptioner</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_EXTENDIBLE_WRITER</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike1</parameter>;<parameter>strike2</parameter>;<parameter>tid1</parameter>;<parameter>tid2</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike1</parameter>: lösenpriset som satts för optionen</para>
        <para><parameter>strike2</parameter>: lösenpriset som sätts på nytt för optionen om den är ”out of the money” vid <parameter>tid1</parameter></para>
        <para><parameter>tid1</parameter>: tiden till förfallodatumet i år på första inlösentiden</para>
        <para><parameter>tid2</parameter>: tiden till förfallodatumet i år på den utökade inlösentiden om vald</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig riskfri räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_EXTENDIBLE_WRITER</function> modellerar det teoretiska priset på utökningsbara utgivaroptioner. Detta är optioner som kan utöka inlösentiden till <parameter>tid2</parameter> om optionen är ”out of the money” vid <parameter>tid1</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_FIXED_STRK_LKBK">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_FIXED_STRK_LKBK</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_FIXED_STRK_LKBK</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>teoretiskt pris på en lookback-option med fast lösenpris</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_FIXED_STRK_LKBK</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>spot_min</parameter>;<parameter>spot_max</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>spot_min</parameter>: är minsta spotpris så här långt för den underliggande tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>spot_max</parameter>: är högsta spotpris så här långt för den underliggande tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig riskfri räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_FIXED_STRK_LKBK</function> modellerar det teoretiska priset på en option med fast lösenpris där optionens ägare kan nyttja den vid förfallodatumet till det mest fördelaktiga priset på den underliggande tillgången som observerats under optionens livstid.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_FLOAT_STRK_LKBK">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_FLOAT_STRK_LKBK</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_FLOAT_STRK_LKBK</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>teoretiskt pris på en lookback-option med flytande lösenpris</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_FLOAT_STRK_LKBK</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>spot_min</parameter>;<parameter>spot_max</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>spot_min</parameter>: är minsta spotpris så här långt för den underliggande tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>spot_max</parameter>: är högsta spotpris så här långt för den underliggande tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig riskfri räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_FLOAT_STRK_LKBK</function> modellerar det teoretiska priset på en option med flytande lösenpris där optionens ägare kan nyttja den vid förfallodatumet till det mest fördelaktiga priset på den underliggande tillgången som observerats under optionens livstid.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_FORWARD_START">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_FORWARD_START</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_FORWARD_START</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>teoretiska priset på optioner med start i framtiden</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_FORWARD_START</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>alfa</parameter>;<parameter>starttid</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>alfa</parameter>: andelen som sätter lösenpriset till det framtida datumet <parameter>starttid</parameter></para>
        <para><parameter>starttid</parameter>: tid till optionen startar i dagar</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i dagar</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig riskfri räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_FRENCH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_FRENCH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_FRENCH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>teoretiskt pris för en europeisk option justerad för handelsdagsvolatilitet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_FRENCH</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ttid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: förhållandet för antalet kalenderdagar till förfallodatum och antalet kalenderdagar på året</para>
        <para><parameter>ttid</parameter>: förhållandet för antalet handelsdagar till förfallodatum och antalet handelsdagar på året</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: riskfri räntesats fram till lösendatumet i procent</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången i procent för perioden fram till lösendatumet</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången (för vanliga aktier, den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen), standard är 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_FRENCH</function> värderar det teoretiska priset för en europeisk option justerad för handelsdagsvolatilitet, med lösenpris satt till <parameter>strike</parameter> på en tillgång med spotpris <parameter>spot</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_GARMAN_KOHLHAGEN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_GARMAN_KOHLHAGEN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_GARMAN_KOHLHAGEN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>teoretiskt pris för en europeisk valutaoption</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_GARMAN_KOHLHAGEN</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>nationell_räntesats</parameter>;<parameter>utländsk_räntesats</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: dagar till lösendatum</para>
        <para><parameter>nationell_räntesats</parameter>: nationell riskfri räntesats till förfallodatum i procent</para>
        <para><parameter>utländsk_räntesats</parameter>: utländsk riskfri ränta till förfallodatum i procent</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången i procent för perioden fram till lösendatumet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_GARMAN_KOHLHAGEN</function> värderar det teoretiska priset för europeisk valutaoption med lösenpris satt till <parameter>strike</parameter> på en tillgång med spotpris <parameter>spot</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_JUMP_DIFF">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_JUMP_DIFF</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_JUMP_DIFF</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>teoretiskt pris för en option enligt processen ”Jump Diffusion”</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_JUMP_DIFF</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>;<parameter>lambda</parameter>;<parameter>gamma</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången i procent för perioden fram till lösendatumet</para>
        <para><parameter>lambda</parameter>: förväntat antal ”hopp” per år</para>
        <para><parameter>gamma</parameter>: proportion för volatilitet förklarad av ”hoppen”</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_JUMP_DIFF</function> modellerar det teoretiska priset för en option enligt processen ”Jump Diffusion” (Merton).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_MILTERSEN_SCHWARTZ">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_MILTERSEN_SCHWARTZ</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_MILTERSEN_SCHWARTZ</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>teoretiskt pris för en option på råvaruterminer enligt Miltersen &amp; Schwartz</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_MILTERSEN_SCHWARTZ</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>p_t</parameter>;<parameter>f_t</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>t1</parameter>;<parameter>t2</parameter>;<parameter>v_s</parameter>;<parameter>v_e</parameter>;<parameter>v_f</parameter>;<parameter>rho_se</parameter>;<parameter>rho_sf</parameter>;<parameter>rho_ef</parameter>;<parameter>kappa_e</parameter>;<parameter>kappa_f</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>p_t</parameter>: nollkupongare med lösen vid optionsförfallodag</para>
        <para><parameter>f_t</parameter>: terminspris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>t1</parameter>: löptiden för optionen</para>
        <para><parameter>t2</parameter>: löptiden för terminskontrakt avseende råvaror</para>
        <para><parameter>v_s</parameter>: volatilitet för råvaruspotpriset</para>
        <para><parameter>v_e</parameter>: volatilitet för terminsavkastning</para>
        <para><parameter>v_f</parameter>: volatilitet för terminsräntan</para>
        <para><parameter>rho_se</parameter>: korrelation mellan spotråvarupriset och avkastningen</para>
        <para><parameter>rho_sf</parameter>: korrelationen mellan spotråvarupriset och terminsräntan</para>
        <para><parameter>rho_ef</parameter>: korrelationen mellan terminsräntan och avkastningen</para>
        <para><parameter>kappa_e</parameter>: hastigheten på återgång till medelvärdet för avkastningen</para>
        <para><parameter>kappa_f</parameter>: hastigheten på återgång till medelvärdet för terminsräntan</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_ON_OPTIONS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_ON_OPTIONS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_ON_OPTIONS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>teoretiska priset för optioner av optioner</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_ON_OPTIONS</function>(<parameter>typflagga</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike1</parameter>;<parameter>strike2</parameter>;<parameter>tid1</parameter>;<parameter>tid2</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>typflagga</parameter>: ”cc” (calls on calls) för köp på köp, ”cp” (calls on puts) för köp på sälj och så vidare för ”pc” och ”pp”</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike1</parameter>: lösenpriset som satts för optionen som värderas</para>
        <para><parameter>strike2</parameter>: lösenpriset som satts för den underliggande optionen</para>
        <para><parameter>tid1</parameter>: löptid för optionen i år</para>
        <para><parameter>tid2</parameter>: löptiden i år för den underliggande optionen</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig riskfri räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången för den underliggande optionen</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet i priset för den underliggande tillgången för den underliggande optionen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>För vanliga aktier är <parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter> den riskfria räntan minus direktavkastningen. <parameter>tid2</parameter> ≥ <parameter>tid1</parameter></para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_RGW">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_RGW</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_RGW</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>teoretiska priset för en amerikansk option enligt Roll-Geske-Whaley-approximationen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_RGW</function>(<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid_utdelning</parameter>;<parameter>tid_utg</parameter>;<parameter>räntesats</parameter>;<parameter>d</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid_utdelning</parameter>: tid till utdelning</para>
        <para><parameter>tid_utg</parameter>: tid till tidsgräns överskridits</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>d</parameter>: summa av utbetalningen som ska utbetalas uttryckt i valuta</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången i procent för perioden fram till lösendatumet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_SIMPLE_CHOOSER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_SIMPLE_CHOOSER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_SIMPLE_CHOOSER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>teoretiska priset på en enkel väljaroption</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_SIMPLE_CHOOSER</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid1</parameter>;<parameter>tid2</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid1</parameter>: tiden tills ägaren väljer en köp- eller säljoption angivet i år</para>
        <para><parameter>tid2</parameter>: tiden till den valda optionens förfallodatum angivet i år</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_SPREAD_APPROX">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_SPREAD_APPROX</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_SPREAD_APPROX</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>det teoretiska priset på en europeisk option på spridningen mellan två terminskontrakt</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_SPREAD_APPROX</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>termpris1</parameter>;<parameter>termpris2</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet1</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet2</parameter>;<parameter>rho</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>termpris1</parameter>: priset på det första terminskontraktet</para>
        <para><parameter>termpris2</parameter>: priset på det andra terminskontraktet</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig riskfri räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet1</parameter>: årlig volatilitet i priset för det underliggande terminskontraktet</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet2</parameter>: årlig volatilitet i priset för det andra underliggande terminskontraktet</para>
        <para><parameter>rho</parameter>: korrelation mellan de två terminskontrakten</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OPT_TIME_SWITCH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OPT_TIME_SWITCH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OPT_TIME_SWITCH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>teoretiska priset på tidsbytesoptioner</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OPT_TIME_SWITCH</function>(<parameter>call_put_flag</parameter>;<parameter>spot</parameter>;<parameter>strike</parameter>;<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>tid</parameter>;<parameter>m</parameter>;<parameter>dt</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>;<parameter>volatilitet</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>köp_sälj-flagga</parameter>: "c" för köp (call) och "p" för sälj (put)</para>
        <para><parameter>spot</parameter>: spotpris</para>
        <para><parameter>strike</parameter>: lösenpris</para>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: summa mottagen för varje tidsperiod</para>
        <para><parameter>tid</parameter>: löptid i år</para>
        <para><parameter>m</parameter>: antal tidsenheter för då optionen redan har uppfyllt villkoret</para>
        <para><parameter>dt</parameter>: överenskomna tidsperioden uttryckt som andel av ett år</para>
        <para><parameter>räntesats</parameter>: årlig riskfri räntesats</para>
        <para><parameter>cost_of_carry</parameter>: nettokostnaden för att inneha den underliggande tillgången</para>
        <para><parameter>volatilitet</parameter>: årlig volatilitet för tillgången</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OPT_TIME_SWITCH</function> modellerar det teoretiska priset på tidsbytesoptioner (Pechtl 1995). Ägaren får <parameter>a</parameter> * <parameter>dt</parameter> för varje period som tillgångens pris var högre än <parameter>strike</parameter> (för köp) eller lägre än det (för sälj).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS"><function>OPT_BS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_DELTA"><function>OPT_BS_DELTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_RHO"><function>OPT_BS_RHO</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_THETA"><function>OPT_BS_THETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OPT_BS_GAMMA"><function>OPT_BS_GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PMT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PMT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PMT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>betalning för en annuitet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PMT</function>(<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>nper</parameter>;<parameter>nv</parameter>;<parameter>fv</parameter>;<parameter>typ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: effektiva årliga räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>nper</parameter>: antal perioder</para>
        <para><parameter>nv</parameter>: nuvarande värde</para>
        <para><parameter>fv</parameter>: framtida värde</para>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter>: betalningstyp</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>PMT</function> (payment) beräknar betalningssumma för en annuitet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 0, standardvärdet, sker betalning i slutet på varje period. Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 1 sker betalning i början på varje period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PV"><function>PV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FV"><function>FV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RATE"><function>RATE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISPMT"><function>ISPMT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PPMT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PPMT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PPMT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>räntesats för en period</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PPMT</function>(<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>per</parameter>;<parameter>nper</parameter>;<parameter>nv</parameter>;<parameter>fv</parameter>;<parameter>typ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: effektiva årliga räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>per</parameter>: periodnummer</para>
        <para><parameter>nper</parameter>: antal perioder</para>
        <para><parameter>nv</parameter>: nuvarande värde</para>
        <para><parameter>fv</parameter>: framtida värde</para>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter>: betalningstyp</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>PPMT</function> calculates the principal part of an annuity's payment for period number <parameter>per</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 0, standardvärdet, sker betalning i slutet på varje period. Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 1 sker betalning i början på varje period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IPMT"><function>IPMT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PRICE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PRICE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PRICE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>pris för en säkerhet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PRICE</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>avkastning</parameter>;<parameter>inlösen</parameter>;<parameter>frekvens</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: årliga nominella räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>avkastning</parameter>: årlig avkastning för en säkerhet</para>
        <para><parameter>inlösen</parameter>: summa mottagen vid förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter>: antal räntebetalningar per år</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>PRICE</function> beräknar priset per $100 nominellt värde för säkerhet som betalar periodisk ränta.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter> kan vara 1 (årsvis), 2 (halvårsvis) eller 4 (kvartalsvis). Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-YIELD"><function>YIELD</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DURATION"><function>DURATION</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PRICEDISC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PRICEDISC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PRICEDISC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>diskonterat pris</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PRICEDISC</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>diskontering</parameter>;<parameter>inlösen</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>diskontering</parameter>: årlig diskonteringsränta</para>
        <para><parameter>inlösen</parameter>: summa mottagen vid förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>PRICEDISC</function> beräknar priset per $100 värde av en obligation som inte betalar ränta vid förfallodatum.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PRICEMAT"><function>PRICEMAT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PRICEMAT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PRICEMAT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PRICEMAT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>pris vid förfallodatum</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PRICEMAT</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>start</parameter>;<parameter>diskontering</parameter>;<parameter>avkastning</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>start</parameter>: datum för start</para>
        <para><parameter>diskontering</parameter>: årlig diskonteringsränta</para>
        <para><parameter>avkastning</parameter>: årlig avkastning för en säkerhet</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>PRICEMAT</function> beräknar priset per $100 värde av en obligation som betalar ränta vid förfallodatum.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PRICEDISC"><function>PRICEDISC</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>nuvarande värde</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PV</function>(<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>nper</parameter>;<parameter>bet</parameter>;<parameter>fv</parameter>;<parameter>typ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: effektiv räntesats per period</para>
        <para><parameter>nper</parameter>: antal perioder</para>
        <para><parameter>bet</parameter>: betalning för en period</para>
        <para><parameter>fv</parameter>: framtida värde</para>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter>: betalningstyp</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>PV</function> beräknar aktuellt värde för <parameter>fv</parameter> vilka är <parameter>nper</parameter> perioder in i framtiden antagande periodisk betalning för <parameter>bet</parameter> och en räntesats på <parameter>ränta</parameter> per period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 0, standardvärdet, sker betalning i slutet på varje period. Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 1 sker betalning i början på varje period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FV"><function>FV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RATE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RATE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RATE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>ränta för investering</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RATE</function>(<parameter>nper</parameter>;<parameter>bet</parameter>;<parameter>nv</parameter>;<parameter>fv</parameter>;<parameter>typ</parameter>;<parameter>gissning</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>nper</parameter>: antal perioder</para>
        <para><parameter>bet</parameter>: betalning för en period</para>
        <para><parameter>nv</parameter>: nuvarande värde</para>
        <para><parameter>fv</parameter>: framtida värde</para>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter>: betalningstyp</para>
        <para><parameter>gissning</parameter>: en uppskattning av vad resultatet borde bli</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>RATE</function> beräknar återbetalningsräntan.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 0, standardvärdet, sker betalning i slutet på varje period. Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 1 sker betalning i början på varje period. Frivillig <parameter>gissning</parameter> behövs eftersom det kan finnas mer än ett giltigt resultat. Standardvärdet är 10%.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PV"><function>PV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FV"><function>FV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RECEIVED">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RECEIVED</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RECEIVED</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>summan som ska fås vid förfallodag</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RECEIVED</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>investering</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>investering</parameter>: betald summa vid avräkning</para>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: årliga nominella räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>RECEIVED</function> beräknar summan som ska erhållas vid förfallodag för en given säkerhet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-INTRATE"><function>INTRATE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RRI">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RRI</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RRI</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>ekvivalent räntesats för en investering som ökar i värde</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RRI</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>nv</parameter>;<parameter>fv</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: antal perioder</para>
        <para><parameter>nv</parameter>: nuvarande värde</para>
        <para><parameter>fv</parameter>: framtida värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>RRI</function> avgör en ekvivalent räntesats för en investering som ökar i värde. Räntan sammanräknas efter varje komplett period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 0, standardvärdet, sker betalning i slutet på varje period. Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 1 sker betalning i början på varje period. Observera att <parameter>p</parameter> inte behöver vara ett heltal men för bråktalsvärden är den beräknade räntan endast approximativ.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PV"><function>PV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FV"><function>FV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RATE"><function>RATE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SLN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SLN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SLN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>avskrivningen för en tillgång</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SLN</function>(<parameter>kostnad</parameter>;<parameter>salvage</parameter>;<parameter>livstid</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kostnad</parameter>: ursprunglig kostnad för en tillgång</para>
        <para><parameter>salvage</parameter>: värde efter avskrivning</para>
        <para><parameter>livstid</parameter>: antal perioder</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>SLN</function> beräknar avskrivningen för en tillgång genom en linjärmetod.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DB"><function>DB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DDB"><function>DDB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SYD"><function>SYD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SYD">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SYD</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SYD</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>årssumma för avskrivning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SYD</function>(<parameter>kostnad</parameter>;<parameter>salvage</parameter>;<parameter>livstid</parameter>;<parameter>period</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kostnad</parameter>: ursprunglig kostnad för en tillgång</para>
        <para><parameter>salvage</parameter>: värde efter avskrivning</para>
        <para><parameter>livstid</parameter>: antal perioder</para>
        <para><parameter>period</parameter>: ämnesperiod</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>SYD</function> beräknar avskrivningen för en tillgång med metoden summan-av-år.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DB"><function>DB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DDB"><function>DDB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SLN"><function>SLN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TBILLEQ">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TBILLEQ</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TBILLEQ</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>obligationsekvivalent avkastning för en statsskuldväxel</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TBILLEQ</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>diskontering</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>diskontering</parameter>: årlig diskonteringsränta</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>TBILLEQ</function> beräknar obligationsekvivalent avkastning för en statsskuldväxel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TBILLPRICE"><function>TBILLPRICE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TBILLYIELD"><function>TBILLYIELD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TBILLPRICE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TBILLPRICE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TBILLPRICE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>priset för en statsskuldväxel</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TBILLPRICE</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>diskontering</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>diskontering</parameter>: årlig diskonteringsränta</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>TBILLPRICE</function> beräknar priset per $100 värde för en statsskuldväxel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TBILLEQ"><function>TBILLEQ</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TBILLYIELD"><function>TBILLYIELD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TBILLYIELD">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TBILLYIELD</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TBILLYIELD</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>avkastning för en statsskuldväxel</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TBILLYIELD</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>pris</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>pris</parameter>: pris</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>TBILLYIELD</function> beräknar avkastning för en statsskuldväxel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TBILLEQ"><function>TBILLEQ</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TBILLPRICE"><function>TBILLPRICE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-VDB">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>VDB</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>VDB</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>avskrivningen för en tillgång</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>VDB</function>(<parameter>kostnad</parameter>;<parameter>salvage</parameter>;<parameter>livstid</parameter>;<parameter>startperiod</parameter>;<parameter>slutperiod</parameter>;<parameter>faktor</parameter>;<parameter>växla_ej</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kostnad</parameter>: ursprunglig kostnad för en tillgång</para>
        <para><parameter>salvage</parameter>: värde efter avskrivning</para>
        <para><parameter>livstid</parameter>: antal perioder</para>
        <para><parameter>startperiod</parameter>: första period att ackumulera för</para>
        <para><parameter>slutperiod</parameter>: sista perioden att ackumulera för</para>
        <para><parameter>faktor</parameter>: faktor för degressiv avskrivning</para>
        <para><parameter>växla_ej</parameter>: växla ej till linjär avskrivning</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>VDB</function> beräknar avskrivningen av en tillgång för en given period genom att använda den variabla degressiva avskrivningsmetoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>växla_ej</parameter> är FALSKT växlar beräkningen till linjär avskrivning när avskrivningen är större än den degressiva avskrivningsmetoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DB"><function>DB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DDB"><function>DDB</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-XIRR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>XIRR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>XIRR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>intern ränta för återbetalning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>XIRR</function>(<parameter>värden</parameter>;<parameter>datum</parameter>;<parameter>gissning</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värden</parameter>: kassaflöde</para>
        <para><parameter>datum</parameter>: datum för kassaflöde</para>
        <para><parameter>gissning</parameter>: en uppskattning av vad resultatet borde bli</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>XIRR</function> calculates the annualized internal rate of return of a cash flow at arbitrary points in time.  <parameter>values</parameter> lists the payments (negative values) and receipts (positive values) with one value for each entry in <parameter>dates</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Frivillig <parameter>gissning</parameter> behövs eftersom det kan finnas mer än ett giltigt resultat. Standardvärdet är 10%.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IRR"><function>IRR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-XNPV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>XNPV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>XNPV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>aktuellt nettovärde</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>XNPV</function>(<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>värden</parameter>;<parameter>datum</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: effektiva årliga räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>värden</parameter>: kassaflöde</para>
        <para><parameter>datum</parameter>: datum för kassaflöde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>XNPV</function> beräknar aktuella nettovärdet för ett kassaflöde vid oregelbundna tidpunkter.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 0, standardvärdet, sker betalning i slutet på varje period. Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 1 sker betalning i början på varje period.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NPV"><function>NPV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-YIELD">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>YIELD</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>YIELD</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>avkastning för en säkerhet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>YIELD</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>pris</parameter>;<parameter>inlösen</parameter>;<parameter>frekvens</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: årliga nominella räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>pris</parameter>: priset för en säkerhet</para>
        <para><parameter>inlösen</parameter>: summa mottagen vid förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter>: antal räntebetalningar per år</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>YIELD</function> beräknar avkastningen för en säkerhet som betalar periodisk ränta.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>frekvens</parameter> kan vara 1 (årsvis), 2 (halvårsvis) eller 4 (kvartalsvis). Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PRICE"><function>PRICE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DURATION"><function>DURATION</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-YIELDDISC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>YIELDDISC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>YIELDDISC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>avkastningen på en diskonterad säkerhet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>YIELDDISC</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>pris</parameter>;<parameter>inlösen</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>pris</parameter>: priset för en säkerhet</para>
        <para><parameter>inlösen</parameter>: summa mottagen vid förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>YIELDDISC</function> beräknar avkastningen på en diskonterad säkerhet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PRICE"><function>PRICE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DURATION"><function>DURATION</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-YIELDMAT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>YIELDMAT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>YIELDMAT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>avkastning för en säkerhet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>YIELDMAT</function>(<parameter>avräkning</parameter>;<parameter>maturity</parameter>;<parameter>start</parameter>;<parameter>ränta</parameter>;<parameter>pris</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avräkning</parameter>: avräkningsdatum</para>
        <para><parameter>maturity</parameter>: förfallodatum</para>
        <para><parameter>start</parameter>: datum för start</para>
        <para><parameter>ränta</parameter>: årliga nominella räntesatsen</para>
        <para><parameter>pris</parameter>: priset för en säkerhet</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: kalenderbas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>YIELDMAT</function> beräknar avkastningen på en säkerhet för vilken räntan betalas vid förfallodatum.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 0 används det amerikanska 30/360-systemet. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 1 används det faktiska antalet dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 2 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses ha bara 360 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 3 används det faktiska antalet dagar i en månad, men år anses alltid ha 365 dagar. Om <parameter>bas</parameter> är 4 används den europeiska 30/360-metoden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-YIELDDISC"><function>YIELDDISC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-YIELD"><function>YIELD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_Gnumeric">
    <title>Gnumeric</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GNUMERIC_VERSION">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GNUMERIC_VERSION</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GNUMERIC_VERSION</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>aktuell version av Gnumeric</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GNUMERIC_VERSION</function>(<parameter/>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>GNUMERIC_VERSION</function> returnerar Gnumerics version som en sträng.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_Information">
    <title>Information</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CELL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CELL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CELL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>information av <parameter>typ</parameter> om <parameter>cell</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CELL</function>(<parameter>typ</parameter>;<parameter>cell</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter>: sträng som anger den begärda informationstypen</para>
        <para><parameter>cell</parameter>: cellreferens</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter> anger informationstypen du vill ha:</para>
        <para>address Returnerar given cellreferens som text.</para>
        <para>col Returnerar kolumnens nummer i <parameter>cell</parameter>.</para>
        <para>color Returnerar 0.</para>
        <para>contents Returnerar cellens innehåll i <parameter>cell</parameter>.</para>
        <para>column Returnerar kolumnens nummer i <parameter>cell</parameter>.</para>
        <para>columnwidth Returnerar kolumnbredden.</para>
        <para>coord Returnerar den absoluta adressen för <parameter>cell</parameter>.</para>
        <para>datatype samma som type</para>
        <para>filename Returnerar namnet på filen för <parameter>cell</parameter>.</para>
        <para>format Returnerar koden för cellens format.</para>
        <para>formulatype samma som type</para>
        <para>locked Returnerar 1 om <parameter>cell</parameter> är låst.</para>
        <para>parentheses Returnerar 1 om <parameter>cell</parameter> innehåller ett negativt värde</para>
        <para>och dess format visar det med parenteser.</para>
        <para>prefix Returnerar ett tecken som indikerar horisontell</para>
        <para>justering för <parameter>cell</parameter>.</para>
        <para>prefixcharacter samma som prefix</para>
        <para>protect Returnerar 1 om <parameter>cell</parameter> är låst.</para>
        <para>row Returnerar numret för raden i <parameter>cell</parameter>.</para>
        <para>sheetname Returnerar namnet på kalkylbladet för <parameter>cell</parameter>.</para>
        <para>type Returnerar "l" om <parameter>cell</parameter> innehåller en sträng,</para>
        <para>"v" om den innehåller något annat värde, och</para>
        <para>"b" om <parameter>cell</parameter> är blank.</para>
        <para>value Returnerar innehållet i cellen i <parameter>cell</parameter>.</para>
        <para>width Returnerar kolumnbredden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-INDIRECT"><function>INDIRECT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COUNTBLANK">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COUNTBLANK</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COUNTBLANK</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antalet blanka celler i <parameter>intervall</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COUNTBLANK</function>(<parameter>intervall</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>intervall</parameter>: ett cellintervall</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNT"><function>COUNT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ERROR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ERROR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ERROR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>felet med angivet <parameter>namn</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ERROR</function>(<parameter>namn</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>namn</parameter>: sträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISERROR"><function>ISERROR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ERROR.TYPE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ERROR.TYPE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ERROR.TYPE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>typen av <parameter>fel</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ERROR.TYPE</function>(<parameter>fel</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>fel</parameter>: ett fel</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ERROR.TYPE</function> returnerar ett felnummer som motsvarar det angivna felvärdet. Felnumren för felvärden är:</para>
        <para/>
        <para>#DIV/0! 2</para>
        <para>#VÄRDE! 3</para>
        <para>#REF! 4</para>
        <para>#NAMN? 5</para>
        <para>#NUM! 6</para>
        <para lang="en">	#N/A     		7</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISERROR"><function>ISERROR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-EXPRESSION">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>EXPRESSION</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>EXPRESSION</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>uttryck i <parameter>cell</parameter> som en sträng</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>EXPRESSION</function>(<parameter>cell</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>cell</parameter>: en cellreferens</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>cell</parameter> inte innehåller något uttryck returnerar <function>EXPRESSION</function> tomt.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TEXT"><function>TEXT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GET.FORMULA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GET.FORMULA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GET.FORMULA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>formeln i <parameter>cell</parameter> som en sträng</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GET.FORMULA</function>(<parameter>cell</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>cell</parameter>: den refererade cellen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para><function>GET.FORMULA</function> är OpenFormula-funktionen FORMULA.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EXPRESSION"><function>EXPRESSION</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISFORMULA"><function>ISFORMULA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GET.LINK">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GET.LINK</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GET.LINK</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>målet för hyperlänken bifogad till <parameter>cell</parameter> som en sträng</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GET.LINK</function>(<parameter>cell</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>cell</parameter>: den refererade cellen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Värdet uppdateras inte automatiskt då länken bifogad till <parameter>cell</parameter> ändras men behöver en omberäkning.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-HYPERLINK"><function>HYPERLINK</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GETENV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GETENV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GETENV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>värdet för exekveringsmiljöns miljövariabel <parameter>namn</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GETENV</function>(<parameter>namn</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>namn</parameter>:namnet på miljövariabeln</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om ingen variabel med namnet <parameter>namn</parameter> finns så returneras #-. Variabelnamn är skiftlägeskänsliga.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-INFO">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>INFO</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>INFO</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>information om den aktuella operativsystemsmiljön enligt <parameter>typ</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>INFO</function>(<parameter>typ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter>: sträng som anger den begärda informationstypen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>INFO</function> returnerar information om den aktuella operativsystemsmiljön enligt <parameter>typ</parameter>:</para>
        <para>memavail Returnerar mängden tillgängligt minne (byte).</para>
        <para>memused Returnerar mängden använt minne (byte).</para>
        <para>numfile Returnerar antalet aktiva arbetsblad.</para>
        <para>osversion Returnerar operativsystemsversionen.</para>
        <para>recalc Returnerar omkalkyleringsläget (automatiskt).</para>
        <para>release Returnerar Gnumerics versionsnummer som text.</para>
        <para>system Returnerar namnet på miljön.</para>
        <para>totmem Returnerar totala mängden tillgängligt minne.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CELL"><function>CELL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISBLANK">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISBLANK</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISBLANK</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>SANT om <parameter>värde</parameter> är blankt</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISBLANK</function>(<parameter>värde</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värde</parameter>: ett värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion kontrollerar om ett värde är blankt. Tomma celler är blanka, men tomma strängar är inte det.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISERR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISERR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISERR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>SANT om <parameter>värde</parameter> är ett felvärde skilt från #-</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISERR</function>(<parameter>värde</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värde</parameter>: ett värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISERROR"><function>ISERROR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISERROR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISERROR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISERROR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>SANT om <parameter>värde</parameter> är ett felvärde</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISERROR</function>(<parameter>värde</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värde</parameter>: ett värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISERR"><function>ISERR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISNA"><function>ISNA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISEVEN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISEVEN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISEVEN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>SANT om <parameter>n</parameter> är jämn</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISEVEN</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISODD"><function>ISODD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISFORMULA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISFORMULA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISFORMULA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>SANT om <parameter>cell</parameter> innehåller en formel</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISFORMULA</function>(<parameter>cell</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>cell</parameter>: den refererade cellen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para><function>ISFORMULA</function> är OpenFormula-kompatibelt.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-GET.FORMULA"><function>GET.FORMULA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISLOGICAL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISLOGICAL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISLOGICAL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>SANT om <parameter>värde</parameter> är ett logiskt värde</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISLOGICAL</function>(<parameter>värde</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värde</parameter>: ett värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion kontrollerar om ett värde är SANT eller FALSKT.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISNA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISNA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISNA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>SANT om <parameter>value</parameter> är felvärdet #-</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISNA</function>(<parameter>värde</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värde</parameter>: ett värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NA"><function>NA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISNONTEXT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISNONTEXT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISNONTEXT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>SANT om <parameter>värde</parameter> inte är text</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISNONTEXT</function>(<parameter>värde</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värde</parameter>: ett värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISTEXT"><function>ISTEXT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISNUMBER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISNUMBER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISNUMBER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>SANT om <parameter>värde</parameter> är ett tal</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISNUMBER</function>(<parameter>värde</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värde</parameter>: ett värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion kontrollerar om ett värde är ett tal. Varken SANT eller FALSKT räknas som tal i detta fall.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISODD">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISODD</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISODD</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>SANT om <parameter>n</parameter> är udda</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISODD</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISEVEN"><function>ISEVEN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISREF">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISREF</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISREF</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>SANT om <parameter>värde</parameter> är en referens</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISREF</function>(<parameter>värde</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värde</parameter>: ett värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion kontrollerar om ett värde är en cellreferens.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISTEXT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISTEXT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISTEXT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>SANT om <parameter>värde</parameter> är text</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISTEXT</function>(<parameter>värde</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värde</parameter>: ett värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISNONTEXT"><function>ISNONTEXT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-N">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>N</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>N</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>text</parameter> konverterad till ett tal</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>N</function>(<parameter>text</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>text</parameter>: sträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>text</parameter> innehåller icke-numerisk text returneras 0.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>felvärdet #-</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NA</function>(<parameter/>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISNA"><function>ISNA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TYPE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TYPE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TYPE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>ett tal som indikerar datatypen för <parameter>värde</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TYPE</function>(<parameter>värde</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värde</parameter>: ett värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>TYPE</function> returnerar ett tal som indikerar datatypen för <parameter>värde</parameter>:</para>
        <para>1 = tal</para>
        <para>2 = text</para>
        <para>4 = boolesk</para>
        <para>16 = fel</para>
        <para>64 = vektor</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_Logic">
    <title>Logik</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-AND">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>AND</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>AND</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>logisk konjunktion</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>AND</function>(<parameter>b0</parameter>;<parameter>b1</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>b0</parameter>: logiskt värde</para>
        <para><parameter>b1</parameter>: logiskt värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>AND</function> beräknar logisk konjunktion av sina argument <parameter>b0</parameter>,<parameter>b1</parameter>,…</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om ett argument är numeriskt anses noll vara FALSKT och allt annat anses vara SANT. Strängar och tomma värden ignoreras. Om inga logiska värden tillhandahålls returneras felet #VÄRDE!. Denna funktion är strikt, om något argument är ett fel kommer resultatet att vara det första sådana felet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OR"><function>OR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NOT"><function>NOT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IF"><function>IF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FALSE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FALSE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FALSE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>värdet <function>FALSKT</function></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FALSE</function>(<parameter/>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>FALSE</function> returnerar värdet <function>FALSKT</function>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TRUE"><function>TRUE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IF"><function>IF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IF">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IF</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IF</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>villkorligt uttryck</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis lang="en"><function>IF</function>(<parameter>cond</parameter>,<parameter>trueval</parameter>,<parameter>falseval</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>villkor</parameter>: villkor</para>
        <para lang="en"><parameter>trueval</parameter>: value to use if condition is true</para>
        <para lang="en"><parameter>falseval</parameter>: value to use if condition is false</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion evaluerar först villkoret. Om resultatet är sant kommer den evaluera och returnera det andra argumentet. Annars kommer den att evaluera och returnera det sista argumentet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AND"><function>AND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OR"><function>OR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-XOR"><function>XOR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NOT"><function>NOT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IFERROR"><function>IFERROR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IFERROR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IFERROR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IFERROR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>testa efter fel</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IFERROR</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>y</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: värde att testa efter fel</para>
        <para><parameter>y</parameter>: alternativt värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar det första värdet, ifall inte det är ett fel, i vilket fall det andra returneras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IF"><function>IF</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISERROR"><function>ISERROR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IFNA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IFNA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IFNA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>testa efter felet #-</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IFNA</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>y</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: värde att testa efter felet #-</para>
        <para><parameter>y</parameter>: alternativt värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar det första värdet, om det inte är #- i vilket fall det andra returneras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IF"><function>IF</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ISERROR"><function>ISERROR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IFS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IFS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IFS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>flergrenat villkor</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IFS</function>(<parameter>villkor1</parameter>;<parameter>värde1</parameter>;<parameter>villkor2</parameter>;<parameter>värde2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>villkor1</parameter>: villkor</para>
        <para><parameter>värde1</parameter>: värde om <parameter>villkor1</parameter> är sant</para>
        <para><parameter>villkor2</parameter>: villkor</para>
        <para><parameter>värde2</parameter>: värde om <parameter>villkor2</parameter> är sant</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Detta värde returnerar värdet efter det första sanna villkoret. Om inget villkor är sant returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IF"><function>IF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NOT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NOT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NOT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>logisk negation</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NOT</function>(<parameter>b</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: logiskt värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>NOT</function> beräknar den logiska negationen av sitt argument.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om argumentet är numeriskt anses noll vara FALSKT och allt annat anses vara SANT. Strängar och tomma värden ignoreras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AND"><function>AND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OR"><function>OR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IF"><function>IF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>logisk disjunktion</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OR</function>(<parameter>b0</parameter>;<parameter>b1</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>b0</parameter>: logiskt värde</para>
        <para><parameter>b1</parameter>: logiskt värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>OR</function> beräknar logisk disjunktion av sina argument <parameter>b0</parameter>,<parameter>b1</parameter>,…</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om ett argument är numeriskt anses noll vara FALSKT och allt annat anses vara SANT. Strängar och tomma värden ignoreras. Om inga logiska värden tillhandahålls returneras felet #VÄRDE!. Denna funktion är strikt, om något argument är ett fel kommer resultatet att vara det första sådana felet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AND"><function>AND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-XOR"><function>XOR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NOT"><function>NOT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IF"><function>IF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SWITCH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SWITCH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SWITCH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>flergrenad väljare</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SWITCH</function>(<parameter>ref</parameter>;<parameter>val1</parameter>;<parameter>värde1</parameter>;<parameter>val2</parameter>;<parameter>värde2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ref</parameter>: värde</para>
        <para><parameter>val1</parameter>: första valvärde</para>
        <para><parameter>värde1</parameter>: första resultatvärde</para>
        <para><parameter>val2</parameter>: andra valvärde</para>
        <para><parameter>värde2</parameter>: andra resultatvärde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion jämför referensvärdet <parameter>ref</parameter> mot valvärdena <parameter>choice1</parameter> o.s.v. och returnerar motsvarande resultatvärde då det hittar en matchning. Valen kan följas av ett standardvärde att använda. Om det inte finns några val som matchar och inget standardvärde returneras #-.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IF"><function>IF</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IFS"><function>IFS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TRUE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TRUE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TRUE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>värdet <function>SANT</function></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TRUE</function>(<parameter/>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>TRUE</function> returnerar värdet <function>SANT</function>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FALSE"><function>FALSE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IF"><function>IF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-XOR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>XOR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>XOR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>logisk exklusiv disjunktion</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>XOR</function>(<parameter>b0</parameter>;<parameter>b1</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>b0</parameter>: logiskt värde</para>
        <para><parameter>b1</parameter>: logiskt värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>XOR</function> beräknar logisk exklusiv disjunktion av sina argument <parameter>b0</parameter>,<parameter>b1</parameter>,…</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om ett argument är numeriskt anses noll vara FALSKT och allt annat anses vara SANT. Strängar och tomma värden ignoreras. Om inga logiska värden tillhandahålls returneras felet #VÄRDE!. Denna funktion är strikt, om något argument är ett fel kommer resultatet att vara det första sådana felet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-OR"><function>OR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-AND"><function>AND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NOT"><function>NOT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IF"><function>IF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_Lookup">
    <title>Uppslagning</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ADDRESS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ADDRESS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ADDRESS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>celladress som text</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ADDRESS</function>(<parameter>radnum</parameter>;<parameter>kolnum</parameter>;<parameter>absnum</parameter>;<parameter>a1</parameter>;<parameter>text</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>radnum</parameter>: radnummer</para>
        <para><parameter>kolnum</parameter>: kolumnnummer</para>
        <para><parameter>absnum</parameter>: 1 för en absolut, 2 för en radabsolut/kolumnrelativ, 3 för en radrelativ/kolumnabsolut och 4 för en relativ referens. Standardvärde 1</para>
        <para><parameter>a1</parameter>: om SANT tillhandahålls en referens med A1-stil, annars en referens med R1C1-stil. Standardvärde är SANT</para>
        <para><parameter>text</parameter>: namnet på arbetsbladet, standardvärde är inget blad</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>radnum</parameter> eller <parameter>kolnum</parameter> är mindre än ett, returnerar <function>ADDRESS</function> #VÄRDE! Om <parameter>absnum</parameter> är större än 4 returnerar <function>ADDRESS</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COLUMNNUMBER"><function>COLUMNNUMBER</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-AREAS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>AREAS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>AREAS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal areor i <parameter>referens</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>AREAS</function>(<parameter>referens</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>referens</parameter>: intervall</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ADDRESS"><function>ADDRESS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-INDEX"><function>INDEX</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-INDIRECT"><function>INDIRECT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-OFFSET"><function>OFFSET</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ARRAY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ARRAY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ARRAY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>vertikal vektor av argumenten</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ARRAY</function>(<parameter>v</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>v</parameter>: värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TRANSPOSE"><function>TRANSPOSE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CHOOSE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CHOOSE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CHOOSE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>(<parameter>index</parameter>+1):e argumentet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CHOOSE</function>(<parameter>index</parameter>;<parameter>värde1</parameter>;<parameter>värde2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>index</parameter>: positivt tal</para>
        <para><parameter>värde1</parameter>: första värde</para>
        <para><parameter>värde2</parameter>: andra värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>CHOOSE</function> returnerar sitt (<parameter>index</parameter>+1):e argument.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>index</parameter> trunkeras till ett heltal. Om <parameter>index</parameter> &lt; 1 eller det trunkerade <parameter>index</parameter> &gt; antal värden så returnerar <function>CHOOSE</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-IF"><function>IF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COLUMN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COLUMN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COLUMN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>vektor av kolumnsiffror</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COLUMN</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: referens, standardvärde är positionen för aktuellt uttryck</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>COLUMN</function>-funktion returnerar en Nx1-vektor innehållande sekvensen för heltal från den första kolumnen till den sista kolumnen för <parameter>x</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> inte är en vektor eller en referens eller ett intervall returneras #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COLUMNS"><function>COLUMNS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROW"><function>ROW</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROWS"><function>ROWS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COLUMNNUMBER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COLUMNNUMBER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COLUMNNUMBER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kolumnnummer för den givna kolumnen kallad <parameter>namn</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COLUMNNUMBER</function>(<parameter>namn</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>namn</parameter>: kolumnnamn som ”IV”</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>namn</parameter> är ogiltigt returnerar <function>COLUMNNUMBER</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ADDRESS"><function>ADDRESS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COLUMNS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COLUMNS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COLUMNS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antalet kolumner i <parameter>referens</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COLUMNS</function>(<parameter>referens</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>referens</parameter>: vektor eller område</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>referens</parameter> varken är en vektor eller en referens eller ett intervall returnerar <function>COLUMNS</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COLUMN"><function>COLUMN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROW"><function>ROW</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROWS"><function>ROWS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FLIP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FLIP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FLIP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>matris</parameter> speglad</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FLIP</function>(<parameter>matris</parameter>;<parameter>vertikal</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>matris</parameter>: intervall</para>
        <para><parameter>vertikal</parameter>: om sant <parameter>matris</parameter> vertikalt, annars horisontellt; standardvärde SANT</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TRANSPOSE"><function>TRANSPOSE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HLOOKUP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HLOOKUP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HLOOKUP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sök efter <parameter>värde</parameter> i den första raden av <parameter>intervall</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis lang="en"><function>HLOOKUP</function>(<parameter>value</parameter>,<parameter>range</parameter>,<parameter>row</parameter>,<parameter>approximate</parameter>,<parameter>as_index</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värde</parameter>: sökvärde</para>
        <para><parameter>intervall</parameter>: intervall att söka i</para>
        <para><parameter>rad</parameter>: 1-baserad radförskjutning indikerandes returvärdena</para>
        <para><parameter>approximativ</parameter>: om falskt så måste en precis matchning av <parameter>värde</parameter> hittas; standard är SANT</para>
        <para lang="en"><parameter>as_index</parameter>: if true, the 0-based column offset is returned; defaults to FALSE</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>HLOOKUP</function> function finds the row in <parameter>range</parameter> that has a first cell similar to <parameter>value</parameter>.  If <parameter>approximate</parameter> is not true it finds the column with an exact equality. If <parameter>approximate</parameter> is true, it finds the last column with first value less than or equal to <parameter>value</parameter>. If <parameter>as_index</parameter> is true the 0-based column offset is returned.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>approximativ</parameter> är sant så måste värdena sorteras i stigande ordning. <function>HLOOKUP</function> returnerar #REF! om <parameter>rad</parameter> faller utanför <parameter>intervall</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-VLOOKUP"><function>VLOOKUP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HYPERLINK">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HYPERLINK</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HYPERLINK</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>andra eller första argumentet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis lang="en"><function>HYPERLINK</function>(<parameter>link_location</parameter>,<parameter>label</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para lang="en"><parameter>link_location</parameter>: string</para>
        <para><parameter>etikett</parameter>: sträng, valfri</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>HYPERLINK</function>-funktionen returnerar för närvarande dess andra argument, eller om det uteblir, dess första argument.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-INDEX">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>INDEX</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>INDEX</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>refererar till en cell i given <parameter>vektor</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>INDEX</function>(<parameter>vektor</parameter>;<parameter>rad</parameter>;<parameter>kol</parameter>;<parameter>area</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor</parameter>: cell eller infogad vektor</para>
        <para><parameter>rad</parameter>: önskad rad, standardvärde 1</para>
        <para><parameter>kol</parameter>: önskad kolumn, standardvärde 1</para>
        <para><parameter>area</parameter>: från vilken area en cell ska väljas, standard är 1</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>INDEX</function> ger en referens till en cell i given <parameter>vektor</parameter>. Cellen markeras av <parameter>rad</parameter> och <parameter>kol</parameter>, vilka räknar raderna och kolumnerna i vektorn.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om referensen hamnar utanför intervallet för <parameter>vektor</parameter> returnerar <function>INDEX</function> #REF!</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-INDIRECT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>INDIRECT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>INDIRECT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>innehållet för cellen pekad på av strängen <parameter>reftext</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>INDIRECT</function>(<parameter>reftext</parameter>;<parameter>format</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>reftext</parameter>: textreferens</para>
        <para><parameter>format</parameter>: om sant ges <parameter>reftext</parameter> i A1-stil annars ges det i R1C1-stil; standardvärde är sant</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>reftext</parameter> inte är en giltig referens i stilen bestämd av <parameter>format</parameter>, returnerar <function>INDIRECT</function> #REF!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AREAS"><function>AREAS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-INDEX"><function>INDEX</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CELL"><function>CELL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LOOKUP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LOOKUP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LOOKUP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>innehåll i <parameter>vektor2</parameter> på platsen motsvarande <parameter>värde</parameter> i <parameter>vektor1</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LOOKUP</function>(<parameter>värde</parameter>;<parameter>vektor1</parameter>;<parameter>vektor2</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värde</parameter>: värde att slå upp</para>
        <para><parameter>vektor1</parameter>: intervall att söka i:</para>
        <para><parameter>vektor2</parameter>: intervall för returvärden</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>vektor1</parameter> har fler rader än kolumner söker <function>LOOKUP</function> den första raden i <parameter>vektor1</parameter> annars den första kolumnen. Om <parameter>vektor2</parameter> utelämnas tas returvärdet från den sista raden eller kolumnen i <parameter>vektor1</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <function>LOOKUP</function> inte kan hitta <parameter>värde</parameter> använder den det största värdet mindre än <parameter>värde</parameter>. Data måste vara sorterade. Om <parameter>värde</parameter> är mindre än det första värdet returnerar det #-. Om motsvarande plats inte existerar i <parameter>vektor2</parameter> returnerar den #-.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-VLOOKUP"><function>VLOOKUP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-HLOOKUP"><function>HLOOKUP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MATCH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MATCH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MATCH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>index för <parameter>sök</parameter> i <parameter>vektor</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MATCH</function>(<parameter>sök</parameter>;<parameter>vektor</parameter>;<parameter>typ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>sök</parameter>: värde att hitta</para>
        <para><parameter>vektor</parameter>: n×1- eller 1×n-intervall att genomsöka</para>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter>: +1 (standard) för att hitta det största värdet ≤ <parameter>sök</parameter>, 0 för att hitta första värdet = <parameter>sök</parameter>, eller -1 för att hitta det minsta värdet ≥ <parameter>sök</parameter></para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>MATCH</function> söker <parameter>vektor</parameter> efter <parameter>sök</parameter> och returnerar det 1-baserade indexet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>För <parameter>typ</parameter> = -1 måste data vara sorterat i fallande ordning, för <parameter>typ</parameter> = +1 måste data sorteras i stigande ordning. Om <parameter>sök</parameter> inte kunde hittas returneras #-. Om <parameter>vektor</parameter> är varken n×1 eller 1×n returneras #-.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOOKUP"><function>LOOKUP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OFFSET">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OFFSET</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OFFSET</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>förskjutning för cellintevall</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OFFSET</function>(<parameter>intervall</parameter>;<parameter>rad</parameter>;<parameter>kol</parameter>;<parameter>höjd</parameter>;<parameter>bredd</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>intervall</parameter>: referens eller intervall</para>
        <para><parameter>rad</parameter>: antal rader att förskjuta <parameter>intervall</parameter></para>
        <para><parameter>kol</parameter>: antal kolumner att förskjuta <parameter>intervall</parameter></para>
        <para><parameter>höjd</parameter>: höjd på förskjutningsintervall, standard är höjd av <parameter>intervall</parameter></para>
        <para><parameter>bredd</parameter>: bredd på förskjutningsintervall, standard är bredd av <parameter>intervall</parameter></para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>OFFSET</function> returns the cell range starting at offset (<parameter>row</parameter>,<parameter>col</parameter>) from <parameter>range</parameter> of height <parameter>height</parameter> and width <parameter>width</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>intervall</parameter> varken är en referens eller ett intervall returnerar <function>OFFSET</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COLUMN"><function>COLUMN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COLUMNS"><function>COLUMNS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROWS"><function>ROWS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-INDEX"><function>INDEX</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-INDIRECT"><function>INDIRECT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ADDRESS"><function>ADDRESS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ROW">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ROW</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ROW</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>vektor av radnummer</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ROW</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: referens, standardvärde är positionen för aktuellt uttryck</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ROW</function>-funktionen returnerar en 1xN-vektor innehållande heltalssekvenser från den första raden till den sista raden av <parameter>x</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> inte är en vektor eller en referens eller ett intervall returneras #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COLUMN"><function>COLUMN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COLUMNS"><function>COLUMNS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROWS"><function>ROWS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ROWS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ROWS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ROWS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal rader i <parameter>referens</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ROWS</function>(<parameter>referens</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>referens</parameter>: vektor, referens eller intervall</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>referens</parameter> varken är en vektor eller en referens eller ett intervall returnerar <function>ROWS</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COLUMN"><function>COLUMN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COLUMNS"><function>COLUMNS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROW"><function>ROW</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SHEET">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SHEET</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SHEET</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bladnummer för <parameter>referens</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SHEET</function>(<parameter>referens</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>referens</parameter>: referens eller faktiskt bladnamn, standardvärde är aktuellt blad</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>referens</parameter> varken är en referens eller ett faktiskt bladnamn returnerar <function>SHEET</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SHEETS"><function>SHEETS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROW"><function>ROW</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COLUMNNUMBER"><function>COLUMNNUMBER</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SHEETS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SHEETS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SHEETS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal blad i <parameter>referens</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SHEETS</function>(<parameter>referens</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>referens</parameter>: vektor, referens eller intervall, standard är högsta intervall</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>referens</parameter> varken är en vektor eller en referens eller ett intervall returnerar <function>SHEETS</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COLUMNS"><function>COLUMNS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROWS"><function>ROWS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SORT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SORT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SORT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sorterad tallista som vertikal vektor</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SORT</function>(<parameter>ref</parameter>;<parameter>ordning</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ref</parameter>: tallista</para>
        <para><parameter>ordning</parameter>: 0 (fallande ordning) eller 1 (stigande ordning); standardvärde 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Strängar, booleska värden och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ARRAY"><function>ARRAY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TRANSPOSE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TRANSPOSE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TRANSPOSE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>transponatet av <parameter>matris</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TRANSPOSE</function>(<parameter>matris</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>matris</parameter>: intervall</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FLIP"><function>FLIP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MMULT"><function>MMULT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-VLOOKUP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>VLOOKUP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>VLOOKUP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sök efter <parameter>värde</parameter> i den första kolumnen av <parameter>intervall</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis lang="en"><function>VLOOKUP</function>(<parameter>value</parameter>,<parameter>range</parameter>,<parameter>column</parameter>,<parameter>approximate</parameter>,<parameter>as_index</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värde</parameter>: sökvärde</para>
        <para><parameter>intervall</parameter>: intervall att söka i</para>
        <para><parameter>kolumn</parameter>: 1-baserad kolumnförskjutning indikerande returvärdena</para>
        <para><parameter>approximativ</parameter>: om falskt så måste en precis matchning av <parameter>värde</parameter> hittas; standard är SANT</para>
        <para><parameter>as_index</parameter>: om sant returneras den 0-baserade radförskjutningen; standard är FALSKT</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>VLOOKUP</function> function finds the row in <parameter>range</parameter> that has a first cell similar to <parameter>value</parameter>.  If <parameter>approximate</parameter> is not true it finds the row with an exact equality. If <parameter>approximate</parameter> is true, it finds the last row with first value less than or equal to <parameter>value</parameter>. If <parameter>as_index</parameter> is true the 0-based row offset is returned.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>approximativ</parameter> är sant så måste värdena sorteras i stigande ordning. <function>VLOOKUP</function> returnerar #REF! om <parameter>kolumn</parameter> faller utanför <parameter>intervall</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-HLOOKUP"><function>HLOOKUP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_Mathematics">
    <title>Matematik</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ABS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ABS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ABS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>absolutbelopp</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ABS</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ABS</function> ger absolutbeloppet av <parameter>x</parameter>, d.v.s. det icke-negativa talet av samma magnitud som <parameter>x</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CEIL"><function>CEIL</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CEILING"><function>CEILING</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FLOOR"><function>FLOOR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-INT"><function>INT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MOD"><function>MOD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ACOS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ACOS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ACOS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>arcus cosinus för <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ACOS</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COS"><function>COS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEGREES"><function>DEGREES</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RADIANS"><function>RADIANS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ACOSH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ACOSH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ACOSH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>hyperbolisk arcus cosinus för <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ACOSH</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ACOS"><function>ACOS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ASINH"><function>ASINH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ACOT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ACOT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ACOT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>invers cotangens av <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ACOT</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COT"><function>COT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TAN"><function>TAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ACOTH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ACOTH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ACOTH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>invers hyperbolisk cotangens för <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ACOTH</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COTH"><function>COTH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TANH"><function>TANH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-AGM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>AGM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>AGM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>det aritmetisk-geometriska medelvärdet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>AGM</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: värde</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>AGM</function> beräknar det aritmetisk-geometriska medelvärdet av de två värdena.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-GEOMEAN"><function>GEOMEAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ARABIC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ARABIC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ARABIC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>den romerska siffran <parameter>romersk</parameter> som ett tal</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ARABIC</function>(<parameter>romersk</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>romersk</parameter>: romersk siffra</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Varje romersk symbol till vänster om en större symbol (direkt eller indirekt) minskar det slutliga värdet med symbolens värde. I andra fall ökar den det slutliga värdet med symbolens värde.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROMAN"><function>ROMAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ASIN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ASIN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ASIN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>arcus sinus för <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ASIN</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ASIN</function> beräknar arcus sinus för <parameter>x</parameter>; det vill säga värdet vars sinus är <parameter>x</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> är utanför intervallet -1 till 1 returnerar <function>ASIN</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COS"><function>COS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ASINH"><function>ASINH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEGREES"><function>DEGREES</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RADIANS"><function>RADIANS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ASINH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ASINH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ASINH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>invers hyperbolisk sinus för <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ASINH</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ASINH</function> beräknar invers hyperbolisk sinus för <parameter>x</parameter>; det vill säga värdet vars hyperboliska sinus är <parameter>x</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ASIN"><function>ASIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ACOSH"><function>ACOSH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COS"><function>COS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ATAN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ATAN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ATAN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>arcus tangens för <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ATAN</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ATAN</function> beräknar arcus tangens för <parameter>x</parameter>; det vill säga värdet vars tangens är <parameter>x</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Resultatet kommer vara mellan −π/2 och +π/2.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TAN"><function>TAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COS"><function>COS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEGREES"><function>DEGREES</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RADIANS"><function>RADIANS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ATAN2">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ATAN2</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ATAN2</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>arcus tangens för förhållandet <parameter>y</parameter>/<parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ATAN2</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>y</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: x-koordinat</para>
        <para><parameter>y</parameter>: y-koordinat</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ATAN2</function> beräknar riktningen från origo till punkten (<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>y</parameter>) som en vinkel från x-axeln i radianer.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Resultaten kommer vara mellan −π och +π. Ordningen av argumenten kan vara oväntad.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ATAN"><function>ATAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ATANH"><function>ATANH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COS"><function>COS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ATANH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ATANH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ATANH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>invers hyperbolisk tangens för <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ATANH</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ATANH</function> beräknar invers hyperbolisk tangens för <parameter>x</parameter>; det vill säga värdet vars hyperboliska tangens är <parameter>x</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om absolutbeloppet av <parameter>x</parameter> är större än 1,0 returnerar <function>ATANH</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ATAN"><function>ATAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COS"><function>COS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-AVERAGEIF">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>AVERAGEIF</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>AVERAGEIF</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>medel för cellerna i <parameter>verkligt_område</parameter> för vilka motsvarande celler i området uppfyller givna <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>AVERAGEIF</function>(<parameter>intervall</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>;<parameter>verkligt_område</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>intervall</parameter>: cellområde</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: villkor för att en cell ska inkluderas</para>
        <para><parameter>verkligt_område</parameter>: cellområde, standard är <parameter>intervall</parameter></para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUMIF"><function>SUMIF</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNTIF"><function>COUNTIF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-AVERAGEIFS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>AVERAGEIFS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>AVERAGEIFS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>medel för cellerna i <parameter>verkligt_område</parameter> för vilka motsvarande celler i området uppfyller givna kriterier</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>AVERAGEIFS</function>(<parameter>verkligt_område</parameter>;<parameter>intervall1</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier1</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>verkligt_område</parameter>: cellområde</para>
        <para><parameter>intervall1</parameter>: cellområde</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier1</parameter>: villkor för att en cell ska inkluderas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGEIF"><function>AVERAGEIF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BETA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BETA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BETA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Euler-betafunktion</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BETA</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>y</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>y</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>BETA</function>-funktionen returnerar värdet för Eulers betafunktion utökad till alla reella tal förutom 0 och negativa heltal.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter>, <parameter>y</parameter> eller (<parameter>x</parameter> + <parameter>y</parameter>) är icke-positiva heltal returnerar <function>BETA</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BETALN"><function>BETALN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-GAMMALN"><function>GAMMALN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BETALN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BETALN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BETALN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>naturlig logaritm för absolutbeloppet av Eulers betafunktion</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BETALN</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>y</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>y</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>BETALN</function>-funktionen returnerar den naturliga logaritmen för absolutbeloppet av Eulers betafunktion utökad till alla reella tal förutom 0 och negativa heltal.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter>, <parameter>y</parameter> eller (<parameter>x</parameter> + <parameter>y</parameter>) är icke-positiva heltal returnerar <function>BETALN</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BETA"><function>BETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-GAMMALN"><function>GAMMALN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CEIL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CEIL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CEIL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>minsta heltal större än eller lika med <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CEIL</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>CEIL</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>) är det minsta heltal som är minst lika stort som <parameter>x</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är OpenFormula-funktionen CEILING(<parameter>x</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CEILING"><function>CEILING</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FLOOR"><function>FLOOR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ABS"><function>ABS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-INT"><function>INT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MOD"><function>MOD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CEILING">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CEILING</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CEILING</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>närmsta multipel för <parameter>signifikans</parameter> vars absolutbelopp är minst ABS(<parameter>x</parameter>)</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CEILING</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>signifikans</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>signifikans</parameter>: basmultipel (standard är 1 för <parameter>x</parameter> &gt; 0 och -1 för <parameter>x</parameter> &lt; 0)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>CEILING</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>signifikans</parameter>) är närmsta multipel för <parameter>signifikans</parameter> vars absolutbelopp är minst ABS(<parameter>x</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> eller <parameter>signifikans</parameter> är ickenumeriska, returnerar <function>CEILING</function> ett #VÄRDE!-fel. Om <parameter>x</parameter> och <parameter>signifikans</parameter> har olika tecken returnerar <function>CEILING</function> ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>CEILING</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>) is exported to ODF as <function>CEILING</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>,SIGN(<parameter>x</parameter>),1). <function>CEILING</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>significance</parameter>) is the OpenFormula function <function>CEILING</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>significance</parameter>,1).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CEIL"><function>CEIL</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FLOOR"><function>FLOOR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ABS"><function>ABS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-INT"><function>INT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MOD"><function>MOD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CHOLESKY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CHOLESKY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CHOLESKY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Cholesky-dekompositionen för en symmetrisk positivt definit <parameter>matris</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CHOLESKY</function>(<parameter>matris</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>matris</parameter>: en symmetrisk positivt definit matris</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om Cholesky-Banachiewicz-algoritmen tillämpad på <parameter>matris</parameter> misslyckas returnerar Cholesky #NUM! Om <parameter>matris</parameter> inte innehåller lika många kolumner som rader returnerar <function>CHOLESKY</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MINVERSE"><function>MINVERSE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MMULT"><function>MMULT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MDETERM"><function>MDETERM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COMBIN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COMBIN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COMBIN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>binomialkoefficient</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COMBIN</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>k</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: icke-negativt heltal</para>
        <para><parameter>k</parameter>: icke-negativt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>COMBIN</function> returnerar binomialkoefficienten ”<parameter>n</parameter> välj <parameter>k</parameter>”, antal <parameter>k</parameter>-kombinationer för en <parameter>n</parameter>-elementmängd utan repetition.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>n</parameter> är mindre än <parameter>k</parameter> returnerar <function>COMBIN</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COMBINA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COMBINA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COMBINA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal <parameter>k</parameter>-kombinationer för en <parameter>n</parameter>-elementmängd med repetition</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COMBINA</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>k</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: icke-negativt heltal</para>
        <para><parameter>k</parameter>: icke-negativt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COMBIN"><function>COMBIN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>cosinus av <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COS</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: vinkel i radianer</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TAN"><function>TAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SINH"><function>SINH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COSH"><function>COSH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TANH"><function>TANH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RADIANS"><function>RADIANS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEGREES"><function>DEGREES</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COSH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COSH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COSH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>hyperbolisk cosinus för <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COSH</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TAN"><function>TAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SINH"><function>SINH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COSH"><function>COSH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TANH"><function>TANH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COSPI">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COSPI</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COSPI</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>cosinus av pi*<parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COSPI</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: antalet halva varv</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COS"><function>COS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>cotangens av <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COT</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TAN"><function>TAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ACOT"><function>ACOT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COTH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COTH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COTH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>hyperbolisk cotangens för <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COTH</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TANH"><function>TANH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ACOTH"><function>ACOTH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COTPI">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COTPI</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COTPI</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>cotangens av pi*<parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COTPI</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: antalet halva varv</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COT"><function>COT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COUNTIF">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COUNTIF</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COUNTIF</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal celler som uppfyller angivna <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COUNTIF</function>(<parameter>intervall</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>intervall</parameter>: cellområde</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: villkor för att en cell ska räknas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNT"><function>COUNT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUMIF"><function>SUMIF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COUNTIFS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COUNTIFS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COUNTIFS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal celler som uppfyller angivna <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COUNTIFS</function>(<parameter>intervall</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>intervall</parameter>: cellområde</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: villkor för att en cell ska räknas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNT"><function>COUNT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUMIF"><function>SUMIF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CSC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CSC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CSC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>cosekanten av <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CSC</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: vinkel i radianer</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är inte Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COS"><function>COS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TAN"><function>TAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SEC"><function>SEC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SINH"><function>SINH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COSH"><function>COSH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TANH"><function>TANH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RADIANS"><function>RADIANS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEGREES"><function>DEGREES</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CSCH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CSCH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CSCH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>hyperbolisk cosekant för <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CSCH</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är inte Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COS"><function>COS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TAN"><function>TAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CSC"><function>CSC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SEC"><function>SEC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SINH"><function>SINH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COSH"><function>COSH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TANH"><function>TANH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DEGREES">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DEGREES</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DEGREES</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>motsvarande antal grader för <parameter>x</parameter> radianer</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DEGREES</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: vinkel i radianer</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RADIANS"><function>RADIANS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PI"><function>PI</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DIGAMMA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle lang="en">
          <function>DIGAMMA</function>
        </refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname lang="en">
          <function>DIGAMMA</function>
        </refname>
        <refpurpose lang="en">
        the Digamma function
      </refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis lang="en"><function>DIGAMMA</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-GAMMA"><function>GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-EIGEN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>EIGEN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>EIGEN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>eigenvärden och eigenvektorer för en symmetrisk <parameter>matris</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>EIGEN</function>(<parameter>matris</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>matris</parameter>: en symmetrisk matris</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>matris</parameter> inte är symmetrisk, kommer matchande celler utanför diagonalen att medelviktas med antagandet att icke-symmetrin orsakats av avrundningsfel. Om <parameter>matris</parameter> inte innehåller lika många kolumner som rader returnerar <function>EIGEN</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-EVEN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>EVEN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>EVEN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>x</parameter> avrundat bort från 0 till nästa jämna heltal</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>EVEN</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ODD"><function>ODD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-EXP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>EXP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>EXP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>e upphöjt till <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>EXP</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>e är basen för den naturliga logaritmen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOG"><function>LOG</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOG2"><function>LOG2</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOG10"><function>LOG10</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-EXPM1">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>EXPM1</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>EXPM1</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>EXP(<parameter>x</parameter>)-1</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>EXPM1</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Denna funktion har större resulterande precision än att evaluera EXP(<parameter>x</parameter>)-1.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EXP"><function>EXP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LN1P"><function>LN1P</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FACT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FACT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FACT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>fakultet för <parameter>x</parameter>, d.v.s. <parameter>x</parameter>!</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FACT</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Denna funktions domän har utökats med funktionen GAMMA.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FACTDOUBLE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FACTDOUBLE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FACTDOUBLE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>dubbelfakultet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FACTDOUBLE</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: icke-negativt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Funktionen <function>FACTDOUBLE</function> returnerar dubbelfakulteten <parameter>x</parameter>!!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> inte är ett heltal trunkeras det. Om <parameter>x</parameter> är negativt returnerar <function>FACTDOUBLE</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FACT"><function>FACT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FIB">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FIB</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FIB</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Fibonaccital</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FIB</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: positivt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>FIB</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>) är det <parameter>n</parameter>:e Fibonaccitalet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>n</parameter> inte är ett heltal trunkeras det. Om det är negativt eller noll returnerar <function>FIB</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FLOOR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FLOOR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FLOOR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>närmsta multipel för <parameter>signifikans</parameter> vars absolutbelopp är högst ABS(<parameter>x</parameter>)</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FLOOR</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>signifikans</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>signifikans</parameter>: basmultipel (standard är 1 för <parameter>x</parameter> &gt; 0 och -1 för <parameter>x</parameter> &lt; 0)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>FLOOR</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>signifikans</parameter>) är närmsta multipel för <parameter>signifikans</parameter> vars absolutbelopp är som mest ABS(<parameter>x</parameter>)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>FLOOR</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>) is exported to ODF as <function>FLOOR</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>,SIGN(<parameter>x</parameter>),1). <function>FLOOR</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>significance</parameter>) is the OpenFormula function <function>FLOOR</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>significance</parameter>,1).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CEIL"><function>CEIL</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CEILING"><function>CEILING</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ABS"><function>ABS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-INT"><function>INT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MOD"><function>MOD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-G_PRODUCT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>G_PRODUCT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>G_PRODUCT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>produkten av alla värden och refererade celler</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>G_PRODUCT</function>(<parameter>x1</parameter>;<parameter>x2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x1</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>x2</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Tomma celler ignoreras och den tomma produkten är 1.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUM"><function>SUM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNT"><function>COUNT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GAMMA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GAMMA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GAMMA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Gamma-funktionen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GAMMA</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-GAMMALN"><function>GAMMALN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GAMMALN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GAMMALN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GAMMALN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>naturlig logaritm av Gamma-funktionen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GAMMALN</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-GAMMA"><function>GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GCD">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GCD</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GCD</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>största gemensamma delare</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GCD</function>(<parameter>n0</parameter>;<parameter>n1</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n0</parameter>: positivt heltal</para>
        <para><parameter>n1</parameter>: positivt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>GCD</function> beräknar största gemensamma delare för de givna talen <parameter>n0</parameter>,<parameter>n1</parameter>,…, det största heltalet som är en delare till varje argument.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om något av argumenten inte är ett heltal trunkeras det.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LCM"><function>LCM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GD">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GD</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GD</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Gudermanns funktion</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GD</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: värde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TAN"><function>TAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TANH"><function>TANH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HYPOT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HYPOT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HYPOT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kvadratroten av summan av kvadraterna av argumenten</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>HYPOT</function>(<parameter>n0</parameter>;<parameter>n1</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n0</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>n1</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MIN"><function>MIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MAX"><function>MAX</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-IGAMMA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>IGAMMA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>IGAMMA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>den ofullständiga Gammafunktionen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>IGAMMA</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>lägre</parameter>;<parameter>regularisera</parameter>;<parameter>reell</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>lägre</parameter>: om sant (standardvärde), är detta den lägre ofullständiga gammafunktionen, annars den övre ofullständiga gammafunktionen</para>
        <para><parameter>regularisera</parameter>: om sant (standardvärde), är detta den regulariserade versionen av den ofullständiga gammafunktionen</para>
        <para><parameter>reell</parameter>: om sant (standard), den reella delen av resultatet, annars den imaginära delen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Den regulariserade ofullständiga gammafunktionen är den oregulariserade ofullständiga gammafunktionen dividerat med GAMMA(<parameter>a</parameter>). Detta är en reellvärd funktion så länge som varken <parameter>a</parameter> eller <parameter>z</parameter> är negativa.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-GAMMA"><function>GAMMA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-IMIGAMMA"><function>IMIGAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ILOG">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle lang="en">
          <function>ILOG</function>
        </refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname lang="en">
          <function>ILOG</function>
        </refname>
        <refpurpose lang="en">
        integer logarithm of <parameter>x</parameter> with base <parameter>base</parameter>
      </refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis lang="en"><function>ILOG</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>base</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: positivt tal</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: basen på logaritmen, standardvärde 10</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para lang="en"><parameter>base</parameter> must be positive and not equal to 1. If <parameter>x</parameter> ≤ 0, LOG returns #NUM! error. This function returns the logarithm of <parameter>x</parameter> using <parameter>base</parameter> rounded down to nearest integer.  Unlike FLOOR(LOG(<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>base</parameter>)), this function is not subject error of representation of the intermediate result. This function is not implemented for all possible value.  #VALUE! will be returned for such arguments.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para lang="en"><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOG"><function>LOG</function></link>.
      </para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-INT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>INT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>INT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>största heltal inte större än <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>INT</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CEIL"><function>CEIL</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CEILING"><function>CEILING</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FLOOR"><function>FLOOR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ABS"><function>ABS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MOD"><function>MOD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LAMBERTW">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LAMBERTW</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LAMBERTW</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Lamberts W-funktion</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LAMBERTW</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>k</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>k</parameter>: gren</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para lang="en">The Lambert W function is the inverse function of x=W*exp(W).  There are two (real-valued) branches: k=0 which maps [-1/e;inf) onto [-1,inf); and k=-1 which maps [-1/e;0) unto (-inf;-1].</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>k</parameter> är som standard 0, huvudgrenen. <parameter>k</parameter> måste vara antingen 0 eller -1.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EXP"><function>EXP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LCM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LCM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LCM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>minsta gemensamma multipel</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LCM</function>(<parameter>n0</parameter>;<parameter>n1</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n0</parameter>: positivt heltal</para>
        <para><parameter>n1</parameter>: positivt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>LCM</function> beräknar den minsta gemensamma multipeln för de angivna talen <parameter>n0</parameter>,<parameter>n1</parameter>,…, det minsta heltalet som är en multipel av varje argument.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om något av argumenten inte är ett heltal trunkeras det.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-GCD"><function>GCD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LINSOLVE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LINSOLVE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LINSOLVE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>lös linjär ekvation</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LINSOLVE</function>(<parameter>A</parameter>;<parameter>B</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>A</parameter>: en matris</para>
        <para><parameter>B</parameter>: en matris</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Löser ekvationen <parameter>A</parameter>*X=<parameter>B</parameter> och returnerar X.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om matris <parameter>A</parameter> är singulär returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MINVERSE"><function>MINVERSE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>naturliga logaritmen för <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LN</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: positivt tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> ≤ 0 returnerar <function>LN</function> felet #NUM!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EXP"><function>EXP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOG2"><function>LOG2</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOG10"><function>LOG10</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LN1P">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LN1P</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LN1P</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>LN(1+<parameter>x</parameter>)</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LN1P</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: positivt tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>LN1P</function> beräknar LN(1+<parameter>x</parameter>) men ger större precision än att evaluera LN(1+<parameter>x</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> ≤ -1 returnerar LN felet #NUM!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EXP"><function>EXP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LN"><function>LN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-EXPM1"><function>EXPM1</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LOG">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LOG</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LOG</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>logaritm av <parameter>x</parameter> med basen <parameter>bas</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LOG</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>bas</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: positivt tal</para>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter>: basen på logaritmen, standardvärde 10</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>bas</parameter> måste vara positiv och inte lika med 1. Om <parameter>x</parameter> ≤ 0 returnerar <function>LOG</function> felet #NUM!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LN"><function>LN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOG2"><function>LOG2</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOG10"><function>LOG10</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LOG10">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LOG10</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LOG10</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bas-10-logaritmen av <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LOG10</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: positivt tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> ≤ 0 returnerar <function>LOG10</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EXP"><function>EXP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOG2"><function>LOG2</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOG"><function>LOG</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LOG2">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LOG2</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LOG2</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bas-2-logaritmen av <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LOG2</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: positivt tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> ≤ 0 returnerar <function>LOG2</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EXP"><function>EXP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOG10"><function>LOG10</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOG"><function>LOG</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MAXIFS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MAXIFS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MAXIFS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>maximum för cellerna i <parameter>verkligt_område</parameter> för vilka de motsvarande cellerna i området uppfyller givna kriterier</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MAXIFS</function>(<parameter>verkligt_område</parameter>;<parameter>intervall1</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier1</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>verkligt_område</parameter>: cellområde</para>
        <para><parameter>intervall1</parameter>: cellområde</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier1</parameter>: villkor för att en cell ska inkluderas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MIN"><function>MIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MINIFS"><function>MINIFS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MDETERM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MDETERM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MDETERM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>determinanten av matrisen <parameter>matris</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MDETERM</function>(<parameter>matris</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>matris</parameter>: en kvadratisk matris</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MMULT"><function>MMULT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MINVERSE"><function>MINVERSE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MINIFS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MINIFS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MINIFS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>minimum för cellerna i <parameter>verkligt_område</parameter> för vilka de motsvarande cellerna i området uppfyller givna kriterier</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MINIFS</function>(<parameter>verkligt_område</parameter>;<parameter>intervall1</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier1</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>verkligt_område</parameter>: cellområde</para>
        <para><parameter>intervall1</parameter>: cellområde</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier1</parameter>: villkor för att en cell ska inkluderas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MIN"><function>MIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MAXIFS"><function>MAXIFS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MINVERSE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MINVERSE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MINVERSE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>matrisinversen av <parameter>matris</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MINVERSE</function>(<parameter>matris</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>matris</parameter>: en kvadratisk matris</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>matris</parameter> inte är inverterbar returnerar <function>MINVERSE</function> #NUM! Om <parameter>matris</parameter> inte innehåller lika många kolumner som rader returnerar <function>MINVERSE</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MMULT"><function>MMULT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MDETERM"><function>MDETERM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LINSOLVE"><function>LINSOLVE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MMULT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MMULT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MMULT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>matrisprodukten av <parameter>mat1</parameter> och <parameter>mat2</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MMULT</function>(<parameter>mat1</parameter>;<parameter>mat2</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>mat1</parameter>: en matris</para>
        <para><parameter>mat2</parameter>: en matris</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Antalet kolumner i <parameter>mat1</parameter> måste vara samma som antalet rader i <parameter>mat2</parameter>; annars returneras #VÄRDE!. Resultatet av <function>MMULT</function> är en vektor för vilken antalet rader är samma som i (<parameter>mat1</parameter>), och antalet kolumner är samma som i (<parameter>mat2</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TRANSPOSE"><function>TRANSPOSE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MINVERSE"><function>MINVERSE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MOD">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MOD</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MOD</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>resten till <parameter>x</parameter> vid division med <parameter>n</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MOD</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: heltal</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Funktionen <function>MOD</function> returnerar resten då <parameter>x</parameter> delas med <parameter>n</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>n</parameter> är 0 returnerar <function>MOD</function> #DIV/0!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CEIL"><function>CEIL</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CEILING"><function>CEILING</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FLOOR"><function>FLOOR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ABS"><function>ABS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-INT"><function>INT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ABS"><function>ABS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MPSEUDOINVERSE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MPSEUDOINVERSE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MPSEUDOINVERSE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>den pseudoinversa matrisen för <parameter>matris</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MPSEUDOINVERSE</function>(<parameter>matris</parameter>;<parameter>tröskelvärde</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>matris</parameter>: en matris</para>
        <para><parameter>tröskelvärde</parameter>: ett relativt tröskelvärde för att förkasta eigenvärden</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MINVERSE"><function>MINVERSE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MROUND">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MROUND</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MROUND</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>x</parameter> avrundat till en multipel av <parameter>m</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MROUND</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>m</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>m</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> och <parameter>m</parameter> har olika tecken returnerar <function>MROUND</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROUNDDOWN"><function>ROUNDDOWN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROUND"><function>ROUND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROUNDUP"><function>ROUNDUP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MULTINOMIAL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MULTINOMIAL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MULTINOMIAL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>multinomialkoefficienten (<parameter>x1</parameter>+⋯+<parameter>xn</parameter>) välj (<parameter>x1</parameter>,…,<parameter>xn</parameter>)</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MULTINOMIAL</function>(<parameter>x1</parameter>;<parameter>x2</parameter>;<parameter>xn</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x1</parameter>: första tal</para>
        <para><parameter>x2</parameter>: andra tal</para>
        <para><parameter>xn</parameter>: n:e tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COMBIN"><function>COMBIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUM"><function>SUM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MUNIT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MUNIT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MUNIT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>en <parameter>n</parameter>×<parameter>n</parameter>-identitetsmatris</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MUNIT</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: storleken på matrisen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MMULT"><function>MMULT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MDETERM"><function>MDETERM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MINVERSE"><function>MINVERSE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ODD">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ODD</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ODD</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>x</parameter> avrundat bort från 0 till nästa udda heltal</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ODD</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EVEN"><function>EVEN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ODF.SUMPRODUCT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ODF.SUMPRODUCT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ODF.SUMPRODUCT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>multiplicerar komponenter och lägger ihop resultaten</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ODF.SUMPRODUCT</function>(<parameter/>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Multiplicerar motsvarande dataposter i de givna vektorerna eller intervallen och returnerar summan av dessa produkter.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om en post inte är numerisk eller logisk används nollvärdet istället. Om vektorer eller intervallargument inte har samma dimensioner returneras felet #VÄRDE!. Denna funktion skiljer sig från SUMPRODUCT genom att även titta på booleska värden.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är inte Excel-kompatibel. Använd SUMPRODUCT istället.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUMPRODUCT"><function>SUMPRODUCT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUM"><function>SUM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PRODUCT"><function>PRODUCT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-G_PRODUCT"><function>G_PRODUCT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PI">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PI</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PI</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>konstanten 𝜋</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PI</function>(<parameter/>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel, men den returnerar 𝜋 med större precision.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SQRTPI"><function>SQRTPI</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-POCHHAMMER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>POCHHAMMER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>POCHHAMMER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>värdet av GAMMA(<parameter>x</parameter>+<parameter>n</parameter>)/GAMMA(<parameter>x</parameter>)</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>POCHHAMMER</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-GAMMA"><function>GAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-POWER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>POWER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>POWER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>värdet av <parameter>x</parameter> upphöjt till <parameter>y</parameter> upphöjt till 1/<parameter>z</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>POWER</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>y</parameter>;<parameter>z</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>y</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>z</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om både <parameter>x</parameter> och <parameter>y</parameter> är lika med 0 returnerar <function>POWER</function> #NUM! Om <parameter>x</parameter> = 0 och <parameter>y</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar <function>POWER</function> #DIV/0! Om <parameter>x</parameter> &lt; 0 och <parameter>y</parameter> inte är ett heltal returnerar <function>POWER</function> #NUM! <parameter>z</parameter> har standardvärdet 1. Om <parameter>z</parameter> inte är ett positivt heltal returnerar <function>POWER</function> #NUM! Om <parameter>x</parameter> &lt; 0, <parameter>y</parameter> är udda, och <parameter>z</parameter> är jämn returnerar <function>POWER</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EXP"><function>EXP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PRODUCT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PRODUCT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PRODUCT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>produkt för de givna värdena</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PRODUCT</function>(<parameter>värden</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värden</parameter>: en lista av värden att multiplicera</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>PRODUCT</function> beräknar produkten av alla värden och celler refererade i argumentslistan.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om alla celler är tomma kommer resultatet att bli 0.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUM"><function>SUM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNT"><function>COUNT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-G_PRODUCT"><function>G_PRODUCT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-QUOTIENT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>QUOTIENT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>QUOTIENT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>heltalsdel av en division</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>QUOTIENT</function>(<parameter>täljare</parameter>;<parameter>nämnare</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>täljare</parameter>: heltal</para>
        <para><parameter>nämnare</parameter>: nollskilt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>QUOTIENT</function> ger heltalsdelen av divisionen <parameter>täljare</parameter>/<parameter>nämnare</parameter>.</para>
        <para lang="en"><function>QUOTIENT</function> (<parameter>numerator</parameter>,<parameter>denominator</parameter>)⨉<parameter>denominator</parameter>+MOD(<parameter>numerator</parameter>,<parameter>denominator</parameter>)=<parameter>numerator</parameter></para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MOD"><function>MOD</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RADIANS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RADIANS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RADIANS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>motsvarande antal radianer för <parameter>x</parameter> grader</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RADIANS</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: vinkel i grader</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PI"><function>PI</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEGREES"><function>DEGREES</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-REDUCEPI">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>REDUCEPI</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>REDUCEPI</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>minska modulo Pi delat med en potens av 2</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>REDUCEPI</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>e</parameter>;<parameter>q</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>e</parameter>: skala</para>
        <para><parameter>q</parameter>: hämta lägre bitar för täljare, standard är FALSKT</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para lang="en">This function returns a value, xr, such that <parameter>x</parameter>=xr+j*Pi/2^<parameter>e</parameter> where j is an integer and the absolute value of xr does not exceed Pi/2^(<parameter>e</parameter>+1).  If optional argument <parameter>q</parameter> is TRUE, returns instead the <parameter>e</parameter>+1 lower bits of j.  The reduction is performed as-if using an exact value of Pi. The lowest valid <parameter>e</parameter> is -1 representing reduction modulo 2*Pi; the highest is 7 representing reduction modulo Pi/256.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PI"><function>PI</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ROMAN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ROMAN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ROMAN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>n</parameter> som en romersk numerisk text</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ROMAN</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>typ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: icke-negativt heltal</para>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter>: 0,1,2,3 eller 4, standardvärde 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ROMAN</function> returnerar <parameter>n</parameter> som en romersk numerisk text.</para>
        <para>Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är 0 eller utelämnas returnerar <function>ROMAN</function> klassiska romerska siffror.</para>
        <para>Typ 1 är mer koncis än klassiska typen, typ 2 är mer koncis än typ 1 och typ 3 är mer koncis än typ 2. Typ 4 är en förenklad typ.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ROUND">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ROUND</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ROUND</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>avrundad <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ROUND</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>d</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>d</parameter>: heltal, standardvärde 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>d</parameter> är större än noll, avrundas <parameter>x</parameter> till det givna antalet siffror.</para>
        <para>Om <parameter>d</parameter> är noll, avrundas <parameter>x</parameter> till nästa heltal.</para>
        <para>Om <parameter>d</parameter> är mindre än noll, avrundas <parameter>x</parameter> till vänster om decimalpunkten</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROUNDDOWN"><function>ROUNDDOWN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROUNDUP"><function>ROUNDUP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ROUNDDOWN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ROUNDDOWN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ROUNDDOWN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>x</parameter> avrundat mot 0</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ROUNDDOWN</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>d</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>d</parameter>: heltal, standardvärde 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>d</parameter> är större än noll, avrundas <parameter>x</parameter> mot 0 till det givna antalet siffror.</para>
        <para>Om <parameter>d</parameter> är noll, avrundas <parameter>x</parameter> mot 0 till nästa heltal.</para>
        <para>Om <parameter>d</parameter> är mindre än noll, avrundas <parameter>x</parameter> mot 0 till vänster om decimalpunkten</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROUND"><function>ROUND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROUNDUP"><function>ROUNDUP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ROUNDUP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ROUNDUP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ROUNDUP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>x</parameter> avrundat bort från 0</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ROUNDUP</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>d</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>d</parameter>: heltal, standardvärde 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>d</parameter> är större än noll, avrundas <parameter>x</parameter> bort från 0 till det givna antalet siffror.</para>
        <para>Om <parameter>d</parameter> är noll, avrundas <parameter>x</parameter> bort från 0 till nästa heltal.</para>
        <para>Om <parameter>d</parameter> är mindre än noll, avrundas <parameter>x</parameter> bort från 0 till vänster om decimalpunkten</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROUND"><function>ROUND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ROUNDDOWN"><function>ROUNDDOWN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-INT"><function>INT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SEC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SEC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SEC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Sekant</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SEC</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: vinkel i radianer</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är inte Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para><function>SEC</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>) exporteras till OpenFormula som 1/COS(<parameter>x</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COS"><function>COS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TAN"><function>TAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CSC"><function>CSC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SINH"><function>SINH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COSH"><function>COSH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TANH"><function>TANH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RADIANS"><function>RADIANS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEGREES"><function>DEGREES</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SECH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SECH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SECH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>hyperbolisk sekant för <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SECH</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är inte Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para><function>SECH</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>) exporteras till OpenFormula som 1/COSH(<parameter>x</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COS"><function>COS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TAN"><function>TAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CSC"><function>CSC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SEC"><function>SEC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SINH"><function>SINH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COSH"><function>COSH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TANH"><function>TANH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SERIESSUM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SERIESSUM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SERIESSUM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>summan av potensserien vid <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SERIESSUM</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>m</parameter>;<parameter>koeff</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: siffra för var potensserien ska utvärderas</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: icke-negativt heltal, exponenten för den lägsta termen i serien</para>
        <para><parameter>m</parameter>: ökning på varje exponent</para>
        <para><parameter>koeff</parameter>: koefficienterna för potensserien</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNT"><function>COUNT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUM"><function>SUM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SIGN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SIGN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SIGN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>tecknet för <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SIGN</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>SIGN</function> returnerar 1 om <parameter>x</parameter> är positivt och returnerar -1 om <parameter>x</parameter> är negativt.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ABS"><function>ABS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SIN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SIN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SIN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sinus av <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SIN</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: vinkel i radianer</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COS"><function>COS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TAN"><function>TAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CSC"><function>CSC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SEC"><function>SEC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SINH"><function>SINH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COSH"><function>COSH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TANH"><function>TANH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RADIANS"><function>RADIANS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEGREES"><function>DEGREES</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SINH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SINH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SINH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>hyperbolisk sinus för <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SINH</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COSH"><function>COSH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ASINH"><function>ASINH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SINPI">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SINPI</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SINPI</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sinus av pi*<parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SINPI</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: antalet halva varv</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SQRT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SQRT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SQRT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kvadratrot av <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SQRT</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: icke-negativt tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> är negativ returnerar <function>SQRT</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-POWER"><function>POWER</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SQRTPI">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SQRTPI</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SQRTPI</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kvadratroten av <parameter>x</parameter> gånger 𝜋</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SQRTPI</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: icke-negativt tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PI"><function>PI</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SUM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SUM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SUM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>summa för de givna värdena</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SUM</function>(<parameter>värden</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värden</parameter>: en lista av värden att lägga till</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>SUM</function> beräknar summan av alla värden och celler refererade i argumentlistan.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNT"><function>COUNT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SUMA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SUMA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SUMA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>summan av alla värden och refererade celler</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SUMA</function>(<parameter>område0</parameter>;<parameter>område1</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>område0</parameter>: första cellområdet</para>
        <para><parameter>område1</parameter>: andra cellområdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Tal, text och logiska värden inkluderas även de i beräkningen. Om cellen innehåller text eller om argumentet evalueras till FALSKT, räknas det som noll (0). Om ett argument evalueras till SANT, räknas det som ett (1).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUM"><function>SUM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNT"><function>COUNT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SUMIF">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SUMIF</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SUMIF</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>summan av de celler i <parameter>verkligt_område</parameter> för vilka motsvarande celler i området uppfyller givna <parameter>kriterier</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SUMIF</function>(<parameter>intervall</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier</parameter>;<parameter>verkligt_område</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>intervall</parameter>: cellområde</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier</parameter>: villkor för att en cell ska summeras</para>
        <para><parameter>verkligt_område</parameter>: cellområde, standard är <parameter>intervall</parameter></para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om storlek för <parameter>verkligt_område</parameter> skiljer sig från storleken för <parameter>intervall</parameter>, ändrar <parameter>verkligt_område</parameter> storlek (behåller det övre vänstra hörnet) för att matcha storleken hos <parameter>intervall</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUM"><function>SUM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUMIFS"><function>SUMIFS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNTIF"><function>COUNTIF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SUMIFS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SUMIFS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SUMIFS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>summan av de celler i <parameter>verkligt_område</parameter> för vilka motsvarande celler i området uppfyller givna kriterier</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SUMIFS</function>(<parameter>verkligt_område</parameter>;<parameter>intervall1</parameter>;<parameter>kriterier1</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>verkligt_område</parameter>: cellområde</para>
        <para><parameter>intervall1</parameter>: cellområde</para>
        <para><parameter>kriterier1</parameter>: villkor för att en cell ska inkluderas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUM"><function>SUM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUMIF"><function>SUMIF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SUMPRODUCT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SUMPRODUCT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SUMPRODUCT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>multiplicerar komponenter och lägger ihop resultaten</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SUMPRODUCT</function>(<parameter/>,<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Multiplicerar motsvarande dataposter i de givna vektorerna eller intervallen och returnerar summan av dessa produkter.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om en post inte är numerisk används nollvärdet istället. Om vektorer eller intervallargument inte har samma dimensioner returneras felet #VÄRDE!. Denna funktion ignorerar logik, så att använda <function>SUMPRODUCT</function>(A1:A5&gt;0) kommer inte att fungera. Använd istället <function>SUMPRODUCT</function>(--(A1:A5&gt;0))</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är inte OpenFormula-kompatibel. Använd ODF.<function>SUMPRODUCT</function> istället.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUM"><function>SUM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PRODUCT"><function>PRODUCT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-G_PRODUCT"><function>G_PRODUCT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ODF.SUMPRODUCT"><function>ODF.SUMPRODUCT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SUMSQ">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SUMSQ</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SUMSQ</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>summan av kvadraterna av alla värden och refererade celler</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SUMSQ</function>(<parameter>område0</parameter>;<parameter>område1</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>område0</parameter>: första cellområdet</para>
        <para><parameter>område1</parameter>: andra cellområdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUM"><function>SUM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNT"><function>COUNT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SUMX2MY2">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SUMX2MY2</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SUMX2MY2</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>summan av skillnaderna av tal i kvadrat</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SUMX2MY2</function>(<parameter>vektor0</parameter>;<parameter>vektor1</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor0</parameter>: första cellarean</para>
        <para><parameter>vektor1</parameter>: andra cellarean</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>SUMX2MY2</function>-funktionen returnerar summan av skillnaderna av tal i kvadrat motsvarande värden i två vektorer. Ekvationen av <function>SUMX2MY2</function> är SUM(x^2-y^2).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUMSQ"><function>SUMSQ</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUMX2PY2"><function>SUMX2PY2</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SUMX2PY2">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SUMX2PY2</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SUMX2PY2</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>summan av summan av talen i kvadrat</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SUMX2PY2</function>(<parameter>vektor0</parameter>;<parameter>array1</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor0</parameter>: första cellarean</para>
        <para><parameter>vektor1</parameter>: andra cellarean</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>SUMX2PY2</function>-funktionen returnerar summan av kvadratsumman av motsvarande värden i två vektorer. Ekvationen för <function>SUMX2PY2</function> är SUM(x^2+y^2).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>vektor0</parameter> och <parameter>vektor1</parameter> har olika antal datapunkter returnerar <function>SUMX2PY2</function> #-.</para>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUMSQ"><function>SUMSQ</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUMX2MY2"><function>SUMX2MY2</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SUMXMY2">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SUMXMY2</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SUMXMY2</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>summan av kvadrater av skillnader</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SUMXMY2</function>(<parameter>vektor0</parameter>;<parameter>array1</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor0</parameter>: första cellarean</para>
        <para><parameter>vektor1</parameter>: andra cellarean</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>SUMXMY2</function>-funktionen returnerar summan av kvadratskillnaderna för motsvarande värden i två vektorer. Ekvationen för <function>SUMXMY2</function> är SUM((x-y)^2).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>vektor0</parameter> och <parameter>vektor1</parameter> har olika antal datapunkter returnerar <function>SUMXMY2</function> #-.</para>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUMSQ"><function>SUMSQ</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUMX2MY2"><function>SUMX2MY2</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUMX2PY2"><function>SUMX2PY2</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TAN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TAN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TAN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>tangens av <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TAN</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: vinkel i radianer</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TANH"><function>TANH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COS"><function>COS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COSH"><function>COSH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SINH"><function>SINH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DEGREES"><function>DEGREES</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RADIANS"><function>RADIANS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TANH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TANH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TANH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>hyperbolisk tangens för <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TANH</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TAN"><function>TAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SIN"><function>SIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SINH"><function>SINH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COS"><function>COS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COSH"><function>COSH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TANPI">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TANPI</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TANPI</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>tangens av pi*<parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TANPI</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: antalet halva varv</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TAN"><function>TAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TRUNC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TRUNC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TRUNC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>x</parameter> trunkerad till <parameter>d</parameter> siffror</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TRUNC</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>d</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>d</parameter>: icke-negativt heltal, standardvärde 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>d</parameter> utelämnas eller är negativt används standardvärdet noll. Om det inte är ett heltal trunkeras det till ett heltal.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-INT"><function>INT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_Number_Theory">
    <title>Talteori</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ISPRIME">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ISPRIME</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ISPRIME</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>huruvida <parameter>n</parameter> är ett primtal</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ISPRIME</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: positivt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ISPRIME</function> returnerar SANT om <parameter>n</parameter> är ett primtal och FALSKT annars.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_D"><function>NT_D</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_SIGMA"><function>NT_SIGMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ITHPRIME">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ITHPRIME</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ITHPRIME</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>i</parameter>:e primtalet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ITHPRIME</function>(<parameter>i</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>i</parameter>: positivt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ITHPRIME</function> hittar det <parameter>i</parameter>:e primtalet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_D"><function>NT_D</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_SIGMA"><function>NT_SIGMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NT_D">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NT_D</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NT_D</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal delare</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NT_D</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: positivt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>NT_D</function> beräknar antalet delare till <parameter>n</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ITHPRIME"><function>ITHPRIME</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_PHI"><function>NT_PHI</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_SIGMA"><function>NT_SIGMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NT_MU">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NT_MU</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NT_MU</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Möbius mu-funktion</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NT_MU</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: positivt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Funktionen <function>NT_MU</function> (Möbius µ-funktion) returnerar 0 om <parameter>n</parameter> är delbart med kvadraten av ett primtal. Annars returnerar <function>NT_MU</function> -1 om <parameter>n</parameter> har ett udda antal olika primfaktorer, och returnerar 1 om <parameter>n</parameter> har ett jämnt antal olika primfaktorer. Om <parameter>n</parameter> = 1 returnerar <function>NT_MU</function> 1.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ITHPRIME"><function>ITHPRIME</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_PHI"><function>NT_PHI</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_SIGMA"><function>NT_SIGMA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_D"><function>NT_D</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NT_OMEGA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NT_OMEGA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NT_OMEGA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Antal olika primtalsfaktorer</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NT_OMEGA</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: positivt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Returnerar antalet olika primtalsfaktorer utan antal upprepningar.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_D"><function>NT_D</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ITHPRIME"><function>ITHPRIME</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_SIGMA"><function>NT_SIGMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NT_PHI">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NT_PHI</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NT_PHI</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Eulers fi-funktion</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NT_PHI</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: positivt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Eulers fi-funktion ger antalet heltal mindre än eller lika med <parameter>n</parameter> som är relativt prima (coprime) till <parameter>n</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_D"><function>NT_D</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ITHPRIME"><function>ITHPRIME</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_SIGMA"><function>NT_SIGMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NT_PI">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NT_PI</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NT_PI</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal primtal upp till <parameter>n</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NT_PI</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: positivt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>NT_PI</function> returnerar antalet primtal mindre än eller lika med <parameter>n</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ITHPRIME"><function>ITHPRIME</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_PHI"><function>NT_PHI</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_D"><function>NT_D</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_SIGMA"><function>NT_SIGMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NT_RADICAL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NT_RADICAL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NT_RADICAL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Radikalfunktion</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NT_RADICAL</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: positivt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Funktionen beräknar produkten av dess olika primtalsfaktorer</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_D"><function>NT_D</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ITHPRIME"><function>ITHPRIME</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_SIGMA"><function>NT_SIGMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NT_SIGMA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NT_SIGMA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NT_SIGMA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sigmafunktion</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NT_SIGMA</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: positivt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>NT_SIGMA</function> beräknar summan av delarna till <parameter>n</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_D"><function>NT_D</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ITHPRIME"><function>ITHPRIME</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NT_PHI"><function>NT_PHI</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PFACTOR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PFACTOR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PFACTOR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>minsta primtalsfaktor</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PFACTOR</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: positivt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>PFACTOR</function> hittar den minsta primtalsfaktorn för sitt argument.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Argumentet <parameter>n</parameter> måste vara åtminstone 2. Annars returneras felet #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ITHPRIME"><function>ITHPRIME</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_Random_Numbers">
    <title>Slumptal</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RAND">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RAND</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RAND</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>en slumpmässig siffra mellan 0 och 1</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RAND</function>(<parameter/>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDBETWEEN"><function>RANDBETWEEN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDBERNOULLI">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDBERNOULLI</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDBERNOULLI</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en Bernoullifördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDBERNOULLI</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet att lyckas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar <function>RANDBERNOULLI</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDBETWEEN"><function>RANDBETWEEN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDBETA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDBETA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDBETA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en Betafördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDBETA</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: parameter för Betafördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: parameter för Betafördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDGAMMA"><function>RANDGAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDBETWEEN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDBETWEEN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDBETWEEN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>ett slumpmässigt heltal mellan och inkluderande <parameter>minsta</parameter> och <parameter>högsta</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDBETWEEN</function>(<parameter>minsta</parameter>;<parameter>högsta</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>minsta</parameter>: nedre gräns</para>
        <para><parameter>högsta</parameter>: övre gräns</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>minsta</parameter> &gt; <parameter>högsta</parameter> returnerar <function>RANDBETWEEN</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDUNIFORM"><function>RANDUNIFORM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDBINOM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDBINOM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDBINOM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en binomialfördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDBINOM</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet att lyckas i ett enstaka försök</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: antalet försök</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar <function>RANDBINOM</function> #NUM! Om <parameter>n</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar <function>RANDBINOM</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDBETWEEN"><function>RANDBETWEEN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDCAUCHY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDCAUCHY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDCAUCHY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en Cauchy- eller Lorentz-distribution</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDCAUCHY</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: skalparametern för fördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>a</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar <function>RANDCAUCHY</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDCHISQ">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDCHISQ</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDCHISQ</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en chitvåfördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDCHISQ</function>(<parameter>fri</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>fri</parameter>: frihetsgrader</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDGAMMA"><function>RANDGAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDDISCRETE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDDISCRETE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDDISCRETE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en finit diskret fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis lang="en"><function>RANDDISCRETE</function>(<parameter>val_range</parameter>,<parameter>prob_range</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para lang="en"><parameter>val_range</parameter>: possible values of the random variable</para>
        <para lang="en"><parameter>prob_range</parameter>: probabilities of the corresponding values in <parameter>val_range</parameter>, defaults to equal probabilities</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>RANDDISCRETE</function> returns one of the values in the <parameter>val_range</parameter>. The probabilities for each value are given in the <parameter>prob_range</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para lang="en">If the sum of all values in <parameter>prob_range</parameter> is not one, <function>RANDDISCRETE</function> returns #NUM! If <parameter>val_range</parameter> and <parameter>prob_range</parameter> are not the same size, <function>RANDDISCRETE</function> returns #NUM! If <parameter>val_range</parameter> or <parameter>prob_range</parameter> is not a range, <function>RANDDISCRETE</function> returns #VALUE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDBETWEEN"><function>RANDBETWEEN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDEXP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDEXP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDEXP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en exponentialfördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDEXP</function>(<parameter>b</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: parameter för exponentialfördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDBETWEEN"><function>RANDBETWEEN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDEXPPOW">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDEXPPOW</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDEXPPOW</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från exponentialpotensfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDEXPPOW</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: skalparameter för exponentialpotensfördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: exponent för exponentialpotensfördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>För <parameter>b</parameter> = 1 reduceras exponentialpotensfördelningen till Laplace-fördelningen.</para>
        <para>För <parameter>b</parameter> = 2 reduceras exponentialpotensfördelningen till normalfördelningen med σ = a/sqrt(2)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDFDIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDFDIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDFDIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en F-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDFDIST</function>(<parameter>fri1</parameter>;<parameter>fri2</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>fri1</parameter>: antal frihetsgrader för täljare</para>
        <para><parameter>fri2</parameter>: antal frihetsgrader för nämnare</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDGAMMA"><function>RANDGAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDGAMMA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDGAMMA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDGAMMA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en Gammafördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDGAMMA</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: formparameter för Gammafördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: skalparameter för Gammafördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>a</parameter> ≤ 0, returnerar <function>RANDGAMMA</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDGEOM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDGEOM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDGEOM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en geometrisk fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDGEOM</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet att lyckas i ett enstaka försök</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar <function>RANDGEOM</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDGUMBEL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDGUMBEL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDGUMBEL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en Gumbel-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDGUMBEL</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>;<parameter>typ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: parameter för Gumbel-fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: parameter för Gumbel-fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter>: typ av Gumbel-fördelningen, standard är 1</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är varken 1 eller 2, returnerar <function>RANDGUMBEL</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDHYPERG">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDHYPERG</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDHYPERG</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en hypergeometrisk fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDHYPERG</function>(<parameter>n1</parameter>;<parameter>n2</parameter>;<parameter>t</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n1</parameter>: antal objekt av typ 1</para>
        <para><parameter>n2</parameter>: antal objekt av typ 2</para>
        <para><parameter>t</parameter>: totalt antal valda objekt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDLANDAU">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDLANDAU</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDLANDAU</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från Landau-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDLANDAU</function>(<parameter/>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDLAPLACE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDLAPLACE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDLAPLACE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en Laplace-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDLAPLACE</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: parameter för Laplace-fördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDLEVY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDLEVY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDLEVY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en Lévy-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDLEVY</function>(<parameter>c</parameter>;<parameter>α</parameter>;<parameter>β</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>c</parameter>: parameter för Lévy-fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>α</parameter>: parameter för Lévy-fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>β</parameter>: parameter för Lévy-fördelningen, standard är 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>α</parameter> = 1, <parameter>β</parameter>=0, reduceras Lévy-fördelningen till Cauchy- eller Lorentzian-fördelningen.</para>
        <para>För <parameter>α</parameter> = 2, <parameter>β</parameter>=0, reduceras Lévy-fördelningen till normalfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>α</parameter> ≤ 0 eller <parameter>α</parameter> &gt; 2, returnerar <function>RANDLEVY</function> #NUM! Om <parameter>β</parameter> &lt; -1 eller <parameter>β</parameter> &gt; 1, returnerar <function>RANDLEVY</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDLOG">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDLOG</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDLOG</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en logaritmisk fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDLOG</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar <function>RANDLOG</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDLOGISTIC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDLOGISTIC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDLOGISTIC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en logistisk fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDLOGISTIC</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: parameter för den logistiska fördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDLOGNORM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDLOGNORM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDLOGNORM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en lognormalfördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDLOGNORM</function>(<parameter>ζ</parameter>;<parameter>σ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ζ</parameter>: parameter för lognormalfördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>σ</parameter>: standardavvikelse för fördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>σ</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar <function>RANDLOGNORM</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDNEGBINOM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDNEGBINOM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDNEGBINOM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en negativ binomialfördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDNEGBINOM</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet att lyckas i ett enstaka försök</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: antalet misslyckanden</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar <function>RANDNEGBINOM</function> #NUM! Om <parameter>n</parameter> &lt; 1 returnerar <function>RANDNEGBINOM</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDBETWEEN"><function>RANDBETWEEN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDNORM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDNORM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDNORM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en normalfördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDNORM</function>(<parameter>μ</parameter>;<parameter>σ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>μ</parameter>: fördelningens medelvärde</para>
        <para><parameter>σ</parameter>: standardavvikelse för fördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>σ</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar <function>RANDNORM</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDNORMTAIL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDNORMTAIL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDNORMTAIL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från den övre svansen av en normalfördelning med medel 0</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDNORMTAIL</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>σ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: nedre gränsen för svansen</para>
        <para><parameter>σ</parameter>: standardavvikelsen för normalfördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Metoden är baserad på Marsaglias berömda rectangle-wedge-tail-algoritm (Ann Math Stat 32, 894-899 (1961)), med denna aspekt förklarad i Knuth, v2, 3rd ed, p139, 586 (exercise 11).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDPARETO">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDPARETO</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDPARETO</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en Pareto-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDPARETO</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: parameter för Pareto-fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: parameter för Pareto-fördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDPOISSON">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDPOISSON</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDPOISSON</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en Poisson-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDPOISSON</function>(<parameter>λ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>λ</parameter>: parameter för Poisson-fördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>λ</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar <function>RANDPOISSON</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDBETWEEN"><function>RANDBETWEEN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDRAYLEIGH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDRAYLEIGH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDRAYLEIGH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en Rayleigh-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDRAYLEIGH</function>(<parameter>σ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>σ</parameter>: skalparameter för Rayleigh-fördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDRAYLEIGHTAIL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDRAYLEIGHTAIL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDRAYLEIGHTAIL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från svansen av en Rayleigh-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDRAYLEIGHTAIL</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>σ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: nedre gränsen för svansen</para>
        <para><parameter>σ</parameter>: skalparameter för Rayleigh-fördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDRAYLEIGH"><function>RANDRAYLEIGH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDSNORM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDSNORM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDSNORM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en skev-normal-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDSNORM</function>(<parameter>𝛼</parameter>;<parameter>𝜉</parameter>;<parameter>𝜔</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>𝛼</parameter>: formparameter för skev-normal-fördelningen, standard är 0</para>
        <para><parameter>𝜉</parameter>: platsparameter för skev-normalfördelningen, standard är 0</para>
        <para><parameter>𝜔</parameter>: skalparameter för skev-normal-fördelningen, standard är 1</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Slumpvariablerna dras från skev-normal-fördelningen med formparametern <parameter>𝛼</parameter>. När <parameter>𝛼</parameter>=0 försvinner skevheten och vi återfår standardnormaltätheten; då 𝛼 ökar (i absolutbeloppet), ökar skevheten för fördelningen; när <parameter>𝛼</parameter> närmar sig oändlighet konvergerar tätheten mot den så kallade halv-normala (eller hopfällt normala) täthetsfunktionen; om tecknet för <parameter>𝛼</parameter> ändras, reflekteras tätheten på motsatta sidan av den vertikala axeln.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Medel för en skev-normalfördelning med platsparametern <parameter>𝜉</parameter>=0 är inte 0. Standardavvikelsen för en skev-normal-fördelning med skalparametern <parameter>𝜔</parameter>=1 är inte 1. Skevhet för en skev-normal-fördelning är oftast inte <parameter>𝛼</parameter>. Om <parameter>𝜔</parameter> &lt; 0, returnerar <function>RANDSNORM</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDNORM"><function>RANDNORM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDSTDIST"><function>RANDSTDIST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDSTDIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDSTDIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDSTDIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en skev-t-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDSTDIST</function>(<parameter>fri</parameter>;<parameter>𝛼</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>fri</parameter>: frihetsgrader</para>
        <para><parameter>𝛼</parameter>: formparameter för skev-t-fördelningen, standard är 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Medel för en skev-t-fördelning är inte 0. Standardavvikelsen för en skev-t-fördelning är inte 1. Skevhet för en skev-t-fördelning är oftast inte <parameter>𝛼</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDTDIST"><function>RANDTDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDSNORM"><function>RANDSNORM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDTDIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDTDIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDTDIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en Students t-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDTDIST</function>(<parameter>fri</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>fri</parameter>: frihetsgrader</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDUNIFORM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDUNIFORM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDUNIFORM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från likformiga fördelningen från <parameter>a</parameter> till <parameter>b</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDUNIFORM</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: nedre gränsen av likformiga fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: övre gränsen för likformiga fördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>a</parameter> &gt; <parameter>b</parameter> returnerar <function>RANDUNIFORM</function> #NUM!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDBETWEEN"><function>RANDBETWEEN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANDWEIBULL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANDWEIBULL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANDWEIBULL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>slumpvariabel från en Weibull-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANDWEIBULL</function>(<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: skalparameter för Weibull-fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: formparametern för Weibull-fördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RAND"><function>RAND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SIMTABLE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SIMTABLE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SIMTABLE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>en av värdena i den givna argumentlistan beroende på avrundningssiffran för simuleringsverktyget</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SIMTABLE</function>(<parameter>d1</parameter>;<parameter>d2</parameter>,<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>d1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>d2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>SIMTABLE</function> returnerar ett av värdena i argumentlistan beroende på den nuvarande rundan i simulationsverktyget. Om simulationsverktyget inte är aktiverat returnerar <function>SIMTABLE</function> <parameter>d1</parameter>.</para>
        <para>Med simulationsverktyget och <function>SIMTABLE</function>-funktionen kan du testa givna beslutsvariabler. Varje <function>SIMTABLE</function>-funktion innehåller de möjliga värdena för en simulationsvariabel. I de flesta korrekta simulationsmodeller bör du ha samma antal värden <parameter>dN</parameter> för alla beslutsvariabler. Om simulationen körs i fler rundor än det finns definierade variabler returnerar <function>SIMTABLE</function> felet #- (t.ex. om A1 innehåller ”=<function>SIMTABLE</function>(1)” och A2 innehåller ”=<function>SIMTABLE</function>(1,2)” så ger A1 felet #- på andra rundan).</para>
        <para>Ett iterativt användande av simulationsverktyget kräver också att du ger det åtminstone en indatavariabel med RAND() eller annan RAND&lt;fördelning&gt;()-funktion. För varje runda itererar simulationsverktyget ett givet antal gånger över alla indatavariabler för att evaluera dem. Under varje iteration sparas värdena på utdatavariablerna, och när rundan är klar skapas deskriptiv statistisk information beroende på dessa värden.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_Statistics">
    <title>Statistik</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ADTEST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ADTEST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ADTEST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Anderson-Darling-testet för normalitet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ADTEST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: vektor av stickprovsvärden</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar en vektor där första raden ger ett p-värde för Anderson-Darling-testet, den andra raden teststatistiken för testet, och den tredje raden antalet observationer i samplingen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om det finns mindre är 8 stickprovsvärden returnerar <function>ADTEST</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CHITEST"><function>CHITEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CVMTEST"><function>CVMTEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LKSTEST"><function>LKSTEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SFTEST"><function>SFTEST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-AVEDEV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>AVEDEV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>AVEDEV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>medel för den absoluta avvikelsen för en datamängd</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>AVEDEV</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-STDEV"><function>STDEV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>AVERAGE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>AVERAGE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>medel för alla talvärden och celler</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>AVERAGE</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUM"><function>SUM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNT"><function>COUNT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-AVERAGEA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>AVERAGEA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>AVERAGEA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>medel för alla värden och celler</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>AVERAGEA</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Tal, text och logiska värden inkluderas även de i beräkningen. Om cellen innehåller text eller om argumentet evalueras till FALSKT, räknas de som noll (0). Om ett argument evalueras till SANT, räknas det som ett (1). Observera att tomma celler inte räknas.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BERNOULLI">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BERNOULLI</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BERNOULLI</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetsfunktionen för en Bernoulli-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BERNOULLI</function>(<parameter>k</parameter>;<parameter>p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>k</parameter>: heltal</para>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet att lyckas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>k</parameter> != 0 och <parameter>k</parameter> != 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDBERNOULLI"><function>RANDBERNOULLI</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BETA.DIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BETA.DIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BETA.DIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för betafördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BETA.DIST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>alfa</parameter>;<parameter>beta</parameter>;<parameter>kumulativ</parameter>;<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>alfa</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>beta</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>kumulativ</parameter>: huruvida täthetsfunktionen ska utvärderas eller den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen</para>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: frivillig lägre gräns, standardvärde 0</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: frivillig övre gräns, standardvärde är 1</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> &lt; <parameter>a</parameter> eller <parameter>x</parameter> &gt; <parameter>b</parameter> returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>alfa</parameter> &lt;= 0 eller <parameter>beta</parameter> &lt;= 0, returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>a</parameter> &gt;= <parameter>b</parameter> returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BETAINV"><function>BETAINV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BETADIST"><function>BETADIST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BETADIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BETADIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BETADIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för betafördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BETADIST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>alfa</parameter>;<parameter>beta</parameter>;<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>alfa</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>beta</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: frivillig lägre gräns, standardvärde 0</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: frivillig övre gräns, standardvärde är 1</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> &lt; <parameter>a</parameter> eller <parameter>x</parameter> &gt; <parameter>b</parameter> returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>alfa</parameter> &lt;= 0 eller <parameter>beta</parameter> &lt;= 0, returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>a</parameter> &gt;= <parameter>b</parameter> returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BETAINV"><function>BETAINV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BETA.DIST"><function>BETA.DIST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BETAINV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BETAINV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BETAINV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>inversen för kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för betafördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BETAINV</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>alfa</parameter>;<parameter>beta</parameter>;<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet</para>
        <para><parameter>alfa</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>beta</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: frivillig lägre gräns, standardvärde 0</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: frivillig övre gräns, standardvärde är 1</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>alfa</parameter> &lt;= 0 eller <parameter>beta</parameter> &lt;= 0, returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>a</parameter> &gt;= <parameter>b</parameter> returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BETADIST"><function>BETADIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-BETA.DIST"><function>BETA.DIST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BINOM.DIST.RANGE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BINOM.DIST.RANGE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BINOM.DIST.RANGE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikheten för binomialfördelningen över ett intervall</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BINOM.DIST.RANGE</function>(<parameter>försök</parameter>;<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>start</parameter>;<parameter>slut</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>försök</parameter>: antal försök</para>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikheten för att lyckas vid varje försök</para>
        <para><parameter>start</parameter>: början på intervallet</para>
        <para><parameter>slut</parameter>: slutet på intervallet, standardvärde är <parameter>start</parameter></para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>start</parameter>, <parameter>slut</parameter> eller <parameter>försök</parameter> är icke-heltal trunkeras de. Om <parameter>försök</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>start</parameter> &gt; <parameter>slut</parameter> returnerar denna funktion 0.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BINOMDIST"><function>BINOMDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PBINOM"><function>R.PBINOM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-BINOMDIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>BINOMDIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>BINOMDIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetsfunktionen eller kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för binomialfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>BINOMDIST</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>försök</parameter>;<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>kumulativ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: antal lyckade</para>
        <para><parameter>försök</parameter>: antal försök</para>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikheten för att lyckas vid varje försök</para>
        <para><parameter>kumulativ</parameter>: huruvida sannolikhetsfunktionen ska utvärderas eller den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>n</parameter> eller <parameter>försök</parameter> är icke-heltal trunkeras de. Om <parameter>n</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>försök</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>n</parameter> &gt; <parameter>försök</parameter> returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-POISSON"><function>POISSON</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CAUCHY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CAUCHY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CAUCHY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen eller kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Cauchy, Lorentz eller Breit-Wigner-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CAUCHY</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>kumulativ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>kumulativ</parameter>: huruvida täthetsfunktionen ska utvärderas eller den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>a</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>kumulativ</parameter> är varken SANT eller FALSKT returnerar denna funktion ett #VÄRDE!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDCAUCHY"><function>RANDCAUCHY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CHIDIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CHIDIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CHIDIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>överlevnadsfunktionen för chitvåfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CHIDIST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>fri</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>fri</parameter>: antalet frihetsgrader</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna överlevnadsfunktion är 1 minus den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>fri</parameter> är ett icke-heltal trunkeras det. Om <parameter>fri</parameter> &lt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>CHIDIST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>dof</parameter>) is the OpenFormula function LEGACY.<function>CHIDIST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>dof</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CHIINV"><function>CHIINV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CHITEST"><function>CHITEST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CHIINV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CHIINV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CHIINV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>inversen på överlevnadsfunktionen för chitvåfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CHIINV</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>fri</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet</para>
        <para><parameter>fri</parameter>: antalet frihetsgrader</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna överlevnadsfunktion är 1 minus den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 eller <parameter>fri</parameter> &lt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>CHIINV</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>,<parameter>dof</parameter>) is the OpenFormula function LEGACY.CHIDIST(<parameter>p</parameter>,<parameter>dof</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CHIDIST"><function>CHIDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CHITEST"><function>CHITEST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CHITEST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CHITEST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CHITEST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>p-värde för Goodness of Fit-test</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CHITEST</function>(<parameter>verkligt_område</parameter>;<parameter>teoretiskt_område</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>aktuellt_område</parameter>: observerade data</para>
        <para><parameter>teoretiskt_område</parameter>: förväntade värden</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om det aktuella området inte är ett n×1- eller 1×n-intervall, utan ett n×m-intervall, så använder <function>CHITEST</function> (n-1) gånger (m-1) som antalet frihetsgrader. Detta är användbart om de förväntade värdena beräknades från det observerade värdet i ett oberoendetest eller ett homogenitetstest.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para><function>CHITEST</function> är OpenFormula-funktionen LEGACY.<function>CHITEST</function>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CHIDIST"><function>CHIDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CHIINV"><function>CHIINV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CONFIDENCE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CONFIDENCE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CONFIDENCE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>felmarginal för ett konfidensintervall för populationsmedlet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CONFIDENCE</function>(<parameter>alfa</parameter>;<parameter>stdavv</parameter>;<parameter>storlek</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>alfa</parameter>: signifikansnivå</para>
        <para><parameter>stdavv</parameter>: standardavvikelsen för populationen</para>
        <para><parameter>storlek</parameter>: stickprovsstorlek</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Denna funktion kräver den vanligtvis okända standardavvikelsen för populationen. Om <parameter>storlek</parameter> är ett icke-heltal trunkeras det. Om <parameter>storlek</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>storlek</parameter> är 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #DIV/0!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CONFIDENCE.T"><function>CONFIDENCE.T</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CONFIDENCE.T">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CONFIDENCE.T</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CONFIDENCE.T</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>felmarginal för ett konfidensintervall för populationsmedlet med Students t-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CONFIDENCE.T</function>(<parameter>alfa</parameter>;<parameter>stdavv</parameter>;<parameter>storlek</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>alfa</parameter>: signifikansnivå</para>
        <para><parameter>stdavv</parameter>: standardavvikelse för stickprov</para>
        <para><parameter>storlek</parameter>: stickprovsstorlek</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>stdavv</parameter> &lt; 0 eller = 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>storlek</parameter> är ett icke-heltal trunkeras det. Om <parameter>storlek</parameter> &lt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>storlek</parameter> är 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #DIV/0!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CONFIDENCE"><function>CONFIDENCE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CORREL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CORREL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CORREL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Pearsons korrelationskoefficient för två datamängder</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CORREL</function>(<parameter>vektor1</parameter>;<parameter>vektor2</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor1</parameter>: första datamängd</para>
        <para><parameter>vektor2</parameter>: andra datamängd</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COVAR"><function>COVAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FISHER"><function>FISHER</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FISHERINV"><function>FISHERINV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COUNT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COUNT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COUNT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>totala antalet hel- eller flyttalsargument som skickats in</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COUNT</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COUNTA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COUNTA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COUNTA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal argument som skickats in, ej inkluderat tomma celler</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COUNTA</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNT"><function>COUNT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DCOUNT"><function>DCOUNT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DCOUNTA"><function>DCOUNTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PRODUCT"><function>PRODUCT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUM"><function>SUM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COVAR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COVAR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COVAR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kovarians för två datamängder</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COVAR</function>(<parameter>vektor1</parameter>;<parameter>vektor2</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor1</parameter>: första datamängd</para>
        <para><parameter>vektor2</parameter>: andra datamängd</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CORREL"><function>CORREL</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FISHER"><function>FISHER</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FISHERINV"><function>FISHERINV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-COVARIANCE.S">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>COVARIANCE.S</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>COVARIANCE.S</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>stickprovskovarians för två datamängder</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>COVARIANCE.S</function>(<parameter>vektor1</parameter>;<parameter>vektor2</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor1</parameter>: första datamängd</para>
        <para><parameter>vektor2</parameter>: andra datamängd</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COVAR"><function>COVAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CORREL"><function>CORREL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CRITBINOM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CRITBINOM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CRITBINOM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>högersvansat kritiskt värde för binomialfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CRITBINOM</function>(<parameter>försök</parameter>;<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>alfa</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>försök</parameter>: antal försök</para>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikheten för att lyckas vid varje försök</para>
        <para><parameter>alfa</parameter>: signifikansnivå (område för svansen)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>försök</parameter> är icke-heltal trunkeras det. Om <parameter>försök</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.Om <parameter>alfa</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>alfa</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BINOMDIST"><function>BINOMDIST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CRONBACH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CRONBACH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CRONBACH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Cronbachs alfa</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CRONBACH</function>(<parameter>ref1</parameter>;<parameter>ref2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ref1</parameter>: första datamängd</para>
        <para><parameter>ref2</parameter>: andra datamängd</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-VAR"><function>VAR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CVMTEST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CVMTEST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CVMTEST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Cramér-von Mises-testet för normalitet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CVMTEST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: vektor av stickprovsvärden</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar en vektor där första raden ger ett p-värde för Cramér-von Mises-testet, den andra raden teststatistiken för testet, och den tredje raden antalet observationer i samplingen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om det finns mindre är 8 stickprovsvärden returnerar <function>CVMTEST</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CHITEST"><function>CHITEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ADTEST"><function>ADTEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LKSTEST"><function>LKSTEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SFTEST"><function>SFTEST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DEVSQ">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DEVSQ</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DEVSQ</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kvadratsumma för avvikelser för en datamängd</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DEVSQ</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-STDEV"><function>STDEV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-EXPONDIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>EXPONDIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>EXPONDIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen eller kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för exponentialfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>EXPONDIST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>y</parameter>;<parameter>kumulativ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>y</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>kumulativ</parameter>: huruvida täthetsfunktionen ska utvärderas eller den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>kumulativ</parameter> är falskt returneras: <parameter>y</parameter> * exp (-<parameter>y</parameter>*<parameter>x</parameter>), annars returneras 1 - exp (-<parameter>y</parameter>*<parameter>x</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>y</parameter> &lt;= 0 kommer detta att returnera ett fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-POISSON"><function>POISSON</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-EXPPOWDIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>EXPPOWDIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>EXPPOWDIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för exponentialpotensfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>EXPPOWDIST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna fördelning har rekommenderats för livstidsanalys när en U-formad hasardfunktion önskas. Detta motsvarar ökat misslyckande när väl produkten börjar att bli utsliten efter en period av stabil, eller till och med ökad pålitlighet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDEXPPOW"><function>RANDEXPPOW</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FDIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FDIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FDIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>överlevnadsfunktionen för F-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FDIST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>fri_för_täl</parameter>;<parameter>fri_för_näm</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>fri_för_täl</parameter>: antal frihetsgrader för täljare</para>
        <para><parameter>fri_för_näm</parameter>: antal frihetsgrader för nämnare</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna överlevnadsfunktion är 1 minus den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>fri_för_täl</parameter> &lt; 1 eller <parameter>fri_för_näm</parameter> &lt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para><function>FDIST</function> är OpenFormula-funktionen LEGACY.<function>FDIST</function>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FINV"><function>FINV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FINV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FINV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FINV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>inversen för överlevnadsfunktionen för F-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FINV</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>fri_för_täl</parameter>;<parameter>fri_för_näm</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet</para>
        <para><parameter>fri_för_täl</parameter>: antal frihetsgrader för täljare</para>
        <para><parameter>fri_för_näm</parameter>: antal frihetsgrader för nämnare</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna överlevnadsfunktion är 1 minus den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>fri_för_täl</parameter> &lt; 1 eller <parameter>fri_för_näm</parameter> &lt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para><function>FINV</function> är OpenFormula-funktionen LEGACY.<function>FINV</function>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FDIST"><function>FDIST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FISHER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FISHER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FISHER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Fisher-transformation</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FISHER</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> inte är ett tal returnerar denna funktion ett #VÄRDE!-fel. Om <parameter>x</parameter> &lt;= -1 eller <parameter>x</parameter> &gt;= 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FISHERINV"><function>FISHERINV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ATANH"><function>ATANH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FISHERINV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FISHERINV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FISHERINV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>inversen för Fisher-transformationen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FISHERINV</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> är ett icketal returnerar denna funktion ett #VÄRDE!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FISHER"><function>FISHER</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TANH"><function>TANH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FORECAST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FORECAST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FORECAST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>estimerar ett framtida värde efter existerande värden med användning av enkel linjär regression</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FORECAST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>kända_y</parameter>;<parameter>kända_x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: x-värde vars matchande y-värde ska förutsägas</para>
        <para><parameter>kända_y</parameter>: kända y-värden</para>
        <para><parameter>kända_x</parameter>: kända x-värden</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar ett framtida värde efter befintliga värden med användning av enkel linjär regression.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>kända_x</parameter> eller <parameter>kända_y</parameter> inte innehåller dataposter eller annorlunda antal dataposter returnerar denna funktion felet #-. Om variansen för <parameter>kända_x</parameter> är 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #DIV/0-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-INTERCEPT"><function>INTERCEPT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TREND"><function>TREND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FREQUENCY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FREQUENCY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FREQUENCY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>frekvenstabell</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FREQUENCY</function>(<parameter>datavektor</parameter>;<parameter>intervallvektor</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>datavektor</parameter>: datavärden</para>
        <para><parameter>intervallvektor</parameter>: en vektor med avgränsningsvärden</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Resultaten ges som en vektor.</para>
        <para>Om <parameter>intervallvektor</parameter> är tom returnerar denna funktion antalet datapunkter i <parameter>datavektor</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FTEST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FTEST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FTEST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>p-värdet för tvåsvansade hypotestestet jämförande variansen för två populationer</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FTEST</function>(<parameter>vektor1</parameter>;<parameter>vektor2</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor1</parameter>: sampling från den första populationen</para>
        <para><parameter>vektor2</parameter>: sampling från den andra populationen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FDIST"><function>FDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FINV"><function>FINV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GAMMADIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GAMMADIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GAMMADIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen eller kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för gammafördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GAMMADIST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>alfa</parameter>;<parameter>beta</parameter>;<parameter>kumulativ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>alfa</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>beta</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>kumulativ</parameter>: huruvida täthetsfunktionen ska utvärderas eller den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>alfa</parameter> &lt;= 0 eller <parameter>beta</parameter> &lt;= 0, returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-GAMMAINV"><function>GAMMAINV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GAMMAINV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GAMMAINV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GAMMAINV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>inversen av den kumulativa gammafördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GAMMAINV</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>alfa</parameter>;<parameter>beta</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet</para>
        <para><parameter>alfa</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>beta</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>alfa</parameter> &lt;= 0 eller <parameter>beta</parameter> &lt;= 0, returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-GAMMADIST"><function>GAMMADIST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GEOMDIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GEOMDIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GEOMDIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetsfunktionen eller kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för den geometriska fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GEOMDIST</function>(<parameter>k</parameter>;<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>kumulativ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>k</parameter>: antal försök</para>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikheten för ett lyckat försök</para>
        <para><parameter>kumulativ</parameter>: huruvida sannolikhetsfunktionen ska utvärderas eller den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>k</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>kumulativ</parameter> är varken SANT eller FALSKT returnerar denna funktion ett #VÄRDE!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDGEOM"><function>RANDGEOM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GEOMEAN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GEOMEAN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GEOMEAN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>geometriskt medel</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GEOMEAN</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Geometriska medlet är lika med N:e roten för N-värdenas produkter.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-HARMEAN"><function>HARMEAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MEDIAN"><function>MEDIAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MODE"><function>MODE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TRIMMEAN"><function>TRIMMEAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-GROWTH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>GROWTH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>GROWTH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>exponentiell förutsägelse av ökning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>GROWTH</function>(<parameter>kända_y</parameter>;<parameter>kända_x</parameter>;<parameter>nya_x</parameter>;<parameter>affin</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kända_y</parameter>: kända y-värden</para>
        <para><parameter>kända_x</parameter>: kända x-värden; standardvärdet är vektorn {1, 2, 3, …}</para>
        <para><parameter>nya_x</parameter>: x-värden för vilka y-estimat ska ske; standardvärdet är <parameter>kända_x</parameter></para>
        <para><parameter>affin</parameter>: om sant innehåller modellen en konstant term, standardvärdet är sant</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>GROWTH</function>-funktionen tillämpas på ”minsta kvadrat”-metoden för att passa in en exponentialkurva till dina data och förutse den exponentiella ökningen använd av denna kurva.</para>
        <para><function>GROWTH</function> returnerar en vektor bestående av en kolumn och rad för varje datapunkt i <parameter>nya_x</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>kända_y</parameter> och <parameter>kända_x</parameter> har ett ojämnt antal datapunkter returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOGEST"><function>LOGEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-GROWTH"><function>GROWTH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TREND"><function>TREND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HARMEAN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HARMEAN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HARMEAN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>harmoniskt medel</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>HARMEAN</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Harmoniskt medel för N datapunkter är N delat med summan av inversen för datapunkterna).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-GEOMEAN"><function>GEOMEAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MEDIAN"><function>MEDIAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MODE"><function>MODE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TRIMMEAN"><function>TRIMMEAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HYPGEOMDIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HYPGEOMDIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HYPGEOMDIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetsfunktionen eller kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för hypergeometriska fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>HYPGEOMDIST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>M</parameter>;<parameter>N</parameter>;<parameter>kumulativ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: antal lyckade</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: stickprovsstorlek</para>
        <para><parameter>M</parameter>: antal lyckade försök i populationen</para>
        <para><parameter>N</parameter>: populationsstorlek</para>
        <para><parameter>kumulativ</parameter>: huruvida sannolikhetsfunktionen ska utvärderas eller den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>n</parameter>,<parameter>M</parameter> eller <parameter>N</parameter> är icke-heltal trunkeras de. Om <parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>n</parameter>,<parameter>M</parameter> eller <parameter>N</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>x</parameter> &gt; <parameter>M</parameter> eller <parameter>n</parameter> &gt; <parameter>N</parameter> returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BINOMDIST"><function>BINOMDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-POISSON"><function>POISSON</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-INTERCEPT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>INTERCEPT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>INTERCEPT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>skärningspunktsvärde för en linjär regressionslinje</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>INTERCEPT</function>(<parameter>kända_y</parameter>;<parameter>kända_x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kända_y</parameter>: kända y-värden</para>
        <para><parameter>kända_x</parameter>: kända x-värden</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>kända_x</parameter> eller <parameter>kända_y</parameter> inte innehåller dataposter eller annorlunda antal dataposter returnerar denna funktion felet #-. Om variansen för <parameter>kända_x</parameter> är 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #DIV/0-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FORECAST"><function>FORECAST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TREND"><function>TREND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-KURT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>KURT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>KURT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>väntevärdesriktigt estimat för kurtosis för en datamängd</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>KURT</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Detta är endast meningsfullt om den underliggande fördelningen verkligen har ett fjärde moment. Kurtosis är förskjutet med tre så att en normalfördelning kommer att ha 0 kurtosis. Om mindre än fyra tal anges, eller om alla är samma returnerar denna funktion ett #DIV/0!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-VAR"><function>VAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SKEW"><function>SKEW</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-KURTP"><function>KURTP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-KURTP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>KURTP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>KURTP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>populationskurtosis för en datamängd</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>KURTP</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om mindre än två tal anges, eller om alla av dem är lika returnerar denna funktion ett #DIV/0!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-VARP"><function>VARP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SKEWP"><function>SKEWP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-KURT"><function>KURT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LANDAU">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LANDAU</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LANDAU</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>approximativa täthetsfunktionen för Landau-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LANDAU</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDLANDAU"><function>RANDLANDAU</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LAPLACE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LAPLACE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LAPLACE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för Laplace-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LAPLACE</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>a</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: medel</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDLAPLACE"><function>RANDLAPLACE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LARGE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LARGE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LARGE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>k</parameter>:e största värdet i en datamängd</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LARGE</function>(<parameter>data</parameter>;<parameter>k</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>data</parameter>: datamängd</para>
        <para><parameter>k</parameter>: vilket värde att finna</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om datamängd är tom returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>k</parameter> &lt;= 0 eller <parameter>k</parameter> är större än antalet dataposter givna returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PERCENTILE"><function>PERCENTILE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PERCENTRANK"><function>PERCENTRANK</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-QUARTILE"><function>QUARTILE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SMALL"><function>SMALL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LEVERAGE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LEVERAGE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LEVERAGE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>beräkna regressionsbetydelse</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LEVERAGE</function>(<parameter>A</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>A</parameter>: en matris</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Returnerar diagonalen för <parameter>A</parameter> (<parameter>A</parameter>^T <parameter>A</parameter>)^-1 <parameter>A</parameter>^T som en kolumnvektor.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om matrisen är singulär returneras #VÄRDE!.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LINEST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LINEST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LINEST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>multipla linjärregressionskoefficienter och statistik</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LINEST</function>(<parameter>kända_y</parameter>;<parameter>kända_x</parameter>;<parameter>affin</parameter>;<parameter>statistik</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kända_y</parameter>: vektor av värden för beroende variabler</para>
        <para><parameter>kända_x</parameter>: vektor av värden för oberoende variabler, standardvärdet är en vektor {1,…,n}</para>
        <para><parameter>affin</parameter>: om sant innehåller modellen en konstant term, standardvärdet är sant</para>
        <para><parameter>statistik</parameter>: om sant ges ytterligare statistik, standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar en vektor med den första raden givande regressionskoefficienterna för de oberoende variablerna x_m, x_(m-1),…,x_2, x_1 följt av y-intercept om <parameter>affin</parameter> är sant.</para>
        <para>Om <parameter>statistik</parameter> är sant innehåller den andra raden de motsvarande standardfelen för regressionskoefficienterna. I detta fall innehåller tredje raden R^2-värdet och standardfelet för det förutsedda värdet. Fjärde raden innehåller det observerade F-värdet och dess frihetsgrader. Slutligen innehåller den femte raden regressionskvadratsumman och residualkvadratsumman.</para>
        <para>Om <parameter>affin</parameter> är falskt är R^2 den ocentrerade versionen av determinationskoefficienten; det vill säga proportionen på kvadratsumman förklarad av modellen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om längden för <parameter>kända_y</parameter> inte matchar motsvarande längd för <parameter>kända_x</parameter> returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOGEST"><function>LOGEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TREND"><function>TREND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LKSTEST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LKSTEST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LKSTEST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Lilliefors-testet för normalitet (Kolmogorov-Smirnov)</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LKSTEST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: vektor av stickprovsvärden</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar en vektor där första raden ger ett p-värde för Lilliefors-testet (Kolmogorov-Smirnov), den andra raden teststatistiken för testet, och den tredje raden antalet observationer i samplingen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om det finns mindre är 5 stickprovsvärden returnerar <function>LKSTEST</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CHITEST"><function>CHITEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ADTEST"><function>ADTEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SFTEST"><function>SFTEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CVMTEST"><function>CVMTEST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LOGEST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LOGEST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LOGEST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>exponentiell minsta kvadratanpassning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LOGEST</function>(<parameter>kända_y</parameter>;<parameter>kända_x</parameter>;<parameter>affin</parameter>;<parameter>stat</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kända_y</parameter>: kända y-värden</para>
        <para><parameter>kända_x</parameter>: kända x-värden; standardvärden är en vektor {1, 2, 3, …}</para>
        <para><parameter>affin</parameter>: om sant innehåller modellen en konstant term, standardvärdet är sant</para>
        <para><parameter>stat</parameter>: om sant returneras extra statistikinformation; standardvärdet är FALSKT</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>LOGEST</function> function applies the “least squares” method to fit an exponential curve of the form	y = b * m{1}^x{1} * m{2}^x{2}... to your data.</para>
        <para><function>LOGEST</function> returnerar en vektor { m{n},m{n-1}, ...,m{1},b }.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Extra statistikinformation skrivs nedanför regressionslinjens koefficienter i resultatvektorn. Informationen består av fyra rader data. I den första raden representeras felvärden för koefficienterna m1, (m2, ...), b. I den andra raden visas kvadraten för R och standardfelet för y-estimatet. Den tredje raden består av det F-observerade värdet och frihetsgraderna. Den sista raden innehåller regressionssumman av kvadrater och residualsumman av kvadraterna. Om <parameter>kända_y</parameter> och <parameter>kända_x</parameter> har ett ojämnt antal datapunkter returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-GROWTH"><function>GROWTH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TREND"><function>TREND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LOGFIT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LOGFIT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LOGFIT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>logaritmisk minsta kvadratpassning (genom återupprepade försök)</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LOGFIT</function>(<parameter>kända_y</parameter>;<parameter>kända_x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kända_y</parameter>: kända y-värden</para>
        <para><parameter>kända_x</parameter>: kända x-värden</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>LOGFIT</function> function applies the “least squares” method to fit the logarithmic equation y = a + b * ln(sign * (x - c)) ,   sign = +1 or -1 to your data. The graph of the equation is a logarithmic curve moved horizontally by c and possibly mirrored across the y-axis (if sign = -1).</para>
        <para><function>LOGFIT</function> returnerar en vektor med fem kolumner och en rad. ”Tecken” ges i den första kolumnen, ”a”, ”b” och ”c” ges i kolumnerna 2 till 4. Kolumn 5 innehåller summan av kvadraterna för residualerna.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Ett fel returneras när det finns mindre än tre olika x eller y, eller när punktens punktmoln är för annorlunda från en ”logaritmisk” sådan. Du kan använda formeln ovan = a + b * ln(tecken * (x - c)) eller arrangera om den till = (exp((y - a) / b)) / tecken + c för att beräkna okända y respektive x. Detta är en icke linjär anpassning genom återupprepade försök. Noggrannheten för ”c” är bredden på x-intervallet -&gt; avrundad till nästa mindre tiopotens gånger 0,000001. Det kan finnas fall där anpassningen inte är den bästa möjliga.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOGREG"><function>LOGREG</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LINEST"><function>LINEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOGEST"><function>LOGEST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LOGINV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LOGINV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LOGINV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>inversen på kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för lognormal-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LOGINV</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>medel</parameter>;<parameter>stdavv</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet</para>
        <para><parameter>medel</parameter>: medel</para>
        <para><parameter>stdavv</parameter>: standardavvikelse</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 eller <parameter>stdavv</parameter> &lt;= 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EXP"><function>EXP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LN"><function>LN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOG"><function>LOG</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOG10"><function>LOG10</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOGNORMDIST"><function>LOGNORMDIST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LOGISTIC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LOGISTIC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LOGISTIC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för logistiska fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LOGISTIC</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>a</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDLOGISTIC"><function>RANDLOGISTIC</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LOGNORMDIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LOGNORMDIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LOGNORMDIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för log-normal-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LOGNORMDIST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>medel</parameter>;<parameter>stdavv</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>medel</parameter>: medel</para>
        <para><parameter>stdavv</parameter>: standardavvikelse</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>stdavv</parameter> = 0 returnerar <function>LOGNORMDIST</function> ett #DIV/0!-fel. Om <parameter>x</parameter> &lt;= 0, <parameter>medel</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>stdavv</parameter> &lt;= 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NORMDIST"><function>NORMDIST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LOGREG">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LOGREG</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LOGREG</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>den logaritmiska regressionen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LOGREG</function>(<parameter>kända_y</parameter>;<parameter>kända_x</parameter>;<parameter>affin</parameter>;<parameter>stat</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kända_y</parameter>: kända y-värden</para>
        <para><parameter>kända_x</parameter>: kända x-värden; standardvärdet är vektorn {1, 2, 3, …}</para>
        <para><parameter>affin</parameter>: om sant innehåller modellen en konstant term, standardvärdet är sant</para>
        <para><parameter>stat</parameter>: om sant returneras extra statistikinformation; standardvärdet är FALSKT</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para lang="en"><function>LOGREG</function> function transforms your x's to z=ln(x) and applies the “least squares” method to fit the linear equation y = m * z + b to your y's and z's --- equivalent to fitting the equation y = m * ln(x) + b to y's and x's. <function>LOGREG</function> returns an array having two columns and one row. m is given in the first column and b in the second.</para>
        <para>Extra statistisk information skrivs nedanför m och b i resultatvektorn. Denna extra statistikinformation består av fyra rader av data: I den första raden ges standardfelvärden för koefficienterna m och b. Den andra raden innehåller kvadraten för R och standardfel för y-estimatet. Den tredje raden består av det F-observerade värdet och frihetsgraderna. Den sista raden innehåller regressionssumman för kvadrater och residualsumman för kvadrater. Standardvärdet för <parameter>stat</parameter> är FALSKT.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>kända_y</parameter> och <parameter>kända_x</parameter> har ett ojämnt antal datapunkter returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOGFIT"><function>LOGFIT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LINEST"><function>LINEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOGEST"><function>LOGEST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MAX">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MAX</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MAX</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>största värde, negativa tal anses mindre än positiva tal</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MAX</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MIN"><function>MIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ABS"><function>ABS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MAXA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MAXA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MAXA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>största värde, negativa tal anses mindre än positiva tal</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MAXA</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Tal, text och logiska värden inkluderas även de i beräkningen. Om cellen innehåller text eller om argumentet evalueras till FALSKT, räknas de som noll (0). Om ett argument evalueras till SANT, räknas det som ett (1). Observera att tomma celler inte räknas.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MAX"><function>MAX</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MINA"><function>MINA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MEDIAN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MEDIAN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MEDIAN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>median för en datamängd</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MEDIAN</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om ett jämnt antal tal anges till <function>MEDIAN</function> returneras medelvärdet för de två talen i centrum.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNT"><function>COUNT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNTA"><function>COUNTA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DAVERAGE"><function>DAVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MODE"><function>MODE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SSMEDIAN"><function>SSMEDIAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUM"><function>SUM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MIN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MIN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MIN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>minsta värde, negativa tal anses mindre än positiva tal</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MIN</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MAX"><function>MAX</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ABS"><function>ABS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MINA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MINA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MINA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>minsta värde, negativa tal anses mindre än positiva tal</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MINA</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Tal, text och logiska värden inkluderas även de i beräkningen. Om cellen innehåller text eller om argumentet evalueras till FALSKT, räknas de som noll (0). Om ett argument evalueras till SANT, räknas det som ett (1). Observera att tomma celler inte räknas.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MIN"><function>MIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MAXA"><function>MAXA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MODE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MODE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MODE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>första mest vanliga talet i datamängden</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MODE</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
        <para>Om datasamlingen inte innehåller några duplikat returnerar denna funktion felet #-.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MEDIAN"><function>MEDIAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MODE.MULT"><function>MODE.MULT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MODE.MULT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MODE.MULT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MODE.MULT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>vanligaste talen i datamängden</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MODE.MULT</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
        <para>Om datasamlingen inte innehåller några duplikat returnerar denna funktion felet #-.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MEDIAN"><function>MEDIAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MODE"><function>MODE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NEGBINOMDIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NEGBINOMDIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NEGBINOMDIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetsfunktionen för negativa binomialfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NEGBINOMDIST</function>(<parameter>f</parameter>;<parameter>t</parameter>;<parameter>p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>f</parameter>: antalet misslyckanden</para>
        <para><parameter>t</parameter>: tröskelvärde för antalet lyckade</para>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikheten för att lyckas</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>f</parameter> eller <parameter>t</parameter> är ett icke-heltal trunkeras det. Om (<parameter>f</parameter> + <parameter>t</parameter> -1) &lt;= 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BINOMDIST"><function>BINOMDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COMBIN"><function>COMBIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FACT"><function>FACT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-HYPGEOMDIST"><function>HYPGEOMDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PERMUT"><function>PERMUT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NORMDIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NORMDIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NORMDIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen eller kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för normalfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NORMDIST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>medel</parameter>;<parameter>stdavv</parameter>;<parameter>kumulativ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>medel</parameter>: medelvärdet för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>stdavv</parameter>: standardavvikelsen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>kumulativ</parameter>: huruvida täthetsfunktionen ska utvärderas eller den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>stdavv</parameter> är 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #DIV/0!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-POISSON"><function>POISSON</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NORMINV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NORMINV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NORMINV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>inversen för kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för en normalfördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NORMINV</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>medel</parameter>;<parameter>stdavv</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet</para>
        <para><parameter>medel</parameter>: medelvärdet för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>stdavv</parameter>: standardavvikelsen för fördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 eller <parameter>stdavv</parameter> &lt;= 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NORMDIST"><function>NORMDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NORMSDIST"><function>NORMSDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NORMSINV"><function>NORMSINV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-STANDARDIZE"><function>STANDARDIZE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ZTEST"><function>ZTEST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NORMSDIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NORMSDIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NORMSDIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för standard-normalfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NORMSDIST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para><function>NORMSDIST</function> är OpenFormula-funktionen LEGACY.<function>NORMSDIST</function>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NORMDIST"><function>NORMDIST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NORMSINV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NORMSINV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NORMSINV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>inversen för kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för standard-normalfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NORMSINV</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: given sannolikhet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para><function>NORMSINV</function> är OpenFormula-funktionen LEGACY.<function>NORMSINV</function>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NORMDIST"><function>NORMDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NORMINV"><function>NORMINV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NORMSDIST"><function>NORMSDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-STANDARDIZE"><function>STANDARDIZE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ZTEST"><function>ZTEST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-OWENT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>OWENT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>OWENT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Owens T-funktion</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>OWENT</function>(<parameter>h</parameter>;<parameter>a</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>h</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: tal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PSNORM"><function>R.PSNORM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PST"><function>R.PST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PARETO">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PARETO</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PARETO</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för Pareto-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PARETO</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: exponent</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDPARETO"><function>RANDPARETO</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PEARSON">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PEARSON</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PEARSON</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Pearsons korrelationskoefficient för parade data</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PEARSON</function>(<parameter>vektor1</parameter>;<parameter>vektor2</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor1</parameter>: första komponentvärdena</para>
        <para><parameter>vektor2</parameter>: andra komponentvärdena</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-INTERCEPT"><function>INTERCEPT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LINEST"><function>LINEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RSQ"><function>RSQ</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SLOPE"><function>SLOPE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-STEYX"><function>STEYX</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PERCENTILE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PERCENTILE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PERCENTILE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bestäm 100*<parameter>k</parameter>-percentilen för de givna datapunkterna (Hyndman-Fan-metod 7: N-1 bas)</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PERCENTILE</function>(<parameter>vektor</parameter>;<parameter>k</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor</parameter>: datapunkter</para>
        <para><parameter>k</parameter>: percentil att beräkna</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>vektor</parameter> är tom returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>k</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>k</parameter> &gt; 1, returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-QUARTILE"><function>QUARTILE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PERCENTILE.EXC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PERCENTILE.EXC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PERCENTILE.EXC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>bestäm 100*<parameter>k</parameter>-percentilen för de givna datapunkterna (Hyndman-Fan-metod 6: N+1 bas)</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PERCENTILE.EXC</function>(<parameter>vektor</parameter>;<parameter>k</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor</parameter>: datapunkter</para>
        <para><parameter>k</parameter>: percentil att beräkna</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>vektor</parameter> är tom returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>k</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>k</parameter> &gt; 1, returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PERCENTILE"><function>PERCENTILE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-QUARTILE"><function>QUARTILE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-QUARTILE.EXC"><function>QUARTILE.EXC</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PERCENTRANK">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PERCENTRANK</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PERCENTRANK</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>rang för en datapunkt i en datamängd (Hyndman-Fan-metod 7: N-1 bas)</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PERCENTRANK</function>(<parameter>vektor</parameter>;<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>signifikans</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor</parameter>: intervall av numeriska värden</para>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: datapunkt att rangordna</para>
        <para><parameter>signifikans</parameter>: antal signifikanta siffror, standard är 3</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>vektor</parameter> inte innehåller datapunkter returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>signifikans</parameter> är mindre än ett returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM-fel. Om <parameter>x</parameter> överstiger det största värdet eller är mindre än det minsta värdet i <parameter>vektor</parameter> returnerar denna funktion felet #-. Om <parameter>x</parameter> inte stämmer med något av värdena i <parameter>vektor</parameter> eller <parameter>x</parameter> matchar mer än en gång, interpolerar denna funktion det returnerade värdet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LARGE"><function>LARGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MAX"><function>MAX</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MEDIAN"><function>MEDIAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MIN"><function>MIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PERCENTILE"><function>PERCENTILE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-QUARTILE"><function>QUARTILE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SMALL"><function>SMALL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PERCENTRANK.EXC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PERCENTRANK.EXC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PERCENTRANK.EXC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>rang för en datapunkt i en datamängd (Hyndman-Fan-metod 6: N+1 bas)</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PERCENTRANK.EXC</function>(<parameter>vektor</parameter>;<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>signifikans</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor</parameter>: intervall av numeriska värden</para>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: datapunkt att rangordna</para>
        <para><parameter>signifikans</parameter>: antal signifikanta siffror, standard är 3</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>vektor</parameter> inte innehåller datapunkter returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>signifikans</parameter> är mindre än ett returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM-fel. Om <parameter>x</parameter> överstiger det största värdet eller är mindre än det minsta värdet i <parameter>vektor</parameter> returnerar denna funktion felet #-. Om <parameter>x</parameter> inte stämmer med något av värdena i <parameter>vektor</parameter> eller <parameter>x</parameter> matchar mer än en gång, interpolerar denna funktion det returnerade värdet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LARGE"><function>LARGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MAX"><function>MAX</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MEDIAN"><function>MEDIAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MIN"><function>MIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PERCENTILE"><function>PERCENTILE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PERCENTILE.EXC"><function>PERCENTILE.EXC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-QUARTILE"><function>QUARTILE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-QUARTILE.EXC"><function>QUARTILE.EXC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SMALL"><function>SMALL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PERMUT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PERMUT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PERMUT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal <parameter>k</parameter>-permutationer för en <parameter>n</parameter>-elementmängd</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PERMUT</function>(<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>k</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: storlek på basmängden</para>
        <para><parameter>k</parameter>: antal element för varje permutation</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>n</parameter> = 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>n</parameter> &lt; <parameter>k</parameter> returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COMBIN"><function>COMBIN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PERMUTATIONA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PERMUTATIONA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PERMUTATIONA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antalet permutationer för <parameter>y</parameter> objekt valda från <parameter>x</parameter> objekt med tillåten upprepning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PERMUTATIONA</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>y</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: totala antalet objekt</para>
        <para><parameter>y</parameter>: antal valda objekt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om både <parameter>x</parameter> och <parameter>y</parameter> är lika med 0 returnerar <function>PERMUTATIONA</function> 1. Om <parameter>x</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>y</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar <function>PERMUTATIONA</function> #NUM! Om <parameter>x</parameter> eller <parameter>y</parameter> inte är heltal trunkeras de.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-POWER"><function>POWER</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-POISSON">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>POISSON</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>POISSON</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetsfunktionen eller kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Poisson-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>POISSON</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>medel</parameter>;<parameter>kumulativ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: antal händelser</para>
        <para><parameter>medel</parameter>: medelvärdet för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>kumulativ</parameter>: huruvida sannolikhetsfunktionen ska utvärderas eller den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> är ett icke-heltal trunkeras det. Om <parameter>x</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>medel</parameter> &lt;= 0 returnerar <function>POISSON</function> ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NORMDIST"><function>NORMDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-WEIBULL"><function>WEIBULL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PROB">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PROB</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PROB</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikheten för ett intervall för en diskret (och ändlig) sannolikhetsfördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PROB</function>(<parameter>x_intervall</parameter>;<parameter>sann_intervall</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_gräns</parameter>;<parameter>övre_gräns</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x_intervall</parameter>: möjliga värden</para>
        <para><parameter>sann_intervall</parameter>: sannolikheterna för de motsvarande värdena</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_gräns</parameter>: nedre intervallgräns</para>
        <para><parameter>övre_gräns</parameter>: övre intervallgräns, standard är <parameter>nedre_gräns</parameter></para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om summan av sannolikheterna i <parameter>sann_intervall</parameter> inte är lika med 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om något värde i <parameter>sann_intervall</parameter> är &lt;=0 eller &gt; 1 returnerar denna funktion #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>x_intervall</parameter> och <parameter>sann_intervall</parameter> innehåller olika antal dataposter returnerar denna funktion felet #-.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-BINOMDIST"><function>BINOMDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CRITBINOM"><function>CRITBINOM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-QUARTILE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>QUARTILE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>QUARTILE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>k</parameter>:e kvartilen för datapunkterna (Hyndman-Fan-metod 7: N-1 bas)</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>QUARTILE</function>(<parameter>vektor</parameter>;<parameter>kvart</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor</parameter>: datapunkter</para>
        <para><parameter>kvart</parameter>: ett tal från 0 till 4, indikerande vilken kvartil att beräkna</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>vektor</parameter> är tom returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>kvart</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>kvart</parameter> &gt; 4 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>kvart</parameter> = 0 returneras det minsta värdet i <parameter>vektor</parameter>. Om <parameter>kvart</parameter> inte är ett heltal trunkeras det.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LARGE"><function>LARGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MAX"><function>MAX</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MEDIAN"><function>MEDIAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MIN"><function>MIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PERCENTILE"><function>PERCENTILE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-QUARTILE.EXC"><function>QUARTILE.EXC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SMALL"><function>SMALL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-QUARTILE.EXC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>QUARTILE.EXC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>QUARTILE.EXC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>k</parameter>:e kvartilen för datapunkterna (Hyndman-Fan-metod 6: N+1 bas)</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>QUARTILE.EXC</function>(<parameter>vektor</parameter>;<parameter>kvart</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor</parameter>: datapunkter</para>
        <para><parameter>kvart</parameter>: ett tal från 1 till 3 som indikerar vilken kvartil att beräkna</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>vektor</parameter> är tom returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>kvart</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>kvart</parameter> &gt; 4 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>kvart</parameter> = 0 returneras det minsta värdet i <parameter>vektor</parameter>. Om <parameter>kvart</parameter> inte är ett heltal trunkeras det.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LARGE"><function>LARGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MAX"><function>MAX</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MEDIAN"><function>MEDIAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MIN"><function>MIN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PERCENTILE"><function>PERCENTILE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PERCENTILE.EXC"><function>PERCENTILE.EXC</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-QUARTILE"><function>QUARTILE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SMALL"><function>SMALL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DBETA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DBETA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DBETA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för betafördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DBETA</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: den första formparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: den andra skalparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för betafördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PBETA"><function>R.PBETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QBETA"><function>R.QBETA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DBINOM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DBINOM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DBINOM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för binomialfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DBINOM</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>psuc</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: antalet försök</para>
        <para><parameter>psuc</parameter>: sannolikheten för att lyckas vid varje försök</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för binomialfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PBINOM"><function>R.PBINOM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QBINOM"><function>R.QBINOM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DCAUCHY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DCAUCHY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DCAUCHY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för Cauchy-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DCAUCHY</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>läge</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>läge</parameter>: center för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för Cauchy-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PCAUCHY"><function>R.PCAUCHY</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QCAUCHY"><function>R.QCAUCHY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DCHISQ">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DCHISQ</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DCHISQ</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för chitvåfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DCHISQ</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>fri</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>fri</parameter>: antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för chitvåfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para lang="en">A two argument invocation <function>R.DCHISQ</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>df</parameter>) is exported to OpenFormula as CHISQDIST(<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>df</parameter>,FALSE()).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PCHISQ"><function>R.PCHISQ</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QCHISQ"><function>R.QCHISQ</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DEXP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DEXP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DEXP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för exponentialfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DEXP</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för exponentialfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PEXP"><function>R.PEXP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QEXP"><function>R.QEXP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DF">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DF</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DF</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för F-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DF</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>n1</parameter>;<parameter>n2</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>n1</parameter>: det första antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>n2</parameter>: det andra antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för F-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PF"><function>R.PF</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QF"><function>R.QF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DGAMMA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DGAMMA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DGAMMA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för gammafördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DGAMMA</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>form</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>form</parameter>: formparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för gammafördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PGAMMA"><function>R.PGAMMA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QGAMMA"><function>R.QGAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DGEOM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DGEOM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DGEOM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för geometriska fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DGEOM</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>psuc</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>psuc</parameter>: sannolikheten för att lyckas vid varje försök</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för geometriska fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PGEOM"><function>R.PGEOM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QGEOM"><function>R.QGEOM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DGUMBEL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DGUMBEL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DGUMBEL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för Gumbel-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DGUMBEL</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>mu</parameter>;<parameter>beta</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>mu</parameter>: platsparametern för fördelningens frihet</para>
        <para><parameter>beta</parameter>: skalparameter för fördelningens frihet</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för Gumbel-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PGUMBEL"><function>R.PGUMBEL</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QGUMBEL"><function>R.QGUMBEL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DHYPER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DHYPER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DHYPER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för hypergeometriska fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DHYPER</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>r</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>r</parameter>: antalet röda bollar</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: antalet svarta bollar</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: antal bollar som dras</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för den hypergeometriska fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PHYPER"><function>R.PHYPER</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QHYPER"><function>R.QHYPER</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DLNORM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DLNORM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DLNORM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för log-normal-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DLNORM</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>logmedel</parameter>;<parameter>logsd</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>logmedel</parameter>: medelvärdet för underliggande normaldistribution</para>
        <para><parameter>logsd</parameter>: standardavvikelse för den underliggande normalfördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för log-normal-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PLNORM"><function>R.PLNORM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QLNORM"><function>R.QLNORM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DNBINOM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DNBINOM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DNBINOM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för negativa binomialfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DNBINOM</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>psuc</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation (antalet misslyckanden)</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: begärt antal lyckade</para>
        <para><parameter>psuc</parameter>: sannolikheten för att lyckas vid varje försök</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för negativa binomialfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PNBINOM"><function>R.PNBINOM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QNBINOM"><function>R.QNBINOM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DNORM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DNORM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DNORM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för normalfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DNORM</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>mu</parameter>;<parameter>sigma</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>mu</parameter>: fördelningens medelvärde</para>
        <para><parameter>sigma</parameter>: standardavvikelse för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för normalfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PNORM"><function>R.PNORM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QNORM"><function>R.QNORM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DPOIS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DPOIS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DPOIS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för Poisson-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DPOIS</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>lambda</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>lambda</parameter>: medelvärde för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för Poisson-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PPOIS"><function>R.PPOIS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QPOIS"><function>R.QPOIS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DRAYLEIGH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DRAYLEIGH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DRAYLEIGH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för Rayleigh-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DRAYLEIGH</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för Rayleigh-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PRAYLEIGH"><function>R.PRAYLEIGH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QRAYLEIGH"><function>R.QRAYLEIGH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DSNORM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DSNORM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DSNORM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för skev-normalfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DSNORM</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>form</parameter>;<parameter>läge</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>form</parameter>: formparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>läge</parameter>: lägesparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för skev-normalfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PSNORM"><function>R.PSNORM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QSNORM"><function>R.QSNORM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för skev-t-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>form</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>form</parameter>: formparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för skev-t-funktionen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PST"><function>R.PST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QST"><function>R.QST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för Students t-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DT</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för Students t-fördelning.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PT"><function>R.PT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QT"><function>R.QT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.DWEIBULL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.DWEIBULL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.DWEIBULL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för Weibull-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.DWEIBULL</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>form</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>ge_log</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>form</parameter>: formparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>ge_log</parameter>: om sant returneras logaritm för resultatet istället</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar täthetsfunktionen för Weibull-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PWEIBULL"><function>R.PWEIBULL</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QWEIBULL"><function>R.QWEIBULL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PBETA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PBETA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PBETA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för betafördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PBETA</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: den första formparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: den andra skalparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för betafördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DBETA"><function>R.DBETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QBETA"><function>R.QBETA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PBINOM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PBINOM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PBINOM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för binomialfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PBINOM</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>psuc</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: antalet försök</para>
        <para><parameter>psuc</parameter>: sannolikheten för att lyckas vid varje försök</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för binomialfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DBINOM"><function>R.DBINOM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QBINOM"><function>R.QBINOM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PCAUCHY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PCAUCHY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PCAUCHY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Cauchy-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QCAUCHY</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>läge</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>läge</parameter>: center för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Cauchy-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DCAUCHY"><function>R.DCAUCHY</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QCAUCHY"><function>R.QCAUCHY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PCHISQ">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PCHISQ</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PCHISQ</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för chitvåfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PCHISQ</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>fri</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>fri</parameter>: antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för chitvåfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para lang="en">A two argument invocation <function>R.PCHISQ</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>df</parameter>) is exported to OpenFormula as CHISQDIST(<parameter>x</parameter>,<parameter>df</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DCHISQ"><function>R.DCHISQ</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QCHISQ"><function>R.QCHISQ</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PEXP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PEXP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PEXP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för exponentialfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PEXP</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för exponentialfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DEXP"><function>R.DEXP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QEXP"><function>R.QEXP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PF">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PF</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PF</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för F-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PF</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>n1</parameter>;<parameter>n2</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>n1</parameter>: det första antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>n2</parameter>: det andra antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för F-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DF"><function>R.DF</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QF"><function>R.QF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PGAMMA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PGAMMA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PGAMMA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för gammafördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PGAMMA</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>form</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>form</parameter>: formparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för gammafördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DGAMMA"><function>R.DGAMMA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QGAMMA"><function>R.QGAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PGEOM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PGEOM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PGEOM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för geometriska fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PGEOM</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>psuc</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>psuc</parameter>: sannolikheten för att lyckas vid varje försök</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för geometriska fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DGEOM"><function>R.DGEOM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QGEOM"><function>R.QGEOM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PGUMBEL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PGUMBEL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PGUMBEL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Gumbel-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PGUMBEL</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>mu</parameter>;<parameter>beta</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>mu</parameter>: platsparametern för fördelningens frihet</para>
        <para><parameter>beta</parameter>: skalparameter för fördelningens frihet</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Gumbel-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DGUMBEL"><function>R.DGUMBEL</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QGUMBEL"><function>R.QGUMBEL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PHYPER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PHYPER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PHYPER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för hypergeometriska fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PHYPER</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>r</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>r</parameter>: antalet röda bollar</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: antalet svarta bollar</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: antal bollar som dras</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för den hypergeometriska fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DHYPER"><function>R.DHYPER</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QHYPER"><function>R.QHYPER</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PLNORM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PLNORM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PLNORM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för log-normal-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PLNORM</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>logmedel</parameter>;<parameter>logsd</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>logmedel</parameter>: medelvärdet för underliggande normaldistribution</para>
        <para><parameter>logsd</parameter>: standardavvikelse för den underliggande normalfördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för log-normal-funktionen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DLNORM"><function>R.DLNORM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QLNORM"><function>R.QLNORM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PNBINOM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PNBINOM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PNBINOM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för negativa binomialfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PNBINOM</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>psuc</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation (antalet misslyckanden)</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: begärt antal lyckade</para>
        <para><parameter>psuc</parameter>: sannolikheten för att lyckas vid varje försök</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för negativa binomialfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DNBINOM"><function>R.DNBINOM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QNBINOM"><function>R.QNBINOM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PNORM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PNORM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PNORM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för normalfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PNORM</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>mu</parameter>;<parameter>sigma</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>mu</parameter>: fördelningens medelvärde</para>
        <para><parameter>sigma</parameter>: standardavvikelse för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för normalfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DNORM"><function>R.DNORM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QNORM"><function>R.QNORM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PPOIS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PPOIS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PPOIS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Poisson-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PPOIS</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>lambda</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>lambda</parameter>: medelvärde för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Poisson-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DPOIS"><function>R.DPOIS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QPOIS"><function>R.QPOIS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PRAYLEIGH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PRAYLEIGH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PRAYLEIGH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Rayleigh-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PRAYLEIGH</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Rayleigh-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DRAYLEIGH"><function>R.DRAYLEIGH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QRAYLEIGH"><function>R.QRAYLEIGH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PSNORM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PSNORM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PSNORM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för skev-normalfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PSNORM</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>form</parameter>;<parameter>läge</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>form</parameter>: formparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>läge</parameter>: lägesparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för skev-normalfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DSNORM"><function>R.DSNORM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QSNORM"><function>R.QSNORM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för skev-t-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>form</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>form</parameter>: formparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för skev-t-funktionen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DST"><function>R.DST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QST"><function>R.QST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Students t-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PT</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Students t-fördelning.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DT"><function>R.DT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QT"><function>R.QT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PTUKEY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PTUKEY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PTUKEY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Studentized range-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PTUKEY</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>nmedel</parameter>;<parameter>fri</parameter>;<parameter>nintervall</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>nmedel</parameter>: antal medel</para>
        <para><parameter>fri</parameter>: antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nintervall</parameter>: antal intervall; standard är 1</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Studentized range-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QTUKEY"><function>R.QTUKEY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.PWEIBULL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.PWEIBULL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.PWEIBULL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kumulativa fördelningsfunktion för Weibull-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.PWEIBULL</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>form</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: observation</para>
        <para><parameter>form</parameter>: formparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Weibull-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DWEIBULL"><function>R.DWEIBULL</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QWEIBULL"><function>R.QWEIBULL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QBETA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QBETA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QBETA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för betafördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QBETA</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: den första formparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: den andra skalparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för betafördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DBETA"><function>R.DBETA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PBETA"><function>R.PBETA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QBINOM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QBINOM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QBINOM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för binomialfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QBINOM</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>psuc</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: antalet försök</para>
        <para><parameter>psuc</parameter>: sannolikheten för att lyckas vid varje försök</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för binomialfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DBINOM"><function>R.DBINOM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PBINOM"><function>R.PBINOM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QCAUCHY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QCAUCHY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QCAUCHY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för Cauchy-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QCAUCHY</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>läge</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>läge</parameter>: center för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Cauchy-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DCAUCHY"><function>R.DCAUCHY</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PCAUCHY"><function>R.PCAUCHY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QCHISQ">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QCHISQ</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QCHISQ</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för chitvåfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QCHISQ</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>fri</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>fri</parameter>: antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för chitvåfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para lang="en">A two argument invocation <function>R.QCHISQ</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>,<parameter>df</parameter>) is exported to OpenFormula as CHISQINV(<parameter>p</parameter>,<parameter>df</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DCHISQ"><function>R.DCHISQ</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PCHISQ"><function>R.PCHISQ</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QEXP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QEXP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QEXP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för exponentialfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QEXP</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för exponentialfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DEXP"><function>R.DEXP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PEXP"><function>R.PEXP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QF">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QF</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QF</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för F-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QF</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>n1</parameter>;<parameter>n2</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>n1</parameter>: det första antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>n2</parameter>: det andra antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för F-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DF"><function>R.DF</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PF"><function>R.PF</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QGAMMA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QGAMMA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QGAMMA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för gammafördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QGAMMA</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>form</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>form</parameter>: formparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för gammafördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DGAMMA"><function>R.DGAMMA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PGAMMA"><function>R.PGAMMA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QGEOM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QGEOM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QGEOM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för geometriska fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QGEOM</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>psuc</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>psuc</parameter>: sannolikheten för att lyckas vid varje försök</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för geometriska fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DGEOM"><function>R.DGEOM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PGEOM"><function>R.PGEOM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QGUMBEL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QGUMBEL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QGUMBEL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för Gumbel-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QGUMBEL</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>mu</parameter>;<parameter>beta</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>mu</parameter>: platsparametern för fördelningens frihet</para>
        <para><parameter>beta</parameter>: skalparameter för fördelningens frihet</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Gumbel-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DGUMBEL"><function>R.DGUMBEL</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PGUMBEL"><function>R.PGUMBEL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QHYPER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QHYPER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QHYPER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för hypergeometriska fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QHYPER</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>r</parameter>;<parameter>b</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>r</parameter>: antalet röda bollar</para>
        <para><parameter>b</parameter>: antalet svarta bollar</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: antal bollar som dras</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för hypergeometriska fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DHYPER"><function>R.DHYPER</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PHYPER"><function>R.PHYPER</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QLNORM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QLNORM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QLNORM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för log-normal-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QLNORM</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>logmedel</parameter>;<parameter>logsd</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>logmedel</parameter>: medelvärdet för underliggande normaldistribution</para>
        <para><parameter>logsd</parameter>: standardavvikelse för den underliggande normalfördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för log-normalfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DLNORM"><function>R.DLNORM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PLNORM"><function>R.PLNORM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QNBINOM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QNBINOM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QNBINOM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för negativa binomialfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QNBINOM</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>psuc</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: begärt antal lyckade</para>
        <para><parameter>psuc</parameter>: sannolikheten för att lyckas vid varje försök</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för negativa binomialfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DNBINOM"><function>R.DNBINOM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PNBINOM"><function>R.PNBINOM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QNORM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QNORM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QNORM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för normalfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QNORM</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>mu</parameter>;<parameter>sigma</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>mu</parameter>: fördelningens medelvärde</para>
        <para><parameter>sigma</parameter>: standardavvikelse för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för normalfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DNORM"><function>R.DNORM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PNORM"><function>R.PNORM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QPOIS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QPOIS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QPOIS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetkvantilfunktionen för Poisson-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QPOIS</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>lambda</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>lambda</parameter>: medelvärde för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Poisson-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DPOIS"><function>R.DPOIS</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PPOIS"><function>R.PPOIS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QRAYLEIGH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QRAYLEIGH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QRAYLEIGH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för Rayleigh-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QRAYLEIGH</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Rayleigh-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DRAYLEIGH"><function>R.DRAYLEIGH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PRAYLEIGH"><function>R.PRAYLEIGH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QSNORM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QSNORM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QSNORM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för skev-normalfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QSNORM</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>form</parameter>;<parameter>läge</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>form</parameter>: formparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>läge</parameter>: lägesparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för skev-normalfördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DSNORM"><function>R.DSNORM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PSNORM"><function>R.PSNORM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för skev-t-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QST</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>form</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>form</parameter>: formparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för skev-t-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DST"><function>R.DST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PST"><function>R.PST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för Students t-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QT</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>n</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>n</parameter>: antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Students t-fördelning.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DT"><function>R.DT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PT"><function>R.PT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QTUKEY">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QTUKEY</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QTUKEY</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för Studentized range-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QTUKEY</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>nmedel</parameter>;<parameter>fri</parameter>;<parameter>nintervall</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>nmedel</parameter>: antal medel</para>
        <para><parameter>fri</parameter>: antalet frihetsgrader för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>nintervall</parameter>: antal intervall; standard är 1</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Studentized range-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PTUKEY"><function>R.PTUKEY</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-R.QWEIBULL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>R.QWEIBULL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>R.QWEIBULL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen för Weibull-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>R.QWEIBULL</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>form</parameter>;<parameter>skala</parameter>;<parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>;<parameter>log_p</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet eller naturlig logaritm för sannolikheten</para>
        <para><parameter>form</parameter>: formparametern för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>skala</parameter>: fördelningens skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>nedre_svans</parameter>: om sant (standard) beaktas den lägre svansen för fördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>log_p</parameter>: om sant returneras den naturliga logaritmen för sannolikheten;standardvärdet är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar sannolikhetskvantilfunktionen, det vill säga inversen för den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Weibull-fördelningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DWEIBULL"><function>R.DWEIBULL</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PWEIBULL"><function>R.PWEIBULL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANK">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANK</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANK</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>rang för ett tal i en tallista</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANK</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>ref</parameter>;<parameter>ordning</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal vars rang du vill finna</para>
        <para><parameter>ref</parameter>: tallista</para>
        <para><parameter>ordning</parameter>: 0 (sjunkande ordning) eller ej noll (stigande ordning): standard är 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om det är jämnt returnerar <function>RANK</function> den största möjliga rankningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PERCENTRANK"><function>PERCENTRANK</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANK.AVG"><function>RANK.AVG</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RANK.AVG">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RANK.AVG</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RANK.AVG</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>rang för ett tal i en tallista</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RANK.AVG</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>ref</parameter>;<parameter>ordning</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal vars rang du vill finna</para>
        <para><parameter>ref</parameter>: tallista</para>
        <para><parameter>ordning</parameter>: 0 (sjunkande ordning) eller ej noll (stigande ordning): standard är 0</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om det blir jämnt returnerar <function>RANK.AVG</function> medelrankningen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Funktionen är Excel 2010-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PERCENTRANK"><function>PERCENTRANK</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANK"><function>RANK</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RAYLEIGH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RAYLEIGH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RAYLEIGH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för Rayleigh-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RAYLEIGH</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>sigma</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>sigma</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDRAYLEIGH"><function>RANDRAYLEIGH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RAYLEIGHTAIL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RAYLEIGHTAIL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RAYLEIGHTAIL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen för Rayleigh-svansfördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RAYLEIGHTAIL</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>a</parameter>;<parameter>sigma</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>a</parameter>: nedre gräns</para>
        <para><parameter>sigma</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-RANDRAYLEIGHTAIL"><function>RANDRAYLEIGHTAIL</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RSQ">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RSQ</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RSQ</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kvadraten på Pearsons korrelationskoefficient för parade data</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RSQ</function>(<parameter>vektor1</parameter>;<parameter>vektor2</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor1</parameter>: första komponentvärdena</para>
        <para><parameter>vektor2</parameter>: andra komponentvärdena</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CORREL"><function>CORREL</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-COVAR"><function>COVAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-INTERCEPT"><function>INTERCEPT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LINEST"><function>LINEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOGEST"><function>LOGEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PEARSON"><function>PEARSON</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SLOPE"><function>SLOPE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-STEYX"><function>STEYX</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TREND"><function>TREND</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SFTEST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SFTEST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SFTEST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Shapiro-Francia-testet för normalitet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SFTEST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: vektor av stickprovsvärden</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar en vektor där första raden ger ett p-värde för Shapiro-Francia-testet, den andra raden teststatistiken för testet, och den tredje raden antalet observationer i samplingen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om det finns mindre 5 eller fler än 5000 stickprovsvärden returnerar <function>SFTEST</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CHITEST"><function>CHITEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-ADTEST"><function>ADTEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LKSTEST"><function>LKSTEST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CVMTEST"><function>CVMTEST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SKEW">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SKEW</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SKEW</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>väntevärdesriktigt estimat för en fördelnings skevhet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SKEW</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Detta är endast meningsfullt om den underliggande fördelningen verkligen har ett tredje moment. Skevhet för en symmetrisk fördelning (t.ex. normalfördelningen) är noll. Om mindre än tre tal ges returnerar denna funktion ett #DIV/0!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-VAR"><function>VAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SKEWP"><function>SKEWP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-KURT"><function>KURT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SKEWP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SKEWP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SKEWP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>populationsskevhet för en datamängd</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SKEWP</function>(<parameter>tal1</parameter>;<parameter>tal2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>tal1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>tal2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler ignoreras.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om mindre än två tal ges returnerar <function>SKEWP</function> ett #DIV/0!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-VARP"><function>VARP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SKEW"><function>SKEW</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-KURTP"><function>KURTP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SLOPE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SLOPE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SLOPE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>lutningen för en linjär regressionslinje</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SLOPE</function>(<parameter>kända_y</parameter>;<parameter>kända_x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kända_y</parameter>: kända y-värden</para>
        <para><parameter>kända_x</parameter>: kända x-värden</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>kända_x</parameter> eller <parameter>kända_y</parameter> inte innehåller dataposter eller annorlunda antal dataposter returnerar denna funktion felet #-. Om variansen för <parameter>kända_x</parameter> är 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #DIV/0-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-STDEV"><function>STDEV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-STDEVPA"><function>STDEVPA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SMALL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SMALL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SMALL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>k</parameter>:e minsta värdet i en datamängd</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SMALL</function>(<parameter>data</parameter>;<parameter>k</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>data</parameter>: datamängd</para>
        <para><parameter>k</parameter>: vilket värde att finna</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om datamängd är tom returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>k</parameter> &lt;= 0 eller <parameter>k</parameter> är större än antalet dataposter givna returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PERCENTILE"><function>PERCENTILE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-PERCENTRANK"><function>PERCENTRANK</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-QUARTILE"><function>QUARTILE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LARGE"><function>LARGE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SNORM.DIST.RANGE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SNORM.DIST.RANGE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SNORM.DIST.RANGE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikheten för standard-normalfördelningen över ett intervall</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SNORM.DIST.RANGE</function>(<parameter>x1</parameter>;<parameter>x2</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x1</parameter>: början på intervallet</para>
        <para><parameter>x2</parameter>: slutet på intervallet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar den kumulativa sannolikheten över ett intervall av standard-normalfördelningen; det vill säga integralen över täthetsfunktionen från <parameter>x1</parameter> till <parameter>x2</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x1</parameter>&gt;<parameter>x2</parameter> returnerar funktionen ett negativt värde.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-NORMSDIST"><function>NORMSDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.PNORM"><function>R.PNORM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.QNORM"><function>R.QNORM</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-R.DNORM"><function>R.DNORM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SSMEDIAN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SSMEDIAN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SSMEDIAN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>median för grupperad data</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SSMEDIAN</function>(<parameter>vektor</parameter>;<parameter>intervall</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor</parameter>: datamängd</para>
        <para><parameter>intervall</parameter>: längden för varje grupperingsintervall, standard är 1</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Data antas vara grupperad i intervall av bredd <parameter>intervall</parameter>. Varje datapunkt i <parameter>vektor</parameter> är mittpunkten för intervallet innehållande det sanna värdet. Median beräknas genom interpolation inom medianintervallet (intervallet innehållande medianvärdet) antagande att de sanna värdena inom det intervallet fördelas uniformt:</para>
        <para>median = L + <parameter>intervall</parameter>*(N/2 - CF)/F</para>
        <para>där:</para>
        <para>L = den lägre gränsen för medianintervallet</para>
        <para>N = totala antalet datapunkter</para>
        <para>CF = antalet datapunkter under medianintervallet</para>
        <para>F =antalet datapunkter i medianintervallet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>vektor</parameter> är tom returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>intervall</parameter> &lt;= 0, returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. <function>SSMEDIAN</function> kontrollerar inte huruvida datapunkterna är minst <parameter>intervall</parameter> isär.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MEDIAN"><function>MEDIAN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-STANDARDIZE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>STANDARDIZE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>STANDARDIZE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>z-poäng för ett värde</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>STANDARDIZE</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>medel</parameter>;<parameter>stdavv</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: värde</para>
        <para><parameter>medel</parameter>: medelvärdet för originalfördelningen</para>
        <para><parameter>stdavv</parameter>: standardavvikelsen för originalfördelningen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>stdavv</parameter> är 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #DIV/0!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-STDEV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>STDEV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>STDEV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>stickprovsstandardavvikelse för det givna stickprovet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>STDEV</function>(<parameter>område1</parameter>;<parameter>område2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>område1</parameter>: första cellens område</para>
        <para><parameter>område2</parameter>: andra cellens område</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>STDEV</function> är också känd som N-1-standardavvikelsen.</para>
        <para>För att erhålla populationsstandardavvikelsen för en hel population, använd STDEVP.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DSTDEV"><function>DSTDEV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DSTDEVP"><function>DSTDEVP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-STDEVA"><function>STDEVA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-STDEVPA"><function>STDEVPA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-VAR"><function>VAR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-STDEVA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>STDEVA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>STDEVA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>stickprovsstandardavvikelse för det givna stickprovet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>STDEVA</function>(<parameter>område1</parameter>;<parameter>område2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>område1</parameter>: första cellens område</para>
        <para><parameter>område2</parameter>: andra cellens område</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>STDEVA</function> är också känd som N-1-standardavvikelsen.</para>
        <para>För att erhålla populationens standardavvikelse för en hel population, använd STDEVPA.</para>
        <para>Tal, text och logiska värden inkluderas även de i beräkningen. Om cellen innehåller text eller om argumentet evalueras till FALSKT, räknas de som noll (0). Om ett argument evalueras till SANT, räknas det som ett (1). Observera att tomma celler inte räknas.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-STDEV"><function>STDEV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-STDEVPA"><function>STDEVPA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-STDEVP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>STDEVP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>STDEVP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>populationsstandardavvikelse för den givna populationen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>STDEVP</function>(<parameter>område1</parameter>;<parameter>område2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>område1</parameter>: första cellens område</para>
        <para><parameter>område2</parameter>: andra cellens område</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Detta är också känt som N-standardavvikelsen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-STDEV"><function>STDEV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-STDEVA"><function>STDEVA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-STDEVPA"><function>STDEVPA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-STDEVPA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>STDEVPA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>STDEVPA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>populationens standardavvikelse för en hel population</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>STDEVPA</function>(<parameter>område1</parameter>;<parameter>område2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>område1</parameter>: första cellens område</para>
        <para><parameter>område2</parameter>: andra cellens område</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Detta är också känt som N-standardavvikelsen</para>
        <para>Tal, text och logiska värden inkluderas även de i beräkningen. Om cellen innehåller text eller om argumentet evalueras till FALSKT, räknas de som noll (0). Om ett argument evalueras till SANT, räknas det som ett (1). Observera att tomma celler inte räknas.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-STDEVA"><function>STDEVA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-STDEVP"><function>STDEVP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-STEYX">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>STEYX</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>STEYX</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>standardfel för det förutsedda y-värdet i regressionen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>STEYX</function>(<parameter>kända_y</parameter>;<parameter>kända_x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kända_y</parameter>: kända y-värden</para>
        <para><parameter>kända_x</parameter>: kända x-värden</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>kända_y</parameter> och <parameter>kända_x</parameter> är tomma eller har olika antal argument så returnerar denna funktion felet #-.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PEARSON"><function>PEARSON</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RSQ"><function>RSQ</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SLOPE"><function>SLOPE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SUBTOTAL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SUBTOTAL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SUBTOTAL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>delsumman för argumentlistan</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis lang="en"><function>SUBTOTAL</function>(<parameter>function_nbr</parameter>,<parameter>ref1</parameter>,<parameter>ref2</parameter>,<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para lang="en"><parameter>function_nbr</parameter>: determines which function to use according to the following table:</para>
        <para>1 AVERAGE</para>
        <para>2 COUNT</para>
        <para>3 COUNTA</para>
        <para>4 MAX</para>
        <para>5 MIN</para>
        <para>6 PRODUCT</para>
        <para>7 STDEV</para>
        <para>8 STDEVP</para>
        <para>9 SUM</para>
        <para>10 VAR</para>
        <para>11 VARP</para>
        <para><parameter>ref1</parameter>: första värdet</para>
        <para><parameter>ref2</parameter>: andra värdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-COUNT"><function>COUNT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUM"><function>SUM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TDIST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TDIST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TDIST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>överlevnadsfunktionen för Students t-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TDIST</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>fri</parameter>;<parameter>svans</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>fri</parameter>: antalet frihetsgrader</para>
        <para><parameter>svans</parameter>: 1 eller 2</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna överlevnadsfunktion är 1 minus den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen.</para>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel för icke-negativa <parameter>x</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>fri</parameter> &lt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>svans</parameter> är varken 1 eller 2 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Parametriseringen för denna funktion är annorlunda från vad den används för, exempelvis NORMSDIST. Detta är en vanlig källa till misstag, men är nödvändigt för kompatibilitet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TINV"><function>TINV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TTEST"><function>TTEST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TINV">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TINV</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TINV</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>tvåsvansad invers för Students t-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TINV</function>(<parameter>p</parameter>;<parameter>fri</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>p</parameter>: sannolikhet i båda svansar</para>
        <para><parameter>fri</parameter>: antalet frihetsgrader</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna funktion returnerar det icke-negativa värdet x så att området under Students t-täthet med <parameter>fri</parameter> frihetsgrader till höger om x är <parameter>p</parameter>/2.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>p</parameter> &lt; 0 eller <parameter>p</parameter> &gt; 1 eller <parameter>fri</parameter> &lt; 1 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Parametriseringen för denna funktion är annorlunda från vad den används för, exempelvis NORMSINV. Detta är en vanlig källa till misstag, men är nödvändigt för kompatibilitet.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TDIST"><function>TDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TTEST"><function>TTEST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TREND">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TREND</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TREND</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>beräknar framtida värden för en given datamängd med minsta kvadratapproximation</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TREND</function>(<parameter>kända_y</parameter>;<parameter>kända_x</parameter>;<parameter>nya_x</parameter>;<parameter>affin</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>kända_y</parameter>: vektor av värden för beroende variabler</para>
        <para><parameter>kända_x</parameter>: vektor av värden för oberoende variabler, standardvärdet är en vektor {1,…,n}</para>
        <para><parameter>nya_x</parameter>: vektor för x-värden för vilka beräkning av y-värden ska estimera; standardvärdet är <parameter>kända_x</parameter></para>
        <para><parameter>affin</parameter>: om sant innehåller modellen en konstant term, standardvärdet är sant</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om längden för <parameter>kända_y</parameter> inte matchar motsvarande längd för <parameter>kända_x</parameter> returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LINEST"><function>LINEST</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TRIMMEAN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TRIMMEAN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TRIMMEAN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>medel för innehållet i en datamängd</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TRIMMEAN</function>(<parameter>ref</parameter>;<parameter>bråkdel</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ref</parameter>: tallista vars medel du vill beräkna</para>
        <para><parameter>bråkdel</parameter>: bråkdel av datamängd att utesluta från medelvärdet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>bråkdel</parameter>=0,2 och datamängden innehåller 40 tal, trimmas 8 tal från datamängden (40 x 0,2): de 4 största och de fyra minsta. För att undvika bias är antalet punkter att utesluta alltid avrundade ner till närmsta jämna tal.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-GEOMEAN"><function>GEOMEAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-HARMEAN"><function>HARMEAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MEDIAN"><function>MEDIAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MODE"><function>MODE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TTEST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TTEST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TTEST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>p-värdet för tvåsvansade hypotestestet jämförande variansen för två populationer med Students t-fördelning</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TTEST</function>(<parameter>vektor1</parameter>;<parameter>vektor2</parameter>;<parameter>svansar</parameter>;<parameter>typ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>vektor1</parameter>: sampling från den första populationen</para>
        <para><parameter>vektor2</parameter>: sampling från den andra populationen</para>
        <para><parameter>svansar</parameter>: antal svansar att ta med</para>
        <para><parameter>typ</parameter>: Testtyp att utföra. 1 är ett test för oparade variabler, 2 ett test för oparade variabler med lika varianser och 3 ett test för oparade variabler med olika varianser</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om datamängderna innehåller olika antal datapunkter och testet är parat (<parameter>typ</parameter> ett), returnerar <function>TTEST</function> felet #-. <parameter>svansar</parameter> och <parameter>typ</parameter> trunkeras till heltal. Om <parameter>svansar</parameter> inte är ett eller två returneras ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>typ</parameter> är annat än ett, två eller tre returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FDIST"><function>FDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FINV"><function>FINV</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-VAR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>VAR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>VAR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>stickprovsvarians för det givna stickprovet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>VAR</function>(<parameter>område1</parameter>;<parameter>område2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>område1</parameter>: första cellens område</para>
        <para><parameter>område2</parameter>: andra cellens område</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>VAR</function> är också känd som N-1-variansen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Eftersom N-1-variansen omfattar Bessels korrektion, medan N-variansen uträknad av VARPA eller VARP inte gör det, så är N-1-variansen ett väntevärdesriktigt estimat för variansen av population från vilken sampling tas.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-VARP"><function>VARP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-STDEV"><function>STDEV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-VARA"><function>VARA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-VARA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>VARA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>VARA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>stickprovsvarians för det givna stickprovet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>VARA</function>(<parameter>område1</parameter>;<parameter>område2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>område1</parameter>: första cellens område</para>
        <para><parameter>område2</parameter>: andra cellens område</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>VARA</function> är också känd som N-1-variansen.</para>
        <para>För att få den sanna variansen för en hel population, använd VARPA.</para>
        <para>Tal, text och logiska värden inkluderas även de i beräkningen. Om cellen innehåller text eller om argumentet evalueras till FALSKT, räknas de som noll (0). Om ett argument evalueras till SANT, räknas det som ett (1). Observera att tomma celler inte räknas.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Eftersom N-1-variansen omfattar Bessels korrektion, medan N-variansen uträknad av VARPA eller VARP inte gör det, så är N-1-variansen ett väntevärdesriktigt estimat för variansen av population från vilken sampling tas.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-VAR"><function>VAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-VARPA"><function>VARPA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-VARP">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>VARP</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>VARP</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>variansen för en hel population</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>VARP</function>(<parameter>område1</parameter>;<parameter>område2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>område1</parameter>: första cellens område</para>
        <para><parameter>område2</parameter>: andra cellens område</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>VARP</function> är också känd som N-variansen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-AVERAGE"><function>AVERAGE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DVAR"><function>DVAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DVARP"><function>DVARP</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-STDEV"><function>STDEV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-VAR"><function>VAR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-VARPA">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>VARPA</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>VARPA</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>variansen för en hel population</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>VARPA</function>(<parameter>område1</parameter>;<parameter>område2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>område1</parameter>: första cellens område</para>
        <para><parameter>område2</parameter>: andra cellens område</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>VARPA</function> är också känd som N-variansen.</para>
        <para>Tal, text och logiska värden inkluderas även de i beräkningen. Om cellen innehåller text eller om argumentet evalueras till FALSKT, räknas de som noll (0). Om ett argument evalueras till SANT, räknas det som ett (1). Observera att tomma celler inte räknas.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-VARA"><function>VARA</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-VARP"><function>VARP</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-WEIBULL">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>WEIBULL</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>WEIBULL</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>täthetsfunktionen eller kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen för Weibull-fördelningen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>WEIBULL</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>alfa</parameter>;<parameter>beta</parameter>;<parameter>kumulativ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>alfa</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>beta</parameter>: skalparameter</para>
        <para><parameter>kumulativ</parameter>: huruvida täthetsfunktionen ska utvärderas eller den kumulativa fördelningsfunktionen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om det booleska värdet <parameter>kumulativ</parameter> är sant returnerar den: 1 - exp (-(<parameter>x</parameter>/<parameter>beta</parameter>)^<parameter>alfa</parameter>), annars returnerar den (<parameter>alfa</parameter>/<parameter>beta</parameter>^<parameter>alfa</parameter>) * <parameter>x</parameter>^(<parameter>alfa</parameter>-1) * exp(-(<parameter>x</parameter>/<parameter>beta</parameter>^<parameter>alfa</parameter>)).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>x</parameter> &lt; 0 returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel. Om <parameter>alfa</parameter> &lt;= 0 eller <parameter>beta</parameter> &lt;= 0, returnerar denna funktion ett #NUM!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-POISSON"><function>POISSON</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ZTEST">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ZTEST</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ZTEST</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>sannolikheten för att observera ett stickprovsmedel lika stort som eller större än medelvärdet för det givna stickprovet</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ZTEST</function>(<parameter>ref</parameter>;<parameter>x</parameter>;<parameter>stdavv</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ref</parameter>: datamängd (sampling)</para>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: populationsmedel</para>
        <para><parameter>stdavv</parameter>: standardavvikelsen för population, standardvärde är standardavvikelsen för stickprovet</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ZTEST</function> beräknar sannolikheten för att observera ett stickprovsmedel så stort som eller större än medelvärdet för det givna stickprovet för stickprov dragna från en normalfördelning med medelvärdet <parameter>x</parameter> och standardavvikelsen <parameter>stdavv</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>ref</parameter> innehåller mindre än två dataobjekt returnerar <function>ZTEST</function> #DIV/0!-fel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CONFIDENCE"><function>CONFIDENCE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NORMDIST"><function>NORMDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NORMINV"><function>NORMINV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NORMSDIST"><function>NORMSDIST</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-NORMSINV"><function>NORMSINV</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-STANDARDIZE"><function>STANDARDIZE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_String">
    <title>Sträng</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-ASC">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>ASC</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>ASC</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>text med fullbredds-katakana och ASCII-tecken konverterade till halvbredd</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>ASC</function>(<parameter>text</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>text</parameter>: sträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>ASC</function> konverterar helbreddskatakana och ASCII-tecken till motsvarande halvbreddstecken och kopierar alla andra.</para>
        <para>Skillnaden mellan halvbredd och helbreddstecken beskrivs i http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11/.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Även om <function>ASC</function> i föråldrade kodningar används för att översätta mellan 2-byte och 1-byte-tecken är det inte så för UTF-8.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>För de flesta strängar har denna funktion samma effekt som i Excel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-JIS"><function>JIS</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CHAR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CHAR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CHAR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>tecknet i CP1252 (Windows-1252) för kodpunkten <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CHAR</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: kodpunkt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>CHAR</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>) returnerar tecken i CP1252 (Windows-1252) med kod <parameter>x</parameter>.</para>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter> måste vara i intervallet 1 till 255.</para>
        <para>CP1252 (Windows-1252) är också känt som ”ANSI code page”, men är inte en ANSI-standard.</para>
        <para>CP1252 (Windows-1252) baseras på ett tidigt utkast av ISO-8859-1 och innehåller alla dess utskrivbara tecken. Det innehåller också alla utskrivbara tecken från ISO-8859-15 (men delvis på andra positioner.)</para>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>I CP1252 (Windows-1252) har 129, 141, 143, 144, och 157 inga matchande tecken. För <parameter>x</parameter> från 1 till 255 förutom 129, 141, 143, 144, och 157 har vi CODE(<function>CHAR</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>))=<parameter>x</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CODE"><function>CODE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CLEAN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CLEAN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CLEAN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>text</parameter> med varje icke utskrivbart tecken borttaget</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CLEAN</function>(<parameter>text</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>text</parameter>: sträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>CLEAN</function> tar bort icke utskrivbara tecken från dess argument och lämnar endast vanliga tecken och blanktecken.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CODE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CODE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CODE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>kodpunkt i CP1252 (Windows-1252) för tecknet <parameter>c</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CODE</function>(<parameter>t</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>t</parameter>: tecken</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>t</parameter> måste vara ett giltigt CP1252 (Windows-1252)-tecken.</para>
        <para>CP1252 (Windows-1252) är också känt som ”ANSI code page”, men är inte en ANSI-standard.</para>
        <para>CP1252 (Windows-1252) baseras på ett tidigt utkast av ISO-8859-1 och innehåller att dess utskrivbara tecken (men delvis på andra positioner).</para>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>I CP1252 (Windows-1252) har 129, 141, 143, 144, och 157 inga matchande tecken. För <parameter>x</parameter> från 1 till 255 förutom 129, 141, 143, 144, och 157 har vi <function>CODE</function>(CHAR(<parameter>x</parameter>))=<parameter>x</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CHAR"><function>CHAR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CONCAT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CONCAT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CONCAT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>konkateneringen av strängarna <parameter>s1</parameter>, <parameter>s2</parameter>,…</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CONCAT</function>(<parameter>s1</parameter>;<parameter>s2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>s1</parameter>: första sträng</para>
        <para><parameter>s2</parameter>: andra sträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är identisk med CONCATENATE</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEFT"><function>LEFT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MID"><function>MID</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RIGHT"><function>RIGHT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-CONCATENATE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>CONCATENATE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>CONCATENATE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>konkateneringen av strängarna <parameter>s1</parameter>, <parameter>s2</parameter>,…</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>CONCATENATE</function>(<parameter>s1</parameter>;<parameter>s2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>s1</parameter>: första sträng</para>
        <para><parameter>s2</parameter>: andra sträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEFT"><function>LEFT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MID"><function>MID</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RIGHT"><function>RIGHT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-DOLLAR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>DOLLAR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>DOLLAR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>ant</parameter> formaterad som valuta</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>DOLLAR</function>(<parameter>ant</parameter>;<parameter>decimaler</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ant</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>decimaler</parameter>: decimaler</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FIXED"><function>FIXED</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TEXT"><function>TEXT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-VALUE"><function>VALUE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-EXACT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>EXACT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>EXACT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>SANT om <parameter>sträng1</parameter> är lika med <parameter>sträng2</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>EXACT</function>(<parameter>sträng1</parameter>;<parameter>sträng2</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>sträng1</parameter>: första sträng</para>
        <para><parameter>sträng2</parameter>: andra sträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEN"><function>LEN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SEARCH"><function>SEARCH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DELTA"><function>DELTA</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FIND">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FIND</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FIND</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>första positionen för <parameter>sträng1</parameter> i <parameter>sträng2</parameter> efter position <parameter>start</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FIND</function>(<parameter>string1</parameter>,<parameter>string2</parameter>,<parameter>start</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>sträng1</parameter>: söksträng</para>
        <para><parameter>sträng2</parameter>: sökfält</para>
        <para><parameter>start</parameter>: startposition, standard är 1</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Denna sökning är skiftlägeskänslig.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-EXACT"><function>EXACT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEN"><function>LEN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MID"><function>MID</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SEARCH"><function>SEARCH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FINDB">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FINDB</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FINDB</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>första byteposition av <parameter>sträng1</parameter> i <parameter>sträng2</parameter> följande byteposition <parameter>start</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FINDB</function>(<parameter>sträng1</parameter>;<parameter>sträng2</parameter>;<parameter>start</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>sträng1</parameter>: söksträng</para>
        <para><parameter>sträng2</parameter>: sökfält</para>
        <para><parameter>start</parameter>: startbyteposition, standard 1</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Denna sökning är skiftlägeskänslig.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Medan denna funktion är syntaktiskt Excel-kompatibel så kommer skillnaderna i den underliggande textkodningen vanligtvis att ge olika resultat.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Medan denna funktion är OpenFormula-kompatibel så är det mesta av dess beteende just nu implementationsspecifikt.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FIND"><function>FIND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEFTB"><function>LEFTB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RIGHTB"><function>RIGHTB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LENB"><function>LENB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEFT"><function>LEFT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MID"><function>MID</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RIGHT"><function>RIGHT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEN"><function>LEN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FIXED">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FIXED</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FIXED</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>formaterad strängrepresentation av <parameter>ant</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FIXED</function>(<parameter>ant</parameter>;<parameter>decimaler</parameter>;<parameter>inga_komman</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ant</parameter>: tal</para>
        <para><parameter>decimaler</parameter>: antal decimaler</para>
        <para><parameter>inga_komman</parameter>: SANT om inte tusentalsseparatorer ska användas, standard är FALSKT</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-TEXT"><function>TEXT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-VALUE"><function>VALUE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-DOLLAR"><function>DOLLAR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-JIS">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>JIS</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>JIS</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>text med halvbredds-katakana och ASCII-tecken konverterade till fullbredd</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>JIS</function>(<parameter>text</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>text</parameter>: originaltext</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>JIS</function> konverterar halvbredds-katakana och ASCII-tecken till motsvarande fullbreddstecken och kopierar alla andra.</para>
        <para>Skillnaden mellan halvbredd och helbreddstecken beskrivs i http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11/.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Även om <function>JIS</function> i föråldrade kodningar används för att översätta mellan 1-byte och 2-byte-tecken är det inte så för UTF-8.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>För de flesta strängar har denna funktion samma effekt som i Excel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-ASC"><function>ASC</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LEFT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LEFT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LEFT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>de första <parameter>ant_teck</parameter> tecknen i strängen <parameter>s</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LEFT</function>(<parameter>s</parameter>;<parameter>ant_teck</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>s</parameter>: strängen</para>
        <para><parameter>ant_teck</parameter>: antal tecken att returnera (standardvärdet är 1)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om strängen <parameter>s</parameter> är i ett höger-till-vänster-skriftspråk, är de returnerade första tecken från den högra sidan av strängen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MID"><function>MID</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RIGHT"><function>RIGHT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEN"><function>LEN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MIDB"><function>MIDB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RIGHTB"><function>RIGHTB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LENB"><function>LENB</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LEFTB">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LEFTB</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LEFTB</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>de första tecknen för strängen <parameter>s</parameter> bestående av som mest <parameter>ant_byte</parameter> byte</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LEFTB</function>(<parameter>s</parameter>;<parameter>ant_byte</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>s</parameter>: strängen</para>
        <para><parameter>ant_byte</parameter>: högsta antal byte att returnera (standardvärdet är 1)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Semantiken för denna funktion ändras allteftersom olika program implementerar den. Om strängen är i ett höger-till-vänster-skriftspråk, är de returnerade första tecken från den högra sidan av strängen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Medan denna funktion är syntaktiskt Excel-kompatibel så kommer skillnaderna i den underliggande textkodningen vanligtvis att ge olika resultat.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Medan denna funktion är OpenFormula-kompatibel så är det mesta av dess beteende just nu implementationsspecifikt.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MIDB"><function>MIDB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RIGHTB"><function>RIGHTB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LENB"><function>LENB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEFT"><function>LEFT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MID"><function>MID</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RIGHT"><function>RIGHT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEN"><function>LEN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LEN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LEN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LEN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal tecken för strängen <parameter>s</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LEN</function>(<parameter>s</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>s</parameter>: strängen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CHAR"><function>CHAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CODE"><function>CODE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LENB"><function>LENB</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LENB">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LENB</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LENB</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>antal byte i strängen <parameter>s</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LENB</function>(<parameter>s</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>s</parameter>: strängen</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CHAR"><function>CHAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CODE"><function>CODE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEN"><function>LEN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-LOWER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>LOWER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>LOWER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>en gemen version av strängen <parameter>text</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>LOWER</function>(<parameter>text</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>text</parameter>: sträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-UPPER"><function>UPPER</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MID">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MID</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MID</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>delsträngen för strängen <parameter>s</parameter> med början på position <parameter>position</parameter> bestående av <parameter>längd</parameter> tecken</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MID</function>(<parameter>s</parameter>;<parameter>position</parameter>;<parameter>längd</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>s</parameter>: strängen</para>
        <para><parameter>position</parameter>: startpositionen</para>
        <para><parameter>längd</parameter>: antal tecken att returnera</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEFT"><function>LEFT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RIGHT"><function>RIGHT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEN"><function>LEN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEFTB"><function>LEFTB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MIDB"><function>MIDB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RIGHTB"><function>RIGHTB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LENB"><function>LENB</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-MIDB">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>MIDB</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>MIDB</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>tecknen följande första <parameter>startpos</parameter> byte, omfattande som mest <parameter>ant_byte</parameter> byte</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>MIDB</function>(<parameter>s</parameter>;<parameter>startpos</parameter>;<parameter>ant_byte</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>s</parameter>: strängen</para>
        <para><parameter>startpos</parameter>: siffran för byte att starta med (standard är 1)</para>
        <para><parameter>ant_byte</parameter>: högsta antal byte att returnera (standardvärdet är 1)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Semantiken för denna funktion ändras allteftersom olika program implementerar den.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Medan denna funktion är syntaktiskt Excel-kompatibel så kommer skillnaderna i den underliggande textkodningen vanligtvis att ge olika resultat.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Medan denna funktion är OpenFormula-kompatibel så är det mesta av dess beteende just nu implementationsspecifikt.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEFTB"><function>LEFTB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RIGHTB"><function>RIGHTB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LENB"><function>LENB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEFT"><function>LEFT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MID"><function>MID</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RIGHT"><function>RIGHT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEN"><function>LEN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-NUMBERVALUE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>NUMBERVALUE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>NUMBERVALUE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>numeriskt värde av <parameter>text</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>NUMBERVALUE</function>(<parameter>text</parameter>;<parameter>separator</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>text</parameter>: sträng</para>
        <para><parameter>separator</parameter>: decimalseparator</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>text</parameter> inte ser ut som ett decimaltal, returnerar <function>NUMBERVALUE</function> värdet som VALUE skulle returnera (ignorerar given <parameter>separator</parameter>).</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-VALUE"><function>VALUE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PROPER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PROPER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PROPER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>text</parameter> med början av varje ord versaliserat</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PROPER</function>(<parameter>text</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>text</parameter>: sträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOWER"><function>LOWER</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-UPPER"><function>UPPER</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-REPLACE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>REPLACE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>REPLACE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose lang="en">
        string <parameter>old</parameter> with <parameter>num</parameter> characters starting at <parameter>start</parameter> replaced by <parameter>new</parameter>
      </refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>REPLACE</function>(<parameter>gammal</parameter>;<parameter>start</parameter>;<parameter>antal</parameter>;<parameter>ny</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>gammal</parameter>: originaltext</para>
        <para><parameter>start</parameter>: startposition</para>
        <para><parameter>antal</parameter>: antal tecken att ersätta</para>
        <para><parameter>ny</parameter>: ersättningssträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MID"><function>MID</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SEARCH"><function>SEARCH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUBSTITUTE"><function>SUBSTITUTE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TRIM"><function>TRIM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-REPLACEB">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>REPLACEB</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>REPLACEB</function></refname>
        <refpurpose lang="en">
        string <parameter>old</parameter> with up to <parameter>num</parameter> bytes starting at <parameter>start</parameter> replaced by <parameter>new</parameter>
      </refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>REPLACEB</function>(<parameter>gammal</parameter>;<parameter>start</parameter>;<parameter>antal</parameter>;<parameter>ny</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>gammal</parameter>: originaltext</para>
        <para><parameter>start</parameter>: byteposition för start</para>
        <para><parameter>antal</parameter>: antal byte att ersätta</para>
        <para><parameter>ny</parameter>: ersättningssträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><function>REPLACEB</function> ersätter strängen av giltiga unicode-tecken med början vid byte <parameter>start</parameter> och med slut vid <parameter>start</parameter>+<parameter>ant</parameter>-1 med strängen <parameter>ny</parameter>.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Semantiken för denna funktion ändras allteftersom olika program implementerar den.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Medan denna funktion är syntaktiskt Excel-kompatibel så kommer skillnaderna i den underliggande textkodningen vanligtvis att ge olika resultat.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Medan denna funktion är OpenFormula-kompatibel så är det mesta av dess beteende just nu implementationsspecifikt.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-MID"><function>MID</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SEARCH"><function>SEARCH</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUBSTITUTE"><function>SUBSTITUTE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TRIM"><function>TRIM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-REPT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>REPT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>REPT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>ant</parameter> strängupprepningar av <parameter>text</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>REPT</function>(<parameter>text</parameter>;<parameter>ant</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>text</parameter>: sträng</para>
        <para><parameter>ant</parameter>: icke-negativt heltal</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CONCATENATE"><function>CONCATENATE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RIGHT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RIGHT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RIGHT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>de sista <parameter>ant_teck</parameter> tecknen i sträng <parameter>s</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RIGHT</function>(<parameter>s</parameter>;<parameter>ant_teck</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>s</parameter>: strängen</para>
        <para><parameter>ant_teck</parameter>: antal tecken att returnera (standardvärdet är 1)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om strängen <parameter>s</parameter> är i ett höger-till-vänster-skriftspråk är de returnerade sista tecken från vänster av strängen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är kompatibel med OpenFormula.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEFT"><function>LEFT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MID"><function>MID</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEN"><function>LEN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEFTB"><function>LEFTB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MIDB"><function>MIDB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RIGHTB"><function>RIGHTB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LENB"><function>LENB</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-RIGHTB">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>RIGHTB</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>RIGHTB</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>de sista tecknen för strängen <parameter>s</parameter>, omfattande som mest <parameter>ant_byte</parameter> byte</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>RIGHTB</function>(<parameter>s</parameter>;<parameter>ant_byte</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>s</parameter>: strängen</para>
        <para><parameter>ant_byte</parameter>: högsta antal byte att returnera (standardvärdet är 1)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Semantiken för denna funktion ändras allteftersom olika program implementerar den. Om strängen <parameter>s</parameter> är i ett höger-till-vänster-skriftspråk är de returnerade sista tecken från vänster av strängen.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Medan denna funktion är syntaktiskt Excel-kompatibel så kommer skillnaderna i den underliggande textkodningen vanligtvis att ge olika resultat.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Medan denna funktion är OpenFormula-kompatibel så är det mesta av dess beteende just nu implementationsspecifikt.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEFTB"><function>LEFTB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MIDB"><function>MIDB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LENB"><function>LENB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEFT"><function>LEFT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MID"><function>MID</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-RIGHT"><function>RIGHT</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-LEN"><function>LEN</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SEARCH">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SEARCH</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SEARCH</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>platsen för strängen <parameter>sök</parameter> i <parameter>text</parameter> efter positionen <parameter>start</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SEARCH</function>(<parameter>sök</parameter>;<parameter>text</parameter>;<parameter>start</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>sök</parameter>: söksträng</para>
        <para><parameter>text</parameter>: sökfält</para>
        <para><parameter>start</parameter>: startposition, standard är 1</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>sök</parameter> kan innehålla jokertecken (*) och frågetecken (?). Ett frågetecken matchar varje enskilt tecken och ett jokertecken matchar varje sträng inklusive den tomma strängen. För att söka efter * och ?, föregå symbolen med ~.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Denna sökning är inte skiftlägeskänslig. Om <parameter>sök</parameter> inte hittas returnerar <function>SEARCH</function> #VÄRDE! Om <parameter>start</parameter> är mindre än ett eller är större än längden av <parameter>text</parameter>, returnerar <function>SEARCH</function> #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FIND"><function>FIND</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SEARCHB"><function>SEARCHB</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SEARCHB">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SEARCHB</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SEARCHB</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>platsen för strängen <parameter>sök</parameter> inom <parameter>text</parameter> efter bytepositionen <parameter>start</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SEARCHB</function>(<parameter>sök</parameter>;<parameter>text</parameter>;<parameter>start</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>sök</parameter>: söksträng</para>
        <para><parameter>text</parameter>: sökfält</para>
        <para><parameter>start</parameter>: startbyteposition, standard 1</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para><parameter>sök</parameter> kan innehålla jokertecken (*) och frågetecken (?). Ett frågetecken matchar varje enskilt tecken och ett jokertecken matchar varje sträng inklusive den tomma strängen. För att söka efter * och ?, föregå symbolen med ~.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Denna sökning är inte skiftlägeskänslig. Om <parameter>sök</parameter> inte hittas returnerar <function>SEARCHB</function> #VÄRDE! Om <parameter>start</parameter> är mindre än ett eller är större än bytelängden av <parameter>text</parameter>, returnerar <function>SEARCHB</function> #VÄRDE! Semantiken för denna funktion ändras allteftersom olika program implementerar den.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Medan denna funktion är syntaktiskt Excel-kompatibel så kommer skillnaderna i den underliggande textkodningen vanligtvis att ge olika resultat.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Kompatibilitet med OpenDocument Format (ODF)</title>
        <para>Medan denna funktion är OpenFormula-kompatibel så är det mesta av dess beteende just nu implementationsspecifikt.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-FINDB"><function>FINDB</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SEARCH"><function>SEARCH</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-SUBSTITUTE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>SUBSTITUTE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>SUBSTITUTE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>text</parameter> med alla förekomster av <parameter>gammal</parameter> ersatt av <parameter>ny</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>SUBSTITUTE</function>(<parameter>text</parameter>;<parameter>gammal</parameter>;<parameter>ny</parameter>;<parameter>ant</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>text</parameter>: originaltext</para>
        <para><parameter>gammal</parameter>: strängen att ersätta</para>
        <para><parameter>ny</parameter>: ersättningssträng</para>
        <para><parameter>ant</parameter>: om <parameter>ant</parameter> är specificerat och är en siffra ersätts endast <parameter>ant</parameter>:e förekomsten av <parameter>gammal</parameter></para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-REPLACE"><function>REPLACE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TRIM"><function>TRIM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-T">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>T</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>T</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>värde</parameter> om och endast om <parameter>värde</parameter> är text, annars tom</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>T</function>(<parameter>värde</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värde</parameter>: originalvärde</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CELL"><function>CELL</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-N"><function>N</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-VALUE"><function>VALUE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TEXT">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TEXT</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TEXT</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>värde</parameter> som en sträng formaterad <parameter>format</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TEXT</function>(<parameter>värde</parameter>;<parameter>format</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>värde</parameter>: värde att formatera</para>
        <para><parameter>format</parameter>: önskat format</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DOLLAR"><function>DOLLAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FIXED"><function>FIXED</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-VALUE"><function>VALUE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TEXTJOIN">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TEXTJOIN</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TEXTJOIN</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>konkateneringen av strängarna <parameter>s1</parameter>, <parameter>s2</parameter>… avgränsad av <parameter>avg</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TEXTJOIN</function>(<parameter>avg</parameter>;<parameter>tom</parameter>;<parameter>s1</parameter>;<parameter>s2</parameter>;<parameter/>…)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>avg</parameter>: avgränsare</para>
        <para><parameter>tom</parameter>: ignorera tomma</para>
        <para><parameter>s1</parameter>: första sträng</para>
        <para><parameter>s2</parameter>: andra sträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CONCATENATE"><function>CONCATENATE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-TRIM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>TRIM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>TRIM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose><parameter>text</parameter> med endast ensamma tomrum mellan ord</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>TRIM</function>(<parameter>text</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>text</parameter>: sträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CLEAN"><function>CLEAN</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-MID"><function>MID</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-REPLACE"><function>REPLACE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-SUBSTITUTE"><function>SUBSTITUTE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-UNICHAR">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>UNICHAR</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>UNICHAR</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Unicode-tecken representerat av Unicode-kodpunkten <parameter>x</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>UNICHAR</function>(<parameter>x</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>x</parameter>: Unicode-kodpunkt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-CHAR"><function>CHAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-UNICODE"><function>UNICODE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CODE"><function>CODE</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-UNICODE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>UNICODE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>UNICODE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Unicode-kodpunkt för tecknet <parameter>t</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>UNICODE</function>(<parameter>t</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>t</parameter>: tecken</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-UNICHAR"><function>UNICHAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CODE"><function>CODE</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-CHAR"><function>CHAR</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-UPPER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>UPPER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>UPPER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>en versalversion av strängen <parameter>text</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>UPPER</function>(<parameter>text</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>text</parameter>: sträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-LOWER"><function>LOWER</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-VALUE">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>VALUE</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>VALUE</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>numeriskt värde av <parameter>text</parameter></refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>VALUE</function>(<parameter>text</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>text</parameter>: sträng</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Microsoft Excel-kompatibilitet</title>
        <para>Denna funktion är Excel-kompatibel.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-DOLLAR"><function>DOLLAR</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-FIXED"><function>FIXED</function></link>, <link linkend="gnumeric-function-TEXT"><function>TEXT</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
  <sect1 id="CATEGORY_Time_Series_Analysis">
    <title>Tidsserieanalys</title>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-FOURIER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>FOURIER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>FOURIER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Fouriertransformen eller inversen för fouriertransformen</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>FOURIER</function>(<parameter>Sekvens</parameter>;<parameter>Invers</parameter>;<parameter>Separat</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>Sekvens</parameter>: datasekvensen att transformera</para>
        <para><parameter>Invers</parameter>: om sant, beräknas inversen för fouriertransformen, standardvärdet är falskt</para>
        <para><parameter>Separat</parameter>: om sant, lämnas de riktiga och imaginära delarna separat, standard är falskt</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna vektorfunktion returnerar fouriertransformen eller inversa fouriertransformen för den givna datasekvensen.</para>
        <para>Utdata består av en kolumn av komplexa tal om <parameter>Separat</parameter> är falskt och av två kolumner av reella tal om <parameter>Separat</parameter> är sant.</para>
        <para>Om <parameter>Separat</parameter> är sant kommer den första utdatakolumnen innehålla den reella delen och den andra delen de imaginära delarna.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>Sekvens</parameter> varken är en n×1- eller 1×n-vektor returnerar denna funktion #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-HPFILTER">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>HPFILTER</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>HPFILTER</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>Hodrick Prescott-filter</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>HPFILTER</function>(<parameter>Sekvens</parameter>;<parameter>λ</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>Sekvens</parameter>: datasekvensen att transformera</para>
        <para><parameter>λ</parameter>: filterparameter λ, standardvärdet är 1600</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Denna vektorfunktion returnerar trend och cykliska komponenter erhållna genom att tillämpa filtret Hodrick Prescott Filter med parameter <parameter>λ</parameter> på den givna datasekvensen.</para>
        <para>Utdata består av två kolumner av siffror, den första med trendkomponenten och den andra den cykliska komponenten.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Om <parameter>Sekvens</parameter> varken är en n×1- eller 1×n-vektor returnerar denna funktion #VÄRDE! Om <parameter>Sekvens</parameter> innehåller mindre än 6 numeriska värden returnerar denna funktion #VÄRDE!</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-INTERPOLATION">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>INTERPOLATION</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>INTERPOLATION</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>interpolerade värden motsvarande målen för given abskissa</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>INTERPOLATION</function>(<parameter>abskissor</parameter>;<parameter>ordinator</parameter>;<parameter>mål</parameter>;<parameter>interpolation</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>abskissor</parameter>: abskissor för de givna datapunkterna</para>
        <para><parameter>ordinator</parameter>: ordinator för de givna datapunkterna</para>
        <para><parameter>mål</parameter>: abskissor för interpolerad data</para>
        <para><parameter>interpolation</parameter>: metod för interpolation, standardvärdet är 0 (”linjär”)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Utdata består alltid av en kolumn av tal.</para>
        <para>Möjliga interpolationsmetoder är:</para>
        <para>0: linjär;</para>
        <para>1: linjär med medelvärde;</para>
        <para>2: trappsteg;</para>
        <para>3: trappsteg med medelvärde;</para>
        <para>4: naturlig kubisk spline;</para>
        <para>5: naturlig kubisk spline med medelvärde.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para><parameter>abskissor</parameter> borde vara given i ökande ordning. Om <parameter>abskissor</parameter> inte är i stigande ordning är funktionen <function>INTERPOLATION</function> signifikant långsammare. Om två <parameter>abskissor</parameter>-värden är lika returneras ett fel. Om några av interpolationsmetoderna 1 (”linjär med medelvärde”), 3 (”trappsteg med medelvärde”), och 5 (”naturlig kubisk spline med medelvärde”) används, är antalet returnerade värden ett mindre än antalet mål, och målvärdena måste anges i stigande ordning. Värdena som returneras är medelhöjderna för interpolationsfunktionen för intervallen bestämda av målvärden. Strängar och tomma celler i <parameter>abskissor</parameter> och <parameter>ordinator</parameter> ignoreras. Om flera måldata tillhandahålls måste de vara i samma kolumn i närliggande celler.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-PERIODOGRAM"><function>PERIODOGRAM</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
    <refentry id="gnumeric-function-PERIODOGRAM">
      <refmeta>
        <refentrytitle><function>PERIODOGRAM</function></refentrytitle>
      </refmeta>
      <refnamediv>
        <refname><function>PERIODOGRAM</function></refname>
        <refpurpose>periodogram för de givna datapunkterna</refpurpose>
      </refnamediv>
      <refsynopsisdiv>
        <synopsis><function>PERIODOGRAM</function>(<parameter>ordinator</parameter>;<parameter>filter</parameter>;<parameter>abskissor</parameter>;<parameter>interpolation</parameter>;<parameter>antal</parameter>)</synopsis>
      </refsynopsisdiv>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Argument</title>
        <para><parameter>ordinator</parameter>: ordinator för de givna datapunkterna</para>
        <para><parameter>filter</parameter>: fönsterfunktion att användas, standard är inga filter</para>
        <para><parameter>abskissor</parameter>: abskissor för givna data, standard är jämnt avstånd mellan abskissor</para>
        <para><parameter>interpolation</parameter>: metod för interpolation, standard är ingen</para>
        <para><parameter>antal</parameter>: antal interpolerade datapunkter</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Beskrivning</title>
        <para>Om en interpolationsmetod används, är antalet returnerade värden en mindre än antalet mål och målvärdena måste vara givna i ökande ordning.</para>
        <para>Utdata består alltid av en kolumn av tal.</para>
        <para>Möjliga interpolationsmetoder är:</para>
        <para>0: linjär;</para>
        <para>1: linjär med medelvärde;</para>
        <para>2: trappsteg;</para>
        <para>3: trappsteg med medelvärde;</para>
        <para>4: naturlig kubisk spline;</para>
        <para>5: naturlig kubisk spline med medelvärde.</para>
        <para>Möjliga fönsterfunktioner:</para>
        <para>0: inga filter (rektangulärt fönster)</para>
        <para>1: Bartlett (triangulärt fönster)</para>
        <para>2: Hahn (cosinus-fönster)</para>
        <para>3: Welch (paraboliskt fönster)</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Observera</title>
        <para>Strängar och tomma celler i <parameter>abskissor</parameter> och <parameter>ordinator</parameter> ignoreras. Om flera måldata tillhandahålls måste de vara i samma kolumn i närliggande celler.</para>
      </refsect1>
      <refsect1>
        <title>Se även</title>
        <para><link linkend="gnumeric-function-INTERPOLATION"><function>INTERPOLATION</function></link>.</para>
      </refsect1>
    </refentry>
  </sect1>
</appendix>

  <appendix id="keybinding">
  <title lang="en">Keybinding Reference</title>

  <para lang="en">
    This appendix lists the keyboard shortcuts which are defined by
    default in <application>Gnumeric</application>.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Keybindings are combinations of keystrokes which tell an application to
    run a task.  These can greatly speed-up the user's interactions
    with an application.  Some of the most common ones are
    <keycombo>
      <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
      <keycap>s</keycap>
    </keycombo>
    to save a file or
    <keycombo>
      <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
      <keycap>q</keycap>
    </keycombo>
    to quit the application.  <application>Gnumeric</application> also
    comes with keybindings to make your spreadsheet experience faster.
  </para>

  <para lang="en">
    Normally, keybindings are next to a command in a menu.  For
    example, if 
    <menuchoice>
      <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem>
    </menuchoice>
    has
    <keycombo>
      <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
      <keycap>s</keycap>
    </keycombo>
    next to it, that means that
    <keycombo>
      <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
      <keycap>s</keycap>
    </keycombo>
    can be typed at the same time to save your file.  However, some
    keystrokes aren't listed in the menus.  They are as follows:
  </para>

  <itemizedlist>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>F2</keycap> sets the current cell for editing.  The
	cursor is inserted at the end of the current text.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-O</keycap> opens the <interface>Load file</interface>
	dialog window.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-F3</keycap> opens the <interface>Define Name</interface>
	dialog window.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>F4</keycap> repeat the last action.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-G</keycap> opens the <interface>Go to</interface>
	dialog window which allows you to jump to a specified cell.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-H</keycap> opens the <interface>Search and
	Replace</interface> dialog where you can search through your
	spreadsheets for text strings and replace them with something
	else.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-F</keycap> opens the <interface>Search
	Center</interface>.  The <interface>Search Center</interface>
	allows you to search through your spreadsheets for text
	strings.
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-~</keycap> Formats the current selection as a 'General'.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-$</keycap> Formats the current selection as the default currency
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-#</keycap> Formats the current selection with default date style
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-^</keycap> Formats the current selection as superscript
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-@</keycap> Formats the current selection with the default time format
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-!</keycap> Formats the current selection as an integer (a number with no decimal places).
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-&amp;</keycap> Adds a thin border around the current selection
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-_</keycap> Formats the current selection as subscript
      </para>
    </listitem>

    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-B</keycap> or <keycap>Ctrl-2</keycap>
	Toggles the boldness of the font in the current selection.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-I</keycap> or <keycap>Ctrl-3</keycap>
	Toggles the italics of the font in the current selection.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
	<keycap>Ctrl-U</keycap> or <keycap>Ctrl-4</keycap>
	Toggles single underlining of the current selection.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <keycap>Ctrl-5</keycap>
	Toggles strikethrough of the current selection.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <keycap>Shift-Ctrl-G</keycap>
	Changes the keyboard focus to the current cell indicator described in <xref linkend="data-entry-currentcell"/>.
      </para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para lang="en">
        <keycap>Ctrl-a</keycap>
	Select all cells on the currently focused sheet.
      </para>
    </listitem>

  </itemizedlist>
</appendix>



<!--

  <appendix id="glossary">
    <title>Glossary</title>

    <para>
      This appendix defines certain terms used in this manual.
    </para>

    &appendix-glossary;

  </appendix>

-->

<!--

  <appendix id="index">
    <title>Index</title>

    <para>
      The index provides references to the use of the important ideas.
    </para>

    &index;

  </appendix>

-->


</book>
